5493006WBEME88YFDW232024-01-012024-12-315493006WBEME88YFDW232023-01-012023-12-315493006WBEME88YFDW232022-01-012022-12-315493006WBEME88YFDW232024-01-012024-03-315493006WBEME88YFDW232024-07-012024-09-305493006WBEME88YFDW232024-04-012024-06-305493006WBEME88YFDW232024-12-315493006WBEME88YFDW232023-12-315493006WBEME88YFDW232022-12-315493006WBEME88YFDW232023-12-31ifrs-full:IssuedCapitalMember5493006WBEME88YFDW232024-01-012024-12-31ifrs-full:IssuedCapitalMember5493006WBEME88YFDW232024-12-31ifrs-full:IssuedCapitalMember5493006WBEME88YFDW232022-12-31ifrs-full:IssuedCapitalMember5493006WBEME88YFDW232023-01-012023-12-31ifrs-full:IssuedCapitalMember5493006WBEME88YFDW232023-12-31ifrs-full:SharePremiumMember5493006WBEME88YFDW232024-01-012024-12-31ifrs-full:SharePremiumMember5493006WBEME88YFDW232024-12-31ifrs-full:SharePremiumMember5493006WBEME88YFDW232022-12-31ifrs-full:SharePremiumMember5493006WBEME88YFDW232023-01-012023-12-31ifrs-full:SharePremiumMember5493006WBEME88YFDW232023-12-31ifrs-full:TreasurySharesMember5493006WBEME88YFDW232024-01-012024-12-31ifrs-full:TreasurySharesMember5493006WBEME88YFDW232024-12-31ifrs-full:TreasurySharesMember5493006WBEME88YFDW232022-12-31ifrs-full:TreasurySharesMember5493006WBEME88YFDW232023-01-012023-12-31ifrs-full:TreasurySharesMember5493006WBEME88YFDW232023-12-31bwlpg:ContributedSurplusMember5493006WBEME88YFDW232024-01-012024-12-31bwlpg:ContributedSurplusMember5493006WBEME88YFDW232024-12-31bwlpg:ContributedSurplusMember5493006WBEME88YFDW232022-12-31bwlpg:ContributedSurplusMember5493006WBEME88YFDW232023-01-012023-12-31bwlpg:ContributedSurplusMember5493006WBEME88YFDW232023-12-31ifrs-full:CapitalReserveMember5493006WBEME88YFDW232024-01-012024-12-31ifrs-full:CapitalReserveMember5493006WBEME88YFDW232024-12-31ifrs-full:CapitalReserveMember5493006WBEME88YFDW232022-12-31ifrs-full:CapitalReserveMember5493006WBEME88YFDW232023-01-012023-12-31ifrs-full:CapitalReserveMember5493006WBEME88YFDW232023-12-31ifrs-full:ReserveOfCashFlowHedgesMember5493006WBEME88YFDW232024-01-012024-12-31ifrs-full:ReserveOfCashFlowHedgesMember5493006WBEME88YFDW232024-12-31ifrs-full:ReserveOfCashFlowHedgesMember5493006WBEME88YFDW232022-12-31ifrs-full:ReserveOfCashFlowHedgesMember5493006WBEME88YFDW232023-01-012023-12-31ifrs-full:ReserveOfCashFlowHedgesMember5493006WBEME88YFDW232023-12-31ifrs-full:ReserveOfSharebasedPaymentsMember5493006WBEME88YFDW232024-01-012024-12-31ifrs-full:ReserveOfSharebasedPaymentsMember5493006WBEME88YFDW232024-12-31ifrs-full:ReserveOfSharebasedPaymentsMember5493006WBEME88YFDW232022-12-31ifrs-full:ReserveOfSharebasedPaymentsMember5493006WBEME88YFDW232023-01-012023-12-31ifrs-full:ReserveOfSharebasedPaymentsMember5493006WBEME88YFDW232023-12-31ifrs-full:ReserveOfExchangeDifferencesOnTranslationMember5493006WBEME88YFDW232024-01-012024-12-31ifrs-full:ReserveOfExchangeDifferencesOnTranslationMember5493006WBEME88YFDW232024-12-31ifrs-full:ReserveOfExchangeDifferencesOnTranslationMember5493006WBEME88YFDW232022-12-31ifrs-full:ReserveOfExchangeDifferencesOnTranslationMember5493006WBEME88YFDW232023-01-012023-12-31ifrs-full:ReserveOfExchangeDifferencesOnTranslationMember5493006WBEME88YFDW232023-12-31ifrs-full:MiscellaneousOtherReservesMember5493006WBEME88YFDW232024-01-012024-12-31ifrs-full:MiscellaneousOtherReservesMember5493006WBEME88YFDW232024-12-31ifrs-full:MiscellaneousOtherReservesMember5493006WBEME88YFDW232022-12-31ifrs-full:MiscellaneousOtherReservesMember5493006WBEME88YFDW232023-01-012023-12-31ifrs-full:MiscellaneousOtherReservesMember5493006WBEME88YFDW232023-12-31ifrs-full:RetainedEarningsMember5493006WBEME88YFDW232024-01-012024-12-31ifrs-full:RetainedEarningsMember5493006WBEME88YFDW232024-12-31ifrs-full:RetainedEarningsMember5493006WBEME88YFDW232022-12-31ifrs-full:RetainedEarningsMember5493006WBEME88YFDW232023-01-012023-12-31ifrs-full:RetainedEarningsMember5493006WBEME88YFDW232023-12-31ifrs-full:EquityAttributableToOwnersOfParentMember5493006WBEME88YFDW232024-01-012024-12-31ifrs-full:EquityAttributableToOwnersOfParentMember5493006WBEME88YFDW232024-12-31ifrs-full:EquityAttributableToOwnersOfParentMember5493006WBEME88YFDW232022-12-31ifrs-full:EquityAttributableToOwnersOfParentMember5493006WBEME88YFDW232023-01-012023-12-31ifrs-full:EquityAttributableToOwnersOfParentMember5493006WBEME88YFDW232023-12-31ifrs-full:NoncontrollingInterestsMember5493006WBEME88YFDW232024-01-012024-12-31ifrs-full:NoncontrollingInterestsMember5493006WBEME88YFDW232024-12-31ifrs-full:NoncontrollingInterestsMember5493006WBEME88YFDW232022-12-31ifrs-full:NoncontrollingInterestsMember5493006WBEME88YFDW232023-01-012023-12-31ifrs-full:NoncontrollingInterestsMember5493006WBEME88YFDW232021-12-315493006WBEME88YFDW232021-12-31ifrs-full:IssuedCapitalMember5493006WBEME88YFDW232022-01-012022-12-31ifrs-full:IssuedCapitalMember5493006WBEME88YFDW232021-12-31ifrs-full:SharePremiumMember5493006WBEME88YFDW232022-01-012022-12-31ifrs-full:SharePremiumMember5493006WBEME88YFDW232021-12-31ifrs-full:TreasurySharesMember5493006WBEME88YFDW232022-01-012022-12-31ifrs-full:TreasurySharesMember5493006WBEME88YFDW232021-12-31bwlpg:ContributedSurplusMember5493006WBEME88YFDW232022-01-012022-12-31bwlpg:ContributedSurplusMember5493006WBEME88YFDW232021-12-31ifrs-full:CapitalReserveMember5493006WBEME88YFDW232022-01-012022-12-31ifrs-full:CapitalReserveMember5493006WBEME88YFDW232021-12-31ifrs-full:ReserveOfCashFlowHedgesMember5493006WBEME88YFDW232022-01-012022-12-31ifrs-full:ReserveOfCashFlowHedgesMember5493006WBEME88YFDW232021-12-31ifrs-full:ReserveOfSharebasedPaymentsMember5493006WBEME88YFDW232022-01-012022-12-31ifrs-full:ReserveOfSharebasedPaymentsMember5493006WBEME88YFDW232021-12-31ifrs-full:ReserveOfExchangeDifferencesOnTranslationMember5493006WBEME88YFDW232022-01-012022-12-31ifrs-full:ReserveOfExchangeDifferencesOnTranslationMember5493006WBEME88YFDW232021-12-31ifrs-full:MiscellaneousOtherReservesMember5493006WBEME88YFDW232022-01-012022-12-31ifrs-full:MiscellaneousOtherReservesMember5493006WBEME88YFDW232021-12-31ifrs-full:RetainedEarningsMember5493006WBEME88YFDW232022-01-012022-12-31ifrs-full:RetainedEarningsMember5493006WBEME88YFDW232021-12-31ifrs-full:EquityAttributableToOwnersOfParentMember5493006WBEME88YFDW232022-01-012022-12-31ifrs-full:EquityAttributableToOwnersOfParentMember5493006WBEME88YFDW232021-12-31ifrs-full:NoncontrollingInterestsMember5493006WBEME88YFDW232022-01-012022-12-31ifrs-full:NoncontrollingInterestsMember5493006WBEME88YFDW232024-01-012024-12-31ifrs-full:LeaseLiabilitiesMember5493006WBEME88YFDW232024-12-31ifrs-full:LeaseLiabilitiesMember5493006WBEME88YFDW232023-01-012023-12-31ifrs-full:LeaseLiabilitiesMember5493006WBEME88YFDW232023-12-31bwlpg:BorrowingsMember5493006WBEME88YFDW232024-01-012024-12-31bwlpg:BorrowingsMember5493006WBEME88YFDW232024-12-31bwlpg:BorrowingsMember5493006WBEME88YFDW232024-12-31ifrs-full:InterestRateSwapContractMember5493006WBEME88YFDW232024-01-012024-12-31ifrs-full:InterestRateSwapContractMember5493006WBEME88YFDW232023-12-31ifrs-full:InterestRateSwapContractMember5493006WBEME88YFDW232023-01-012023-12-31bwlpg:BorrowingsMember5493006WBEME88YFDW232023-12-31ifrs-full:LeaseLiabilitiesMember5493006WBEME88YFDW232023-01-012023-12-31ifrs-full:InterestRateSwapContractMember5493006WBEME88YFDW232022-12-31bwlpg:BorrowingsMember5493006WBEME88YFDW232022-12-31ifrs-full:LeaseLiabilitiesMember5493006WBEME88YFDW232022-12-31ifrs-full:InterestRateSwapContractMember5493006WBEME88YFDW232022-01-012022-12-31bwlpg:BorrowingsMember5493006WBEME88YFDW232022-01-012022-12-31ifrs-full:LeaseLiabilitiesMember5493006WBEME88YFDW232022-01-012022-12-31ifrs-full:InterestRateSwapContractMember5493006WBEME88YFDW232021-12-31bwlpg:BorrowingsMember5493006WBEME88YFDW232021-12-31ifrs-full:LeaseLiabilitiesMember5493006WBEME88YFDW232021-12-31ifrs-full:InterestRateSwapContractMemberiso4217:USDiso4217:USDxbrli:shares
Graphics
As filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on 28 March 2025.
UNITED STATES
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
WASHINGTON, D.C. 20549

FORM 20-F

☐ REGISTRATION STATEMENT PURSUANT TO SECTION 12(b) OR (g) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE
ACT OF 1934
OR
☒ ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934
For the fiscal year ended December 31, 2024
OR
☐ TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF
1934
OR
☐ SHELL COMPANY REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT
OF 1934
Commission file number: 001-42008
BW LPG Limited
(Exact name of Registrant as specified in its charter)

N/A
(Translation of Registrant’s name into English)

Singapore
(Jurisdiction of incorporation or organization)

c/o BW LPG Holding Pte Ltd
10 Pasir Panjang Road,
#17-02 Mapletree Business City, Singapore 117438

(Address of principal executive offices)
Kristian Sørensen
Chief Executive Officer
+65-6705-5588
kristian.sorensen@bwlpg.com,

10 Pasir Panjang Road #17-02 Mapletree Business
City Singapore 117438

(Name, Telephone, E-mail and/or Facsimile number
and Address of Company Contact Person)
Securities registered or to be registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act.






Title of each class

Trading symbol(s)

Name of each exchange on which registered
Ordinary shares, no par value per share

BWLP

New York Stock Exchange

Securities registered or to be registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act:
None
Securities for which there is a reporting obligation pursuant to Section 15(d) of the Act:
None

Graphics
Indicate the number of outstanding shares of each of the issuer’s classes of capital or common stock as of the close of the period
covered by the annual report.
As at 31 December 2024, there were 151,538,443 ordinary shares (excluding 7,743,557 treasury ordinary shares), no par
value per share, issued and outstanding.
Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act.
Yes ☐
No ☒
If this report is an annual or transition report, indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to
Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934.
Yes ☐
No ☒
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities
Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports),
and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days.
Yes ☒
No ☐
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has submitted electronically every Interactive Data File required to be submitted
pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T (§ 232.405 of this chapter) during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the
registrant was required to submit such files).
Yes ☒
No ☐
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, or an
emerging growth company. See definition of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer,” and “emerging growth company” in
Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act.



Large accelerated filer ☐
Accelerated filer ☐
Non-accelerated filer ☒
Emerging growth company ☐

If an emerging growth company that prepares its financial statements in accordance with U.S. GAAP, indicate by check mark if
the registrant has elected not to use the extended period for complying with any new or revised financial accounting standards †
provided pursuant to Section 13(a) of the Exchange Act. ☐
† The term “new or revised financial accounting standard” refers to any update issued by the Financial Accounting Standards
Board to its Accounting Standards Codification after April 5, 2012.
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has filed a report on and attestation to its management’s assessment of the
effectiveness of its internal control over financial reporting under Section 404(b) of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act (15. U.S.C. 7262(b)) by
the registered public accounting firm that prepared or issued its audit report. ☐
If securities are registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act, indicate by check mark whether the financial statements of the
registrant included in the filing reflect the correction of an error to previously issued financial statements. ☐
Indicate by check mark whether any of those error corrections are restatements that required a recovery analysis of incentive-
based compensation received by any of the registrant’s executive officers during the relevant recovery period pursuant to
§240.10D-1(b). ☐
Indicate by check mark which basis of accounting the registrant has used to prepare the financial statements included in this
filing:
U.S. GAAP ☐ International Financial Reporting Standards as issued by the International Accounting Standards Board ☒
Other ☐
If “Other” has been checked in response to the previous question, indicate by check mark which financial statement item the
registrant has elected to follow.
Item 17 ☐
Item 18 ☐
If this is an annual report, indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the
Exchange Act).
Yes ☐
No ☒


Graphics
i
TABLE OF CONTENTS

TABLE OF CONTENTS

i
INTRODUCTION AND USE OF CERTAIN TERMS

1
PRESENTATION OF FINANCIAL AND OTHER INFORMATION

2
SPECIAL NOTE ABOUT FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

7
PART I

9

ITEM 1. IDENTITY OF DIRECTORS, SENIOR MANAGEMENT AND ADVISERS

9

ITEM 2. OFFER STATISTICS AND EXPECTED TIMETABLE

9

ITEM 3. KEY INFORMATION

9


3.A. [RESERVED.]

9


3.B. CAPITALIZATION AND INDEBTEDNESS

9


3.C. REASONS FOR THE OFFER AND USE OF PROCEEDS

9


3.D. RISK FACTORS


9

ITEM 4.INFORMATION ON THE COMPANY


36


4.A. HISTORY AND DEVELOPMENT OF THE COMPANY

36


4.B.BUSINESS OVERVIEW

38


4.C.ORGANIZATIONAL STRUCTURE

63


4.D.PROPERTY, PLANT AND EQUIPMENT

64

ITEM 4A. UNRESOLVED STAFF COMMENTS

64

ITEM 5. OPERATING AND FINANCIAL REVIEW AND PROSPECTS

64


5.A. OPERATING RESULTS


64


5.B. LIQUIDITY AND CAPITAL RESOURCES

75


5.C. RESEARCH AND DEVELOPMENT, PATENTS AND LICENSES, ETC.

80


5.D. TREND INFORMATION

80


5.E. CRITICAL ACCOUNTING ESTIMATES

80

ITEM 6. DIRECTORS, SENIOR MANAGEMENT AND EMPLOYEES

80


6.A. DIRECTORS AND SENIOR MANAGEMENT

80


6.B. COMPENSATION

83


6.C. BOARD PRACTICES

84


6.D. EMPLOYEES

85


6.E. SHARE OWNERSHIP

85


6.F. DISCLOSURE OF A REGISTRANT’S ACTION TO RECOVER ERRONEOUSLY AWARDED
COMPENSATION

86

ITEM 7. MAJOR SHAREHOLDERS AND RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS

86


7.A. MAJOR SHAREHOLDERS

86


7.B. RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS

87


7.C. INTERESTS OF EXPERTS AND COUNSEL

87

ITEM 8. FINANCIAL INFORMATION

87


8.A. CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS AND OTHER FINANCIAL INFORMATION

87


8.B. SIGNIFICANT CHANGES

88

ITEM 9. THE OFFER AND LISTING

88


9.A. OFFER AND LISTING DETAILS

88


9.B. PLAN OF DISTRIBUTION

88


9.C. MARKETS

88


9.D. SELLING SHAREHOLDERS

91


9.E. DILUTION

91


9.F. EXPENSES OF THE ISSUE

91

ITEM 10. ADDITIONAL INFORMATION

91


10.A. SHARE CAPITAL

91


10.B. CONSTITUTION

91


10.C. MATERIAL CONTRACTS

91


10.D. EXCHANGE CONTROLS

93


10.E. TAXATION

93









































Graphics
ii


10.F. DIVIDENDS AND PAYING AGENTS

101


10.G. STATEMENTS BY EXPERTS

102


10.H. DOCUMENTS ON DISPLAY

102


10.I. SUBSIDIARY INFORMATION

102


10.J. ANNUAL REPORT TO SECURITY HOLDERS

102

ITEM 11. QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURES ABOUT MARKET RISK

102

ITEM 12. DESCRIPTION OF SECURITIES OTHER THAN EQUITY SECURITIES

102
PART II

102

ITEM 13. DEFAULTS, DIVIDEND ARREARAGES AND DELINQUENCIES

102

ITEM 14. MATERIAL MODIFICATIONS TO THE RIGHTS OF SECURITY HOLDERS AND USE OF PROCEEDS

102

ITEM 15. CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES

103


15.A. DISCLOSURE CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES

103


15.B. MANAGEMENT’S ANNUAL REPORT ON INTERNAL CONTROL OVER FINANCIAL REPORTING

103


15.C. ATTESTATION REPORT OF THE REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

103


15.D. CHANGES IN INTERNAL CONTROL OVER FINANCIAL REPORTING

103

ITEM 16. [RESERVED]


103


16A. AUDIT COMMITTEE FINANCIAL EXPERT

103


16B. CODE OF ETHICS

104


16C. PRINCIPAL ACCOUNTANT FEES AND SERVICES

104


16D. EXEMPTIONS FROM THE LISTING STANDARDS FOR AUDIT COMMITTEES

104


16E. PURCHASES OF EQUITY SECURITIES BY THE ISSUER AND AFFILIATED PURCHASERS

105


16F. CHANGE IN REGISTRANT’S CERTIFYING ACCOUNTANT

105


16G. CORPORATE GOVERNANCE

105


16H. MINE SAFETY DISCLOSURE

106


16I. DISCLOSURE REGARDING FOREIGN JURISDICTIONS THAT PREVENT INSPECTIONS

106


16J. INSIDER TRADING POLICIES

106


16K. CYBERSECURITY

106
PART III

108

ITEM 17. FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

108

ITEM 18. FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

108

ITEM 19. EXHIBITS

108



































Graphics
1
INTRODUCTION AND USE OF CERTAIN TERMS
In this annual report, “the Company” or “BW LPG” refer to BW LPG Limited. “The Group,” “we,” “our,” “us” or like terms refer
to BW LPG Limited together with its consolidated subsidiaries and subsidiary undertakings from time to time.
References to “NOK” are to the lawful currency of Norway, references to “USD” or “US$” are to the lawful currency of the
United States, references to “EUR” or “€” are to the common currency of the European Monetary Union and references to “S$” are to
the lawful currency of Singapore.
Unless otherwise indicated or the context otherwise requires, the following definitions apply throughout this annual report:



“Board of Directors”
the board of directors of the Company;
“BW Group”
BW Group Limited, of which BW LPG Limited is an affiliate;
“CBM”
cubic meter;
“Chairman”
the chairman of the Board of Directors and the Company;
“chartered-in”
with respect to the Group’s vessels, a time charter entered into by the Group as a charterer;
“chartered-out”
with respect to the Group’s vessels, a time charter entered into by the Group as a ship owner;
“CoA”
contract of affreightment;
“Code”
United States Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended;
“Constitution”
the Company’s Constitution, as amended
“DNV”
Det Norske Veritas;
“EU”
the European Union;
“Exchange Act”
the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended;
“Financial Statements”
the audited consolidated balance sheets of the Group as of 31 December 2024 and 2023 and the
audited consolidated statements of comprehensive income, changes in equity, and cash flows for each
of the years in the three year period ended 31 December 2024;
“GHG”
greenhouse gas;
“IFRS”
International Financial Reporting Standards Accounting Standards as issued by the International
Accounting Standards Board;
“ILO”
International Labour Organization;
“IPO”
initial public offering;
“IRAS”
Inland Revenue Authority of Singapore
“IRS”
US Internal Revenue Service;
“LIBOR”
London Interbank Offered Rate;
“Lloyds Register”
Lloyds Register of Shipping;
“LPG”
liquefied petroleum gas;
“MGC”
medium gas carrier;
“NYSE”
New York Stock Exchange;
“newbuild”
a new vessel to be or that has just been constructed, or is under construction;
“OSE”
Oslo Stock Exchange;
“OECD”
Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development;
“PCAOB”
Public Company Accounting Oversight Board;
“PFIC”
passive foreign investment company;
“Product Services”
the Group’s Product Services division;
“SEC”
the US Securities and Exchange Commission;
“Securities Act”
the Securities Act of 1933, as amended;
“Section 404”
Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act;
“Shipping”
the Group’s Shipping division;
“Singapore Companies Act”
the Singapore Companies Act 1967, as amended;
“Singapore Income Tax Act”
the Singapore Income Tax Act 1947, as amended;
“Singapore Take-overs Code”
the Singapore Code on Take-Overs and Mergers;
“SOFR”
Secured Overnight Financing Rate;
“TCE”
time charter equivalent; and
“VLGC”
very large gas carriers.




Graphics
2
PRESENTATION OF FINANCIAL AND OTHER INFORMATION
Overview
The Financial Statements included in this annual report and the related financial information presented herein have been prepared
in accordance with IFRS as issued by the International Accounting Standards Board.
Reporting Framework
The financial information presented in this annual report reflects the operating and financial performance of the Group, its cash
flows and financial position and resources. The Group’s results as reported in accordance with IFRS represent the Group’s overall
performance. The Group also uses a number of adjusted, non-IFRS, measures to report the performance of its business, as described
below.
Description of Key Line Items in the Group’s Financial Statements
The following descriptions of key line items in the Financial Statements are relevant to the discussion of the Group’s results of
operations by segment in “Item 5. Operating and Financial Review and Prospects.”
Shipping
• Revenue from spot voyages. Revenue from spot voyages is revenue earned from spot voyage which is typically a single round
trip that is priced based on a current or spot market rate.
• Voyage expenses. Voyage expenses are expenses related to a spot voyage, including bunker fuel expenses, port fees, cargo
loading and unloading expenses, canal tolls and agency fees.
• Revenue from time charter voyages. Revenue from time charter voyages is revenue earned from vessels that are time
chartered to customers for fixed periods of time at rates that are generally fixed.
• TCE income — Shipping. TCE income — Shipping represents revenue from time charters and voyage charters less voyage
expenses comprising primarily fuel oil, port charges and commission.
Product Services
• Revenue from Product Services. Revenue from Product Services is revenue derived from trading activities, comprising the
sale of LPG cargo and net derivative gains and losses, which arise from hedging transactions entered into by the Group to
manage exposure to fluctuations in LPG prices and freight rates.
• Cost of cargo and delivery expenses. Cost of cargo and delivery expenses is the cost of sales for trading activities, comprising
mainly LPG cargo purchase and freight expenses.
• Gross (loss)/profit — Product Services. Gross (loss)/profit — Product Services is revenue from Product Services, plus inter-
segment revenue, minus cost of cargo and delivery expenses, inter-segment expense and depreciation (see Note 23 to the
Financial Statements for detail).
The following descriptions of key line items in the Financial Statements are relevant to the discussion of the Group’s consolidated
results of operations in “Item 5. Operating and Financial Review and Prospects.”
• Revenue — Shipping. Revenue — Shipping includes revenue from spot voyages and revenue from time charter voyages (see
“— Shipping” above).
• Revenue — Product Services (see “— Product Services” above).

Graphics
3
• Cost of cargo and delivery expenses — Product Services (see “— Product Services” above).
• Voyage expenses — Shipping (see “— Shipping” above).
• Vessel operating expenses. Vessel operating expenses include manning costs, vessel running expenses (such as insurance,
expenses relating to repairs and maintenance, the cost of spares and consumable stores, lube oils and communication
expenses), tonnage taxes and other miscellaneous expenses.
• General and administrative expenses. General and administrative expenses comprised external statutory and professional
fees, as well as fees paid to related companies for the provision of corporate service functions (such as finance, tax, legal,
insurance, information technology, human resources and facilities) to the Group
• Charter hire expenses. Charter hire expenses include charter rates the Group pays for chartered-in vessels. The number of
vessels chartered-in may vary from period to period.
• Depreciation. Depreciation is based on the cost of the vessel less its estimated residual value, on a straight-line basis over the
estimated remaining economic useful life of each vessel. Costs associated with drydockings and upgrade expenses are
included in the carrying amount of vessels and depreciated on a straight-line basis over the duration of the drydocking cycle
or based on the Group’s assessment of the useful lives of the upgrades.
• Gain/Loss on disposal of vessels. Gain/Loss on disposal of vessels refers to the net gains or losses arising from sale of
vessels, net of commission.
• Write-back of impairment charge on vessels/(impairment charge on vessels). Impairment charge on vessels is the loss
recognised in the profit or loss when the carrying value of a vessel exceeds the higher of the prevailing market valuations and
the value-in-use. Write back of the impairment charge on vessels refers to the reversal of loss previously recognised based on
updated prevailing market valuations or value-in-use amounts.
• Finance expenses — net. Finance expenses — net include the cost of foreign currency gain/(loss) — net, interest income,
interest expense and other finance income/(expense) such as bank charges.
Non-IFRS Financial Measures
This annual report contains a number of non-IFRS financial measures that the management of the Group uses to monitor and
analyse the performance of the Group’s business. Non-IFRS financial measures exclude amounts that are included in, or include
amounts that are excluded from, the most directly comparable measure calculated and presented in accordance with IFRS, or are
calculated using measures that are not calculated in accordance with IFRS. Non-IFRS financial measures may be considered in
addition to, but not as a substitute for or superior to, information presented in accordance with IFRS.
The Group believes that these non-IFRS financial measures, in addition to IFRS measures, provide an enhanced understanding of
the Group’s results and related trends, therefore increasing transparency and clarity of the Group’s results and business.
There are no generally accepted accounting principles governing the calculation of these measures and the criteria upon which
these measures are based can vary from company to company. The non-IFRS financial measures presented in this annual report may
not be comparable to other similarly titled measures used by other companies, have limitations as analytical tools and should not be
considered in isolation or as a substitute for analysis of the Group’s operating results as reported under IFRS. The Group encourages
investors and analysts not to rely on any single financial measure but to review the Group’s financial and non-financial information in
its entirety.
The following non-IFRS measures are presented in this annual report.
TCE income — Shipping per calendar day (total)
The Group defines TCE income — Shipping per calendar day (total) as TCE income — Shipping divided by calendar days (total).

Graphics
4
The Group defines calendar days (total) as the total number of days in a period during which vessels are owned or chartered-in is
in its possession, including technical off-hire days and waiting days (see “— TCE income — Shipping per available day” below for
the definition of waiting days and technical off-hire days). Calendar days are an indicator of the size of the fleet over a period and
affect both the amount of revenue and the amount of expense that the Group records during that period because it is a measure of how
well the Company manages the fleet technically and commercially.
The reconciliation of TCE income — Shipping per calendar day (total) to TCE income — Shipping for the years ended 31
December 2024, 2023 and 2022 is provided below.










Year ended 31 December


2024

2023

2022
TCE income – Shipping (US$’000)

608,196

797,495

567,661
Calendar days (total)

12,833

12,940

13,988
TCE income – Shipping per calendar day (total) (US$’000)

47.4

61.6

40.6

TCE income — Shipping per available day
The Group defines TCE income — Shipping per available day as TCE income — Shipping divided by available days.
The Group defines available days as the total number of days (including waiting time) in a period during which each vessel is
owned or chartered-in, net of technical off-hire days. The Company uses available days to measure the number of days in a period
during which vessels actually generate or are capable of generating revenue.
The Group defines waiting days as the number of days its vessels are unemployed for market reasons, excluding technical off-
hire days. Ballast voyages, positioning voyages prior to deliveries on time charters and time spent on cleaning of tanks when vessels
are switching from one cargo type to another are not considered waiting time. Waiting days per vessel are calculated as total
waiting days for owned and chartered-in vessels divided by the number of owned and chartered-in vessels (not weighted by ownership
share in each vessel).
The Group defines technical off-hire as the time lost due to off-hire days associated with major repairs, drydockings or special or
intermediate surveys. Technical off-hire per vessel is calculated as an average for owned, bareboat and chartered-in vessels (not
weighted by ownership share in each vessel).
The Group believes TCE income — Shipping per available day is meaningful to investors because it is a measure of how well the
Group manages the fleet commercially.
The reconciliation of TCE income — Shipping per available day to TCE income — Shipping for the years ended 31
December 2024, 2023 and 2022 is provided below.










Year ended 31 December


2024

2023

2022
TCE income – Shipping (US$’000)

608,196

797,495

567,661
Available days

12,593

12,657

13,341
TCE income – Shipping per available day (US$’000)

48.3

63.0

42.6

Vessel operating expenses per calendar day (owned)
The Group defines vessel operating expenses per calendar day (owned) as vessel operating expenses divided by calendar days
(owned).
The Group defines vessel operating expenses as manning costs, vessel running expenses (such as insurance, expenses relating to
repairs and maintenance, the cost of spares and consumable stores, lube oils and communication expenses), tonnage taxes and other
miscellaneous expenses.

Graphics
5
The Group defines calendar days (owned) as the total number of days in a period during which each vessel is owned, including
technical off-hire days and waiting days (see “— TCE income — Shipping per available day” above for the definition of waiting days
and technical off-hire days). because it measures the Group’s operational efficiency.
The reconciliation of vessel operating expenses per calendar day (owned) for the years ended 31 December 2024, 2023 and 2022
is provided below.










Year ended 31 December


2024

2023

2022
Vessel operating expenses (US$’000)

84,984

82,192

93,428
Calendar days (owned)

10,287

10,085

11,178
Vessel operating expenses per calendar day (owned) (US$’000)

8.3

8.1

8.4

Adjusted free cash flow
The Group defines adjusted free cash flow as net cash from operating activities minus cash outflows for additions in property,
plant and equipment and additions in intangible assets, plus cash inflows from progress payments for vessel upgrades and dry docks,
sale of assets held-for-sale and sale of vessels.
The Group believes adjusted free cash flow is meaningful to investors because it is the measure of the funds generated by the
Group available for distribution of dividends, repayment of debt or to fund the Group’s strategic initiatives, including acquisitions.
The purpose of presenting adjusted free cash flow is to indicate the ongoing cash generation within the control of the Group after
taking account of the necessary cash expenditures for maintaining the operating structure of the Group (in the form of capital
expenditure).
The reconciliation of adjusted free cash flow to net cash inflow from operating activities for the years ended 31 December 2024,
2023 and 2022 is provided below.










Year ended 31 December
In US$’000

2024

2023

2022
Net cash from operating activities

749,144

513,363

505,300
Additions in property, plant and equipment

(602,012)

(116,045)

(46,192)
Progress payments for vessel upgrades and dry docks

—

—

16,035
Additions in intangible assets

(237)

(634)

(103)
Proceeds from sale of assets held-for-sale

64,687

167,588

95,415
Proceeds from sale of vessels

—

—

87,883
Adjusted free cash flow

211,582

564,272

658,338

Return on capital employed (ROCE)
The Group defines return on capital employed (“ROCE”) as, with respect to a particular financial year, the ratio of the operating
profit for such year to capital employed defined as the average of the total shareholders’ equity, total borrowings and total lease
liabilities, calculated as the average of the opening and closing balance for such year as presented in the consolidated balance sheet.
The Group believes ROCE is meaningful to investors because it measures the Group’s financial efficiency and its ability to create
future growth in value.

Graphics
6
The reconciliation of ROCE to operating profit for the years ended 31 December 2024, 2023 and 2022 is provided below.










As of, and for the year ended,



31 December



2024

2023

2022

Operating profit (US$’000)

433,689

523,729

270,832

Average of the total shareholders’ equity (US$’000)
(1)


1,761,827

1,591,375

1,491,245

Average of the total borrowings (US$’000)
(1)


677,179

445,361

610,331

Average of the total lease liabilities (US$’000)
(1)


194,564

192,661

180,012

Capital employed (US$’000)

2,633,569

2,229,397

2,281,588

ROCE

16.5
%
23.5
%
11.9
%

(1) Calculated as the average of the opening and closing balance for the year as presented in the consolidated balance sheet.
Rounding of Figures
Certain financial information presented in tables in this annual report has been rounded to the nearest whole number or the nearest
decimal place. Therefore, the sum of the numbers in a column may not conform exactly to the total figure given for that column. In
addition, certain percentages presented in the tables in this annual report reflect calculations based upon the underlying information
prior to rounding, and, accordingly, may not conform exactly to the percentages that would be derived if the relevant calculations were
based upon the rounded numbers.
No Incorporation of Website Information
The contents of the Group’s website, any website mentioned in this annual report or any website, directly or indirectly, linked to
these websites have not been verified and do not form part of this annual report, and information contained therein should not be relied
upon.
Market and Industry Data
Unless the source is otherwise stated, the market and industry data in this annual report constitute the Group’s estimates and
analysis, using underlying data from independent third parties, including Anfil Gas, Baltic Exchange, ZeroNorth, Clarkson Research
(“Clarksons”), Fearnley Securities AS (“Fearnleys”), SSY, Affinity Shipping, Steem1960 Shipbrokers, Interocean, Reshamwala
Shipbrokers, Gibson Shipbrokers, Sentosa Shipbrokers, Sublime China Information, US Energy Information Administration,
NGLStrategy and Vortexa, as well as publicly available information. Such data include market research, consultant surveys, publicly
available information, reports of governmental agencies and industry publications and surveys. Estimates extrapolated from these data
involve risks and uncertainties and are subject to change based on various factors.
The Group confirms that all third-party data contained in this annual report has been accurately reproduced and, so far as the
Group is aware and able to ascertain from information published by that third party, no facts have been omitted that would render the
reproduced information inaccurate or misleading.
Where third-party information has been used in this annual report, the source of such information has been identified. While
industry surveys, publications, consultant surveys and forecasts generally state that the information contained therein has been
obtained from sources believed to be reliable, the accuracy and completeness of such information is not guaranteed.


Graphics
7
SPECIAL NOTE ABOUT FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS
This annual report includes forward-looking statements that reflect the Group’s current views with respect to future events and
financial and operational performance. You should not place undue reliance on these statements as no assurance can be given that any
particular expectation or forecast will be met.
These forward-looking statements may be identified by the use of forward-looking terminology, such as the terms “anticipates,”
“assumes,” “believes,” “can,” “could,” “estimates,” “expects,” “forecasts,” “intends,” “may,” “might,” “plans,” “should,” “projects,”
“will,” “would” or, in each case, their negative, or other variations or comparable terminology. In addition, in the future the Group,
and others on the Group’s behalf, may make statements that constitute forward-looking statements and, except as may be required by
applicable legal or regulatory obligations, the Group undertakes no obligation to update any forward- looking statements, whether as a
result of new information, future events or otherwise. Such forward- looking statements may include, without limitation, statements
relating to the following:
• financial strength and position of the Group;
• operating results, liquidity, prospects, growth of the Group;
• the implementation of strategic initiatives;
• other statements relating to the Group’s future business development and financial performance;
• the industry in which the Group operates, such as, but not limited to, with respect to demand for LPG carriers in the future
and expected growth in the maritime LPG transportation market.
Forward-looking statements are subject to assumptions, inherent risks and uncertainties, many of which relate to factors that are
beyond the Group’s control or precise estimate. The Group cautions you that a number of important factors could cause actual results
to differ materially from those expressed or implied in any forward-looking statement. Some of the factors that could cause actual
results or events to differ from current expectations include the following:
• general economic, political and business conditions;
• general LPG market conditions, including changes in LPG freight rates, charter rates, vessel values and bunker fuel prices
and other operating costs;
• changes in demand in the LPG shipping industry;
• the impact of trade policy matters, such as the imposition of tariffs and other import restrictions;
• any adverse developments in the maritime LPG transportation business;
• changes in, and the Group’s compliance with, governmental, tax, environmental, safety, data protection and privacy and other
laws and regulations;
• failure in the management of climate and environmental risks and delivery and performance of management environmental
objectives;
• changes in competition rules and regulations for the shipping industry;
• failure to manage disruptions, including due to climate change, abnormal weather conditions, pandemics, piracy, strikes and
boycotts, political instability, sanctions and breaches of IT systems;
• failure to implement the Group’s business strategy or manage the Group’s growth;

Graphics
8
• damages or breakdowns of the Group’s vessels, including due to weather conditions, mechanical failures, wars or other
circumstances and events;
• failure to obtain new customers or the loss of any existing major customers;
• failure to maintain sufficient cash reserves to make capital expenditures necessary for the Group’s vessels’ maintenance;
• failure to attract and retain key management personnel, technically skilled officers and other employees;
• default by third parties with whom the Group has entered into chartered-in arrangements;
• failure of the Group’s third-party technical managers or other counterparties to meet their obligations;
• the ageing of the Group’s fleet which could result in increased operating costs;
• delays in deliveries of or cost overruns in relation to newbuilds (if any);
• failure to integrate assets or businesses acquired from third parties;
• failure to identify or take advantage of arbitrage opportunities, effectively implement the Products Services division’s
hedging strategy and source LPG from third-party suppliers;
• loss of major tax disputes or successful tax challenges to the Group’s operating structure or to the Group’s tax payments; and
• the availability of and the Group’s ability to obtain financing to fund capital expenditures, acquisitions and other general
corporate activities, the terms of such financing and the Group’s ability to comply with the restrictions and other covenants
set forth in the Group’s existing and future debt agreements and financing arrangements.
The Group cautions you that the foregoing list of important factors is not exhaustive. When evaluating forward-looking
statements, you should carefully consider the foregoing factors and other uncertainties and events, as well as the risk factors relating to
the Group’s business and industry that are set out in “Item 3. Key Information — 3.D. Risk Factors” of this annual report.


Graphics
9
PART I
ITEM 1. IDENTITY OF DIRECTORS, SENIOR MANAGEMENT AND ADVISERS
Not applicable.
ITEM 2. OFFER STATISTICS AND EXPECTED TIMETABLE
Not applicable.
ITEM 3. KEY INFORMATION
3.A. [RESERVED.]
3.B. CAPITALIZATION AND INDEBTEDNESS
Not applicable.
3.C. REASONS FOR THE OFFER AND USE OF PROCEEDS
Not applicable.
3.D. RISK FACTORS
The risks and uncertainties relating to the Shares and the Group’s business and the industry in which it operates, described
below, together with all other information contained in this annual report, should be carefully considered in evaluating the Group and
the Shares. The risks and uncertainties described below represent those the Group considers to be material as of 31 December 2024.
However, these risks and uncertainties are not the only ones facing the Group. You should carefully consider the information in this
annual report in light of your personal circumstances.
Risks Related to the Industry in which the Group Operates
The highly cyclical nature of the LPG shipping industry may lead to volatility in the Group’s results of operations
External factors that affect the LPG shipping industry will have a significant impact on the Group’s results of operations. In the
past, the market for LPG transportation and the freight rates the Group can charge have been cyclical and volatile. For example,
according to Baltic Exchange (January 2025), the short-term VLGC TCE rates for shipping LPG between the Middle East and Japan
fluctuated between a high of US$175,874 per day to a low of US$6,243 per day from 2019 to the period ended December 2024. In
2024, 80.3% of the Group’s revenue from LPG shipping were generated on the basis of current market levels (“spot prices”) and
19.7% of the Group’s revenue were generated under time charters. Fluctuations in the freight rates the Group can charge its customers
result from changes in the global supply of carrying capacity and global demand for LPG. The external factors affecting supply and
demand for LPG vessels and the supply and demand for LPG transported by LPG vessels, and the nature, timing and degree of
changes in industry conditions are unpredictable.
The factors that influence the demand for LPG vessel capacity include, but are not limited to, the following factors:
• levels of demand for and production of LPG and other gases, which are affected by competition from alternative sources of
energy and alternative feedstock types, as well as the overall level of global economic activity and demand and prices for oil
and gas;
• development of new petrochemical resources and industry in countries that are currently net exporters of LPG can lead to
increased domestic LPG consumption and reduce the volumes available for shipment;

Graphics
10
• changes in laws and regulations affecting the LPG shipping industry;
• political changes and armed conflicts in the regions through which the Group’s vessels travel and where the cargo the Group
carries is produced or consumed, which may interrupt trade routes or the production or consumption of LPG, petrochemicals,
their derivatives or their raw materials;
• other changes in marine and other transportation patterns or the availability of alternative transportation means;
• global and regional economic and political conditions, as well as environmental concerns and regulations, which could
impact the supply of LPG, as well as the demand for various types of vessels; and
• changes in global and regional trading patterns, including changes in the distances that cargo must be transported.
The factors that influence the supply of LPG vessel capacity include, but are not limited to, the following:
• the number of newbuild deliveries;
• potential delays in newbuild deliveries and/or cancellations of newbuild orders;
• port and canal congestion;
• the price of steel and vessel equipment;
• conversion of LPG carriers to other uses;
• the scrapping rate of older vessels;
• maritime regulations that could impact effective vessel sailing speed;
• the number of vessels that are off-hire and out of service; and
• piracy and other attacks and their impact on voyage routes on account of certain operators rerouting vessels away from high-
risk areas.
Adverse changes in any of the foregoing factors could have a material adverse effect on the Group’s revenue, profitability,
liquidity, cash and financial positions.
An increase in protectionism, trade disputes and the introduction of or increases to existing tariffs could have a material adverse
impact on global trade, the shipping industry and the Group’s business and materially adversely affect the Group’s results of
operations, financial condition and cash flows.
Increased trade protectionism may adversely affect the Group’s business. Recently, government leaders have declared that their
countries may turn to trade barriers to protect or revive their domestic industries in the face of foreign imports, thereby affecting
global trade and depressing the demand for shipping. For example, the U.S. government has imposed tariffs on imports from Canada,
Mexico and China, and could announce additional tariffs in the future. Those countries have also implemented retaliatory tariffs in
response. Additionally, U.S. trade tensions with China may escalate beyond tariffs with a proposal by the U.S. government to impose
significant fees on any vessel entering a U.S. port.
Restrictions on imports, including in the form of tariffs and port fees, could have a significant impact on global trade and demand
for shipping. Specifically, increasing trade protectionism in the markets that the Group’s vessels and charterers serve may lead to an
increase in (i) the cost of goods exported from exporting countries, (ii) the length of time required to deliver goods from exporting
countries, (iii) the costs of such delivery and (iv) the risks associated with exporting goods. These factors may result in a decrease in
the quantity of goods and products to be shipped.

Graphics
11
In particular, the imposition of tariffs on LPG imports has previously led to indirect changes in trade patterns and LPG shipping
dynamics. Such tariffs pose significant risks to the Group’s business as they have the potential to erode price competitiveness and can
reduce demand in affected markets, disrupt established trade flows (including by redirecting products originally destined for a country
subject to tariffs to countries that are not subject to tariffs) and reduce arbitrage opportunities, which are critical for optimising
shipping routes and maximising profitability.
While there is significant uncertainty as to the duration of the measures described above and whether and to what extent new or
additional protectionist measures may be implemented, the current tariffs and corresponding retaliatory tariffs, or other legal or
regulatory developments and trade policies, may have a material adverse effect on the Group’s industry and the Group’s business,
operational strategies, results of operations, financial condition and cash flows.
Geopolitical events and political instability, such as the ongoing war in Ukraine and the potential resurgence of the Israel-Hamas
conflict, may impact the Group’s operations, international commerce and the global economy. The reactions of governments,
markets and the general public to such events, including economic sanctions and trade restrictions, may result in a number of
adverse consequences for the Group’s businesses.
The war in Ukraine continues to disrupt energy production and trade patterns. The continuing impact on energy prices and LPG
carrier rates, which initially increased as a result of the war, remains uncertain. Some of the economic sanctions imposed by the EU,
the United States and other countries in response to Russian action target the Russian oil sector and include, for instance, a prohibition
on the import of oil from Russia to the United States or the United Kingdom and the EU’s bans on importing Russian crude oil and
refined petroleum products, which took effect in December 2022 and February 2023, respectively, as well as the adoption of price
caps for seaborne Russian crude oil and petroleum products.
If Russian crude oil and natural gas become unavailable for export due to the extension of economic sanctions, boycotts or
otherwise, this could result in high oil prices that could reduce demand for LPG. The conflict may also impact various costs of
operating the Group’s business, for example, bunker expenses, for which the Group is responsible when its vessels operate in the spot
market, have increased with oil prices, and war risk insurance premiums and crewing services may be disrupted or become more
expensive, as Russia and Ukraine are significant sources of crews. The war in Ukraine and the global response continue to evolve and
their impact on energy supply and demand, energy prices and LPG operations and charter rates remains uncertain and could adversely
impact the Group’s business, results of operations and financial condition.
Although the Group does not have operations or significant direct exposure to customers in Israel or Gaza, the Group’s businesses
and operations could be negatively impacted by increased energy costs, supply chain disruptions or adverse impacts on customers
arising from a resurgence of the Israel-Hamas conflict.
Increasing scrutiny and changing expectations from investors, lenders and other market participants with respect to sustainability
policies may impose additional costs on the Group or expose the Group to additional risks
Companies across all industries, including the shipping industry, are facing increased scrutiny relating to their sustainability
policies. Investor advocacy groups, certain institutional investors, investment funds, lenders and other market participants are
increasingly focused on sustainability practices and in recent years have placed increasing importance on the implications and social
cost of their investments. The increased focus and activism related to sustainability and similar matters may hinder access to capital, as
investors and lenders may decide to reallocate capital or to not commit capital as a result of their assessment of a company’s
sustainability practices. Organisations that provide information on corporate governance and related matters have developed ratings
processes for evaluating companies on their approach to sustainability matters. Such ratings are used by certain investors in their
decision-making. Unfavourable ratings could lead to negative investor sentiment towards the industry and diversion to other non-fossil
fuel markets. Companies which do not adapt to or comply with investor, lender or other industry shareholder expectations and
standards, which are evolving, or which are perceived to have not responded appropriately to the growing concern for sustainability
issues, regardless of whether there is a legal requirement to do so, may suffer from reputational damage and the business, financial
condition, and/or the stock price of such a company could be materially and adversely affected. As a result, the Group may be required
to implement more stringent sustainability procedures or standards so that the Group continues to have access to capital and the
Group’s existing and future investors and lenders remain invested in the Group and make further investments in the Group.

Graphics
12
Specifically, the Group may face increasing pressures from investors, lenders and other market participants, who are increasingly
focused on climate change, to prioritise sustainable energy practices, reduce the Group’s carbon footprint and promote sustainability.
Additionally, certain investors and lenders may exclude LPG shipping companies, such as the Group, from their investing portfolios
altogether due to sustainability factors. If the Group is faced with limitations in the debt and/or equity markets as a result of these
concerns, or if the Group is unable to access alternative means of financing on acceptable terms, or at all, the Group may be unable to
access funds to implement the Group’s business strategy or service the Group’s indebtedness, which could have a material adverse
effect on the Group’s financial condition and results of operations.
While the Group may announce voluntary sustainability targets, the Group may not be able to meet such targets in the manner or
on such a timeline as initially contemplated, including, but not limited to as a result of unforeseen costs or technical difficulties
associated with achieving such results. Achieving sustainability targets will require significant efforts from the Group and other
stakeholders and also require capital investment, additional costs, and the development of technology that may not currently exist. In
addition, the Group could be criticised for the scope or nature of such targets, or for any revision to those targets. The Group could
also incur additional costs and require additional resources to monitor, report, and comply with various sustainability practices and
regulations.
Climate change, including abnormal weather conditions, could present immediate and long-term risks to the Group’s business and
financial condition
Climate change presents immediate and long-term risks to the Group’s business and financial condition, with these risks expected
to increase over time. Climate risks can arise from physical risks (acute or chronic relating to the physical effects of climate change)
and transition risks (regulatory and legal, technological, market and reputational changes from a transition to a low-carbon economy).
Physical risks could damage properties and other assets of the business and its value chain, disrupting operations. Extreme weather
events occurring more often could result in potential physical damage, additional volatility within the Group’s business operations,
counterparty exposure and other financial risks. Transition risks may result in changes in regulations or market preference, which in
turn could have negative impacts on the results of operation or reputation of the Group. This includes risk associated with new
technologies and legislative uncertainties regarding climate risk management and practices may result in higher regulatory,
compliance, credit and reputational risks and costs.
The occurrence of a pandemic or other global health emergency, including a resurgence of the COVID-19 pandemic, may
negatively affect the Group’s business, financial performance and the Group’s results of operations, including its ability to obtain
charters and financing
The COVID-19 pandemic led a number of countries, ports and organisations to take measures against its spread, such as
quarantines and restrictions on travel. These measures caused severe trade disruptions due to, among other things, the unavailability of
personnel, supply chain disruption, interruptions of production, delays in planned strategic projects and closure of businesses and
facilities. The COVID-19 pandemic introduced uncertainty in a number of areas of the Group’s business, including its operational,
commercial and financial activities. It also negatively impacted global economic activity and demand for energy, including LPG.
Failure to control any resurgence of the spread of the virus or the occurrence of another pandemic or other global health
emergency of a similar scale could significantly impact economic activity, and demand for LPG and LPG shipping, which could
further negatively affect the Group’s business, financial condition, results of operations and cashflows. As a result of any resurgence
of new variants of COVID-19 or the occurrence of another pandemic or other global health emergency of a similar scale, the Group’s
business and the shipping industry as a whole could be impacted by a reduced workforce, delays of crew changes as a result of the
reimposition of quarantines or other constructions and delays in scheduled drydockings, intermediate or special surveys of vessels and
scheduled and unscheduled ship repairs and upgrades. The occurrence of a pandemic or other global health emergency, including the
resurgence of the COVID-19 pandemic, may also impact credit markets and financial institutions and result in increased interest rate
spreads and other costs of, and difficulty in obtaining, bank financing, including the Group’s ability to finance the purchase price of
vessel acquisitions, which could limit the Group’s ability to grow its business in line with its strategy.

Graphics
13
An oversupply of LPG shipping capacity may have an adverse effect on LPG freight rates, which could have a material adverse
effect on the Group’s business, financial condition and results of operations
If the number of new LPG vessels delivered exceeds the number of vessels being recycled, the global vessel capacity will
increase. If the supply of vessel capacity continues to increase and the demand for vessel capacity does not increase correspondingly,
freight rates could materially decline and the value of the Group’s vessels could be adversely affected. The balance between supply
and demand for LPG vessels depends on potential new vessel orders, scrapping activity and the growth of demand for LPG shipping.
This includes VLAC (Very Large Ammonia Carriers) scheduled to deliver and carry ammonia out from the United States blue
ammonia facilities, which could affect LPG trade in the event of delays or cancellations of these projects, if these VLACs are
redirected to transport LPG instead, which could increase vessel capacity and competition and impact freight rates. The Group will
monitor the supply and demand situation closely and seek to take timely investment and divestment decisions as appropriate.
However, excess capacity will have an adverse effect on LPG freight rates, which could have a material adverse effect on the Group’s
business, financial condition and results of operations. See also “Item 3. Key Information — 3.D. Risk Factors — Risks Related to the
Group — Over time, vessel values may fluctuate substantially and this may result in impairment charges and the Group could also
incur a loss if these values are lower at a time when the Group is attempting to dispose of a vessel.”
The Group’s growth depends on the continued growth of the global LPG market
The Group’s growth depends on the continued growth of the global LPG market and supply chain, which could be adversely
affected by a number of factors, such as:
• continued development of existing and new gas and oil infrastructure, including the continued development of shale gas
resources, particularly in the United States, which could affect the LPG export volumes;
• volatile oil prices and oil consumption;
• increases in the production of natural gas in areas linked by pipelines to areas of consumption of natural gas;
• global and/or local community and environmental group resistance to LPG production facilities and import terminals over
concerns about the environment, terrorism and safety;
• the development or extension of new and existing pipeline systems in markets the Group may serve;
• the availability and use of other energy sources, such as coal and nuclear energy, as well as new, alternative energy sources,
such as solar energy, or other factors that may make consumption of LPG products less attractive;
• any significant explosion, spill or similar incident involving an LPG facility or vessel;
• negative global or regional economic or political conditions, particularly in LPG consuming regions, which could reduce
energy consumption or negatively impact its growth; and
• changes in governmental regulations, such as the elimination of economic incentives or initiatives designed to encourage the
use of liquefied gases such as LPG over other fuel sources.
Although the Group will monitor the global LPG market and supply chain development closely and seek to take timely
investment and divestment decisions as appropriate, any adverse development in connection with the factors noted above could have a
material adverse effect on the Group’s business, financial condition and results of operations.

Graphics
14
A deterioration in global economic conditions could materially adversely affect the Group’s business, financial condition and
results of operations
Adverse global economic conditions may negatively impact the Group’s business, financial condition, results of operations and
cash flows in ways that the Group cannot predict. There has historically been a strong link between the development of the world
economy and the demand for energy, including LPG. Global financial markets and economic conditions have been volatile in
recent years and remain subject to significant vulnerabilities, including trade wars between the United States and China or other
countries (see “– An increase in protectionism, trade disputes and the introduction of or increases to existing tariffs could have a
material adverse impact on global trade, the shipping industry and the Group’s business and materially adversely affect the Group’s
results of operations, financial condition and cash flows”), the effects of volatile energy prices and continuing turmoil and hostilities
in Russia, Ukraine, the Middle East, the Korean Peninsula, North Africa and other geographic areas. An extended period of adverse
development in global economic conditions or a tightening of the credit markets could reduce the overall demand for LPG and have a
negative impact on the Group’s customers. These potential developments, or market perceptions concerning these and related issues,
could affect the Group’s business, financial condition and operating results.
Furthermore, a future economic slowdown could have an impact on the Group’s customers and/or suppliers including, among
other things, causing them to fail to meet their obligations to the Group. Similarly, a future economic slowdown could affect lenders
participating in the Group’s secured term loans and revolving credit facilities, making them unable to fulfil their commitments and
obligations to the Group. Any reductions in activity owing to such conditions or failure by the Group’s customers, suppliers or lenders
to meet their contractual obligations to the Group could adversely affect the Group’s business, financial condition and operating
results.
Increases in bunker fuel prices and other operating costs may significantly increase the Group’s voyage expenses relating to the
operation of its LPG vessels on the spot market (including under CoAs)
The Group’s vessels need to consume bunker fuel for propulsion and other auxiliary purposes such as generating electricity on
board. In accordance with industry practice, the Group is responsible for voyage expenses, including bunker fuel costs, when
operating its LPG vessels on the spot market (including under CoAs). Historically, bunker fuel expenses have amounted to more than
one-half of the Group’s total voyage expenses. The Group’s bunker fuel expenses accounted for 47% of the Group’s voyage expenses
for the year ended 31 December 2024, and 40% of the Group’s voyage expenses for the year ended 31 December 2023. If the price of
bunker fuel oil increases/decreases by 50% (2023: 50%) with all other variables held constant, the Group’s profit after tax for the
financial year will be lower/higher by US$90.7 million (2023: US$102.4 million) as a result of higher/lower bunker fuel oil
consumption expense. Increases in the cost of bunker fuel are subject to a number of economic, natural and political factors affecting
the level of crude oil prices in global markets that are beyond the Group’s control, including worldwide demand and supply
imbalances, political instability and natural disasters in oil-producing regions. For example, following the financial crisis, in 2008,
bunker prices nearly doubled in the span of a few months. From 2 January 2024 to 31 December 2024, the highest and lowest reported
bunker prices for Singapore VLSFO were US$666 and US$525, respectively (source: Platts Bunkerwire). An increase in the cost of
bunker fuel could significantly increase voyage expenses for the Group’s LPG vessels, which could have a material adverse effect on
its own results on its operations to the extent that it is not able to increase its freight rates commensurately or otherwise to recover
bunker fuel cost increases from its customers. Other operating expenses, such as for example crew costs, may also fluctuate and affect
the Group’s profitability.
Furthermore, fuel may become significantly more expensive in the future, which may reduce the Group’s profitability. In
addition, the entry into force on 1 January 2020 of the 0.5% global sulphur cap in marine fuels used by vessels that are not equipped
with sulphur oxide exhaust gas cleaning systems under the International Convention for Prevention of Pollution from Ships Annex VI
may lead to changes in the production quantities and prices of different grades of marine fuel by refineries and introduces an
additional element of uncertainty in fuel markets, which could result in additional costs and adversely affect the Group’s cash flows,
earnings and results of operations.

Graphics
15
Shipping is a business with inherent risks and the Group’s own insurance may not be adequate to cover the Group’s losses
The operation of any ocean-going vessel represents a potential risk of major losses and liabilities, death and injury of persons or
property damage caused by adverse weather conditions, mechanical failures, human error, war, terrorism, piracy and other
circumstances or events, including the recent conflict between Russia and Ukraine. In addition, the transportation of LPG is subject to
the risk of pollution and to business interruptions due to political unrest, economic instability, hostilities, labour strikes and boycotts.
An accident involving any of the Group’s vessels could result in death or injury to persons, loss of property, environmental damage,
delays in delivery of cargo, loss of revenue from termination of contracts or unavailability of vessels, fines or penalties, higher
insurance rates, litigation with the Group’s employees, customers or third parties and damage to the Group’s reputation and customer
relationships generally.
In the event of damage to a vessel or catastrophic events as mentioned above, the Group will rely on its insurance to pay or
reimburse the insured value of the vessel or the expenses incurred to rectify such damage, including repair costs at shipyards.
Typically, there are insurance deductibles that are not recoverable. The Group may not have sufficient insurance coverage for the
range of risks to which the Group is exposed. Some claims may not be covered such as time lost when a vessel is unavailable for
employment and some claims may also not be covered if for any reason the claim or claims exceed the insurance policy limit. In
addition, in the future the Group may be unable to procure adequate insurance coverage on commercially acceptable terms or at all.
Any significant loss or liability for which the Group is not insured could have a material adverse effect on the Group’s business,
financial condition and results of operations. In addition, the loss of earnings or prolonged unavailability of a vessel, including the
actual repair costs, could have a material adverse effect on the Group’s business, financial condition and results of operations even if
insurance coverage was available.
See “Item 4. Information on the Company — 4.B. Business Overview — Insurance” for further information about the Group’s
insurance.
Charter rates may fluctuate substantially and if rates are lower when the Group is seeking a new charter, the Group’s revenue and
cash flows may decline
The Group’s ability from time to time to charter or re-charter any vessel at attractive rates will depend on, among other things, the
prevailing economic conditions in the LPG industry. Charter rates may fluctuate over time as a result of changes in the supply-demand
balance relating to current and future vessel capacity. This supply-demand relationship largely depends on a number of factors outside
the Group’s control. The LPG charter market is connected to world LPG prices and energy markets, which the Group cannot predict.
A substantial or extended decline in demand for LPG could materially adversely affect the Group’s ability to re-charter its vessels at
acceptable rates or to acquire and profitably operate new vessels.
Charter rates at a time when the Group may be seeking new charters may be lower than the charter rates at which the Group’s
vessels are currently chartered. If charter rates are lower when the Group is seeking a new charter, its revenue and cash flows,
including cash available for dividends to its shareholders, may decline, as it may only be able to enter into new charters at reduced or
unprofitable rates or it may have to secure a chartered-in vessel in the spot market, where hire rates are more volatile. Prolonged
periods of low charter hire rates or low vessel utilisation could also have a material adverse effect on the value of the Group’s assets.
The Group’s international operations are exposed to the risk of acts of piracy, geopolitical risks and sanctions, which could result
in increasing costs of operations
Acts of piracy on ocean-going vessels could adversely affect the Group’s business. Acts of piracy have historically occurred in
areas where the Group has operated, such as the Gulf of Aden, Indian Ocean and west coast of Africa. Moreover, since
December 2023, there have been increasing threats to commercial vessels transiting the Red Sea and adjacent waterways, including
incidents of piracy as well as drone and missile attacks. There is a risk that acts of piracy will continue to occur in these areas, as well
as other regions. These actions are thought to be led by the Yemen-based Houthi rebel group, reportedly in reaction to the ongoing
armed conflict between Israel and Hamas. Geopolitical tensions may result in the imposition of sanctions that could expose the
Group’s vessels to delays and/or financial penalties, including cancellations of insurance cover if a cargo is, or individuals and/or
entities associated with the cargo are, found to breach sanctions despite the Group having undertaken adequate due diligence.

Graphics
16
Geopolitical tensions may result in attacks to, or unlawful seizure of vessels at sea by rogue states and insurgent entities.
Avoidance of passages through the affected areas will involve undertaking significant deviations from normal routing and could result
in delays to vessels’ commitments.
Aside from the threat of vessel loss or damage, piracy, geopolitical risks and sanctions may increase insurance and crew costs for
the Group if the Group is unable to pass the additional cost on to the charterer. In such circumstances, the foregoing exposures may
have a material adverse effect on the Group’s business, results of operations, cash flows and financial condition, which could be
exacerbated should the Group expand its operations or number of port calls by the Group’s vessels in countries which are subject to
the foregoing risks or such risks that impact geographic markets in which the Group operates or the ports at which its vessels call.
The Group transports gas across a wide variety of national jurisdictions, which exposes the Group to risks inherent to operating
internationally and in politically unstable regions. In addition, the Group works with local agents and business associates all over
the world, heightens the risk of exposure to potential economic sanctions and anti-bribery/anti-corruption issues, any of which
may have a negative impact to the Group’s reputation and financial condition
Transporting gas across a wide variety of national jurisdictions creates a risk of business interruptions due to political
circumstances in foreign countries, hostilities, labour strikes and boycotts, the potential for changes in tax rates or policies and the
potential for government expropriation of the Group’s vessels. Changes in political regimes or other political instability, as well as the
risk of war, other armed conflicts and general unrest, may negatively affect the Group’s operations in foreign countries. Some of the
Group’s operations takes place in regions that present identifiable security risks, including the risk of terrorism. Although the Group
has not been victim to terrorist attacks, there can be no assurance that it will not happen in the future, the occurrence of which could
adversely affect the Group’s business. In addition, inadequacies of the legal systems and law enforcement mechanisms in certain
countries in which the Group operates or in which the Group’s vessels call may leave the Group exposed to a number of uncertainties.
The UK Bribery Act and US Foreign Corrupt Practices Act have extraterritorial application and may cover agents and business
associates that the Group deals with in different jurisdictions. Additionally, sanctions imposed on certain countries, companies or
individuals by international and regional bodies such as the United Nations, the United States and the EU, including in connection
with Russia’s invasion of Ukraine, could materially adversely affect the Group’s ability to trade with those sanctioned persons,
sanctioned countries and/or companies/individuals linked with such persons and countries. Any of these events may result in loss of
revenue, increased costs and decreased cash flows.
Although the Group has compliance policies and procedures in place and believes that it has been and is in compliance with all
applicable sanctions and embargo laws and regulations and it intends to maintain such compliance, there can be no assurance that the
Group will be in compliance in the future, particularly as the scope of certain laws may be unclear and may be subject to changing
interpretations. Any future violation of applicable sanctions and embargo laws and regulations could result in fines, penalties or other
sanctions that could severely impact the Group’s ability to access US capital markets and conduct business, and could result in some
investors deciding, or being required, to divest their interest, or not to invest, in the Group. Engaging in activities contrary to economic
sanctions or foreign policy interests of a particular country could result in the Company or any of its affiliates becoming sanctioned by
the United Nations, the United States, the EU or other authorities. The Group’s vessels have not called at ports located in countries
that are subject to restrictions imposed by the EU, the United States and other governments. Although the Group endeavours to take
precautions reasonably designed to mitigate the risk of any such occurrences, it is possible that, in the future, the Group’s vessels may
call at ports located in countries that are subject to restrictions imposed by the EU, the United States and other governments, thus
resulting in legal or political repercussions that may have a material adverse effect on the business, financial condition and results of
operations.
Current or future counterparties of the Group, including its joint venture partners, may become sanctioned or violate applicable
sanctions or embargo laws and regulations and/or be affiliated with persons or entities that are or may in the future be the subject of
sanctions imposed by international and regional bodies such as the United Nations, the United States and the EU. If the Group
determines that the relevant sanctions or embargo laws and regulations require the Group to terminate its existing or future contracts,
it may have a material adverse effect on the Group’s business, financial condition and results of operations.

Graphics
17
Risks Related to the Group
The Group may not be able to implement its business strategy successfully or manage its growth effectively
The Group’s strategy is to ensure environment and customer-focused operational excellence and explore growth opportunities
along the energy value chain. Future growth will depend on the successful implementation of the Group’s business strategy. The
Group’s ability to achieve its business and financial objectives is subject to a variety of factors, many of which are beyond the Group’s
control. A principal focus of the Group’s strategy is to identify opportunities to grow within the LPG shipping and adjacent value
chain areas, which will depend upon a number of factors, including the Group’s ability to attract funding.
The Group’s management will review and evaluate the business strategy with the Board of Directors on a regular basis. The
Group’s failure to execute its business strategy or to manage its growth effectively could materially and adversely affect the Group’s
business, financial condition and results of operations. In addition, there can be no guarantee that even if the Group successfully
implements the Group’s strategy, it will result in an improvement of the Group’s results of operations. Furthermore, the Group may
decide to alter or discontinue aspects of the Group’s business strategy and adopt alternative or additional strategies in response to the
Group’s operating environment or competitive situation or factors or events beyond the Group’s control.
The Group’s growth in the LPG shipping market depends on its ability to expand relationships with existing customers and obtain
new customers, for which the Group will face substantial competition
The process of obtaining new charter agreements is highly competitive and generally involves an intensive screening process and
competitive bidding process that often extends for several months. Contracts are awarded based upon a variety of factors, including:
• the size, age, fuel efficiency, emission levels, and condition of a vessel;
• the charter rates offered;
• the operator’s industry relationships, experience and reputation for customer service, quality operations and safety;
• the quality, experience and technical capability of the crew;
• the operator’s relationships with shipyards and the ability to get suitable berths;
• the operator’s construction management experience, including the ability to obtain on-time delivery of new vessels according
to customer specifications;
• the operator’s willingness to accept operational risks pursuant to the charter, such as allowing termination of the charter for
force majeure events; and
• the competitiveness of the bid in terms of overall price.
The Group’s LPG vessels operate in a highly competitive market and the Group expects substantial competition for providing
transportation services from a number of companies (both LPG vessel owners and operators). The Group’s existing and potential
competitors may have significantly greater financial resources than the Group does. Competition for the transportation of LPG
depends on the price, location, size, age, condition and acceptability of the vessel to the charterer. Further, competitors with greater
resources may have larger fleets or could operate larger fleets through consolidations, acquisitions, newbuilds or pooling of their
vessels with other companies and therefore may be able to offer a more competitive service than the Group, including better charter
rates. The Group expects competition from a number of experienced companies providing contracts for gas transportation services to
potential LPG customers, including state-sponsored entities and major energy companies affiliated with the projects requiring shipping
services. As a result, the Group may be unable to expand its relationships with existing customers or to obtain new customers on a
profitable basis, if at all, which would have a material adverse effect on the Group’s business, financial condition and operating
results.


Graphics
18
Competition from more technically advanced LPG carriers could reduce the Group’s charter hire income and the value of the
Group’s vessels
The charter hire rates and the value and operational life of a vessel are determined by a number of factors including the vessel’s
efficiency, operational flexibility and physical life. Efficiency includes speed, fuel economy and the ability to be loaded and unloaded
quickly. Flexibility includes the ability to enter harbours, utilise related docking facilities and pass through canals and straits. Physical
life is related to the original design and construction, maintenance and the impact of the stress of operations. If new LPG carriers are
more efficient, flexible or have longer physical lives than the Group’s vessels, competition from these more technologically advanced
LPG carriers could adversely affect the charter rates the Group receives for its vessels once their current charters are terminated and
could also adversely affect the resale value of the Group’s vessels. As a result, the Group’s business, financial condition and operating
results could be materially adversely affected.
The Group will be required to make substantial capital expenditures in order to modernise the fleet and to maintain the quality of
the vessels the Group owns
The Group’s cash flows and income are dependent on the revenue earned through the chartering of its vessels, and the Group
must make substantial capital expenditures over the long term to maintain the operating capacity of its fleet in order to preserve its
capital base. If the Group is unable to maintain sufficient cash reserves to finance the replacement of the vessels in its fleet at the end
of their useful lives and alternative sources of financing are unavailable, the business, financial condition, operating results and ability
to pay dividends would be adversely affected. In addition, any reserves set aside for vessel replacement will not be available to
support or expand the Group’s business or to pay dividends.
In addition, the Group must make capital expenditures to maintain its vessels over the long-term. These maintenance capital
expenditures include capital expenditures associated with drydocking a vessel, modifying an existing vessel, retrofitting an existing
vessel with LPG dual-fuel propulsion technology or acquiring a new vessel to the extent these expenditures are incurred to maintain or
increase the operating capacity of the vessels. The Group’s vessels are drydocked periodically for repairs and renewals and, in
addition, may have to be drydocked in the event of accidents or other damage. The Group’s capital expenditure for drydocking for
2024 was US$5.0 million, and it is expected to be US$59.2 million for 2025.
The Group’s maintenance capital expenditures may increase as a result of:
• increases in the cost of labour and materials;
• changes in customer requirements;
• increases in the size of the Group’s fleet;
• changes in technical developments in vessel;
• changes in governmental regulations and maritime self-regulatory organisation standards relating to safety and other factors;
• changes in security or the environment; and
• changes in competitive standards.



Graphics
19
Due to the Group’s lack of diversification, adverse developments in the maritime LPG transportation business would adversely
affect the Group’s business, financial condition and operating results
The Group relies primarily on the cash flow generated from its vessels that operate in the maritime LPG transportation business.
Unlike some other shipping companies, which have various vessels that can carry containers, dry bulk, crude oil and oil products, the
Group currently depends exclusively on the transport of LPG. The substantial majority of the Group’s gross profit is derived from a
single source — the maritime transport of LPG — and its lack of a diversified business model could materially adversely affect the
Group if the maritime LPG transportation sector fails to develop in line with the Group’s expectations. The Group’s lack of
diversification could make it vulnerable to adverse developments in the international LPG shipping industry which would have a
significantly greater impact on the Group’s business, financial condition and operating results than it would if it maintained more
diverse assets or lines of business.
International, regional and local competition rules and regulations for the shipping industry may adversely affect the Group’s
business, financial condition and results of operations
The Group operates a significant VLGC fleet. Any expansion involving acquisitions of all or part of other companies’ gas carrier
fleets will need to comply with antitrust and competition rules and regulations in various jurisdictions in which the Group operates or
in which the Group’s vessels call. This could require filing for clearances and approvals which may not be forthcoming, may involve
lengthy delays and might result in a transaction being prohibited or permitted with conditions that may or may not be acceptable.
There can therefore be no assurance that any such transactions will be approved or consummated, and this may hinder expansion
plans.
The entry into any joint venture or pooling arrangements with third parties may also require approval from antitrust and
competition authorities in various jurisdictions and there can be no assurances that approvals will be obtained or, if they are granted
with conditions, that those conditions will be acceptable to the Group. This may hinder the Group’s business and growth opportunities
or result in monetary and other penalties from regulatory authorities.
The Group may have more difficulty entering into long-term LPG time charters if the short-term or spot LPG shipping market
becomes increasingly active, resulting in more volatility in the Group’s results
The Group enters into spot charters, CoAs and time charters. If the spot or short-term LPG shipping market were to become
increasingly active and increasingly more transparent, resulting in easier access for customers to enter into spot or short-term charter
arrangements at competitive rates, the Group may have more difficulty entering into long-term time charters for the Group’s vessels.
An inability to enter into long-term charters may result in more volatility in the Group’s results, could lower utilisation rates, and
would make cash flows and income less predictable. As a result, this could have a material adverse effect on the Group’s business,
financial condition and results of operations. Furthermore, revenue may decline following expiration or early termination of current
charter arrangements and as a result, the Group’s cash flow may decrease and be less stable.
The Group derives a significant portion of its LPG revenue from its top five Shipping customers, and the loss of any such
customers or default by any of these customers could result in a significant loss of revenue and cash flows
In 2024, the Group’s top five Shipping customers by revenue included Vitol, Hindustan Petroleum Corporation Limited, Aramco
Trading Company, Abu Dhabi Marine International Chartering and Indian Oil Corporation, representing an aggregate of 40.8% of the
Group’s Revenue – Shipping.
A customer may in certain circumstances terminate its charter agreement, including if the delivery of the vessel is delayed beyond
a specified time, outbreak of war occurs or the vessel’s flag state becomes engaged in hostilities. If a customer terminates its charter
agreement with the Group pursuant to the terms of the agreement or otherwise, the Group may be unable to re-deploy the related
vessel on terms as favourable to the Group. If the Group is unable to re-deploy a vessel, the Group will not receive any revenue from
this vessel, but the Group would have to pay expenses as necessary to maintain the vessel in operating condition.
The loss of any significant customer, or a decline in payments under the Group’s charter agreements, could have a material
adverse effect on the Group’s business, financial condition and results of operations.


Graphics
20
The Group may suffer from off-hire or performance claims by the Group’s customers
Under the Group’s time charter contract agreements, the Group warrants certain specifications, conditions and performance of the
vessels assigned under such charter agreements. The Group may not be able to fulfil its obligations under these charter agreements.
Should the Group not be able to meet its obligations, charterers may be entitled to withhold the payment of charter hire, resulting in
loss of income to the Group. Charterers may be further entitled to advance legal claims against the Group for under performance under
the relevant charter agreements. Such actions by charterers could have a material adverse effect on the Group’s business, financial
condition and results of operations.
The Group may be exposed to risks because it provides services to customers either as the registered owner of the vessel or by way
of entering into chartered-in arrangements with a third party and then chartering-out such vessels to customers
The Group may provide marine transportation services to customers through its fleet of owned vessels where a member of the
Group is the registered owner or by way of entering into “chartered-in” arrangements with a third party and then “chartering-out” such
vessels to customers.
As a registered owner of a vessel, the Group will assume responsibility for all functions related to the vessel including financing,
commercial management and ship management functions such as maintenance, repair, crew manning, navigation and insurance. In
addition, if the Group enters into a voyage charter with a customer, the Group will be responsible for all voyage costs including
bunkering, port charges and other relevant voyage related cost such as additional war risk premium, brokerage, etc. On the other hand,
if the Group charters-in a vessel, some of these functions will be the responsibility of the third-party owner. For example, if the Group
time charters-in a vessel, the Group will generally not assume the responsibility for finance, maintenance, repair, crew manning,
navigation and insurance of the vessel, but will be responsible for the commercial management of the vessel. However, if the Group
provides service to a customer via a voyage charter arrangement, the Group will also be responsible for all the voyage costs.
If the Group charters-in a vessel, it will have less operational risk as compared to acting as a registered owner. However, the
Group may not be able to exercise full control of the availability over a chartered-in vessel. This may be due to the default by the third
party from whom the vessel has been chartered-in. Such a default could include a financial default involving failure to pay suppliers or
the bankruptcy of such third party which could result in a court sanctioned arrest or detention of the vessel by financiers or suppliers.
Furthermore, in a long-term time charter or bareboat charter arrangement, the Group is committed throughout the charter period and
will not have the liberty to cancel the charter should the market become unfavourable. There may also be associated reputation risks if
the standard of the chartered-in vessel is below those of the Group’s own vessels. The risks of chartering-in vessels are balanced
against the risk of registered ownership, which are the various attendant costs of owning and operating a fleet of vessels.
All the above factors could have a material adverse effect on the Group’s business, financial condition and results of operations.
Over time, vessel values may fluctuate substantially and this may result in impairment charges and the Group could also incur a
loss if these values are lower at a time when the Group is attempting to dispose of a vessel
Vessel values for LPG carriers can fluctuate substantially over time due to a number of different factors, including:
• prevailing economic conditions in LPG and energy markets;
• the level of demand for LPG;
• the supply of vessel capacity; and
• the cost of retrofitting or modifying existing vessels, as a result of technological advances in vessel design or equipment (for
example with respect to achieving reduced fuel consumption), changes in applicable environmental or other regulations or
standards.



Graphics
21
The Group assesses at each balance sheet date whether there is any indication that a vessel’s value may be impaired. If any such
indication exists, the Group will estimate the recoverable amount of the asset and write down the vessel to the recoverable amount
through the income statement. Fluctuation in vessel values may result in impairment charges or lead the Group to be unable to dispose
of vessels at a reasonable value, either of which could have a material adverse effect on the Group’s business, financial condition and
result of operations.
The Group has entered into related party transactions and may enter into related party transactions in the future
The Group has entered and may in the future enter into agreements with entities belonging to the other affiliates of the Group,
including those described in “Item 7. Major Shareholders and Related Party Transactions — Item 7.B. Related Party Transactions.”
Although the Group believes that the transactions with its affiliates are on arm’s length terms, the Group cannot assure potential
investors that conflicts of interest may not arise in the future, including in relation to, or as a result of, new business opportunities.
Risks Related to the Group’s Operations
The Group may experience operational problems that reduce revenue and increase costs
Gas carriers are complex vessels and their operation is technically challenging. Maritime transportation operations are subject to
mechanical risks and problems. Operational problems, such as loss of cargo, mechanical failures and quality of bunkers supplied, may
lead to loss of revenue or higher than anticipated operating expenses or require additional capital expenditures. Further, the Group
relies on timely, high quality and reliable suppliers and a significant supply of consumables, spare parts and equipment to operate,
maintain, repair and upgrade the Group’s fleet of vessels. Delays in delivery or unavailability of supplies could result in off-hire days
due to consequent delays in the repair and maintenance of the Group’s fleet. This would negatively impact the Group’s revenue and
cash flows. Cost increases could also negatively impact the Group’s future operations. Any of these results could materially adversely
affect the Group’s business, financial condition and operating results.
Changes in laws and regulation may have an adverse effect on the Group’s results of operations
Operations in international markets are subject to risks inherent in international business activities, including, in particular,
fluctuating economic conditions, overlapping and differing tax structures, managing an organisation spread over various jurisdictions,
unexpected changes in regulatory requirements and complying with a variety of foreign laws and regulations. Changes in the
legislative, governmental and economic framework governing the activities of the shipping industry, could also have a material
negative impact on the Group’s results of operations and financial condition. Political decisions made in the countries and regions in
which the Group’s vessels operate or call may further expose the Group to political, governmental and economic instability, which
could in turn materially adversely affect the Group’s business, financial condition and operating results.
Compliance with environmental laws or regulations may have an adverse effect on the Group’s results of operations
The shipping industry is affected by extensive and changing international conventions and national, state and local laws and
regulations governing environmental matters in the jurisdictions in which the Group’s vessels operate or call and in the country in
which such vessels are registered. In addition, legal and regulatory changes due to concerns relating to climate change, GHG
restrictions, as well as vessel classification societies, may impose significant requirements on the Group’s vessels. These regulatory
measures may include, for example, the adoption of cap and trade regimes, carbon taxes, increased energy efficiency standards,
carbon intensity metrics for vessels and incentives or mandates for renewable energy. Compliance with future changes in laws and
regulations relating to climate change could increase the costs of operating and maintaining the Group’s vessels and could require the
Group to install new emission controls, as well as acquire allowances, pay taxes related to the Group’s GHG emissions or administer
and manage a GHG emissions programme. Regulation of vessels, particularly in the areas of safety and environmental impact, may
change in the future and require the Group to incur significant capital expenditures and/or additional operating costs in order to keep
the Group’s vessels in compliance. See “Item 4. Information on the Company — 4.B. Business Overview — Regulatory Overview.”


Graphics
22
Compliance with safety and other vessel requirements imposed by classification societies may be costly and could adversely affect
the Group’s business, financial condition and operating results
The hull and machinery of every commercial vessel must be classed by a classification society authorised by its country of
registry. The classification society certifies that a vessel is safe and seaworthy in accordance with the applicable rules and regulations
of the country of registry of the vessel and the Safety of Life at Sea Convention. The Group’s vessels are currently enrolled with
DNV, Lloyds Register, American Bureau of Shipping, Indian Register of Shipping and Nippon Kaiji Kyokai. All of the Group’s
vessels have been awarded ISM certification under the International Safety Management (“ISM”) Code.
If any vessel does not maintain its class and/or fails any annual survey, intermediate survey or special survey, dependent on the
nature and severity of the noncompliance, the vessel may face restrictions in trading and could be required to be off-hire while the
issues are remedied. This could materially adversely affect the Group’s business, financial condition and results of operation.
The Group’s operating results may be subject to seasonal fluctuations and weather conditions
The Group operates its vessels in markets that have historically exhibited seasonal variations in demand and, as a result, changes
in charter hire and freight rates. In recent years, the VLGC shipping market has been subject to several seasonal drivers that have
impacted earnings. These include, among other things, colder than expected temperatures in key importing regions, which in turn
could result in higher demand for LPG used for heating purposes. As a result, the Group’s earnings have historically been higher
during the quarters ended 31 December and 31 March and have been lower during the quarters ended 30 June and 30 September. In
addition, unpredictable weather patterns tend to disrupt vessel scheduling and supplies of certain commodities. The utilisation of the
Group’s vessels may be affected by sea conditions, such as currents and swell, as well as weather conditions, such as fog, winds,
storms, typhoons and hurricanes. Unpredictable weather conditions could also affect the water levels of the Panama Canal water
reserves, which could result in higher transit fees and longer waiting times as available transit slots become limited. If access to the
Canal is restricted for vessels sailing between the United States and the Far East, this could result in elevated charter rates and, if
vessels re-route, longer journey times. While the Group’s time charter agreements typically provide for uniform monthly fees over the
term of the charter, to the extent any of its time charter agreements expire during relatively weaker fiscal quarters, the Group may have
difficultly re- chartering those vessels at similar rates or at all. As a result, the Group may have to accept lesser rates or reduced
utilisation for the Group’s vessels, which could materially adversely impact its business, financial condition and operating results.
The Group’s vessels may suffer damage and the Group may face unexpected costs and off-hire days
In the event of damage to the Group’s owned vessels, the damaged vessel would be off-hire while it is being repaired, which
would decrease the Group’s revenue and cash flows, including cash available for dividends to the Group’s shareholders. In addition,
the costs of vessel repairs are unpredictable and can be substantial. In the event of repair costs that are not covered by the Group’s
insurance policies, the Group may have to pay such repair costs, which would decrease the Group’s earnings and cash flows. See
“Item 4. Information on the Company — 4.B. Business Overview — Insurance.” Moreover, as certain of the Group’s vessels are “sister
vessels” and are built to the same specifications, any design flaw within the vessel design would be common to all “sister vessels,”
such that any design flaws in “sister vessels” may result in greater repairs costs than had each of the Group’s vessels utilised different
designs.
The required drydocking of the Group’s vessels could be more expensive and time consuming than originally anticipated, which
could adversely affect the Group’s results of operations and cash flows
Drydockings of the Group’s owned vessels require significant capital expenditures and result in loss of revenue while such
vessels are off-hire. Any significant increase in either the number of off-hire days due to such drydockings or in the costs of any
repairs carried out during the drydockings could have a material adverse effect on the Group’s profitability and cash flows. The Group
may not be able to accurately predict the time required to drydock any of its vessels or any unanticipated problems that may arise. If
more than one of the Group’s vessels is required to be out of service at the same time, or if a vessel is drydocked longer than expected
or if the cost of repairs during the drydocking is greater than budgeted, the Group’s results of operations and cash flows, including
cash available for dividends to its shareholders, could be materially adversely affected.


Graphics
23
The Group may be unable to attract and retain key management personnel and other employees, which may negatively impact the
effectiveness of the Group’s management and results of operations
The Group’s success depends to a significant extent upon the abilities and efforts of the Group’s management team and its ability
to retain key members of the management team, including recruiting, retaining and developing skilled personnel for its business. The
demand for personnel with the capabilities and experience required in the LPG and shipping industries is high, and success in
attracting and retaining such employees is not guaranteed. There is intense competition for skilled personnel and there are, and may
continue to be, shortages in the availability of appropriately skilled people at all levels. Shortages of qualified personnel or the
Group’s inability to obtain and retain qualified personnel could have a material adverse effect on the Group’s business, results of
operations, cash flow and financial condition.
The Group depends on third party managers to manage part of the Group’s fleet
The Group outsources the technical management of certain of its vessels to third-party technical managers including technical
support, crewing, operation, maintenance and repair. The Group’s success depends, to a significant extent, upon the abilities and
efforts of technical managers and their ability to hire and retain key personnel. The loss of technical managers’ services, their failure
to perform obligations under technical management agreements and their failure to retain personnel could adversely impact the
Group’s business, results of operations and financial condition. In addition, the Group might not be able to find replacement technical
managers on terms as favourable as those currently in place.
A shortage of qualified officers may impact the ability to crew the Group’s vessels and increase operating costs
The Group’s LPG carriers require technically skilled officers with specialised training. Certain charterers and other customers
have an officers’ requirement matrix with pre-determined standards for vessel operators. These include requirements for officers with
respect to both service time and shipping sector experience. As the supply of gas carriers and LPG carriers continues to grow, the
demand for such technically skilled officers has increased and is leading to a shortage of such personnel. If the Group’s technical
managers are unable to employ such technically skilled officers, they will not be able to adequately staff the Group’s vessels and
effectively train crews. The Group expects that crewing costs will continue to increase. A continuing or worsening deficit in the
supply of technically skilled officers or an inability of the technical managers to attract and retain such qualified officers could impair
the Group’s ability to operate and further increase the cost of crewing its vessels and, thus, materially adversely affect the Group’s
business, financial condition and operating results.
The majority of the Group’s seagoing staff are members of labour unions and the Group may face labour disruptions that could
interfere with its operations and have a material negative effect on the Group’s business, financial condition and results of
operations
The Group is subject to the risk of labour disputes and adverse employee relations, and these disputes and adverse relations could
disrupt the Group’s business operations and adversely affect the Group’s business, financial condition and results of operations. The
majority of the Group’s seagoing staff are represented by labour unions under collective bargaining agreements in their home
countries. Although the Group has not had any material problems in the past with the labour unions, the Group can give no assurance
that there will not be labour disputes and/or adverse employee relations in the future.
The Maritime Labour Convention, 2006 (“MLC”) is an international labour convention adopted by the ILO, which applies to the
Group’s seagoing staff. The MLC is widely known as the “seafarers’ bill of rights,” and was adopted by government, employer and
worker representatives in February 2006. The MLC aims both to achieve decent work for seafarers and to secure economic interests
through fair competition for quality vessel owners. The Group believes it is in compliance with the MLC but, given the recency of the
binding nature of the MLC and the uncertainty around interpretation of the MLC and the local legislation that enacts it in various
countries, there are risks associated with ensuring that the Group is in proper compliance with the MLC.


Graphics
24
The Group has been and in the future may be subject to litigation that could have an adverse effect on the Group’s business
The Group has been and may in the future be involved from time to time in litigation matters. These matters may include, among
other things, contract disputes, personal injury claims, environmental claims or proceedings, toxic tort claims, employment matters
and governmental claims for taxes or duties as well as other litigation that arises in the ordinary course of business. The Group cannot
predict with certainty the outcome of any claim or other litigation matter. The ultimate outcome of any litigation matter and the
potential costs associated with prosecuting or defending such lawsuits, including the diversion of management’s attention to these
matters, could have a material adverse effect on the Group.
In addition, crew members, suppliers of goods and services, shippers of cargo and other parties may be entitled to a statutory or
maritime lien against a vessel for unsatisfied debts, claims or damages. In many jurisdictions, a statutory or maritime lien holder may
enforce its lien by arresting or attaching a vessel. The arrest or attachment of one or more of the Group’s vessels could interrupt the
Group’s business, financial condition and results of operations.
The Group relies on information technology systems and other operating systems to conduct its business, and disruption, failure or
security breaches of these systems could adversely affect its business and results of operations
The Group relies on information technology (“IT”) systems in order to communicate with vessels and achieve its business
objectives. The Group relies upon accepted security measures and technology such as access control systems to securely maintain
confidential and proprietary information maintained on its IT systems, and market standard virus control systems. The Group’s
portfolio of hardware and software products, solutions and services and its enterprise IT systems may be vulnerable to damage or
disruption caused by circumstances beyond its control, such as catastrophic events, power outages, natural disasters, computer system
or network failures, computer viruses, cyber-attacks or other malicious software programmes. The failure or disruption of the Group’s
IT systems to perform as anticipated for any reason could disrupt the Group’s business and result in decreased performance,
remediation costs, transaction errors, loss of data, processing inefficiencies, downtime, litigation and the loss of suppliers or
customers. A significant disruption or failure could have a material adverse effect on the Group’s business operations, financial
performance and financial condition.
The Group’s failure to comply with data protection and privacy laws could damage its third-party relationships and exposes the
Group to litigation, financial and reputational risks and potential fines
Data protection and privacy laws apply to the Group in certain countries in which it does business. For example, the EU General
Data Protection Regulation (the “GDPR”) imposes penalties up to 20 million euros or up to 4% of global annual turnover, whichever
is higher, for especially severe violations. The GDPR requires mandatory breach notification, the standard for which is, subject to
certain variations, also followed in a number of jurisdictions outside the EU (including in Asia). Non-compliance with data protection
and privacy laws could expose the Group to regulatory investigations, which could result in fines and penalties. In addition to
imposing fines, regulators may also issue orders to stop processing personal data, which could disrupt operations. The Group could
also be subject to litigation from persons or corporations allegedly affected by data protection and privacy violations. Violation of data
protection and privacy laws is a criminal offence in some countries, and individuals can be imprisoned or fined. Concerns about,
including the adequacy of, the Group’s practices with regard to the processing or security of personal data or other data- privacy-
related matters, even if unfounded, could harm and/or disrupt the Group’s business, which could have a material adverse effect on the
Group’s business operations, financial performance and financial condition.
The Group may incur a loss on its chartered-in fleet should the spot market rate fall below the time chartered-in rate
As of 31 December 2024, the Group had 14 time chartered-in vessels that require a monthly payment at a fixed hire. The expiry
dates for those chartered-in vessels range from 2025 to 2027. With the volatility in the spot market rate, future spot market rate
earnings may be lower than the chartered-in rate, which could have a material adverse effect on the Group’s business, financial
condition and results of operations.

Graphics
25
The ageing of the fleet may result in increased operating costs in the future, which could adversely affect the Group’s business,
financial condition and operating results
In general, the cost of maintaining a vessel in good operating condition increases with the age of the vessel. As the Group’s fleet
ages, the Group will incur increased costs. Older vessels are typically less fuel efficient and more costly to maintain than more
recently constructed vessels due to gradual improvements in engine technology and other design features. Cargo insurance rates
increase with the age of a vessel, making older vessels less desirable to charterers. Governmental regulations and safety or other
equipment standards related to the age of vessels may also require expenditures for alterations or the addition of new equipment, to the
Group’s vessels and may restrict the type of activities in which the Group’s vessels may engage. Although the Group’s fleet of 29
owned vessels had an average age of 8.7 years as of 31 December 2024, the Group has no assurance that, as the Group vessels age,
market conditions will justify those expenditures or enable the Group to operate its vessels profitably during the remainder of their
useful lives.
Delays in deliveries of, or cost overruns in relation to, newbuilds the Group may order in the future or deliveries of vessels with
significant defects could harm the Group’s operating results and lead to the termination of any related charters that may be
entered into prior of their delivery
The Group does not have any contracted newbuilds as of 31 December 2024. However, the delivery of any newbuilds the Group
may order or agree to acquire in the future could be subject to cost overruns or delays, which would delay the Group’s receipt of
revenue under any future charters in which the Group enters into for the vessels. In addition, under the charters the Group may enter
into for the newbuilds, if the Group’s delivery of a vessel to the customer is delayed, it may be required to pay liquidated damages in
amounts equal to or, under some charters, almost double the hire rate during the delay. For prolonged delays, the customer may
terminate the time charter and, in addition to the resulting loss of revenue, the Group may be responsible for additional, substantial
liquidated damages. The delivery of any newbuild with substantial defects could have similar consequences.
The Group’s receipt of newbuilds could be delayed or subject to cost overruns because of many factors, including but not limited
to:
• quality, classification or engineering problems;
• changes in governmental regulations or maritime self-regulatory organisation standards;
• work stoppages or other labour disturbances at the shipyard;
• bankruptcy or other financial crisis of the shipbuilder;
• a backlog of orders at the shipyard;
• political or economic disturbances in the locations where the vessels are being built;
• weather interference or catastrophic event, such as a major earthquake or fire;
• the Group’s requests for changes to the original vessel specifications;
• shortages of or delays in the receipt of necessary construction materials, such as steel;
• the Group’s inability to finance the purchase of the vessels; or
• the Group’s inability to obtain requisite permits or approvals.
If delivery of a vessel is materially delayed, cancelled or subject to substantial cost overruns, it could have a material adverse
effect on the Group’s business, financial condition and results of operation.


Graphics
26
The Group’s financial condition may be materially adversely affected if the Group fails to successfully integrate assets or
businesses acquired from third parties, or is unable to obtain financing for acquisitions on acceptable terms
The Group believes that acquisition opportunities may arise from time to time, and that any such acquisition could be significant.
At any given time, discussions with one or more potential sellers may be at different stages. However, any such discussions may not
result in the consummation of an acquisition transaction, and the Group may not be able to identify or complete any acquisitions or
make assurances that any acquisitions the Group makes will perform as expected or that the returns from such acquisitions will
support the investment required to acquire or develop them. The Group cannot predict the effect, if any, that any announcement or
consummation of an acquisition would have on the trading price of the Shares.
Any future acquisitions could present a number of risks, including:
• the risk of using management time and resources to pursue acquisitions that are not successfully completed;
• the risk of failing to identify material problems during due diligence;
• the risk of overpaying for assets;
• the risk of failing to arrange financing for an acquisition as may be required or desired;
• the risk of incorrect assumptions regarding the future results of acquired operations;
• the risk of failing to integrate the operations or management of any acquired operations or assets successfully and timely; and
• the risk of diversion of management’s attention from existing operations or other priorities.
In addition, the integration and consolidation of acquisitions requires substantial human, financial and other resources, including
management time and attention, and may depend on the Group’s ability to retain the acquired business’ existing management and
employees or recruit acceptable replacements. Ultimately, if the Group is unsuccessful in integrating any acquisitions in a timely and
cost-effective manner, the Group’s results of operations, cash flow and financial condition could be materially adversely affected.
The success of Product Services’ trading activities depends in part on its ability to identify and take advantage of arbitrage
opportunities
The LPG market is fragmented and periodically volatile, and as a result, discrepancies generally arise in respect of the prices at
which LPG can be bought or sold in different geographic locations or time periods, taking into account the numerous relevant pricing
factors, including freight and product quality. These pricing discrepancies present Product Services with arbitrage opportunities,
allowing profit to be generated by sourcing and transporting LPG.
Product Services’ profitability is, in large part, dependent on its ability to identify and exploit such arbitrage opportunities. A lack
of such opportunities, for example, due to a prolonged period of pricing stability in a particular market, increased levels of competition
or an inability to take advantage of such opportunities when they present themselves because of, for example, a shortage of liquidity or
other operational constraints, could have a material adverse effect on Product Services’ business, results of operations, financial
condition and prospects.


Graphics
27
Product Services is exposed to unrealised gains or losses with respect to its chartered-in contracts prior to utilisation of such
contracts
The chartered-in contracts entered into by Product Services are accounted for at book value under IFRS 16, whereas the physical
cargo contracts and derivative hedging instruments entered into by Product Services are accounted for at fair value. The difference
between the fair value and the book value of the chartered-in contracts is recognised when the chartered-in contracts are utilised, i.e.,
with respect to the chartered-in vessels transferred to the pool operated by Shipping, when income from the pool is received by
Product Services, and/or, with respect to the chartered-in vessels used by Product Services to deliver cargo, when the corresponding
cargo is delivered. See “Item 5. Operating and Financial Review and Prospects — 5.A. Operating Results — Key Factors Affecting the
Group’s Results of Operations and Financial Position — Product Services.” As a result, Product Services may have unrealised gains
or losses with respect to the chartered-in contracts prior to utilisation of such contracts. Recognition of losses with respect to the
chartered-in contracts could have a material adverse effect on the Group’s business, financial condition and results of operation.
Product Services’ hedging strategy may not always be effective and does not require all risks to be hedged
Product Services’ trading activities involve a significant number of purchase and sale transactions. In order for Product Services
to mitigate the risks in its trading activities related to LPG price fluctuations and potential losses, it has a policy, at any given time, of
hedging substantially all of its trading inventory through futures and swap commodity derivative contracts, either on commodities
exchanges or in the over- the-counter (“OTC”) market. Product Services also seeks to mitigate the risks related to fluctuations in
freight rates by entering into hedging transactions in the exchange traded market (in addition to entering into chartered-in contracts
with ship owners at fixed freight rates). In the event of disruptions in the commodity exchanges or markets on which Product Services
engages in these hedging transactions, Product Services’ ability to manage these risks may be adversely affected and this could in turn
have a material adverse effect on Product Services’ business, results of operations, financial condition and prospects. If any
participants (for example, clearers, banks or commodity exchanges) in Product Services’ clearing activities were to become insolvent
or if Product Services’ contractual relationships with those entities were to be adversely affected, Product Services’ hedging strategy
could be negatively impacted, and Product Services could be at risk of recovering collateral deposited with such participants.
In addition, mark-to-market exposures in relation to hedging contracts are regularly and substantially collateralised (primarily
with cash) pursuant to margining arrangements in place with such hedge counterparts. Significant increases in the price of
commodities or freight costs being hedged could result in sudden large cash demands on Product Services as a result of such
margining arrangements. If price increases are particularly steep and/or if they continue for a prolonged period of time, such
developments could put significant pressure on Product Services’ liquidity, forcing it to either seek additional borrowings from banks
to cover such additional liquidity needs, in which it may not be successful, or reduce volumes of commodities traded, which could
have an adverse effect on the revenue and profitability of Product Services’ trading operations.
Product Services is exposed to fluctuations in LPG prices
Product Services is exposed to fluctuations in LPG prices in order to meet priced forward contract obligations and forward priced
purchase or sale contracts. Although Product Services hedges substantially all of its trading inventory (see “— Product Services’
hedging strategy may not always be effective and does not require all risks to be hedged” above), it also may take unhedged positions
within Group limits and policies, based on its understanding of market dynamics and expectation of future price and/or spread
movements. Current and future LPG prices are influenced by a number of external factors, including supply and demand, speculative
activities by market participants, global political and economic conditions and related industry cycles. Product Services’ inability to
predict future price and/or spread movements could have a material adverse effect on Product Services’ business, results of operations,
financial condition and prospects.
Product Services is reliant on third-party suppliers to source LPG purchased by its trading desk
Product Services purchases all of LPG sourced by its trading desk from third party suppliers. The supply agreements between
such third-party suppliers and Product Services range from spot sale contracts to long-term supply contracts. While there is no
obligation on the part of either party to renew the contracts, Product Services has generally been successful in renewing or replacing
its supply agreements on commercially acceptable terms. Product Services’ inability to renew or replace these agreements on
commercially acceptable terms could have an adverse effect on Product Services’ business, results of operations, financial condition
and prospects.


Graphics
28
Product Services is exposed to both price and supply risks in respect of LPG sourced from third parties. Any increases in Product
Services’ purchase price relative to the price at which it sells LPG could adversely affect Product Services’ net income. Product
Services’ business, results of operations, financial condition and prospects could be materially adversely impacted if it is unable to
continue to source required volumes of LPG from its suppliers on reasonable terms or at all.
A loss of a major tax dispute or a successful tax challenge to the Group’s operating structure or to the Group’s tax payments,
among other things could result in a higher tax rate on the Group’s earnings, which could result in a significant negative impact
on its earnings and cash flows from operations
From time to time, the Group’s tax payments may be subject to review or investigations by tax authorities of the jurisdictions in
which the Group operates or in which its vessels call or have called (including but not limited to Algeria, Angola, Bangladesh,
Belgium, Brazil, Canada, China, Finland, India, Indonesia, Japan, South Korea, Kuwait, Malaysia, Morocco, Netherlands, Nigeria,
Qatar, Saudi Arabia, Spain, Sweden, Taiwan, Turkey, UAE, the United States and Vietnam). If any tax authority successfully
challenges the Group’s operational structure, intercompany pricing policies or the taxable presence of its subsidiaries in certain
countries, or if the Group loses a material tax dispute in any country or any tax challenge of the Group’s tax payments is successful, its
effective tax rate on its earnings could increase substantially and the Group’s earnings and cash flows from operations could be
materially adversely affected. There are, for instance, several transactions taking place between the companies in the Group and
related companies, which must be carried out in accordance with arm’s length principles in order to avoid adverse tax consequences.
There can be no assurance that the tax authorities will conclude that the Group’s transfer pricing policy calculates correct arm’s length
prices for intercompany transactions, which could lead to an adjustment of the agreed price, which would in turn lead to increased tax
cost for the Group.
A change in tax laws of any country in which the Group operates or its vessels call from time to time, or complex tax laws
associated with international operations which the Group may undertake from time to time, could result in a higher tax expense or
a higher effective tax rate on the Group’s earnings
The Group will from time to time conduct operations through various subsidiaries in countries throughout the world. Tax laws
and regulations are highly complex and subject to interpretation and change, including changes in interpretation that may have
retrospective effect.
For example, further to Action 1 of the base erosion and profit shifting (“BEPS”) project, the G20/OECD Inclusive Framework
spearheaded a project seeking to address tax challenges arising from digitalization of the economy and proposing fundamental
changes to the international tax system that is commonly referred to as “BEPS 2.0” and that is divided into two “pillars” of issues.
Pillar One proposes certain reallocations of taxing rights between jurisdictions, and Pillar Two proposes a minimum effective tax rate
of 15% and global anti-base erosion rules. The implementation of the Pillar One and Pillar Two proposals was scheduled for 2023 or
as soon as possible thereafter and requires transposition into the national tax laws of participating jurisdictions. In the OECD statement
of 8 October 2021, an implementation plan on BEPS 2.0 was agreed. On 20 December 2021, the OECD published detailed rules to
assist in the implementation of Pillar Two. On 14 December 2022, the Council of the EU adopted a directive to implement Pillar Two
at EU level to be transposed into member states’ national laws by the end of 2023. Pillar Two was also implemented into national tax
laws of many other jurisdictions or is currently being implemented. By contrast, the timeline for the implementation of Pillar One
remains uncertain. Furthermore, sector-specific exclusions from Pillar Two have been proposed, including for international shipping
income and qualified ancillary international shipping income (each as defined in the OECD rules as implemented in local jurisdictions
and provided the exemption requirements are met).
The Group currently takes the view that it is in scope of Pillar Two and expects to be required to file Pillar Two tax returns and
pay Pillar Two taxes where applicable, noting that for international shipping income earned in the Group, the Group generally expects
to be able to rely on the related exemption from Pillar Two. It cannot be excluded, depending on the implementation and interpretation
of Pillar Two in the jurisdictions in which we owe taxes, that the Group owes additional tax or that tax authorities take a different view
resulting in additional tax, and our effective tax rates could increase. There is also uncertainty regarding the scope and manner of the
reporting by shipping companies pursuant to the Pillar Two rules.


Graphics
29
US tax authorities could treat the Company as a “passive foreign investment company,” which could have adverse US federal
income tax consequences to US shareholders
A foreign corporation will be treated as a PFIC, for US federal income tax purposes if either (i) at least 75% of its gross income
for any taxable year consists of certain types of passive income or (ii) at least 50% of the average value of the corporation’s assets
produce or are held for the production of those types of “passive income.” For purposes of these tests, “passive income” includes
dividends, interest, and gains from the sale or exchange of investment property and rents and royalties other than rents and royalties
which are received from unrelated parties in connection with the active conduct of a trade or business. For purposes of these tests,
income derived from the performance of services generally does not constitute passive income. By contrast, rental income would
generally constitute “passive income” unless it is treated under specific rules as being derived in the active conduct of a trade or
business. US shareholders of a PFIC are subject to a disadvantageous US federal income tax regime with respect to the distributions
they receive from the PFIC and any gain they derive from the sale or other disposition of their shares in the PFIC.
Based on the Financial Statements and relevant market and shareholder data, the Group believes that the Company was not
treated as a PFIC for US federal income tax purposes with respect to its prior 2024 or 2023 taxable years. In addition, based on the
Financial Statements and the Group’s current expectations regarding the value and nature of its assets, the sources and nature of its
income, and relevant market and shareholder data, the Group does not anticipate the Company becoming a PFIC for its current
taxable year or in the foreseeable future. Although there is no legal authority directly on point, the Group’s belief is based principally
on the position that, for purposes of determining whether the Company is a PFIC, the gross income the Company derives or is deemed
to derive from the Group’s time chartering and voyage chartering activities should constitute services income, rather than rental
income. Correspondingly, the Group believes that such income does not constitute passive income, and the assets that it owns and
operates in connection with the production of such income, in particular, the vessels, do not constitute assets that produce or are held
for the production of passive income for purposes of determining whether the Company is a PFIC.
Although there is no direct legal authority under the PFIC rules addressing the Group’s method of operation, the Group believes
there is substantial legal authority supporting its position consisting of case law and IRS, pronouncements concerning the
characterisation of income derived from time charters, bareboat charters and voyage charters as services income for other tax
purposes. However, it should be noted that there is also authority which characterises time charter income as rental income rather than
services income for other tax purposes. In a 2010 action on decision, the IRS has stated that it intends to treat time charters as
producing services income for PFIC purposes, but such statement cannot be relied upon or otherwise cited as precedent by taxpayers.
Accordingly, in the absence of any legal authority specifically relating to the Code provisions governing PFICs, the IRS or a court
could disagree with the Group’s position. In addition, whether the Company is a PFIC is a factual determination made annually after
the close of the Company’s taxable year, and the Company’s status could change depending, among other things, upon changes in the
composition of the Company’s gross income and the relative quarterly average value of the Company’s assets. Accordingly, there can
be no assurance that the Company will not be a PFIC for any taxable year.
If the IRS were to successfully assert that the Company is or has been a PFIC for any taxable year, the Company’s US
shareholders will face adverse US federal income tax consequences. Under the PFIC rules, unless those shareholders make an election
available under the Code (which election could itself have adverse consequences for such shareholders, as discussed below under
Item 10. Additional Information — 10.E. Taxation), such shareholders would be liable to pay US federal income tax at the then
prevailing income tax rates on ordinary income plus interest upon excess distributions and upon any gain from the disposition of the
Company’s shares, as if the excess distribution or gain had been recognised rateably over the shareholder’s holding period of the
Company’s shares. See “Item 10. Additional Information — 10.E. Taxation” for a more comprehensive discussion of the US federal
income tax consequences to US shareholders if the Company is treated as a PFIC.
The Group may have to pay tax on US source income, which would reduce the Group’s earnings
Under the Code, 50% of the gross shipping income of a non-US corporation, such as the Company and its subsidiaries, that is
attributable to transportation that begins or ends, but that does not both begin and end, in the United States, may be subject to a 4% US
federal income tax without allowance for deduction, unless that corporation qualifies for exemption from tax under Section 883 of the
Code and the applicable Treasury Regulations promulgated thereunder.


Graphics
30
The Group expects that all of its shipping income will qualify for this statutory tax exemption with respect to the Group
companies’ current taxable years. No assurance can be provided, however, that this will be the case, or, that it will remain the case
with respect to future taxable years.
If any of the Group companies are not entitled to exemption under Section 883 of the Code for any taxable year, the Company, or
such Group companies, could be subject during those years to an effective 2% US federal income tax on gross shipping income
derived during such a year that is attributable to transportation that begins or ends, but that does not both begin and end, in the United
States. Any imposition of this tax may have a negative effect on the Group’s business and may limit the Company’s ability to pay
dividends to its shareholders. See “Item 10. Additional Information — 10.E. Taxation.”
The Group is a holding company and is dependent upon cash flow from subsidiaries to meet its obligations and in order to pay
dividends to its shareholders
The Group currently conducts its operations through, and most of the Group’s assets are owned by, the Group’s subsidiaries. As
such, the cash that the Group obtains from its subsidiaries is the principal source of funds necessary to meet its obligations.
Contractual provisions or laws, including laws or regulations related to the repatriation of foreign earnings, as well as the Group’s
subsidiaries’ financial condition, operating requirements, restrictive covenants in its debt arrangements and debt requirements, may
limit the Group’s ability to obtain cash from subsidiaries or joint ventures that it requires to pay its expenses or meet its current or
future debt service obligations or to pay dividends to its shareholders.
The inability to transfer cash from the Group’s subsidiaries or joint ventures may mean that, even though the Group may have
sufficient resources on a consolidated basis to meet its obligations or to pay dividends to its shareholders, the Group may not be
permitted to make the necessary transfers from its subsidiaries or joint ventures to meet such obligations or to pay dividends to its
shareholders. Likewise, the Group may not be able to make necessary transfers from its subsidiaries in order to provide funds for the
payment of its liabilities or obligations, for which the Group is or may become responsible under the terms of the governing
agreements of the Group’s indebtedness. A payment default by the Group or any of the Group’s subsidiaries on any debt instrument
would have a material adverse effect on the Group’s business, results of operations, cash flow and financial condition.
Risks Related to Financing and Market Risk
In order to execute the Group’s strategy, the Group may require additional capital in the future, which may not be available
The Group’s business segments are capital intensive and, to the extent the Group does not generate sufficient cash from
operations, the Group may need to raise additional funds through debt or additional equity financings to execute the Group’s strategy
and to fund capital expenditures. Adequate sources of capital funding may not be available when needed or may not be available on
favourable terms. The Group’s ability to obtain such additional capital or financing will depend in part upon prevailing market
conditions as well as conditions of its business and its operating results, and those factors may affect its efforts to arrange additional
financing on satisfactory terms. If the Group raises additional funds by issuing additional shares or other equity or equity-linked
securities, it may result in a dilution of the holdings of existing shareholders. If funding is insufficient at any time in the future, the
Group may be unable to fund maintenance requirements and acquisitions, take advantage of business opportunities or respond to
competitive pressures, any of which could materially adversely impact the Group’s results of operations, cash flow and financial
condition.
The Group is exposed to volatility in SOFR, which has only been published since April 2018
Due to the phase out of the LIBOR as a benchmark for floating rate loans entered into after 2021, the Group amended its LIBOR
based financing arrangements to be based on SOFR in 2022 and 2023. Changes in SOFR could affect the amount of interest payable
on the Group’s debt, and, in turn, could have an adverse effect on the Group’s earnings and cash flow. Until recent years, global
interest rates, including SOFR, have been at relatively low levels, but they have risen recently and may continue to rise in the future.
SOFR has only been published by the Federal Reserve since April 2018, and therefore there is limited history with which to assess
how changes in SOFR rates may differ from other rates during different macroeconomic and monetary policy conditions.


Graphics
31
Derivative contracts used to hedge the Group’s exposure to fluctuations in interest rates could result in reductions in its
shareholder’s equity as well as charges against its profit
As of 31 December 2024, the Group had interest rate swaps with total notional principal amounting to US$179.1 million. Interest
rate swaps are transacted to hedge interest rate risk on bank borrowings. After taking into account the effects of these contracts, for
part of the bank borrowings, the Group effectively pays fixed interest rates ranging from 1.79% per annum to 2.85% per annum and
receives a variable rate determined by SOFR fixing plus the applicable credit adjustment spread. Hedge accounting is adopted by the
Group for these contracts. However, the hedging arrangements contained in such contracts could result in reductions in the Group’s
shareholder’s equity, as well as charges against its profit and consequently have a material adverse effect on the Group’s financial
condition, cash flows and results of operations.
Covenants in the Group’s existing credit facilities impose, and any future debt facilities may impose, financial and other
restrictions on the Group that may limit the Group’s ability to operate the business, incur additional indebtedness or constrain its
ability to pay dividends
The Group’s existing credit facilities impose, and any future debt facilities may impose, operating and financial restrictions on the
Group. The financial covenants and restrictions in the Group’s existing credit facilities and any future debt facilities may place limits
on or constrain the Group’s ability to, among other things:
• pay dividends, to the extent that dividend payments decrease the Group’s liquidity, cash and cash equivalents and adjusted
equity below the levels required under covenants included in its credit facilities;
• incur additional indebtedness, including through the issuance of guarantees;
• create liens on the Group’s assets;
• sell its vessels;
• merge or consolidate with, or transfer all or substantially all of the Group’s assets to, another person;
• change the flag, class or management of the Group’s vessels; and
• enter into a new line of business.
The facilities require the Group to maintain various financial ratios. These include requirements that the Group maintain
(i) specified minimum ratios of adjusted equity
1
to total assets, (ii) specified levels of cash and cash equivalents and available credit
lines, (iii) specified minimum amount of adjusted equity and (iv) specified levels of collateral coverage. In addition, vessel values may
fluctuate substantially which could impact the Group’s compliance with the covenants in the Group’s loan agreements. The failure to
comply with such covenants would cause an event of default that could materially adversely affect the Group’s business, financial
condition and operating results. See “Item 5. Operating and Financial Review and Prospects — 5.B. Liquidity and Capital
Resources — Capital Resources and Indebtedness — Financial Covenants.”
Because of these covenants, the Group may need to seek permission from its lenders in order to engage in certain corporate
activities. The Group’s lenders’ interests may be different from the Group’s, and the Group cannot guarantee that it will be able to
obtain its lenders’ permission when needed. This may limit or constrain the Group’s ability to finance its future operations, make
acquisitions or pursue business opportunities, or pay dividends to its shareholders.

1
Adjusted equity is the total equity of the Group, as adjusted by replacing the vessels’ book value with their market value.


Graphics
32
Debt levels could limit the Group’s flexibility to obtain additional financing and pursue other business opportunities
The Group may incur additional indebtedness in the future as it expands its business. This level of debt could have important
consequences to the Group, including the following:
• the Group’s ability to obtain additional financing for working capital, capital expenditures, vessel acquisitions or other
purposes may be impaired or such financing may be unavailable on favourable terms;
• the Group’s costs of borrowing could increase as it becomes more leveraged;
• the Group may need to use a substantial portion of its cash from operations to make principal and interest payments on its
debt, reducing the funds that would otherwise be available for operations, future business opportunities and dividends to its
shareholders;
• the Group’s debt level could make it more vulnerable than its competitors with less debt to competitive pressures, a downturn
in its business or the economy generally; and
• the Group’s debt level may limit its flexibility in responding to changing business and economic conditions.
The Group’s ability to service its debt will depend upon, among other things, its future financial and operating performance,
which will be affected by prevailing economic conditions as well as financial, business, regulatory and other factors, some of which
are beyond its control. If the Group’s operating income is not sufficient to service its current or future indebtedness, the Group will be
forced to take action such as reducing or delaying its business activities, acquisitions, investments or capital expenditures, selling
assets, restructuring or refinancing its debt or seeking additional equity capital. The Group may not be able to effect any of these
remedies on satisfactory terms, or at all.
Risks Related to the Shares
The requirements of being a public company listed in the United States, including compliance with the reporting requirements of
the Exchange Act and the requirements of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, may strain the Group’s resources, increase the Group’s costs
and distract management, and the Group may be unable to comply with these requirements in a timely or cost-effective manner
As a public company listed in the United States, the Group needs to comply with laws, regulations and requirements, certain
corporate governance provisions of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, related regulations of the SEC, including filing annual financial
statements, and the requirements of the NYSE. Being a public company listed in the United States requires a significant commitment
of resources and management oversight that has increased, and may continue to increase, the Group’s costs and might place a strain on
the Group’s systems and resources. Such costs could have a material adverse effect on the Group’s business, financial condition and
results of operations.
Moreover, diverging disclosure and financial reporting regulations in the United States and Norway increase the complexity and
costs of compliance. In particular, increasing uncertainty and regulatory divergence between different jurisdictions relating to climate
risk may result in potential inconsistencies in reporting by the Company in the Unites States and in Norway, add complexity and
increase costs for compliance against varying regulatory expectations whilst also making it difficult for the Company to effectively
and consistently manage stakeholder expectations and climate risks across its markets.


Graphics
33
Furthermore, while the Group generally must comply with Section 404 for its fiscal year ending 31 December 2024, the Group is not
required to have its independent registered public accounting firm attest to the effectiveness of the Group’s internal control over
financial reporting until its second annual report. Accordingly, the Group is not required to have its independent registered public
accounting firm attest to the effectiveness of its internal control over financial reporting until as late as its annual report for the
fiscal year ending 31 December 2025. Once it is required to do so, the Group’s independent registered public accounting firm may
issue a report that is adverse in the event it is not satisfied with the level at which the Group’s internal control over financial reporting
is documented, designed, operated or reviewed or that discloses a material weakness identified by the Group’s management in its
internal control over financial reporting. Compliance with these requirements may strain the Group’s resources, increase its costs and
distract management, and the Group may be unable to comply with these requirements in a timely or cost-effective manner. See “—
The management of the Group has identified material weaknesses in the Group’s internal control over financial reporting that could,
if not remediated, result in material misstatements in the Group’s financial statements. If the Group fails to maintain an effective
system of internal control over financial reporting, the Group may not be able to accurately report its financial results or prevent
fraud. As a result, shareholders could lose confidence in the Group’s financial and other public reporting, which would harm the
Group’s business and the trading price of the Shares.”
The management of the Group has identified material weaknesses in the Group’s internal control over financial reporting that
could, if not remediated, result in material misstatements in the Group’s financial statements. If the Group fails to maintain an
effective system of internal control over financial reporting, the Group may not be able to accurately report its financial results or
prevent fraud. As a result, shareholders could lose confidence in the Group’s financial and other public reporting, which would
harm the Group’s business and the trading price of the Shares
The Group is subject to Section 404, which requires that the Group include a report from its management on the Group’s internal
control over financial reporting in its second annual report on Form 20-F. In addition, the Group’s independent registered public
accounting firm must attest to and report on the effectiveness of the Group’s internal control over financial reporting in the Group’s
second annual report on Form 20-F.
As described in the Group’s registration statement on Form 20-F filed with the SEC on 8 April 2024, the Group’s management
identified a material weakness in the Group’s internal control over financial reporting, related to not having a sufficient number of
personnel with an appropriate level of knowledge of the reporting requirements under SEC rules, experience and training in internal
controls over financial reporting under Section 404 and related SEC rules to operate the period-end financial reporting controls.
In 2024, the Group implemented a plan, with the support of advisors and under the supervision of the Chief Executive Officer, the
Chief Financial Officer and the Audit Committee to ensure compliance with Section 404 and remediate the aforementioned material
weakness. In executing the plan, the Group’s management identified an additional material weakness with respect to the sufficiency of
information technology controls and documentation. The plan to remediate these material weaknesses includes (i) establishing and
initiating a formal process to evaluate the design and implementation of the Group’s internal controls over financial reporting,
(ii) designing and implementing controls based on that evaluation, and (iii) performing a resource and skills gap analysis within the
Group’s existing finance organisation and recruiting more qualified personnel equipped with relevant experience and qualifications to
strengthen the financial reporting function.
The Group’s management continues to work closely with its advisors to assess the design and operating effectiveness of the
internal controls over financial reporting and to provide necessary training for the organisation to ensure compliance with Section 404.
However, as the Group is not required to include a report from management on the Group’s internal control over financial reporting
until the second annual report on Form 20-F, neither the Group nor its independent registered public accounting firm has undertaken a
comprehensive assessment of the Group’s internal control over financial reporting under the Sarbanes-Oxley Act for purposes of
identifying and reporting any material weakness or significant deficiency in the Group’s internal control over financial reporting.
Accordingly, the Group cannot assure you that the Group has identified all, or that we will not in the future have additional
material weaknesses. Material weaknesses may still exist when we report in the future on the effectiveness of the Group’s internal
control over financial reporting as required by Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act.


Graphics
34
If the Group fails to successfully and timely remediate the material weaknesses identified and/or to achieve and maintain an effective
internal control environment to meet the standards under Section 404, as these standards are modified, supplemented, or amended
from time to time, the Group’s management may not be able to conclude on an ongoing basis that the Group has effective internal
control over financial reporting in accordance with Section 404, meet the Group’s reporting obligations, avoid material misstatements
in the Group’s financial statements or anticipate and identify accounting issues or other financial reporting risks that could materially
impact the Group’s consolidated financial statements, and which could cause shareholders to lose confidence in the Group’s reported
financial information. This could in turn limit the Group’s access to capital markets and lead to a decline in the trading price of the
Shares. Additionally, ineffective internal control over financial reporting pursuant to Section 404 could expose the Group to increased
risk of fraud or misuse of corporate assets and ultimately, potential delisting from the NYSE, regulatory investigations and civil or
criminal sanctions, which could harm the Group’s business and financial condition, and which would require additional financial and
management resources. The Group may also be required to restate its financial statements from prior periods.
As a foreign private issuer, the Group is not subject to the same disclosure and procedural requirements as domestic US registrants
and the Group is permitted to rely on exemptions from certain NYSE corporate governance requirements, which may afford less
protection to the Group’s shareholders
As a foreign private issuer, the Group is not subject to the same disclosure and procedural requirements as domestic US
registrants under the Exchange Act. For instance, the Group is not required to prepare and file periodic reports and financial
statements with the SEC as frequently or as promptly as US companies whose securities are registered under the Exchange Act, the
Group is not subject to the proxy requirements under Section 14 of the Exchange Act, and the Group is not required to comply with
Regulation FD, which restricts the selective disclosure of material non-public information. As a foreign private issuer listed on the
NYSE, the Group is permitted to follow certain home country corporate governance practices in lieu of certain NYSE requirements.
The home country practices may afford less protection to shareholders than would be available to the shareholders of a US
corporation. If the Group loses its foreign private issuer status, the Group would be required to comply fully with the reporting
requirements of the Exchange Act applicable to US domestic issuers, and the Group would incur significant additional legal,
accounting and other expenses that it would not incur as a foreign private issuer.
BW Group is the largest shareholder of the Group and has significant voting power and the ability to influence matters requiring
shareholder approval
As of 31 December 2024, BW Group was the largest shareholder of the Group holding approximately 31.94% of the outstanding
Shares. Accordingly, BW Group has the ability to significantly influence the outcome of matters submitted for the vote of the Group’s
shareholders, including the election of members of the Board of Directors. BW Group will also have the right to designate members to
the Board of Directors pursuant to a shareholder rights agreement that the Company and BW Group have entered into (the
“Shareholder Rights Agreement”) (see “Item 10. Additional Information — 10.C. Material Contracts — Shareholder Rights
Agreement”). BW Group is a privately held company wholly owned by Sohmen family interests. Andreas Sohmen-Pao, the Chairman
of the Company, is also the Chairman of BW Group and a member of the Sohmen family, which indirectly wholly owns BW Group.
The commercial goals of BW Group as a shareholder, and those of the Group, may not always be aligned and this concentration of
ownership may not always be in the best interest of the Group’s other shareholders. For example, BW Group could delay, defer or
prevent a change of control, impede a merger, deny a potential future equity offering, amalgamation, consolidation, takeover or other
business combinations involving the Group, or discourage a potential acquirer from attempting to obtain control of the Group. In
addition, certain of the Group’s agreements require either BW Group to continue holding certain percentages of shareholdings in the
Group or Sohmen family interests to continue holding certain percentages of shareholdings in the BW Group. For example, pursuant
to the change of control provisions in all of the Group’s secured term loan facilities and revolving credit facilities, if Sohmen family
interests cease to hold more than 50% of BW Group or if BW Group ceases to hold more than 20% of the Company or if any other
person takes control of the Company, the facility agreements must be cancelled and repaid in full. Although it is expected that BW
Group will remain the major shareholder of the Group after the Listing, and the Sohmen family will remain indirectly the sole
shareholder of BW Group, no assurance can be given that this will continue on a permanent basis. If BW Group no longer were a
major shareholder of the Group (or if the Sohmen family no longer holds a controlling interest in BW Group), or if its commercial
goals were not in the best interest of the Group, this could have a material adverse effect on the market value of the Shares.


Graphics
35
The price of the Shares may fluctuate significantly
The trading price of the Shares could fluctuate significantly in response to a number of factors beyond the Group’s control,
including, but not limited to, quarterly variations in operating results, adverse business developments, changes in financial estimates
and investment recommendations or ratings by securities analysts or any other risk discussed herein materialising or the anticipation of
such risk materialising.
In recent years, the global stock markets have experienced extreme price and volume fluctuations. This volatility has had a
significant impact on the market price of securities issued by many companies, including companies in the shipping industry. Those
changes may occur without regard to the operating performance of these companies. The price of the Shares may therefore fluctuate
based upon factors that have little or nothing to do with the Group, and these fluctuations may materially affect the price of the Shares.
Future issuances of Shares or other securities may dilute the holdings of shareholders and could materially affect the price of the
Shares
It is possible that the Group may in the future decide to offer additional Shares or other securities in order to finance new capital-
intensive projects, in connection with unanticipated liabilities or expenses or for any other purposes. See “Item 3. Key Information —
3.D. Risk Factors — Risks Related to the Group.” There can be no assurance the Group will not decide to conduct further offerings of
securities in the future. Depending on the structure of any future offering, certain existing shareholders may not be able to purchase
additional equity securities. If the Group raises additional funds by issuing additional equity securities, holdings and voting interests of
existing shareholders may be diluted.
Future sales, or the possibility for future sales, including by BW Group, of substantial numbers of Shares may affect the Shares’
market price
The Group cannot predict what effect, if any, future sales of the Shares, or the availability of Shares for future sales, will have on
their market price. Sales of substantial amounts of the Shares in the public market following the Listing, including by BW Group
(which, as of 31 December 2024, held approximately 31.94% of the outstanding Shares), or the perception that such sales could occur,
may adversely affect the market price of the Shares, making it more difficult for holders to sell their Shares or the Group to sell equity
securities in the future at a time and price that they deem appropriate.
Investors with Shares registered in a nominee account will need to exercise voting rights through their nominee
Beneficial owners of Shares that are registered in a nominee account (such as through brokers, dealers or other third parties) with
the Depository Trust Company (“DTC”) and the Norwegian Central Securities Depositary, Euronext Securities Oslo will not be able
to exercise voting rights directly, and they will need to receive the voting materials and provide instructions through their nominee
prior to the general meetings. The Group can provide no assurance that beneficial owners of Shares will receive the notice of a general
meeting in time to instruct their nominees accordingly or otherwise vote their Shares in the manner desired by such beneficial owners.
The Group may be unwilling or unable to pay any dividends in the future
The Company intends to provide a quarterly dividend payout, subject to the discretion of the Board of Directors and the profits of
the Company. As a guideline for declaring dividends, the Board of Directors generally aims for an annual payout ratio of 50% of
Shipping’s Net Profit After Tax (“Shipping NPAT”), which may be enhanced to 75% and 100% of Shipping NPAT when the net
leverage ratio is below 30% and 20%, respectively. The declaration and payment of dividends is subject to the discretion of the Board
of Directors and the profits of the Company, and the final amount of any dividends is determined by the Board of Directors. The
Board of Directors may adjust the dividend payout for extraordinary items, such as vessel impairment or write-backs of impairment)
and may also consider other factors in determining the payment and amount of any dividends, such as the following:
• BW LPG Product Services Pte. Ltd.’s performance, as measured by, among other things, the amount of dividends distributed
by BW LPG Product Services Pte. Ltd. to the Company;
• the Group’s capital expenditure plans; and


Graphics
36
• the Group’s financing requirements, financial flexibility, and anticipated cash flows of the business.
Accordingly, the amount of dividends paid by the Group, if any, for a given financial period, will depend on, among other things,
the Group’s future operating results, cash flows, financial position, capital expenditure plans, the sufficiency of its distributable
reserves, the ability of the Group’s subsidiaries to pay dividends to the Group, credit terms, general economic conditions, legal
restrictions (as set out in “Item 8. Financial Information — 8.A. Consolidated Statements and Other Financial Information —
Dividend Policy”) and other factors that the Group may deem to be significant from time to time. There can be no assurance that the
Board of Directors will declare a dividend payment in any period.
ITEM 4. INFORMATION ON THE COMPANY
4.A. HISTORY AND DEVELOPMENT OF THE COMPANY
General Corporate Information
The Company’s legal name is “BW LPG Limited.” The Company is a public company limited by shares. The principal legislation
under which the Company operates is the Singapore Companies Act and regulations made thereunder.
The Company was incorporated in Bermuda on 21 August 2008 and redomiciled to Singapore on 1 July 2024, with its registered
office at 10 Pasir Panjang Road, #17-02, Mapletree Business City, Singapore, 117438. The telephone number of the Company’s
Singapore office is +65 6705 5588. The website of the Company is www.bwlpg.com. The information on the Company’s website does
not form part of this annual report.
The Shares are traded on the OSE under the ticker symbol “BWLPG” and on the NYSE under the ticker symbol “BWLP.”
BW LPG is a leading owner and operator of VLGCs based on the number of VLGCs and LPG carrying capacity as of
December 2024 (source: Clarksons, March 2025). BW LPG currently operates two segments: Shipping and Product Services. See
“Item 4. Information on the Company — 4.B. Business Overview — Operating Segments” for more detail.
Equiniti Trust Company, LLC, located at 6201 15th Avenue, Brooklyn, NY 11219, serves as the Company’s transfer agent and
registrar.
History and Development of the Group
The origin of the Group dates back to 1935 when Mr Sigval Bergesen d.y. established Sig. Bergesen d.y. & Co, a tanker business
in Stavanger, Norway. In 1978, Sig. Bergesen d.y. & Co entered the gas transportation business with the acquisition of six LPG
vessels. The company continued to grow in the 1980s to become a major operator of large LPG carriers, and in 1986, Bergesen d.y.
ASA (“Bergesen”) became the holding company of the family’s various shipping businesses.
In April 2003, Sohmen family interests acquired a majority of the shares of Bergesen. Bergesen, together with the Sohmen
family’s World-Wide Shipping, reorganised to form Bergesen Worldwide in 2004, and in 2005, the business was re-branded as BW.
The next decade was a period of rapid expansion with investments of over US$1 billion which included the acquisition of several
modern second-hand vessels, including a 10-vessel VLGC fleet from Maersk Tankers, and contracts for four newbuilds from Korea.
In 2013, to prepare the LPG business of the BW Group for an IPO, the LPG business was reorganised with the Company
becoming the parent company of the listed group. As part of the reorganisation, all assets and liabilities relevant to the continuing LPG
business of the BW Group were transferred into subsidiaries of the Company. In November 2013, the Company was listed on the
OSE, and it raised approximately US$280 million of new capital.
The BW Group remained the largest shareholder of the Company following completion of the IPO in 2013. Today, the BW
Group is a global maritime company involved in shipping, floating infrastructure, deepwater oil & gas production, and new
sustainable technologies. The BW Group manages a fleet of over 450 vessels that transport oil, gas and dry commodities, including


Graphics
37
In 2016, BW LPG acquired Aurora LPG, and in 2017, BW LPG and Global United Shipping India Private Limited established a
joint venture in India in which the parties each owned 50%. The purpose of the new joint venture (“BW India”) was to own and
operate gas carriers for the transportation of LPG within Indian waters. As part of the establishment of the joint venture, BW LPG sold
two of its vessels, BW Boss and BW Energy, to BW India.
In 2018, BW LPG announced plans to retrofit four of its VLGCs with LPG dual-fuel propulsion technology. In 2019, it launched
Product Services to offer customers a fully integrated product delivery service. See “Item 4. Information on the Company — 4.B.
Business Overview — Product Services” for more detail on Product Services.
In 2020, the world’s first VLGC powered by LPG, BW Gemini, was re-delivered to BW LPG. Over approximately four months
during the vessel’s scheduled drydocking, BW Gemini was retrofitted with LPG dual-fuel propulsion engines. In 2020, BW LPG
committed a further 11 VLGCs for retrofitting for a total investment of approximately US$130 million. During 2020, BW LPG
transferred two additional vessels, BW Birch and BW Cedar, to BW India.
In 2021, BW LPG increased its equity share in BW India from 50% to 88%. Over the course of 2021, the Group transferred five
additional VLGCs to BW India, including BW Elm, BW Pine, BW Oak, BW Tyr and BW Lord. As a result, BW India became India’s
largest owner and operator of VLGCs by total fleet capacity, and remains such as of November 2023 (source: Reshamwala
Shipbrokers, “Outlook on India’s LPG Trade” dated November 2023). During 2020 and 2021, 12 LPG-powered VLGCs out of the
previously committed 15 VLGCs were re-delivered to BW LPG. Over the course of 2021, BW LPG sold five vessels to new owners
for further trading: BW Empress in April, BW Confidence in July, BW Boss and BW Energy in August, and BW Sakura in December.
In total, these divestitures generated over US$143 million in proceeds and a net book gain of US$23 million in the year ended 31
December 2021.
2022 marked the year all 15 of the Group’s retrofitted LPG-powered VLGCs were on water, with the final three VLGCs re-
delivered between April and May.
In January 2022 and May 2022, an external investor subscribed for US$50 million and US$30 million of new shares in BW India,
representing 31.9% and 9.2% equity interest respectively. Following these transactions, the Group owned approximately 52.4% in BW
India as of 31 December 2023. In 2022, the Group further expanded the fleet of BW India by transferring BW Loyalty. Over the
course of 2022, the Group sold four vessels to new owners for further trading: BW Niigata in February, BW Trader in March, BW
Liberty in May and BW Prince in October. In total, these divestitures generated over US$134 million in proceeds and a net book gain
of US$21 million in the year ended 31 December 2022.
In November 2022, BW LPG completed the acquisition of the LPG trading operations from Vilma Oil for a total consideration of
US$53 million in order to expand Product Services.
In 2023, BW LPG sold BW Austria, BW Odin and BW Thor, generating US$168 million in proceeds and a net book gain of
US$42 million in the year ended 31 December 2023. BW Messina was re-delivered to BW LPG in May 2023 and BW Kyoto in
November 2023, following the exercise of the purchase options under the relevant time charter agreements in February 2023 and
December 2022, respectively.
On 30 November 2023, the Group signed a joint venture agreement with Confidence Petroleum India Limited (“Confidence”)
and committed to invest approximately US$40 million in Confidence and in an LPG onshore import terminal. See “Item 4.
Information on the Company — 4.B. Business Overview — Infrastructure Projects.”
On 29 February 2024, BW LPG sold BW Princess generating US$64.7 million in proceeds.
On 23 April 2024, BW LPG obtained approval from the NYSE for the listing of the Company’s common shares, in addition to its
existing listing on the OSE. The Company’s common shares commenced trading on the NYSE on 29 April 2024, under the ticker
symbol “BWLP”.
In May 2024, BW LPG, via its subsidiary BW Product Services, concluded a multi-year contract with a key US producer to
increase cargo volume in the US Gulf. This contract is expected to enhance shipping and cargo trading flexibility from 2025 to 2029.


Graphics
38
In May 2024, BW LPG, via its subsidiary BW Product Services, concluded a multi-year contract with a key US producer to
increase cargo volume in the US Gulf. This contract is expected to enhance shipping and cargo trading flexibility from 2025 to 2029.
On 1 July 2024, BW LPG officially incorporated in Singapore after successfully completing its redomiciliation process from its
original domicile in Bermuda.
In August 2024, the Group entered into agreements to acquire 12 VLGCs from Avance Gas for a total consideration of US$1,050
million. All vessels were successfully delivered before the end of 2024. This acquisition has increased the Group’s owned fleet by
more than 40%. By acquiring ships already on the water, the fleet expansion provided immediate commercial scale and operational
leverage, contributing to revenue generation in a healthy rate environment. Additionally, this fleet acquisition contributes to fleet
renewal and further solidifies the Group’s position as the world’s leading owner and operator of VLGCs, with the largest number of
LPG dual-fuel powered vessels.
The Group’s capital expenditures, comprising expenditures for drydockings and other vessel maintenance, retrofitting of dual-fuel
LPG propulsion engines and purchases of second-hand vessels, amounted to US$1,064 million, US$116 million and US$46 million
for the years ended 31 December 2024, 2023 and 2022, respectively.
4.B. BUSINESS OVERVIEW
Market Overview
The VLGC market in 2024 experienced significant fluctuations, driven by a combination of weather events, geopolitical factors
and normalized Panama Canal transits.
The year began on a strong note, with spot rates for the US Gulf – Far East route exceeding US$120,000 per day in January.
However, cold weather in the US temporarily curtailed LPG production and exports, causing spot rates to drop sharply to OPEX
levels, at the same time as Panama Canal transits started to increase. From mid-February to June, spot rates rebounded as US LPG
production improved, and spot cargoes were again fixed at above seasonal-average rates.



Graphics
39
VLGC spot rates, Middle East – Far East & US Gulf – Far East

Source: Internal analysis
In early June, the Panama Canal Authority announced an increase in maximum allowed draft and additional slots for transits as water
levels in Lake Gatun normalized. This reduced fleet inefficiencies, as fewer VLGCs opted for the longer route around the Cape of
Good Hope. Despite this, the market remained robust, with export volumes on VLGCs out of North America growing by 5.6% in
2024 compared to 2023.


Graphics
40
North American LPG exports, 2024 vs 2023 (VLGC only)

Source: Vortexa
July marked a turning point as Hurricane Beryl caused widespread damage in Texas, negatively impacting LPG cargo availability and
spot rates. While export volumes rebounded in August, an unscheduled terminal closure in September due to chilling capacity issues
further constrained VLGC loadings. By November, all major US Gulf Coast export terminals were operating at full capacity,
supporting a strong finish to the year.
In the Middle East, export volumes were less dynamic. OPEC+ production cuts and maintenance activities led to no year-on-year
growth in the first half of the year and ended the year with 1.9% growth compared to 2023. Despite these challenges, new gas projects
in Qatar and the UAE are expected to drive mid-single-digit export growth over the coming years.



Graphics
41
Middle East LPG exports, 2024 vs 2023 (VLGC only)

Source: Vortexa
Asia continues to grow, supporting demand for long-haul shipping of LPG. Strong demand from China, where Propane
Dehydrogenation (“PDH”) plants operated at high run rates and LPG imports hit an all-time high in June, contributed to a wide US–
Far East arbitrage, benefiting the VLGC market. This demand is expected to grow further, supported by the planned addition of five to
six new PDH plants by 2026. India is a retail-driven market, with government initiatives and infrastructure enhancements increasing
access to LPG.


Graphics
42
Seaborne import forecasts, China, India & South-East Asia

Source: NGLS
India accounts for about 47% of the Middle East’s export volumes, making the Far East more reliant on US exports. There is solid
support for LPG imports in South-East Asia, with 29% of these imports currently originating from the US. Total imports are expected
to grow by 23% from 2024 to 2027.
Fleet overview
The fleet continued its expansion, with 22 new VLGCs delivered in 2024, with the total fleet count at year end at 400. With only 13
more VLGCs scheduled for delivery in 2025 and established shipbuilders indicating that new orders will not be delivered before 2027,
the near-term fleet growth remains limited. Nearly all VLGC new buildings can carry ammonia, often leading to their designation as
VLACs (Very Large Ammonia Carriers). However, until the ammonia trade develops for VLGCs, the new ships are all expected to be
employed in the LPG trade.


Graphics
43
VLGC fleet summary
So
urce: Internal analysis
Key Highlights
BW LPG is a leading owner and operator of VLGCs based on the number of VLGCs and LPG carrying capacity as of
December 2024 (source: Clarksons, January 2025). As of 31 December 2024, the Group owned and/or operated a fleet of 55 vessels,
including 53 operated VLGCs (of which 29 were owned), two LGCs time chartered-in by Product Services and eight VLGCs owned
by BW India. 22 out of 55 vessels have LPG dual-fuel propulsion technology onboard. The Group’s fleet operates globally, with a
current total carrying capacity of over 4 million CBM as of 31 December 2024.
As further described in “— Shipping — Fleet — Commercial Management of the Fleet,” the Group’s fleet operates a combination
of spot voyages and time charters. In 2024, 80.3% of Revenue — Shipping totalling US$773.0 million was derived from spot voyages
(including CoAs), and 19.7% totalling US$189.8 million was derived from time charters.
BW LPG’s Product Services supports its core Shipping business. Product Services was established in February 2019, with the aim
to diversify the Group’s business offerings. Product Services provides customers with integrated LPG delivery services, by purchasing
LPG and delivering it directly to customers. In 2024, Revenue — Product Services was US$2,600.9 million.
For a breakdown of total revenues by category of activity and geographic market for each of the last three financial years, see
Note 23 to the Financial Statements.
Strengths
The Group believes that it has a number of competitive strengths which differentiate it from others and enable it to operate across
the LPG value chain.


Graphics
44
A leading owner and operator of VLGCs
According to Clarksons (January 2025), the Group is a leading owner and operator of VLGCs based on the number of VLGCs
and LPG carrying capacity as of December 2024. 22 of the Group’s LPG vessels have LPG dual-fuel propulsion technology onboard,
allowing the Group to serve customers with a low emissions profile. The Group believes that the size and composition of its LPG
fleet, coupled with 45 years of LPG shipping experience, provide the Group with the capacity and flexibility to offer timely and
reliable services anywhere in the world. This positions the Group well to take advantage of the expected growth in demand for LPG
shipping, through early recognition of market requirements, and strong brand recognition which provides access to relevant customer
relationships. Additionally, the size of the fleet and the global coverage of its historical operations position the Group particularly well
to take advantage of ongoing geographic trends in LPG export — in particular increasing US exports. For example, because VLGCs
provide superior economies of scale compared to LGCs on long haul voyages, the Group believes that it is particularly well positioned
to take advantage of the expected growth in demand for long-haul LPG transportation, such as deliveries between North America and
Asia. According to Vortexa (February 2025), the Group lifted approximately 13%, 11% and 21% of the VLGC-sized cargoes exported
from the United States, West Africa and the Arabian Gulf, respectively, during the period from 1 January 2024 to 31 December 2024.
Strong utilisation potential through ability to provide flexible customer-oriented solutions
Superior utilisation provides a competitive advantage in the immediate term, through improved profitability driven by higher
earnings without a proportionate increase in operating expenses; and in the longer-term, driven by the potential to operate acquired
assets at above market-average returns, enabling greater room to grow through value-accretive investments. The Group believes that
the nature of the LPG transportation market, whereby LPG cargoes tend not to be stored for protracted periods at source but are
delivered rapidly for transportation, lends itself to solutions other than long-term time charters which are more prevalent in other
energy shipping sectors.
Product Services provides customers with integrated LPG delivery services by purchasing LPG and delivering it directly to
customers. Product Services enables end-customers to secure LPG supply at the final point of consumption thereby eliminating the
need to handle shipping and associated risks. Product Services facilitates utilisation of the BW LPG fleet by contracting to deliver
LPG to end-customers, allowing the Group to secure additional customers that do not otherwise engage in transportation in their
supply chain.
Pre-existing customer relationships
Having operated in the LPG transportation space for 45 years, the Group has long-standing customer relationships which support
access to new and emerging opportunities with those customers. A strong customer relationship base in the United States and West
Africa positions the Group to benefit by leveraging these pre-existing relationships to pursue the additional opportunities which the
Group believes will emerge from these markets — the US market in particular — in the coming years.
45 years of operating experience in LPG shipping
Human resources at sea and on shore are critical to the efficient, safe and reliable operation of shipping assets. The Group has
access to a large pool of experienced employees with extensive experience in the industry, many of those with long-standing
experience within the BW Group. Access to experienced officers and crew, with that experience including time in-company and time
in-industry, is a major competitive advantage in a market where charterers not only value, but in a number of the most important cases
require, significant combined time in-company and in-industry among senior crew. The Group engages with experienced officers,
crew and shore-based technical leadership that have been instrumental in providing high quality, reliable and safe LPG fleet
management at an efficient life-cycle cost. The Group’s approach to vessel life cycle management is to maintain the LPG assets
consistently to a high standard over their lives, without compromising on regular preventive maintenance for short-term gain, for
example to access short-term positive charter rates. This approach increases reliability for customers, by avoiding unexpected ship
repairs and reducing off-hire; optimises potential for extension of useful life (e.g. by applying well- maintained older vessels to end-
of-life charters or storage projects); and potentially improves the residual value achievable on vessels’ disposal.


Graphics
45
Strong brand and relationships within the shipping and energy industries
The Group believes that, as a result of its history of more than 90 years in energy transportation, including 45 years in LPG
transportation, it has a long-standing reputation as a leading provider of safe, reliable, and efficient LPG transportation solutions. This
reputation provides an important advantage in building and maintaining strong relationships with leading oil and gas companies, and
is reflected in the Group’s existing customer base in LPG. These relationships are important not only in the VLGC market, but also in
accessing LPG shipping and other related project opportunities available to experienced LPG transporters through energy majors. The
Group intends to leverage the advantages afforded by the strength of the BW brand, by building close and cooperative relationships
with existing customers and emerging participants in the LPG space.
Experienced management team and international board of directors with strong credentials in governance and strategy
The Group’s management team consists of seasoned executives with their own strong industry relationships, who have
demonstrated their ability in managing the commercial, technical and financial areas of the Group’s business. These executives have
deep experience in the shipping industry, including experience operating large and diverse fleets of energy transportation vessels, as
well as other assets in the maritime energy space. The Group’s management have an extensive network of relationships with major oil
and gas companies, shipyards, global financial institutions and other key participants in the shipping and industries. The Group’s
management is complemented by a board of directors with extensive collective international experience in shipping, energy and
capital markets; as well as a broad range of complementary functional competencies.
The Group believes that these competitive strengths have and will continue to collectively enhance its ability to develop and
implement strategies to optimise shareholder returns, customer satisfaction, and to build and sustain recognised leadership as preferred
suppliers of LPG transportation solution.
Strategy
The Group intends to be recognised as the leader in, and market-preferred provider of, maritime LPG transportation and related
services and solutions. The Group’s strategic initiatives focus on ensuring environmental and customer-focused operational excellence
and exploring growth opportunities along the LPG value chain.
Ensuring environmental and customer-focused operational excellence
The Group seeks to ensure environmental and customer-focused operational excellence by delivering LPG safely, sustainably and
cost-effectively to world markets. The Group maintains its fleet to high standards to maximise commercial availability, and its
network of offices ensures coverage across time zones for customers.
The Group upgrades its assets to optimise commercial availability, reduce emissions to the environment and improve operational
performance. A culture of innovation and prudent stewardship facilitated the decision to retrofit pioneering LPG propulsion
technology onboard 15 vessels. With all LPG-powered vessels on water in 2022, the Group has been accumulating valuable
knowledge on this front. Delivering an ambitious, multi-year retrofitting programme also means valuable experience gained in
managing large-scale technical projects.
Explore growth opportunities along the energy value chain
Given the increasing importance of LPG as an energy source, the Group is committed to investing further in the LPG value chain.
The Group is exploring new business opportunities and maximising the value of its current assets with smart corporate actions. As part
of this strategic approach, over the course of 2022, the Group expanded its Product Services team with the acquisition of Vilma Oil’s
LPG trading operations, sold four of its pre-2011 built VLGCs at attractive prices, and expanded its presence in India through BW
India. On 30 November 2023, the Group signed a joint venture agreement with Confidence and committed to invest approximately
US$40 million in Confidence and in an LPG onshore import terminal. The investment of US$30 million in Confidence was completed
in February 2024 through a preferential allotment of equity shares. (see “Item 4. Information on the Company — 4.B. Business
Overview — Infrastructure Projects”).


Graphics
46
Product Services enables end-customers to secure LPG supply at the final point of consumption thereby eliminating the need to
handle shipping and associated risks.
Operating Segments
Shipping
With 45 years of operating experience in LPG shipping and experienced seafarers and staff, BW LPG offers a flexible and
reliable service to customers. As further described in “— Shipping — Fleet — Commercial Management of the Fleet,” the Group’s
fleet operates a combination of spot voyages (including CoAs) and time charters.
Product Services
BW LPG’s Product Services supports the core shipping business. This division was established in February 2019, with the aim to
diversify the Group’s business offerings. In November 2022, BW LPG completed the acquisition of the LPG trading operations from
Vilma Oil for total consideration of US$53 million in order to expand BW LPG’s Product Services. Product Services provides
customers with integrated LPG delivery services, by purchasing LPG and delivering it directly to customers. It enables end- customers
to secure LPG supply at the final point of consumption thereby eliminating the need to handle shipping and associated risks.
Shipping
Fleet
As of 31 December 2024, the Group owned and/or operated a fleet of 55 vessels, including 53 operated VLGCs (of which 29
were owned), two LGCs time chartered-in by Product Services and eight VLGCs owned by BW India. 22 out of 55 vessels have LPG
dual-fuel propulsion technology onboard]. As of 31 December 2024, the Group was ranked first based on the number of VLGCs
owned (source: Clarksons, January 2025).
As of 31 December 2024, the Group’s fleet had a combined carrying capacity of over 4 million CBM and the Group’s VLGC
fleet had an average age of approximately 9.1 years.
The operation of the Group’s fleet of VLGCs has historically been the Group’s core activity. By operating a vessel, the Group is
responsible for the commercial management of the vessel either through its ownership of the vessel or pursuant to a charter or pool
arrangement. The majority of the VLGCs the Group operates are commercially managed by the Group under a pool arrangement. For
more information on the pool arrangement, see “— Pool Arrangement” below.
The following table presents certain information with respect to the owned and/or operated vessels in the Group’s fleet as of 31
December 2024.


Graphics
47
100%-owned VLGCs















Year





Capacity



Classification
Name

Built

Shipyard

Propulsion
(1)


(CBM)

Flag

Society
BW Avior

2023

DSME

Compliant fuel

91,344

Marshall Islands (Majuro)

Lloyds Register
BW Rigel

2023

DSME

LPG dual-fuel

91,344

Marshall Islands (Majuro)

Lloyds Register
BW Messina

2017

DSME

Compliant fuel

84,177

Panama

Nippon Kaiji Kyokai
BW Mindoro
(2)


2017

DSME

LPG dual-fuel

84,180

Isle of Man (IOM)

DNV
BW Balder
(2)


2016

Hyundai H.I.

LPG dual-fuel

84,142

Marshall Islands (Majuro)

DNV
BW Brage
(2)


2016

Hyundai H.I.

LPG dual-fuel

84,114

Marshall Islands (Majuro)

DNV
BW Freyja

2016

Hyundai H.I.

LPG dual-fuel

84,143

Marshall Islands (Majuro)

DNV
BW Frigg

2016

Hyundai H.I.

LPG dual-fuel

84,136

Marshall Islands (Majuro)

DNV
BW Magellan
(2)


2016

DSME

LPG dual-fuel

84,171

Isle of Man (IOM)

DNV
BW Malacca
(2)


2016

DSME

LPG dual-fuel

84,105

Isle of Man (IOM)

DNV
BW Njord

2016

Hyundai H.I.

LPG dual-fuel

84,107

Marshall Islands (Majuro)

DNV
BW Tucana
(2)


2016

Hyundai H.I.

LPG dual-fuel

84,113

Isle of Man (IOM)

DNV
BW Var

2016

Hyundai H.I.

LPG dual-fuel

83,839

Marshall Islands

DNV
BW Volans
(2)


2016

Hyundai H.I.

LPG dual-fuel

84,134

Isle of Man (IOM)

DNV
BW Breeze

2015

Jiangnan

Scrubber

83,121

Marshall Islands (Majuro)

Lloyds Register
BW Carina

2015

Hyundai H.I.

Scrubber

84,154

Isle of Man (IOM)

DNV
BW Chinook

2015

Jiangnan

Compliant fuel

83,106

Marshall Islands (Majuro)

Lloyds Register
BW Gemini
(2)


2015

Hyundai H.I.

LPG dual-fuel

84,134

Isle of Man (IOM)

DNV
BW Leo
(2)


2015

Hyundai H.I.

LPG dual-fuel

84,161

Isle of Man (IOM)

DNV
BW Levant

2015

Jiangnan

Scrubber

83,114

Malta (Valletta)

Lloyds Register
BW Libra
(2)


2015

Hyundai H.I.

LPG dual-fuel

84,196

Isle of Man (IOM)

DNV
BW Mistral

2015

Jiangnan

Scrubber

83,134

Marshall Islands (Majuro)

Lloyds Register
BW Monsoon

2015

Jiangnan

Scrubber

83,129

Marshall Islands (Majuro)

Lloyds Register
BW Orion
(2)


2015

Hyundai H.I.

LPG dual-fuel

84,196

Isle of Man (IOM)

DNV
BW Pampero

2015

Jiangnan

Compliant fuel

83,131

Marshall Islands (Majuro)

Lloyds Register
BW Passat

2015

Jiangnan

Scrubber

83,115

Marshall Islands (Majuro)

Lloyds Register
BW Sirocco

2015

Jiangnan

Scrubber

83,114

Marshall Islands (Majuro)

Lloyds Register
BW Aries

2014

Hyundai H.I.

Scrubber

84,196

Isle of Man (IOM)

DNV
BW Kyoto
(2)


2010

Mitsubishi H.I.

Compliant fuel

83,299

Singapore

Nippon Kaiji Kyokai
Total: 29 vessels














(1) “Compliant fuel” propulsion uses fuel compliant with emissions regulations in different sea areas; “LPG dual-fuel” propulsion
uses both compliant fuel and LPG; “scrubber” propulsion uses exhaust gas cleaning systems.
(2) Used as collateral under the Group’s loan agreements.



Graphics
48
Operated VLGCs/MGCs
















Year





Capacity



Classification
Name

Built

Shipyard

Propulsion

(CBM)

Flag

Society
Denver
(1)(2)


2009

Hyundai H.I.

Compliant fuel

60,291

Liberia

DNV
Helsinki
(1)(2)


2009

Hyundai H.I.

Compliant fuel

60,276

Liberia

DNV
Kaede
(3)


2023

Hyundai H.I.

LPG dual-fuel

84,000

Marshall Islands

American Bureau of Shipping
Gas Gabriela
(1)


2021

Hyundai H.I.

Scrubber

80,421

Panama

Korea Register
Gas Venus

2021

Jiangnan

LPG dual-fuel

86,045

Singapore

Lloyd’s Register
Gas Jupiter

2023

Jiangnan

LPG dual-fuel

93,076

Hong Kong

BV
Reference Point
(3)


2020

Jiangnan

Scrubber

84,012

Singapore

Lloyds Register
Clipper Wilma
(3)


2019

Hyundai H.I.

Scrubber

80,032

Norway

DNV
BW Tokyo

2009

Mitsubishi H.I.

Compliant fuel

83,271

Singapore

Nippon Kaiji Kyokai
Total: 9 vessels














(1) Directly managed by Product Services.
(2) MGCs. The other vessels are VLGCs.
(3) Placed to the pool by Product Services.
Time chartered-in / Bareboat in VLGCs













Name

Year





Capacity



Classification


Built

Shipyard

Propulsion

(CBM)

Flag

Society
BW Capella
(1)


2022

DSME

LPG dual-fuel

91,286

Marshall Islands (Majuro)

Lloyds Register
BW Polaris
(1)


2022

DSME

Compliant fuel

91,285

Marshall Islands (Majuro)

Lloyds Register
BW Yushi

2020

Mitsubishi H.I.

Scrubber

83,315

Singapore

Nippon Kaiji Kyokai
BW Kizoku

2019

Mitsubishi H.I.

Scrubber

83,325

Singapore

Nippon Kaiji Kyokai
Doraji Gas

2017

Mitsubishi H.I.

Compliant fuel

83,319

Panama

Nippon Kaiji Kyokai
Gas Zenith

2017

Hyundai H.I.

Scrubber

82,439

Panama

Korean Register
Oriental King

2017

Hyundai H.I.

Compliant fuel

84,099

Hong Kong

DNV
Berge Nantong

2006

Hyundai H.I.

Compliant fuel

82,244

Hong Kong

DNV
Berge Ningbo

2006

Hyundai H.I.

Compliant fuel

82,252

Hong Kong

DNV
Total: 9 vessels














(1) Financed via lease financing agreements
VLGCs owned by BW India
(1)

















Year





Capacity



Classification
Name

Built

Shipyard

Propulsion

(CBM)

Flag

Society
BW Pine

2011

Kawasaki S.C.

Compliant fuel

80,156

India

Lloyds Register
BW Lord

2008

DSME

Compliant fuel

84,615

India

DNV
BW Loyalty

2008

DSME

Scrubber

84,601

India

Lloyds Register
BW Oak

2008

Hyundai H.I.

Compliant fuel

82,253

India

Lloyds Register
BY Tyr

2008

Hyundai H.I.

Compliant fuel

82,303

India

Lloyds Register
BW Birch

2007

Hyundai H.I.

Compliant fuel

82,303

India

Indian Register of Shipping
BW Cedar

2007

Hyundai H.I

Compliant fuel

82,260

India

Lloyds Register
BW Elm

2007

Hyundai H.I.

Compliant fuel

82,291

India

Lloyds Register
Total: 8 vessels















Graphics
49
The Group invests significant resources in R&D and technology to drive energy efficiency and reduce emissions. One of the
Group’s most significant initiatives was to pioneer the use of LPG dual-fuel propulsion engines. Seventeen of the Group’s LPG
vessels have LPG dual-fuel propulsion technology onboard, allowing the Group to serve customers with a low emissions profile. The
Group also offers vessels that are equipped with scrubber technology that reduces harmful elements in exhaust gases.
During 2020-2022, 15 retrofitted VLGCs were delivered to BW LPG. Retrofitting offers significant environmental and economic
benefits. Compared with a newbuild, retrofitting an existing ship emits 97% less carbon during construction, takes two months (versus
two years) to complete, and does not add potentially unneeded shipping capacity to the market. Retrofitting an existing vessel
typically costs an estimated US$8-9 million, compared to an estimated US$120 million to order a newbuild with the same technology.
Technical Management of the Fleet
Technical ship management involves the comprehensive operation and maintenance of vessels in all aspect on behalf of the
owner. It encompasses key services such as vessel registration, technical expertise, ship maintenance, crew management, compliance,
budgeting, procurement, environmental and safety management. Dedicated technical teams ensure efficient operations by managing
inspections, certifications, safety systems, and drydocking in alignment with international standards.
Ship management companies optimize operations by capitalizing on their extensive networks, advanced systems like Planned
Maintenance Systems (PMS), and Safety Management Systems (SMS) to reduce costs and enhance safety and efficiency. They
coordinate complex logistics, ensure timely procurement of spares and consumables, and maintain regulatory compliance to prevent
delays and detentions.
The Group prioritizes having its inhouse technical team (BW LPG Fleet Management AS, a Group subsidiary) provide technical
management for its dual fuel vessels. The remaining vessels are managed by third-party technical managers pursuant to technical
management agreements. The Group does not technically manage vessels that the Group does not own, including time chartered-in
vessels and pooled-in vessels, i.e. vessels that are commercially operated by BW LPG through a pooling arrangement where vessel
owners place their vessels with BW LPG, which acts as the commercial manager to secure vessels deployment.
The Group believes that the quality of its vessels is one of the main reasons why the Group has been able to retain many of the
world’s largest oil and gas companies among its customers. The Group uses its resources to furnish its vessels with the most reliable
equipment available at the time of building, and continues to maintain them and, when required, upgrade them to keep them
competitive in the market. The Group has in place a maintenance programme designed to ensure a high standard of maintenance
throughout a vessel’s lifetime.
Commercial Management of the Fleet
Commercial management of the fleet involves deployment in the market through a number of different arrangements. The Group
typically enters into voyage charters, time charters and CoAs. See “Item 4. Information on the Company — 4.B. Business Overview —
Market Overview — LPG Shipping — Shipping earnings.”
The Group’s Commercial department operates the pool arrangement described below, including the scheduling of vessels,
budgeting and accounting for pool participants. The department is responsible for the development and marketing of the LPG vessels
the Group operates, negotiating contracts directly with the Group’s clients as well as through shipbrokers. Contracts are negotiated and
concluded by the Group’s chartering and commercial development department under instructions and authority from the Chief
Executive Officer. The department is also responsible for chartering in tonnage for arbitrage profit as well as actively seeking
opportunities to enlarge the fleet by acquiring tonnage, bringing in pool participants, placing newbuild orders, or through other
commercial arrangements.



Graphics
50
Pool Arrangement
BW LPG operates a pooling arrangement where vessels are in a pool operated by BW LPG to secure vessel deployment and
facilitate the operation and utilisation of the fleet. As commercial manager of the pool, the Group receives a fee for all vessels that
participate in the pool. The pool includes vessels owned and/or operated by the Group, except that time chartered-out vessels with
time charter durations longer than one year are currently excluded from the pool. BW India’s vessels do not participate in the pooling
arrangements. External pool participants include Exmar and Sinogas Maritime.
Under a typical pool arrangement, the manager of the pool markets the vessels as a single, cohesive fleet, operating them on spot
voyages. The pools the Group participates in are marketing and revenue sharing arrangements under which each participating vessel
receives “pool points.” Earnings from the pool are distributed among the pool participants according to these pool points. The pool
points are calculated based on a pre-agreed template and allocated to the vessels participating in the relevant pool and are revised from
time to time based on each vessel’s speed, fuel consumption and other technical and operational parameters. A shipping pool thus acts
as a single entity in the allocation of its vessels to meet the various contracts that it has entered into. The pool manager is responsible
for all the voyage expenses for pool activities, such as bunker fuel costs, port charges and canal dues. Such costs are deducted from
pool revenue prior to distribution to pool members. All other operating costs, such as manning, insurance, loan repayments and
maintenance are paid for by the respective pool participant.
The pool manager prepares and distributes reports to the other participants monthly and/or quarterly and at the end of the year.
These reports contain information regarding the pool’s revenue, costs, any off-hire days and cash to be distributed to the participants.
Payment is normally made monthly to each owner. Participants can remove vessels from the pool, subject to a reasonable amount of
notice period by providing prior written notice to the other participants, or upon expiry of an employment contract of the vessel, if
entered into prior to such notice.
The pool income is divided on the basis of the respective vessel’s pool points reflecting each vessel’s relative earnings potential.
Pool income is distributed on a monthly basis to the respective pool participant.
Time Chartered-ins
The following table presents certain information with respect to the chartered-in VLGCs in the Group’s fleet as of 31
December 2024.




































Next





Last


Chartered-







Time to

Age at

strike

Time to

Age at

strike


in



Extension



next

next

price

last

last

price


(US$’000



option

Purchase

strike

strike

(US$

strike

strike

(US$
Name

per month)

Expiry date

period

option

(year)

(year)

million)

(year)

(years)

million)
Berge Nantong

850

31/12/2025



N/A












Berge Ningbo

850

31/12/2025



N/A












BW Kizoku

750

29/11/2026

1+1+1 year

Yes

2024

5

70

2026

10

50
BW Yushi

750

13/2/2027

1+1+1 year

Yes

2025

5

70

2027

10

70
Gas Zenith

950

25/10/2025



N/A












Oriental King

1,450

1/2/2026



N/A












Doraji Gas

1,040

17/1/2026



N/A













BW India Fleet
The BW India fleet consists of eight vessels, with seven deployed on time charters to Indian oil majors and one vessel operated in
the spot market. BW India’s vessels do not participate in the pooling arrangements. The eight vessels are technically and
commercially managed by BW Global United LPG India.


Graphics
51
Operations
The Group’s Operations department is responsible for monitoring the performance of the vessels the Group operates and that
these vessels are deployed in compliance with the terms and conditions of the applicable charter contracts. Each vessel that the Group
operates is assigned a designated operator and demurrage claims analyst to ensure that voyage orders, cargo documentation, freight
and demurrage payments are as agreed and settled in a timely manner. The designated operators are responsible for communicating on
a daily basis with agents, charterers and vessels as well as monitoring the vessels’ bunker situation and obtaining bunker fuel.
While operational and technical quality is an integral part of the Group’s operations, the Marine department is responsible for
overseeing the vetting and inspection programme for the Group’s owned vessels (except vessels that are technically managed by third
parties), which the Group operates in a manner intended to protect the safety and health of its employees, the general public and the
environment. The Group actively manages the risks inherent in its business and is committed to eliminating incidents that threaten
safety, such as groundings, fires, collisions and petroleum spills. The Group’s total quality management system has been fully
electronically operated onboard all vessels since over ten years ago. The Operations department works hand in hand with the Marine
department to ensure validity of ship’s trading certificates and approvals.
Customers/Charterers
The Group’s assessment of a customer’s financial condition and reliability is a key factor in negotiating employment for the
Group’s vessels. Counterparties are revalidated on a quarterly basis, with new customers appraised before embarking upon
commercial relations. The Group seeks to charter its vessels to international oil companies and national oil companies, as well as
trading and utility companies. In 2024, the Group’s top five Shipping customers by revenue included Vitol, Hindustan Petroleum
Corporation Limited, Aramco Trading Company, Abu Dhabi Marine International Chartering and Indian Oil Corporation,
representing an aggregate of 40.8% of the Group’s Revenue — Shipping.
Competition
The Group’s business performance fluctuates in line with the main patterns of trade of LPG cargo and varies according to changes
in the supply of and demand for transportation of this cargo. The LPG market is highly competitive and based primarily on supply of
cargo and vessel availability. The Group competes for charters on the basis of price, vessel location, size, age and condition of the
vessel, as well as on its reputation as an owner and operator. The Group’s main competitors in 2024 included Dorian LPG, Petredec
and Avance Gas (Avance Gas since exited the VLGC market).
BW India
Since its establishment in 2017, BW India has grown to become India’s largest owner and operator of VLGCs by total fleet
capacity as of 31 December 2024. As of 31 December 2024, BW India had eight LPG vessels. BW India’s fleet is Indian-flagged and
Indian-operated to facilitate business transactions in alignment with the Padmanabha Bharat scheme (translated as domestic self-
reliance). According to data from Vortexa, BW India’s fleet carried approximately 19% of LPG imports into India from January 2024
to December 2024. and had approximately a 30% share of the time-charter market by the end of 2024, according to Sentosa
Shipbrokers, based on number of time chartered VLGC vessels.
Product Services
Product Services provides customers with integrated LPG delivery services by purchasing LPG and delivering it directly to
customers. Product Services enables end-customers to secure LPG supply at the final point of consumption thereby eliminating the
need to handle shipping and associated risks. This allows customers to avoid the need to purchase LPG on a FOB basis (Free on
Board), if preferred, charter a vessel and manage associated transport operations. Product Services can provide tailor-made pricing
depending on customers’ specific consumption needs. For example, it can offer its petrochemical customers a price for LPG fixed as
a percentage of an index price for Naphtha, which allows customers to easily compare the LPG price with the price of their alternative
feedstock. Furthermore, as Product Services’ prices are fixed by reference to the time of delivery, rather than to the time of loading
(with a typical gap of 35 days between the two for customers in Asia), customers can benefit from prices that are much closer to the
actual consumption period.


Graphics
52
Prior to the acquisition of Vilma Oil Trading in November 2022, Product Services was solely operated to enhance and optimise
the utilisation of the BW LPG operated vessels. The division operated under strict mandates such as stop loss limits, and it could only
employ internal charters from Shipping to transport the LPG cargo to its customers. After the acquisition of Vilma Oil Trading in
November 2022, Product Services has operated under a new trading mandate where the trading activities are assessed and monitored
based on risk limits such as value-at-risk levels, margin and working capital requirements. Product Services is able to generate
margins by taking advantage of arbitrage opportunities in the global LPG market. It is able to take advantage of time differences, as
well as differences between cost pricing indexes at source and freight and operations costs on the one hand and sales pricing indexes at
the discharge location on the other hand. Currently, approximately 70% of Product Services’ traded volume is sourced from North
America, with the majority being shipped to Asia and the balance to Europe, the Mediterranean and South America. Its traded volume
is also sourced from North and West Africa and the Middle East and shipped to India and Asia.
Product Services uses derivatives quoted on the main commodity exchanges to both hedge the underlying risks and extract and
enhance margins between the physical product and freight indexes. Its activities are also supported by the use of proprietary developed
software with sophisticated algorithms that analyses vessel/ cargo movements, supply and demand volumes, as well as other market
variables.
Product Services’ sales are managed by an experienced and skilled team that continuously engages with customers through calls,
message applications, face-to-face meetings and industry events. It aims to identify new clients who recognise the value-added
services provided by Product Services.
Product Services enters into the following types of contracts with customers:
• Long-term supply contracts, whereby a specified number of cargo deliveries is made over an agreed timeframe. These
contracts may be concluded by direct negotiations with the counterparty, via a broker or a tender initiated by the
counterparty. Long-term contracts are based on an industry published index plus/minus a pre-agreed premium/discount.
• Spot sales contracts, whereby a single cargo is delivered in a specified date range. These contracts are concluded by direct
negotiations with the counterparty, via a broker or standardised contracts
Product Services has CoAs with Shipping, pursuant to which Product Services commits to utilise the fleet for a minimum number
of voyages or voyage hours over an agreed time frame. Such CoAs form the foundation of Product Services’ fleet utilisation. Product
Services may also time chartered-in vessels from third parties.
Customers
In 2024, the top five customers of Product Services by revenue were Gunvor SA, SK Gas, E1 Corporation, Asia Chemical
Trading and CPC Corporation, which together represented 45.4% of the Group’s Revenue – Product Services.
Competition
The principal competitors of Product Services are traditional trading companies, including Vitol, Trafigura, Mercuria, Gunvor and
Glencore.
Seasonality
See “Item 5. Operating and Financial Review and Prospects — 5.A. Operating Results — Key Factors Affecting the Group’s
Results of Operations and Financial Position — Seasonality.”


Graphics
53
Insurance
The operation of any ocean-going vessel represents a potential risk of major losses and liabilities, death or injury of persons, as
well as property damage caused by adverse weather conditions, mechanical failures, human error, war, terrorism, piracy and other
circumstances or events. In addition, the transportation of gas is subject to the risk of pollution and to business interruptions due to
political unrest, hostilities, labour strikes and boycotts. The occurrence of any of these events may result in loss of revenue or
increased costs. See also “Item 3. Key Information — 3.D. Risk Factors — Risks Related to the Industry in which the Group
Operates — Shipping is a business with inherent risks and the Group’s own insurance may not be adequate to cover the Group’s
losses.”
As an integral part of operating the Group’s gas carriers, the Group maintains “Hull Insurance” under an All Risk Policy on
Nordic Conditions with first class international insurance carriers and “Protection and Indemnity” (“P&I”) insurance with P&I
Associations who are members of the International Group of P&I Clubs. Hull insurance covers, among other things, loss of or damage
to a vessel, its machinery and equipment where the loss is caused by a marine peril which includes grounding, collision, crew
negligence and adverse weather conditions. The typical average deductible is US$150,000 and applies to non-total loss claims. All
vessels are covered against total loss, with each vessel insured at no less than fair market value. P&I insurance indemnifies the ship
owner against third-party liability exposures which arise out of the operation of its vessels. P&I liabilities include injury to the
Group’s crew or third parties, cargo loss, wreck removal and pollution. Collision and fixed and floating liabilities such as dock
damage are covered under the Hull policy with excess risks defaulting to P&I where a claim exceeds the hull value of the ship. The
current limit for pollution cover is US$1 billion per vessel per incident. The Group also carries insurances covering war risks,
including piracy and terrorism and cyber buyback.
The Group believes that its current insurance programme, as described above, is adequate to protect the Group against the
majority of accident-related risks involved in the conduct of its business, including pollution liability and environmental damage.
However, there can be no assurance that the range of risks the Group is exposed to is adequately insured against, that any particular
claim will be paid or that the Group in the future will be able to procure similar adequate insurance coverage at the terms and
conditions equal to those the Group currently has. More stringent environmental and passenger liability regulations have resulted in
increased exposures and insurance costs and may in certain circumstances be difficult to insure or even become uninsurable. The
Group’s goal is to maintain an adequate insurance coverage required by its marine operations and to actively monitor any new
regulations and threats that may require the Group to revise its coverage.
Environmental, Health and Safety Matters
The Group’s corporate values and ethical guidelines make health, safety and environment responsibility an integral facet of its
business. The Group aspires to Zero Harm to people, environment, cargo and vessel and works continuously to raise both personal
safety and process safety awareness. The Group’s Quality Management System’s approach is therefore to safeguard people,
environment, cargo and vessel through implementation of the Group’s values, policies, processes and procedures. The Quality
Management System shall be in accordance with applicable laws and regulations in addition to industry and the Group’s own best
practices. This will change and develop; the Group’s Management System is therefore dynamic and will be continually improved.
The Group emphasises that safety is a corporate priority. To achieve the Group’s aspiration of Zero Harm and to ensure continual
improvement, the Group will motivate each individual to maintain and further develop their professional skills and continue to focus
on programmes to develop competence. The Group has established a set of HSEQ performance indicators with targets which are
regularly monitored and followed up. See also “Item 3. Key Information — 3.D. Risk Factors — Risks Related to the Group’s
Operations — Compliance with environmental laws or regulations may have an adverse effect on the Group’s results of operations.”
Infrastructure Projects
On 30 November 2023, the Group announced that it had agreed to establish a joint venture with Confidence, BW Confidence
Enterprise Private Limited (“BW Confidence”), to explore investment opportunities in onshore LPG import infrastructure.



Graphics
54
In 2024, the Group established an office in Dubai to focus on Infrastructure investments, monitor its 8.5% shareholding
investment in Confidence, and develop an LPG onshore import terminal at Jawaharlal Nehru Port Association (“JNPA”) Port in Navi
Mumbai, India. Pursuant to an agreement signed between BW Confidence and Ganesh Benzoplast Limited, both parties will fund the
construction of the largest cryogenic LPG storage terminal facility at JNPA Port. BW Confidence will own 55% ownership stake in
the JNPA terminal facility with construction expected to commence in 2025.
Regulatory Overview
General
The Group’s business and the operation of the Group’s vessels are subject to extensive environmental, health and safety
regulations, including various international treaties and conventions and the applicable local, national and subnational laws and
regulations of the countries in which its vessels operate or are registered. Such laws and regulations cover a variety of topics,
including, but not limited to, the discharge of pollutants into the air and water, waste management, the generation, use, storage,
transportation, treatment and disposal of hazardous materials and wastes, protection of natural resources, the cleanup of contaminated
sites, the cleanup of the environment from oil spills and protection of worker health and safety, and might require the Group to obtain
governmental or quasi-governmental permits, licenses and certificates before the Group may operate its vessels or conduct certain
activities. Failure to comply with these laws or to obtain the necessary business and technical permits, licenses and certificates could
result in sanctions including suspension and/or freezing of the business and responsibility for all damages arising from any violation.
Governments may also periodically revise their environmental laws and regulations or adopt new ones, and the effects of new or
revised laws and regulations on the Group’s operations cannot be predicted. Although the Group believes that it is substantially in
compliance with applicable environmental laws and regulations and has all permits, licenses and certificates required for its vessels,
future non-compliance or failure to maintain necessary permits or approvals could require the Group to incur substantial costs or
temporarily suspend the operation of one or more of the Group’s vessels. There can be no assurance that additional significant costs
and liabilities will not be incurred to comply with such current and future laws and regulations, or that such laws and regulations will
not have a material effect on the Group’s operations. Similar or more stringent laws may also apply to the Group’s customers,
including oil & gas exploration and production companies, which may impact demand for the Group’s services.
Key international environmental treaties and conventions as well as US environmental laws and regulations that apply to the
operation of the Group’s vessels are described below. Other countries, including member countries of the EU, in which the Group
operates or in which the Group’s vessels are registered, have or may in the future have laws and regulations that are similar to, or more
stringent than, the US laws referenced below.
International maritime regulations of vessels
A particularly significant organisation in the shipping industry is the IMO, the United Nations agency for maritime safety and the
prevention of pollution by vessels. The IMO has adopted a number of regulations relating to the prevention of pollution by vessels,
including the International Convention for the Prevention of Pollution from Ships 1973, as modified by the Protocol of 1978 relating
thereto (collectively, “MARPOL”) which establishes environmental standards relating to oil leakage and oil spills, garbage
management, sewage, air emissions, handling and disposal of noxious liquids and the handling of harmful substances in packaged
forms. MARPOL is applicable to drybulk, tanker and LNG carriers, among other vessels. Additionally, IMO has adopted the
International Convention for the Safety of Life at Sea 1974, as amended (“SOLAS”) which is intended to specify minimum standards
for the construction, equipment, and operations of ships. The SOLAS Convention was amended to address the safe manning of vessels
and emergency training drills. The Convention of Limitation of Liability for Maritime Claims (the “LLMC”) sets limitations of
liability for a loss of life or personal injury claim or a property claim against ship owners. An important entity within IMO is the
Marine Environment Protection Committee (“MEPC”) which is the entity addressing environmental issues under IMO. MEPC holds
two sessions a year and a reference to, for example, MEPC 80 is a reference to MEPC’s 80th session. Among other requirements, the
International Management Code for the Safe Operation of Ships and for Pollution Prevention (the “ISM Code”) requires the owner
and the party with operational control of a vessel to develop an extensive safety management system and the adoption of a policy for
safety and environmental protection setting forth instructions and procedures for operating its vessels safely and also describing
procedures for responding to emergencies.


Graphics
55
In 2012, the MEPC adopted a resolution amending the International Code for the Construction and Equipment of Ships Carrying
Dangerous Chemicals in Bulk (the “IBC Code”). The provisions of the IBC Code are mandatory under MARPOL and the SOLAS
Convention. These amendments, which entered into force in June 2014 and took effect on 1 January 2021, pertain to revised
international certificates of fitness for the carriage of dangerous chemicals in bulk and identifying new products that fall under the IBC
Code.
In 2013, the MEPC adopted a resolution amending MARPOL Annex I Condition Assessment Scheme (“CAS”). These
amendments became effective on 1 October 2014, and require compliance with the 2011 International Code on the Enhanced
Programme of Inspections during Surveys of Bulk Carriers and Oil Tankers, or “ESP Code,” which provides for enhanced inspection
programmes.
The IMO continues to review and introduce new regulations. It is impossible to predict what additional regulations, if any, may be
passed by the IMO and what effect, if any, such regulation may have on the Group’s operations. Non-compliance with the ISM Code
or other applicable IMO regulations may subject a shipowner or a bareboat charterer to increased liability or penalties, may lead to
decreases in available insurance coverage for affected vessels and may result in the denial of access to, or detention in, some ports.
Emissions
The IMO’s MARPOL imposes environmental standards on the shipping industry relating to marine pollution, including oil spills,
management of garbage, the handling and disposal of noxious liquids, sewage and air emissions. Regulation 12A of Annex I relating
to oil leakage or spilling applies to various vessels delivered on or after 1 August 2010 with an aggregate oil fuel capacity of 600 CBM
and above. It includes requirements for the protected location of the fuel tanks, performance standards for accidental oil fuel outflow,
a tank capacity limit and certain other maintenance, inspection and engineering standards. IMO regulations also require owners and
operators of vessels to adopt Shipboard Oil Pollution Emergency Plans. Periodic training and drills for response personnel and for
vessels and their crews are required.
MARPOL 73/78 Annex VI regulations for the “Prevention of Air Pollution from Ships” apply to all vessels, fixed and floating
drilling rigs and other floating platforms. Annex VI sets limits on sulphur oxide and nitrogen oxide emissions from vessel exhausts,
emissions of volatile compounds from cargo tanks, shipboard incineration of specific substances (such as polychlorinated biphenyls,
or “PCBs”), and prohibits deliberate emissions of ozone depleting substances (such as certain halons and chlorofluorocarbons). Annex
VI also includes a global cap on sulphur content of fuel oil and allows for special areas to be established with more stringent controls
on sulphur emissions. Regarding the Group’s vessels, International Air Pollution Certificates (“IAPP Certificates”) have been issued
to vessels of more than 400 gross tonnes and engaged in international voyages involving countries that have ratified the conventions,
or vessels flying the flag of those countries.
The MEPC adopted amendments to Annex VI regarding emissions of sulfur oxide, nitrogen oxide, particulate matter and ozone
depleting substances, which entered into force on 1 July 2010. The amended Annex VI seeks to further reduce air pollution by, among
other things, implementing a progressive reduction of the amount of sulfur contained in any fuel oil used on board ships. As of 1
January 2020, an upper limit of sulfur content of ship’s fuel oil was reduced to 0.5% from a previous 3.5% under the so-called
IMO2020 regulation prescribed in MARPOL. Ships may limit their air pollutants by using compliant fuels such as VLSFO or marine
gas oil (“MGO”), by installing exhaust gas cleaning systems (scrubbers), or by using alternative fuels with low or zero sulfur contents
such as liquified natural gas or biofuels. In certain areas, so called emission control areas (“ECAs”), the upper limit of sulfur content
is reduced to 0.1%. ECAs include certain coastal areas of North America, the United States Caribbean Sea, the Baltic Sea and the
North Sea. With effect from 1 May 2025, the Mediterranean Sea has been designated as an ECA. With effect from 1 March 2027, the
upper limit of sulfur content is reduced to 0.10% in Canadian Arctic ECA and the Norwegian sea ECA.
Amended Annex VI also establishes new tiers of stringent nitrogen oxide emissions standards for marine diesel engines,
depending on their date of installation. At the MEPC meeting held from March to April 2014, amendments to Annex VI were adopted
which address the date on which Tier III Nitrogen Oxide (“NOx”) standards in ECAs will go into effect. Under the amendments, Tier
III NOx standards apply to ships that operate in the North American and US Caribbean Sea ECAs designed for the control of NOx
produced by vessels with a marine diesel engine installed and constructed on or after 1 January 2016. Tier III requirements could
apply to areas that will be designated for Tier III NOx in the future. At MEPC 70 and MEPC 71, the MEPC approved the North Sea
and Baltic Sea as ECAs for nitrogen oxide for ships built on or after 1 January 2021. The EPA promulgated equivalent (and in some
senses stricter) emissions standards in 2010.


Graphics
56
Additionally, the IMO adopted draft amendments to MARPOL Annex I to, with effect from 1 July 2024, prohibiting the use, or
carrying for use, HFO in Arctic waters. IMO’s MEPC 77 adopted a non-binding resolution which urged Member States and ship
operators to voluntarily use distillate or other cleaner alternative fuels or methods of propulsion that are safe for ships and could
contribute to the reduction of Black Carbon emissions from ships when operating in or near the Arctic. The Group’s LPG vessels have
achieved compliance with sulfur emission standards, where necessary, by being modified to burn low sulfur gas oil in their boilers
when alongside a berth.
US air emissions standards are now equivalent to these amended Annex VI requirements. Additional or new conventions, laws
and regulations may be adopted that could require the installation of expensive emission control systems. Because the Group’s LPG
vessels are largely powered by means other than High Sulphur fuel oil, the Group does not anticipate that any emission limits that may
be promulgated will require it to incur any material costs for the operation of its vessels, but that possibility cannot be eliminated.
Clean Air Act
The US Clean Air Act of 1970 (including its amendments of 1977 and 1990) (the “CAA”) requires the Environmental Protection
Agency (the “EPA”) to promulgate standards applicable to emissions of volatile organic compounds and other air contaminants. The
Group’s LPG vessels are subject to vapor control and recovery requirements for certain cargos when loading, unloading, ballasting,
cleaning and conducting other operations in regulated port areas and emission standards for so-called “Category 3” marine diesel
engines operating in US waters. Previous marine diesel engine emission standards for Category 3 engines were adopted in 2003.
These Tier 1 standards are equivalent to MARPOL Annex VI NOx limits and were limited to new engines beginning with the 2004
model year. On 30 April 2010, the EPA promulgated final emission standards for Category 3 marine diesel engines equivalent to those
adopted in the amendments to Annex VI to MARPOL. The emission standards were applied in two stages: near-term standards for
newly built engines apply from 2011, and long-term standards requiring an 80% reduction in nitrogen dioxides, or NOx, apply from
2016. A further stage of reductions, known as “Tier 4” standards, has also been developed and implemented. Separately, in
December 2019, the EPA published a final rule concerning national diesel fuel regulations that allow fuel suppliers to distribute
distillate diesel fuel that complies with the 0.5% international sulphur cap instead of fuel standards that otherwise apply to distillate
diesel fuel in the United States. Fuel that does not meet the 0.5% sulphur cap cannot be used in ECA boundaries.
Anti-Fouling Systems
Anti-fouling Systems (“AFS”), such as paint or surface treatment, are used to coat the bottom of vessels to prevent the attachment
of molluscs and other sea life to the hulls of vessels. The Group’s LPG vessels are subject to the IMO’s International Convention on
the Control of Harmful Anti-fouling Systems (“Anti-fouling Convention”), which prohibits the use of organic compound coatings in
anti-fouling systems. Vessels of over 400 gross tonnes (excluding fixed and floating platforms, FSUs and FPSOs) engaged in
international voyages must obtain an International AFS Certificate and undergo an initial survey before the vessel is put into service or
when the AFS are altered or replaced. In June 2021, the MEPC formally adopted amendments to the Anti-fouling Convention to
prohibit AFS containing cybutryne for all vessels. From 1 January 2023, for all vessels of over 400 gross tonnes engaged in
international voyages (subject to certain exclusions) already bearing such AFS shall either remove the AFS or apply a coating that
forms a barrier to this substance leaching from the underlying non-compliant AFS, at the next scheduled renewal of the systems after
that date, but no later than 60 months following the last application to the vessels of AFS containing cybutryne. The Group has
obtained AFS Certificates for all of its vessels, and the Group does not believe that maintaining such certificates will have an adverse
financial impact on the operation of its vessels.
Biofouling
The IMO’s MEPC has adopted guidelines for the control and management of ships’ biofouling to minimise the transfer of
invasive aquatic species, the most recent update being in July 2023. The 2023 guidelines focused on operational considerations such
as the selection and installation of AFS and the re- installation, re-application or repair of the AFS, as well as guidance on maritime
growth prevention systems (“MGPS”). The guidelines include certain requirements as to the frequency of biofouling inspections or
inspection dates (or date ranges) for in-water inspections by organisations, crew or personnel who are competent during the in-service
period of the vessel. These inspections should be based on the ship-specific biofouling risk profile, including inspection as a
contingency action, and specified in the Biofouling Management Plan (“BFMP”) under the responsibility of shipowners, ship
operators and shipmasters. The 2023 guidelines also provide updates to information to be included in a BFMP and biofouling
management record book.


Graphics
57
A biofouling rating based on the type and extent of biofouling as well as the condition of the AFS and the functioning of any
MGPS will be determined by each biofouling inspection. The determined rating scale provides a recommendation on the type of
cleaning that should take place should biofouling of a certain rating be present.
Oil Pollution Act and The Comprehensive Environmental Response Compensation and Liability Act
The US Oil Pollution Act of 1990 (“OPA”) established an extensive regulatory and liability regime for the protection and cleanup
of the environment from oil spills. OPA affects all owners and operators whose vessels trade or operate within the United States, its
territories and possessions, or whose vessels operate in the waters of the United States, which includes the US territorial seas and its
200 nautical mile exclusive economic zone around the United States. The Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation,
and Liability Act (“CERCLA”) applies to the discharge of hazardous substances whether on land or at sea. OPA and CERCLA both
define “owner and operator” in the case of a vessel as any person owning, operating or chartering by demise, the vessel. Both OPA
and CERCLA impact the Group’s operations.
Under OPA, vessel owners and operators, are “responsible parties” and are jointly, severally and strictly liable (unless the spill
results solely from the act or omission of a third party, an act of God or an act of war) for all containment and clean-up costs and other
damages arising from discharges or threatened discharges of oil from their vessels, including bunkers (fuel). An oil spill could result in
significant liability, including fines, penalties, criminal liability and remediation costs for natural resource damages as well as third-
party damages, including punitive damages.
The limits of OPA liability are the greater of US$2,500 per gross tonne or US$21,521,00 for any tanker, other than single-hull
tank vessels, over 3,000 gross tonnes (subject to possible adjustment for inflation). These limits of liability do not apply, however,
where the incident is caused by violation of applicable US federal safety, construction or operating regulations, or by the responsible
party’s gross negligence or wilful misconduct. These limits likewise do not apply if the responsible party fails or refuses to report the
incident or to cooperate and assist in connection with the substance removal activities. OPA specifically permits individual states to
impose their own liability regimes with regard to oil pollution incidents occurring within their boundaries, and some states have
enacted legislation providing for unlimited liability for discharge of pollutants within their waters.
CERCLA, which also applies to owners and operators of vessels, contains a similar liability regime and provides for recovery of
clean up and removal costs and the imposition of natural resource damages for releases of “hazardous substances,” which, as defined
in CERCLA, excludes petroleum, including crude oil or any fraction thereof. Liability under CERCLA is limited to the greater of
US$300 per gross tonne or US$0.5 million for each release from vessels not carrying hazardous substances as cargo or residue, and
the greater of US$300 per gross tonne or US$5 million for each release from vessels carrying hazardous substances as cargo or
residue. As with OPA, these limits of liability do not apply where the incident is caused by violation of applicable US federal safety,
construction or operating regulations, or by the responsible party’s gross negligence or wilful misconduct or if the responsible party
fails or refuses to report the incident or to cooperate and assist in connection with the substance removal activities. OPA and CERCLA
each preserve the right to recover damages under existing law, including state and maritime tort law. The Group believes that it is in
substantial compliance with OPA, CERCLA and all applicable state regulations in the ports where the Group’s vessels call.
OPA and CERCLA both require owners and operators of vessels to establish and maintain with the US Coast Guard (the
“USCG”) evidence of financial responsibility sufficient to meet the maximum amount of liability to which the particular responsible
person may be subject. Under OPA regulations, an owner or operator of more than one vessel is required to demonstrate evidence of
financial responsibility for the entire fleet in an amount equal only to the financial responsibility requirement of the vessel having the
greatest maximum liability under OPA/CERCLA. Each of the Group’s ship owning subsidiaries that has vessels trading in US waters
has applied for and obtained from the US Coast Guard National Pollution Funds Center three-year certificates of financial
responsibility (“COFRs”), supported by guarantees purchased from an insurance-based provider. The Group believes that it will be
able to continue to obtain the requisite guarantees and that it will continue to be granted COFRs from the USCG for each of its vessels
that is required to have one.
Compliance with any new requirements of OPA and future legislation or regulations applicable to the operation of the Group’s
vessels could impact the cost of the Group’s operations and adversely affect its business and ability to make distributions to its
shareholders. The Group currently maintains pollution liability coverage insurance in the amount of US$1 billion per incident for each
of its vessels. If the damages from a catastrophic spill were to exceed the Group’s insurance coverage, it could have an adverse effect
on the Group’s business and results of operation.


Graphics
58
CLC/Bunker Convention/CLC State Certificate
The IMO adopted the International Convention on Civil Liability for Oil Pollution Damage of 1969, as amended by different
Protocols in 1976, 1984, and 1992, and amended in 2000 (the “CLC”). Under the CLC and depending on whether the country in
which the damage results is a party to the 1992 Protocol to the CLC, a vessel’s registered owner may be strictly liable, for pollution
damage caused in the territorial waters of a contracting state by discharge of persistent oil, subject to certain exceptions. The 1992
Protocol changed certain limits on liability, expressed using the International Monetary Fund currency unit, the Special Drawing
Rights. The limits on liability have since been amended so that the compensation limits on liability were raised. The right to limit
liability is forfeited under the CLC where the spill is caused by the shipowner’s actual fault and under the 1992 Protocol where the
spill is caused by the shipowner’s intentional or reckless act or omission where the shipowner knew pollution damage would probably
result. The CLC requires ships over 2,000 tons covered by it to maintain insurance covering the liability of the owner in a sum
equivalent to an owner’s liability for a single incident.
IMO also adopted the International Convention on Civil Liability for Bunker Oil Pollution Damage 2001 (the “Bunker
Convention”) provides a liability, compensation and compulsory insurance system for the victims of oil pollution damage caused by
spills of bunker oil. The Bunker Convention imposes strict liability on shipowners (including the registered owner, bareboat charterer,
manager or operator) for pollution damage in jurisdictional waters of ratifying states caused by discharges of bunker fuel. Registered
owners of any sea going vessel and seaborne craft over 1,000 gross tonnage, of any type whatsoever, and registered in a state party, or
entering or leaving a port in the territory of a state party, are required to maintain insurance which meets the requirements of the
Bunker Convention and to obtain a certificate issued by a state party attesting that such insurance is in force. The state party-issued
certificate must be carried on board at all times. P&I Clubs in the International Group issue the required Bunker Convention “Blue
Cards” to provide evidence that there is insurance in place that meets the Bunker Convention requirements and thereby enable
signatory states to issue certificates. The Group’s LPG vessels have received “Blue Cards” from their P&I Club and are in possession
of a CLC State-issued certificate attesting that the required insurance cover is in force.
Ballast Water Management Convention, Clean Water Act and National Invasive Species Act
The IMO has negotiated international conventions that impose liability for pollution in international waters and the territorial
waters of the signatories to such conventions. The EPA and the USCG, have also enacted rules relating to ballast water discharge for
all vessels entering or operating in US waters. Compliance requires the installation of equipment on the Group’s vessels to treat ballast
water before it is discharged or the implementation of other port facility disposal arrangements or procedures at potentially substantial
cost, and/or otherwise restrict the Group’s vessels from entering US waters.
Ballast Water Management Convention
IMO adopted the International Convention for the Control and Management of Ships’ Ballast Water and Sediments (the “BWM
Convention”) in 2004. The BWM Convention entered into force on 8 September 2017. The BWM Convention requires ships to
manage their ballast water to remove, render harmless or avoid the uptake or discharge of new or invasive aquatic organisms and
pathogens within ballast water and sediments. The BWM Convention’s implementing regulations call for a phased introduction of
mandatory ballast water exchange requirements to be replaced in time with mandatory concentration limits. As of 31 December 2023,
the Group’s LPG vessels had installed ballast water treatment systems.
Clean Water Act
The US Clean Water Act (the “CWA”) prohibits the discharge of oil, hazardous substances and ballast water in US navigable
waters unless authorised by a duly issued permit or exemption and imposes strict liability in the form of penalties for any unauthorised
discharges. The CWA also imposes substantial liability for the costs of removal, remediation and damages and complements the
remedies available under OPA and CERCLA. In addition, many US states that border a navigable waterway have enacted
environmental pollution laws that impose strict liability on a person for removal costs and damages resulting from a discharge of oil or
a release of a hazardous substance. These laws may be more stringent than US federal law.



Graphics
59
The EPA regulates the discharge of ballast and bilge water and other substances in US waters under the CWA. The EPA
regulations historically have required vessels 79 feet in length or longer (other than commercial fishing vessels and recreational
vessels) to obtain and comply with a permit that regulates ballast water discharges and other discharges incidental to the normal
operation of certain vessels within US waters.
In March 2013, the EPA issued the Vessel General Permit for Discharges Incidental to the Normal Operation of Vessels
(“VGP”). The 2013 VGP focuses on authorizing discharges incidental to operations of commercial vessels and contains ballast water
discharge limits for most vessels to reduce the risk of invasive species in US waters, more stringent requirements for exhaust gas
scrubbers and the use of environmentally acceptable lubricants.
In December 2018, the Vessel Incidental Discharge Act (“VIDA”) amended the CWA Section 312(p) and restructured how the
EPA and the USCG regulated incidental discharges from commercial vessels into US waters. Specifically, VIDA gave the EPA
responsibility for establishing standards for the discharge of pollutants from vessels and the USCG responsibility for prescribing,
administering, and enforcing the standards. Under VIDA, VGP provisions and existing USCG regulations will be phased out over a
period of approximately four years and be replaced by National Standards of Performance (“NSPs”). However, the current 2013 VGP
scheme will remain in force until 2026, given that the USCG might spend the full two years to finalise the corresponding enforcement
standards.
National Invasive Species Act
The USCG regulations adopted under the US National Invasive Species Act (“NISA”) require the USCG’s approval of any
technology before it is placed on a vessel. As a result, the USCG has provided waivers to vessels which could not install the then as-
yet unapproved technology. Under the USCG rule on the Coast Guard’s ballast water management record-keeping requirements,
vessels with ballast tanks operating exclusively on voyages between ports or places within a single Captain of the Port zone are
required to submit an annual report of their ballast water management practices. Vessels may submit their reports after arrival at the
port of destination instead of prior to arrival. As discussed above, under VIDA, existing USCG ballast water management regulations
will be phased out over a period of approximately four years and replaced with NSPs to be developed by EPA and implemented and
enforced by the USCG (anticipated in 2026).
EU regulations
In October 2009, the EU amended a directive to impose criminal sanctions for illicit ship-source discharges of polluting
substances, including minor discharges, if committed with intent, recklessly or with serious negligence and the discharges individually
or in the aggregate result in deterioration of the quality of water. Aiding and abetting the discharge of a polluting substance may also
lead to criminal penalties. The directive applies to all types of vessels, irrespective of their flag, but certain exceptions apply to
warships or where human safety or that of the ship is in danger. Criminal liability for pollution may result in substantial penalties or
fines and increased civil liability claims.
In June 2023, the EU Commission presented legislative proposals to modernize EU rules on maritime safety and prevention of
water pollution; including extension of port state controls, proposals to prevent illegal discharges into European seas, including by
extending the scope of prohibitions to cover a wider range of polluting substances, and to strengthen the legal framework for penalties
and their application. The proposals have not yet been adopted but these, or other new regulations regarding water pollution, may have
an effect on the Group’s business in the future.
International Labour Organisation
The ILO is a specialised agency of the United Nations that has adopted the Maritime Labour Convention, 2006 as amended
(“MLC 2006”). A Maritime Labour Certificate and a Declaration of Maritime Labour Compliance is required to ensure compliance
with the MLC 2006 for all ships that are 500 gross tonnage or above and are either engaged in international voyages or flying the flag
of a member and operating from a port, or between ports, in another country. The MLC 2006 imposes obligations on owners that are
relevant to protection of seafarers during the COVID-19 pandemic. The Group believes that all its vessels are in substantial
compliance with and are certified to meet the MLC 2006.


Graphics
60
GHG regulations
Greenhouse Gasses
In the United States, the EPA issued a finding that GHGs endanger public health and safety and has adopted regulations that
regulate the emission of GHGs from certain sources. These regulations may include restrictions on certain oil and gas production or
stimulation techniques, standards to control methane and volatile organic compound emissions from new oil and gas facilities,
requirements for the installation and use of certain emissions control technologies, and other regulations that may adversely impact the
operations of the fossil fuel companies to whom the Group provides services, which may ultimately reduce demand for the Group’s
services. Regarding the Group’s own operations, the EPA enforces both the CAA and the international standards found in Annex VI
of MARPOL concerning marine diesel emissions, and the sulphur content found in marine fuel. Other federal and state regulations
relating to the control of GHG emissions may follow, including climate change initiatives that have been considered in the US
Congress. Notably, the United States rejoined the Paris Agreement in February 2021, and, in April 2021, announced a new, more
rigorous nationally determined emissions reduction level target of 50-52% reduction from 2005 levels in economy wide net GHG
pollution by 2030.
The EU has imposed a 0.1% maximum sulfur requirement for fuel used by ships at berth in the Baltic, the North Sea and the
English Channel (“SOx-Emission Control Area”) under Annex VI to MARPOL. As of January 2020, EU member states must also
ensure that ships in all EU waters, except the SOx-Emission Control Area, use fuels with a 0.5% maximum sulfur content.
In 2019, a consortium of shipping financiers launched the Poseidon Principles, a framework to assess and disclose the alignment
of ship finance portfolios with the climate-related goals of the IMO. While voluntary, signatories commit to implementing the
Poseidon Principles in their internal policies. Similarly, at the 26th Conference to the Parties of the United Nations Framework
Convention on Climate Change (“COP 26”), the Glasgow Financial Alliance for Net Zero (“GFANZ”) announced commitments from
a global coalition of leading financial institutions to accelerate decarbonisation of the economy. The various sub- alliances of GFANZ,
including the Net-Zero Banking Alliance of leading global banks, generally require participants to set targets to transition their
financing, investing, and/or underwriting activities to net zero emissions by 2050.
In late 2020, the US Federal Reserve Board announced that it had joined the Network for Greening the Financial System, a
consortium of financial regulators focused on addressing climate-related risks in the financial sector. Limitation of investments in and
financings for fossil fuel energy companies could result in the restriction, delay or cancellation of certain activities, which may
ultimately reduce demand for the Group’s services. Additionally, in March 2024, the SEC adopted rules requiring US-listed
companies to disclose extensive climate-related information, although in April 2024, the SEC issued an order voluntarily staying these
new climate-related disclosure rules following a number of legal challenges, and the outcome of these legal challenges remains
uncertain. In February 2025, the acting Chairman of the SEC asked the relevant court to pause the ongoing litigation over the climate-
related disclosure rules to provide the SEC with time to deliberate and determine the appropriate next steps. At the international level,
at COP 26, the United States and EU jointly announced the launch of the Global Methane Pledge, an initiative committing to a
collective goal of reducing global methane emissions by at least 30% from 2020 levels by 2030, including “all feasible reductions” in
the energy sector.
EEDI & EEXI
EEXI determines energy efficiency and CO2 emissions from the vessel’s operations based on its design parameters. From 1
January 2023, it became a requirement that vessels subject to the EEXI framework must have an attained EEXI value falling below an
allowable maximum value (the required EEXI). If a vessel’s EEXI does not satisfy the required EEXI, it is necessary to implement
countermeasures. EEXI supplements the Energy Efficiency Design Index (“EEDI”) which has been in force since 2013.
EEDI applies to newbuilds while EEXI applies to existing vessels. Certification of EEXI takes place at the first annual,
intermediate, or special survey on or after 1 January 2023. Compliance with EEXI must be documented by the issuance of the IEE
certificate. Shaft Power Limitation Systems (“ShaPoLi”) have been deployed for the Group’s LPG vessels requiring main engine
power reduction to attain EEXI compliance.


Graphics
61
SEEMP
As of 1 January 2013, certain measures relating to energy efficiency for ships were made mandatory under MARPOL. All ships
became required to develop and implement a Ship Energy Efficiency Management Plan (“SEEMP”). SEEMP was developed by the
IMO to support ships’ energy performance and efficiency objectives. SEEMP is split into three different parts, each of which includes
different requirements on vessel owners and vessel operators. The Group has completed and verified its SEEMP III plans for all
vessels.
CII
The CII requires vessels over 5,000 gross tonnes to quantify and report their carbon emissions from ongoing operations. CII
determines the annual reduction factor needed to improve the vessel’s operational carbon intensity. Based on the collected data, the
vessel is rated on a scale from A – E, where A is best. If a vessel is rated D for three consecutive years or E for one year, a corrective
action plan must be provided to indicate how an index of C or above will be reached. As of 31 December 2024, the Group’s LPG
vessels were all in compliance with the CII requirements.
EU Regulation on monitoring, reporting and verification of CO
2
emissions
In April 2015, Regulation (EU) 2015/757 of the European Parliament and of the EU Council on the monitoring, reporting and
verification of carbon dioxide emissions (“EU MRV”) from maritime transport and amending Directive 2009/16/EC was adopted. EU
MRV requires large vessels calling at EU ports to collect and publish data on CO
2
emissions and other information and requires
owners of vessels over 5,000 gross tonnes to monitor emissions for each ship on a per-voyage and annual basis from 1 January 2018.
Further, since 2019, all ships above 5,000 gross tonnes, regardless of flag state, calling at EU ports must submit a verified emissions
report to the European Commission and the vessel’s flag state by 30 April of each year, and by 30 June of each year vessels must carry
a valid document of compliance confirming compliance with Regulation (EU) 2015/757 for the prior reporting period.
EU Emissions Trading System
From 1 January 2024, the EU Emissions Trading System (“EU ETS”) has been extended to cover emissions from ships of 5,000
gross tonnes and above entering EU ports, regardless of flag state. The EU ETS is a “cap” and “trade” system providing for an
absolute, gradually decreasing, “cap” on total emissions. Under the EU ETS, shipowners will be required to submit 1 EU allowance
(“EUA”) for each ton of CO2 (or CO2-equivalent) they emit. The EU ETS is gradually phased in and as such, shipping companies
will be obligated to surrender EUAs in 2025 for 40% of their emissions reported in 2024, in 2026 for 70% of their emissions reported
in 2025 and from 2027 for 100% of their reported emissions in the previous year. The obligation to surrender EUAs will generally rest
with the vessel’s registered owner, however the obligation can be delegated contractually. If a shipping company does not surrender
the required EUAs, they will be liable to pay a penalty and may be published as a non-complying shipping company.
FuelEU Maritime Regulation
The European Parliament and the Council of the European Union have adopted Regulation (EU) 2023/1805 on the use of renewable
and low-carbon fuels in maritime transport, and amending Directive 2009/16/EC (“FuelEU Maritime Regulation”). This Regulation
was adopted on 13 September 2023 and became effective on 12 October 2023. Shipping companies must submit a standardized
emissions monitoring plan for each of their vessels by 31 August 2024, and from 1 January 2025, must collect information in
accordance with this plan. From 2026, shipping companies must submit the relevant information to a verifier and thereafter to a
compliance database to be established by the EU. Each year, the verifier will issue to the shipping company a FuelEU document of
compliance which must be kept onboard all ships calling at an EU port of call. If a ship is non-compliant, penalties must be paid in
order for the ship to receive the document of compliance from the verifier. A ship that is non-compliant for two or more
consecutive years may be issued an expulsion order.



Graphics
62
Wreck Removal
The Nairobi Convention on the Removal of Wrecks (“Wreck Removal Convention”), entered into force on 14 April 2015, and
contains obligations for shipowners to effectively remove wrecks located in a member state’s exclusive economic zone or equivalent
200 nautical miles zone. The Wreck Removal Convention places strict liability, subject to certain exceptions, on a vessel owner for
locating, marking, and removing the wreck of any owned vessel deemed to be a hazard due to factors such as its proximity to shipping
routes, traffic density and frequency, type of traffic and vulnerability of port facilities as well as environmental damage. It also makes
government certification of insurance, or other form of financial security for such liability, compulsory for ships of 300 gross tonnes
and above. Should one of the Group’s LPG vessels become a wreck subject to the Wreck Removal Convention, substantial costs may
be incurred in addition to any losses suffered as a result of the loss of the vessel, although such risk may be insured.
HNS Convention
In 1996, the IMO adopted the International Convention on Liability and Compensation for Damage in Connection with the
Carriage of Hazardous and Noxious substances by Sea (“HNS Convention”). The aim of the HNS Convention is to ensure adequate,
prompt and effective compensation for damage resulting from shipping accidents involving hazardous and noxious substances. The
HNS Convention has not yet been ratified. If the HNS Convention is ratified and enters into force, the Group may incur additional
costs or capital expenses to be compliant. Amongst the criteria for the Convention’s entry into force, at least 12 States are required to
ratify or accede to the Protocol, four of which must each have a merchant shipping fleet of no less than two million units of gross
tonnage. Canada, Denmark, Estonia, France, Norway, South Africa and Turkey are the first seven States to have consented to be
bound by the Convention. Germany had signed the 2010 NHS Protocol subject to ratification. The instruments deposited by the seven
States have led to the Protocol having half of the number of States required for its entry into force as well as the required units of gross
tonnage.
Hong Kong International Convention and EU Ship Recycling Regulation
The Hong Kong International Convention for the Safe and Environmentally Sound Recycling of Ships (“Hong Kong
Convention”) aims to ensure that when vessels are being recycled at the end of their operational lives, they do not pose any
unnecessary risks to the environment, human health and safety. The ratification conditions for the Hong Kong Convention were met
on 26 June 2023, and the Hong Kong Convention will enter into force on 26 June 2025. The Hong Kong Convention applies to vessels
larger than 500 gross tonnes that fly the flag of a contracting state. Upon the Hong Kong Convention’s entry into force, each vessel
sent for recycling will have to carry an inventory of its hazardous materials, ship recycling must facilities authorized by the competent
authorities must provide a ship recycling plan specific for each vessel to be recycled, and governments will be required to ensure that
recycling facilities under their jurisdiction comply with the Hong Kong Convention. The hazardous materials, whose use or
installation are prohibited in certain circumstances, are listed in an appendix to the Hong Kong Convention. Vessels will be required to
have surveys to verify their inventory of hazardous materials initially, throughout their lives and prior to being recycled.
The EU Ship Recycling Regulation (“EU SRR”), although only applicable on a regional level, has prepared the industry for
compliance with the HKC requirements. Regulation (EU) 2013/1257 applies to all ships flying the flag on an EU country going for
dismantling, all new EU ships and to vessels with non-EU flags that call at an EU port or anchorage (with certain exceptions). The
legislation aims to prevent, reduce and minimise accidents, injuries and other negative effects on human health and the environment
when ships are recycled and the hazardous waste they contain is removed. Every new ship has to have on board an inventory of
hazardous materials (“IHM”) (such as asbestos, lead or mercury) it contains in either its structure or equipment and must specify the
location and approximate quantities of those materials. The use of certain hazardous materials is forbidden. Before a ship is recycled,
its owner must provide the company carrying out the work with specific information about the vessel and prepare a ship recycling
plan. Recycling may only take place at facilities listed on the EU list of facilities, which was launched by Commission Implementing
Decision (EU) 2016/2323. The facilities may be located in the EU or in non-EU countries. They must comply with a series of
requirements related to workers’ safety and environmental protection.



Graphics
63
Vessel Security Regulation
Chapter XI-2 of SOLAS imposes detailed security obligations on vessels and port authorities and mandates compliance with the
International Ship and Port Facility Security Code (“ISPS Code”), which came into effect on 1 July 2004, and is applicable to all
vessels over 500 gross tonnes operating on international trades, to detect security threats and take preventive measures against security
incidents affecting vessels or port facilities. To trade internationally, a vessel must attain an International Ship Security Certificate
(“ISSC”) from a recognized security organisation approved by the vessel’s flag state. Ships operating without a valid certificate may
be detained, expelled from, or refused entry at port until they obtain an ISSC.
US Maritime Transportation Security Act (“MTSA”) was adopted in 2002. To implement certain portions of the MTSA, the
USCG issued regulations requiring the implementation of certain security requirements aboard vessels operating in waters, subject to
the jurisdiction of the United States and at certain ports and facilities, some of which are regulated by the EPA. The USCG
regulations, intended to align with international maritime security standards, exempt non-US vessels from MTSA vessel security
measures, provided such vessels have on board a valid ISSC that attests to the vessel’s compliance with SOLAS security requirements
and the ISPS Code. All of the Group’s LPG vessels have been certified to meet the ISPS Code and the security requirements of the
SOLAS and MTSA.
The cost of vessel security measures has also been affected by the escalation in the frequency of acts of piracy against ships,
notably off the coast of West Africa and Somalia, including the Gulf of Aden and Arabian Sea area. Substantial loss of revenue and
other costs may be incurred as a result of detention of a vessel or additional security measures, and the risk of uninsured losses could
significantly affect the Group’s business. Costs are incurred in taking additional security measures in accordance with Best
Management Practices to Deter Piracy, notably those contained in the BMP WAF and BMP5 industry standard.
Cybersecurity
Recent action by the IMO’s Maritime Safety Committee and US agencies indicate that cybersecurity regulations for the maritime
industry are likely to be further developed in the near future in an attempt to combat cybersecurity threats. By IMO resolution,
administrations are encouraged to ensure that cyber-risk management systems are incorporated by ship-owners and managers by their
first annual Document of Compliance audit after 1 January 2021. In February 2021, the USCG published guidance on addressing
cyber risks in a vessel’s safety management system. This might cause companies to cultivate additional procedures for monitoring
cybersecurity, which could require additional expenses and/or capital expenditures.
In 2023, the EU adopted their second Network and Information Security directive, which was implemented in the EU member
states in 2024. The Group is currently evaluating how this applies to BW LPG.
4.C. ORGANIZATIONAL STRUCTURE
The Group operates through various subsidiaries. A list of significant subsidiaries of the Group is included in Exhibit 8.1 to this
annual report.



Graphics
64
The following diagram depicts the structure of the Group and the relationships among the Company and its subsidiaries as of 31
December 2024:
4.D. PROPERTY, PLANT AND EQUIPMENT
Other than its vessels, the Group does not own any material property. For information on the Group’s fleet, see “Item 4.
Information on the Company — 4.B. Business Overview — Shipping — Fleet.”
ITEM 4A. UNRESOLVED STAFF COMMENTS
Not applicable.
ITEM 5. OPERATING AND FINANCIAL REVIEW AND PROSPECTS
Item 5 should be read in conjunction with the section entitled “Presentation of Financial and Other Information,” “Item 4.
Information on the Company — Item 4.B. Business Overview” and the Financial Statements, including accompanying notes. Unless
otherwise indicated, the financial information contained in this Item 5 is extracted from the Financial Statements.
The following discussion of the Group’s results of operations and financial condition contains certain forward-looking
statements. The Group’s actual results could differ materially from those discussed in these forward-looking statements. Factors that
could cause or contribute to such differences include those discussed elsewhere in this annual report, particularly in “Item 3. Key
Information — 3.D. Risk Factors.” The Group does not undertake any obligation to revise or publicly release the results of any
revision to these forward-looking statements.
5.A. OPERATING RESULTS
Overview
BW LPG is a leading owner and operator of VLGCs based on the number of VLGCs and LPG carrying capacity as of
December 2024 (source: Clarksons, March 2025). As of 31 December 2024, the Group owned and/or operated a fleet of 55 vessels,
including 53 operated VLGCs (of which 29 were owned), two LGCs time chartered-in by Product Services and eight VLGCs owned

Graphics
65
BW LPG has two reporting segments: Shipping and Product Services. See “Item 4. Information on the Company — Item 4.B.
Business Overview.”
The following selected consolidated financial data relating to the Group for the years ended 31 December 2024 and 2023 has been
extracted, without material adjustment, from the Financial Statements.






Year ended 31 December




In US$’000

2024

2023
Revenue – Shipping

962,803

1,224,520
Revenue – Product Services

2,600,944

1,722,820
Cost of cargo and delivery expenses – Product Services

(2,390,929)

(1,547,059)
Voyage expenses – Shipping

(383,798)

(509,340)
Vessel operating expenses

(84,984)

(82,192)
Time charter contracts (non-lease components)

(19,675)

(20,350)
General and administrative expenses

(71,134)

(56,773)
Charter hire expenses

(1,041)

(30,712)
Fair value gain from equity financial asset

1,326

—
Finance lease income

635

278
Other operating (expense) / income – net

1,332

(993)
Depreciation

(201,338)

(217,121)
Amortisation of intangible assets

(843)

(762)
Gain on disposal of vessels

20,391

42,374
Loss on derecognition of right-of-use assets (vessels)

—

(961)
Operating profit

433,689

523,729
Foreign currency exchange loss – net

(1,651)

(345)
Interest income

15,617

10,121
Interest expense

(19,849)

(27,304)
Other finance expenses

(2,843)

(2,237)
Finance expenses – net

(8,726)

(19,765)
Profit before tax

424,963

503,964
Income tax expense

(30,095)

(10,965)
Profit after tax

394,868

492,999




Graphics
66
Key performance indicators and non-IFRS financial measures
The management of the Group monitors the performance of the Group’s business and results of operations according to the
following key performance indicators. Certain of these key performance indicators are non-IFRS financial measures. For definitions of
these measures and reconciliations to the nearest IFRS measures, see “Presentation of Financial and Other Information — Non-IFRS
Financial Measures.”









As of, and for the year ended,



31 December



2024

2023

TCE income – Shipping (US$’000)

608,196

797,495

Calendar days (total)

12,833

12,940

TCE income per calendar day (total) (US$’000)

47.4

61.6

Available days

12,593

12,657

TCE income per available day (US$’000)

48.3

63.0

Gross profit/(loss) – Product Services (US$’000)

144,833

25,837

Vessel operating expenses (US$’000)

84,984

82,192

Calendar days (owned)

10,287

10,085

Vessel operating expenses per calendar day (owned) (US$’000)

8.3

8.1

Net cash from operating activities (US$’000)

749,144

513,363

Adjusted free cash flow (US$’000)

211,582

564,272

Return on equity
(1)


22.4
%
31.0
%
Operating profit (US$’000)

433,689

523,729

ROCE

16.5
%
23.5
%
Net leverage ratio
(2)


32.7
%
20.5
%
Basic earnings per share (US$per share)
(3)


2.65

3.57

Diluted earnings per share (US$per share)
(3)


2.64

3.53



(1) The Group defines return on equity as, with respect to a particular financial year, the ratio of the profit after tax for such year to
the average of the shareholders’ equity, calculated as the average of the opening and closing balance for the year as presented in
the consolidated balance sheet.
(2) The Group defines net leverage ratio as the sum of total borrowings and total lease liabilities minus cash and cash equivalents as
set out in the consolidated statement of cash flows, divided by the sum of the total borrowings, total lease liabilities and total
shareholders’ equity minus cash and cash equivalents as set out in the consolidated statement of cash flows.
(3) See Note 6 to the Financial Statements on pages F-31 for detail.
Key Factors Affecting the Group’s Results of Operations and Financial Position
Shipping
The management of the Group monitors the results of operations of Shipping on the basis of income on time charter equivalent
basis (TCE income — Shipping). The principal components of TCE income — Shipping include the following:
• Revenue from spot voyages. Revenue from spot voyages is revenue earned from spot voyage which is typically a single round
trip that is priced based on a current or spot market rate.
• Revenue from time charter voyages. Revenue from charter voyages is revenue earned from vessels that are time chartered to
customers for fixed periods of time at rates that are generally fixed.
• Inter-segment revenue. Inter-segment revenue is revenue for the services provided by Shipping to Product Services.


Graphics
67
• Voyage expenses. Voyage expenses are expenses related to a spot voyage, including bunker fuel expenses, port fees, cargo
loading and unloading expenses, canal tolls and agency fees.
The Group’s revenue in Shipping is earned from revenue received from LPG vessels that operate on spot voyages and time
charters, which are determined by market forces based upon various factors, such as the supply and demand for LPG vessels and the
number of available vessels, see “Item 3. Key Information — 3.D. Risk Factors — Risks Related to the Industry in which the Group
Operates.” Revenue — Shipping depends on freight rates, the distance that cargoes must be transported and the number of vessels
expected to be available at the time such cargoes need to be transported. Time charter rates reflect, among other things, the prevailing
spot market rates and expectations of future time charter rates at the time of entry into the relevant time charter agreement.
The vessels in the Group’s fleet operate on spot voyages and time charters:
• a spot voyage is typically a single round trip that is priced on a current or spot market rate;
• under time charters, vessels are chartered to customers for fixed periods of time at rates that are generally fixed.
The majority of the Group’s LPG vessels are operated under a pool arrangement, which facilitates the operation of the Group’s
fleet. This pool is a marketing and revenue sharing arrangement under which each participating vessel is given “pool points.” Earnings
from the pool are distributed between the owners according to these pool points. The pool points are negotiated between the owners of
the vessels participating in the pool and revised from time to time based on each vessel’s size, speed, fuel consumption and other
technical and operational parameters. Pool managers receive a percentage of the pool’s revenue as fee for managing the pool. The
Company acts as the manager for the pool and receives a commission for all vessels that participated in the pool. The pool includes
vessels owned and/or operated by the Group, except that time chartered-out vessels with time charter durations longer than one year
are currently excluded from the pool. BW India’s vessels do not participate in the pooling arrangements. External pool participants
include Exmar and Sinogas. See “Item 4. Information on the Company — Item 4.B. Business Overview — Shipping — Fleet — Pool
Arrangement.”
Shipping recognises revenue and expenses under contracts entered into with Product Services (See “— Product Services” below).
Voyage expenses represent expenses that are related to a spot voyage, including bunker fuel expenses, port fees, cargo loading
and unloading expenses, canal tolls and agency fees. Under a time charter, the charterer is responsible for these costs.
Historically, bunker fuel expenses have amounted to more than one-half of the Group’s total voyage expenses. The Group’s
bunker fuel expenses accounted for 47% and 40% of the Group’s voyage expenses for the years ended 31 December 2024 and 2023,
respectively.
The following table sets forth the average bunker fuel prices for the periods indicated:








Year ended


31 December
In US$

2024

2023
Average bunker fuel price per tonne

553

620

Bunker fuel prices generally fell in the year ended 31 December 2024, with the average prices falling by approximately 16% in
the second half of 2024 compared to the first half of 2024. The price of bunker fuel correlates largely with the price of crude oil and,
therefore, fluctuations in the price of crude oil have a direct impact on the Group’s bunker fuel expenses. In addition, the retrofitting of
the vessels and installation of scrubbers, compared to using standard very low sulphur fuel oil (i.e., regular compliant fuel), contributes
to decreases in the bunker costs for each voyage. See “Item 3. Key Information — 3.D. Risk Factors — Risks Related to the Industry in
which the Group Operates — Increases in bunker fuel prices and other operating costs may significantly increase the Group’s voyage
expenses relating to the operation of its LPG vessels on the spot market (including under CoAs).”
Port charges represent the second largest component of the Group’s total voyage expenses. Port charges accounted for 25% and
26% of the Group’s total voyage expenses for the years ended 31 December 2024 and 2023, respectively.


Graphics
68
Currently, the Group pays commissions of between 1.3% and 4.0% of the gross income received to ship brokers associated with
the charters, depending on deal structure and whether any address commission is involved. The commission is presented as one of the
expense items classified under voyage expenses.
Product Services
The Group’s revenue in Product Services is derived from trading activities, comprising the sale of LPG cargo and net derivative
gains and losses, which arise from hedging transactions entered into by the Group to manage exposure to fluctuations in LPG prices
and freight rates.
Product Services enters into the following types of contracts with customers:
• Long-term supply contracts, whereby a specified number of cargo deliveries is made over an agreed timeframe. Long-term
contracts are based on an industry published index plus/minus a pre-agreed premium/discount.
• Spot sales contracts, whereby a single cargo is delivered in a specified date range.
In November 2022, BW LPG completed the acquisition of Vilma Oil’s LPG trading operations for total consideration of US$53
million in order to expand Product Services. See “Item 4. Information on the Company – 4.B. Business Overview – Product Services.”
Product Services has CoAs with Shipping, pursuant to which Product Services commits to utilise the fleet for a minimum number
of voyages or voyage hours over an agreed timeframe, and Shipping commits to provide the relevant transport capacity. Accordingly,
Shipping recognises revenue for the services provided under such CoAs, and Product Services recognises expenses relating to the
services provided. Further, Product Services participates in the pool arrangement by placing some of its chartered-in vessels into the
pool operated by Shipping (see “Item 4. Information on the Company — 4.B. Business Overview — Shipping — Fleet — Pool
Arrangement”), with the pool distribution income received by Product Services accounted for as revenue by Product Services and as
an expense by Shipping. These inter-segment revenue and expenses are eliminated in consolidation. For more information on inter-
segment eliminations, see Note 23 to the Financial Statements.
Product Services enters into various long-term physical cargo contracts with its suppliers and customers, which set out a specified
volume of LPG products to be lifted from various loading terminals, and to be delivered to different destination terminals respectively.
These contracts are accounted for at fair value under IFRS 9 and involve the use of a range of inputs in deriving the fair value,
including quoted market prices of LPG products, shipping and other associated transportation costs. Fair value changes on these
contracts are recognised as unrealised gains or losses, which may fluctuate significantly according to market movements and changes
in costs estimations.
Product Services seeks to mitigate risks relating to fluctuations in freight rates by entering into hedging transactions in the
exchange traded market or by entering into chartered-in contracts with ship owners at fixed freight rates. Mark-to-market exposures in
relation to hedging contracts are regularly and substantially collateralised (primarily with cash) pursuant to margining arrangements in
place with such hedge counterparts. Significant fluctuations in the freight rates being hedged could result in sudden large cash
demands on Product Services as a result of such margining arrangements.
The chartered-in contracts entered into by Product Services are accounted for at book value, whereas the physical cargo contracts
and derivative hedging instruments entered into by Product Services are accounted for at fair value. The difference between the fair
value and the book value of the chartered-in contracts is recognised when the chartered-in contracts are utilised, i.e., with respect to
the chartered-in vessels transferred to the pool operated by Shipping, when income from the pool is received by Product Services,
and/or, with respect to the chartered-in vessels used by Product Services to deliver cargo, when the corresponding cargo is delivered.
As a result, Product Services may have unrealised gains or losses with respect to the chartered-in contracts prior to utilisation of
such chartered-in contracts. Further, Product Services may enter into profit sharing arrangements with ship owners, pursuant to which,
if the market freight rates increase, the charter hire payments are increased by half of the difference between the increased market
freight rate and the floor rate set out in the relevant chartered-in contracts.


Graphics
69
With respect to the chartered-in vessels used by Product Services to deliver cargo, there may be a time lag between the
recognition of gains and losses on chartered-in contracts and on cargo hedging contracts, respectively. For example, if the geographic
arbitrage “widens” (the difference between cost pricing indexes at source and sales pricing indexes at the discharge location increases)
and forward freight value increases, Product Services would recognise a loss based on the marked-to-market value of the cargo
hedging contract, and a corresponding increase in value of the chartered-in contract would be recognised when the cargo is delivered.
Interest rate fluctuations
As of 31 December 2024, the Group’s net interest-bearing floating rate debt was approximately US$942 million. As a result of
the net floating rate borrowings, an increase in interest rates would cause an increase in the amount of interest payments affecting the
results of operations of the Group, see “Item 3. Key Information — 3.D. Risk Factors — Risks Related to Financing and Market
Risk — Derivative contracts used to hedge the Group’s exposure to fluctuations in interest rates could result in reductions in its
shareholder’s equity as well as charges against its profit.”
Seasonality
The markets in which the Group operates have historically experienced seasonal variations in demand. In recent years, the VLGC
shipping market has been subject to several seasonal drivers that have impacted earnings. These include, but are not limited to, colder
than expected temperatures in key importing regions, which in turn could result in higher demand for LPG used for heating purposes.
Furthermore, colder temperatures in the United States could limit the amount of LPG available for exports. As a result, the Group’s
revenue has historically been higher during the quarters ended 31 December and 31 March and lower during the quarters ended 30
June and 30 September. See “Item 3. Key Information — 3.D. Risk Factors — Risks Related to the Group’s Operations — The
Group’s operating results may be subject to seasonal fluctuations and weather conditions.”
Cyclicality
In the past, the market for shipping LPG has been highly cyclical and volatile. For a discussion of certain factors that affect
supply and demand for gas transportation, see “Item 3. Key Information — 3.D. Risk Factors — Risks Related to the Industry in Which
the Group Operates — The highly cyclical nature of the LPG shipping industry may lead to volatility in the Group’s results of
operations.”
Utilisation
The Group’s utilisation rates are calculated as (365 days less technical offhire and commercial waiting time days) / 365 days,
where “technical offhire” is defined as the unavailability of a vessel due to drydock, maintenance and repairs and where “commercial
waiting time” is defined as the period when the vessel is waiting for orders or canal transits and the period that is not covered under an
employment contract.
The following table presents the utilisation of the Group’s owned VLGCs and time chartered-in VLGCs in the years ended 31
December 2024 and 2023.







Utilisation

2024

2023

BW VLGC utilisation

96
%
96
%

Force majeure events, sea conditions, port and canal congestion, shipping disruptions, unavailability of cargo at ports of loading,
delays at discharge ports and ports of loading and other similar events could increase commercial waiting time, resulting in lower
utilisation rates.
Generally, a vessel is placed on offhire, and is accordingly unable to generate revenue, due to drydocking and routine
maintenance and repair, which results in lower utilisation. Four and five vessels went into drydock in 2024 and 2023, respectively,
which negatively impacted utilisation.


Graphics
70
Lower utilisation rates result in fewer revenue generating vessel days, which may generally result in lower profitability. However,
in an environment of lower freight rates, when the cost of commercial waiting time is lower than the cost of employing vessels, lower
utilisation may result in higher profitability.
Vessel operating expenses
Vessel operating expenses include manning costs, vessel running expenses (such as insurance, expenses relating to repairs and
maintenance, the cost of spares and consumable stores, lube oils and communication expenses), tonnage taxes and other miscellaneous
expenses. Insurance costs are affected by general pricing trends in the insurance market, the size, age and composition of the fleet and
the Group’s claims track record. The Group’s maintenance costs tend to increase or decrease as the average age of its vessels increases
or decreases. Costs for maintenance are expensed as incurred.
General and administrative expenses
General and administrative expenses comprise employee compensation, external statutory and professional fees, as well as fees
paid to related companies for the provision of corporate service functions (such as finance, tax, legal, insurance, IT, human resources
and facilities) to the Group.
Charter hire expenses
Charter hire expenses include (i) charter rates under short-term chartered-ins that the Company has elected to recognise as
expenses, and (ii) variable lease payments under three long-term chartered-ins that are recognised as right-of-use vessels. Variable
lease payments are made pursuant to profit share arrangements, whereby an increase in market freight rates above a certain contracted
freight rate are equally shared with the ship owner.
Depreciation
The cost of the Group’s vessels is depreciated on a straight-line basis over the estimated remaining economic useful life of each
vessel. Depreciation is based on the cost of the vessel less its estimated residual value. To comply with industry certification or
governmental requirements, the Group’s vessels are required to undergo planned drydocking for major repairs and maintenance,
which cannot be carried out while the vessels are operating. The Group recognises costs associated with drydockings and expenses for
vessel upgrades in the carrying amount of vessels, and depreciates these costs on a straight-line basis over the duration of the
drydocking cycle or based on the Group’s assessment of the useful lives of the upgrades.
Impairment
Vessel values can fluctuate substantially over time. The Group assesses at each balance sheet date whether there is any indication
that a vessel’s value may be impaired. If any such indication exists, the Group will estimate the recoverable amount of the vessel, and
write down the vessel to the recoverable amount through the income statement. See “Item 3. Key Information — 3.D. Risk Factors —
Risks Related to the Group — Over time, vessel values may fluctuate substantially and this may result in impairment charges and the
Group could also incur a loss if these values are lower at a time when the Group is attempting to dispose of a vessel.”
Income tax
The income tax expense for each period comprises current and deferred tax. Tax is recognised as income or expense in profit or
loss, except to the extent that it relates to items recognised in other comprehensive income in which case the tax is also recognised in
other comprehensive income.
The current income tax charge is calculated on the basis of the tax laws enacted or substantively enacted at the balance sheet date
in the countries where the Group operates and generates taxable income. Positions taken in tax returns are evaluated periodically, with
respect to situations in which applicable tax regulations is subject to interpretation, and provisions are established where appropriate,
on the basis of amounts expected to be paid to the tax authorities. The Group operates in several jurisdictions and under several tax
regimes.


Graphics
71
Results of Operations
Results of operations by segment
Shipping
The table below sets forth the TCE income — Shipping for the years ended 31 December 2024 and 2023.








Year ended


31 December
US$’000

2024

2023
Shipping




Revenue from spot voyages

773,039

1,059,024
Inter-segment revenue

78,130

175,528
Voyage expenses

(383,798)

(509,340)
Inter-segment expense

(49,501)

(112,211)
Net income from spot voyages

417,870

613,001
Revenue from time charter voyages

189,764

184,494
Inter-segment revenue

562

—
TCE income – Shipping

608,196

797,495

TCE income — Shipping decreased by US$189.3 million, or 23.7%, from US$797.5 million for the year ended 31
December 2023 to US$608.2 million for the year ended 31 December 2024. This was primarily driven by a reduction in revenue from
spot voyages, which decreased by US$286.0 million, or 27.0%, from US$1,059.0 million for the year ended 31 December 2023 to
US$773.0 million for the year ended 31 December 2024, largely attributed to a 29.9% decline in average LPG spot rates.
The decrease in revenue from spot voyages was partly offset by a decrease in voyage expenses of US$125.5 million, or 24.6%,
from US$509.3 million for the year ended 31 December 2023 to US$383.8 million for the year ended 31 December 2024 due to a
number of factors: (i) a decrease of US$54.7 million in pool distribution expenses due to three fewer vessels being placed into the BW
LPG pool by external participants in the year ended 31 December 2024, (ii) a US$21.3 million reduction in bunker expenses as a
result of lower average bunker prices, and (iii) a US$28.0 million reduction in canal dues. Additionally, inter-segment expenses
related primarily to pool distribution expenses for Product Services also decreased by US$62.7 million in the year ended 31
December 2024, due to the removal of two vessels from the BW LPG pool, further mitigating the decline in revenue from spot
voyages.
Conversely, revenue from time charter voyages for the year ended 31 December 2024 increased by US$5.3 million, or 2.9% year-
over-year, driven by higher time charter rates.
TCE income — Shipping per calendar day (total) for the entire fleet was US$47,390 per day for the year ended 31
December 2024, a decrease of 23.1% from US$61,630 per day for the year ended 31 December 2023. The decrease was primarily
attributed to lower LPG spot rates. The calendar days (total) remained relatively stable at 12,833 days for the year ended 31
December 2024 and 12,940 days for the year ended 31 December 2023.
TCE income — Shipping per available day for the entire fleet was US$48,300 per day for the year ended 31 December 2024, a
decrease of 23.3% from US$63,010 per day for the year ended 31 December 2023. The decrease was primarily attributed to lower
LPG spot rates. The available days remained relatively stable at 12,593 days for the year ended 31 December 2024 and 12,657 days
for the year ended 31 December 2023.


Graphics
72
Product Services
The table below sets forth the Group’s revenue in Product Services for the years ended 31 December 2024 and 2023.







Year ended


31 December
In US$’000

2024

2023
Product Services




Revenue from Product Services

2,600,944

1,722,820
Inter-segment revenue

49,501

112,211
Cost of cargo and delivery expenses

(2,390,929)

(1,547,059)
Inter-segment expense

(78,692)

(194,526)
Depreciation

(35,991)

(67,609)
Gross profit – Product Services

144,833

25,837

Revenue from Product Services increased by US$878.1 million from US$1,722.8 million for the year ended 31 December 2023 to
US$2,600.9 million for the year ended 31 December 2024. The increase was primarily driven by a rise in LPG cargoes traded and
delivered, which were 67% higher year-on-year, totalling approximately 5.4 million metric tonnes for the year ended 31
December 2024 compared to 3.2 million metric tonnes for the year ended 31 December 2023. Additionally, there was an increase in
derivative gains of US$75.8 million in the year ended 31 December 2024. However, the overall increase in revenue from Product
Services in the year ended 31 December 2024 was partially offset by a decrease in inter-segment revenue of US$62.7 million, mainly
due to the removal of two vessels from the BW LPG pool.
Alongside the increase in LPG traded volumes, cargo and delivery expenses rose by US$843.9 million, increasing from
US$1,547.0 million for the year ended 31 December 2023 to US$2,390.9 million for the year ended 31 December 2024. Inter-segment
expense related to internal freight charters from the BW LPG pool decreased by US$115.8 million, largely due to a reduction in
internal freight arrangements and lower LPG spot rates for the year ended 31 December 2024. Furthermore, depreciation for the
Product Services division also decreased by US$31.6 million as a result of lower charter-in rates as compared to the year ended 31
December 2023, which had included depreciation based on the uplifted fair values on the VLGC leases acquired from Vilma Oil in
November 2022.
These factors collectively contributed to an increase of US$119.0 million in gross profit for Product Services in the year ended 31
December 2024 compared to the prior year.
Results of operations of the Group
Revenue — Shipping
Revenue — Shipping decreased by US$261.7 million, or 21.4%, from US$1,224.5 million for the year ended 31 December 2023
to US$962.8 million for the year ended 31 December 2024. See “Results of operations by segment — Shipping — Year ended 31
December 2024 compared to the year ended 31 December 2023” above for detail.
Revenue — Product Services
Revenue — Product Services increased by US$878.1 million, or 51.0% from US$1,722.8 million for the year ended 31
December 2023 to US$2,600.9 million for the year ended 31 December 2024. See “Results of operations by segment — Product
Services — Year ended 31 December 2024 compared to the year ended 31 December 2023” above for detail.
Cost of cargo and delivery expenses — Product Services
Cost of cargo and delivery expenses — Product Services increased by US$843.8 million, or 54.5% from US$1,547.1 million for
the year ended 31 December 2023 to US$2,390.9 million for the year ended 31 December 2024. See “Results of operations by
segment — Product Services — Year ended 31 December 2024 compared to the year ended 31 December 2023” above for detail.


Graphics
73
Voyage expenses — Shipping
Voyage expenses — Shipping decreased by US$125.5 million, or 24.6%, from US$509.3 million for the year ended 31
December 2023 to US$383.8 million for the year ended 31 December 2024. See “Results of operations by segment —
Shipping — Year ended 31 December 2024 compared to the year ended 31 December 2023” above for detail.
Vessel operating expenses
Vessel operating expenses remained relatively stable for the years ended 31 December 2024 and 2023, increasing by US$2.8
million, or 3.4%, from US$82.2 million for the year ended 31 December 2023 to US$85.0 million for the year ended 31
December 2024.
Time charter contracts (non-lease components)
Time charter contracts (non-lease components) remained relatively stable for the years ended 31 December 2024 and 2023,
decreasing by US$0.7 million, or 3.3%, from US$20.4 million for the year ended 31 December 2023 to US$19.7 million for the year
ended 31 December 2024.
General and administrative expenses
General and administrative expenses rose by US$14.3 million, or 25.2%, from US$56.8 million for the year ended 31
December 2023 to US$71.1 million for the year ended 31 December 2024. This increase was primarily driven by a US$16.4 million
rise in employee expenses, attributable to the expanded workforce resulting from the establishment of the Group’s Dubai office, aimed
at advancing Infrastructure projects. Additionally, the Product Services team experienced growth in both existing and new markets in
response to rising trading volumes. The increase in salary and benefits expenses was further driven by higher bonus provisions in
Product Services, commensurate with the increase in realised profits within the Product Services segment.
Charter hire expenses
Charter hire expenses decreased by US$29.7 million from US$30.7 million for the year ended 31 December 2023 to US$1.0
million for the year ended 31 December 2024. This reduction was primarily driven by profit sharing of US$19.5 million for three
chartered-in vessels, which was due to higher freight rates in the year ended 31 December 2023, compared to the year ended 31
December 2024. Additionally, the decline in charter hire expenses for the year ended 31 December 2024 was also attributed to the
expiration of two chartered-in vessels, which had been classified as short-term leases in the year ended 31 December 2023, amounting
to expenses of US$7.9 million in the year ended 31 December 2023.
Other operating income/(expense) — net
Other operating income/(expense) — net amounted to income of US$1.3 million for the year ended 31 December 2024, compared
to an expense of US$1.0 million for the year ended 31 December 2023.
Depreciation
Depreciation decreased by US$15.8 million, or 7.3%, from US$217.1 million for the year ended 31 December 2023 to US$201.3
million for the year ended 31 December 2024. This decrease was primarily driven by a US$31.6 million decrease in depreciation of
right-of-use assets (vessels) within the Product Services segment. See “Results of operations by segment — Product Services — Year
ended 31 December 2024 compared to the year ended 31 December 2023” above for detail. However, this decrease in depreciation in
the Product Services segment was offset by a US$15.8 million increase in Depreciation – Shipping segment which was due to the
following reasons: (i) a US$11.8 million increase in depreciation of right-of-use assets (vessels), primarily related to one new
chartered-in VLGC, and (ii) a US$4.0 million increase in depreciation of owned vessels, largely attributable to the acquisition of 12
VLGCs from Avance Gas by the Shipping segment for the year ended 31 December 2024.


Graphics
74
Gain on disposal of vessels
Gain on disposal of vessels was US$42.4 million for the year ended 31 December 2023 and US$20.4 million for the year ended
31 December 2024. These gains were attributable to the sale of three vessels in the year ended 31 December 2023 and one vessel in
the year ended 31 December 2024, respectively.
Operating profit
For the reasons discussed above, operating profit decreased by US$90.0 million, or 17.2%, from US$523.7 million for the year
ended 31 December 2023 to US$433.7 million for the year ended 31 December 2024.
Interest income
Interest income increased by US$5.5 million from US$10.1 million for the year ended 31 December 2023 to US$15.6 million for
the year ended 31 December 2024. This increase was primarily driven by higher interest income generated from increased bank
balances during the year ended 31 December 2024, compared to the prior year.
Interest expense
Interest expense decreased by US$7.5 million, or 27.3%, from US$27.3 million for the year ended 31 December 2023 to US$19.8
million for the year ended 31 December 2024. This decrease was primarily attributed to reduced bank borrowings during the year
ended 31 December 2024, as the Group continued to pay down its term loans, with a significant portion of this occurring in the first
quarter of 2024. However, the Group drew down on its revolving credit facilities and on a shareholder bridging loan later in 2024 to
finance the acquisition of 12 VLGCs from Avance Gas, resulting in a net decrease in interest expenses from bank borrowings of
US$9.4 million. This reduction was offset partially by a net decrease in interest rate swap receipts of US$2.6 million compared to
the year ended 31 December 2023.
Finance expenses — net
For the reasons discussed above, finance expenses — net decreased by US$11.0 million, or 55.9%, from US$19.8 million for
the year ended 31 December 2023 to US$8.7 million for the year ended 31 December 2024.
Income tax expense
Income tax expense increased by US$19.1 million, rising from US$11.0 million for the year ended 31 December 2023 to US$30.1
million for the year ended 31 December 2024. This increase was primarily driven by higher tax provisions within the Product Services
segment, which rose by US$14.6 million to US$21.7 million for the year ended 31 December 2024, reflecting the increased net profit
before tax in that segment. Additionally, the Group incurred higher tax expenses of US$4.6 million due to withholding taxes related to
dividends and interest income repatriated from subsidiaries in foreign jurisdictions.
Profit after tax
For the reasons discussed above, profit after tax decreased by US$98.1 million from US$493.0 million for the year ended 31
December 2023 to US$394.9 million for the year ended 31 December 2024.
Please refer to Item 5.A “Operating and Financial Review and Prospects—Operating Results” in the Group’s registration
statement on Form 20-F for a comparative discussion of the Group’s operating results for the year ended 31 December 2023 compared
to the year ended 31 December 2022.


Graphics
75
5.B. LIQUIDITY AND CAPITAL RESOURCES
Sources and Uses of Cash
As of 31 December 2024, the Group had cash and cash equivalents of US$279.7 million, compared to US$287.5 million as of 31
December 2023. The Group has financed its capital requirements with cash flows from operations as well as bank borrowings.
Financing for the Group has historically been provided through intercompany current accounts to meet the working capital
requirements of the Group. External debt is primarily held by BW LPG Holding Pte Ltd, a wholly-owned subsidiary of the Company,
where interest rates are hedged using interest rate swaps, and foreign exchange is hedged using foreign exchange forward contracts.
The Group’s principal sources of funds for its liquidity needs are cash flows from operations, and bank borrowings constitute
further support to cash flows from operations as an additional source of funding. The Group’s main uses of funds have been
expenditures for drydockings and other vessel maintenance expenditures, acquisition of new and second-hand vessels, voyage
expenses, vessel operating expenses, general and administrative costs, expenses incurred to ensure the Group’s vessels comply with
international and regulatory standards, purchases of cargoes, finance expenses and repayment of borrowings, trust receipts and margin
calls.
The Group invested approximately US$40 million in infrastructure projects in India during the year ended 31 December 2024.
See “Item 4. Information on the Company — 4.B. Business Overview — Infrastructure Projects.”
There are no material legal or economic restrictions on the ability of subsidiaries to transfer funds to the Company in the form of
cash dividends, loans or advances.
The management of the Group believes that cash flows from operations and undrawn funds available under bank borrowings and
trade finance facilities will be sufficient to support its growth strategy, which may involve the potential purchase of vessels,
acquisition of subsidiaries, related investments or increase in cargo trades. Management also expects to use the funds in accordance
with the Group’s capital return policy. Depending on market conditions in the LPG maritime transportation industry and acquisition
opportunities that may arise, the Group may seek to obtain additional debt or equity financing.
The Group uses cash to fund dividend payments in accordance with its dividend policy. See “Item 8. Financial Information —
8.A. Consolidated Statements and Other Financial Information — Dividend Policy.”
The Group also uses cash to fund share repurchases. See “Item 16E. Purchases of Equity Securities by the Issuer and Affiliated
Purchasers.”
The Company is of the opinion that the working capital available for the Group is sufficient for its present purposes.
Cash Flows
The following table summarises the Group’s historical cash flows under IFRS and is extracted from the Financial Statements.








Year ended 31 December
US$’000

2024

2023
Net cash from operating activities

749,144

513,363
Net cash (used in) / from investing activities

(541,214)

68,568
Net cash used in financing activities

(138,067)

(645,290)
Net increase / (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents

69,863

(63,359)
Cash and cash equivalents at the beginning of the financial year

162,037

225,396
Cash and cash equivalents at the end of the financial year

231,900

162,037



Graphics
76
Net cash from operating activities
Net cash from operating activities increased by US$235.8 million, or 45.9%, rising from an inflow of US$513.4 million for
the year ended 31 December 2023 to an inflow of US$749.1 million for the year ended 31 December 2024. This increase was
primarily driven by a US$335.9 million enhancement from changes in working capital for the year ended 31 December 2024, due to
the following factors: (i) US$144.1 million resulting from the release of restricted cash used for margin maintenance and
(ii) US$191.8 million attributable to net favourable changes in working capital balances, including inventories, trade receivables,
payables and derivative financial instruments. This increase was partially offset by a US$85.8 million decrease in cash flow from
operating activities, after adjusting for non-cash income or expenses for the year ended 31 December 2024, compared to the year
ended 31 December 2023.
Net cash (used in) / from investing activities
Net cash used in investing activities consisted of an outflow of US$541.2 million in the year ended 31 December 2024, compared
to an inflow of US$68.6 million in the year ended 31 December 2023. Net cash used in investing activities primarily reflected the
acquisition of 12 VLGCs from Avance Gas during the year ended 31 December 2024. The aggregate consideration for the acquisition
was US$1,050.0 million, including a cash payment of US$588.3 million, net of US$129.1 million amount of borrowings assumed
from the seller, and US$332.6 million settled through the issuance of the Company’s ordinary shares to Avance Gas. Additionally,
during the year ended 31 December 2024, the Group invested US$30.2 million for a 8.5% non-controlling stake in CPIL, a company
listed on the National Stock Exchange of India.
Net cash used in financing activities
Net cash used in financing activities decreased by US$507.2 million from an outflow of US$645.3 million for the year ended 31
December 2023 to an outflow of US$138.1 million for the year ended 31 December 2024. This decrease in net cash used in financing
activities was primarily driven by a US$538.8 million increase in the drawdown of the Group’s revolving credit facilities and a
shareholder bridging loan, which were mainly utilised to finance the cash payment for the acquisition of vessels from Avance Gas.
Additionally, in the year ended 31 December 2023, the Group spent US$23.7 million to repurchase treasury shares, which did not
occur in the year ended 31 December 2024. These reductions in cash used in financing activities were partially offset by a US$41.5
million net increase in cash outflows related to financing activities for the Product Services segment for the year ended 31
December 2024, compared to 31 December 2023.
Please refer to Item 5.B “Operating and Financial Review and Prospects—Liquidity and Capital Resources” in the Group’s
registration statement on Form 20-F for a comparative discussion of the Group’s cash flows for the year ended 31 December 2023
compared to the year ended 31 December 2022.


Graphics
77
Capital Resources and Indebtedness
As of 31 December 2024, the Group had entered into the following secured term loan facilities and revolving credit facilities:














Principal






Undrawn

amount




Facility agreement

facility amount

outstanding

Interest rate

Maturity date


US$’000

US$’000




US$250,600,000 Term and Revolving Credit Facilities








K-Sure facility








Tranche A



10,644

SOFR + 1.41
%
May 2028
Tranche B



11,423

SOFR + 1.41
%
October 2028
Tranche C



11,471

SOFR + 1.41
%
October 2028
Tranche D



11,200

SOFR + 1.41
%
January 2029
Total (K-Sure facility)



44,738




Commercial facility








Tranche A

300

18,100

SOFR + 1.96
%
May 2028
Tranche B

17,500



SOFR + 1.96
%
October 2028
Tranche C

17,500



SOFR + 1.96
%
October 2028
Tranche D

16,800



SOFR + 1.96
%
January 2029
Total (Commercial facility)

52,100

18,100




Additional commercial facility








Tranche A

16

7,900

SOFR + 1.91
%
(1)

May 2028
Tranche B

77

8,000

SOFR + 1.91
%
(1)

October 2028
Tranche C

77

8,000

SOFR + 1.91
%
(1)

October 2028
Tranche D

77

8,000

SOFR + 1.91
%
(1)

January 2029
Total (Additional commercial facility

247

31,900




US$458,500,000 Senior Secured Term Loan and Revolving Credit
Facility

133,600



SOFR + 1.91
%
May 2026
US$198,412,500 Senior Secured Term Loan








Tranche A



26,409

SOFR + 2.06
%
June 2026
Tranche B



73,666

SOFR + 2.06
%
November 2026
US$460,000,000 Revolving Credit Facility

15,000

445,000

SOFR + 1.25
%
November 2031
US$250,000,000 BW Group Unsecured Revolving Credit Facility
(2)


170,000

80,000

SOFR + 2.20
%
August 2025


(1) There is a sustainability margin adjustment mechanism for the additional commercial facility to receive a 0.05% increase or
reduction in the margin based on the sustainability score of the Group’s owned vessels. For 2024, the Group has achieved the
0.05% reduction in the margin since the Group’s vessels have met the sustainability criteria.
(2) All amounts outstanding under this facility were repaid in January 2025.
US$250,600,000 Term and Revolving Credit Facilities
In April 2016, the Group entered into a US$220.8 million secured term loan to finance four of its VLGC newbuilds. The facility
comprised of a tranche insured by Korea Trade Insurance Corporation (“K-Sure”) of up to US$147.2 million and a commercial
tranche of up to US$73.6 million. The facility has an amortisation profile of 18 years and is secured by mortgages on the four VLGCs.
On 21 December 2021, the facility was upsized with a US$40.0 million sustainability-linked reducing revolving credit facility to
finance the installation of the dual-fuel LPG propulsion engines on the four VLGC vessels. Simultaneously, US$70.2 million of the
commercial loan was converted to a revolving credit facility and repaid. All other terms remained unchanged.


Graphics
78
US$458,500,000 Senior Secured Term Loan and Revolving Credit Facility
In May 2019, the Group entered into a US$458.5 million facility comprising of US$258.5 million senior secured term loan and
US$200.0 million revolving credit facility to refinance its US$800.0 million facility maturing in November 2020. The loan has an
amortisation profile of 11 years and is secured by mortgages on 14 of the Group’s owned vessels.
On 28 February 2020, the Group amended the facility to convert US$100.0 million of the US$238.5 million outstanding term loan
into revolving credit facility with all other terms unchanged.
On 31 August 2021, the then outstanding term loan amount of US$67.0 million was early repaid.
As of 31 December 2024, there was no drawdown from the revolving credit facility and three vessels remained mortgaged under
the facility.
US$198,412,500 Senior Secured Term Loan
In May 2021, the Group entered into a US$198.4 million secured term loan to refinance the purchase of eight second-hand
VLGCs. The loan, which is secured by the eight second-hand vessels, has an amortisation profile of 7.5 years.
US$460,000,000 Revolving Credit Facility
On 1 November 2024, BW LPG Holding Pte. Ltd., as borrower, entered into a US$460 million revolving credit facility with BNP
Paribas, Oversea-Chinese Banking Corporation Limited, DBS Bank Ltd., United Overseas Bank Limited and MUFG Bank, Ltd.,
Singapore Branch as arrangers, certain banks and financial institutions listed therein as lenders, BNP Paribas as agent and security
agent and BW LPG as guarantor, to support its business activities, including the acquisition of new vessels by any subsidiary of the
borrower and the repayment of maturing loans, as well as general corporate and working capital purposes.
The facility is secured by eight second-hand VLGCs and has an amortisation profile of 13 years, maturing on 28 November 2031.
The borrower’s obligations under the facilities agreement are guaranteed by BW LPG.
Drawdowns under the revolving credit facility bear interest at a compounded reference rate calculated by the agent in accordance
with the methodology described in the facilities agreement.
As of the date of this annual report, the outstanding amount under the revolving credit facility was US$454.343 million.
US$250,000,000 BW Group Revolving Credit Facility
On 28 August 2024, the Group entered into a US$250 million unsecured revolving credit facility with BW Group to fund the
acquisition of VLGCs from Avance Gas. This facility can be utilised until one month before its maturity date on 30 August 2025. As
of 31 December 2024, the Group had utilised US$80 million under this facility. The Group fully repaid the amount outstanding under
this facility in January 2025.
Interest rate swaps
The Group holds interest rate swaps to hedge the interest rate risk on bank borrowings. As of 31 December 2024, the Group had
interest rate swaps with total notional principal amounting to US$179.1 million and mature between March 2025 and July 2029.
Hedge accounting was adopted for these contracts.
The Group’s interest rate swaps are governed by contracts based on the International Swaps and Derivatives Association
(“ISDA”) master agreements. All of the Group’s interest rate swaps have transitioned to SOFR fixing, with some of them transitioned
to a five-day lookback and a credit adjustment spread of 26 basis points and the rest of them using the fallback of the ISDA 2020
IBOR Fallbacks Protocol (i.e., two-day lookback and credit adjustment spread of 26 basis points).


Graphics
79
Trade finance facilities
As of 31 December 2024, the Group via its subsidiary BW LPG Product Services Pte Ltd, has entered into various uncommitted
trade finance facilities totalling US$796 million to support its LPG trading activities. Trade finance facilities are secured against the
underlying LPG cargoes and related receivables, with further support from a corporate guarantee from BW LPG Limited. As of 31
December 2024, borrowings under these facilities bear interest at floating interest rates ranging from 5.0% to 7.0%.
Financial Covenants
Certain of the Group’s bank facilities contain financial covenants requiring the Company as the guarantor under the facilities
agreements to ensure that, among other things:
• the Group has liquidity (including undrawn available lines of credit with a maturity exceeding six months) on a consolidated
basis of no less than US$50 million and at least US$20 million of cash and cash equivalents;
• the Group’s adjusted equity on a consolidated basis on the last day of any fiscal quarter is no less than US$350 million; and
• the Group’s adjusted equity on a consolidated basis is at all times no less than 25% of the sum of the Group’s liabilities and
adjusted equity.
Restrictive Covenants
The Group is required to deliver compliance certificates, which include valuations of the vessels securing the applicable facility
from two independent ship brokers. Upon delivery of the valuation, if the market value of the collateral vessels is less than 125% of
the outstanding indebtedness under the applicable facilities, the Group must either provide additional collateral and/or prepay part of
the loan to ensure compliance, as applicable.
Other than as stated, the Group’s compliance with the financial covenants listed above is measured as of the end of the second and
fourth fiscal quarter of each year. As of 31 December 2024, the Group was in compliance with all covenants under the secured term
loan facilities and revolving credit facilities.
Capital Expenditures
The Group’s main capital expenditures arise from drydockings and other vessel maintenance expenditures and acquisition of
second-hand vessels.
The following table sets forth information on the Group’s capital expenditures for the periods indicated:








For the year ended


31 December


2024

2023
US$’000




Purchase of secondhand vessels

1,049,212

102,021
Drydocking and vessel upgrades

14,332

13,931
Total

1,063,544

115,952

The Group invested approximately US$40 million in infrastructure projects in India during the year ended 31 December 2024.
See “Item 4. Information on the Company — 4.B. Business Overview — Infrastructure Projects.”
See Note 21 to the Financial Statements for details on material cash requirements from known contractual obligations.


Graphics
80
5.C. RESEARCH AND DEVELOPMENT, PATENTS AND LICENSES, ETC.
The Group does not undertake any significant expenditure on research and development and have no significant interests in
patents or licences.
5.D. TREND INFORMATION
Key trends that are reasonably likely to impact the Group’s business, results of operations and financial condition include the
following:
• Geopolitical events and political instability, including increased trade protectionism and tariffs may impact the Group’s
business and operations. The war in Ukraine and the armed conflict in Yemen have impacted and may continue to impact the
Group’s operations and charter rates and costs. The Group is currently redirecting its vessels to avoid the areas affected by
the war in Ukraine and the armed conflict in Yemen as uncertainty and risk of damage remains high.
• LPG production in the United States increased in 2024 and is expected to continue growing in 2025. Export growth in
subsequent years is expected to see support from new LPG export terminals (source: NGLS, January 2025).
• Most of the exports from the United States are to the Far East. China’s LPG imports have continued to grow in 2024. The
PDH capacity in China, which is a driver of LPG demand, has grown significantly since 2021 and is expected to continue
growing in 2025 (source: Fearnleys, February 2025).
Restored water levels at the Panama Canal’s main water reservoir have enabled more vessels to transit the canal when sailing
between the US Gulf and the Far East, which contributed to lower day rates during certain periods in 2024. With the canal currently
operating near full capacity, the likelihood for higher transit fees and waiting time will likely increase going forward. See “Item 4.
Information on the Company — 4.B. Business Overview — Market Overview — Key LPG shipping demand drivers & — VLGC
supply” for more detail.
5.E. CRITICAL ACCOUNTING ESTIMATES
Not applicable.
ITEM 6. DIRECTORS, SENIOR MANAGEMENT AND EMPLOYEES
6.A. DIRECTORS AND SENIOR MANAGEMENT
Directors
The directors and their principal functions within the Company, together with a brief description of their management experience
and expertise and principal business activities outside the Company, are set out below.






Name

Position

Age
Andreas Sohmen-Pao

Chairman, Non-Executive Director

53
Anne Grethe Dalane

Non-Executive Director

64
Sonali Chandmal

Non-Executive Director

56
Luc Gillet

Non-Executive Director

66
Sanjiv Misra

Non-Executive Director

64
Andrew E. Wolff

Non-Executive Director

55

The following is a brief biography of each of the Company’s directors.


Graphics
81
Andreas Sohmen-Pao
Andreas Sohmen-Pao is Chairman of the Company and chairman of BW Group, BW Offshore, Hafnia, BW Epic Kosan, BW
Energy and Cadeler. He is also chairman of the Global Centre for Maritime Decarbonisation and a trustee of the Lloyd’s Register
Foundation. Mr. Sohmen-Pao was previously chairman of the Singapore Maritime Foundation and has served as a non-executive
director of The Hongkong and Shanghai Banking Corporation Ltd, London P&I Club, Esplanade Co Ltd, National Parks Board
Singapore, Sport Singapore and the Maritime and Port Authority of Singapore amongst others. Mr. Sohmen-Pao graduated from
Oxford University in England with an honours degree in Oriental Studies and holds an MBA from Harvard Business School.
Anne Grethe Dalane
Anne Grethe Dalane has served on the Board of Directors since 21 November 2013 as an independent director. She is the Chair of
the Audit Committee. Ms. Dalane currently serves on the board of directors of Petroleum Geo-Services and Arendals Fossekompani.
Her board experience includes Hafslund, EDB Business Partners and Prosafe. Ms. Dalane has held various senior management
positions at Yara International and Norsk Hydro in the areas of human resources, corporate strategy and finance. Ms. Dalane is a
certified financial analyst and holds an MBA from the Norwegian School of Economics.
Sonali Chandmal
Sonali Chandmal has served on the Board of Directors since 20 May 2020 as an independent director. She is currently a partner at
A Lamot Incobel & Co, an advisory firm focused on private equity opportunities and funding in Europe, India and America.
Ms. Chandmal serves on the board of directors and renumeration committee of Ageas SA/NV, the board of directors and renumeration
committee chair of Ageas Portugal Holding SGPS S.A. and the board of directors, audit and sustainability committees of Medicover
AB. Additionally, she is also on the board of directors of Ackermans & van Haaren SA/NV, the Harvard Club of Belgium and
Chapter Zero Brussels. From 1997 to 2017, she worked at Bain & Company, a leading global strategy and management consulting
firm, at its offices in San Francisco, London and Brussels. Prior to that, Ms. Chandmal worked at Robertson Stephens & Company, an
investment bank specialising in high technology IPOs and mergers & acquisitions. Ms. Chandmal holds a BA in Economics from the
University of California at Berkeley, and an MBA at the Harvard University Graduate School of Business Administration.
Luc Gillet
Luc Gillet has served on the Board of Directors since 15 May 2023 as an independent director. Mr. Gillet started his career in
1982 with ETPM and joined Bureau Veritas in 1983 where he held various management positions. Mr. Gillet joined TotalEnergies in
2003, he was named Senior Vice President Shipping in 2008 and served until 2022. Mr. Gillet currently serves as an independent
director of GTT and Orion Global Transport France (OGTF). Mr. Gillet is a graduated engineer from Ecole Nationale Supérieure de
Techniques avancées (1980) and holds an EMBA of HEC (1991).
Sanjiv Misra
Sanjiv Misra has served on the Board of Directors since 14 February 2024 as an independent director. Mr. Misra is Chairman of
Clifford Capital Holdings and Bayfront Infrastructure Management Pte Ltd, a Non-Executive Director of Partners Capital Group, and
a member of the BW Group Supervisory Board. He is also an Independent Advisor and Chairman of the Asia Pacific Advisory Board
for Apollo Global Management and President of Phoenix Advisers Pte Ltd, a boutique consulting and principal investing firm.
Mr. Misra began his investment banking career with Goldman Sachs & Co in 1986, spanning over a decade in New York, Hong Kong,
and Singapore. In 1997, he joined Citigroup, where he served as the Head of the Asia Pacific Corporate Bank, CEO of Global
Corporate and Investment Banking Group (Singapore and Brunei), and Country Officer for Singapore. He was also the Citigroup
Head of Asia Pacific Investment Banking, and Head of Equity Capital Markets for Asia-Pacific. Mr. Misra was previously an
independent director at Olam International, EDBI, OUE Hospitality REIT Management, Edelweiss Financial Services Ltd, the
National University Health System and Singapore Symphonia Company Pte Ltd, amongst others. He was a board member and trustee
of the Singapore Management University. Mr. Misra holds a Bachelor of Arts in Economics from Delhi University, a Post-Graduate
Diploma in Management from the Indian Institute of Management, and a Master of Management from Kellogg School of
Management at Northwestern University.


Graphics
82
Andrew E. Wolff
Andrew E. Wolff has served on the Board of Directors since 20 May 2020 as an independent director. He was most recently
Global Co-Head of the Merchant Banking Division (“MBD”), Head of MBD International and Global Co-Head of Private Equity for
Goldman Sachs. He was the Co-Chief Investment Officer of the flagship Merchant Banking private equity funds. Mr. Wolff was a
member of the European Management Committee, Corporate Investment Committee, Infrastructure Investment Committee, and co-
chairman of the Growth Equity Investment Committee. Mr. Wolff joined Goldman Sachs in 1998 in the Principal Investment Area
and was named Managing Director in 2005 and Partner in 2006. He has experience investing across global markets and has served on
the boards of companies in the United States, Canada, Argentina, Brazil, Japan, China, Korea, the United Kingdom, France, Norway
and Denmark. Mr. Wolff earned a BA in Philosophy from Yale University in 1991 and a JD and MBA from Harvard Law School and
Harvard Business School, respectively, in 1998.
Senior Management
The current members of the senior executive team with responsibility for day-to-day management of the Group’s business are set
out below.






Name

Position

Age
Kristian Sørensen

Chief Executive Officer

48
Samantha Xu

Chief Financial Officer

44
Prodyut Banerjee

Vice President and Head of Operations

62
Knut-Helge Knutsen

Vice President and Head of Technical

55
Iver Baatvik

Vice President and Head of Corporate Development

42
Leona Leo

Vice President and Head of Human Resources

48

The management experience and expertise of the Senior Management is set out below.
Kristian Sørensen
Kristian Sørensen has over 20 years of experience in the LPG shipping industry where he has held several commercial and
management positions. He started his career as a shipbroker in Lorentzen & Stemoco in 2002 before joining Inge Steensland AS
(today Steem1960) in 2004 as a broker and later partner and Head of Gas department. From 2010-2013, he was responsible for
expanding and heading its Singapore office. In 2016 he became CEO of Norwegian broking house Fearnleys, and also served as
Deputy Group CEO for the Astrup Fearnley Group until 2021, when he joined Avance Gas as CEO. Mr. Sørensen joined BW LPG as
Deputy CEO and Head of Strategy in September 2022. Mr. Sørensen spent two years in the Royal Norwegian Navy as a graduate of
the Junior Naval Academy and holds a “Siviløkonom” degree from the Norwegian School of Economics (NHH).
Samantha Xu
Samantha Xu has more than 20 years of international finance experience in the shipping and energy sectors. Samantha started her
career with A. P. Moller-Maersk Group as management trainee, and worked in its headquarters in Copenhagen, Denmark as financial
controller upon graduation. She also headed the finance team for Odfjell SE in the Middle East before joining J. Lauritzen Singapore
as its CFO in 2012. In 2019, she joined Royal Vopak, a leading independent terminal company, as its Finance Director managing their
terminal portfolio in Asia and the Middle East. Her career primarily focuses on board governance, risk management, project
investment and M&A. Ms. Xu holds a Global Executive MBA and a Corporate Governance Certificate from INSEAD, and an
Accredited Senior Director of Singapore Institute of Directors.
Prodyut Banerjee
Captain Prodyut Banerjee has more than 18 years of experience in Global Operations in the maritime industry. He has held
various leadership positions with BW Group since 2005. Prior to joining BW Group, he worked with ExxonMobil for over 15 years,
serving on vessels at sea and in shore positions in the United Kingdom. He has an MBA from the National University of Singapore.


Graphics
83
Knut-Helge Knutsen
Knut-Helge Knutsen is a seasoned maritime professional with 30 years of experience in the shipping industry, including more
than 20 years in leadership roles. Before joining BW LPG in 2013, he was Regional Manager at Veritas Petroleum Services for
six years and was with DNV for 11 years where he led various technical departments related to ship building in Norway and South
Korea. Mr. Knutsen is also a member of LIoyd’s Nordic Committee and DNV Nordic Safety Committee. He has a Master’s degree in
Marine Engineering from the Norwegian University of Science and Technology and Global Business Leadership qualifications from
the IMD Business School in Switzerland.
Iver Baatvik
Iver Baatvik is a seasoned finance professional with over a decade of investment banking experience at ABN AMRO and
Sissener. before joining BW LPG in 2018. Mr. Baatvik has a Master’s Degree in Economics from the University of Oslo and a
Bachelor’s degree in Business and Administration from Pacific Lutheran University in Tacoma, Washington.
Leona Leo
Leona Leo brings more than 18 years of experience in the oil and energy industry. She began her career in Accenture Singapore
as a consultant in organization change management. She then spent 15 years with Chevron in several senior HR positions, including a
two-year assignment at Chevron’s HQ in California. Thereafter, she moved to Shell to lead HR for the chemical manufacturing
business unit. Before joining BW LPG, she was Global HR business partner to the COO and CFO at Maxeon Solar. She has an MBA
and a Bachelor of Business degree with First Class Honors from Nanyang Technological University (NTU) in Singapore.
6.B. COMPENSATION
Directors’ Remuneration
The shareholders of the Company at the Annual General Meeting (“AGM”) of the Company determine the remuneration of the
Board. The remuneration of the directors reflects their competence, level of activity, responsibility, use of resources and the
complexity of the business activities. The remuneration of the directors is not linked to the Company’s performance and the directors
do not receive profit-related remuneration, share options or retirement benefits from the Company.










2024

2023

2022


US$’000

US$’000

US$’000
Directors’ Remuneration






Directors’ fees

585

376

376

Senior Management’s Remuneration
The Board has established guidelines that set out the main principles applied in determining the salary and other remuneration of
the Senior Management. They are communicated at the AGM and are also made available on the Company’s website. Remuneration
of the Senior Management is reviewed annually and approved by the Board based on recommendations by the Remuneration
Committee. The Remuneration Committee considers the performance of the Senior Management and gathers information from
comparable companies before making its recommendation to the Board.








2024

2023


US$’000

US$’000
Senior Management’s Remuneration




Salaries and other short-term employee benefits

3,500

3,333
Post-employment benefits – contribution to defined contribution Plans

1,692

1,859
Total

5,192

5,192

In addition, the Senior Management has been granted options pursuant to the share-based compensation plans (see “Item 6.
Directors, Senior Management and Employees — 6.E. Share Ownership — Senior Management’s Share Ownership”).


Graphics
84
Share-Based Compensation Plans
The Company operates an equity-settled, share-based compensation plan: the five-year long-term management share option plan
launched on 1 March 2022 (“LTIP 2022”). Under LTIP 2022, at the end of the vesting periods between February 2025 and
February 2029, 3,500,000 Shares may be acquired by certain employees from the Company at a predetermined strike price. The
Company also operated a five-year long-term management share option plan launched on 21 April 2017 (“LTIP 2017”). Under LTIP
2017, at the end of the vesting periods between February 2020 and February 2024, 2,083,424 Shares were acquired by certain
employees from the Company at a predetermined strike price.
Under LTIP 2017, members of senior management of the Company were awarded share options on an annual basis for a period of
five years. The total number of options that were awarded under LTIP 2017 was 568,000 for 2017 and 2018, and 1,515,424 from
2019 to 2021, where each option gives the holder the right to acquire one Share from the Company. The options (i.e. 284,000 options
for 2017 and 2018, 568,000 for 2019, 470,304 for 2020 and 477,120 for 2021) were awarded each year in connection with the
publication of the quarterly report for the fourth quarter for the preceding year, except for 2017 in which the options were awarded on
21 April 2017. The strike price for the options is equal to the sum of (i) the volume weighted average share price (“VWAP”) quoted
on the OSE on the first five trading days following the announcement of such quarterly report, and (ii) 16% of the VWAP. The strike
price for the options awarded on 21 April 2017 was NOK 48.15; on 28 February 2018, NOK 42.98; on 28 February 2019, NOK 30.75;
on 6 March 2020, NOK 61.64; and on 1 March 2021, NOK 56.98.
Under LTIP 2022, members of senior management and certain employees of the Company will, on an annual basis for a period of
five years, be awarded share options. The total number of options that will be awarded under LTIP 2022 is 3,500,000 (adjusted in
2023 from 3,548,500 when it was set in 2022), where each option will give the holder the right to acquire one Share from the
Company. The total number of options that were awarded under LTIP 2022 was 624,536 in 2022, 709,700 in 2023, and 631,963 in
2024. The options (i.e. 709,700 options) will be awarded each year in connection with the publication of the quarterly report for the
fourth quarter of the preceding year. The strike price for the options shall be equal to the sum of (i) the VWAP quoted on the OSE on
the first five trading days following the announcement of such quarterly report, and (ii) 16% of the VWAP. The strike price for the
options awarded on 1 March 2022 was NOK 63.15; on 28 February 2023, NOK 109.77; and on 29 February 2024, NOK 142.32.
The LTIP 2017 and LTIP 2022 options will have a vesting period of three years from being awarded, and may then be exercised
during the course of a period of three additional years. The LTIP 2017 and LTIP 2022 options are non-tradable and conditional upon
the option holder being employed by the Company or its subsidiaries and not having resigned or being terminated for cause prior to
the vesting date.
Defined Contribution Plans
The Company provides defined contribution plans for all employees (including Senior Management), which are post-employment
benefit plans under which the Company pays fixed contributions into separate entities on a mandatory, contractual or voluntary basis.
The total amount the Company contributed to the defined contribution plans for the year ended 31 December 2024, 2023 and 2022
was US$874,000, US$731,000 and US$418,000, respectively.
6.C. BOARD PRACTICES
Board of Directors
The Company’s Board of Directors consists of six directors. All the directors were re-elected at the 2024 AGM on 12 June 2024
for a term until the next annual general meeting in 2025.
Board Committees
The Board of Directors has an audit committee (“Audit Committee”) and a remuneration committee (“Remuneration
Committee”). Each committee’s members and functions are described below.


Graphics
85
Audit Committee
The Board of Directors has established the Audit Committee as a preparatory and advisory committee for the Board, consisting of
three members, all of which are also members of the Board. Anne Grethe Dalane, Sonali Chandmal and Sanjiv Misra serve as
members of the Audit Committee. Anne Grethe Dalane serves as the Chair of the Audit Committee. All members of the Audit
Committee are independent.
The responsibilities of the Audit Committee include but are not limited to: (i) receiving and reviewing compliance and internal
audit reports on a quarterly basis; (ii) monitoring and reviewing internal audit activities, reports and findings; (iii) reviewing annual
supervisory plan for internal audit work; (iv) reviewing and monitoring internal controls in connection with quarterly reviews of the
Company’s financial reporting; and (v) reviewing the Company’s internal control procedures with the Board and the auditor.
Remuneration Committee
The Board of Directors has established the Remuneration Committee in order to ensure thorough and independent preparation of
matters relating to compensation paid to the Senior Management. The Remuneration Committee consists of two members, both of
which are also members of the Board of Directors. Andreas Sohmen-Pao and Luc Gillet serve as members of the Remuneration
Committee. Andreas Sohmen-Pao serves as the Chair of the Renumeration Committee and is not independent of the largest
shareholder of the Company.
The responsibilities of the Remuneration Committee include but are not limited to considering the performance of the Senior
Management and gathering information from comparable companies to make remuneration recommendation to the Board of
Directors. Such recommendation aims to ensure convergence of the financial interests of the Company’s Senior Management and
shareholders. Sustainability performance objectives are integrated into the variable remuneration of the Senior Management.
6.D. EMPLOYEES
The total number of Company personnel as of the end of the respective years is provided below.








Category

2024

2023

2022
Crew
(1)


1,310

1,444

1,507
Employee

119

102

94
Singapore

55

55

51
Norway

36

31

29
Madrid

18

14

13
Dubai

5

—

—
Houston

3

2

1
Total

1,429

1,546

1,601


(1) Number of crew includes those on both company-owned and BW India vessels. They are not employed by BW LPG but they are
part of the workforce.
6.E. SHARE OWNERSHIP
Directors’ Share Ownership
None of the Company’s directors hold shares in the Company. BW Group Limited owns 48,407,126 Shares of the Company,
representing 31.94% of the outstanding Shares as of 31 December 2024. BW Group is owned by a company controlled by corporate
interests associated with the Sohmen family. Andreas Sohmen-Pao is a member of the Sohmen family.


Graphics
86
Senior Management’s Share Ownership
As of 14 March 2025, Kristian Sørensen owns 7,000 Shares, Samantha Xu owns 2,000 Shares and Iver Baatvik owns 24,840
Shares. No other members of Senior Management own Shares. For information regarding issuance of share capital, please refer to
“Item 6. Directors, Senior Management and Employees — 6.B. Compensation.”
As of 14 March 2025, the number of options granted to the Senior Management pursuant to the share-based compensation plans is
set out in the following table.
Number of options
granted as of 31
Name
14 March 2025
Kristian Sørensen
661,941
Samantha Xu
170,000
Prodyut Banerjee
152,436
Knut-Helge Knutsen
152,436
Iver Baatvik
124,464
Leona Leo

50,812
6.F. DISCLOSURE OF A REGISTRANT’S ACTION TO RECOVER ERRONEOUSLY AWARDED COMPENSATION
Not applicable.
ITEM 7. MAJOR SHAREHOLDERS AND RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS
7.A. MAJOR SHAREHOLDERS
The information below describes the beneficial ownership of the Company’s Shares by each person or entity that beneficially own
5% or more of the Company’s 159,282,000 issued Shares, as of 14 March 2025.
Percentage of
Percentage of
Outstanding
Beneficial Owners
Shares Owned
Issued Shares
Shares
(1)

BW Group Limited
48,407,126
30.39
%
31.92
%
Hemen Holding Limited
14,757,491
9.27
%
9.73
%
Folketrygdfondet
9,185,652
5.77
%
6.06
%
BW LPG Limited
(2)

7,622,910
4.79
%
N/A

(
1) The number of outstanding Shares excludes 7,622,910 treasury shares.
(2) Treasury shares
None of the above shareholders hold voting rights which are different from those that are held by the Company’s other
shareholders, except on a resolution to change the Company’s name to remove the reference to “BW,” where BW Group has requested
such a resolution in accordance with the Company’s Constitution, where the Shares held by BW Group and its affiliates shall be
deemed to have the number of votes equalling a multiple of ten times the entire number of Shares represented at such meeting.
Based on the information in the Company’s shareholder register and other sources available to the Company, as of 14
March 2025, there were 1,961 record holders of the Shares in the United States, representing 11.71% of the Company’s outstanding
Shares. Since a certain number of the Shares were held by brokers or other nominees, the number of record holders of the Shares in
the US may not be representative of the number of beneficial holders or of their country of residence.


Graphics
87
BW Group owns 31.9% of the outstanding Shares of the Company as of 14 March 2025. Accordingly, BW Group is able to
exercise significant influence over outcome of matters on which the Company’s shareholders are entitled to vote, including the
election of Board of Directors and other significant corporate actions. See “Item 3. Key Information — 3.D. Risk Factors — Risks
Related to the Shares — BW Group is the largest shareholder of the Group and has significant voting power and the ability to
influence matters requiring shareholder approval.”
The Company is not aware of any arrangement that may, at a subsequent date, result in a change of control of the Company.
7.B. RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS
The Group’s largest shareholder is BW Group Limited. BW Group Limited is owned by a company controlled by corporate
interests associated with the Sohmen family. The Group’s chair, Andreas Sohmen-Pao, is a member of the Sohmen family. The Group
is not affiliated with any other entities in the shipping industry other than those that are members of the BW Group.
From time to time, the Group enters into agreements with BW Group Limited and companies within the BW Group and other
related parties. The Group may enter into transactions with BW Group Limited and companies within the BW Group and other related
parties from time to time in the future.
On 25 February 2022, the Group made a convertible loan of US$267,801.5 to Alpha Ori Technology Holdings Pte Ltd (“Alpha
Ori”) repayable on 28 February 2023 with an interest rate of 3% per annum. The Group, via its subsidiary BW LPG Technologies Pte
Ltd (“BW LPGT”), is a shareholder of Alpha Ori. BW Maritime Pte Ltd and Hafnia SG Pte. Ltd., related parties of the Group through
the common shareholder BW Group, are shareholders of Alpha Ori. On 30 June 2022, the outstanding amount, including interest
accrued until 30 June 2022, was converted into equity via the issuance of ordinary fully paid shares in Alpha Ori. Due to the debt to
equity conversion, the Group was allocated an additional 154 ordinary shares of Alpha Ori and owned approximately 5.4% shares in
Alpha Ori as at 30 June 2022.
On 15 May 2023, Alpha Ori issued a convertible promissory note (the “2023 Promissory Note”) to BW LPGT pursuant to which
Alpha Ori promised to pay to BW LPGT the principal sum of US$160,622 (together with interest thereon from 15 May 2023, with
interest accruing at a rate of 180-day average SOFR plus 3.0% per annum). On 30 October 2023, BW LPGT, amongst others, entered
into a share purchase agreement (the “SPA”) with ZeroNorth A/S (“ZN”). Pursuant to the SPA, BW LPGT agreed to sell and ZN
agreed to acquire all of BW LPGT’s shares in Alpha Ori in consideration for the issuance of 19,804 ordinary and 9,750 preference
shares in ZN. The transactions under the SPA completed on 19 February 2024.
On 26 January 2024, Alpha Ori issued a second convertible promissory note (the “2024 Promissory Note”) to BW LPGT
pursuant to which Alpha Ori promised to pay to BW LPGT the principal sum of US$352,869 (together with interest thereon from the
date of disbursement by BW LPGT until, and including, 19 February 2024, calculated at a rate of 8.0% per annum).
On 19 February 2024, the 2023 Promissory Note was novated from Alpha Ori to ZN pursuant to the terms of a Promissory
Note Novation and Capitalisation Deed dated on or about 19 February 2024. As of 31 December 2024, the 2023 Promissory
Note remains outstanding.
On 28 August 2024, the Group entered into a US$250 million unsecured revolving credit facility with BW Group to fund the
acquisition of VLGCs from Avance Gas. See “Item 5. Operating and Financial Review and Prospects – 5.B Liquidity and Capital
Resources – Capital Resources and Indebtedness - US$250,000,000 BW Group Revolving Credit Facility”.
7.C. INTERESTS OF EXPERTS AND COUNSEL
Not Applicable.
ITEM 8. FINANCIAL INFORMATION
8.A. CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS AND OTHER FINANCIAL INFORMATION
Please refer to pages F-1 through F-55 of this Form 20-F.


Graphics
88
Legal Proceedings
The Company is not involved in any material legal proceedings.
Dividend Policy
The dividend policy of the Company is reviewed and approved by the Board of Directors and disclosed on the Company’s
website. The Company intends to provide a quarterly dividend payout, subject to the discretion of the Board of Directors and the
profits of the Company, as described below. As a guideline for declaring dividends, the Board of Directors generally aims for an
annual payout ratio of 50% of Shipping NPAT, which may be enhanced to 75% and 100% of Shipping NPAT when the net leverage
ratio is below 30% and 20%, respectively. Shipping NPAT is calculated as Profit attributable to equity holders of the Company, minus
the Company’s share of BW LPG Product Services Pte. Ltd.’s Net profit/(loss) after tax (see Note 25 to the Financial Statements). See
“Item 5. Operating and Financial Review and Prospects — 5.A. Operating Results — Key performance indicators and non-IFRS
financial measures” for the definition of and calculation of the net leverage ratio.
The declaration and payment of dividends is subject to the discretion of the Board of Directors and the profits of the Company,
and the final amount of any dividends is determined by the Board of Directors. The Board of Directors may adjust the dividend payout
for extraordinary items, such as vessel impairment or write-backs of impairment) and may also consider other factors in determining
the payment and amount of any dividends, such as the following:
• BW LPG Product Services Pte. Ltd.’s performance, as measured by, among other things, the amount of dividends distributed
by BW LPG Product Services Pte. Ltd. to the Company;
• the Group’s capital expenditure plans; and
• the Group’s financing requirements, financial flexibility, and anticipated cash flows of the business. There can be no
assurance that the Board of Directors will declare a dividend payment in any period.
8.B. SIGNIFICANT CHANGES
Other than as disclosed in Note 27 to the Financial Statements beginning on page F-55, no significant change has occurred since
31 December 2024.
ITEM 9. THE OFFER AND LISTING
9.A. OFFER AND LISTING DETAILS
The Shares have traded on the OSE under the symbol “BWLPG” since 21 November 2013. The Shares have traded on the NYSE
under the symbol “BWLP” since 29 April 2024. As of 31 December 2024, the Company has 151,538,443 Shares issued and
outstanding (excluding 7,743,557 treasury shares).
9.B. PLAN OF DISTRIBUTION
Not applicable.
9.C. MARKETS
The Shares are currently traded on the OSE under the symbol “BWLPG” and on the NYSE under the symbol “BWLP.”


Graphics
89
Norwegian securities laws
Set out below is a summary of certain aspects of securities trading in Norway and the possible implications for shareholders of
owning shares in a company that is trading on the OSE in addition to trading on the NYSE. Shareholders, whether they trade their
shares through the NYSE or the OSE, who wish to clarify the aspects of securities trading in Norway and/or its impact on shareholders
trading their shares in the United States should consult with and rely upon their own advisors.
The summary is based on the rules and regulations in force in Norway as at the date of this annual report, which may be subject to
changes occurring after such date. This summary does not purport to be a comprehensive description of securities trading in Norway.
Introduction
The OSE and Euronext Expand are the only regulated markets for securities trading in Norway, being part of Euronext and
operated by Oslo Børs ASA. Oslo Børs ASA is 100% owned by Euronext Nordics Holding AS, a holding company established by
Euronext N.V. Euronext is a pan-European stock exchange with its registered office in Amsterdam and corporate headquarters at La
Défense in Greater Paris. Euronext owns seven regulated markets across Europe, including Amsterdam, Brussels, Dublin, Lisbon,
Milan, Oslo and Paris.
Information, control and surveillance
Under Norwegian law, the OSE is required to perform a number of surveillance and control functions. The surveillance and
corporate control unit of the OSE monitors all market activity on a continuous basis. Market surveillance systems are largely
automated, promptly warning department personnel of abnormal market developments.
The Financial Supervisory Authority of Norway controls the issuance of securities in both the equity and bond markets in Norway
and evaluates whether the issuance documentation contains the required information and whether it would otherwise be unlawful to
carry out the issuance.
Under Norwegian law, a company that is listed on a Norwegian regulated market, or has applied for listing on such market, must
promptly release any inside information directly concerning the company (i.e., any information of a precise nature relating directly or
indirectly to financial instruments, the issuer thereof or other matters which are likely to have a significant effect on the price of the
relevant financial instruments or related financial instruments, and which has not been made public or is commonly known in the
market). A company may, however, delay the release of such information in order not to prejudice its legitimate interests, provided
that it is able to ensure the confidentiality of the information and that the delayed release would not be likely to mislead the public.
The OSE may levy fines on companies violating these requirements.
Disclosure obligations
If a person’s, entity’s or consolidated ‘group’s proportion of the total issued shares and/or rights to shares in a company listed on a
regulated market in Norway (with Norway as its home state, which is the case for the Company) reaches, exceeds or falls below the
respective thresholds of 5%, 10%, 15%, 20%, 25%, 1/3, 50%, 2/3 or 90% of the share capital or the voting rights of that company, the
person, entity or group in question has an obligation under the Norwegian Securities Trading Act of 29 June 2007 no. 75, as amended
(the “Norwegian Securities Trading Act”) to notify the OSE and the issuer immediately. The same applies if the disclosure
thresholds are passed due to other circumstances, such as a change in the company’s share capital.
In addition, the Company’s Constitution requires shareholders to make such notifications to the Company regarding their interest
in securities in the Company as they are required to make under all applicable rules and regulations to which the Company is subject.
See “Item 10. Additional Information — 10.B. Constitution” for more information on the disclosure obligations set forth in our
Constitution.


Graphics
90
Insider trading
According to Norwegian law, subscription for, purchase, sale, exchange or other acquisitions or disposals of financial instruments
that are listed, or subject to the application for listing, on a Norwegian regulated market, or incitement to such dispositions, must not
be undertaken by anyone who has inside information and thereby uses that information, as defined in Article 7 of Regulation (EU) No
596/2014 of the European Parliament and of the Council of 16 April 2014 on market abuse, and as implemented in Norway in
accordance with Section 3-1 of the Norwegian Securities Trading Act. The same applies to the entry into, purchase, sale or exchange
of options or futures/forward contracts or similar rights (including financial derivatives) whose value or price either depends on or has
an effect on the price or value of such financial instruments or incitement to such dispositions.
Mandatory offer requirements
The Norwegian Securities Trading Act requires any person, entity or consolidated group that becomes the owner of shares
representing more than one-third (or more than 40% or 50%) of the voting rights of a company listed on a Norwegian regulated
market (with the exception of certain foreign companies) to, within four weeks, make an unconditional general offer for the purchase
of the remaining shares in that company. A mandatory offer obligation may also be triggered where a party acquires the right to
become the owner of shares that, together with the party’s own shareholding, represent more than one-third (or more than 40% or 50%
as applicable) of the voting rights in the company and the OSE decides that this is regarded as an effective acquisition of the shares in
question.
The mandatory offer obligation ceases to apply if the person, entity or consolidated group sells the portion of the shares that
exceeds the relevant threshold within four weeks of the date on which the mandatory offer obligation was triggered.
When a mandatory offer obligation is triggered, the person subject to the obligation is required to immediately notify the OSE and
the company in question accordingly. The notification is required to state whether an offer will be made to acquire the remaining
shares in the company or whether a sale will take place. As a rule, a notification to the effect that an offer will be made cannot be
retracted. The offer and the offer document required are subject to approval by the OSE before the offer is submitted to the
shareholders or made public.
The offer price per share must be at least as high as the highest price paid or agreed by the offeror for the shares in the six-month
period prior to the date the threshold was exceeded. If the acquirer acquires or agrees to acquire additional shares at a higher price
prior to the expiration of the mandatory offer period, the acquirer is obliged to restate its offer at such higher price. A mandatory offer
must be in cash or contain a cash alternative at least equivalent to any other consideration offered.
In case of failure to make a mandatory offer or to sell the portion of the shares that exceeds the relevant threshold within four
weeks, the OSE may force the acquirer to sell the shares exceeding the threshold by public auction. Moreover, a shareholder who fails
to make an offer may not, as long as the mandatory offer obligation remains in force, exercise rights in the company, such as voting in
a general meeting, without the consent of a majority of the remaining shareholders. The shareholder may, however, exercise his/her/its
rights to dividends in the event of a share capital increase. If the shareholder neglects his/her/its duty to make a mandatory offer, the
OSE may impose a cumulative daily fine that runs until the circumstance has been rectified.
Any person, entity or consolidated group that owns shares representing more than one-third of the votes in a company listed on a
Norwegian regulated market (with the exception of certain foreign companies) is obliged to make an offer to purchase the remaining
shares of the company (repeated offer obligation) if the person, entity or consolidated group through acquisition becomes the owner of
shares representing 40%, or more of the votes in the company. The same applies correspondingly if the person, entity or consolidated
group through acquisition becomes the owner of shares representing 50% or more of the votes in the company. The mandatory offer
obligation ceases to apply if the person, entity or consolidated group sells the portion of the shares which exceeds the relevant
threshold within four weeks of the date on which the mandatory offer obligation was triggered.
Any person, entity or consolidated group that at the time of listing of the company had a shareholding above any of the above-
mentioned thresholds may increase its shareholding up to the next applicable threshold (if any) without triggering the mandatory bid
obligation.


Graphics
91
Any person, entity or consolidated group that following listing of the company has passed any of the above-mentioned thresholds
in such a way as not to trigger the mandatory bid obligation and has therefore not previously made an offer for the remaining shares in
the company in accordance with the mandatory offer rules is, as a main rule, obliged to make a mandatory offer in the event of a
subsequent acquisition of shares in the company.
9.D. SELLING SHAREHOLDERS
Not applicable.
9.E. DILUTION
Not applicable.
9.F. EXPENSES OF THE ISSUE
Not applicable.
ITEM 10. ADDITIONAL INFORMATION
10.A. SHARE CAPITAL
Not applicable.
10.B. CONSTITUTION
The information required by this section, including a summary of certain material provisions of the Company’s Constitution and
of the Singapore Companies Act, in effect as of the date of this annual report insofar as they relate to the material terms of the
Company’s Shares, is included in Exhibit 2.2 “Description of securities registered under section 12 of the Exchange Act” to this
annual report. A copy of the complete text of the Company’s Constitution is filed as Exhibit 1.1 to this annual report.
10.C. MATERIAL CONTRACTS
Heads of Agreement between Avance Gas Holding Ltd and the Company – Acquisition of 12 VLGCs from Avance Gas
The Company, as buyer, and Avance Gas Holding Ltd, as seller, entered into a Heads of Agreement on 15 August 2024, which
sets forth the overarching and coordinating terms and conditions for the sale by the seller and purchase by the buyer of 12 VLGCs.
The total consideration payable by the buyer for the purchase of the 12 VLGCs is US$1,050,000,000, which shall be settled by
way of (i) the transfer from the buyer to the seller of 19,282,000 shares in the Company, and (ii) the payment of US$717,385,000 in
cash by the buyer to the seller, subject to terms and conditions set out therein and established in separate memoranda of agreement for
each vessel entered into on the date of signing of the Heads of Agreement and in agreements made between the parties and the lessor
for the novation of the bareboat charters relating to two of the vessels.
Pursuant to the Heads of Agreement, the 12 VLGCs will be delivered between the date of agreement and 31 December 2024. On
or prior the delivery of each VLGC, the buyer shall pay the purchase price for each vessel as follows:
• The buyer shall pay the cash portion relating to that vessel to the seller, and
• The buyer shall transfer the ownership to the consideration shares, having a value of the number of consideration shares times
the share price of US$17.25, to the seller.


Graphics
92
Facility agreement for US$460,000,000 revolving credit facility
See “Item 5. Operating and Financial Review and Prospects – 5.B Liquidity and Capital Resources –Capital Resources and
Indebtedness – US$460,000,000 Revolving Credit Facility”.
Shareholder Rights Agreement
In connection with the Listing, the Company has entered into the Shareholder Rights Agreement with BW Group.
Pursuant to the Shareholder Rights Agreement, BW Group has the right to designate members to the Board of Directors as
follows:
• until the date on which BW Group and its controlled affiliates cease to beneficially own at least 10% of the outstanding
shares in the Company, BW Group is entitled to designate one designee to be nominated by the Company to the Board of
Directors;
• until the date on which BW Group and its controlled affiliates cease to beneficially own at least 20% of the outstanding
shares in the Company, BW Group is entitled to designate a total of two designees to be nominated by the Company to the
Board of Directors; and
• until the date on which BW Group and its controlled affiliates cease to beneficially own at least 30% of the outstanding
shares in the Company, BW Group is entitled to designate a proportionate number of nominees to be presented for election
by the Company’s shareholders, as follows: (i) when the total number of directors on the Board of Directors is even, BW
Group may designate a number of directors equal to one-half of the total number of directors minus one, and (ii) when the
total number of directors on the Board of Directors is odd, BW Group may designate a number of directors equal to the total
number of directors minus one multiplied by 0.5.
Further, pursuant to the terms of the Shareholder Rights Agreement, BW Group has agreed that it shall not, and shall cause its
controlled affiliates not to, transfer any shares of voting securities of the Company without the prior written consent of the Company
to (i) any person or any shareholder group in an amount constituting 15% or more of the voting securities of the Company then
outstanding or (ii) any person or shareholder that, immediately following such transfer, would beneficially own in the aggregate 15%
or more of the voting securities of the Company then outstanding.
BW Group also has the following demand and piggyback registration rights with respect to its Shares pursuant to the Shareholder
Rights Agreement:
• BW Group and its controlled affiliates have the right, subject to certain conditions and exceptions, to request that the
Company file a registration statement with the SEC for the sale and offer of all or part of the Shares held by BW Group and
its controlled affiliates, and the Company shall use commercially reasonable efforts to cause any such registration statement
to become effective as promptly as practicable; and
• If the Company proposes to file a registration statement under the Securities Act in connection with a public offering of its
equity securities, the Company shall offer BW Group and its controlled affiliates the opportunity to register such number of
Shares as BW Group and its controlled affiliates may request, subject to certain conditions and exceptions.
All expenses of registration under the Shareholder Rights Agreement, including the legal fees of counsel retained by BW Group
and its controlled affiliates, will be paid by the Company.



Graphics
93
The Shareholder Rights Agreement requires the Company to provide a standard indemnity to BW Group and its controlled
affiliates against any claims relating to any untrue statement of a material fact (or omission of a material fact) in any registration
statement or prospectus. The Shareholder Rights Agreement also requires BW Group and its controlled affiliates to indemnify the
Company with respect to any untrue statement of a material fact (or omission of a material fact) in any registration statement or
prospectus, if such statement or omission was made in reliance upon and in conformity with written information furnished to the
Company by BW Group and its controlled affiliates specifically for the use therein.
The registration rights are subject to customary restrictions such as the number of registrations, minimum offering sizes, blackout
periods and, if a registration is underwritten, any limitations on the number of Shares to be included in the underwritten offering as
advised by the managing underwriter.
The Shareholder Rights Agreement will terminate, unless provided otherwise therein, on the earlier of the date that BW Group
and its controlled affiliates collectively beneficially own less than 10% of the total issued and outstanding common shares of the
Company or are free to sell their common shares without restriction under Rule 144 of the Securities Act.
Other than as described above, as of 31 December 2024, the Group has not entered into any material contracts other than in the
ordinary course of business.
10.D. EXCHANGE CONTROLS
Generally, there are currently no exchange control restrictions applicable in Singapore.
10.E. TAXATION
Material Singapore Tax Considerations
The following discussion is a summary of material Singapore income tax, goods and services tax (“GST”) and stamp duty
considerations relevant to the acquisition, ownership and disposition of the Shares.
The statements made herein regarding taxation are general in nature and based upon certain aspects of the current tax laws of
Singapore and administrative guidelines issued by the relevant authorities in force as of the date hereof and are subject to any changes
in such laws or administrative guidelines or the interpretation of such laws or guidelines occurring after such date, which changes
could be made on a retrospective basis. The statements made herein do not purport to be a comprehensive or exhaustive description of
all of the tax considerations that may be relevant to a decision to acquire, own or dispose of the Shares and do not purport to deal with
the tax consequences applicable to all categories of investors, some of which (such as dealers in securities) may be subject to special
rules. Prospective shareholders are advised to consult their own tax advisers as to the Singapore or other tax consequences of the
acquisition, ownership of or disposal of the Shares, taking into account their own particular circumstances. The statements below are
based upon the assumption that the Company is a tax resident in Singapore for Singapore income tax purposes after the
redomiciliation and the Company (including its subsidiaries) do not own any Singapore residential properties. It is emphasized that
neither the Company nor any other persons involved in this annual report accepts responsibility for any tax effects or liabilities
resulting from the redomiciliation, the acquisition, holding or disposal of the Shares.
Income Taxation Under Singapore Law
Dividends or Other Distributions with Respect to Shares
Singapore does not impose withholding tax on dividend distributions for both resident and non-resident shareholders. Under the
one-tier corporate tax system, dividends paid by a Singapore tax resident company will be tax exempt in the hands of a shareholder,
whether or not the shareholder is a company or an individual and whether or not the shareholder is a Singapore tax resident.



Graphics
94
Generally, a company is regarded as tax resident in Singapore if the control and management of the company’s business is
exercised in Singapore. Control and management is defined as the making of decisions on strategic matters, such as those concerning
the company’s policy and strategy. Usually, the location of the company’s board of directors meetings where strategic decisions are
made determines where the control and management is exercised. However, under certain scenarios, holding board of directors
meetings in Singapore may not be sufficient and the IRAS will consider other factors to determine if the control and management of
the business is indeed exercised in Singapore.
Capital Gains upon Disposition of Shares
Under current Singapore tax laws, there is generally no tax on capital gains while gains of an income nature would be subject to tax at
the prevailing income tax rate. There are no specific laws or regulations which deal with the characterization of whether a gain is
income or capital in nature. Gains arising from the disposal of the Shares may be construed to be of an income nature and subject to
Singapore income tax, if they arise from activities which may be regarded as the carrying on of a trade or business in Singapore (the
IRAS would look at the various factors such as the motive, the holding period, the frequency of transactions, the nature of the subject
matter, the circumstances of realization, the mode of financing and other factors to determine the nature of the trade). Such gains, even
if they do not arise from an activity in the ordinary course of trade or business or from an ordinary incident of some other business
activity, may also be considered gains or profits of an income nature if the investor had the intention or purpose of making a profit at
the time of acquisition of the Shares. As the circumstances of each prospective investor will vary from one another, each prospective
investor should consult an independent tax advisor on the Singapore income tax and other tax consequences that will apply to their
individual circumstances.
Subject to specified exceptions, under section 13W of the Singapore Income Tax Act, there is a safe harbour rule where there is
exempt from tax any gains or profits derived by a divesting company the disposal of ordinary shares in an investee company which are
legally and beneficially owned by the divesting company immediately before the disposal, being a disposal (a) during the period
between 1 June 2012 to 31 December 2027 (both dates inclusive); and (b) after the divesting company has, at all times during a
continuous period of at least 24 months ending on the date immediately prior to the date of disposal of such shares, legally and
beneficially owned at least 20% of the ordinary shares in that investee company. The safe harbour rule only applies if the divesting
company provides, at the time of lodgement of its return of income for the year of assessment relating to the basis period in which the
disposal occurs, or within such further time as the IRAS may allow, such information and supporting documents as may be specified
by the IRAS. The Singapore Minister for Finance has announced in Budget 2025 that, inter alia, the temporary safe harbour rule will
be made permanent by removing the sunset date of December 31, 2027, and that the assessment of the shareholding threshold
condition will be allowed to be done “on a group basis” for disposal gains derived on or after 1 January 2026.
For shareholders who are subject to Singapore income tax treatment under section 34A or 34AA of the Singapore Income Tax
Act in relation to the adoption of Financial Reporting Standard 39 (Financial Instruments: Recognition and Measurement) (“FRS 39”),
Financial Reporting Standard 109 (Financial Instruments) (“FRS 109”), or Singapore Financial Reporting Standard (International) 9
(Financial Instruments) (“SFRS(I) 9”) for accounting purposes, they may be required to recognize for Singapore income tax purposes
gains or losses (not being gains or losses in the nature of capital) even though no sale or disposal of the Shares has been made.
Shareholders who may be subject to such provisions should consult their own accounting and tax advisers regarding the Singapore
income tax consequences of their acquisition, ownership and disposition of the Shares arising from the adoption of FRS 39, FRS 109,
or SFRS(I) 9.
Notwithstanding the above, foreign investors may claim that the gains from disposition of their Shares are not sourced or received
in Singapore (so that such gains will not be subject to Singapore income tax) if (i) the foreign investor is not a tax resident in
Singapore, (ii) the foreign investor does not maintain a permanent establishment in Singapore, to which the disposition gains may be
effectively connected, and (iii) the entire process (including the negotiation, deliberation, execution of the acquisition and sale, etc.)
leading up to the actual acquisition and sale of the Shares is performed outside of Singapore.


Graphics
95
However, it should be noted that under section 10L of the Singapore Income Tax Act, gains from the sale or disposal by an entity
of a relevant group (hereinafter referred to as a “seller entity”) of any movable or immovable property situated outside Singapore at
the time of such sale or disposal (hereinafter referred to as a “foreign asset”), and received in Singapore from outside Singapore on or
after 1 January 2024 will be treated as income chargeable to income tax under specific circumstances including where such gains are
derived by a seller entity without adequate economic substance in Singapore. A foreign asset includes any shares issued by a company
which is incorporated outside Singapore. The Shares may be regarded as a “foreign asset” under section 10L. The gains from the sale
or disposal of any foreign asset are treated as received in Singapore from outside Singapore if: (a) any amount of such gains is
remitted to, transmitted or brought into, Singapore; (b) any amount of such gains is applied towards satisfaction of any debt incurred
in respect of a trade carried in Singapore; or (c) any amount of such gains is applied to the purchase of any moveable property which
is brought into Singapore. A seller entity which may be subject to section 10L should consult their own tax advisers regarding the
Singapore tax consequences of the sale or disposal of the Shares arising from the introduction of section 10L. It should also be noted
that section 10L overrides the safe harbour rule under section 13W of the Singapore Income Tax Act 1947.
Singapore has implemented the Income Inclusion Rule (“IIR”) and the Domestic Top-up Tax (“DTT”) under Pillar Two of the
OECD BEPS 2.0 initiative through the enactment of the Multinational Enterprise (Minimum Tax) Act 2024. The IIR imposes a top-up
tax on a relevant Singapore parent entity of a multinational enterprise (“MNE”) group with respect to its ownership interests in a low-
taxed constituent entity that has an effective tax rate (determined for the MNE group on a jurisdictional basis) that is below 15%. The
DTT tops up the effective tax rate of in-scope MNE groups in respect of the profits of their group entities that are operating in
Singapore to 15%. Both the DTT and the IIR will apply to business profits of MNE groups with annual group revenue of at least €750
million, as reflected in the consolidated financial statements of the ultimate parent entity, for financial years starting on or after 1
January 2025. The Singapore Ministry of Finance has reserved its position on the Undertaxed Profits Rule, and stated that this will be
considered at a later stage as it focuses on implementing the IIR and the DTT for the time being.
Goods and Services Tax
Issuance and transfer of ownership of shares is exempt from GST. Services such as brokerage and handling services rendered by a
GST-registered person to an investor belonging in Singapore in connection with the investor’s purchase or transfer of the Shares will
be subject to GST at the prevailing standard-rate (currently at 9.0%). Similar services rendered contractually to and directly for the
benefit of an investor belonging outside Singapore should be zero-rated (i.e. charged at 0% GST) provided that the investor is not
physically present in Singapore at the time the services are performed.
Stamp Duty
Where the Shares are evidenced in certificated forms are transferred and an instrument of transfer is executed (whether physically
or in the form of an electronic instrument) in Singapore or outside Singapore and which is received in Singapore, stamp duty is
payable on the instrument of their transfer at the rate of 0.2% of the consideration or market value of the Shares, whichever is higher.
The Singapore stamp duty is typically borne by the purchaser unless there is an agreement to the contrary.
Where an instrument of transfer (including electronic documents) is executed outside Singapore, stamp duty may be payable if the
instrument of transfer is executed outside Singapore and is received in Singapore. The stamp duty is borne by the purchaser unless
there is an agreement to the contrary. An electronic instrument that is executed outside Singapore is considered received in Singapore
if (a) it is retrieved or accessed by a person in Singapore; (b) an electronic copy of it is stored on a device (including a computer) and
brought into Singapore; or (c) an electronic copy of it is stored on a computer in Singapore. Stamp duty is payable within 14 days of
the date of execution of the instrument, if it is executed in Singapore or within 30 days after receiving the instrument in Singapore, if it
was executed elsewhere.
Tax Treaties regarding Withholding Taxes
There is no comprehensive avoidance of double taxation agreement between the United States and Singapore.
Material US Federal Income Tax Considerations
The following is a summary of material US federal income tax considerations that are likely to be relevant to the purchase,
ownership and disposition of the Shares by a US Holder (as defined below).


Graphics
96
This summary is based on provisions of the Code, and regulations, rulings and judicial interpretations thereof, in force as of the
date hereof. Those authorities may be changed at any time, perhaps retroactively, so as to result in US federal income tax
consequences that may be different from those summarised below.
This summary is not a comprehensive discussion of all of the tax considerations that may be relevant to a particular investor’s
decision to purchase, hold or dispose of Shares. In particular, this summary is directed only to US Holders that hold Shares as capital
assets and does not address particular tax consequences that may be applicable to US Holders who may be subject to special tax rules,
such as banks, brokers or dealers in securities or currencies, traders in securities electing to mark to market, financial institutions, life
insurance companies, tax-exempt entities, regulated investment companies, entities or arrangements that are treated as partnerships for
US federal income tax purposes (or partners therein), holders that own or are treated as owning 10% or more of the Company’s stock
by vote or value, persons holding Shares as part of a hedging or conversion transaction or a straddle, or US persons whose functional
currency is not the US dollar. Moreover, this summary addresses only US federal income tax consequences, and does not address
consequences arising under state, local or foreign tax laws, the US federal estate or gift tax laws, the Medicare contribution tax
applicable to net investment income of certain non-corporate US Holders, or alternative minimum tax consequences of acquiring,
holding or disposing of Shares.
For purpose of this summary, a “US Holder” is a beneficial owner of Shares that is a citizen or resident of the United States or a
US domestic corporation or that otherwise is subject to US federal income taxation on a net income basis in respect of such Shares.
You should consult your own tax advisors about the consequences of the acquisition, ownership, and disposition of the Shares,
including the relevance to your particular situation of the considerations discussed below and any consequences arising under
foreign, state, local or other tax laws.
Taxation of Dividends
Subject to the discussion below under “— Passive Foreign Investment Company Status,” the gross amount of any distribution of
cash or property with respect to the Shares that is paid out of the Company’s current or accumulated earnings and profits (as
determined for US federal income tax purposes) will generally be includible in your taxable income as ordinary dividend income on
the day on which you receive the dividend and will not be eligible for the dividends-received deduction allowed to corporations under
the Code.
The Company does not expect to maintain calculations of its earnings and profits in accordance with US federal income tax
principles. US Holders therefore should expect that distributions generally will be treated as dividends for US federal income tax
purposes.
The US dollar amount of dividends received by an individual with respect to the Shares will be subject to taxation at a preferential
rate if the dividends are “qualified dividends.” Subject to certain exceptions for short-term positions, dividends paid on the Shares will
be treated as qualified dividends if:
• the Shares are readily tradable on an established securities market in the United States; and
• the Company was not, in the year prior to the year in which the dividend was paid, and is not, in the year in which the
dividend is paid, a PFIC.
The Shares are listed on the NYSE, and will qualify as readily tradable on an established securities market in the United States so
long as they are so listed. Based on the Financial Statements and relevant market and shareholder data, the Group believes that the
Company was not treated as a PFIC for US federal income tax purposes with respect to its 2024 or 2023 taxable years. In addition,
based on the Financial Statements and the Group’s current expectations regarding the value and nature of its assets, the sources and
nature of its income, and relevant market and shareholder data, the Group does not anticipate the Company becoming a PFIC for the
current taxable year or in the foreseeable future. Holders should consult their own tax advisors regarding the availability of the
reduced dividend tax rate in light of their own particular circumstances.
Dividend distributions will constitute income from sources without the United States and, for US Holders that elect to claim
foreign tax credits, generally will constitute “passive category income” for foreign tax credit purposes.


Graphics
97
US Holders that receive distributions of additional shares or rights to subscribe for shares as part of a pro rata distribution to all
the shareholders generally will not be subject to US federal income tax in respect of the distributions, unless the US Holder has the
right to receive cash or property, in which case the US Holder will be treated as if it receives cash equal to the fair market value of the
distribution.
Taxation of Dispositions of Shares
Subject to the discussion below under “— Passive Foreign Investment Company Status,” upon a sale, exchange or other taxable
disposition of the Shares, US Holders will realise gain or loss for US federal income tax purposes in an amount equal to the difference
between the amount realised on the disposition and the US Holder’s adjusted tax basis in the Shares, as determined in US dollars.
Such gain or loss will be capital gain or loss, and will generally be long-term capital gain or loss if the Shares have been held for more
than one year. Long-term capital gain realised by a US Holder that is an individual generally is subject to taxation at a preferential
rate. The deductibility of capital losses is subject to limitations.
Passive Foreign Investment Company Status
Special US federal income tax rules apply to a US Holder that holds stock in a foreign corporation classified as a passive foreign
investment company, or a PFIC, for US federal income tax purposes. In general, the Company will be treated as a PFIC with respect
to a US Holder if, for any taxable year in which such US Holder held the Shares, either:
• at least 75% of the Company’s gross income for such taxable year consists of passive income (e.g. dividends, interest, capital
gains and rents derived other than in the active conduct of a rental business), or
• at least 50% of the average value of the assets held by the Company during such taxable year produce, or are held for the
production of, passive income.
For purposes of determining whether the Company is a PFIC, the Company will be treated as earning and owning its
proportionate share of the income and assets, respectively, of any of its subsidiary corporations in which it owns at least 25% of the
value of the subsidiary’s stock. Income earned, or deemed earned, by the Company in connection with the performance of services
would generally not constitute passive income. By contrast, rental income would generally constitute passive income unless the
Company is treated under specific rules as deriving its rental income in the active conduct of a trade or business.
Based on the Financial Statements and relevant market and shareholder data, the Group believes that the Company was not
treated as a PFIC for US federal income tax purposes with respect to its prior 2024 or 2023 taxable years. In addition, based on the
Financial Statements and the Group’s current expectations regarding the value and nature of its assets, the sources and nature of its
income, and relevant market and shareholder data, the Group does not anticipate the Company becoming a PFIC for its current
taxable year or in the foreseeable future. Although there is no legal authority directly on point, the Group’s belief is based principally
on the position that, for purposes of determining whether the Company is a PFIC, the gross income the Company derives or is deemed
to derive from the Group’s time chartering and voyage chartering activities should constitute services income, rather than rental
income. Correspondingly, the Group believes that such income does not constitute passive income, and the assets that it owns and
operates in connection with the production of such income, in particular, the vessels, do not constitute assets that produce, or are held
for the production of, passive income for purposes of determining whether the Company is a PFIC.


Graphics
98
Although there is no direct legal authority under the PFIC rules addressing the Group’s method of operation, the Group believes
there is substantial legal authority supporting its position consisting of case law and IRS pronouncements concerning the
characterisation of income derived from time charters, bareboat charters and voyage charters as services income for other tax
purposes. However, it should be noted that there is also authority which characterises time charter income as rental income rather than
services income for other tax purposes. In a 2010 action on decision, the IRS has stated that it intends to treat time charters as
producing services income for PFIC purposes, but such statement cannot be relied upon or otherwise cited as precedent by taxpayers.
Accordingly, in the absence of any legal authority specifically relating to the Code provisions governing PFICs, the IRS or a court
could disagree with the Group’s position. In addition, whether the Company is a PFIC is a factual determination made annually after
the close of the Company’s taxable year, and the Company’s status could change depending, among other things, upon changes in the
composition of the Company’s gross income and the relative quarterly average value of the Company’s assets. Accordingly, there can
be no assurance that the Company will not be a PFIC for any taxable year.
In the event that, contrary to the Group’s expectation, the Company is classified as a PFIC in any year, and you do not make a
mark-to-market election, as described below, you will be subject to a special tax at ordinary income tax rates on “excess
distributions,” including certain distributions by us and gain that you recognise on the sale of your Shares. The amount of income tax
on any excess distributions will be increased by an interest charge to compensate for tax deferral, calculated as if the excess
distributions were earned rateably over the period you hold your Shares.
You can avoid the unfavourable rules described in the preceding paragraph by electing to mark your Shares to market, provided
the Shares are considered “marketable.” The Shares will be marketable if they are regularly traded on certain qualifying US stock
exchanges, including the NYSE, or on a foreign stock exchange that meets certain requirements. If you make this mark-to-market
election, you will be required in any year in which the Company is a PFIC to include as ordinary income the excess of the fair market
value of your Shares at the end of your taxable year over your basis in those Shares. If at the end of your taxable year, your basis in the
Shares exceeds their fair market value, you will be entitled to deduct the excess as an ordinary loss, but only to the extent of your net
mark-to-market gains from previous years. Your adjusted tax basis in the Shares will be adjusted to reflect any income or loss
recognised under these rules. In addition, any gain you recognise upon the sale of your Shares will be taxed as ordinary income in
the year of sale and any loss will be treated as an ordinary loss to the extent of your net mark-to-market gains from previous years.
Shares will be considered to be regularly traded (i) during the current calendar year if they are traded, other than in de minimis
quantities, on at least 1/6 of the days remaining in the quarter in which the offering occurs, and on at least 15 days during each
remaining quarter of the calendar year; and (ii) during any other calendar year if they are traded, other than in de minimis quantities,
on at least 15 days during each calendar quarter.
Once made, the election cannot be revoked without the consent of the IRS unless the shares cease to be marketable.
If the Company is a PFIC and the Company has any direct, and in certain circumstances, indirect subsidiaries that are PFICs (each
a “Subsidiary PFIC”), a US Holder will be treated as owning its pro rata share of the stock of each such Subsidiary PFIC and will be
subject to the PFIC rules with respect to each such Subsidiary PFIC. However, a US Holder will not be able to make a mark-to-market
election as described above with respect to the stock of any subsidiary PFIC. Therefore, if the Company is a PFIC, the mark-to-market
election will not be available to mitigate the adverse tax consequences attributable to any Subsidiary PFIC.
Classification as a PFIC may also have other adverse tax consequences, including, in the case of individuals, the denial of a step-
up in the basis of your Shares at death.
If you are a US Holder that owns an equity interest in a PFIC, you generally must annually file IRS Form 8621, and may be
required to file other IRS forms. A failure to file one or more of these forms as required may toll the running of the statute of
limitations in respect of each of your taxable years for which such form is required to be filed. As a result, the taxable years with
respect to which you fail to file the form may remain open to assessment by the IRS indefinitely, until the form is filed. You should
consult your own tax advisor regarding the US federal income tax considerations discussed above and the desirability of making a
mark-to-market election.


Graphics
99
Foreign Financial Asset Reporting.
Individual US Holders that own “specified foreign financial assets” with an aggregate value in excess of US$50,000 on the last
day of the taxable year, or US$75,000 at any time during the taxable year, are generally required to file an information statement along
with their tax returns, currently on Form 8938, with respect to such assets. “Specified foreign financial assets” include any financial
accounts held at a non-US financial institution, as well as securities issued by a non-US issuer that are not held in accounts maintained
by financial institutions. Higher reporting thresholds apply to certain individuals living abroad and to certain married individuals.
Regulations extend this reporting requirement to certain entities that are treated as formed or availed of to hold direct or indirect
interests in specified foreign financial assets based on objective criteria. US Holders who fail to report the required information could
be subject to substantial penalties. In addition, the statute of limitations for assessment of tax would be suspended, in whole or part.
Prospective investors are encouraged to consult with their own tax advisors regarding the possible application of these rules, including
the application of the rules to their particular circumstances.
Backup Withholding and Information Reporting
Dividends paid to, and proceeds from a sale or other disposition by, a US Holder in respect of the Shares generally may be subject
to the information reporting requirements of the Code and may be subject to backup withholding unless the US Holder provides an
accurate taxpayer identification number and makes any other required certification or otherwise establishes an exemption. Backup
withholding is not an additional tax. The amount of any backup withholding from a payment to a US Holder will be allowed as a
refund or credit against the US Holder’s US federal income tax liability, provided the required information is furnished to the IRS in a
timely manner.
A holder that is not a “United States person” (as defined in the Code) may be required to comply with certification and
identification procedures in order to establish its exemption from information reporting and backup withholding.
US Federal Income Taxation of the Group
Taxation of Operating Income: In General
The Group anticipates that it will derive substantially all of its gross income from the use and operation of vessels in international
commerce and that this income will principally derive from the transportation of LPG cargoes, time or voyage charters and the
performance of services directly related thereto, which the Group refers to as “shipping income.”
Shipping income that is attributable to transportation that begins or ends, but that does not both begin and end, in the United
States will be considered to be 50% derived from sources within the United States. Shipping income attributable to transportation that
both begins and ends in the United States will be considered to be 100% derived from sources within the United States. The Group
does not expect to engage in transportation that gives rise to 100% US source income.
Shipping income attributable to transportation exclusively between non-US ports will be considered to be 100% derived from
sources outside the United States. Shipping income derived from sources outside the United States will not be subject to US federal
income tax.
Based upon the Group’s current and anticipated shipping operations, the Group’s vessels will operate in various parts of the
world, including to or from US ports. Unless exempt from US federal income taxation under Section 883 of the Code, the Group will
be subject to US federal income taxation, in the manner discussed below, to the extent its shipping income is considered derived from
sources within the United States. See also “Item 3. Key Information — 3.D. Risk Factors — Risks Related to the Group’s
Operations — The Group may have to pay tax on US source income, which would reduce the Group’s earnings.”



Graphics
100
Application of Section 883
Under Section 883 of the Code, an entity, such as the Company or its subsidiaries, that is treated for US federal income tax
purposes as a non-US corporation will be exempt from US federal income taxation on its US-source shipping income if:
• the entity is organised in a country other than the United States that grants an exemption to corporations organised in the
United States that is equivalent to that provided for in Section 883 of the Code (an “Equivalent Exemption Jurisdiction”);
and
• either (A) for at least half of the days in the relevant tax year, more than 50% of the value of the entity’s stock is owned,
directly or under applicable constructive ownership rules, by individuals who are residents of Equivalent Exemption
Jurisdictions or certain other qualified shareholders and certain ownership certification and substantiation requirements are
complied with (the “50% Ownership Test”) or (B) for the relevant tax year, the entity’s stock is “primarily traded” and
“regularly traded” on one or more “established securities markets” in either the United States or an Equivalent Exemption
Jurisdiction (the “Publicly-Traded Test”).
The US Treasury Department has recognised Singapore, the country of incorporation of the Company and certain of its
subsidiaries, as well as Spain, India, Norway and the United Arab Emirates, the countries of incorporation of certain of the Company’s
subsidiaries, as Equivalent Exemption Jurisdictions. Accordingly, the Company and its non-US subsidiaries satisfy the country of
organisation requirement.
Under the rules described above, the Company’s wholly-owned subsidiaries that are directly or indirectly wholly-owned by it
throughout a taxable year will be entitled to the benefits of Section 883 for such taxable year if the Company satisfies the 50%
Ownership Test or the Publicly-Traded Test for such year. Therefore, as further described below, the Company’s, and its wholly-
owned subsidiaries’, eligibility for exemption under Section 883 is wholly dependent upon the Company’s being able to satisfy one of
the 50% Ownership Test or the Publicly-Traded Test. The ability of the Company’s less than wholly-owned subsidiaries to qualify for
the Section 883 exemption will depend in part on the Company’s being able to satisfy one of the 50% Ownership Test or the Publicly-
Traded Test, and in part on facts pertaining to such subsidiaries’ other beneficial owners.
50% Ownership Test
It is unclear whether the Company and its wholly-owned subsidiaries will satisfy the 50% Ownership Test due to the widely-held
nature of the Company’s stock. Furthermore, the substantiation requirements are onerous and therefore there can be no assurance that
the Company would be able to satisfy them, even if the Company’s share ownership would otherwise satisfy the requirements of the
50% Ownership Test. The Company and its wholly-owned subsidiaries’ ability to satisfy the Publicly Traded Test is described below.
Publicly Traded Test
The Section 883 regulations provide, in pertinent part, that stock of a foreign corporation will be considered to be “primarily
traded” on an established securities market in a particular country if the number of shares of each class of stock that are traded during
any taxable year on all established securities markets in that country exceeds the number of shares in each such class that are traded
during that year on established securities markets in any other single country. The Shares, which is the sole class of the Company’s
issued and outstanding stock trade on both the NYSE and the OSE, both of which are qualifying established securities markets.
Under the US Treasury Regulations, the Company’s stock will be considered to be “regularly traded” on an established securities
market if one or more classes of its stock representing more than 50% of the Company’s outstanding shares, by total combined voting
power of all classes of stock entitled to vote and total value, is listed on the market. The Group refers to this as the listing threshold.
Since the Shares are the sole class of the Company’s stock and are listed on the OSE and the NYSE, the Company will satisfy the
listing requirement.



Graphics
101
It is further required that with respect to each class of stock relied upon to meet the listing threshold (i) such class of the stock is
traded on the market, other than in minimal quantities, on at least 60 days during the taxable year or 1/6 of the days in a short
taxable year; and (ii) the aggregate number of shares of such class of stock traded on such market is at least 10% of the average
number of shares of such class of stock outstanding during such year or as appropriately adjusted in the case of a short taxable year.
With respect to stock traded on an established securities market located inside of the United States during the taxable year, these
trading frequency and volume tests will also be deemed satisfied if the stock is regularly quoted by dealers making a market in such
stock.
The Group believes that the Company will satisfy the trading frequency and volume tests, but no assurance can be provided.
Even if such tests are satisfied, the regulations provide, in pertinent part, that a class of the Company’s stock will not be
considered to be “regularly traded” on an established securities market for any taxable year in which 50% or more of the vote and
value of such class of the Company’s outstanding shares of the stock is owned, actually or constructively under specified stock
attribution rules, on more than half the days during the taxable year by persons who each own 5% or more of the vote and value of
such class of the Company’s outstanding stock, which the Group refers to as the “Closely Held Block Exception.”
It is possible that the Company’s shares of stock will be owned, actually or under applicable attribution rules, such that 5%
shareholders own, in the aggregate, 50% or more of the vote and value of the Company’s stock. In such circumstances, the Company
will be subject to the Closely Held Block Exception unless the Company can establish that among the shares included in the closely-
held block of its shares of stock are a sufficient number of shares of stock that are owned or treated as owned by “qualified
shareholders” that the shares of stock included in such block that are not so treated could not constitute 50% or more of the shares of
the Company’s stock for more than half the number of days during the taxable year. In order to establish this, such qualified
shareholders would have to comply with certain documentation and certification requirements designed to substantiate their identity as
qualified shareholders. For these purposes, a “qualified shareholder” includes (i) an individual that owns or is treated as owning shares
of the Company’s stock and is a resident of a jurisdiction that provides an equivalent exemption and (ii) certain other persons. There
can be no assurance that the Company will not be subject to the Closely Held Block Exception.
The Group expects that the Company will satisfy the Publicly Traded Test with respect to its current taxable year; however, no
assurances can be provided that this will be the case, or, that it will remain the case with respect to future taxable years.
Taxation in Absence of Section 883 Exemption
To the extent the benefits of Section 883 are unavailable with respect to any item of US source income, the Group’s US source
shipping income, to the extent not considered to be “effectively connected” with the conduct of a US trade or business, would be
subject to a 4% tax imposed by Section 887 of the Code on a gross basis, without the benefit of deductions, which the Group refers to
as the “4% gross basis tax regime.” The Group does not expect to have shipping income that is effectively connected with the conduct
of a US trade or business. Since under the sourcing rules and expectations of the Group described above, no more than 50% of the
Group’s shipping income would be treated as being derived from US sources, the Group believes that the maximum effective rate of
US federal income tax on the Group’s shipping income would never exceed 2% under the 4% gross basis tax regime.
Gain on Sale of Vessels
Regardless of whether the Group companies qualify for exemption under Section 883, the Group companies will not be subject to
US federal income taxation with respect to gain realised on a sale of a vessel, provided the sale is considered to occur outside of the
United States under US federal income tax principles. In general, a sale of a vessel will be considered to occur outside of the United
States for this purpose if title to the vessel and risk of loss with respect to the vessel, pass to the buyer outside of the United States. It is
expected that any sale of a vessel by a company under the Group will be structured so that it will be considered to occur outside of the
United States.
10.F. DIVIDENDS AND PAYING AGENTS
Not applicable.


Graphics
102
10.G. STATEMENTS BY EXPERTS
Not applicable.
10.H. DOCUMENTS ON DISPLAY
The Company is subject to the information requirements of the Exchange Act. The Company is required to file reports and other
information with the SEC, including annual reports on Form 20-F and reports on Form 6-K. The SEC maintains an internet website
that contains reports and other information about issuers, like us, that file electronically with the SEC. The address of that website is
www.sec.gov.
As a foreign private issuer, the Company is exempt under the Exchange Act from, among other things, the rules prescribing the
furnishing and content of proxy statements, and the Company’s officers, directors and principal shareholders are exempt from the
reporting and short-swing profit recovery provisions contained in Section 16 of the Exchange Act. In addition, the Company is not
required under the Exchange Act to file periodic reports and financial statements with the SEC as frequently or as promptly as US
companies whose securities are registered under the Exchange Act.
In addition, since the Company’s Shares are traded on the OSE, it has filed periodic and immediate reports with, and furnish
information to, the OSE.
The Company also maintains a corporate website at www.bwlpg.com. The Company’s website and the information contained
therein or connected thereto will not be deemed to be incorporated into this annual report.
10.I. SUBSIDIARY INFORMATION
Not applicable.
10.J. ANNUAL REPORT TO SECURITY HOLDERS
If we are required to provide an annual report to security holders in response to the requirements of Form 6-K, we will submit the
annual report to security holders in electronic format in accordance with the EDGAR Filer Manual.
ITEM 11. QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURES ABOUT MARKET RISK
The information set forth in Note 22 to the Financial Statements beginning on page F-42 is incorporated herein by reference.
ITEM 12. DESCRIPTION OF SECURITIES OTHER THAN EQUITY SECURITIES
Not applicable.
PART II
ITEM 13. DEFAULTS, DIVIDEND ARREARAGES AND DELINQUENCIES
Not applicable.
ITEM 14. MATERIAL MODIFICATIONS TO THE RIGHTS OF SECURITY HOLDERS AND USE OF PROCEEDS
On 1 July 2024, following the sanctioning of the Company’s scheme of arrangement by the Supreme Court of Bermuda, the
Company redomiciled from Bermuda to Singapore and adopted the Constitution of the Company under Singapore law. Following the
redomiciliation of the Company from Bermuda to Singapore, there were no other material modifications to the rights of our
shareholders during the year ended 31 December 2024.


Graphics
103
ITEM 15. CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES
15.A. DISCLOSURE CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES
Under the supervision and with the participation of the Company’s management, including its Chief Executive Officer and Chief
Financial Officer, the Company conducted an evaluation of its disclosure controls and procedures, as such term is defined under
Rule 13a-15(e) under the Exchange Act. Based on this evaluation, the Company’s Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer
have concluded that the Company’s disclosure controls and procedures were not effective as of 31 December 2024 as a result of the
material weaknesses in internal control over financial reporting described below.
15.B. MANAGEMENT’S ANNUAL REPORT ON INTERNAL CONTROL OVER FINANCIAL REPORTING
This annual report does not include a report of management’s assessment regarding internal control over financial reporting due
to a transition period established by rules of the SEC for newly public companies.
15.C. ATTESTATION REPORT OF THE REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM
This annual report does not include an attestation report of the Company’s registered public accounting firm due to a transition
period established by rules of the SEC for newly public companies.
15.D. CHANGES IN INTERNAL CONTROL OVER FINANCIAL REPORTING
During the period covered by this annual report and as described below, there were changes in the Group’s internal control over
financial reporting that materially affected, or are reasonably likely to materially affect, internal control over financial reporting.
As described in the Group’s registration statement on Form 20-F filed with the SEC on 8 April 2024, the Group’s management
identified a material weakness in the Group’s internal control over financial reporting, related to not having a sufficient number of
personnel with an appropriate level of knowledge of the reporting requirements under SEC rules, experience and training in internal
controls over financial reporting under Section 404 and related SEC rules to operate the period-end financial reporting controls.
In 2024, the Group implemented a plan, with the support of advisors and under the supervision of the Chief Executive Officer, the
Chief Financial Officer and the Audit Committee to ensure compliance with Section 404 and remediate the aforementioned material
weakness. In executing the plan, the Group’s management identified an additional material weakness with respect to the sufficiency of
information technology controls and documentation. The plan to remediate these material weaknesses includes (i) establishing and
initiating a formal process to evaluate the design and implementation of the Group’s internal controls over financial reporting,
(ii) designing and implementing controls based on that evaluation, and (iii) performing a resource and skills gap analysis within the
existing finance organisation and recruiting more qualified personnel equipped with relevant experience and qualifications to
strengthen the financial reporting function.
As the Group continues to evaluate and work to improve the internal control over financial reporting, the Group may take
additional measures to address control deficiencies, or it may modify certain of the remediation measures described above. The
material weaknesses will not be considered fully remediated until the applicable remediated controls operate for a sufficient period of
time and management has concluded, through testing, that these controls are operating effectively.
Other than as described above, there were no changes in the Group’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during
the period covered by this annual report that have materially affected, or are reasonably likely to materially affect, the Group’s internal
control over financial reporting.
ITEM 16. [RESERVED]
16A. AUDIT COMMITTEE FINANCIAL EXPERT
The Audit Committee is composed of three independent directors. The Company’s Board of Directors has determined that Anne
Grethe Dalane is an audit committee financial expert.


Graphics
104
16B. CODE OF ETHICS
The Group has adopted a code of conduct and ethics that applies to its officers and employees. The Group has posted a copy of its
code of conduct and ethics on its website at www.bwlpg.com.
16C. PRINCIPAL ACCOUNTANT FEES AND SERVICES
The following table sets forth the aggregate fees in connection with certain professional services rendered by KPMG LLP, our
independent registered public accounting firm, during the periods indicated.








2024

2023


US$’000

US$’000





Audit fees

1,529

2,211
Audit-related services

27

25
Tax services

169

137
Other fees

27

—
Total

1,752

2,373

Audit fees include the audit work performed each fiscal year necessary to allow the auditor to issue an opinion on our financial
statements and to issue an opinion on the local statutory financial statements. Audit fees also include services such as reviews of semi-
annual financial results and review of securities offering documents.
Audit-related fees consisted of fees for assurance and related services that were reasonably related to the performance of the audit
or review of our financial statements or for services that are traditionally performed by the external auditor.
Tax fees consisted of fees for professional services for tax compliance, tax advice and tax planning.
Other fees consisted of fees for regulatory attestation and risk management services.
Our audit committee is responsible for the oversight of the work of our independent accountant, KPMG LLP. The policy of our
audit committee is to pre-approve all audit and non-audit services provided by KPMG LLP, including audit services as described
above.
16D. EXEMPTIONS FROM THE LISTING STANDARDS FOR AUDIT COMMITTEES
Not applicable.



Graphics
105
16E. PURCHASES OF EQUITY SECURITIES BY THE ISSUER AND AFFILIATED PURCHASERS
During the year ended 31 December 2024, the Company and its affiliated purchasers made the following purchases of the Shares.

















(c) Total number of shares

(d) Maximum number of



(a) Total number



purchased as part of

shares that may yet be



of shares

(b) Average price

publicly announced

purchased under the

Period

purchased

paid per share

plans or programmes

plans or programmes

7 March 2024

9,006

NOK 115.0849
1
1,320,106
2
Nil
2

1
Based on the Group’s corporate exchange rate on the purchase date, the converted average price paid per Share was US$10.8951.
2
On 15 May 2023, the Board of Directors resolved to initiate a share buyback program, pursuant to which the Company was
authorised to purchase up to 6 million common shares for a maximum amount of US$50.0 million until 12 June 2024. The last
purchase occurred on 7 March 2024.
16F. CHANGE IN REGISTRANT’S CERTIFYING ACCOUNTANT
Not applicable.
16G. CORPORATE GOVERNANCE
Under the NYSE corporate governance standards, the Group must disclose any significant ways in which its corporate
governance practices differ from those followed by US companies under the NYSE corporate governance standards. The Group
believes the following to be the significant differences between its current corporate governance practices and those applicable to US
companies under the NYSE corporate governance standards.
Under NYSE corporate governance standards, non-management directors must meet in regularly scheduled executive sessions
without management, and independent directors should meet alone in an executive session at least once a year. The non-management
directors of the Company generally meet in regularly scheduled executive sessions with and without management though neither the
Singapore Companies Act nor the Company’s Corporate Governance policy requires non-management directors to meet regularly
without management and there is no requirement for independent directors to meet alone in an executive session at least once a year.
The NYSE corporate governance standards require that listed US companies have a nominating or corporate governance
committee composed entirely of independent directors and with a written charter addressing certain corporate governance matters. The
Company has a Nomination Committee, which, inter alia, (i) proposes candidates for election as members of the Board of Directors
and proposes the remuneration to be paid to members of the Board of Directors (including remuneration for work in any sub-
committees of the Board of Directors), and (ii) proposes candidates for election to the Nomination Committee and proposes the
remuneration to be paid to the members of the Nomination Committee. The Nomination Committee has written guidelines setting out
its role to identify and nominate candidates for Board and Nomination Committee appointments. The composition of the Nomination
Committee is intended to reflect a broad range of shareholder interests, and the majority of the committee members should not be
members of the Board of Directors or the executive personnel of the Company. The committee members are appointed by the
shareholders in the general meeting of the Company, and the Nomination Committee may make its own nominations for candidates to
be appointed as new members of the Nomination Committee, paying particular attention to principles such as independence and the
absence of conflicts of interest, while at the same time nominating candidates who have an understanding of the Company’s business.
In its work in identifying proposed new members of the Nomination Committee, the Nomination Committee may have discussions
with shareholders that have significant ownership interests in the Company. Two of the three Nomination Committee members,
Mr. Bjarte Bøe, and Ms. Elaine Yew Wen Suen, are not members of the Board of Directors or executive personnel of the Company,
and are independent according to the NYSE corporate governance standards. The other Nomination Committee member, Ms. Sophie
Smith, was not a member of the Board of Directors or executive personnel of the Company, but was not independent according to the
NYSE corporate governance standards as she was an employee of BW Group, which is the Company’s largest shareholder. The Board
of Directors is responsible for monitoring the effectiveness of the Company’s corporate governance practices and making changes as
needed to ensure the alignment of the Company’s governance system with current best practices. The Board of Directors monitors and
manages potential conflicts of interest of management, directors, shareholders, external advisers and other service providers, including
misuse of corporate assets and abuse in related party transactions.


Graphics
106
The NYSE corporate governance standards require that listed US companies have a compensation committee composed entirely
of independent directors, with a written charter addressing certain corporate governance matters and have authority to retain or obtain
the advice of compensation advisers, subject to prescribed independence criteria that the committee must consider prior to engaging
any such adviser. Under the guidelines for the Remuneration Committee, the Remuneration Committee of the Board of Directors is
primarily responsible for overseeing and supervising the Company’s policies and frameworks covering remuneration and reward. As
of 31 December 2024, the following directors were on the Board Remuneration Committee: Andreas Sohmen-Pao and Luc Gillet. One
director was independent, and one director was not independent according to NYSE corporate governance standards.
A CEO of a US company listed on the NYSE must annually certify that he or she is not aware of any violation by the company of
NYSE corporate government standards. In accordance with NYSE corporate governance standards applicable to foreign private
issuers, our CEO is not required to provide the NYSE with such an annual compliance certification.]The NYSE corporate governance
standards require that listed US companies adopt and disclose a code of business conduct and ethics for directors, officers and
employees, along with any waivers of the code for directors or executive officers. The Company has adopted a code of conduct and
ethics to be observed by all its officers and other employees. The code of conduct is available at
https://www.bwlpg.com/sustainability/policies-and-guidelines/#codeofconductandethics.
16H. MINE SAFETY DISCLOSURE
Not applicable.
16I. DISCLOSURE REGARDING FOREIGN JURISDICTIONS THAT PREVENT INSPECTIONS
Not applicable.
16J. INSIDER TRADING POLICIES
The Group has adopted insider trading policies and procedures governing the purchase, sale, and other dispositions of the Group’s
securities by directors, senior management, and employees that are reasonably designed to promote compliance with applicable insider
trading laws, rules and regulations, and any listing standards applicable to the Group. The Group’s insider trading policies and
procedures are filed as Exhibit 11.1 to this annual report.
16K. CYBERSECURITY
Risk management and strategy
BW LPG relies heavily on technology and systems to manage its operations, including fleet management, cargo tracking, crew
management, vessel maintenance, telecommunications, human resources, and financial systems. Safeguarding these systems and the
data they contain from unauthorised access, use, disclosure, disruption, modification, or destruction is a top priority for the Group.
BW LPG integrates its processes for identifying, assessing, and managing material risks from IT and cybersecurity threats into its
Enterprise Risk Management (ERM) framework, which is based on ISO 31000 principles. This framework covers risks associated
with third-party service providers, as well as IT-related internal risks. The ERM framework is supported by an IT risk management
policy that establishes a systematic approach to identifying, assessing, and mitigating risks impacting the Group’s operations, assets,
and reputation. The IT risk management policy applies to all employees and covers all IT-related activities, ensuring risks are
documented, assessed for impact and likelihood, and prioritised for mitigation.
BW LPG relies on the BW Group’s cybersecurity risk management programme to assess and manage cybersecurity threats. This
collaboration involves BW Group’s "Group IT" and "Fleet IT" divisions and is supported by a cybersecurity incident communication
plan. Group IT provides Chief Information Security Officer (CISO) services and manages IT systems critical for financial reporting,
while Fleet IT ensures vessel and operational technology cyber resilience. In addition, Group IT maintains a dedicated cybersecurity
team to prevent, detect and respond to cyber attacks, utilising technologies to establish and maintain detection capabilities for new and
emerging threats.


Graphics
107
BW Group provides BW LPG with cybersecurity threat management services pursuant to a service level agreement (SLA)
between BW LPG and BW Group, which was entered into on 10 December 2024. The SLA will remain valid until expressly modified
or canceled by either party. For the purposes of the SLA, Group IT is treated as an external vendor, although BW Group benefits from
shared group resources including communication platforms. BW LPG and Group IT also established a new SLA on 10
December 2024, detailing the respective roles and responsibilities of each party in the management of cybersecurity threats.
Both BW LPG and Group IT have established comprehensive policies and procedures, including an information security policy
and incident management policy, built in accordance with standards such as those of the National Institute of Standards and
Technology. They regularly review and amend these policies to identify and contain cybersecurity threats, employing both internal
and external assessments and resources to ensure compliance and early detection of deviations.
As of the date of this annual report, there have been no cybersecurity events that have materially affected or were reasonably
likely to materially affect the Group, including business strategy, results of operations, or financial condition, but we cannot provide
assurance that the Group will not be materially affected in the future by such risks and any future material incidents.
Governance
The Board of Directors provides oversight of the Group’s strategy and fulfils risk governance responsibilities, ensuring Group’s
management achieves strategic and business objectives. The Board of Directors is updated at least annually on top risks, including
cybersecurity.
Senior Management identifies emerging risks, prioritises them, and allocates resources for risk treatments. Heads of Department
are responsible for identifying risks within their areas, maintaining internal controls, and advising Senior Management on risks that
cannot be managed operationally. Key emerging cyber incidents will be escalated to Senior Management or the Board via the Cyber
incident reporting process. This was established to expedite identification, evaluation, escalation, remediation, and reporting of
material cyber events should they occur. This process is initiated by the CISO, who, pursuant to the terms of the SLA, will evaluate
and present their results to a BW LPG cyber focus group. This group will be led by the CFO and supported by the Head of IT. The
CFO will determine what additional reporting is required depending on the nature of the incident, whether to all of Senior
Management, the Board, and/or to the relevant regulatory bodies.
The CISO has a certification from Carnegie Mellon University and is also certified by the Software Engineering Institute, which
is a federally funded research and development center focused specifically on software-related security and engineering. The CISO
has over 20 years’ experience in IT and technology leadership roles. Additionally, the Security Team under the CISO has significant
experience in network & cloud security in large enterprises in the banking and telecommunications industries. Members of the
Security Team hold the following certifications: Certified Security Information Manager and Certified Information Systems Security
Professional, Certified information System Auditors. A member of the Security Team also has a degree from Harvard University in
Forensics.
All employees are expected to remain vigilant to potential risks and report them to their managers, fostering a culture of risk
awareness and proactive management. This governance structure ensures a comprehensive and integrated approach to risk
management, supporting the cybersecurity work and aligning with its ERM framework.



Graphics
108
PART III
ITEM 17. FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
The Company has responded to Item 18 in lieu of responding to this item.
ITEM 18. FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
See the Financial Statements beginning on page F-1.
ITEM 19. EXHIBITS
The Company has filed the following documents as exhibits to this annual report.



1.1
Company’s Constitution under Singapore law as in effect on the date hereof.

2.1
Shareholder Rights Agreement between the Company and BW Group Limited.

2.2
Description of securities registered under section 12 of the Exchange Act.

4.1
Heads of Agreement between Avance Gas Holdings Ltd, as seller, and the Company, as buyer, dated 15 August 2024.

4.2
Facilities Agreement for US$460,000,000 revolving credit facility among BW LPG Holding Pte. Ltd., as borrower, BNP
Paribas, Oversea
-Chinese Banking Corporation Limited, DBS Bank Ltd., United Overseas Bank Limited and MUFG
Bank,
Ltd., Singapore Branch as arrangers, certain banks and financial institutions listed therein as lenders, BNP Paribas as
agent and security agent and BW LPG as guarantor, dated 1 November
2024.
8.1
List of subsidiaries of BW LPG Limited is set forth in Note 26 to the audited consolidated financial statements for the year
ended on 31
December 2024.
11.1
BW LPG Limited Insider Trading Policy.

12.1
Certification by Kristian Sørensen, Chief Executive Officer, required by Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.

12.2
Certification by Samantha Xu, Chief Financial Officer, required by Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.

13.1
Certification required by Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.

15.1
Consent of KPMG LLP.

97.1
BW LPG Limited Compensation Recovery Policy.









Graphics
109
SIGNATURES
The registrant hereby certifies that it meets all of the requirements for filing on Form 20-F and that it has duly caused and
authorised the undersigned to sign this annual report on its behalf.
Date: 28 March 2025 BW LPG Limited
B
y
:/s/ Kristian Sørensen
N
ame: Kristian Sørensen
Title: Chief Executive Officer

Graphics
F-1
BW LPG LIMITED
(The Company was incorporated in Bermuda and re-domiciled in Singapore on 1 July 2024, Registration Number: 202426186Z)
AND ITS SUBSIDIARIES
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
FOR THE FINANCIAL YEAR ENDED 31 DECEMBER 2024
Contents
Page
Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm (KPMG LLP, Singapore, Singapore, Auditor Firm ID: 1051)
F-2
Consolidated Statement of Comprehensive Income
F-4
Consolidated Balance Sheet
F-5
Consolidated Statement of Changes in Equity
F-6
Consolidated Statement of Cash Flows
F-8
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements
F-10

Graphics
F-2
Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm
To the Shareholders and Board of Directors
BW LPG Limited:
Opinion on the Consolidated Financial Statements
We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of BW LPG Limited and subsidiaries (the Company) as of 31
December 2024 and 31 December 2023, and the related consolidated statements of comprehensive income, changes in equity, and
cash flows for each of the years in the three-year period ended 31 December 2024, and the related notes (collectively, the consolidated
financial statements). In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position
of the Company as of 31 December 2024 and 31 December 2023, and the results of its operations and its cash flows for each of the
years in the three-year period ended 31 December 2024, in conformity with International Financial Reporting Standards Accounting
Standards as issued by the International Accounting Standards Board.
Basis for Opinion
These consolidated financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an
opinion on these consolidated financial statements based on our audits. We are a public accounting firm registered with the Public
Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States) (PCAOB) and are required to be independent with respect to the Company in
accordance with the U.S. federal securities laws and the applicable rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission
and the PCAOB.
We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the PCAOB. Those standards require that we plan and perform the
audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the consolidated financial statements are free of material misstatement, whether
due to error or fraud. Our audits included performing procedures to assess the risks of material misstatement of the consolidated
financial statements, whether due to error or fraud, and performing procedures that respond to those risks. Such procedures included
examining, on a test basis, evidence regarding the amounts and disclosures in the consolidated financial statements. Our audits also
included evaluating the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall
presentation of the consolidated financial statements. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.
Critical Audit Matter
The critical audit matter communicated below is a matter arising from the current period audit of the consolidated financial
statements that was communicated or required to be communicated to the audit committee and that: (1) relates to accounts or
disclosures that are material to the consolidated financial statements and (2) involved our especially challenging, subjective, or
complex judgments. The communication of a critical audit matter does not alter in any way our opinion on the consolidated financial
statements, taken as a whole, and we are not, by communicating the critical audit matter below, providing a separate opinion on the
critical audit matter or on the accounts or disclosures to which it relates.
Sufficiency of audit evidence on determining the timing of cargo sales revenue recognition
As discussed in Notes 2(b)(2) and 3 to the consolidated financial statements, the Company reported revenue from cargo sales of
$2,520,882 (US$’000) for the year ended 31 December 2024. The Company recognises revenue from cargo sales at the point in time
when the performance obligations have been satisfied, which is when control of the cargo is transferred to the customer.
We identified the sufficiency of audit evidence on determining the timing of cargo sales revenue recognition as a critical audit
matter. This matter requires significant auditors’ judgement to determine the nature and extent of procedures to perform on cargo sales
to evaluate the indicators of when the transfer of control to the customer occurs that impact the timing of revenue recognition.

Graphics
F-3
The following are the primary procedures we performed to address this critical audit matter. For a selection of cargo sale
transactions, we assessed the timing of revenue recognition by (1) examining the contracts to evaluate the impact of the terms and
conditions on the timing of revenue recognition; (2) comparing the timing of transfer of control from the terms and conditions in the
contracts with the underlying original documents including invoices; (3) developing expectations of the revenue recognized based on
the underlying original documents and compared them to the amounts recorded by the Company. In addition, we evaluated the
sufficiency of audit evidence obtained by assessing the results of procedures performed.
/s/ KPMG LLP
We have served as the Company’s auditor since 2018.
Singapore
28 March 2025

Graphics
F-4
BW LPG LIMITED
AND ITS SUBSIDIARIES
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF COMPREHENSIVE INCOME
For the financial year ended 31 December 2024
Note
2024
2023
2022
US$’000
US$’000
US$’000
Revenue – Shipping
3
962,803
1,224,520
833,332
Revenue – Product Services
3
2,600,944
1,722,820
724,792
Cost of cargo and delivery expenses – Product Services
4
(2,390,929)
(1,547,059)
(640,554)
Voyage expenses – Shipping
4
(383,798)
(509,340)
(350,016)
Vessel operating expenses
4
(84,984)
(82,192)
(93,428)
Time charter contracts (non-lease components)
4
(19,675)
(20,350)
(19,506)
General and administrative expenses
4
(71,134)
(56,773)
(31,916)
Charter hire expenses
4
(1,041)
(30,712)
(16,427)
Fair value gain from equity financial asset
1,326
—
—
Finance lease income
635
278
585
Other operating income/(expense) – net
1,332
(993)
815
Depreciation
8
(201,338)
(217,121)
(158,815)
Amortisation of intangible assets
(843)
(762)
(610)
Gain on disposal of vessels
20,391
42,374
21,110
Loss on derecognition of right-of-use assets (vessels)
—
(961)
—
Write back of impairment charge on vessels
—
—
1,470
Operating profit
433,689
523,729
270,832
Foreign currency exchange loss – net
(1,651)
(345)
(814)
Interest income
15,617
10,121
1,941
Interest expense
(19,849)
(27,304)
(29,773)
Other finance expenses
(2,843)
(2,237)
(2,538)
Finance expenses – net
(8,726)
(19,765)
(31,184)
Profit before tax
424,963
503,964
239,648
Income tax expense
7(a)
(30,095)
(10,965)
(1,071)
Profit after tax
394,868
492,999
238,577
Other comprehensive (loss)/income:
Items that will not be reclassified to profit or loss:
Equity investments at FVOCI
– fair value loss
9
(7,030)
—
—
Items that may be reclassified subsequently to profit or loss:
Cash flow hedges
– fair value gain/(loss)
62,841
(102,297)
34,694
– reclassification to profit or loss
(21,464)
49,978
(3,248)
Currency translation reserve
(1,022)
2,334
2,066
Other comprehensive income/(loss), net of tax
33,325
(49,985)
33,512
Total comprehensive income
428,193
443,014
272,089
Profit attributable to:
Equity holders of the Company
354,296
469,957
227,396
Non-controlling interests
40,572
23,042
11,181
394,868
492,999
238,577
Total comprehensive income:
Equity holders of the Company
387,797
418,818
260,705
Non-controlling interests
40,396
24,196
11,384
428,193
443,014
272,089
Earnings per share attributable to the equity holders of the Company:
(expressed in US$per share)
Basic earnings per share
6
2.65
3.57
1.69
Diluted earnings per share
6
2.64
3.53
1.68
The accompanying notes form an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.


Graphics
F-5
BW LPG LIMITED
AND ITS SUBSIDIARIES
CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEET
As at 31 December 2024
Note
2024
2023
US$’000
US$’000
Intangible assets
636
1,242
Investment in joint venture
301
301
Equity financial assets, at FVOCI
9
23,132
—
Derivative financial instruments
14
7,469
11,002
Finance lease receivables
10
2,882
—
Other receivables
12
7,980
13,206
Deferred tax assets
7(c)
1,644
6,855
Total other non-current assets
43,408
31,364
Vessels and dry docking
8
2,381,821
1,457,086
Right-of-use assets (vessels)
8
216,272
151,784
Other property, plant and equipment
8
354
277
Property, plant and equipment
2,598,447
1,609,147
Total non-current assets
2,642,491
1,641,753
Inventories
11
76,706
188,592
Trade and other receivables
12
202,921
315,238
Equity financial assets, at FVPL
2,769
3,271
Derivative financial instruments
14
74,571
37,083
Finance lease receivables
10
8,283
2,684
Assets held-for-sale
13
32,998
44,296
Cash and cash equivalents
15
279,681
287,545
Total current assets
677,929
878,709
Total assets
3,320,420
2,520,462
Share capital
16
619,868
1,400
Share premium
16
—
285,853
Treasury shares
16
(48,387)
(56,438)
Contributed surplus
16
—
685,913
Other reserves
667,756
(56,494)
Retained earnings
565,794
609,479
1,805,031
1,469,713
Non-controlling interests
132,463
116,447
Total shareholders’ equity
1,937,494
1,586,160
Borrowings
17
711,664
199,917
Lease liabilities
18
60,588
78,363
Derivative financial instruments
14
569
679
Total non-current liabilities
772,821
278,959
Borrowings
17
230,344
212,432
Lease liabilities
18
170,700
79,476
Derivative financial instruments
14
25,527
90,214
Current income tax liabilities
7(b)
14,470
8,121
Trade and other payables
19
169,064
265,100
Total current liabilities
610,105
655,343
Total liabilities
1,382,926
934,302
Total equity and liabilities
3,320,420
2,520,462
The accompanying notes form an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.


Graphics
F-6
BW LPG LIMITED
AND ITS SUBSIDIARIES
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF CHANGES IN EQUITY
For the financial year ended 31 December 2024
Attributable to equity holders of the Company
Share-based
Currency
Non-
Share
Share
Treasury
Contributed
Capital
Hedging
payment
translation
Other
Retained
controlling
Total
Note
capital
premium
shares
surplus
reserve
reserve
reserve
reserve
reserves
earnings
Total
interest
equity
US$’000
US$’000
US$’000
US$’000
US$’000
US$’000
US$’000
US$’000
US$’000
US$’000
US$’000
US$’000
US$’000
Balance at 1 January 2024
1,400
285,853
(56,438)
685,913
(36,259)
(27,542)
3,905
419
2,983
609,479
1,469,713
116,447
1,586,160
Profit after tax
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
354,296
354,296
40,572
394,868
Other comprehensive income/(loss)
—
—
—
—
—
41,377
—
(846)
(7,030)
—
33,501
(176)
33,325
Total comprehensive income/(loss)
—
—
—
—
—
41,377
—
(846)
(7,030)
354,296
387,797
40,396
428,193
Effects of re-domiciliation
16
285,853
(285,853)
—
(685,913)
685,913
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
Share-based payment reserve – Value of
employee services
16
—
—
—
—
—
—
2,016
—
—
—
2,016
—
2,016
Share capital reduction of subsidiary
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
(4,500)
(4,500)
Purchases of treasury shares
16
—
—
(100)
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
(100)
—
(100)
Sale of treasury shares
—
—
1,091
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
1,091
—
1,091
Issue of new shares
332,615
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
332,615
—
332,615
Share options exercised
16
—
—
7,060
—
—
—
(3,342)
—
—
(3,143)
575
—
575
Dividends paid
24
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
(388,461)
(388,461)
(21,657)
(410,118)
Changes in interest in non-controlling
interest
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
(215)
(215)
1,777
1,562
Transfer to tonnage tax reserve
16
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
6,162
(6,162)
—
—
—
Total transactions with owners,
recognised directly in equity
618,468
(285,853)
8,051
(685,913)
685,913
—
(1,326)
—
6,162
(397,981)
(52,479)
(24,380)
(76,859)
Balance at 31 December 2024
619,868
—
(48,387)
—
649,654
13,835
2,579
(427)
2,115
565,794
1,805,031
132,463
1,937,494
Attributable to equity holders of the Company
Share-based
Currency
Non-
Share
Share
Treasury
Contributed
Capital
Hedging
payment
translation
Other
Retained
controlling
Total
Note
capital
premium
shares
surplus
reserve
reserve
reserve
reserve
reserves
earnings
Total
interest
equity
US$’000
US$’000
US$’000
US$’000
US$’000
US$’000
US$’000
US$’000
US$’000
US$’000
US$’000
US$’000
US$’000
Balance at 1 January 2023
1,419
289,812
(47,631)
685,913
(36,259)
24,777
2,141
(761)
325
556,996
1,476,732
119,858
1,596,590
Profit after tax
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
469,957
469,957
23,042
492,999
Other comprehensive (loss)/income
—
—
—
—
—
(52,319)
—
1,180
—
—
(51,139)
1,154
(49,985)
Total comprehensive (loss)/income
—
—
—
—
—
(52,319)
—
1,180
—
469,957
418,818
24,196
443,014
Share-based payment reserve – Value of
employee services
—
—
—
—
—
—
1,696
—
—
—
1,696
—
1,696
Purchases of treasury shares
16
—
—
(23,698)
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
(23,698)
—
(23,698)
Share options exercised
16
—
—
2,676
—
—
—
68
—
1,833
(2,919)
1,658
—
1,658
Shares cancellation
16
(19)
(3,959)
12,215
—
—
—
—
—
—
(8,237)
—
—
—
Dividends paid
24
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
(405,493)
(405,493)
(27,607)
(433,100)
Transfer to tonnage tax reserve
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
825
(825)
—
—
—
Total transactions with owners,
recognised directly in equity
(19)
(3,959)
(8,807)
—
—
—
1,764
—
2,658
(417,474)
(425,837)
(27,607)
(453,444)
Balance at 31 December 2023
1,400
285,853
(56,438)
685,913
(36,259)
(27,542)
3,905
419
2,983
609,479
1,469,713
116,447
1,586,160
The accompanying notes form an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

Graphics
F-7
BW LPG LIMITED
AND ITS SUBSIDIARIES
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF CHANGES IN EQUITY (continued)
For the financial year ended 31 December 2024
Attributable to equity holders of the Company
Share-based
Currency
Non-
Share
Share
Treasury
Contributed
Capital
Hedging
payment
translation
Other
Retained
controlling
Total
Note
capital
premium
shares
surplus
reserve
reserve
reserve
reserve
reserves
earnings
Total
interest
equity
US$’000
US$’000
US$’000
US$’000
US$’000
US$’000
US$’000
US$’000
US$’000
US$’000
US$’000
US$’000
US$’000
Balance at 1 January 2022
1,419
289,812
(23,294)
685,913
(36,259)
(6,669)
922
(2,624)
2,194
460,648
1,372,062
13,837
1,385,899
Profit after tax
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
227,396
227,396
11,181
238,577
Other comprehensive income
—
—
—
—
—
31,446
—
1,863
—
—
33,309
203
33,512
Total comprehensive income
—
—
—
—
—
31,446
—
1,863
—
227,396
260,705
11,384
272,089
Share-based payment reserve – Value of
employee services
—
—
—
—
—
—
1,372
—
—
—
1,372
—
1,372
Purchases of treasury shares
16
—
—
(27,661)
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
(27,661)
—
(27,661)
Share options exercised
16
—
—
3,324
—
—
—
(153)
—
(1,833)
—
1,338
—
1,338
Dividends paid
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
(126,705)
(126,705)
—
(126,705)
Acquisition of subsidiary with non-
controlling interests
25
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
10,327
10,327
Changes in non-controlling interests arising
from changes of interests in subsidiary
26
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
(4,343)
(4,343)
84,343
80,000
Transfer to tonnage tax reserve
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
(36)
—
(36)
(33)
(69)
Total transactions with owners, recognised
directly in equity
—
—
(24,337)
—
—
—
1,219
—
(1,869)
(131,048)
(156,035)
94,637
(61,398)
Balance at 31 December 2022
1,419
289,812
(47,631)
685,913
(36,259)
24,777
2,141
(761)
325
556,996
1,476,732
119,858
1,596,590
The accompanying notes form an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.


Graphics
F-8
BW LPG LIMITED
AND ITS SUBSIDIARIES
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF CASHFLOWS
For the financial year ended 31 December 2024


Note 2024 2023 2022
US$’000 US$’000 US$’000
Cash flows from operating activities
Profit before tax 424,963 503,964 239,648
Adjustments for:
 
–
 
amortisation of intangible assets 843 762 610
 
–
 
depreciation charge 8 201,338 217,121 158,815
 
–
 
gain on disposal of vessels (20,391) (42,374) (21,110)
 
–
 
loss on derecognition of right-of-use assets (vessels) — 961
—

 
–
 
write-
b
ack of impairment charge on vessels 8 —

—

(1,470)
 
–
 
interest income (15,617) (10,121) (1,941)
 
–
 
interest expense 19,849 27,304 29,773
 
–
 
other finance expense 3,939 1,747 2,040
 
–
 
share-
b
ased payments 2,016 1,696 1,372
 
–
 
finance lease income (635) (278) (585)
 
–
 
fair value gain from equity financial asset (1,326)
—


—


614,979 700,782 407,152
Changes in working capital:
 
–
 
inventories 111,886 (52,660) (51,210)
 
–
 
trade and other receivables 112,689 (112,648) 111,986
 
–
 
trade and other payables (91,123) 52,701 35,029
 
–
 
derivative financial instruments (57,375) (3,061) 253
 
–
 
margin account held with broke
r
77,727 (66,384) 2,820
Total changes in working capital 153,804 (182,052) 98,878
Tax pai
d
7(b) (19,639) (5,367) (730)
Net cash from operating activities 749,144 513,363 505,300
Cash flows from investing activities
Additions in property, plant and equipment (602,012) (116,045) (46,192)
Progress payments for vessel upgrades and dry docks
1
—

—

16,035
Additions in intangible assets (237) (634) (103)
Purchase of equity financial asset (30,162)
—
(21)
Proceeds from sale of assets held-fo
r
-sale 64,687 167,588 95,415
Proceeds from sale of vessels —

—

87,883
Investment in joint venture — (301)
—

Repayment of finance lease receivables 10 7,915 7,842 7,535
Interest receive
d
16,252 10,118 585
Sale of equity financial assets, at fair value 2,343
—

—

Acquisition of subsidiary, net of cash acquire
d
25 —

—

(48,588)
Net cash (used in)/from investin
g
activities (541,214) 68,568 112,549
Cash flows from financing activities
Proceeds from bank borrowings 610,883 72,070 67,243
Payment of financing fees (4,430)
—
(109)
Repayments of bank borrowings (197,437) (171,659) (389,103)
Payment of lease liabilities 18 (102,764) (93,513) (54,181)
Interest pai
d
(17,818) (24,864) (24,857)
Other finance expense pai
d
(3,939) (1,652) (1,586)
Purchase of treasury shares (100) (23,698) (26,323)
Sale of treasury shares 1,091
—

—

Drawdown of trust receipts 2,107,821 1,021,010 260,377
Repayment of trust receipts (2,118,318) (989,884) (306,856)
Dividend payment 24 (388,461) (405,493) (126,705)
Dividend payment to non-controlling interests (21,657) (27,607)
—

Contributions from non-controlling interests 1,562
—
80,000
Capital returns to non-controlling interests (4,500)
—


—


Net cash used in financing activities (138,067) (645,290) (522,100)
Net increase/(decrease) in cash and cash equivalents 69,863 (63,359) 95,749
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of the financial yea
r
162,037 225,396 129,647
Cash and cash equivalents at end of the financial year 15 231,900 162,037 225,396

1
This will be reclassified from “prepayments” to “property, plant and equipment” upon completion.
The accompanying notes form an integral part of these consolidated financial statements
.


Graphics
F-9
BW LPG LIMITED
AND ITS SUBSIDIARIES
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF CASHFLOWS (continued)
For the financial year ended 31 December 2024
Reconciliation of liabilities arising from financing activities
Interest
Lease
rate
Borrowings
liabilities
swaps
1
US$’000
US$’000
US$’000
At 1 January 2024
412,349
157,839
679
Cash changes:
Proceeds from bank borrowings and trust receipts
2,718,704
—
—
Principal and interest (payments)/receipts
(2,339,122)
(107,238)
5,592
379,582
(107,238)
5,592
Non-cash changes:
Interest expense/(income)
20,967
4,474
(5,592)
Changes in fair value of interest rate swaps
—
—
(110)
Additions to lease liabilities
—
68,177
—
Lease remeasurement
—
108,036
—
Disposal
—
—
—
Acquisition of vessels
2
129,110
—
—
150,077
180,687
(5,702)
At 31 December 2024
942,008
231,288
569
At 1 January 2023
478,373
227,483
—
Cash changes:
Proceeds from bank borrowings and trust receipts
1,093,080
—
—
Principal and interest (payments)/receipts
(1,188,352)
(100,610)
9,042
(95,272)
(100,610)
9,042
Non-cash changes:
Interest expense/(income)
29,248
7,098
(9,042)
Changes in fair value of interest rate swaps
—
—
679
Additions to lease liabilities
—
16,095
—
Lease remeasurement
—
49,625
—
Disposal
—
(41,852)
—
29,248
30,966
(8,363)
At 31 December 2023
412,349
157,839
679
At 1 January 2022
742,289
132,540
14,140
Cash changes:
Proceeds from bank borrowings and trust receipts
327,511
—
—
Principal and interest payments
(712,610)
(59,137)
(3,250)
(385,099)
(59,137)
(3,250)
Non-cash changes:
Interest expense
21,565
4,956
3,252
Changes in fair value of interest rate swaps
—
—
(14,142)
Additions to lease liabilities
—
16,016
—
Lease remeasurement
—
42,645
—
Acquisition of subsidiary
99,618
90,463
—
121,183
154,080
(10,890)
At 31 December 2022
478,373
227,483
—
1
Interest rate swaps are hedged against certain portions of bank borrowings.
2
Acquisition of vessels includes non-cash transaction of US$332.6 million relating to the issuance of the Company’s equity shares
to the seller.
The accompanying notes form an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.


Graphics
BW LPG LIMITED
AND ITS SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
For the financial year ended 31 December 2024
F-10
These notes form an integral part of and should be read in conjunction with the accompanying consolidated financial statements.

1. General information
BW LPG Limited (the “Company”) is a public company limited by shares, and is dual listed on the Oslo Stock Exchange and the
New York Stock Exchange. The principal legislation under which the Company operates is the Singapore Companies Act and
regulations made thereunder.
The Company was incorporated in Bermuda on 21 August 2008 and redomiciled to Singapore on 1 July 2024, with its registered
office at 10 Pasir Panjang Road, #17-02, Mapletree Business City, Singapore, 117438.
The principal activity of the Company is that of investment holding. The principal activities of its subsidiaries are ship owning,
chartering and LPG trading (note 27).
These consolidated financial statements were authorised for issue by the Board of Directors of the Company on 28 March 2025.



2. Material accounting policies
(a) Basis of preparation

The consolidated financial statements have been prepared in accordance with IFRS accounting standards as issued by the IASB
(“IFRS”)
, and have been prepared under the historical cost convention, except as disclosed in the accounting policies below.
New standards, amendments to published standards and interpretations, adopted by the Group
The Group has adopted all the relevant new standards, amendments and interpretations to published standards as of 1
January 2024.
The adoption of these new standards, amendments, and interpretations to published standards does not have a material impact on
the consolidated financial statements.
Critical accounting estimates, assumptions and judgements
The preparation of the consolidated financial statements in conformity with IFRS requires Management to exercise its judgement
in the process of applying the Group’s accounting policies. It also requires the use of certain critical accounting estimates and
assumptions. Estimates, assumptions and judgements are continually evaluated and are based on historical experience and other
factors, including expectations of future events that are believed to be reasonable under the circumstances.
The following is a summary of estimates and assumptions which have a material effect.
(1) Useful life and residual value of assets
The Group reviews the useful life and residual value of its vessels at the balance sheet date and any adjustments are
made on a prospective basis. Residual value is estimated as the lightweight tonnage (LWT) of each vessel multiplied by the
scrap steel price per LWT, referenced against historical average price. If estimates of the residual values are revised, the
amount of depreciation charge in the future years will be changed.



Graphics
BW LPG LIMITED
AND ITS SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
For the financial year ended 31 December 2024
F-11

2. Material accounting policies (continued)

(a) Basis of preparation (continued)
Critical accounting estimates, assumptions and judgements (continued)
(1) Useful life and residual value of assets (continued)
The useful lives of the vessels are assessed periodically based on the condition of the vessels, market conditions and
other regulatory requirements. If the estimates of useful lives for the vessels are revised or there is a change in useful lives,
the amount of depreciation charge recorded in future years will be changed.
(2) Impairment
The Group assesses at the balance sheet dates whether there is any objective evidence or indication that the values of the
intangible assets, and property, plant and equipment may be impaired. If any such indication exists, the Group will estimate
the recoverable amount of the asset, and write down the asset to the recoverable amount. The assessment of the recoverable
amounts of the vessels is based on the higher of fair value less cost to sell and value-in-use calculations, with each vessel
being regarded as one cash generating unit. The recoverable amount of vessels is estimated predominantly based on
independent third party broker valuations.
Changes to these brokers’ estimates may significantly impact the impairment charges recognised and future changes may
lead to reversals of currently recognised impairment charges.
(3) Revenue recognition
All voyage revenues are recognised on a percentage of completion basis. Load-to-discharge basis is used in determining
the percentage of completion for all spot voyages (including voyages servicing contracts of affreightment). Under this
method, spot voyage revenue is recognised rateably over the period from the point of loading of the current voyage to the
point of discharge of the current voyage.
Management uses its judgement in estimating the total number of days of a voyage based on historical trends, the
operating capability of the vessel (speed and fuel consumption) and the distance of the trade route. Actual results may differ
from estimates.
(4) Physical buy and sell commodity contracts
The Group estimates the fair values of the physical buy and sell commodity contracts using valuation techniques based
on the best information available. The fair values are estimated based on observable market prices obtained from exchanges
and broker quotes, adjusted for location differentials and unobservable inputs such as shipping and financing costs. Where
observable market prices for commodity and freight prices are not available for the remaining tenure of the physical
commodity contracts, management has utilised unobservable inputs based on internally developed proxy curves for the
estimation of these prices beyond the observable period.




Graphics
BW LPG LIMITED
AND ITS SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
For the financial year ended 31 December 2024
F-12


2. Material accounting policies (continued)

(a) Basis of preparation (continued)
Critical accounting estimates, assumptions and judgements (continued)
(4) Physical buy and sell commodity contracts (continued)
As the fair value estimation process involves uncertainties and significant judgement over the unobservable inputs and
assumptions, the fair values of the physical buy and sell commodity contracts are classified under level 3.
See note 22(f) for further disclosures.


(b) Revenue and income recognition
Revenue comprises the fair value of the consideration received or receivable for the rendering of services in the ordinary course
of the Group’s activities, net of rebates, discounts, off-hire charges and after eliminating sales within the Group.
(1) Rendering of services
Revenue from time charters accounted for as operating leases is recognised in accordance with IFRS 16 in profit or loss
on a straight-line basis over the lease term. Apart from the lease, performance obligations include non-lease components
attributable to the bareboat charter and the operation of the vessel which are accounted for as service revenue under IFRS 15.
This revenue is recognised “over time” as the customer is simultaneously receiving and consuming the benefits of the
service. Revenues are allocated to each performance obligation based on its relative standalone selling price, generally
determined based on prices charged to customers. Non-lease components are not separately disclosed as they are considered
not material to understand the Group operations.
Revenue from spot voyages is recognised rateably over the estimated length of the voyage on a load-to-discharge basis
within the respective reporting period. Voyage expenses are capitalized between the discharge port of the immediately
previous cargo, or contract date if later, and the load port of the cargo to be chartered if they qualify as fulfilment costs. The
performance obligations for voyage revenue are satisfied over time from when the vessel is ready at the load port to the point
of cargo delivery at the discharge port. No additional disclosures in relation to the incremental cost of obtaining the contract
and the remaining performance obligation with an original duration of one year or less are made as the Group has applied the
practical expedients available in the standard. Additionally, as the Group typically receives payments within one year from
the start of the voyage, there are no additional disclosures made.
Demurrage revenue represents a variable consideration and is recognised as revenue from spot voyages based
on percentage of completion, consistent with the basis of recognising voyage freight revenue and is assessed at a percentage
of the total estimated claims issued to customers. The estimation of this rate is based on the historical actual demurrage
recovered over the total estimated claims issued to customers.



Graphics
BW LPG LIMITED
AND ITS SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
For the financial year ended 31 December 2024
F-13


2. Material accounting policies (continued)

(b) Revenue and income recognition (continued)
(2) Product Services — cargo sales
Revenue from the sale of goods is recognised at the point in time when the performance obligations have been satisfied,
which is when control of the cargo is transferred to the customer. Revenue is measured based on consideration specified in
the contract with a customer, which also includes the provision of services (shipping and insurance) when goods are sold on a
CFR or CIF basis, which means that the Group is responsible (acts as principal) for providing shipping services, and in some
instances, insurance after the date at which control of goods passes to the customer at the loading port. The Group, therefore,
has separate performance obligations for freight and insurance services that are provided to facilitate the sale of commodities.
The Group does not disclose sales revenue from freight and insurance services separately as these are not considered
necessary in order to understand the economic impact on the Group and are analysed by the chief operation decision maker
within the “Product Services” segment. The same recognition and presentation principles apply to revenues arising from
physical settlement of forward sale contracts that do not meet the own use exemption. See note 2(x).

(3) Interest income
Interest income is recognised on a time proportion basis using the effective interest method.




(c) Group accounting
(1) Subsidiaries
(i) Consolidation
Subsidiaries are entities (including special purpose entities) over which the Group has control. The Group controls
an entity when the Group is exposed to, or has rights to, variable returns from its involvement with the entity and has the
ability to affect those returns through its power over the entity. Subsidiaries are fully consolidated from the date on
which control is transferred to the Group. They are de-consolidated from the date on which control ceases.
In preparing the consolidated financial statements, transactions, balances and unrealised gains on transactions
between group companies are eliminated. Where necessary, adjustments are made to the financial statements of
subsidiaries to ensure the consistency of accounting policies with those of the Group.
Non-controlling interests are part of the net results of operations and of net assets of a subsidiary attributable to the
interests which are not owned directly or indirectly by the equity holders of the Company. They are shown separately in
the consolidated statement of comprehensive income, statement of changes in equity and balance sheet. Total
comprehensive income is attributed to the non-controlling interests based on their respective interests in a subsidiary,
even if this results in the non-controlling interests having a deficit balance.




Graphics
BW LPG LIMITED
AND ITS SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
For the financial year ended 31 December 2024
F-14

2. Material accounting policies (continued)

(c) Group accounting (continued)


(1) Subsidiaries (continued)




(ii) Acquisitions
The Group uses the acquisition method of accounting to account for business combinations.
The consideration transferred for the acquisition of a subsidiary or business comprises the fair value of the assets
transferred, the liabilities incurred, and the equity interests issued by the Group.
The consideration transferred also includes any contingent consideration arrangement and any pre-existing equity
interest in the subsidiary measured at their fair value at the acquisition date.
If the business combination is achieved in stages, the acquisition date carrying value of the acquirer’s previously
held equity interest in the acquiree is re-measured to fair value at the acquisition date, and any gains or losses arising
from such re-measurement are recognised in profit or loss.
Acquisition-related costs are expensed as incurred.
Identifiable assets acquired and liabilities and contingent liabilities assumed in a business combination are, with
limited exceptions, measured initially at their fair values at the acquisition date.
On an acquisition-by-acquisition basis, the Group recognises any non-controlling interest in the acquiree at the date
of acquisition either at fair value or at the non-controlling interest’s proportionate share of the acquiree’s net identifiable
assets.
The excess of (i) the consideration transferred, the amount of any non-controlling interest in the acquiree, and the
acquisition-date fair value of any previous equity interest in the acquiree over (ii) the fair values of the identifiable net
assets acquired, is recorded as goodwill.
The excess of: (i) fair value of the net identifiable assets acquired over the (ii) consideration transferred; the amount
of any non-controlling interest in the acquiree; and the acquisition-date fair value of any previous equity interest in the
acquiree; is recorded in the profit or loss during the period when it occurs.
(iii) Disposals
When a change in the Group’s ownership interest in a subsidiary results in a loss of control over the subsidiary, the
assets and liabilities of the subsidiary including any goodwill are derecognised. Amounts previously recognised in other
comprehensive income in respect of that entity are also reclassified to profit or loss or transferred directly to retained
earnings if required by a specific standard.
Any retained equity interest in the entity is remeasured at fair value. The difference between the carrying amount of
the retained interest at the date when control is lost and its fair value is recognised in profit or loss.







Graphics
BW LPG LIMITED
AND ITS SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
For the financial year ended 31 December 2024
F-15

2. Material accounting policies (continued)


(c) Group accounting (continued)
(2) Transactions with non-controlling interests
Changes in the Group’s ownership interest in a subsidiary that do not result in a loss of control over the subsidiary are
accounted for as transactions with equity owners of the Company. Any difference between the change in the carrying
amounts of the non-controlling interest and the fair value of the consideration paid or received is recognised in a separate
reserve within equity attributable to the equity holders of the Company.


(3) Joint venture
A joint venture is an entity over which the Group has joint control as a result of contractual arrangements and rights to
the net assets of the entity.
Investment in joint ventures is accounted for in the consolidated financial statements using the equity method of
accounting less impairment losses, if any.


(i) Acquisitions
Investment in a joint venture is initially recognised at cost. The cost of an acquisition is measured at the fair value of
the assets given, equity instruments issued or liabilities incurred or assumed at the date of exchange, plus costs directly
attributable to the acquisition. Goodwill on joint venture represents the excess of the cost of acquisition of the joint
venture over the Group’s share of the fair value of the identifiable net assets of the joint venture and is included in the
carrying amount of the investment.



(ii) Equity method of accounting
Under the equity method of accounting, the investment is initially recognised at cost and adjusted thereafter to
recognise the Group’s share of its joint venture’s post-acquisition profits or losses in the Group’s profit or loss and its
share of the joint venture’s other comprehensive income in the Group’s other comprehensive income. Dividend received
or receivable from the joint venture is recognised as a reduction of the carrying amount of the investment. When the
Group’s share of losses in a joint venture equals to or exceeds its interest in the joint venture, the Group does not
recognise further losses, unless it has incurred legal or constructive obligations to make, or has made, payments on
behalf of the joint venture. If the joint venture subsequently reports profits, the Group resumes recognising its share of
those profits only after its share of the profits equals the share of losses not recognised.
Unrealised gains on transactions between the Group and its joint venture are eliminated to the extent of the Group’s
interest in the joint venture. Unrealised losses are also eliminated unless the transactions provide evidence of impairment
of the assets transferred. The accounting policies of a joint venture are changed where necessary to ensure consistency
with the accounting policies adopted by the Group.
(iii) Disposals
Investment in joint venture is derecognised when the Group loses joint control. If the retained equity interest in the
former joint venture is a financial asset, the retained equity interest is remeasured at fair value. The difference between
the carrying amount of the retained interest at the date when joint control is lost, and its fair value and any proceeds on
partial disposal, is recognised in profit or loss.




Graphics
BW LPG LIMITED
AND ITS SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
For the financial year ended 31 December 2024
F-16

2. Material accounting policies (continued)


(d) Property, plant and equipment
(1) Measurement
(i) Property, plant and equipment are initially recognised at cost and subsequently carried at cost less accumulated
depreciation and accumulated impairment losses (note 2(e)).
(ii) The cost of an item of property, plant and equipment initially recognised includes expenditure that is directly attributable
to the acquisition of the items. Dismantlement, removal or restoration costs are included as part of the cost of property,
plant and equipment if the obligation for dismantlement, removal or restoration is incurred as a consequence of acquiring
or using the asset.
(iii) If significant parts of an item of property, plant and equipment have different useful lives, they are accounted for as
separate components of property, plant and equipment.
(2) Depreciation
(i) Depreciation on property, plant and equipment is calculated using a straight-line method to allocate their depreciable
amounts over their estimated useful lives as follows:
Vessels 25 years
Dry docking/Scrubbers 2.5 – 5 years
Furniture and fixtures 3 – 5 years
The residual values, estimated useful lives and depreciation method of property, plant and equipment are reviewed,
and adjusted as appropriate, at least annually. The effects of any revision in estimate are recognised in profit or loss when
the changes arise.
(ii) Significant components of individual assets are assessed and if a component has a useful life that is different from the
remainder of that asset, that component is depreciated separately. The remaining carrying amount of the old component
as a result of a replacement will be written off to profit or loss.

(3) Subsequent expenditure
Subsequent expenditure relating to property, plant and equipment, including drydocking and replacing a significant
component, that has already been recognised, is added to the carrying amount of the asset only when it is probable that future
economic benefits associated with the item will flow to the Group and the cost of the item can be measured reliably. All other
repair and maintenance expenses are recognised in profit or loss when incurred.

(4) Disposal
On disposal of an item of property, plant and equipment, the difference between the net disposal proceeds and its
carrying amount is recognised in profit or loss.



Graphics
BW LPG LIMITED
AND ITS SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
For the financial year ended 31 December 2024
F-17


2. Material accounting policies (continued)

(e) Impairment of non-financial assets
Intangible assets with finite lives, property, plant and equipment and investment in a joint venture are tested for impairment
whenever there is any objective evidence or an indication that these assets may be impaired.
For the purpose of impairment testing, the recoverable amount (i.e. the higher of the fair value less cost to sell and value-in-use) is
determined on an individual asset basis unless the asset does not generate cash flows that are largely independent of those from other
assets. If this is the case, the recoverable amount is determined for the cash-generating unit (“CGU”) to which the asset belongs.
If the recoverable amount of the asset is estimated to be less than its carrying amount, the carrying amount of the asset (or CGU)
is reduced to its recoverable amount. The difference between the carrying amount and recoverable amount is recognised as an
impairment loss in profit or loss.
An impairment loss for an asset (or CGU) is reversed if, and only if, there has been a change in the estimates used to determine
the asset’s (or CGU’s) recoverable amount since the last impairment loss was recognised. The carrying amount of this asset (or CGU)
is increased to its revised recoverable amount, provided that this amount does not exceed the carrying amount that would have been
determined (net of accumulated depreciation) had no impairment loss been recognised for the asset (or CGU) in prior years. A reversal
of impairment loss for an asset (or CGU) is recognised in profit or loss.



(f) Derivative financial instruments and hedging activities
A derivative financial instrument is initially recognised at its fair value on the date the contract is entered into and is subsequently
carried at its fair value. The method of recognising the resulting gain or loss depends on whether the derivative is designated as a
hedge instrument, and if so, the nature of the item being hedged. The Group designates each hedge as either: (a) fair value hedge or
(b) cash flow hedge.
For derivative financial instruments that are not designated or do not qualify for hedge accounting, any fair value gains or losses
are recognised in profit or loss as derivative gain/(loss) when the change arises.
At the inception of the transaction, the Group documents the relationship between the hedging instruments and hedged items as
well as, the risk management objective and strategies for undertaking various hedging transactions. The Group also documents its
assessment, both at hedge inception and on an ongoing basis, of whether the derivatives designated as hedging instruments are highly
effective in offsetting changes in fair value or cash flows of the hedged items.
Hedge effectiveness is determined at the inception of the hedging relationship, and through periodic prospective effectiveness
assessments to ensure that an economic relationship exists between the hedged item and hedging instrument.
The Group enters into hedge relationships where the critical terms of the hedging instrument match exactly with the terms of the
hedged item, and so a qualitative assessment of effectiveness is performed. If changes in circumstances affect the terms of the hedged
item such that the critical terms no longer match exactly with the critical terms of the hedging instrument, the Group uses the
hypothetical derivative method to assess effectiveness.
The carrying amount of a derivative designated as a hedge is presented as a non-current asset or liability if the remaining expected
life of the hedged item is more than 12 months, and as a current asset or liability if the remaining expected life of the hedged item is
less than 12 months. The fair value of a trading derivative is classified as a current asset or liability.




Graphics
BW LPG LIMITED
AND ITS SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
For the financial year ended 31 December 2024
F-18

2. Material accounting policies (continued)

(f) Derivative financial instruments and hedging activities (continued)
The fair value of interest rate swaps, forward bunker swaps and forward freight agreements represent the amounts estimated by
banks or brokers that the Group will receive or pay to terminate the derivatives at the balance sheet date.
Hedges directly affected by interest rate benchmark reform.
Phase 2 amendments: Replacement of benchmark interest rates — when there is no longer uncertainty arising from interest rate
benchmark reform
The Group amends the description of the hedging instrument only if the following conditions are met:
— it makes a change required by interest rate benchmark reform by changing the basis for determining the contractual cash
flows of the hedging instrument or using another approach that is economically equivalent to changing the basis for
determining the contractual cash flows of the original hedging instrument; and
— the original hedging instrument is not derecognised.
These amendments in the formal hedge documentation do not constitute the discontinuation of the hedging relationship or the
designation of a new hedging relationship.
If other changes are made in addition to those changes required by the interest rate benchmark reform described above, then the
Group first considers whether those additional changes result in the discontinuation of the hedge accounting relationship. If the
additional changes do not result in discontinuation of the hedge accounting relationship, then the Group amends the formal hedge
documentation for changes required by interest rate benchmark reform as mentioned above.
(1) Interest rate swaps
The Group has entered into interest rate swaps that are cash flow hedges for the Group’s exposure to interest rate risk on
its borrowings. These contracts entitle the Group to receive interest at floating rates on notional principal amounts and oblige
the Group to pay interest at fixed rates on the same notional principal amounts, thus allowing the Group to raise borrowings
at floating rates and swap them into fixed rates. The Group hedges up to 75% of its floating rate borrowings and the hedged
item is identified as a proportion of the outstanding amount of the borrowings. As all critical terms matched during the year,
the economic relationship was assessed to be 100% effective.
The fair value changes on the effective portion of interest rate swaps designated as cash flow hedges are recognised in
other comprehensive income, accumulated in the fair value reserve, and reclassified to profit or loss when the hedged interest
expense on the borrowings is recognised in profit or loss. The fair value changes on the ineffective portion of interest swaps
are recognised immediately in profit or loss.




Graphics
BW LPG LIMITED
AND ITS SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
For the financial year ended 31 December 2024
F-19

2. Material accounting policies (continued)

(f) Derivative financial instruments and hedging activities (continued)
(2) Forward bunker swaps
The Group has entered into forward bunker swaps that are cash flow hedges for the Group’s exposure to cash flow
variability for its forecasted bunker purchases. These contracts entitle the Group to receive bunker at floating rates and oblige
the Group to pay for bunker at fixed prices, or in some contracts to pay a fixed incremental spread (between high and low
sulphur fuel oil) for low sulphur fuel oil. It was assessed that the economic relationship between the forward bunker swaps
and the hedged item was effective as the critical terms match.
The fair value changes on the effective portion of the forward bunker swaps designated as cash flow hedges are
recognised in other comprehensive income. Amounts accumulated in equity are reclassified in the periods when the hedged
item affects profit or loss.
(3) Forward freight agreements (FFAs)
The Group has entered into FFAs that are cash flow hedges for the Group’s exposure to cash flow variability, for its
forecasted freight earnings. These contracts entitle the Group to receive fixed freight rates and oblige the Group to pay
floating freight rates for the volumes transacted. This effectively hedges the forecasted freight revenue contracted at future
market freight rates. It was assessed that the economic relationship between the FFAs and the hedged item was effective as
the critical terms match.
The fair value changes on the effective portion of the FFAs designated as cash flow hedges are recognised in other
comprehensive income. Amounts accumulated in equity are reclassified in the periods when the hedged item affects profit or
loss.
(4) Commodity contracts derivatives
Commodity contract derivatives comprise physical buy and sell commodity contracts measured at fair value through
profit or loss, and exchange-traded commodity futures.
The fair values of the physical buy and sell commodity contracts are estimated using valuation techniques based on the
best information available. The fair values are estimated based on observable market prices obtained from exchanges and
broker quotes, adjusted for location differentials and unobservable inputs such as shipping and financing costs. Where
observable market prices for commodity and freight prices are not available for the remaining tenure of the physical
commodity contracts, management has utilised unobservable inputs based on internally developed proxy curves for the
estimation of these prices beyond the observable period. The fair values of exchange-traded commodity futures are
determined using forward commodity indices at the balance sheet date.
The Group did not adopt hedge accounting for these contracts.




Graphics
BW LPG LIMITED
AND ITS SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
For the financial year ended 31 December 2024
F-20


2. Material accounting policies (continued)

(f) Derivative financial instruments and hedging activities (continued)
(5) Non-derivative financial asset
The Group has designated the foreign currency risk component of a foreign denominated cash balance as a cash flow
hedge against the Group’s commitment for the exercise of a purchase option on its time charter in lease contract which is
denominated in the same foreign currency. This effectively hedges the forecasted purchase price at a fixed USD amount from
the date of designation of the hedge. It was assessed that the economic relationship between the hedging instrument and the
hedged item was effective as the critical terms match.
The fair value changes on the effective portion of the foreign currency risk component of the foreign denominated cash
balance designated as cash flow hedges are recognised in other comprehensive income. Amounts accumulated in equity are
reclassified into the cost of the asset upon payment of the purchase option.


(g) Financial assets
(1) Financial assets at amortised cost
A financial asset is measured at amortised cost if it meets both of the following conditions and is not designated as at
FVTPL:
— it is held within a business model whose objective is to hold assets to collect contractual cash flows; and
— its contractual terms give rise on specified dates to cash flows that are solely payments of principal and interest on
the principal amount outstanding.
The Group’s financial assets at amortised costs, are presented as “finance lease receivables” (note 10) “trade and other
receivables” (note 12) and “cash and cash equivalents” (note 15) in the consolidated balance sheet.
These financial assets are initially recognised at their fair values plus transaction costs and subsequently carried at
amortised cost using the effective interest method, less accumulated impairment losses.
The Group managed these groups of financial assets by collecting the contractual cash flow and these cash flows
represent solely payment of principal and interest. Accordingly, these groups of financial assets are measured at amortised
cost subsequent to initial recognition.
The Group assesses on a forward-looking basis the expected credit losses (ECLs) associated with these groups of
financial assets.
For trade receivables, finance lease receivables and other receivables — related party, the Group applied the simplified
approach permitted by IFRS 9, which requires expected lifetime losses to be recognised from initial recognition of the
receivables.
For cash and cash equivalents, the general 3 stage approach is applied. Credit loss allowance is based on 12-month ECL
if there is no significant increase in credit risk since the initial recognition of the assets. If there is a significant increase in
credit risk since initial recognition, lifetime ECL will be calculated and recognised.



Graphics
BW LPG LIMITED
AND ITS SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
For the financial year ended 31 December 2024
F-21

2. Material accounting policies (continued)


(g) Financial assets (continued)
(1) Financial assets at amortised cost (continued)
When determining whether the credit risk of a financial instrument has increased significantly since initial recognition
and when estimating ECLs, the Group considers reasonable and supportable information that is relevant and available
without undue cost or effort. This includes both quantitative and qualitative information analysis, based on the Group’s
historical experience and informed credit assessment and includes forward-looking information.
The Group considers a financial asset to be in default when:
— the borrower is unlikely to pay its credit obligations to the Group in full, without recourse by the Group to actions
such as realising security (if any is held); or
— the financial asset is more than 90 days past due.
When the asset becomes uncollectible, it is written off against the allowance amount. Subsequent recoveries of amounts
previously written off are recognised against the same line item in profit or loss.
The impairment allowance is reduced through profit or loss in a subsequent period by the amount of ECL reversal that is
required to adjust the loss allowance to the amount that is required to be recognised at the reporting date.
These assets are presented as current assets except for those that are expected to be realised later than 12 months after the
balance sheet date, which are presented as non-current assets.
The Group derecognises a financial asset when the contractual rights to the cash flows from the financial asset expire, or
it transfers the rights to receive the contractual cash flows in a transaction in which substantially all of the risks and rewards
of ownership of the financial asset are transferred or in which the Group neither transfers nor retains substantially all of the
risks and rewards of ownership and it does not retain control of the financial asset.

(2) Equity Investments
Equity investments are initially recognised at its fair value. Transaction costs are expensed in profit or loss.
(i) The Group subsequently measures all its equity investments at their fair values. Equity investments are classified as fair
value through profit or loss (“FVTPL”) with movements in their fair values recognised in profit or loss in the period in
which the changes arise, except for those equity securities which are not held for trading. The Group has irrevocable
elected to recognise changes in fair value of equity securities not held for trading in other comprehensive income as these
are strategic investments and the Group considers this to be more relevant. Movements in fair values of investments
classified as fair value through other comprehensive income (“FVOCI”) are presented in other comprehensive income.
Dividends from equity investments are recognised in profit or loss as “dividend income”.




Graphics
BW LPG LIMITED
AND ITS SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
For the financial year ended 31 December 2024
F-22



2. Material accounting policies (continued)

(g) Financial assets (continued)
(2) Equity Investments (continued)
(ii) On disposal of an equity investment, the difference between the carrying amount and sales proceed is recognised in
profit or loss if there was no election made to recognise fair value changes in other comprehensive income. If there was
an election made, any difference between the carrying amount and sales proceed amount would be recognised in other
comprehensive income and transferred to retained profits along with the amount previously recognised in other
comprehensive income relating to that asset.
(iii) The Group subsequently measures all its equity investments at their fair values. Equity investments are classified as fair
value through profit or loss (“FVTPL”) with movements in their fair values recognised in profit or loss in the period in
which the changes arise, except for those equity securities which are not held for trading. The Group has irrevocable
elected to recognise changes in fair value of equity securities not held for trading in other comprehensive income as these
are strategic investments and the Group considers this to be more relevant. Movements in fair values of investments
classified as fair value through other comprehensive income (“FVOCI”) are presented in other comprehensive income.
Dividends from equity investments are recognised in profit or loss as “dividend income”.
(iv) On disposal of an equity investment, the difference between the carrying amount and sales proceed is recognised in
profit or loss if there was no election made to recognise fair value changes in other comprehensive income. If there was
an election made, any difference between the carrying amount and sales proceed amount would be recognised in other
comprehensive income and transferred to retained profits along with the amount previously recognised in other
comprehensive income relating to that asset.


(h) Borrowings
Borrowings are initially recognised at fair value, net of transaction costs incurred, and subsequently stated at amortised cost. Any
difference between the proceeds (net of transaction costs) and the redemption value is taken to profit or loss over the period of the
borrowings using the effective interest method.
Borrowings are presented as current liabilities in the consolidated balance sheet unless the Group has an unconditional right to
defer settlement of the liability for at least 12 months after the balance sheet date, in which case they are presented as non-current
liabilities.

(i) Borrowing costs
Borrowing costs are recognised in the profit and loss using the effective interest method except for those costs that are directly
attributable to the construction of vessels. This includes those costs on borrowings acquired specifically for the construction of vessels,
as well as those in relation to general borrowings used to finance the construction of vessels.
Borrowing costs on borrowings acquired specifically for the construction of vessels are capitalised in the cost of the vessel under
construction during the period of construction until the Group takes delivery of the vessels. Borrowing costs on general borrowings are
capitalised by applying a capitalisation rate to the construction expenditures that are financed by general borrowings.



Graphics
BW LPG LIMITED
AND ITS SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
For the financial year ended 31 December 2024
F-23



2. Material accounting policies (continued)
(i) Borrowing costs (continued)
The basis for determining the contractual cash flows of the borrowing may be modified as required by the IBOR reform. A
change in the basis for determining the contractual cash flows is required by interest rate benchmark reform if the following conditions
are met:
— the change is necessary as a direct consequence of the reform; and
— the new basis for determining the contractual cash flows is economically equivalent to the previous basis — i.e. the basis
immediately before the change.
For this purpose, the Group updated the effective interest rate of the borrowing to reflect the change that is required.
If other changes are made in addition to those changes required by interest rate benchmark reform described above, then the
Group first updated the effective interest rate of the borrowing to reflect the change that is required by interest rate benchmark reform.
Then the Group applied the policies on accounting for modification to the additional changes.

(j) Trade and other payables
Trade and other payables represent liabilities to pay for goods or services provided to the Group prior to the end of the
financial year which are unpaid. Trade and other payables are classified as current liabilities if payment is due within one year or less.
If not, they are presented as non-current liabilities.

(k) Leases
(1) As a lessee:
At the inception of the contract, the Group assesses if the contract contains a lease. A contract contains a lease if the
contract conveys the right to control the use of an identified asset for a period of time in exchange for consideration.
Reassessment is only required when the terms and conditions of the contract are changed.
The Group recognises a right-of-use asset and lease liability at the lease commencement date. Right-of-use assets are
measured at cost which comprises the initial measurement of lease liabilities adjusted for any lease payments made at or
before the commencement date and lease incentive received. Any initial direct costs that would not have been incurred if the
lease had not been obtained are added to the carrying amount of the right-of-use assets.
The right-of-use assets are subsequently carried at cost less accumulated depreciation and accumulated impairment
losses (note 2(e)). Depreciation is calculated on straight-line method from the commencement date to the end of the lease
term, unless the lease transfers ownership of the underlying asset to the Group by the end of the lease term or it is reasonably
certain that the Group will exercise a purchase option. In that case, the right-of-use asset will be depreciated over the useful
life of the underlying asset, which is determined on the same basis as those of property and equipment.
Right-of-use assets are presented within “Right-of-use assets (vessels)”.
The lease liability is initially measured at the present value of the lease payments that are not paid at the commencement
date, discounted using the interest rate implicit in the lease, or if that rate cannot be readily determined, the Group’s
incremental borrowing rate. Generally, the Group uses its incremental borrowing rate as the discount rate.



Graphics
BW LPG LIMITED
AND ITS SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
For the financial year ended 31 December 2024
F-24

2. Material accounting policies (continued)
(k) Leases (continued)
(1) As a lessee: (continued)
Lease payments included in the measurement of the lease liability comprise the following:
— fixed payments, including in-substance fixed payments;
— variable lease payments that depend on an index or a rate, initially measured using the index or rate as at the
commencement date;
— amounts expected to be payable under a residual value guarantee; and
— the exercise price under a purchase option that the Group is reasonably certain to exercise, lease payments in an
optional renewal period if the Group is reasonably certain to exercise an extension option, and penalties for early
termination of a lease unless the Group is reasonably certain not to terminate early.
The lease liability is measured at amortised cost using the effective interest method. It is remeasured when there is a
change in future lease payments arising from a change in an index or rate, if there is a change in the Group’s estimate of the
amount expected to be payable under a residual value guarantee, if the Group changes its assessment of whether it will
exercise a purchase, extension, or termination option or if there is a revised in-substance fixed lease payment.
When the lease liability is remeasured in this way, a corresponding adjustment is made to the carrying amount of the
right-of-use asset, or is recorded in profit or loss if the carrying amount of the right-of-use asset has been reduced to zero.
Variable lease payments not dependent on an index or rate and lease payments arising from leases with lease terms less
than 12 months are recognised as an expense as incurred, or on a straight-line basis over the lease term and presented within
“charter hire expenses”.
Payments made in relation to the non-lease components of the leases are recognised as an expense on a straight-line basis
over the lease term.
(2) As a lessor:
The Group time charters vessels to non-related parties under lease agreements. The leases have varying terms.
Lessor — Finance leases
Leases where the Group has transferred substantially all risks and rewards incidental to ownership of the leased assets to
the lessees, are classified as finance leases. The leased asset is derecognised and the present value of the lease receivable is
recognised on the balance sheet. Each lease payment received is applied against the gross investment in the finance lease
receivable to reduce both the principal and the unearned finance income. The finance income is recognised in profit or loss on
a basis that reflects a constant periodic rate of return on the net investment in the finance lease receivable. The Group applies
the derecognition and impairment requirements in IFRS 9 to the net investment in the lease (see note 2(g)).
Initial direct costs incurred by the Group in negotiating and arranging finance leases are added to finance lease
receivables and reduce the amount of income recognised over the lease term.



Graphics
BW LPG LIMITED
AND ITS SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
For the financial year ended 31 December 2024
F-25



2. Material accounting policies (continued)
(k) Leases (continued)
(2) As a lessor: (continued)
Lessor — Operating leases
Leases, where the Group retains substantially all risks and rewards incidental to ownership are classified as operating
leases. Rental income from operating leases (net of any incentives given to the lessees) is recognised in profit or loss on a
straight-line basis over the lease term.
(3) As an intermediate lessor:
In classifying a sublease, the Group as an intermediate lessor classifies the sublease as a finance or an operating lease
with reference to the right-of-use asset arising from the head lease, rather than the underlying asset.
When the sublease is assessed as a finance lease, the Group derecognises the right-of-use asset relating to the head lease
that it transfers to the sublessee and recognises the net investment in the sublease within “Finance lease receivables”. Any
differences between the right-of-use asset derecognised and the net investment in sublease is recognised in the statement of
comprehensive income. Lease liability relating to the head lease is retained on the balance sheet, which represents the lease
payments owed to the head lessor.
When the sublease is assessed as an operating lease, the Group recognises lease income from sublease in profit or loss
within “Revenue from time charter voyages”. The right-of-use asset relating to the head lease is not derecognised.

(l) Fair value estimation of financial assets and liabilities
The fair values of financial instruments traded in active markets (such as exchange-traded and over-the-counter securities and
derivatives) are based on quoted market prices at the balance sheet date. The quoted market prices for financial assets are the
current bid prices; the appropriate market prices used for financial liabilities are the current asking prices.
The fair values of financial instruments that are not traded in an active market are determined by using valuation techniques.
The Group uses a variety of methods and makes assumptions that are based on market conditions existing at each balance sheet
date. Where appropriate, quoted market prices or dealer quotes for similar instruments are used.

(m) Inventories
Inventories comprise fuel oil and liquefied petroleum gas (“LPG)” remaining on board and LPG held for trading purposes.
Fuel oil and LPG remaining on board is measured at the lower of cost (on a first-in, first-out basis) and net realisable value.
LPG held for trading purposes are measured at fair value less costs to sell. Any change in fair value is recognised in profit or
loss for the period in which it arose.



Graphics
BW LPG LIMITED
AND ITS SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
For the financial year ended 31 December 2024
F-26


2. Material accounting policies (continued)
(n) Provisions for other liabilities and charges
Provisions are recognised when the Group has a present legal or constructive obligation where as a result of past events, it is
more likely than not that an outflow of resources will be required to settle the obligation and a reliable estimate of the amount can
be made. When the Group expects a provision to be reimbursed, the reimbursement is recognised as a separate asset but only
when the reimbursement is virtually certain. Provisions are not recognised for future operating losses.
Provisions are measured at the present value of the expenditure expected to be required to settle the obligation using a pre-tax
discount rate that reflects the current market assessment of the time value of money and the risks specific to the obligation. The
increase in the provision due to the passage of time is recognised in profit or loss as finance expense.
Changes in the estimated timing or amount of the expenditure or discount rate are recognised in profit or loss when the
changes arise.


(o) Foreign currency translation
(1) Functional and presentation currency
Items included in the financial statements of each entity in the Group are measured using the currency of the primary
economic environment in which the entity operates (the “functional currency”). The consolidated financial statements of the
Group are presented in United States Dollars (“US$”), which is the functional currency of the Company.

(2) Transactions and balances
Transactions in a currency other than the functional currency (“foreign currency”) are translated into the functional
currency using the exchange rates prevailing at the dates of the transactions. Foreign currency exchange gains and losses
resulting from the settlement of such transactions and from the translation of monetary assets and liabilities denominated in
foreign currencies at the closing rates at the balance sheet date are recognised in profit or loss within “finance expense —
 net”.
(3) Translation of Group entities’ financial statements
The results and financial position of all the Group entities (none of which has the currency of a hyperinflationary
economy) that have a functional currency different from United States Dollars are translated into United States Dollars as
follows:
(i) Assets and liabilities are translated at the closing rate at the reporting date;
(ii) Income and expenses are translated at average exchange rates (unless this average is not a reasonable approximation
of the cumulative effect of the rates prevailing on the transaction dates, in which case income and expenses are
translated using the exchange rates at the dates on the transactions); and
(iii) All resulting currency translation differences are recognised in other comprehensive income and accumulated in the
currency translation reserve. These currency translation differences are reclassified to profit or loss on disposal or
partial disposal of the entity giving rise to such reserve.



Graphics
BW LPG LIMITED
AND ITS SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
For the financial year ended 31 December 2024
F-27



2. Material accounting policies (continued)

(p) Employee benefits
Employee benefits are recognised as an expense unless the cost qualifies to be classified as an asset.
(1) Employee leave entitlement
Employee entitlements to annual leave are recognised when they accrue to employees. An accrual is made for the
estimated liability for annual leave as a result of services rendered by employees up to the balance sheet date.
(2) Defined contribution plans
Defined contribution plans are post-employment benefit plans under which the Group pays fixed contributions into
separate entities on a mandatory, contractual or voluntary basis. The Group has no further payment obligations once the
contributions have been paid.
(3) Share-based compensation
The Group operates an equity-settled, share-based compensation plan. The value of the employee services received in
exchange for the grant of options is recognised as an expense with a corresponding increase in the share-based payment
reserve over the vesting period. The total amount to be recognised over the vesting period is determined by reference to the
fair value of the share options granted on grant date. Non-market vesting conditions are included in the estimation of the
number of shares under options that are expected to become exercisable on the vesting date. At each balance sheet date, the
Group revises its estimates of the number of shares under options that are expected to become exercisable on the vesting date
and recognises the impact of the revision of the estimates in profit or loss, with a corresponding adjustment to the share-based
payment reserve over the remaining vesting period.
When the share options are exercised, the proceeds received (net of transaction costs) and the related balance previously
recognised in the share-based payment reserve are credited to share capital (nominal value) and share premium, when new
ordinary shares are issued, or to the “treasury shares” account, when treasury shares are reissued to the employees.


(q) Offsetting financial instruments
Financial assets and liabilities are offset, and the net amount reported in the balance sheet when there is a legally enforceable right
to offset and there is an intention to settle on a net basis or realise the asset and settle the liability simultaneously.



(r) Cash and cash equivalents
For the purpose of presentation in the consolidated statement of cash flows, cash and cash equivalents include cash on hand and
short-term bank deposits less restricted cash, related to margin accounts held with brokers, which are subject to an insignificant risk of
change in value.





Graphics
BW LPG LIMITED
AND ITS SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
For the financial year ended 31 December 2024
F-28



2. Material accounting policies (continued)
(s) Share capital and treasury shares
Common shares are classified as equity. Incremental costs directly attributable to the issuance of new common shares are
deducted against share premium, a component of the share capital account.

When any entity within the Group purchases the Company’s common shares (“treasury shares”), the carrying amount which
includes the consideration paid and any directly attributable transaction cost is presented as a component within equity attributable to
the Company’s equity holders, until they are cancelled, sold, or reissued.
When treasury shares are subsequently sold or reissued pursuant to an employee share option scheme, the cost of treasury shares
is reversed from the treasury share account and the realised gain or loss on sale or reissue, net of any directly attributable incremental
transaction costs and related income tax, is recognised in the capital reserve.


(t) Income tax
The income tax expense or credit for the period is the tax payable on the current period’s taxable income, based on the applicable
income tax rate for each jurisdiction.
The current income tax charge is calculated on the basis of the tax laws enacted or substantively enacted at the end of the
reporting period in the countries where the company and its subsidiaries operate and generate taxable income. Management
periodically evaluates positions taken in tax returns with respect to situations in which applicable tax regulation is subject to
interpretation. It establishes provisions, where appropriate, on the basis of amounts expected to be paid to the tax authorities.
Deferred tax is recognised in respect of temporary differences between the carrying amounts of assets and liabilities for financial
reporting purposes and the amounts used for taxation purposes. Deferred tax is measured at the tax rates that are expected to be
applied to temporary differences when they reverse, based on tax rates and tax laws that have been enacted or substantively enacted by
the reporting date, and reflects uncertainty related to income taxes, if any.
Deferred tax assets and liabilities are offset if there is a legally enforceable right to offset current tax liabilities and assets, and
they relate to taxes levied by the same tax authority on the same taxable entity, or on different tax entities, but they intend to settle
current tax liabilities and assets on a net basis or their tax assets and liabilities will be realised simultaneously.
Deferred tax assets are recognised for unused tax losses, unused tax credits and deductible temporary differences to the extent that
it is probable that future taxable profits will be available against which they can be used. Future taxable profits are determined based
on the reversal of relevant taxable temporary differences. If the amount of taxable temporary differences is insufficient to recognise a
deferred tax asset in full, then future taxable profits, adjusted for reversals of existing temporary differences, are considered, based on
the business plans for individual subsidiaries in the Group. Deferred tax assets are reviewed at each reporting date and are reduced to
the extent that it is no longer probable that the related tax benefit will be realised; such reductions are reversed when the probability of
future taxable profits improves.




Graphics
BW LPG LIMITED
AND ITS SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
For the financial year ended 31 December 2024
F-29





2. Material accounting policies (continued)
(u) Dividend to Company’s shareholders
Dividend to the Company’s shareholders is recognised when the dividend is approved.

(v) Segment reporting
Operating segments are reported in a manner consistent with the internal reporting provided to Management whose members are
responsible for allocating resources and assessing the performance of the operating segments.


(w) Non — current assets (or disposal groups) held-for-sale
Non-current assets (or disposal groups) are classified as assets held-for-sale and carried at the lower of carrying amount and fair
value less costs to sell if its carrying amount is recovered principally through a sale transaction rather than through continuing use. The
asset is not depreciated or amortised while it is classified as held-for-sale. Any impairment loss on initial classification and subsequent
measurement is recognised as an expense. Any subsequent increase in fair value less costs to sell (not exceeding the accumulated
impairment loss that has been previously recognised) is recognised in profit or loss.


(x) Commodity contracts
The Product Services division transacts in exchange traded derivatives, and enters into physical contracts to buy and sell
commodities. Derivative instruments, which include physical commodity contracts that do not meet the own use exemption, are
accounted for as derivatives at fair value through profit or loss. The Group accounts for these physical commodity contracts under
IFRS 9 before physical delivery, and excludes changes in the fair value of derivative assets and liabilities prior to physical delivery
from revenue from contracts with customers. Derivative gains or losses are presented separately as “derivative gain/(loss)” within
Revenue — Product Services.
The Group treats the counterparties to these physical commodity contracts as a customer under IFRS 15 when the physical
delivery of commodities occurs and measures revenue from these contracts at the contractual transaction price. At delivery of the
commodity, the sale of the commodity is recognised as revenue under IFRS 15. See note 2(b)(2).

(y) Contingent liabilities
Where it is not probable that an outflow of economic benefits will be required, or the amount cannot be estimated reliably, the
obligation is disclosed as a contingent liability, unless the probability of outflow of economic benefits is remote. Possible obligations,
whose existence will only be confirmed by the occurrence or non-occurrence of one or more future events, are also disclosed as
contingent liabilities unless the probability of outflow of economic benefits is remote.
The Group is involved in certain claims, litigations, and disputes. Due to the nature of these disputes and matters, and the
uncertainty of the outcome, the Group believes that possible obligations arising are remote and the amount of exposure cannot
currently be determined.



Graphics
BW LPG LIMITED
AND ITS SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
For the financial year ended 31 December 2024
F-30
3. Revenue
2024 2023 2022
US$’000 US$’000 US$’000
(a) Revenue – Shipping
– spot voyages 773,039 1,059,024 699,028
– time charter 189,764 165,496 134,304
962,803 1,224,520 833,332
(b) Revenue – Product Services
– cargo sales 2,520,882 1,728,894 724,416
– shipping income 27,705 36,177 —
– derivative gain/(loss) 52,357 (42,251) 376
2,600,944 1,722,820 724,792







4. Expenses by nature
2024 2023 2022
US$’000 US$’000 US$’000
Fuel oil consumed 181,348 204,863 221,436
Port charges 97,335 132,047 80,338
Pool distribution expenses 75,739 130,308 14,529
Other voyage expenses 29,376 42,122 33,713
Voyage expenses 383,798 509,340 350,016
Cost of cargo and delivery expenses – Product Services 2,390,929 1,547,059 640,554
Manning costs 45,350 42,883 46,878
Maintenance and repair expenses 28,205 26,438 32,172
Insurance expenses 4,299 4,694 4,146
Other vessel operating expenses 7,130 8,177 10,232
Vessel operating expenses 84,984 82,192 93,428
Employee compensation (note 5) 43,902 27,541 17,647
Directors’ fees 585 376 376
Fees to auditors of Company and other firms affiliated with KPMG International Limited:
- Audit 2,155 1,954 289
- Other services 39 30 48
Other general and administrative expenses 24,453 26,872 13,556
General and administrative expenses 71,134 56,773 31,916
Time charter-in expenses (short-term) — 7,942 8,060
Time charter-in expenses (variable payments) 1,041 22,770 8,367
Charter hire expenses 1,041 30,712 16,427
Time charter contracts (non-lease components) 19,675 20,350 19,506







5. Employee compensation
2024 2023 2022
US$’000 US$’000 US$’000
Wages and salaries 41,012 24,910 15,857
Share-based payments – equity settled 2,016 1,900 1,372
Post-employment benefits – contributions to defined contribution plans 874 731 418
43,902 27,541 17,647


Graphics
BW LPG LIMITED
AND ITS SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
For the financial year ended 31 December 2024
F-31

6. Basic and diluted earnings per share
Basic earnings per share is calculated by dividing the net profit or loss attributable to equity holders of the Company by the
weighted average number of common shares outstanding during the financial year.
Diluted earnings per share is calculated by dividing the net profit or loss attributable to equity holders of the Company by the
weighted average number of common shares outstanding during the financial year, after adjusting for all dilutive potential ordinary
shares.

2024 2023 2022
Net profit attributable to equity holders of the Company (US$’000) 354,296 469,957 227,396
Weighted average number of common shares outstanding (‘000) - Basic 133,609 131,759 134,751
Weighted average number of common shares outstanding (‘000) 1 - Diluted 134,188 133,034 135,416
Basic earnings per share (US$ per share) 2.65 3.57 1.69
Diluted earnings per share (US$ per share) 2.64 3.53 1.68
1
Includes dilutive shares of 515,905 (2023: 1,274,180) from share options.


7. Income tax expense
(a) Income tax expense
2024 2023 2022
US$’000 US$’000 US$’000
Tax expense attributable to profit is made up of:
– profit for the financial year:
current income tax 25,179 10,461 1,315
– under provision in prior financial years:
current income tax 115 250 349
– (recognition)/reversal of deferred tax assets:
deferred income tax 4,801 254 (593)
30,095 10,965 1,071
(b) Movement in current income tax liabilities
2024 2023 2022
US$’000 US$’000 US$’000
At beginning of the financial year 8,121 2,489 1,231
Income tax expense 25,294 10,711 1,664
Income tax paid (19,639) (5,367) (730)
Acquisition of subsidiary — — 66
Currency effects 694 288 258
At end of the financial year 14,470 8,121 2,489



Graphics
BW LPG LIMITED
AND ITS SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
For the financial year ended 31 December 2024
F-32

7. Income tax expense (continued)

(c) Movement in deferred tax assets

2024 2023 2022
US$’000 US$’000 US$’000
At beginning of the financial year 6,855 6,720 —
Tax (charged)/credited to profit for the financial year (4,801) (254) 593
Acquisition of subsidiary — — 5,919
Currency effects (410) 389 208
At end of the financial year 1,644 6,855 6,720


Deferred tax assets are recognised for tax losses carried forward for the Group’s Spanish subsidiary, BW LPG Product Services
S.L., to the extent that realisation of the related tax benefits through future taxable profits is probable. The Group has concluded that
the deferred tax assets will be recoverable from the estimated future taxable income of the subsidiary within the next five years.
Deferred tax assets does not include unutilised tax losses carried forward of US$7.1 million, tax effect US$1.6 million (2023:
US$9.0 million, tax effect: US$2.0 million) as it is not probable that the future taxable profit will be available against which the Group
can use the taxable benefits therefrom.

Income tax expense reconciliation is as follows:

2024 2023 2022
US$’000 US$’000 US$’000
Profit before tax 424,963 503,964 239,648
Tax calculated at a tax rate of 17% (2023: 0%; 2022: 0%)1 72,244 — —
Effects of different tax rates in other countries (35,800) 10,711 1,664
Effects of concessionary tax rates (Global Trader Programme) (2,499) — —
Tax exemption (3,850) — —
Utilisation of tax losses — 254 —
Recognition of unutilised tax losses — — (593)
Income tax expense 30,095 10,965 1,071








1
The Company redomiciled to Singapore on 1 July 2024. Prior to the redomiciliation, there was no income, withholding,
capital gains or capital transfer taxes as the Company was domiciled in Bermuda.
BW LPG Product Services Pte. Ltd., a Group subsidiary, was granted on 28 March 2024, the Global Trader Programme by
Enterprise Singapore for the period commencing 1 March 2024, till 31 December 2028. The status entitles BW LPG Product Services
Pte. Ltd. to enjoy a concessionary tax rate of 10% during the period on prescribed qualifying income, subject to achieving the terms
and conditions set by Enterprise Singapore, and requirements of the Income Tax Act.
In 2024, the Group is subject to a global minimum top-up tax under OECD BEPS Pillar Two. The Group has entities in certain
jurisdictions that implemented Pillar Two rules, which include Domestic Top-up Tax rules (“DMTT”) and Income Inclusion Rules
(“IIR”). Accordingly, any top-up tax of these entities or their subsidiaries would be collected in those jurisdictions. As at 31 December
2024, the Group assessed the impact of the top-up tax exposure to be immaterial, since the effective tax rates in those jurisdictions are
estimated to exceed 15%.




Graphics
BW LPG LIMITED
AND ITS SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
For the financial year ended 31 December 2024
F-33


8. Property, plant and equipment
Furniture Right-of-use
Dry and assets
Vessels docking fixtures (Vessels) Total
US$’000 US$’000 US$’000 US$’000 US$’000
Cost
At 1 January 2024 1,932,413 52,074 910 325,883 2,311,280
Additions 1,049,295 14,332 192 68,177 1,131,996
Disposals — — — (15,186) (15,186)
Lease remeasurement — — — 91,640 91,640
Reclassified to assets held-for-sale (note 13) (44,873) (1,725) — — (46,598)
Write off on completion of dry docking costs — (1,565) — — (1,565)
At 31 December 2024 2,936,835 63,116 1,102 470,514 3,471,567
Accumulated depreciation and impairment charge
At 1 January 2024 503,740 23,661 633 174,099 702,133
Depreciation charge 91,924 13,970 115 95,329 201,338
Disposals — — — (15,186) (15,186)
Reclassified to assets held-for-sale (note 13) (12,119) (1,481) — — (13,600)
Write off on completion of dry docking costs — (1,565) — — (1,565)
At 31 December 2024 583,545 34,585 748 254,242 873,120
Net book value
At 31 December 2024 2,353,290 28,531 354 216,272 2,598,447




Graphics
BW LPG LIMITED
AND ITS SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
For the financial year ended 31 December 2024
F-34



8. Property, plant and equipment (continued)
Furniture Right-of-use
Dry and assets
Vessels docking fixtures (Vessels) Total
US$’000 US$’000 US$’000 US$’000 US$’000
Cost
At 1 January 2023 1,953,789 55,121 817 364,156 2,373,883
Additions 102,021 13,931 93 16,095 132,140
Lease remeasurement — — — 49,625 49,625
Disposals — — — (98,493) (98,493)
Reclassification1 5,500 — — (5,500) —
Reclassified to assets held-for-sale (note 13) (128,897) (6,106) — — (135,003)
Write off on completion of dry docking costs — (10,872) — — (10,872)
At 31 December 2023 1,932,413 52,074 910 325,883 2,311,280
Accumulated depreciation and impairment charge
At 1 January 2023 465,559 23,179 510 114,679 603,927
Depreciation charge 88,724 13,173 123 115,101 217,121
Disposals — — — (55,681) (55,681)
Reclassified to assets held-for-sale (note 13) (50,543) (1,819) — — (52,362)
Write off on completion of dry docking costs — (10,872) — — (10,872)
At 31 December 2023 503,740 23,661 633 174,099 702,133
Net book value
At 31 December 2023 1,428,673 28,413 277 151,784 1,609,147
1
Pertains to a reclassification of associated payments made in relation to the exercising of purchase option upon the delivery to
vessel cost

(a) Vessels with an aggregate carrying amount of US$1,091 million as at 31 December 2024 (2023: US$1,000 million) are pledged
as security on borrowings (note 17).
(b) In 2024, the Group acquired 12 vessels for aggregate consideration of US$1,050 million which comprised US$588.3 million cash
payment, net of US$129.1 million amount of borrowings novated from the seller, and US$332.6 million settled via the issuance of
the Company’s equity shares to the seller.


9. Equity investments, at FVOCI
2024 2023
US$’000 US$’000
At beginning of the financial year — —
Additions 30,162 —
Fair value gains/(losses) (7,030) —
At end of the financial year 23,132 —
2024 2023
US$’000 US$’000
Non-current asset
Listed equity security:
- Confidence Petroleum India Ltd 23,132 —


Graphics
BW LPG LIMITED
AND ITS SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
For the financial year ended 31 December 2024
F-35
10. Finance lease receivables
In 2019, back-to-back time charter contracts were entered into and the subleases were accounted for as finance leases under IFRS
16. The adoption of IFRS 16 resulted in the recognition of net investment in subleases as finance lease receivables. The movements
are as follows:
2024 2023
US$’000 US$’000
At beginning of the financial year 2,684 10,526
Additions 16,396 —
Repayments (7,915) (7,842)
At end of the financial year 11,165 2,684
The table below sets out a maturity analysis of lease receivables, showing the undiscounted lease payments to be received after
the reporting date.
Less than Between 1 Between 2
1 year and 2 years and 3 years Total
US$’000 US$’000 US$’000 US$’000
At 31 December 2024
Undiscounted lease receivables 8,765 2,921 — 11,686
Less: Unearned finance income (482) (39) — (521)
8,283 2,882 — 11,165
At 31 December 2023
Undiscounted lease receivables 2,707 — — 2,707
Less: Unearned finance income (23) — — (23)
2,684 — — 2,684

11. Inventories
2024 2023
US$’000 US$’000
Fuel oil and LPG, at cost 33,645 39,192
LPG, held for trading 43,061 149,400
76,706 188,592
The cost of fuel oil recognised as an expense and included in voyage expenses amounted to US$181.3 million (2023:
US$204.9 million; 2022: US$221.4 million).
The cost of LPG recognised as an expense and included in “cost of cargo and delivery expenses —  Product Services” amounted
to US$2,390.9 million (2023: US$1,547.1 million; 2022: US$640.6 million)


Graphics
BW LPG LIMITED
AND ITS SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
For the financial year ended 31 December 2024
F-36

12. Trade and other receivables
2024 2023
US$’000 US$’000
Trade receivables – non-related parties 168,546 286,474
Other receivables – non-related parties 15,193 24,560
Other receivables – related parties 1 — 2,176
183,739 313,210
Prepayments 27,162 15,234
210,901 328,444
Non-current 7,980 13,206
Current 202,921 315,238
210,901 328,444
1
Related parties refer to corporations controlled by a shareholder of the Company.

Contract assets — accrued revenue of US$26.0 million (2023: US$103.3 million) had been presented within “Trade
receivables — non-related parties”. These relate to the Group’s rights to consideration for proportional performance from spot voyages
that are in-progress at the balance sheet date, and which shall be recognised as revenue in the subsequent year. The Group will invoice
the customers when the rights become unconditional which typically occurs in the next financial year.
Other receivables due from non-related parties include GST paid to India’s Government in advance. After taking into account the
present value of other receivables (non-current), the carrying amounts approximate their fair value.
Other receivables due from related parties comprise mainly advances for vessel operating expenses. They are unsecured, interest-
free and repayable on demand. The carrying amounts of trade receivables and prepayments, principally denominated in US$,
approximate their fair values due to the short-term nature of these balances.


13. Assets held-for-sale
2024 2023
US$’000 US$’000
At beginning of the financial year 44,296 86,869
Reclassified from property, plant and equipment (note 8) 32,998 82,641
Disposals (44,296) (125,214)
At end of the financial year 32,998 44,296
As at 31 December 2024, assets held-for-sale comprised one VLGC (2023: one VLGCs) that has been committed for sale to a
non-related party.



Graphics
BW LPG LIMITED
AND ITS SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
For the financial year ended 31 December 2024
F-37
14. Derivative financial instruments

2024 2023
Assets Liabilities Assets Liabilities
US$’000 US$’000 US$’000 US$’000
Interest rate swaps 7,469 (179) 11,002 —
Forward freight agreements and related bunker swaps 3,993 — 2,188 (46,391)
Commodity contracts and derivatives 70,565 (25,835) 34,821 (44,234)
Forward foreign exchange contracts and foreign exchange 13 (82) 74 (268)
82,040 (26,096) 48,085 (90,893)
Non-current 7,469 (569) 11,002 (679)
Current 74,571 (25,527) 37,083 (90,214)
82,040 (26,096) 48,085 (90,893)


As at 31 December 2024, the Group has interest rate swaps with total notional principal amounting to US$179.1 million (2023:
US$218.1 million). The Group’s interest rate swaps mature between 2025 to 2029.
Interest rate swaps were transacted to hedge the interest rate risk on bank borrowings. After taking into account the effects of
these contracts, for part of the bank borrowings, the Group would effectively pay fixed interest rates ranging from 1.9% per annum to
2.9% per annum and would receive a variable rate equal to US$ SOFR. Hedge accounting was adopted for these contracts.
Forward freight agreements and related bunker swaps were transacted to hedge freight rates and bunker price risks. Hedge
accounting was adopted for these contracts.
Commodity contract derivatives comprise physical buy and sell commodity contracts measured at fair value through profit or
loss, and exchange-traded commodity futures. The Group did not adopt hedge accounting for these contracts.
Forward foreign exchange contracts and foreign exchange were transacted to hedge foreign exchange risks. The Group did not
adopt hedge accounting for these contracts.



15. Cash and cash equivalents
For the purpose of presenting the consolidated statement of cash flows, cash and cash equivalents comprise the following:

2024 2023
US$’000 US$’000
Cash and cash equivalents per consolidated balance sheet 279,681 287,545
Less: Margin accounts held with brokers 1 (47,781) (125,508)
Cash and cash equivalents per consolidated statement of cash flows 231,900 162,037

1
Margin accounts held with brokers are collateral for open derivative financial instruments.






Graphics
BW LPG LIMITED
AND ITS SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
For the financial year ended 31 December 2024
F-38


16. Share capital and other reserves
(a) Issued and fully paid share capital
(i) As at 31 December 2024, the Company has a share capital of US$619.9 million, comprising of 159,282,000 ordinary shares,
no par value per share, issued and paid – up.
As at 31 December 2023 and 31 December 2022, the Company’s authorised share capital is US$1.6 million divided into
162,000,000 common shares, no par value per share, with 140,000,000 and 141,939,998 issued and paid - up shares,
respectively.
Fully paid common shares carry one vote per share and carry a right to dividend as and when declared by the Company.
(ii) The Company operates two equity-settled, share-based compensation plans. The 2017 Long-Term Incentive Plan (“LTIP
2017”) was fully awarded in 2021. At the end of the vesting periods between February 2020 and February 2024, common
shares of 2,043,784 may be acquired by certain employees, from the Company at a predetermined strike price. Under the
2022 Long-Term Incentive Plan (“LTIP 2022”), at the end of the vesting periods between February 2025 and February 2029,
common shares of 3,463,336 may be acquired by certain employees from the Company at a predetermined strike price.

(b) Share premium
The differences between the consideration for common shares issued and their par value are recognised as share premium. On 1
July 2024, following the Company’s redomiciliation to Singapore, US$285.9 million was reclassified from the Company’s share
premium to share capital to comply with local regulatory requirements in Singapore.
(c) Capital reserve
As at 31 December 2024, capital reserve amounted to US$649.7 million, of which US$685.9 million related to a reclassification
from the Company’s contributed surplus account, following the Company’s redomiciliation from Bermuda to Singapore on 1 July
2024.
As at 31 December 2023 and 2022, negative capital reserve amounted to US$36.3 million, which comprises negative reserve
arising from the business acquisition of entities under common control of US$41.5 million and a gain on disposal of treasury shares of
US$5.2 million in December 2015.
(d) Other reserve
Other reserve includes US$6.2 million of tonnage tax reserves of the Group’s Indian subsidiary, BW Global United LPG India
Private Limited. This amount is computed based on the subsidiary’s profits pursuant to Section 115 JB to Tonnage tax reserve.



Graphics
BW LPG LIMITED
AND ITS SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
For the financial year ended 31 December 2024
F-39


16. Share capital and other reserves (continued)

(e) Share-based payment reserve
Certain employees are entitled to receive common shares in the Company. This award is recognised as an expense in the
consolidated profit or loss with a corresponding increase in the share-based payment reserve over the vesting periods. For the year
ended 31 December 2024, an expense of US$2.0 million (2023: US$1.7 million; 2022: US$1.4 million) was recognised in the
consolidated profit or loss with a corresponding increase recognised in the share-based payment reserve. When the share options
subsequently vest and are exercised, the corresponding amounts are reversed.


(f) Treasury shares

Number of shares Amount
2024 2023 2022 2024 2023 2022
‘000 ‘000 ‘000 US$’000 US$’000 US$’000
Balance as at 1 January 8,926 8,558 5,001 56,438 47,631 23,294
Transfer of treasury shares (1,192) (471) (923) (8,151) (2,676) (3,324)
Purchases of treasury shares 9 2,778 4,480 100 23,698 27,661
Cancellation of treasury shares — (1,939) — — (12,215) —
Balance as at 31 December 7,743 8,926 8,558 48,387 56,438 47,631


In March 2024, 597,767 shares (2023: 470,000 shares; 2022: 923,000 shares) were transferred to certain members in settlement of
their exercising of certain vested options granted under LTIP 2017.
In August 2024, 503,889 shares were transferred to certain members in settlement of their exercising of certain vested options
granted under LTIP 2022, after the Company accelerated the vesting period for that share tranche from February 2025 to August 2024.
On 8 December 2021, the Company announced a share buy-back programme, under which the Company will purchase up to
10 million common shares for a maximum amount of US$50 million, to be held as treasury shares. In FY 2023, the Company
purchased a total of 2,777,784 (2022: 4,480,086) of its own common shares at an average price of US$8.53 (NOK88.59) (2022:
US$6.18 (NOK58.75)) per share for an aggregate consideration of US$23.7 million (NOK246.1 million) (2022: US$27.7 million
(NOK263.2 million)). In FY 2023, the Company further resolved to cancel 1,938,999 treasury shares following which, the Company
had 140,000,000 shares outstanding.





Graphics
BW LPG LIMITED
AND ITS SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
For the financial year ended 31 December 2024
F-40


17. Borrowings
2024 2023
US$’000 US$’000
Bank borrowings 655,795 324,902
Lease financing arrangement 129,110 —
Shareholder loan 79,501 —
Trust receipts 73,766 84,263
Interest payable 3,836 3,184
942,008 412,349
Non-current 711,664 199,917
Current 230,344 212,432
942,008 412,349

The Group has bank borrowings amounting to $762.6 million at 31 December 2024 (2023: $311.0 million) that are secured by
mortgages over certain vessels of the Group (note 8).
These bank borrowings are interest bearing at US$ SOFR + margin and they
contain covenants stating that at the end of each quarter, the Group shall ensure that its adjusted equity ratio, minimum adjusted
equity, and minimum liquidity do not fall below the agreed thresholds (as defined in the respective bank borrowings agreements),
otherwise the bank borrowings will be repayable on demand.
At 31 December 2024, the Group complied with the covenants and accordingly, the bank borrowings are classified as non-current
at 31 December 2024. If the Group continues with its financial position as at the end of the reporting date, the Group expects to
comply with the quarterly covenants within 12 months after the reporting date.
The Group entered into shareholder’s loan with BW Finance Limited amounting to $80.0 million at 31 December 2024, which
forms part of the financing for the purchase of 12 vessels. These borrowings are interest bearing at US$ SOFR + margin, and
repayable on demand.



18. Lease liabilities
2024 2023
US$’000 US$’000
At beginning of financial year 157,839 227,483
Additions 68,177 16,095
Lease remeasurement 108,036 49,625
Disposals — (41,851)
Repayments (102,764) (93,513)
At end of financial year 231,288 157,839
Non-current 60,588 78,363
Current 170,700 79,476
231,288 157,839


Graphics
BW LPG LIMITED
AND ITS SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
For the financial year ended 31 December 2024
F-41

19. Trade and other payables
2024 2023
US$’000 US$’000
Trade payables – non-related parties 97,743 222,005
Other payables – non-related parties 332 246
Other payables – related parties 1 704 264
Charter hire received in advance 1,337 3,846
Other accrued operating expenses 68,948 38,739
169,064 265,100
1
Related parties refer to corporations controlled by a shareholder of the Company.
The carrying amounts of trade and other payables, principally denominated in US$, approximate their fair values due to the short-
term nature of these balances.
Other payables due to related parties are unsecured, interest-free and are payable on demand.
Other accrued operating expenses mainly comprise cost of cargo and delivery expenses that are incurred but are unbilled at the
balance sheet date.



20. Related party transactions
In addition to the information disclosed elsewhere in the consolidated financial statements, the following transactions took place
between the Group and related parties during the financial year at terms agreed between the parties:
(a) Services
2024 2023 2022
US$’000 US$’000 US$’000
Charter hire expense charged by related party — — 2,808
Corporate service fees charged by related parties 6,887 6,615 6,865
Ship management fees charged by related parties 808 1,272 1,258
Corporate service fees charged to related parties — — 242
(b) Key management’s remuneration
2024 2023 2022
US$’000 US$’000 US$’000
Salaries and other short-term employee benefits 3,500 3,333 3,191
Post-employment benefits – contributions to defined contribution plans and share-based
payment 1,692 1,859 1,237
Directors’ fees 585 376 376
5,777 5,568 4,804

(c) Others
2024 2023 2022
US$’000 US$’000 US$’000
Interest expense charged by a related party 769 — —
769 — —


Graphics
BW LPG LIMITED
AND ITS SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
For the financial year ended 31 December 2024
F-42

21. Commitments
(a) Commitments — as a lessor
The Group time charters vessels to non-related parties under operating lease agreements. The leases have varying terms.
The future minimum lease payments receivable under non-cancellable operating leases contracted for at the balance sheet date but
not recognised as receivables, are as follows:
2024 2023
US$’000 US$’000
Less than one year 223,847 81,375
Two to five years 151,451 69,259
More than five years 1,397 —
376,695 150,634
(b) Sub-leasing — as a lessor
Included within “Revenue from time charter voyages” was income from sub-leasing of right-of-use assets of US$nil million
(2023: US$nil million).



22. Financial risk management
The Group’s activities expose it to a variety of financial risks. The Group’s overall risk management programme focuses on the
unpredictability of financial markets and seeks to minimise potential adverse effects on financial performance of the Group. Where
applicable, the Group uses financial instruments such as interest rate swaps, forward freight agreements, bunker swaps, and
commodity contracts to hedge certain financial risk exposures.
The Board of Directors is responsible for setting the objectives and underlying principles of financial risk management for the
Group.
(a) Market risk
(i) Fuel price risk
The Group is exposed to the risk of variations in fuel oil costs, which are affected by the global political and economic
environment. In 2024, fuel oil costs comprised 30% (2023: 27%) of the Group’s total operating expenses (excluding cost of cargo and
delivery expenses — Product Services, charter hire expenses, depreciation, and amortisation).
(ii) Currency risk
The Group’s business operations are not exposed to significant foreign exchange risk as it has no significant regular
transactions denominated in foreign currencies.



Graphics
BW LPG LIMITED
AND ITS SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
For the financial year ended 31 December 2024
F-43

22. Financial risk management  (continued)
(a) Market risk (continued)
(iii) Equity price risk
The Group is exposed to equity securities price risk arising from the investments held by the Group which are classified
as equity financial assets, at FVPL or at FVOCI. If prices for these equity securities increase/decrease by 20% with other
variables including tax rate being held constant, the profit after tax and other comprehensive income will be higher/lower by
approximately US$0.6 million and US$4.6 million, respectively (2023: US$0.7 million and US$ nil).
(iv) Commodity price risk
Commodity price risk results primarily from exposures to fluctuations in spot prices and forward prices of LPG and LPG
freight indexes due to the Group’s LPG trading operations. The Group holds positions to meet physical supply commitments
to its customers and to leverage on physical arbitrage opportunities between the key LPG markets. The value of these
positions is accounted for at fair value and are therefore impacted by changes in market prices. The Group manages the price
risks arising from the LPG trading activities by hedging the corresponding commodity price exposures.
The Group monitors the market risk arising from commodity price risk using Daily Value at Risk (VaR) calculated at a
95 percent confidence level, which is a statistical estimate of the potential decline in value of the Group’s positions due to
market movements.
(v) Interest rate risk
The Group’s income and operating cash flows are substantially independent of changes in market interest rates.
The Group’s bank borrowings are at variable rates. The Group has entered into interest rate swaps to swap floating
interest rates to fixed interest rates for certain portions of the bank borrowings (note 17). If the US$ interest rates
increase/decrease by 50 basis points (2023: 50 basis points) with all other variables including tax rate being held constant, the
profit after tax will be lower/higher by approximately US$0.5 million (2023 profit after tax will be lower/higher by
approximately US$0.2 million) as a result of higher/lower interest expense on these borrowings; the other comprehensive
loss will be lower/higher by approximately US$2.1 million (2023: other comprehensive loss will be lower/higher by
approximately US$4.2 million).
A fundamental reform of major interest rate benchmarks has been undertaken globally, including the replacement of
some interbank offered rates (IBORs) with alternative nearly risk-free rates (referred to as ‘IBOR reform’). The Group has
exposure to IBORs on its financial instruments that were reformed as part of these market-wide initiatives. The Group’s main
IBOR exposure at 31 December 2022 was indexed to US$ LIBOR. The alternative reference rate for the US$ LIBOR is the
Secured Overnight Financing Rate (SOFR). In 2023, the Group completed the process of amending its financial instruments
from US$ LIBOR to US$ SOFR.
The Group holds interest rate swaps for risk management purposes which are designated in cash flow hedging
relationships. The interest rate swaps have floating legs that are indexed to various IBORs. The Group’s derivative
instruments are governed by contracts based on the International Swaps and Derivatives Association (ISDA) master
agreements.



Graphics
BW LPG LIMITED
AND ITS SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
For the financial year ended 31 December 2024
F-44


22. Financial risk management (continued)
(a) Market risk (continued)
(v) Interest rate risk (continued)
The Group replaced its LIBOR interest rate derivatives used in cash flow hedging relationships with economically
equivalent interest rate derivatives referencing SOFR in 2023. Therefore, there is no longer uncertainty about when and how
replacement may occur with respect to the relevant hedged items and hedging instruments. As a result, the Group no longer
applies the Phase 1 Amendments to IFRS 9 on Interest Rate Benchmark Reform to those hedging relationships.

(b) Credit risk
Credit risk is diversified over a range of counterparties including several key charterers. The Group performs ongoing credit
evaluation of its charterers and has policies in place to ensure that credit is extended only to charterers with appropriate credit histories
or financial resources. In this regard, the Group is of the opinion that the credit risk of counterparty default is appropriately mitigated.
In addition, although the trade and other receivables consist of a small number of customers, the Group has policies in place for the
control and monitoring of the concentration of credit risk. The Group has implemented policies to ensure cash is only deposited with
internationally recognised financial institutions with good credit ratings.
The Group’s credit risk is primarily attributable to trade and other receivables, finance lease receivables, amounts due from
related parties and cash and cash equivalents. The Group has assessed the ECL as at 31 December 2024 and 31 December 2023 based
on past events, current conditions and forecasts of future economic conditions:
(i) General approach
— bank deposits are not impaired and are mainly deposits with banks with credit-ratings assigned by international credit-
rating agencies; and
(ii) Simplified approach
— trade receivables are neither past due nor impaired and are substantially from companies with a good collection track
record with the Group;
— finance lease receivables are due from customers with good credit standing, and in the event of default, the Group would
be entitled to repossess the vessels chartered; and
— other receivables from related parties are not past due.
Based on the assessment of the qualitative factors that are indicative of the risk of default, there have been no significant increases
in the credit risk since the initial recognition of these financial assets, as such, the expected credit losses based on the 12-month ECLs
has been assessed to be insignificant.
There is no significant balance as at the balance sheet date that is past due as substantial portions of the trade and other
receivables represent accrued revenue for spot voyages that are in progress, unbilled receivables from time charters and unbilled
demurrage receivables at the balance sheet date. The maximum exposure is represented by the carrying value of each financial asset
on the consolidated balance sheet before taking into account any collateral held.



Graphics
BW LPG LIMITED
AND ITS SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
For the financial year ended 31 December 2024
F-45


22. Financial risk management (continued)
(c) Liquidity risk
Prudent liquidity risk management implies maintaining sufficient cash, the availability of funding through an adequate amount of
committed credit facilities and the ability to close out market positions. Due to the dynamic nature of the underlying businesses, the
Group maintains sufficient cash for its daily operations via short-term cash deposit at banks and has access to unutilised portions of
revolving facilities offered by financial institutions.
The table below analyses non-derivative financial liabilities of the Group into relevant maturity groupings based on the remaining
period from the balance sheet date to the contractual maturity date on an undiscounted basis.

Less than Between 1 Between 2
1 year and 2 years and 5 years Over 5 years
US$’000 US$’000 US$’000 US$’000
At 31 December 2024
Trade and other payables 155,693 — — —
Bank borrowings 626,444 57,964 50,683 —
Lease financing arrangement 6,610 6,250 18,750 97,500
Trust receipts 96,075 — — —
Lease liabilities 177,277 35,497 28,401 —
1,062,099 99,711 97,834 97,500
At 31 December 2023
Trade and other payables 261,254 — — —
Bank borrowings 118,800 61,554 164,471 718
Trust receipts 84,263 — — —
Lease liabilities 84,662 42,263 34,784 6,103
548,979 103,817 199,255 6,821

















(d) Capital risk
The Group’s objectives when managing capital are to safeguard the Group’s ability to continue as a going concern and to
maintain an optimal capital structure so as to maximise shareholder value. In order to maintain or achieve an optimal capital structure,
the Group may adjust the amount of dividend paid, return capital to shareholders, obtain new borrowings or sell assets to reduce
borrowings.

The Group monitors capital based on a book leverage ratio (defined as total borrowings to total equity and borrowings). The
Group pursues a policy aiming to achieve a target book leverage ratio of below 60%. If the book leverage ratio is higher than 60%, the
Group will seek to return to a conservative financial level by disposing assets, deleveraging the balance sheet; and/or increasing fixed
income coverage within a reasonable period of time.
The Group’s leverage ratio net of cash at 31 December 2024 is 33% (2023: 21%).
The Group is in compliance with all other externally imposed capital requirements for the financial year ended 31 December 2024
and 31 December 2023.



Graphics
BW LPG LIMITED
AND ITS SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
For the financial year ended 31 December 2024
F-46

22. Financial risk management (continued)

(e) Financial instruments by category
The aggregate carrying amounts of the Group’s financial instruments are as follows:

2024 2023
US$’000 US$’000
Equity financial assets, at FVOCI 23,132 —
Equity financial assets, at FVPL 2,769 3,271
Derivative assets measured at fair value 82,040 48,085
Derivative liabilities measured at fair value (26,096) (90,893)
Financial assets at amortised cost 437,401 497,401
Financial liabilities at amortised cost (1,097,701) (663,609)


(f) Estimation of fair value
IFRS 13 established a fair value hierarchy that prioritises inputs used to measure fair value. The three levels of the fair value input
hierarchy defined by IFRS 13 are as follows:
(i) quoted prices (unadjusted) in active markets for identical assets or liabilities (Level 1);
(ii) inputs other than quoted prices included within Level 1 that are observable for the asset or liability, either directly (i.e. as
prices) or indirectly (i.e. derived from prices) (Level 2); and
(iii) inputs for the asset or liability that are not based on observable market data (unobservable inputs) (Level 3).

Level 1 Level 2 Level 3 Total
US$’000 US$’000 US$’000 US$’000
2024
Assets
Equity financial assets, at FVOCI 23,132 — — 23,132
Equity financial assets, at FVPL — — 2,769 2,769
Derivative financial instruments — 16,475 65,565 82,040
Total assets 23,132 16,475 68,334 107,941
Liabilities
Derivative financial instruments — 12,166 13,930 26,096
Total liabilities — 12,166 13,930 26,096
2023
Assets
Equity financial assets, at FVPL — — 3,271 3,271
Derivative financial instruments — 13,264 34,821 48,085
Total assets — 13,264 38,092 51,356
Liabilities
Derivative financial instruments — 61,287 29,606 90,893
Total liabilities — 61,287 29,606 90,893








Graphics
BW LPG LIMITED
AND ITS SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
For the financial year ended 31 December 2024
F-47

22. Financial risk management (continued)

(f) Estimation of fair value (continued)
Derivative financial assets and liabilities
The Group’s financial derivative instruments primarily relate to interest rate swaps, forward freight agreements, bunker swaps and
commodity contracts (note 14) measured at fair value.
Level 2 classifications primarily include exchange-traded futures including interest rate swaps, forward freight agreements,
bunker swaps and commodity contracts. The fair values of interest rate swaps are calculated at the present value of estimated future
cash flows based on observable yield curves. The fair values of forward freight agreements, bunker swaps and commodity contracts
measured at fair value are determined using forward commodity indices at the balance sheet date.
Level 3 classifications primarily include the physical buy and sell commodity contracts where the fair values are estimated using
valuation techniques based on the best information available. The fair values are estimated based on observable market prices obtained
from exchanges and broker quotes, adjusted for location differentials and unobservable inputs such as shipping and financing costs.
Where observable market prices are not available for commodity and freight prices are not available for the remaining tenure of the
physical commodity contracts, management has utilised unobservable inputs based on internally developed proxy curves for the
estimation of these prices beyond the observable period. As the fair value estimation process involves uncertainties and significant
judgement over the unobservable inputs and assumptions, the fair values of the physical buy and sell commodity contracts are
classified under level 3. If unobservable inputs in relation to freight prices increase/decrease by 1% with other variables including tax
rate being held constant, the profit after tax derived from the physical buy and sell commodity contracts will be lower/higher by
approximately US$4.9 million.
Non-derivative non-current financial assets and liabilities
The carrying amount of non-derivative non-current financial assets and liabilities which bear floating interest rates are assumed to
approximate their fair value because of the short repricing period. There are no non-current financial assets and liabilities which do not
bear floating interest rates.
Non-derivative current financial assets and liabilities
The carrying amounts of financial assets and liabilities with a maturity of less than one year are assumed to approximate their fair
value because of the short period to maturity.




Graphics
BW LPG LIMITED
AND ITS SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
For the financial year ended 31 December 2024
F-48
22. Financial risk management (continued)
(g) Offsetting financial assets and financial liabilities
The Group has the following financial instruments subject to enforceable master netting arrangements or other similar agreements
as follows:
Gross
amounts of Net
Gross recognised amounts of
amounts of financial financial
recognised instruments instruments
financial offset in the included in the
instruments balance sheet balance sheet Net amount
US$’000 US$’000 US$’000 US$’000
2024
Derivative financial assets
Forward freight agreements and related bunker swaps (note 14) 4,565 (572) 3,993 3,993
Commodity contracts (note 14) 98,176 (27,611) 70,565 70,565
Derivative financial liabilities
Forward freight agreements and related bunker swaps (note 14) (572) 572 — —
Commodity contracts (note 14) (53,446) 27,611 (25,835) (25,835)
Gross
amounts of Net
Gross recognised amounts of
amounts of financial financial
recognised instruments instruments
financial offset in the included in the
instruments balance sheet balance sheet Net amount
US$’000 US$’000 US$’000 US$’000
2023
Derivative financial assets
Forward freight agreements and related bunker swaps (note 14) 17,223 (15,035) 2,188 2,188
Commodity contracts (note 14) 126,303 (91,482) 34,821 34,821
Derivative financial liabilities
Forward freight agreements and related bunker swaps (note 14) (61,426) 15,035 (46,391) (46,391)
Commodity contracts (note 14) (135,716) 91,482 (44,234) (44,234)

23. Segment information
The executive management team (“EMT”) is the Group’s chief operating decision-maker. The Group identifies segments on the
basis of those components of the Group that the EMT regularly reviews. The Group considers the business from each individual
business segment perspective which comprise the Shipping and Product Services segments.
The reported measures of segment performance is gross profit, which the EMT uses to assess the performance of the operating
segments. For the Shipping segment, gross profit is reflected as TCE income. Operating segment disclosures are consistent with the
information reviewed by the Management.


Graphics
BW LPG LIMITED
AND ITS SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
For the financial year ended 31 December 2024
F-49
23. Segment information (continued)
Geographical information
Non-current assets comprise mainly vessels, operating on an international platform with individual vessels calling at various ports
across the globe. The Group does not consider the domicile of its customers as a relevant decision making guideline and hence does
not consider it meaningful to allocate vessels and revenue to specific geographical locations.
Segment performance is presented below:
Product Inter-segment
Shipping Services elimination Total
US$’000 US$’000 US$’000 US$’000
2024
Revenue from spot voyages 773,039 — — 773,039
Inter-segment revenue 78,130 — (78,130) —
Voyage expenses (383,798) — — (383,798)
Inter-segment expense (49,501) — 49,501 —
Net income from spot voyages 417,870 — (28,629) 389,241
Revenue from time charter voyages 189,764 — — 189,764
Inter-segment revenue 562 — (562) —
TCE income – Shipping 1 608,196 — (29,191) 579,005
Revenue from Product Services — 2,600,944 — 2,600,944
Inter-segment revenue — 49,501 (49,501) —
Cost of cargo and delivery expenses — (2,390,929) — (2,390,929)
Inter-segment expense — (78,692) 78,692 —
Depreciation — (35,991) — (35,991)
Gross profit – Product Services 2 — 144,833 29,191 174,024
Segment results 608,196 144,833 — 753,029
Depreciation (165,347) —
Amortisation (739) (104)
Loss on derecognition of right-of-use assets (vessels) — —
Gain on disposal of assets 20,391 —
1
“TCE income” denotes “time charter equivalent income” which represents revenue from time charters and voyage charters less
voyage expenses comprising primarily fuel oil, port charges and commission.
2
Gross profit from Product Services represents the net trading results which comprise revenue and cost of LPG cargo, derivative
gains and losses, and other trading attributable costs, including depreciation from Product Services’ leased in vessels


Graphics
BW LPG LIMITED
AND ITS SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
For the financial year ended 31 December 2024
F-50
23. Segment information (continued)
Product Inter-segment
Shipping Services elimination Total
US$’000 US$’000 US$’000 US$’000
2023
Revenue from spot voyages 1,059,024 — — 1,059,024
Inter-segment revenue 175,528 — (175,528) —
Voyage expenses (509,340) — — (509,340)
Inter-segment expense (112,211) — 112,211 —
Net income from spot voyages 613,001 — (63,317) 549,684
Revenue from time charter voyages 184,494 — (18,998) 165,496
TCE income – Shipping 1 797,495 — (82,315) 715,180
Revenue from Product Services — 1,722,820 — 1,722,820
Inter-segment revenue — 112,211 (112,211) —
Cost of cargo and delivery expenses — (1,547,059) — (1,547,059)
Inter-segment expense — (194,526) 194,526 —
Depreciation — (67,609) — (67,609)
Gross (loss)/profit – Product Services 2 — 25,837 82,315 108,152
Segment results 797,495 25,837 — 823,332
Depreciation (149,512) —
Amortisation (699) (63)
Loss on derecognition of right-of-use assets (vessels) (961) —
Gain on disposal of assets 42,374 —
1
“TCE income” denotes “time charter equivalent income” which represents revenue from time charters and voyage charters less
voyage expenses comprising primarily fuel oil, port charges and commission.
2
Gross profit from Product Services represents the net trading results which comprise revenue and cost of LPG cargo, derivative
gains and losses, and other trading attributable costs, including depreciation from Product Services’ leased in vessels


Graphics
BW LPG LIMITED
AND ITS SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
For the financial year ended 31 December 2024
F-51
23. Segment information (continued)
Product Inter-segment
Shipping Services elimination Total
US$’000 US$’000 US$’000 US$’000
2022
Revenue from spot voyages 699,028 — — 699,028
Inter-segment revenue 87,328 — (87,328) —
Voyage expenses (350,016) — — (350,016)
Inter-segment expense (2,983) — 2,983 —
Net income from spot voyages 433,357 — (84,345) 349,012
Revenue from time charter voyages 134,304 — — 134,304
TCE income – Shipping 1 567,661 — (84,345) 483,316
Revenue from Product Services — 724,792 — 724,792
Inter-segment revenue — 2,983 (2,983) —
Cost of cargo and delivery expenses — (640,554) — (640,554)
Inter-segment expense — (87,328) 87,328 —
Depreciation — (3,414) — (3,414)
Gross (loss)/profit – Product Services 2 — (3,521) 84,345 80,824
Segment results 567,661 (3,521) — 564,140
Depreciation (155,401) —
Amortisation (610) —
Write back of impairment 1,470 —
Gain on disposal of assets 21,110 —
1
“TCE income” denotes “time charter equivalent income” which represents revenue from time charters and voyage charters less
voyage expenses comprising primarily fuel oil, port charges and commission.
2
Gross profit from Product Services represents the net trading results which comprise revenue and cost of LPG cargo, derivative
gains and losses, and other trading attributable costs, including depreciation from Product Services’ leased in vessels


Graphics
BW LPG LIMITED
AND ITS SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
For the financial year ended 31 December 2024
F-52
23. Segment information (continued)
(a) Reconciliation of segment results:
2024 2023 2022
US$’000 US$’000 US$’000
Total segment results for reportable segments 753,029 823,332 564,140
Vessel operating expenses (84,984) (82,192) (93,428)
Time charter contracts (non-lease components) (19,675) (20,350) (19,506)
General and administrative expenses (71,134) (56,773) (31,916)
Charter hire expenses (1,041) (30,712) (16,427)
Fair value gain from equity financial asset 1,326 — —
Finance lease income 635 278 585
Other operating income/(expense) - net 1,332 (993) 815
Depreciation – Shipping segment (165,347) (149,512) (155,401)
Amortisation (843) (762) (610)
Write-back of impairment charge — — 1,470
Gain on disposal of assets 20,391 42,374 21,110
Remeasurement of equity interest in joint venture — — —
Loss on derecognition of right-of-use assets (vessels) — (961) —
Finance expenses - net (8,726) (19,765) (31,184)
Share of profit of a joint venture
Other expenses — — —
Income tax expense (30,095) (10,965) (1,071)
Profit after tax 394,868 492,999 238,577
(b) Customer concentration
Revenues from external customers are derived mainly from spot voyages, time charter voyages and sale of LPG cargo. Revenues
from one customer of the Product Services segment represented approximately US$347 million (2023: US$306 million; 2022:
US$175 million) of the Group’s total revenues.

24. Dividends paid
2024 2023
US$’000 US$’000
Final dividend paid in respect of FY 2023 of US$0.90 (2023: in respect of FY 2022 of US$0.52) per
share 118,387 68,731
Interim dividend paid in respect of Q1 2024 of US$1.00 (2023: in respect of Q1 2023 of US$0.95) per
share 131,752 125,734
Interim dividend paid in respect of Q2 2024 of US$0.58 (2023: in respect of Q2 2023 of US$0.81) per
share 76,709 106,127
Interim dividend paid in respect of Q3 2024 of US$0.42 (2023: in respect of Q3 2023 of US$0.80) per
share 61,613 104,901
388,461 405,493
The Board has declared a final cash dividend of US$0.42 per share for 2024, amounting to US$63.6 million. Together with the
interim dividend paid for Q1 2024 of US$1.00 per share, Q2 2024 of US$0.58 per share and Q3 2024 of US$0.42 per share, the total
dividend payout for FY 2024 will amount to US$2.42 per share or US$333.7 million. The shares will be traded ex-dividend on and
after 7 March 2025. The dividend will be payable on or about 24 March 2025 to shareholders of record as at 6 March 2025.


Graphics
BW LPG LIMITED
AND ITS SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
For the financial year ended 31 December 2024
F-53

25. Investment in subsidiaries with material non-controlling interests
Set out below are the summarised financial information for BW LPG India Pte. Ltd. (“BW India”) and BW LPG Product Services
Pte. Ltd. (“BW Product Services”), that has non-controlling interests that are material to the Group. These are presented before inter-
company eliminations.
Summarised balance sheet:
BW India BW Product Services
2024 2023 2024 2023
US$’000 US$’000 US$’000 US$’000
Assets
Current assets 63,581 27,935 417,096 431,420
Includes
Cash and cash equivalents 19,443 15,882 175,882 77,980
Non-current assets 278,287 347,933 92,115 75,727
Liabilities
Current liabilities 28,371 33,901 328,769 402,789
Includes
Borrowings 23,927 27,929 137,425 138,380
Non-current liabilities (Borrowings) 76,443 112,473 50,748 40,815
Net assets 237,054 229,494 129,694 63,543
Summarised statement of comprehensive income:
BW India BW Product Services
2024 2023 2022 2024 2023 2022
US$’000 US$’000 US$’000 US$’000 US$’000 US$’000
TCE income 126,660 118,999 92,561 — — —
Revenue – Product Services — — — 2,650,445 1,835,031 727,775
Cost of cargo and delivery expenses — — — (2,469,621) (1,741,585) (727,882)
Vessel operating expense (22,223) (21,503) (22,885) — — —
Depreciation and amortisation (34,853) (33,950) (32,154) (36,095) (67,609) (3,414)
Finance expense (8,980) (9,510) (7,453) (934) (4,426) (1,755)
Other expenses (9,344) (6,045) (2,004) (45,145) (20,033) 3,139
Net profit/(loss) after tax 51,260 47,991 28,065 98,650 1,378 (2,137)
Other comprehensive income/ (loss) (currency translation
effects) — 416 2,961 (1,022) 1,918 (895)
Total comprehensive income/ (loss) 51,260 48,407 31,026 97,628 3,296 (3,032)
Total comprehensive income/ (loss) allocated to non-
controlling interests 24,400 23,716 12,701 15,996 480 (1,317)



Graphics
BW LPG LIMITED
AND ITS SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
For the financial year ended 31 December 2024
F-54

26. Listing of companies in the Group
Effective Effective
equity equity
Country of holding holding
Name of companies Principal activities incorporation 2024 2023
(i) Subsidiaries held by the Company
BW LPG Holding Pte. Ltd. (formerly known as BW LPG Holding
Limited) (a) Management Singapore 100 % 100 %
(ii) Subsidiaries held by BW LPG Holding Pte. Ltd.
BW LPG Technologies Pte. Ltd. Investment holding Singapore 100 % 100 %
BW LPG LLC Management United States 100 % 100 %
BW Gas LPG Chartering Pte. Ltd Chartering Singapore 100 % 100 %
BW LPG Pool Pte. Ltd. Chartering Singapore 100 % 100 %
BW Constellation I Pte. Ltd. Ship owning Singapore 100 % 100 %
BW Constellation II Pte. Ltd. Ship owning Singapore 100 % 100 %
BW Constellation III Pte. Ltd. (formerly known as BW Seoul Pte.
Ltd.) Ship owning Singapore 100 % 100 %
BW Okpo Pte. Ltd. Ship owning Singapore 100 % 100 %
BW VLGC Pte. Ltd Ship owning Singapore 100 % 100 %
BW LPG Partners Pte Ltd Dormant Singapore 100 % 100 %
LPG Kenya Pte. Ltd. Investment holding Singapore 100 % 100 %
BW LPG India Pte. Ltd. Management Singapore 52 % 52 %
Aurora LPG Holding AS Management Norway 100 % 100 %
BW LPG AS Management Norway 100 % 100 %
BW LPG Product Services Pte. Ltd. (b) LPG Trading Singapore 83 % 85 %
United Arab
BW LPG Infrastructure Holding Ltd (c) Management Emirates 100 % —
(iii) Subsidiaries held by BW LPG Product Services Pte. Ltd.
BW LPG Product Services S.L. (formerly known as Vilma Oil
Trading, S.L.) LPG Trading Spain 83 % 85 %
Vilma Oil Singapore Pte. Ltd. LPG Trading Singapore 83 % 85 %
BW LPG Product Services (Norway) AS Management Norway 83 % 85 %
BW LPG Product Services USA LLC LPG Trading United States 83 % 85 %
(iv) Subsidiary held by BW LPG AS
BW LPG Fleet Management AS Management Norway 100 % 100 %
(v) Subsidiary held by BW LPG India Pte. Ltd.
BW Global United LPG India Private Limited Ship owning India 52 % 52 %
(vi) Subsidiary held by BW LPG Infrastructure Holding Ltd
Investment in Commercial United Arab
BW LPG Infrastructure DMCC (c) Enterprises & Management Emirates 100 % —
(vii) Joint venture held by BW VLGC Pte. Ltd.
BW Confidence Enterprise Private Limited LPG wholesaler India 50 % 50 %
(a) “BW LPG Holding Pte. Ltd” was formerly known as “BW LPG Holding Limited”, changed its business activities during the
financial year as “Management”
(b) Changes in effective equity holding due to sales of shares of BW LPG Product Services Pte. Ltd. to certain employees during the
financial year
(c) Companies were newly incorporated during the financial year



Graphics
BW LPG LIMITED
AND ITS SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
For the financial year ended 31 December 2024
F-55
27. Subsequent events
One VLGC was delivered to BW LPG in February 2025, following the declaration of purchase option for consideration of
US$69.8 million.
Concluded the sale and delivery of one VLGC in October 2024, which was delivered in February 2025. The sale generated
US$65.0 million in proceeds and a net book gain of US$33.0 million.
Exercised the purchase option for one VLGC in February 2025 for a consideration of approximately US$70.0 million with an
estimated delivery in Q2 2025.
Completed a US$65.0 million financing arrangement in February 2025 for one VLGC under a Japanese operating lease with call
option (JOLCO) structure.

28. New or revised accounting standards and interpretations
A number of new standards, interpretations and amendments to standards are effective for annual periods beginning after 1
January 2025 and earlier application is permitted. However, the Group has not early adopted the new or amended standards and
interpretations in preparing these financial statements. Except as disclosed below, the Group does not expect these standards to have a
material impact on its financial position or performance.
IFRS 18 Presentation and Disclosure in Financial Statements
IFRS 18 will replace IAS 1 Presentation of Financial Statements and applies for annual reporting periods beginning on or after 1
January 2027. The new standard introduces the following key new requirements.
— Entities are required to classify all income and expenses into five categories in the statement of profit or loss, namely the
operating, investing, financing, discontinued operations and income tax categories. Entities are also required to present a
newly-defined operating profit subtotal. Entities’ net profit will not change.
— Management-defined performance measures (MPMs) are disclosed in a single note in the financial statements.
— Enhanced guidance is provided on how to group information in the financial statements
In addition, all entities are required to use the operating profit subtotal as the starting point for the statement of cash flows when
presenting operating cash flows under the indirect method.
The Group is still in the process of assessing the impact of the new standard, particularly with respect to the structure of the
Group’s statement of profit or loss, the statement of cash flows and the additional disclosures required for MPMs. The Group is also
assessing the impact on how information is grouped in the financial statements.


Graphics
Exhibit 1.1
Company No.
202426186Z
…………………….
The Companies Act 1967
PUBLIC COMPANY LIMITED BY SHARES
Constitution
of
BW LPG LIMITED
Incorporated on 21 August 2008

Graphics



Re-domiciled to Singapore on 1 July 2024


Graphics


TABLE OF CONTENTS

Definitions


Public Company


Power to Issue Shares
Power of the Company to Purchase
its Shares
Rights Attaching to Shares
Calls on Shares
Forfeiture of Shares
Share Certificates


Register of Members
Disclosure of Interests in Company
Securities
Company Investigations and
Consequences
Registered Holder Absolute Owner
Transfer of Registered Shares
Transmission of Registered Shares


Power to Alter Capital
Variation of Rights Attaching to
Shares


Dividends
Power to Set Aside Profits
Method of Payment


Annual General Meetings
Extraordinary General Meetings
Requisitioned General Meetings
Notice
Giving Notice and Access
Electronic Participation and Security
in Meetings
Quorum at General Meetings
Chairman to Preside at General
Meetings
Voting on Resolutions
Power to Demand a Vote on a Poll
Voting by Joint Holders of Shares
Instrument of Proxy


Adjournment of General Meeting
Directors’ Attendance at General
Meetings


Election of Directors
Term of Office of Directors
Alternate Directors
Removal of Directors
Vacancy in the Office of Director
Remuneration of Directors
Defect in Appointment
Directors to Manage Business
Powers of the Board of Directors
Register of Directors, Chief
Executive Officers, Secretaries and
Auditors
Appointment of Officers
Appointment of Secretary
Duties of Officers
Remuneration of Officers
Conflicts of Interest
Indemnification and Exculpation of
Directors and Officers


Board Meetings
Notice of Board Meetings
Electronic Participation in Meetings
Quorum at Board Meetings
Board to Continue in the Event of
Vacancy
Chairman to Preside
Written Resolutions
Validity of Prior Acts of the Board


Minutes
Place Where Corporate Records
Kept
Form and Use of Seal


Records of Account
Financial Year End



Annual Audit
Appointment of Auditors
Remuneration of Auditor
Duties of Auditors
Access to Records
Financial Statements and the
Auditor’s Report
Vacancy in the Office of Auditor


Business Combinations


Winding-Up


Changes to Constitution
Change of Name
Authentication of Documents
Personal Data


Exclusive Jurisdiction


Interpretation
1. Definitions

Public Company
2. Public Company

Shares
3. Power to Issue Shares
4. Power of the Company to Purchase
its Shares
5. Rights Attaching to Shares
6. Calls on Shares
7. Forfeiture of Shares
8. Share Certificates

Registration of Shares
9. Register of Members
10. Disclosure of Interests in Company
Securities
11. Company Investigations and
Consequences
12. Registered Holder Absolute Owner
13. Transfer of Registered Shares
14. Transmission of Registered Shares

Alteration of Share Capital
15. Power to Alter Capital
16. Variation of Rights Attaching to
Shares

Dividends
17. Dividends
18. Power to Set Aside Profits
19. Method of Payment

Meetings of Members
20. Annual General Meetings
21. Extraordinary General Meetings
22. Requisitioned General Meetings
23. Notice
24. Giving Notice and Access
25. Electronic Participation and Security
in Meetings
26. Quorum at General Meetings
27. Chairman to Preside at General
Meetings
28. Voting on Resolutions
29. Power to Demand a Vote on a Poll
30. Voting by Joint Holders of Shares
31. Instrument of Proxy

32. Representation of Corporate
Member
33. Adjournment of General Meeting
34. Directors’ Attendance at General
Meetings

Directors and Officers
35. Election of Directors
36. Term of Office of Directors
37. Alternate Directors
38. Removal of Directors
39. Vacancy in the Office of Director
40. Remuneration of Directors
41. Defect in Appointment
42. Directors to Manage Business
43. Powers of the Board of Directors
44. Register of Directors, Chief
Executive Officers, Secretaries and
Auditors
45. Appointment of Officers
46. Appointment of Secretary
47. Duties of Officers
48. Remuneration of Officers
49. Conflicts of Interest
50. Indemnification and Exculpation of
Directors and Officers

Meetings of the Board of Directors
51. Board Meetings
52. Notice of Board Meetings
53. Electronic Participation in Meetings
54. Quorum at Board Meetings
55. Board to Continue in the Event of
Vacancy
56. Chairman to Preside
57. Written Resolutions
58. Validity of Prior Acts of the Board

Corporate Records
59. Minutes
60. Place Where Corporate Records
Kept
61. Form and Use of Seal

Accounts
62. Records of Account
63. Financial Year End


Audits
64. Annual Audit
65. Appointment of Auditors
66. Remuneration of Auditor
67. Duties of Auditors
68. Access to Records
69. Financial Statements and the
Auditor’s Report
70. Vacancy in the Office of Auditor

Business Combinations
71. Business Combinations

Voluntary Winding-Up and
Dissolution
72. Winding-Up

Changes to Constitution
73. Changes to Constitution
74. Change of Name
75. Authentication of Documents
76. Personal Data

Exclusive Jurisdiction
77. Exclusive Jurisdiction



Graphics
BW LPG Limited
Page 3


INTERPRETATION
1. Definitions
1.1 In these Regulations, the following words and expressions shall, where not inconsistent with the context, have the
following meanings, respectively:
Act

the Companies Act 1967 of Singapore as amended from time to time;



Alternate Director

an alternate director appointed in accordance with these Regulations;



Approved Depository

has the meaning attributed to it in Regulation 11;



Approved Nominee

has the meaning attributed to it in Regulation 11;



Auditor

means an accounting entity appointed by Company to act as the
Company’s auditor pursuant to the Act;



Board

the board of directors appointed or elected pursuant to these
Regulations and acting by resolution in accordance with the Act and
these Regulations or the directors present at a meeting of directors at
which there is a quorum;



Chairman

the chairman of the Board and the Company;



Company

the company for which these Regulations are approved and
confirmed;



Graphics
BW LPG Limited
Page 4


Company Securities

(i) any shares (of any class) including Ordinary Shares, Preference
Shares or other equity securities of the Company and (ii) any options,
warrants, convertible notes, securities of any type or similar rights
issued that are or may become convertible into or exercisable or
exchangeable for, or that carry rights to subscribe for, any shares (of
any class), including Ordinary Shares, Preference Shares or other
equity securities of the Company;



Default Securities

has the meaning attributed to it in Regulation 11;



Depository

the Depository Trust Company (or its nominee), Euronext VPS (or its
nominee) or any other securities depository whose name or whose
nominee’s name is entered as a Member of the Company in the
Register of Members;



Direction Notice

has the meaning attributed to it in Regulation 11;



Director

a director of the Company and shall include an Alternate Director;



Disclosure Notice

has the meaning attributed to it in Regulation 11;



Euronext VPS

Euronext Securities Oslo, the Norwegian Central Securities
Depository, maintained by Verdipapirsentralen ASA;


Graphics
BW LPG Limited
Page 5





Interested Party

has the meaning attributed to it in Regulation 11;



Member

the person whose name is entered in the Register of Members as the
holder of shares in the Company and, when two or more persons
whose names are entered as joint holders of shares, means the person
whose name stands first in the Register of Members as one of such
joint holders or all of such persons, as the context so requires;



notice

written notice, as required by the Statutes and, further provided in
these Regulations unless otherwise specifically stated;



Officer

the Chairman and any person appointed by the Board to hold an office
in the Company;



Ordinary Shares

means the ordinary shares in the share capital of the Company;



Preference Shares

has the meaning attributed to it in Regulation 5;



Redeemable Preference Shares

has the meaning attributed to it in Regulation 3.2;



Register of Auditors

the register of auditors referred to in the Act;



Register of Chief Executive Officers

the register of the chief executive officers referred to in the Act;



Register of Directors

the register of directors referred to in the Act;



Graphics
BW LPG Limited
Page 6





Register of Members

the Company’s principal register of Members and where applicable,
any branch register of Members to be maintained at such a place
within or outside Singapore as the Board shall determine from time
to time;



Register of Secretaries

the register of secretaries referred to in the Act;



Registration Office

in respect of any class of share capital, such place as the Board may
from time to time determined to keep a branch register of Members
in respect of that class of share capital and where (except in cases
where the Board otherwise directs) the transfers or other documents
or title for such class of share capital are to be lodged for registration
and are to be registered;



Regulation

refers to a regulation of this Constitution;



Secretary

the person appointed to perform any or all of the duties of secretary
of the Company and includes any deputy or assistant secretary and
any person appointed by the Board to perform any of the duties of the
Secretary;



Statutes

means the Act and every other written law or regulation for the time
being in force concerning companies and which is affecting or
applicable to the Company (including but not limited to any rules or
regulations of a Stock Exchange);



Graphics
BW LPG Limited
Page 7


Stock Exchange

Oslo Børs or New York Stock Exchange or any other share, stock or
securities exchange in respect of which the shares of the Company
are listed or quoted;



Treasury Shares

a share of the Company that was or is treated as having been acquired
and held by the Company and has been held continuously by the
Company since it was so acquired and has not been cancelled.

1.2 In these Regulations, where not inconsistent with the context:
(a) words denoting the plural number include the singular number and vice versa;
(b) words denoting the masculine gender include the feminine and neuter genders;
(c) words importing persons include companies, associations or bodies of persons whether corporate or not;
(d) the words:
(i) “may” shall be construed as permissive; and
(ii) “shall” shall be construed as imperative;
(e) a reference to a statutory provision shall be deemed to include any amendment or re-enactment thereof;
(f) the phrase “issued and outstanding” in relation to shares, means shares in issue other than Treasury Shares;
(g) the word “corporation” means a corporation whether or not a company within the meaning of the Act; and


Graphics
BW LPG Limited
Page 8


(h) a reference to the company’s registrar and/or transfer agent shall be a reference to all the company’s registrars
and/or transfer agents.
(i) unless otherwise provided herein, words or expressions defined in the Act shall bear the same meaning in
these Regulations.
1.3 In these Regulations expressions referring to writing or its cognates shall, unless the contrary intention appears, include
facsimile, printing, lithography, photography, electronic mail and other modes of representing words in visible form.
1.4 Headings used in these Regulations are for convenience only and are not to be used or relied upon in the construction
hereof.
PUBLIC COMPANY
2. Public Company
The Company is a public company.
SHARES
3. Power to Issue Shares
3.1 Subject to the Statutes and the Constitution, no shares may be issued by the Board without the prior approval of the
Company pursuant to Section 161 of the Act, but subject thereto, and the terms of such approval, the Directors may
allot and issue shares or grant options over or otherwise dispose of the same to such persons on such terms and
conditions and for such consideration (if any) and at such time as the Directors may think fit. Provided always that all
unissued shares shall be at the disposal of the Directors and they may allot (with or without conferring a right of
renunciation), grant options over or otherwise dispose of them to such persons, at such times and on such terms as
they think proper. No shares shall be issued to bearer.


Graphics
BW LPG Limited
Page 9


3.2 Without limitation to the provisions of Regulation 5, subject to the provisions of the Act, any Preference Shares may
be issued as redeemable preference shares that (at a determinable date or at the option of the Company or the holder)
are liable to be redeemed on such terms and in such manner as may be determined by the Board before the issue (the
“Redeemable Preference Shares”), PROVIDED THAT prior approval for the issuance of such shares is given by
resolution of the Members in general meeting.
3.3 Notwithstanding Regulation 3.1 and subject to the Statutes, the Company may by ordinary resolution in a general
meeting give to the Board a general authority either unconditionally or subject to such conditions as may be specified
in the resolution to:
(a) (i) issue shares in the capital of the Company whether by way of rights, bonus, or otherwise; and/or
(ii) make or grant offers, agreements or options (collectively, “Instruments”) that might or would require
shares to be issued, including but not limited to the creation and issue of (as well as adjustments to)
warrants, debentures or other instruments convertible into shares; and
(b) (notwithstanding the authority conferred by the ordinary resolution may have ceased to be in force) issue
shares in pursuance of any Instrument made or granted by the Board while the ordinary resolution was in
force,
Provided always that:
(c) the authority to allot and issue shares or grant options over or otherwise dispose of the same is subject to any
limitation or condition that the directors may propose to the Company from time to time;
(d) the aggregate number of shares to be issued pursuant to the ordinary resolution (including shares to be issued
in pursuance of Instruments made



Graphics
BW LPG Limited
Page 10


or granted pursuant to the ordinary resolution) shall be subject to such limits and manner of calculation as
may be prescribed by the Stock Exchange;
(e) (subject to such manner of calculation as may be prescribed by the Stock Exchange or the Statutes) for the
purpose of determining the aggregate number of shares that may be issued under Regulation 3.3(a) above,
the percentage of issued share capital shall be based on the issued share capital of the Company at the time
that the ordinary resolution is passed, after adjusting for:
(i) new shares arising from the conversion or exercise of any convertible securities or share options
which are outstanding or subsisting at the time that the ordinary resolution is passed; and
(ii) any subsequent consolidation or subdivision of shares;
(f) in exercising the authority conferred by the ordinary resolution, the Company shall comply with the
provisions of the rules of the Stock Exchange for the time being in force (unless such compliance is waived
by the Stock Exchange) and this Constitution;
(g) unless revoked or varied by the Company in general meeting, the authority conferred by the ordinary
resolution shall not continue in force beyond the conclusion of the next annual general meeting following the
passing of the ordinary resolution or the date by which such annual general meeting is required by the Statutes
to be held, or the expiration of such other period as may be prescribed by the Statutes or the resolution
(whichever is the earliest);
(h) any other issue of shares, the aggregate of which would exceed the limits referred to in this Regulation, shall
be subject to the approval of the Company in general meeting and such limits and requirements as may be
prescribed in the rules of the Stock Exchange; and


Graphics
BW LPG Limited
Page 11


(i) where the capital of the Company consists of different monetary denominations, the voting rights shall be
prescribed in such manner that a unit of capital in each class when reduced to a common denominator, shall
carry the same voting power when such right is exercisable.
4. Power of the Company to Purchase its Shares
4.1 Notwithstanding Regulation 4.3, the Company may purchase its own shares for cancellation or acquire them as
Treasury Shares in accordance with the Act on such terms as the Board shall think fit.
4.2 The Board may exercise all the powers of the Company to purchase or acquire all or any part of its own shares in
accordance with the Act.
4.3 Save to the extent permitted by the Act, none of the funds of the Company or of any subsidiary thereof shall be directly
or indirectly employed in the purchase or subscription of or in loans upon the security of the Company’s shares.
5. Rights Attaching to Shares
5.1 The holders of Ordinary Shares shall, subject to the provisions of these Regulations (including, without limitation, the
rights attaching to any Preference Shares that may be authorised for issue in the future by the Board pursuant to
Regulation 5.2):
(a) be entitled to one vote per share;
(b) be entitled to such dividends as the Board may from time to time declare;
(c) in the event of a winding-up or dissolution of the Company, whether voluntary or involuntary or for the
purpose of a reorganisation or otherwise or upon any distribution of capital, be entitled to the surplus assets
of the Company; and
(d) generally be entitled to enjoy all of the rights attaching to shares.


Graphics
BW LPG Limited
Page 12



5.2 Subject to the Act and obtaining prior approval for the issuance of such shares by special resolution of the Members
in general meeting pursuant to Regulation 3.1, the Board is authorised to provide for the issuance of one or more
classes of preference shares in one or more series (the “Preference Shares”), and to establish from time to time the
number of shares to be included in each such series, and to fix the terms, including designation, powers, preferences,
rights, qualifications, limitations, and restrictions of the shares of each class (and, for the avoidance of doubt, such
matters and the issuance of such Preference Shares shall not be deemed to vary the rights attached to the Ordinary
Shares). Subject to obtaining prior approval for the issuance of such shares by resolution of the Members in general
meeting pursuant to Regulation 3.1, the authority of the Board with respect to each class shall include, but not be
limited to, determination of the following:
(a) the number of shares constituting that series and the distinctive designation of that series;
(b) the dividend rate on the shares of that class, whether dividends shall be cumulative and, if so, from which
date or dates, and the relative rights of priority, if any, of the payment of dividends on shares of that series;
(c) whether that class shall have voting rights, in addition to the voting rights provided by law, and if so, the
terms of such voting rights;
(d) whether that class shall have conversion or exchange privileges (including, without limitation, conversion
into Ordinary Shares), and, if so, the terms and conditions of such conversion or exchange, including
provision for adjustment of the conversion or exchange rate in such events as the Board shall determine;
(e) whether or not the shares of that class shall be redeemable or repurchaseable, and, if so, the terms and
conditions of such redemption or repurchase, including the manner of selecting shares for redemption or



Graphics
BW LPG Limited
Page 13


repurchase if less than all shares are to be redeemed or repurchased, the date or dates upon or after which
they shall be redeemable or repurchaseable, and the amount per share payable in case of redemption or
repurchase, which amount may vary under different conditions and at different redemption or repurchase
dates;
(f) whether that class shall have a sinking fund for the redemption or repurchase of shares of that class, and, if
so, the terms and amount of such sinking fund;
(g) the right of the shares of that class to the benefit of conditions and restrictions upon the creation of
indebtedness of the Company or any subsidiary, upon the issue of any additional shares (including additional
shares of such series or any other series) and upon the payment of dividends or the making of other
distributions on, and the purchase, redemption or other acquisition by the Company or any subsidiary of any
issued shares of the Company;
(h) the rights of the shares of that class in the event of voluntary or involuntary liquidation, dissolution or winding
up of the Company, and the relative rights of priority, if any, of payment in respect of shares of that class;
and
(i) any other relative participating, optional or other special rights, qualifications, limitations or restrictions of
that series.
5.3 Any Redeemable Preference Shares of any class which have been redeemed (whether through the operation of a
sinking fund or otherwise) or which, if convertible or exchangeable, have been converted into or exchanged for shares
of any other class or classes shall have the status as such class of shares so converted into or exchanged of such class,
subject to obtaining prior approval for the issuance of such shares by special resolution of the Members in general
meeting pursuant to Regulation 3.1.


Graphics
BW LPG Limited
Page 14



5.4 At the discretion of the Board, whether or not in connection with the issuance and sale of any shares or other securities
of the Company, the Company may issue securities, contracts, warrants or other instruments evidencing any shares,
option rights, securities having conversion or option rights, or obligations on such terms, conditions and other
provisions as are fixed by the Board, including, without limiting the generality of this authority, conditions that
preclude or limit any person or persons owning or offering to acquire a specified number or percentage of the issued
Ordinary Shares, other shares, option rights, securities having conversion or option rights, or obligations of the
Company or transferee of the person or persons from exercising, converting, transferring or receiving the shares,
option rights, securities having conversion or option rights, or obligations.
5.5 All the rights attaching to a Treasury Share shall be suspended and shall not be exercised by the Company while it
holds such Treasury Share and, except where required by the Act and any other applicable laws and regulation, all
Treasury Shares shall be excluded from the calculation of any percentage or fraction of the share capital, or shares, of
the Company.
6. Calls on Shares
6.1 The Board may make such calls as it thinks fit upon the Members in respect of any monies unpaid on the shares
allotted to or held by such Members (and not made payable at fixed times by the terms and conditions of issue) and,
if a call is not paid on or before the day appointed for payment thereof, the Member may at the discretion of the Board
be liable to pay the Company interest on the amount of such call at such rate as the Board may determine, from the
date when such call was payable up to the actual date of payment. The Board may differentiate between the holders
as to the amount of calls to be paid and the times of payment of such calls.
6.2 Any amount which by the terms of allotment of a share becomes payable upon issue or at any fixed date shall for the
purposes of these Regulations be deemed to be an amount on which a call has been duly made and payable, on the
date on


Graphics
BW LPG Limited
Page 15


which, by the terms of issue, the same becomes payable, and in case of non- payment, all the relevant provisions of
these Regulations as to payment of interest, costs, and expenses, forfeiture or otherwise shall apply as if such amount
had become payable by virtue of a duly made and notified call.
6.3 The joint holders of a share shall be jointly and severally liable to pay all calls and any interest, costs and expenses in
respect thereof.
6.4 The Company may make arrangements on the issue of shares for varying the amounts and times of payment of calls
as between Members.
6.5 The Company may accept from any Member the whole or a part of the amount remaining unpaid on any shares held
by such Member, although no part of that amount has been called up or become payable.
7. Forfeiture of Shares
7.1 If any Member fails to pay, on the day appointed for payment thereof, any call in respect of any share allotted to or
held by such Member, the Board may, at any time thereafter during such time as the call remains unpaid, direct the
Secretary to forward such Member a notice in writing in the form, or as near thereto as circumstances admit, of the
following:
Notice of Liability to Forfeiture for Non-Payment of Call
BW LPG Limited (the “Company”)
You have failed to pay the call of [amount of call] made on [insert date], in respect of the [number] share(s) [number
in figures] standing in your name in the Register of Members of the Company, on [insert date], the day appointed for
payment of such call. You are hereby notified that unless you pay such call together with interest thereon at the rate
of [ ] per annum computed from the said [insert date] at the registered office of the Company the share(s) will be
liable to be forfeited.
Dated [insert date]


[Signature of Secretary] By Order of the Board




Graphics
BW LPG Limited
Page 16


7.2 If the requirements of such notice are not complied with, any such share may at any time thereafter before the payment
of such call and the interest due in respect thereof be forfeited by a resolution of the Board to that effect, and such
share shall thereupon become the property of the Company and may be disposed of as the Board shall determine.
Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the disposal may take place by sale, repurchase, redemption or any
other method of disposal permitted by and consistent with these Regulations and the Act.
7.3 A Member whose share or shares have been so forfeited shall, notwithstanding such forfeiture, be liable to pay to the
Company all calls owing on such share or shares at the time of the forfeiture, together with all interest due thereon
and any costs and expenses incurred by the Company in connection therewith.
7.4 The Board may accept the surrender of any shares which it is in a position to forfeit on such terms and conditions as
may be agreed. Subject to those terms and conditions, a surrendered share shall be treated as if it had been forfeited.
8. Share Certificates
8.1 Subject to the Act, no share certificates shall be issued by the Company unless, in respect of a class of shares, the
Board has either for all or for some holders of such shares (who may be determined in such manner as the Board thinks
fit) determined that the holder of such shares may be entitled to share certificates. In the case of a share held jointly
by several persons, delivery of a certificate to one of several joint holders shall be sufficient delivery to all.
8.2 Subject to being entitled to a share certificate under the provisions of Regulation 8.1, the Company shall complete and
have ready for delivery the appropriate share certificate in connection with the allotment or transfer (as the case may
be) within (i) 60 days after the allotment of any of its shares or (ii) 30 days after the date on which a transfer (other
than in Regulation 13.5) of its shares is lodged with the Company.


Graphics
BW LPG Limited
Page 17


8.3 If any share certificate shall be proved to the satisfaction of the Board to have been worn out, lost, mislaid, or
destroyed, the Board may cause a new certificate to be issued and request an indemnity for the lost certificate if it sees
fit.
8.4 Notwithstanding any provisions of these Regulations:
(a) the Board shall, subject always to the Act and any other applicable laws and regulations and the facilities and
requirements of any relevant system concerned, have power to implement any arrangements it may, in its absolute
discretion, think fit in relation to the evidencing of title to and transfer of book-entry shares including, without
limitation, by means of a Depository or any other relevant system, and to the extent such arrangements are so
implemented, no provision of these Regulations shall apply or have effect to the extent that it is in any respect
inconsistent with the holding or transfer of shares in uncertificated form. The Board may from time to time take
such actions and do such things as the Board may in its absolute discretion think fit in relation to the operation of
any such arrangements;
(b) the Board shall have the power to transfer shares of the Company (including, without limitation, legal title to any
shares of the Company) held by any holder thereof to or from any Depository or any other relevant system in
connection with a listing or admission, or upon any delisting or ceasing of any admission, to trading of shares of
the Company (or beneficial interests, depository interests or any such other interests in shares of the Company)
on an appointed stock exchange. Each Member authorises and grants the Board, and any person appointed and/or
authorised by the Board, the power to act as agent of such Member to sign any instrument of transfer, if necessary
or desirable, in respect of any transfer of shares pursuant to this Regulation 8.4 for and on behalf of the Member.
Such instrument of transfer shall be effective as if it had been executed by the registered holder and title of the
transferee shall not be invalidated by reason of any irregularity or invalidity of proceedings related thereto. Notice
shall be


Graphics
BW LPG Limited
Page 18


given to a Member before transferring such Member’s share(s) to any Depository or any other relevant system,
provided that an accidental omission to give notice to, or the non-receipt of a notice by, any person entitled to
receive such notice shall not invalidate any such transfer. A Member may request by written notice to the
Secretary for the Board: (i) to not transfer such Member’s shares to any Depository or any other relevant system
pursuant to this Regulation; and/or (ii) to subsequently transfer such Member’s shares to or from any such
Depository or any other relevant system in accordance with such rules, regulations, facilities and requirements
of any such Depository or such other relevant system; and
(c) unless otherwise determined by the Board and as permitted by the Act and any other applicable laws and
regulations, no person shall be entitled to receive a certificate in respect of any share for so long as the title to that
share is evidenced otherwise than by a certificate and for so long as transfers of that share may be made otherwise
than by a written instrument.
REGISTRATION OF SHARES
9. Register of Members
9.1 The Board shall cause to be kept in one or more books a Register of Members and shall enter therein the particulars
required by the Act. Subject to the Statutes and any applicable rules of the Stock Exchange, the Company may keep
one or more branch registers in any place in or outside of Singapore, and the Board may make, amend and revoke any
such regulations as it may think fit respecting the keeping of such branch registers.
9.2 Subject to, and in accordance with, the Statutes and any applicable rules of the Stock Exchange and unless the Board
otherwise approves (which approval may be on such terms and subject to such conditions as the Board in its absolute
discretion may from time to time determine, and which approval the Board shall, without giving any reason therefor,
be entitled in its absolute discretion to give or


Graphics
BW LPG Limited
Page 19


withhold), no shares upon the Register of Members shall be transferred to any branch register of Members nor shall
shares on any branch register of Members be transferred to the Register of Members or any other branch register of
Members and all transfers and other documents of title shall be lodged for registration, and registered, in the case of
any shares on a branch register of Members, at the relevant Registration Office, and, in the case of any shares on the
Register of Members, at the Office or such other place at which the Register of Members is kept in accordance with
the Statutes.
9.3 The Register of Members shall be open to inspection without charge at the registered office of the Company or in the
case of a branch register at the Registration Office accessible via the registrar of the Company, or such other place at
which the Register of Members is kept in accordance with the Statutes on every business day, subject to such
reasonable restrictions as the Board may impose, so that not less than two hours in each business day be allowed for
inspection. The Register of Members, including any overseas or local or other branch register may, after notice has
been given by advertisement in an appointed newspaper or any other newspapers in accordance with the requirements
of any Stock Exchange or by any electronic means in such manner as may be accepted by the Stock Exchange to that
effect be closed for any time or times not exceeding in the whole thirty days in each year.
9.4 The shares may be registered with the Depository system or any other relevant system as branch register, and if
necessary shares may be registered in the Register of Members in the name of the registrar of the Company. For the
avoidance of doubt, no provision of this Constitution shall be construed as imposing any restriction on the transfer of
shares or any beneficial interests in the shares, as the case may be, in the Depository system facilitating the trading of
shares or beneficial interest in the shares, as the case may be, on any Stock Exchange.
10. Disclosure of Interests in Company Securities


Graphics
BW LPG Limited
Page 20


10.1 Members shall make such notifications to the Company regarding their interests in Company Securities as they are
required to make under all applicable rules and regulations to which the Company is subject.
10.2 The provisions of Regulation 10.1 are in addition to, and separate from, any other rights or obligations arising under
the Act, these Regulations or otherwise.
11. Company Investigations and Consequences
11.1 The Board has power to serve a notice to require any Member or any other person it has reasonable cause to believe,
as determined in the Board’s sole discretion, to be interested in Company Securities (an “Interested Party”), to
disclose to the Company the nature of such interest and any documents to verify the identity of the Interested Party
that the Board deems necessary.
11.2 If at any time the Board is satisfied that any Member or Interested Party has been duly served with a notice pursuant
to Regulation 11.1 (a “Disclosure Notice”) and is in default for the prescribed period set out in Regulation 11.6 in
supplying to the Company the information thereby required, or, in purported compliance with a Disclosure Notice,
has made a statement which is false or inadequate in any material particular as determined by the Board in its sole
discretion, then the Board may, in its absolute discretion at any time thereafter serve a further notice (a “Direction
Notice”) on the Member who was served with the relevant Disclosure Notice or on the Member who holds the
Company Securities in which the Interested Party who was served with the relevant Disclosure Notice appears to be
interested to direct that:
(a) in respect of the Company Securities in relation to which the default occurred (the “Default Securities”,
which expression includes any Company Securities issued after the date of the Disclosure Notice in respect
of those Company Securities) the Member shall not be entitled to attend or vote either personally or by proxy
at a general meeting or at a separate meeting of the holders of that class of shares or on a poll; and


Graphics
BW LPG Limited
Page 21


(b) where the Default Securities represent at least 0.25 per cent (in nominal value) of the issued shares of their
class, the Direction Notice may additionally direct that in respect of the Default Securities:
(i) where an offer of the right to elect to receive Company Securities instead of cash in respect of any
dividend or part thereof is or has been made by the Company, any election made thereunder by such
Member in respect of such Default Securities shall not be effective; and/or
(ii) any dividend (or any part of a dividend) or other amount payable in respect of the Default Securities
shall be withheld by the Company, which shall have no obligation to pay interest on it, and such
dividend or part thereof shall only be payable when the Direction Notice ceases to have effect to the
person who would but for the Direction Notice have been entitled to it; and/or
(iii) no transfer of any of the Company Securities held by any such Member shall be recognised or
registered by the Board unless: (1) the transfer is an excepted transfer (as defined in Regulation
11.6); or (2) the Member is not himself in default as regards supplying the requisite information
required under this Regulation and, when presented for registration, the transfer is accompanied by
a certificate by the Member in a form satisfactory to the Board to the effect that after due and careful
enquiry the Member is satisfied that none of the Company Securities, which are the subject of the
transfer, are Default Securities.
11.3 The Company shall send the Direction Notice to each person appearing to be interested in the Default Securities, but
the failure or omission by the Company to do so shall not invalidate such notice.


Graphics
BW LPG Limited
Page 22


11.4 Any Direction Notice shall cease to have effect not more than seven days after the earlier of receipt by the Company
of:
(a) notice that the Default Securities are subject to an excepted transfer (as defined in Regulation 11.6), but only
in relation to those Default Securities which are subject to such excepted transfer and not to any other
Company Securities covered by the same Direction Notice; or
(b) all the information required by the relevant Disclosure Notice, in a form satisfactory to the Board.
11.5 The Board may at any time send a notice cancelling a Direction Notice if it determines in its sole discretion that it is
appropriate to do so.
11.6 For the purposes of Regulations 10 and 11:
(a) the “prescribed period” is 14 days from the date the Disclosure Notice is deemed served;
(b) a reference to a person being “interested” or having an “interest” in Company Securities includes an interest
of any kind whatsoever in the Company Securities;
(c) a transfer of Company Securities is an “excepted transfer” if:
(i) it is a transfer of Company Securities pursuant to an acceptance of an offer to acquire all the shares,
or all the shares of any class or classes, in the Company (other than Company Securities, which at
the date of the offer are already held by the offeror), being an offer on terms, which are the same in
relation to all the Company Securities to which the offer relates or, where those Company Securities
include Company Securities of different classes, in relation to all the Company Securities of each
class; or


Graphics
BW LPG Limited
Page 23


(ii) a transfer, which is shown to the satisfaction of the Board to be made in consequence of a sale of
the whole of the beneficial interest in the Company Securities to a person who is not connected with
the Member who has been served with the Disclosure Notice and with any other person appearing
to be interested in the Default Securities; or
(iii) a transfer in consequence of a bona fide sale made on an appointed stock exchange upon which
shares of the Company are listed or admitted to trading.
11.7 Where a person who appears to be interested in Company Securities has been served with a notice pursuant to
Regulation 11.1, and the Company Securities in which he appears to be interested are held by a depository or a nominee
approved as such by the Board (an “Approved Depository” and an “Approved Nominee” respectively), the
provisions of Regulation 11.1 will be treated as applying only to the Company Securities which are held by the
Approved Depository or Approved Nominee in which that person appears to be interested and not (so far as that
person’s apparent interest is concerned) to any other Company Securities held by the Approved Depository or
Approved Nominee.
11.8 While the Member on which a notice pursuant to Regulation 11.1 is served is an Approved Depository or Approved
Nominee, the obligations of the Approved Depository or Approved Nominee as a Member will be limited to disclosing
to the Company any information relating to a person who appears to be interested in the Company Securities held by
it, which has been recorded by it in accordance with the arrangement under which it was appointed as an Approved
Depository or Approved Nominee by the Board.
12. Registered Holder Absolute Owner
The Company shall be entitled to treat the registered holder of any share as the absolute owner thereof and accordingly shall
not be bound to recognise any equitable claim or other



Graphics
BW LPG Limited
Page 24


claim to, or interest in, such share on the part of any other person.
13. Transfer of Registered Shares
13.1 Subject to the Act and to such of the restrictions contained in these Regulations as may be applicable, any Member
may transfer all or any of his shares by an instrument of transfer in the usual common form or in any other form which
the Board may approve. No such instrument shall be required on the redemption of a share or on the purchase by the
Company of a share. All transfers of book-entry shares shall be made in accordance with and be subject to the facilities
and requirements of the transfer of title to shares in that class by means of a Depository or any other relevant system
concerned and, subject thereto, in accordance with any arrangements made by the Board pursuant to Regulation 8.
13.2 An instrument of transfer shall be signed by (or in the case of a party that is a corporation, on behalf of) the transferor
and transferee, provided that, in the case of a fully paid share, the Board may accept the instrument signed by or on
behalf of the transferor alone. The transferor shall be deemed to remain the holder of such share until the same has
been registered as having been transferred to the transferee in the Register of Members.
13.3 The Board may refuse to recognise any instrument of transfer unless it is accompanied by the certificate in respect of
the shares (if one has been issued) to which it relates and by such other evidence as the Board may reasonably require
to prove the right of the transferor to make the transfer.
13.4 The joint holders of any share may transfer such share to one or more of such joint holders, and the surviving holder
or holders of any share previously held by them jointly with a deceased Member may transfer any such share to the
executors or administrators of such deceased Member.
13.5 The Board may in its absolute discretion and without assigning any reason therefor refuse to register the transfer of a
share which is not fully paid or in accordance with Regulation 11.2. The Board shall refuse to register a transfer



Graphics
BW LPG Limited
Page 25


unless all applicable consents, authorisations and permissions of any governmental body or agency in Singapore have
been obtained. If the Board refuses to register a transfer of any share the Secretary shall, within 30 days after the date
on which the transfer was lodged with the Company, send to the transferor and transferee notice of the refusal.
13.6 The Board may refuse to register the transfer of any share, and may direct the registrar and/or transfer agent of the
Company to decline (and such registrar and/or transfer agent of the Company, to the extent it is able to do so, shall
decline if so requested) to register the transfer of any interest in a share held through a Depository, where such transfer
is not in accordance with Regulation 11.2 or where such transfer would, in the opinion of the Board, be likely to result
in 50% or more of the aggregate issued and outstanding share capital of the Company, or shares of the Company to
which are attached 50% or more of the votes of all issued and outstanding shares of the Company, being held or owned
directly or indirectly by individuals or legal persons resident for tax purposes in Norway or, alternatively, such shares
being effectively connected to a Norwegian business activity, or the Company otherwise being deemed a Controlled
Foreign Company as such term is defined pursuant to Norwegian tax legislation.
13.7 Subject to Regulation 13.6, but notwithstanding anything to the contrary in these Regulations, Company Securities
that are listed or admitted to trading on a Stock Exchange may be transferred in accordance with the rules and
regulations of such Stock Exchange. All transfers of shares registered with a Depository shall be made in accordance
with and be subject to the facilities and requirements of the transfer of title to shares in that class by means of the
Depository or any other relevant system concerned and, subject thereto, in accordance with any arrangements made
by the Board.
13.8 The Board in its absolute discretion may transfer shares, and register the transfer of such shares, pursuant to Regulation
8.4.
14. Transmission of Registered Shares


Graphics
BW LPG Limited
Page 26



14.1 In the case of the death of a Member, the survivor or survivors where the deceased Member was a joint holder, and
the legal personal representatives of the deceased Member where the deceased Member was a sole holder, shall be the
only persons recognised by the Company as having any title to the deceased Member’s interest in the shares. Nothing
herein contained shall release the estate of a deceased joint holder from any liability in respect of any share which had
been jointly held by such deceased Member with other persons. Subject to the provisions of the Act, for the purpose
of this Regulation, legal personal representative means the executor or administrator of a deceased Member or such
other person as the Board may, in its absolute discretion, decide as being properly authorised to deal with the shares
of a deceased Member.
14.2 Any person becoming entitled to a share in consequence of the death or bankruptcy of any Member may be registered
as a Member upon such evidence as the Board may deem sufficient or may elect to nominate some person to be
registered as a transferee of such share, and in such case the person becoming entitled shall execute in favour of such
nominee an instrument of transfer in writing in the form, or as near thereto as circumstances admit, of the following:
Transfer by a Person Becoming Entitled on Death/Bankruptcy of a Member
BW LPG Limited (the “Company”)
I/We, having become entitled in consequence of the [death/bankruptcy] of [name and address of deceased/bankrupt
Member] to [number] share(s) standing in the Register of Members of the Company in the name of the said [name of
deceased/bankrupt Member] instead of being registered myself/ourselves, elect to have [name of transferee] (the
“Transferee”) registered as a transferee of such share(s) and I/we do hereby accordingly transfer the said share(s) to
the Transferee to hold the same unto the Transferee, his or her executors, administrators and assigns, subject to the
conditions on which the same were held at the time of the execution hereof; and the Transferee does hereby agree to
take the said share(s) subject to the same conditions.
DATED this [insert date]

Signed by:

In the presence of:



Transferor

Witness



Transferee

Witness





Graphics
BW LPG Limited
Page 27


14.3 On the presentation of the foregoing materials to the Board, accompanied by such evidence as the Board may require
to prove the title of the transferor, the transferee shall be registered as a Member. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the
Board shall, in any case, have the same right to decline or suspend registration as it would have had in the case of a
transfer of the share by that Member before such Member’s death or bankruptcy, as the case may be.
14.4 Where two or more persons are registered as joint holders of a share or shares, then in the event of the death of any
joint holder or holders the remaining joint holder or holders shall be absolutely entitled to such share or shares and the
Company shall recognise no claim in respect of the estate of any joint holder except in the case of the last survivor of
such joint holders.
ALTERATION OF SHARE CAPITAL
15. Power to Alter Capital
15.1 Subject to the Statutes and rules of the Stock Exchange, the Company may if authorised by resolution of the Members
increase, divide, consolidate, subdivide, change the currency denomination of, diminish or otherwise alter or reduce
its share capital in any manner.
15.2 Where, on any alteration or reduction of share capital, or some other difficulty would arise, the Board may deal with
or resolve the same in such manner as it thinks fit.
16. Variation of Rights Attaching to Shares
If, at any time, the share capital is divided into different classes of shares, the rights attached to any class (unless otherwise
provided by the terms of issue of the shares of that class) may, whether or not the Company is being wound-up, be varied with
the consent in writing of the holders of three-fourths of the issued shares of that class or with the sanction of a resolution passed
by a majority of the votes cast at a separate general meeting of the holders of the shares of the class at which meeting the
necessary quorum shall be two persons at


Graphics
BW LPG Limited
Page 28


least holding or representing by proxy one-third of the issued shares of the class. The rights conferred upon the holders of the
shares of any class issued with preferred or other rights shall, unless otherwise expressly provided by the terms of issue of the
shares of that class, be deemed to be varied by the creation or issue of further shares ranking pari passu therewith.
DIVIDENDS AND CAPITALISATION
17. Dividends
17.1 The Company may by ordinary resolution declare final dividends, but no such dividend shall exceed the amount
recommended by the Board.
17.2 Subject to the Act, the Board may from time to time pay to the members such interim dividends as appear to the
directors to be justified by the profits of the Company.
17.3 The Board may, subject to these Regulations and in accordance with the Act, declare a dividend to be paid to the
Members, in proportion to the number of shares held by them, and such dividend may be paid in cash or wholly or
partly in specie in which case the Board may fix the value for distribution in specie of any assets. No unpaid dividend
shall bear interest as against the Company.
17.4 The Board may fix any date as the record date for determining the Members entitled to receive any dividend.
17.5 The Company may pay dividends in proportion to the amount paid up on each share where a larger amount is paid up
on some shares than on others.
17.6 The Board may declare and make such other distributions (in cash or in specie) to the Members as may be lawfully
made out of the assets of the Company. No unpaid distribution shall bear interest as against the Company.
17.7 Notwithstanding anything in this Constitution, no dividend (final or interim) shall be paid to shareholders except out
of the profits of the Company.


Graphics
BW LPG Limited
Page 29


18. Power to Set Aside Profits
The Board may, before declaring a dividend, set aside out of the surplus or profits of the Company, such amount as it thinks
proper as a reserve to be used to meet contingencies or for equalising dividends or for any other purpose.
19. Method of Payment
19.1 Any dividend, interest, or other moneys payable in cash in respect of the shares may be paid through a Depository
system or any other relevant system, by cheque or bank draft sent through the post directed to the Member at such
Member’s address in the Register of Members, or to such person and to such address as the Member may direct in
writing, or by transfer to such account as the Member may direct in writing.
19.2 In the case of joint holders of shares, any dividend, interest or other moneys payable in cash in respect of shares may
be paid by cheque or bank draft sent through the post directed to the address of the holder first named in the Register
of Members, or to such person and to such address as the joint holders may direct in writing, or by transfer to such
account as the joint holders may direct in writing. If two or more persons are registered as joint holders of any shares
any one can give an effectual receipt for any dividend paid in respect of such shares.
19.3 The Board may deduct from the dividends or distributions payable to any Member all moneys due from such Member
to the Company on account of calls or otherwise.
19.4 Any dividend and/or other monies payable in respect of a share which has remained unclaimed for six years from the
date when it became due for payment shall, if the Board so resolves, be forfeited and cease to remain owing by the
Company. The payment of any unclaimed dividend or other moneys payable in respect of a share may (but need not)
be paid by the Company into an account separate from the Company’s own account. Such payment shall not constitute
the Company a trustee in respect thereof.



Graphics
BW LPG Limited
Page 30


19.5 The Company shall be entitled to cease sending dividend cheques and bank drafts by post or otherwise to a Member
if those instruments have been returned undelivered to, or left uncashed by, that Member on at least two consecutive
occasions, or, following one such occasion, reasonable enquiries have failed to establish the Member’s new address.
The entitlement conferred on the Company by this Regulation in respect of any Member shall cease if the Member
claims a dividend or cashes a dividend cheque or bank draft.
MEETINGS OF MEMBERS
20. Annual General Meetings
Subject to the provisions of the Act, an annual general meeting shall be held in each year (other than the year of incorporation)
at such time and place as the president of the Company (if any) or the Chairman or the Board shall appoint.
21. Extraordinary General Meetings
The president of the Company (if any) or the Chairman or the Board may convene an extraordinary general meeting of the
Company whenever in their judgment such a meeting is necessary.
22. Requisitioned General Meetings
The Board shall, on the requisition of Members holding at the date of the deposit of the requisition not less than one-tenth of
such of the paid-up share capital of the Company as at the date of the deposit carries the right to vote at general meetings,
forthwith proceed to convene an extraordinary general meeting and the provisions of the Act shall apply.
23. Notice
23.1 Subject to the Statutes, at least 14 days’ notice in writing (exclusive both of the day on which the notice is served or
deemed to be served and of the day of the annual general meeting) of an annual general meeting shall be given to each
Member entitled to attend and vote thereat, stating the date, place and time at



Graphics
BW LPG Limited
Page 31


which the meeting is to be held, that the election of Directors will take place thereat, and as far as practicable, the
other business to be conducted at the meeting.
23.2 Subject to the Statutes, at least 14 days’ notice in writing (exclusive both of the day on which the notice is served or
deemed to be served and of the day of the extraordinary general meeting) of an extraordinary general meeting shall
be given to each Member entitled to attend and vote thereat, stating the date, time, place and the general nature of the
business to be considered at the meeting.
23.3 The Board may fix any date as the record date for determining the Members entitled to receive notice of and to vote
at any general meeting, provided that if the Board fixes a different date as the date for determining Members entitled
to vote at any general meeting such date may not be more than 5 days before the date fixed for the meeting.
23.4 A general meeting shall, notwithstanding that it is called on shorter notice than that specified in these Regulations, be
deemed to have been properly called if it is so agreed by (i) all the Members entitled to attend and vote thereat in the
case of an annual general meeting; and (ii) by a majority in number of the Members having the right to attend and
vote at the meeting, being a majority together holding not less than 95% of the total voting rights of all the members
who have a right to attend and vote thereat in the case of an extraordinary general meeting.
23.5 The accidental omission to give notice of a general meeting to, or the non-receipt of a notice of a general meeting by,
any person entitled to receive notice shall not invalidate the proceedings at that meeting.
24. Giving Notice and Access
24.1 A notice may be given by the Company to a Member:
(a) by delivering it to such Member in person, in which case the notice shall be deemed to have been served
upon such delivery; or



Graphics
BW LPG Limited
Page 32


(b) by sending it by post to such Member’s address in the Register of Members, in which case the notice shall
be deemed to have been served five days after the date on which it is deposited, with postage prepaid, in the
mail; or
(c) by sending it by courier to such Member’s address in the Register of Members, in which case the notice shall
be deemed to have been served two days after the date on which it is deposited, with courier fees paid, with
the courier service; or
(d) by transmitting it by electronic means (including facsimile and electronic mail, but not telephone) in
accordance with such directions as may be given by such Member to the Company for such purpose, in which
case the notice shall be deemed to have been served at the time that it would in the ordinary course be
transmitted; or
(e) by delivering it in accordance with the provisions of the Act pertaining to delivery of electronic records by
publication on a website, in which case the notice shall be deemed to have been served at the time when the
requirements of the Act in that regard have been met.
24.2 Any notice required to be given to a Member shall, with respect to any shares held jointly by two or more persons, be
given to whichever of such persons is named first in the Register of Members and notice so given shall be sufficient
notice to all the holders of such shares.
24.3 In proving service under Regulations 24.1(b), (c) and (d), it shall be sufficient to prove that the notice was properly
addressed and prepaid, if posted or sent by courier, and the time when it was posted, deposited with the courier, or
transmitted by electronic means.
25. Electronic Participation and Security in Meetings
25.1 Members may participate in any general meeting by such telephonic, electronic or other communication facilities or
means as permit all persons participating in



Graphics
BW LPG Limited
Page 33


the meeting to communicate with each other simultaneously and instantaneously, and participation in such a meeting
shall constitute presence in person at such meeting.
25.2 The Board may, and at any general meeting, the chairman of such meeting may, make any arrangement and impose
any requirement or restriction it or he considers appropriate to ensure the security of a general meeting including,
without limitation, requirements for evidence of identity to be produced by those attending the meeting, the searching
of their personal property and the restriction of items that may be taken into the meeting place. The Board and, at any
general meeting, the chairman of such meeting are entitled to refuse entry to a person who refuses to comply with any
such arrangements, requirements or restrictions.
26. Quorum at General Meetings
26.1 At any general meeting two or more persons present in person throughout the meeting and representing in person or
by proxy in excess of 33% of the total issued and outstanding voting shares in the Company shall form a quorum for
the transaction of business.
26.2 If within half an hour from the time appointed for the meeting a quorum is not present, then, in the case of a meeting
convened on a requisition, the meeting shall be deemed cancelled and, in any other case, the meeting shall stand
adjourned to the same day one week later, at the same time and place or to such other day, time or place as the Secretary
may determine. Unless the meeting is adjourned to a specific date, time and place announced at the meeting being
adjourned, fresh notice of the resumption of the meeting shall be given to each Member entitled to attend and vote
thereat in accordance with these Regulations.
27. Chairman to Preside at General Meetings
The Chairman or the president of the Company, if there be one, shall act as chairman of the meeting at all general meetings at
which such person is present. Notwithstanding the above, the Chairman or president, as applicable, may appoint a person to
act as chairman


Graphics
BW LPG Limited
Page 34


of the meeting. In the absence of the Chairman, the president and a person appointed to act as chairman of the meeting
by the Chairman or president of the Company, the chairman of the general meeting shall be appointed or elected by those
present at the meeting and entitled to vote.
28. Voting on Resolutions
28.1 Subject to the Act and these Regulations, any question proposed for the consideration of the Members at any general
meeting shall be decided by the affirmative votes of a majority of the votes cast in accordance with these Regulations
and in the case of an equality of votes the resolution shall fail.
28.2 No Member shall be entitled to vote at a general meeting unless such Member has paid all the calls or other sums
personally payable on all shares held by such Member.
28.3 At any general meeting a resolution put to the vote of the meeting shall, in the first instance, be voted upon by a show
of hands and, subject to any rights or restrictions for the time being lawfully attached to any class of shares and subject
to the provisions of these Regulations, every Member present in person and every person holding a valid proxy at such
meeting shall be entitled to one vote and shall cast such vote by raising his or her hand.
28.4 In the event that a Member participates in a general meeting by telephone, electronic or other communication facilities
or means, the chairman of the meeting shall direct the manner in which such Member may cast his vote on a show of
hands.
28.5 At any general meeting if an amendment is proposed to any resolution under consideration and the chairman of the
meeting rules on whether or not the proposed amendment is out of order, the proceedings on the substantive resolution
shall not be invalidated by any error in such ruling.



Graphics
BW LPG Limited
Page 35


28.6 At any general meeting a declaration by the chairman of the meeting that a question proposed for consideration has,
on a show of hands, been carried, or carried unanimously, or by a particular majority, or lost, and an entry to that
effect in a book containing the minutes of the proceedings of the Company shall, subject to these Regulations, be
conclusive evidence of that fact.
28.7 Notwithstanding anything in this Constitution, the Company shall not carry into effect any proposals for disposing of
the whole or substantially the whole of the Company’s undertaking or property unless those proposals have been
approved by the Members at a general meeting via the affirmative vote of at least 75% of the issued and outstanding
voting shares of the Company.
29. Power to Demand a Vote on a Poll
29.1 Notwithstanding the foregoing, a poll may be demanded by any of the following persons:
(a) the chairman of such meeting; or
(b) at least five Members present in person or represented by proxy; or
(c) any Member or Members present in person or represented by proxy and holding between them not less than
5% of the total voting rights of all the Members having the right to vote at such meeting; or
(d) any Member or Members present in person or represented by proxy holding shares in the Company conferring
the right to vote at such meeting, being shares on which an aggregate sum has been paid up equal to not less
than 5% of the total amount paid up on all such shares conferring such right.
29.2 Where a poll is demanded, subject to any rights or restrictions for the time being lawfully attached to any class of
shares, every person present at such meeting shall have one vote for each share of which such person is the holder or
for which such person holds a proxy and such vote shall be counted by ballot as described herein, or in the case of a
general meeting at which one or more Members are


Graphics
BW LPG Limited
Page 36


present by telephone, electronic or other communication facilities or means, in such manner as the chairman of the
meeting may direct and the result of such poll shall be deemed to be the resolution of the meeting at which the poll
was demanded and shall replace any previous resolution upon the same matter which has been the subject of a show
of hands. A person entitled to more than one vote need not use all his votes or cast all the votes he uses in the same
way.
29.3 A poll demanded for the purpose of electing a chairman of the meeting or on a question of adjournment shall be taken
forthwith. A poll demanded on any other question shall be taken at such time and in such manner during such meeting
as the chairman (or acting chairman) of the meeting may direct. Any business other than that upon which a poll has
been demanded may be conducted pending the taking of the poll.
29.4 Where a vote is taken by poll, each person physically present and entitled to vote shall be furnished with a ballot paper
on which such person shall record his vote in such manner as shall be determined at the meeting having regard to the
nature of the question on which the vote is taken, and each ballot paper shall be signed or initialled or otherwise
marked so as to identify the voter and the registered holder in the case of a proxy. Each person present by telephone,
electronic or other communication facilities or means shall cast his vote in such manner as the chairman of the meeting
shall direct. At the conclusion of the poll, the ballot papers and votes cast in accordance with such directions shall be
examined and counted by one or more scrutineers appointed by the Board or, in the absence of such appointment, by
a committee of not less than two Members or proxy holders appointed by the chairman of the meeting for the purpose
and the result of the poll shall be declared by the chairman of the meeting.
30. Voting by Joint Holders of Shares
In the case of joint holders, the vote of the senior who tenders a vote (whether in person or by proxy) shall be accepted to
the exclusion of the votes of the other joint holders, and for this purpose seniority shall be determined by the order in which
the names stand in the


Graphics
BW LPG Limited
Page 37


Register of Members.
31. Instrument of Proxy
31.1 A Member may appoint a proxy by:
(a) an instrument in writing in substantially the following form or such other form as the Board may determine
from time to time or the Board or the chairman of the meeting shall accept:
Proxy
BW LPG Limited (the “Company”)
I/We, [insert names here], being a Member of the Company with [number] shares, HEREBY APPOINT
[name] of [address] or failing him, [name] of [address] to be my/our proxy to vote for me/us at the meeting
of the Members to be held on the [insert date] and at any adjournment thereof. (Any restrictions on voting to
be inserted here.)
Signed this [insert date]



Member(s)



; or



(b) such telephonic, electronic or other means as may be approved by the Board from time to time.
31.2 The appointment of a proxy must be received by the Company at the registered office or by the registrar of the
Company or at such other place or in such manner as is specified in the notice convening the meeting or in any
instrument of proxy sent out by the Company in relation to the meeting at which the person named in the appointment
proposes to vote, and appointment of a proxy which is not received in the manner so permitted shall be invalid.
31.3 A Member who is the holder of two or more shares may appoint more than one proxy to represent him and vote on
his behalf in respect of different shares.



Graphics
BW LPG Limited
Page 38


31.4 The decision of the chairman of any general meeting as to the validity of any appointment of a proxy shall be final.
32. Representation of Corporate Member
A corporation which is a Member may, by written instrument, authorise such person or persons as it thinks fit to act as its
representative at any meeting and any person so authorised shall be entitled to exercise the same powers on behalf of the
corporation which such person represents as that corporation could exercise if it were an individual Member, and that Member
shall be deemed to be present in person at any such meeting attended by its authorised representative or representatives.
33. Adjournment of General Meeting
33.1 The chairman of a general meeting at which a quorum is present may, with the consent of the Members holding a
majority of the voting rights of those Members present in person or by proxy (and shall if so directed by Members
holding a majority of the voting rights of those Members present in person or by proxy), adjourn the meeting.
33.2 The chairman of a general meeting may adjourn the meeting to another time and place without the consent or direction
of the Members if it appears to him that:
(a) it is likely to be impractical to hold or continue that meeting because of the number of Members wishing to
attend who are not present; or
(b) the unruly conduct of persons attending the meeting prevents, or is likely to prevent, the orderly continuation
of the business of the meeting; or
(c) an adjournment is otherwise necessary so that the business of the meeting may be properly conducted.
33.3 Unless the meeting is adjourned to a specific date, place and time announced at the meeting being adjourned, fresh
notice of the date, place and time for the


Graphics
BW LPG Limited
Page 39


resumption of the adjourned meeting shall be given to each Member entitled to attend and vote thereat in accordance
with these Regulations.
34. Directors Attendance at General Meetings
The Directors shall be entitled to receive notice of, attend and be heard at any general meeting.
DIRECTORS AND OFFICERS
35. Election of Directors
35.1 The Board shall consist of not less than three Directors or such number in excess thereof as the Members may
determine. The Board shall be elected or appointed, except in the case of a casual vacancy, at the annual general
meeting of the Members or at any extraordinary general meeting of the Members called for that purpose.
35.2 Only persons who are proposed or nominated in accordance with this Regulation shall be eligible for election as
Directors. Any Member, the Board or the nomination committee may propose any person for re-election or election
as a Director. Where any person, other than a Director retiring at the meeting or a person proposed for re-election or
election as a Director by the Board or the nomination committee, is to be proposed for election as a Director, notice
must be given to the Company of the intention to propose him and of his willingness to serve as a Director. Where a
Director is to be elected:
(a) at an annual general meeting, such notice must be given not less than 90 days nor more than 120 days before
the anniversary of the last annual general meeting or, in the event the annual general meeting is called for a
date that is not 30 days before or after such anniversary, the notice must be given not later than 10 days
following the earlier of the date on which notice of the annual general meeting was posted to Members or the
date on which public disclosure of the date of the annual general meeting was made; and



Graphics
BW LPG Limited
Page 40


(b) at an extraordinary general meeting, such notice must be given not later than 10 days following the earlier of
the date on which notice of the extraordinary general meeting was posted to Members or the date on which
public disclosure of the date of the extraordinary general meeting was made.
35.3 Where persons are validly proposed for re-election or election as a Director, the persons receiving the most votes (up
to the number of Directors to be elected) shall be elected as Directors, and an absolute majority of the votes cast shall
not be a prerequisite to the election of such Directors.
35.4 The Company in general meeting may appoint a nomination committee (the “nomination committee”), comprising
such number of persons as the Members may determine in general meeting from time to time, and members of the
nomination committee shall be appointed by resolution of the Members. Members, the Board and members of the
nomination committee may suggest candidates for the election of Directors and members of the nomination committee
to the nomination committee provided such suggestions are in accordance with any nomination committee guidelines
or corporate governance rules adopted by the Company in general meeting from time to time and Members, Directors
and the nomination committee may also propose any person for election as a Director in accordance with Regulations
35.2 and 35.3. The nomination committee may or may not recommend any candidates suggested or proposed by any
Member, the Board or any member of the nomination committee in accordance with any nomination committee
guidelines or corporate governance rules adopted by the Company in general meeting from time to time. The
nomination committee may provide recommendations on the suitability of candidates for the Board and the
nomination committee, as well as the remuneration of the members of the Board and the nomination committee. The
Members at any general meeting may stipulate guidelines for the duties of the nomination committee.
36. Term of Office of Directors


Graphics
BW LPG Limited
Page 41


Directors shall hold office for such term as the Members may determine, or in the absence of such determination, until the next
annual general meeting or until their successors are elected or appointed or their office is otherwise vacated.
37. Alternate Directors
37.1 At any general meeting, the Members may elect a person or persons to act as a Director in the alternative to any one
or more Directors or may authorise the Board to appoint such Alternate Directors.
37.2 Unless the Members otherwise resolve, any Director may appoint a person or persons to act as a Director in the
alternative to himself by notice deposited with the Secretary.
37.3 Any person elected or appointed pursuant to this Regulation shall have all the rights and powers of the Director or
Directors for whom such person is elected or appointed in the alternative, provided that such person shall not be
counted more than once in determining whether or not a quorum is present.
37.4 An Alternate Director shall be entitled to receive notice of all Board meetings and to attend and vote at any such
meeting at which a Director for whom such Alternate Director was appointed in the alternative is not personally
present and generally to perform at such meeting all the functions of such Director for whom such Alternate Director
was appointed.
37.5 An Alternate Director’s office shall terminate –
(a) in the case of an alternate elected or appointed by the Members or the Board:
(i) on the occurrence in relation to the Alternate Director of any event which, if it occurred in relation
to the Director for whom he was elected or appointed to act, would result in the termination of that
Director’s directorship; or


Graphics
BW LPG Limited
Page 42


(ii) if the Director for whom he was elected or appointed in the alternative ceases for any reason to be
a Director, provided that the alternate whose office terminates in these circumstances may be re-
appointed by the Board as an alternate to the person appointed to fill the vacancy; and
(b) in the case of an alternate appointed by a Director:
(i) on the occurrence in relation to the Alternate Director of any event which, if it occurred in relation
to his appointor, would result in the termination of the appointor’s directorship; or
(ii) when the Alternate Director’s appointor revokes the appointment by notice to the Company in
writing specifying when the appointment is to terminate; or
(iii) if the Alternate Director’s appointor ceases for any reason to be a Director.
38. Removal of Directors
38.1 Subject to the Statutes and any provision to the contrary in these Regulations, the Members entitled to vote for the
election of Directors may, with 28 days’ notice, at any extraordinary general meeting convened and held in accordance
with these Regulations, remove a Director, provided that the notice of any such meeting convened for the purpose of
removing a Director shall contain a statement of the intention so to do and be served on such Director immediately on
the Company’s receipt of notice of an intended resolution to remove a director, and at such meeting the Director shall
be entitled to be heard on the motion for such Director’s removal.
38.2 If a Director is removed from the Board under this Regulation the Members may fill the vacancy at the meeting at
which such Director is removed. In the absence of such election or appointment, the Board may fill the vacancy.


Graphics
BW LPG Limited
Page 43


39. Vacancy in the Office of Director
39.1 The office of Director shall be vacated if the Director:
(a) is removed from office pursuant to these Regulations or is prohibited or disqualified from being a Director
by law;
(b) is or becomes bankrupt, or makes any arrangement or composition with his creditors generally;
(c) is or becomes of unsound mind or dies; or
(d) resigns his office by notice to the Company.
39.2 The Members in general meeting or the Board shall have the power to appoint any person as a Director to fill a vacancy
on the Board occurring as a result of the death, disability, disqualification or resignation of any Director or as a result
of an increase in the size of the Board and to appoint an Alternate Director to any Director so appointed, provided that
any such Director appointed by the Board shall hold office only until the next annual general meeting or until their
successors are elected or appointed or their office is otherwise vacated.
40. Remuneration of Directors
The remuneration (if any) of the Directors shall be determined by the Company in general meeting whereby such resolution to
provide or improve the remuneration (if any) of the Directors shall be approved as a resolution that is not related to other
matters. The remuneration (if any) of the Directors shall be deemed to accrue from day to day. The Directors may also be paid
all travel, hotel and other expenses properly incurred by them in attending and returning from Board meetings, meetings of any
committee appointed by the Board or general meetings, or in connection with the business of the Company or their duties as
Directors generally.
41. Defect in Appointment


Graphics
BW LPG Limited
Page 44


All acts done in good faith by the Board, any Director, a member of a committee appointed by the Board, any person to whom
the Board may have delegated any of its powers, or any person acting as a Director shall, notwithstanding that it be afterwards
discovered that there was some defect in the appointment of any Director or person acting as aforesaid, or that he was, or any
of them were, disqualified, be as valid as if every such person had been duly appointed and was qualified to be a Director or
act in the relevant capacity.
42. Directors to Manage Business
The business of the Company shall be managed and conducted by the Board. In managing the business of the Company, the
Board may exercise all such powers of the Company as are not, by the Act or by these Regulations, required to be exercised
by the Company in general meeting.
43. Powers of the Board of Directors
Without prejudice to Regulation 42, the Board may:
(a) appoint, suspend, or remove any manager, secretary, clerk, agent or employee of the Company and may fix their
remuneration and determine their duties;
(b) exercise all the powers of the Company to borrow money and to mortgage or charge or otherwise grant a security
interest in its undertaking, property and uncalled capital, or any part thereof, and may issue debentures, debenture
stock and other securities whether outright or as security for any debt, liability or obligation of the Company or any
third party;
(c) appoint one or more Directors to the office of managing director or chief executive officer of the Company, who shall,
subject to the control of the Board, supervise and administer all of the general business and affairs of the Company;
(d) appoint a person to act as manager of the Company’s day-to-day business and may entrust to and confer upon such
manager such powers and duties as it deems appropriate for the transaction or conduct of such business;



Graphics
BW LPG Limited
Page 45


(e) by power of attorney, appoint any company, firm, person or body of persons, whether nominated directly or indirectly
by the Board, to be an attorney of the Company for such purposes and with such powers, authorities and discretions
(not exceeding those vested in or exercisable by the Board) and for such period and subject to such conditions as it
may think fit and any such power of attorney may contain such provisions for the protection and convenience of
persons dealing with any such attorney as the Board may think fit and may also authorise any such attorney to sub-
delegate all or any of the powers, authorities and discretions so vested in the attorney;
(f) procure that the Company pays all expenses incurred in promoting and incorporating the Company and listing of the
shares of the Company;
(g) delegate any of its powers (including the power to sub-delegate) to a committee of one or more persons appointed by
the Board which may consist partly or entirely of non-Directors, provided that every such committee shall conform to
such directions as the Board shall impose on them and provided further that the meetings and proceedings of any such
committee shall be governed by the provisions of these Regulations regulating the meetings and proceedings of the
Board, so far as the same are applicable and are not superseded by directions imposed by the Board;
(h) delegate any of its powers (including the power to sub-delegate) to any person on such terms and in such manner as
the Board may see fit;
(i) present any petition and make any application in connection with the liquidation or reorganisation of the Company;
(j) in connection with the issue of any share, pay such commission and brokerage as may be permitted by law;
(k) authorise any company, firm, person or body of persons to act on behalf of the Company for any specific purpose and
in connection therewith to execute any deed, agreement, document or instrument on behalf of the Company; and



Graphics
BW LPG Limited
Page 46


(l) take all necessary or desirable actions within its control to ensure that the Company is not deemed to be a Controlled
Foreign Company as such term is defined pursuant to Norwegian tax legislation.
44. Register of directors, chief executive officers, secretaries and auditors
The Board shall cause to be kept in one or more books at the registered office of the Company a Register of Directors, Register
of Members, Register of Chief Executive Officers, Register of Secretaries and Register of Auditors and shall enter therein the
particulars required by the Act.
45. Appointment of Officers
The Chairman shall be appointed by the Members from amongst the Directors. The Board may appoint such other Officers
(who may or may not be Directors) as the Board may determine for such terms as the Board deems fit.
46. Appointment of Secretary
The Secretary shall be appointed by the Board from time to time for such term as the Board deems fit.
47. Duties of Officers
The Officers shall have such powers and perform such duties in the management, business and affairs of the Company as may
be delegated to them by the Board from time to time.
48. Remuneration of Officers
Subject to the Act and this Constitution, the Officers shall receive such remuneration as the Board may determine.
49. Conflicts of Interest
49.1 Any Director, or any Director’s firm, partner or any company with whom any Director is associated, may act in any
capacity for, be employed by or render


Graphics
BW LPG Limited
Page 47


services to the Company on such terms, including with respect to remuneration, as may be agreed between the parties.
Nothing herein contained shall authorise a Director or a Director’s firm, partner or company to act as Auditor to the
Company.
49.2 A Director or chief executive officer who is directly or indirectly interested in a contract or proposed contract with the
Company shall declare the nature of such interest as required by the Act.
49.3 Subject to the Act, following a declaration being made pursuant to this Regulation, and unless disqualified by the
chairman of the relevant Board meeting, a Director may vote in respect of any contract or proposed contract or
arrangement in which such Director is interested and may be counted in the quorum for such meeting.
49.4 Notwithstanding Regulation 49.3 and save as provided herein, a Director shall not vote, be counted in the quorum or
act as chairman at a meeting in respect of (A) his appointment to hold any office or place of profit with the Company
or any body corporate or other entity in which the Company owns an equity interest or (B) the approval of the terms
of any such appointment or of any contract or arrangement in which he is materially interested (otherwise than by
virtue of his interest in shares, debentures or other securities of the Company), provided that, a Director shall be
entitled to vote (and be counted in the quorum and act as chairman) in respect of any resolution concerning any of the
following matters, namely:
(a) the giving of any security, guarantee or indemnity to him in respect of money lent or obligations incurred by
him for the benefit of the Company; or
(b) any proposal concerning any other body corporate in which he is interested directly or indirectly, whether as
an officer, shareholder, creditor or otherwise, provided that he is not the holder of or beneficially interested



Graphics
BW LPG Limited
Page 48


(other than as a bare custodian or trustee in respect of shares in which he has no beneficial interest) in more
than 1% of any class of the issued share capital of such body corporate (or of any third body corporate through
which his interest is derived) or of the voting rights attached to all of the issued shares of the relevant body
corporate (any such interest being deemed for the purpose of this Regulation to be a material interest in all
circumstances); and
in the case of an Alternate Director, an interest of a Director for whom he is acting as alternate shall be treated as an
interest of such Alternate Director in addition to any interest which the Alternate Director may otherwise have.
49.5 If any question shall arise at any meeting as to the materiality of the Director’s interest or as to the entitlement of any
Director to vote, and such question is not resolved by such Director voluntarily agreeing to abstain from voting and
not be counted in the quorum of such meeting, such question shall be referred to the chairman of the meeting (except
in the event the Director is also the chairman of the meeting, in which case the question shall be referred to the other
Directors present at the meeting) and his (or their, as the case may be) ruling in relation to such Director shall be final
and conclusive, except in a case where the nature or extent of the interest of the Director concerned has not been fully
disclosed.
50. Indemnification and Exculpation of Directors and Officers
50.1 The Directors, Secretary and other Officers (such term to include any person appointed to any committee by the Board)
acting in relation to any of the affairs of the Company or any subsidiary thereof and the liquidator or trustees (if any)
acting in relation to any of the affairs of the Company or any subsidiary thereof and every one of them (whether for
the time being or formerly), and their heirs, executors and administrators (each of which an “indemnified party”), shall
be indemnified and secured harmless out of the assets of the Company from and against all actions, costs, charges,
losses, damages and expenses which they or any of them, their heirs, executors or administrators, shall or may incur
or sustain



Graphics
BW LPG Limited
Page 49


by or by reason of any act done, concurred in or omitted in or about the execution of their duty, or supposed duty, or
in their respective offices or trusts, and no indemnified party shall be answerable for the acts, receipts, neglects or
defaults of the others of them or for joining in any receipts for the sake of conformity, or for any bankers or other
persons with whom any moneys or effects belonging to the Company shall or may be lodged or deposited for safe
custody, or for deficiency of title to any property acquired by order of the Board for or on behalf of the Company, or
for insufficiency or deficiency of any security upon which any moneys of or belonging to the Company shall be placed
out on or invested, or for any loss or damage arising from the bankruptcy, insolvency or tortious act of any person
with whom any monies, securities or effects shall be deposited or left or for any other loss, misfortune or damage
which may happen in the execution of their respective offices or trusts, or in relation thereto, PROVIDED THAT this
indemnity shall not extend to any matter in respect of any negligence, default, breach of duty, breach of trust, fraud or
dishonesty in relation to the Company which may attach to any of the indemnified parties. Each Member agrees to
waive any claim or right of action such Member might have, whether individually or by or in the right of the Company,
against any Director or Officer on account of any action taken by such Director or Officer, or the failure of such
Director or Officer to take any action in the performance of his duties with or for the Company or any subsidiary
thereof, including to the maximum extent possible under applicable law any liability arising from or in connection
with a responsibility statement signed by any Director or Officer in relation to a prospectus, registration statement or
similar document, PROVIDED THAT such waiver shall not extend to any matter in respect of any negligence, default,
breach of duty, breach of trust, fraud or dishonesty in relation to the Company which may attach to such Director or
Officer.
50.2 The Company may purchase and maintain insurance for the benefit of any Director or Officer against any liability
incurred by him under the Act in his capacity as a Director or Officer or indemnifying such Director or Officer in
respect of any loss arising or liability attaching to him by virtue of any rule of law


Graphics
BW LPG Limited
Page 50


in respect of any negligence, default, breach of duty or breach of trust of which the Director or Officer may be guilty,
in relation to the Company or any subsidiary thereof, except when the indemnity is against —
(a) any liability of the officer to pay —
(i) a fine in criminal proceedings; or
(ii) a sum payable to a regulatory authority by way of a penalty in respect of non‑compliance with any
requirement of a regulatory nature (however arising); or
(b) any liability incurred by the officer —
(i) in defending criminal proceedings in which he or she is convicted;
(ii) in defending civil proceedings brought by the Company or any Subsidiary thereof in which
judgment is given against him or her; or
(iii) in connection with an application for relief in which the court refuses to grant him or her relief.
50.3 The Company may advance moneys to a Director or Officer for the costs, charges and expenses incurred by the
Director or Officer in defending any civil or criminal proceedings against him, on condition that the Director or Officer
shall repay the advance if any allegation of fraud or dishonesty in relation to the Company is proved against him.
MEETINGS OF THE BOARD OF DIRECTORS
51. Board Meetings
The Board may meet for the transaction of business, adjourn and otherwise regulate its meetings as it sees fit. Subject to
these Regulations, a resolution put to the vote at a Board meeting shall be carried by the affirmative votes of a majority
of the votes cast and in the case of an equality of votes the resolution shall fail.



Graphics
BW LPG Limited
Page 51


52. Notice of Board Meetings
A Director may, and the Secretary on the requisition of a Director shall, at any time summon a Board meeting. Notice of a
Board meeting shall be deemed to be duly given to a Director if it is given to such Director verbally (including in person or by
telephone) or otherwise communicated or sent to such Director by post, electronic means or other mode of representing words
in a visible form at such Director’s last known address or in accordance with any other instructions given by such Director to
the Company for this purpose.
53. Electronic Participation in Meetings
Directors may participate in any meeting by such telephonic, electronic or other communication facilities or means as permit
all persons participating in the meeting to communicate with each other simultaneously and instantaneously, and participation
in such a meeting shall constitute presence in person at such meeting.
54. Quorum at Board Meetings
The quorum necessary for the transaction of business at a Board meeting shall be a majority of the Directors then in office.
55. Board to Continue in the Event of Vacancy
The Board may act notwithstanding any vacancy in its number but, if and so long as its number is reduced below the number
fixed by these Regulations as the quorum necessary for the transaction of business at Board meetings, the continuing Directors
or Director may act for the purpose of (i) summoning a general meeting; or (ii) preserving the assets of the Company.
56. Chairman to Preside
Unless otherwise agreed by a majority of the Directors attending a Board meeting, the Chairman or the president of the
Company, if there be one, shall act as chairman at all Board meetings at which such person is present. In their absence a
chairman of the meeting


Graphics
BW LPG Limited
Page 52


shall be appointed or elected by the Directors present at the meeting.
57. Written Resolutions
A resolution in writing signed by at least 66% of the Directors shall be as valid and effectual as if a resolution had been passed
at a meeting of the Board duly convened and held provided that such number of Directors approving the resolution is sufficient
to constitute a quorum and that a copy of such resolution has been given or the contents thereof communicated to all the
Directors for the time being entitled to receive notices of Board meetings in the same manner as notices of meetings are required
to be given by these Regulations and further provided that no Director approving the resolution is aware of or has received any
objection to the resolution from any Director. Such resolution may be contained in one document or in several documents in
like form each signed by one or more of the Directors or Alternate Directors and for this purpose a facsimile signature of a
Director or an Alternate Director shall be treated as valid.
58. Validity of Prior Acts of the Board
No regulation or alteration to these Regulations made by the Company in general meeting shall invalidate any prior act of the
Board which would have been valid if that regulation or alteration had not been made.
CORPORATE RECORDS
59. Minutes
The Board shall cause minutes to be duly entered in books provided for the purpose:
(a) of all elections and appointments of Officers;
(b) of the names of the Directors present at each Board meeting and of any committee appointed by the Board; and
(c) of all resolutions and proceedings of general meetings of the Members, Board meetings, and meetings of committees
appointed by the Board.


Graphics
BW LPG Limited
Page 53


60. Place Where Corporate Records Kept
Minutes prepared in accordance with the Act and these Regulations shall be kept by the Secretary at the registered office of
the Company.
61. Form and Use of Seal
61.1 The Company may adopt a common seal in such form as the Board may determine. Subject to the Act, the Board may
adopt one or more official and/or duplicate seals for use in or outside Singapore provided that the duplicate seal must
be a facsimile of the common seal of the Company with the addition on its face of the words “Share Seal” and the
official seal must be a facsimile of the common seal with the addition on its face of the name of the place where it is
to be used and the person affixing any such official seal must, in writing under his or her hand, certify on the instrument
to which it is affixed the date on which and the place at which it is affixed.
61.2 Subject to Regulation 61.1, every instrument to which the Seal is affixed shall be signed by a Director and shall be
countersigned by the Secretary, a second Director or some other person appointed by the Directors for the purpose.
For the avoidance of doubt, notwithstanding anything in these presents, any instrument or document that is required
to be under or executed under the Seal shall be deemed to have satisfied that requirement of execution under the Seal
if it is so executed in a manner as authorised by the Act, and in particular, Section 41B and 41C of the Act.
ACCOUNTS
62. Records of Account
62.1 The Board shall cause to be kept proper records of account with respect to all transactions of the Company and in
particular with respect to:
(a) all amounts of money received and expended by the Company and the matters in respect of which the receipt
and expenditure relates;


Graphics
BW LPG Limited
Page 54


(b) all sales and purchases of goods by the Company; and
(c) all assets and liabilities of the Company.
62.2 Such records of account shall be kept at the registered office of the Company or subject to the Act, at such other place
as the Board thinks fit and shall be available for inspection by the Directors during normal business hours.
62.3 Such records of account shall be retained for a minimum period of five years from the date on which they are prepared.
63. Financial Year End
The financial year end of the Company may be determined by resolution of the Board and failing such resolution shall be 31
st

December in each year.
AUDITS
64. Annual Audit
Subject to any rights to waive laying of accounts or appointment of an Auditor pursuant to the Act, the accounts of the Company
shall be audited at least once in every year.
65. Appointment of Auditor
65.1 Subject to the Act, the Members shall appoint an auditor to the Company to hold office for such term as the Members
deem fit or until a successor is appointed.
65.2 The Auditor may be a Member but no Director, Officer or employee of the Company shall, during his continuance in
office, be eligible to act as an Auditor of the Company.
66. Remuneration of Auditor
66.1 The remuneration of an Auditor appointed by the Members shall be fixed by the Company in general meeting or in
such manner as the Members may determine.



Graphics
BW LPG Limited
Page 55


66.2 The remuneration of an Auditor appointed by the Board to fill a casual vacancy in accordance with these Regulations
or the Act, shall be fixed by the Board.
67. Duties of Auditor
67.1 The financial statements of the Company shall be audited by the Auditor in accordance with generally accepted
auditing standards. The Auditor shall make a written report thereon in accordance with generally accepted auditing
standards.
67.2 The generally accepted auditing standards referred to in this Regulation may be those of a country or jurisdiction other
than Singapore or such other generally accepted auditing standards as may be provided for in the Act. If so, the
financial statements and the report of the Auditor shall identify the generally accepted auditing standards used.
68. Access to Records
The Auditor shall at all reasonable times have access to all books kept by the Company and to all accounts and vouchers relating
thereto, and the Auditor may call on the Directors or Officers for any information in their possession relating to the books or
affairs of the Company.
69. Financial Statements and the Auditor’s Report
The financial statements and/or the auditor’s report as required by the Act shall be laid before the Members at the annual
general meeting.
70. Vacancy in the Office of Auditor
Subject to the Act, the Company may fill any casual vacancy in the office of the auditor.
BUSINESS COMBINATIONS
71. Business Combinations



Graphics
BW LPG Limited
Page 56


71.1 (a) Any Business Combination with any Interested Shareholder within a period of three years following the time of
the transaction in which the person became an Interested Shareholder must be approved by the Board and authorised
at an annual or extraordinary general meeting, by the affirmative vote of at least 75% of the issued and outstanding
voting shares of the Company that are not owned by the Interested Shareholder unless:
(i) prior to the time that the person became an Interested Shareholder, the Board approved either the
Business Combination or the transaction which resulted in the person becoming an Interested
Shareholder; or
(ii) upon consummation of the transaction which resulted in the person becoming an Interested
Shareholder, the Interested Shareholder owned at least 85% of the issued and outstanding voting
shares of the Company at the time the transaction commenced, excluding for the purposes of
determining the number of shares issued and outstanding those shares owned (i) by persons who are
Directors and also Officers and (ii) employee share plans in which employee participants do not
have the right to determine whether shares held subject to the plan will be tendered in a tender or
exchange offer.
(b) The restrictions contained in this Regulation 71 shall not apply if:
(i) a Member becomes an Interested Shareholder inadvertently and (i) as soon as practicable divests
itself of ownership of sufficient shares so that the Member ceases to be an Interested Shareholder;
and (ii) would not, at any time within the three-year period immediately prior to a Business
Combination between the Company and such Member, have been an Interested Shareholder but for
the inadvertent acquisition of ownership; or


Graphics
BW LPG Limited
Page 57


(ii) the Business Combination is proposed prior to the consummation or abandonment of, and
subsequent to the earlier of the public announcement or the notice required hereunder of, a proposed
transaction which (i) constitutes one of the transactions described in the following sentence; (ii) is
with or by a person who either was not an Interested Shareholder during the previous three years or
who became an Interested Shareholder with the approval of the Board; and (iii) is approved or not
opposed by a majority of the members of the Board then in office (but not less than one) who were
Directors prior to any person becoming an Interested Shareholder during the previous three years or
were recommended for election or elected to succeed such Directors by resolution of the Board
approved by a majority of such Directors. The proposed transactions referred to in the preceding
sentence are limited to:
a. a merger, amalgamation or consolidation of the Company (except a merger or
amalgamation in respect of which, pursuant to the Act, no vote of the Members is required);
b. a sale, lease, exchange, mortgage, pledge, transfer or other disposition (in one transaction
or a series of transactions), whether as part of a dissolution or otherwise, of assets of the
Company or of any entity directly or indirectly wholly-owned or majority-owned by the
Company (other than to the Company or any entity directly or indirectly wholly-owned by
the Company) having an aggregate market value equal to 50% or more of either the
aggregate market value of all of the assets of the Company determined on a consolidated
basis or the aggregate market value of all the issued and outstanding shares of the
Company; or
c. a proposed tender or exchange offer for 50% or more of the issued and outstanding voting
shares of the Company.



Graphics
BW LPG Limited
Page 58


The Company shall give not less than 20 days’ notice to all Interested Shareholders prior to the consummation of any
of the transactions described in subparagraphs a or b of the second sentence of this paragraph (ii).
(c) For the purpose of this Regulation 71 only, the term:
(i) “affiliate” means a person that directly, or indirectly through one or more intermediaries, controls,
or is controlled by, or is under common control with, another person;
(ii) “associate”, when used to indicate a relationship with any person, means: (i) any company,
partnership, unincorporated association or other entity of which such person is a director, officer or
partner or is, directly or indirectly, the owner of 15% or more of any class of voting shares; (ii) any
trust or other estate in which such person has at least a 15% beneficial interest or as to which such
person serves as trustee or in a similar fiduciary capacity; and (iii) any relative or spouse of such
person, or any relative of such spouse, who has the same residence as such person;
(iii) “Business Combination”, when used in reference to the Company and any Interested Shareholder
of the Company, means:
a. any merger, amalgamation or consolidation of the Company or any entity directly or indirectly
wholly-owned or majority- owned by the Company, wherever incorporated, with (A) the
Interested Shareholder or any of its affiliates, or (B) with any other company, partnership,
unincorporated association or other entity if the merger, amalgamation or consolidation is
caused by the Interested Shareholder;
b. any sale, lease, exchange, mortgage, pledge, transfer or other disposition (in one transaction or
a series of transactions), except proportionately as a shareholder of the Company, to or with the



Graphics
BW LPG Limited
Page 59


Interested Shareholder, whether as part of a dissolution or otherwise, of assets of the Company
or of any entity directly or indirectly wholly-owned or majority-owned by the Company which
assets have an aggregate market value equal to 10% or more of either the aggregate market
value of all the assets of the Company determined on a consolidated basis or the aggregate
market value of all the issued and outstanding shares of the Company;
c. any transaction which results in the issuance or transfer by the Company or by any entity
directly or indirectly wholly-owned or majority-owned by the Company of any shares of the
Company, or any share of such entity, to the Interested Shareholder, except: (A) pursuant to the
exercise, exchange or conversion of securities exercisable for, exchangeable for or convertible
into shares of the Company, or shares of any such entity, which securities were issued and
outstanding prior to the time that the Interested Shareholder became such; (B) pursuant to a
merger or amalgamation with a direct or indirect entity wholly-owned by the Company solely
for purposes of forming a holding company; (C) pursuant to a dividend or distribution paid or
made, or the exercise, exchange or conversion of securities exercisable for, exchangeable for
or convertible into shares of the Company, or shares of any such entity, which security is
distributed, pro rata to all holders of a class or series of shares subsequent to the time the
Interested Shareholder became such; (D) pursuant to an exchange offer by the Company to
purchase shares made on the same terms to all holders of such shares; or (E) any issuance or
transfer of shares by the Company; provided however, that in no case under items (C)-(E) of
this subparagraph shall there be an increase in the Interested


Graphics
BW LPG Limited
Page 60



Shareholder’s proportionate share of any class or series of shares;
d. any transaction involving the Company or any entity directly or indirectly wholly-owned or
majority-owned by the Company which has the effect, directly or indirectly, of increasing the
proportionate share of any class or series of shares, or securities convertible into any class or
series of shares of the Company, or shares of any such entity, or securities convertible into such
shares, which is owned by the Interested Shareholder, except as a result of immaterial changes
due to fractional share adjustments or as a result of any repurchase or redemption of any shares
not caused, directly or indirectly, by the Interested Shareholder; or
e. any receipt by the Interested Shareholder of the benefit, directly or indirectly (except
proportionately as a shareholder of the Company), of any loans, advances, guarantees, pledges
or other financial benefits (other than those expressly permitted in subparagraphs a.-d. of this
paragraph) provided by or through the Company or any entity directly or indirectly wholly-
owned or majority-owned by the Company;
(iv) “control”, including the terms “controlling”, “controlled by” and “under common control with”,
means the possession, directly or indirectly, of the power to direct or cause the direction of the
management and policies of a person, whether through the ownership of voting shares, by contract
or otherwise. A person who is the owner of 15% or more of the issued and outstanding voting shares
of any company, partnership, unincorporated association or other entity shall be presumed to have
control of such entity, in the absence of proof by a preponderance of the evidence to the contrary;
provided that notwithstanding the foregoing, such presumption of


Graphics
BW LPG Limited
Page 61


control shall not apply where such person holds voting shares, in good faith and not for the purpose
of circumventing this provision, as an agent, bank, broker, nominee, custodian or trustee for one or
more owners who do not individually or as a group have control of such entity;
(v) “Interested Shareholder” means any person (other than the Company and any entity directly or
indirectly wholly-owned or majority- owned by the Company) that (i) is the owner of 15% or more
of the issued and outstanding voting shares of the Company, (ii) is an affiliate or associate of the
Company and was the owner of 15% or more of the issued and outstanding voting shares of the
Company at any time within the three-year period immediately prior to the date on which it is sought
to be determined whether such person is an Interested Shareholder or (iii) is an affiliate or associate
of any person listed in (i) or (ii) above; provided, however, that the term “Interested Shareholder”
shall not include (i) any person whose ownership of shares in excess of the 15% limitation set forth
herein is the result of action taken solely by the Company unless such person referred to in this
proviso acquires additional voting shares of the Company otherwise than as a result of further
corporate action not caused, directly or indirectly, by such person; or (ii) BW Group Limited and/or
its affiliates or associates. For the purpose of determining whether a person is an Interested
Shareholder, the voting shares of the Company deemed to be issued and outstanding shall include
voting shares deemed to be owned by the person through application of paragraph (viii) below, but
shall not include any other unissued shares which may be issuable pursuant to any agreement,
arrangement or understanding, or upon exercise of conversion rights, warrants or options, or
otherwise;



Graphics
BW LPG Limited
Page 62


(vi) “person” means any individual, company, partnership, unincorporated association or other entity;
(vii) “voting shares” means, with respect to any company, shares of any class or series entitled to vote
generally in the election of directors, provided that, when used in reference to a vote to approve a
merger or amalgamation of the Company which the Act requires to be approved by the Members,
such term includes any shares entitled to vote on such matter pursuant to the Act, whether or not
they are otherwise entitled to vote and, with respect to any entity that is not a company, any equity
interest entitled to vote generally in the election of the governing body of such entity; and references
to percentages of “voting shares” shall be read as references to shares carrying such percentages of
votes;
(viii) “owner”, including the terms “own” and “owned”, when used with respect to any shares, means a
person that individually or with or through any of its affiliates or associates:
a. beneficially owns such shares, directly or indirectly; or
b. has (A) the right to acquire such shares (whether such right is exercisable immediately or only
after the passage of time) pursuant to any agreement, arrangement or understanding, or upon
the exercise of conversion rights, exchange rights, warrants or options, or otherwise; provided,
however, that a person shall not be deemed the owner of shares tendered pursuant to a tender
or exchange offer made by such person or any of such person’s affiliates or associates until
such tendered shares are accepted for purchase or exchange; or (B) the right to vote such shares
pursuant to any agreement, arrangement or understanding; provided, however, that a person
shall not be deemed the owner of any shares because of such person’s right to vote such shares



Graphics
BW LPG Limited
Page 63


if the agreement, arrangement or understanding to vote such shares arises solely from a
revocable proxy or consent given in response to a proxy or consent solicitation made to 10 or
more persons; or
c. has any agreement, arrangement or understanding for the purpose of acquiring, holding, voting
(except voting pursuant to a revocable proxy or consent as described in item (B) of
subparagraph b of this paragraph), or disposing of such shares with any other person that
beneficially owns, or whose affiliates or associates beneficially own, directly or indirectly, such
shares.
71.2 In respect of any Business Combination to which the restrictions contained in Regulation 71.1 do not apply but which
the Act requires to be approved by the Members:
(a) where such Business Combination has been approved by the Board, the necessary general meeting quorum
and Members’ approval shall be as set out in Regulations 26 and 28 respectively; and
(b) where such Business Combination has not been approved by the Board, the necessary Members’ approval
shall require the affirmative vote of at least 75% of all the issued and outstanding voting shares of the
Company (unless a higher number is prescribed by the Act).
71.3 In respect of any merger or amalgamation which is not a Business Combination but which the Act requires to be
approved by the Members:
(a) where such merger or amalgamation has been approved by the Board, the necessary general meeting quorum
and Members’ approval shall be as set out in Regulations 26 and 28 respectively; and



Graphics
BW LPG Limited
Page 64


(b) where such merger or amalgamation has not been approved by the Board, the necessary Members’ approval
shall require the affirmative vote of at least 75% of all the issued and outstanding voting shares of the
Company.
VOLUNTARY WINDING-UP AND DISSOLUTION
72. Winding-Up
Subject to the Insolvency, Restructuring and Dissolution Act 2018 of Singapore, if the Company shall be wound up the
liquidator may, with the sanction of a resolution of the Members, divide amongst the Members in specie or in kind the
whole or any part of the assets of the Company (whether they shall consist of property of the same kind or not) and may,
for such purpose, set such value as he deems fair upon any property to be divided as aforesaid and may determine how
such division shall be carried out as between the Members or different classes of Members. The liquidator may, with the
like sanction, vest the whole or any part of such assets in the trustees upon such trusts for the benefit of the Members as
the liquidator shall think fit, but so that no Member shall be compelled to accept any shares or other securities or assets
whereon there is any liability.
CHANGES TO CONSTITUTION
73. Changes to Constitution
73.1 Subject to Regulation 73.2, no Regulation shall be rescinded, altered or amended and no new Regulation shall be made
until the same has been approved by a resolution of the Board and by a special resolution of the Members.
73.2 Where the Board has, by a resolution passed by a majority of the Directors then in office and eligible to vote on that
resolution, approved a revocation, alteration or amendment of Regulation 74, the revocation, alteration or amendment
will not be effective unless approved by a resolution of the Members holding not less than four-fifths of the issued
shares of the Company carrying the right to vote at general meetings at the relevant time.



Graphics
BW LPG Limited
Page 65


74. Change of Name
At such time as BW Group Limited and its affiliates’ shareholding in the Company fall to 30% or below of the entire issued
and outstanding share capital of the Company, at the written request of BW Group Limited, the Company shall, as soon as
practicable following the date of such written request, convene a general meeting of the Company to change the name of the
Company to remove reference to “BW” in the name of the Company AND at such general meeting, in respect of any resolution
on a proposed change of name of the Company only, the shares held by BW Group Limited and its affiliates shall be deemed
to have the number of votes equalling a multiple of ten (10) times the entire number of shares represented at such meeting.
75. Authentication of Documents
Any Director, the Secretary or any person appointed by the Directors for the purpose shall have power to authenticate any
documents affecting the constitution of the Company and any resolutions passed by the Company or the Directors, and any
books, records, documents and accounts relating to the business of the Company, and to certify copies of the same or extracts
from them as true copies or extracts, and where any books, records, documents or accounts are elsewhere than at the registered
office of the Company, the local manager and other officer of the Company having custody of them shall be deemed to be a
person appointed by the Directors according to this Regulation. A document purporting to be a copy of a resolution of the
Directors or an extract from the minutes of a meeting of Directors which is certified as such in accordance with the provisions
of the last preceding Regulation shall be conclusive evidence in favour of all persons dealing with the Company upon the faith
thereof that such resolution has been duly passed or, as the case may be, that such extract is a true and accurate record of a duly
constituted meeting of the Directors.
76. Personal Data
76.1 A member who is a natural person is deemed to have consented to the collection, use and disclosure of his personal
data (whether such personal data is provided



Graphics
BW LPG Limited
Page 66


by that Member or is collected through a third party) by the Company (or its agents or service providers) from time
to time for any of the following purposes:
(a) implementation and administration of any corporate action by the Company (or its agents or service
providers);
(b) internal analysis and/or market research by the Company (or its agents or service providers);
(c) investor relations communications by the Company (or its agents or service providers);
(d) administration by the Company (or its agents or service providers) of that Member’s holding of shares in the
capital of the Company;
(e) implementation and administration of any service provided by the Company (or its agents or service
providers) to the Members to receive notices of meetings, annual reports and other shareholder
communications and/or for appointment of proxies, whether by electronic transmission or otherwise;
(f) processing, administration and analysis by the Company (or its agents or service providers) of proxies and
representatives appointed for any General Meeting (including any adjournment thereof) and the preparation
and compilation of the attendance lists, minutes and other documents relating to any General Meeting
(including any adjournment thereof);
(g) implementation and administration of, and compliance with, any provision of these Regulations;
(h) compliance with any applicable laws, regulations and/or guidelines; and
(i) purposes which are reasonably related to any of the above purposes.
76.2 Any Member who appoints a proxy and/or representative for any General Meeting and/or any adjournment thereof is
deemed to have warranted that such



Graphics
BW LPG Limited
Page 67


Member discloses the personal data of such proxy and/or representative to the Company (or its agents or service
providers), that such Member has obtained the prior consent of such proxy and/or representative for the collection,
use and disclosure by the Company (or its agents or service providers) of the personal data of such proxy and/or
representative for the purposes specified in Regulation 76.1(f), and is deemed to have agreed to indemnify the
Company in respect of any penalties, liabilities, claims, demands, losses and damages as a result of such Member’s
breach of warranty.
EXCLUSIVE JURISDICTION
77. Exclusive Jurisdiction
In the event that any dispute arises concerning the Act or out of or in connection with this Constitution, including any question
regarding the existence and scope of any Regulation and/or whether there has been any breach of the Act or these Regulations
by an Officer or Director (whether or not such a claim is brought in the name of a Member or in the name of the Company),
any such dispute shall be subject to the exclusive jurisdiction of the courts of Singapore. Unless the Company consents in
writing to the selection of an alternative forum, the federal district courts of the United States of America shall be the exclusive
forum for the resolution of any complaint asserting a cause of action arising under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or
the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, of the United States of America.

Graphics
Exhibit 2.1

SHAREHOLDER RIGHTS AGREEMENT

INVESTOR RIGHTS AGREEMENT (this “Agreement”), dated April 25, 2024, is between BW LPG Limited, an exempted company
limited by shares under the laws of Bermuda (together with its successors and permitted assigns, the “Company”), and BW Group
Limited (together with its successors and permitted assigns, the “Investor”).

RECITALS

A. The Company is an owner, operator and manager of large gas carriers that is intending to register its outstanding common
shares under the U.S. Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”) pursuant to the filing of a
registration statement with the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission (the “Commission”) and list them for trading on
the New York Stock Exchange (“NYSE”) under the symbol “BWLP” (the “Listing”).

B. The Investor owns 48,407,126 common shares of the Company, par value $0.01 per share (the “Common Shares”),
constituting approximately 34.58% of the Company, and expects to remain a significant shareholder following the Listing.

C. The Company and the Investor intend that the registration rights set forth in this agreement shall be applicable to all
outstanding Common Shares, which are or may be owned by the Investor Parties at any time during the term of this
Agreement, and to all of the Common Shares that may be issued or granted at any time in the future on account or by virtue
of such Common Shares, as set out in the definition of Registrable Securities below.

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing and the mutual promises, covenants and agreements of the parties hereto, and
for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which is hereby acknowledged, the parties hereto agree as
follows:

1. Definitions.

1.1 Defined Terms. Unless the context otherwise requires, capitalized terms used and not otherwise defined herein shall have the
meanings ascribed in this Section 1.1:

“13D Group” means a shareholder group for the purposes of reporting on Schedule 13D.

“Adverse Disclosure” means public disclosure of material non-public information that, in the good faith judgment of the Board after
consultation with counsel to the Company: (i) would be required to be included in any Registration Statement filed with the
Commission by the Company so that such Registration Statement, from and after its effective date, does not contain an untrue
statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not
misleading; (ii) would not be required to be made at such time if the Registration Statement were not being filed; and (iii) the
Company has a bona fide business purpose for not making such information public.

“Affiliate” means with respect to any specified Person, any other Person that directly or indirectly controls, is controlled by or is under
common control with such specified Person. For this purpose, “control” (including, with correlative meanings, the terms “controlling,”
“controlled by” and “under common control with”), as used with respect to any Person, means the possession, directly or indirectly, of
the power to direct or cause the direction of the management or policies of such Person, whether through the ownership of voting
securities, by agreement or otherwise; provided, however, that for purposes of this Agreement, the Company and its Subsidiaries will
not be deemed to be Affiliates of the Investor.

“Beneficial Owner” or “Beneficially Own” has the meaning given to such terms under Rule 13d-3 of the Exchange Act.



Graphics
“Board” means the Board of Directors of the Company.

“Board Designee” means any designee or designees nominated by the Investor pursuant to Section 2.1.

“Business Day” means any day other than a Saturday, Sunday or one on which banks are authorized to close in New York, New York.

“Bye-laws” means the amended and restated Bye-laws of BW LPG Limited.

“Change of Control” means an event or series of events by which (a) any Person (other than the Investor or another entity sponsored
by or Affiliated with the Investor) acquires Beneficial Ownership of 50% or more of the outstanding Common Shares, (b) all or
substantially all of the consolidated assets of the Company are sold, leased, exchanged or transferred to any Person or group of
Persons, (c) the Company is consolidated, merged, amalgamated, reorganized or otherwise enters into a similar transaction in which it
is combined with another Person, unless the Persons who Beneficially Own the outstanding Voting Securities of the Company
immediately before
consummation of the transaction Beneficially Own a majority of the outstanding Voting Securities of the combined or surviving entity
immediately thereafter in substantially the same proportion among such Persons as prior to giving effect to such transaction, or (d) the
Shareholders approve of any plan or proposal for the liquidation or dissolution of the Company.

“Commission Reports” means reports filed under the Securities Act and the Exchange Act, including filings on Schedule 13D,
Schedule 13G and Form 13F.

“Commission” has the meaning set forth in the Recitals.

“Common Shares” has the meaning set forth in the Recitals.

“Demand Registration” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 4.1(a)(i).

“Demand Registration Request” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 4.1(a)(i).

“Equity Security” means (a) any Common Share or other Voting Security, (b) any securities of the Company convertible into or
exchangeable for Common Shares or other Voting Securities or (c) any options, rights or warrants (or any similar securities) issued by
the Company to acquire Common Shares or other Voting Security.

“Investor Party” means the Investor and each of its controlled Affiliates.

“Investor Transactions” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.3(a).

“Issuer Free Writing Prospectus” means an issuer free writing prospectus, as defined in Rule 433 under the Securities Act, relating to
an offer of the Registrable Securities.

“Law” means any federal, state, local or foreign law (including the Foreign Corrupt Practices Act a), statute or ordinance, common
law, or any rule, regulation, judgment, order, writ, injunction, decree, arbitration award, license or permit of any Governmental Entity,
including sanctions administered by the Office of Foreign Assets Control, United States Department of Treasury.

“Outstanding Shares” means, at any given time, Common Shares actually outstanding at such time, excluding treasury shares and
shares issuable upon conversion or exercise of securities or other contractual rights.

“Permitted Representatives” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.2.

“Person” means an individual, corporation, partnership, limited liability company, joint stock company, joint venture, association, trust
or other entity or organization.



Graphics
“Piggyback Notice” has the meaning set forth in Section 4.3(a).

“Piggyback Registration” has the meaning set forth in Section 4.3(a).

“Prospectus” means (i) the prospectus included in any Registration Statement, all amendments and supplements to such prospectus,
including post-effective amendments and supplements, and all other material incorporated by reference in such prospectus, and (ii)
any Issuer Free Writing Prospectus.

“Public Offering” means any primary or secondary public offering of equity securities of the Company, which may be an
Underwritten Offering, pursuant to an effective Registration Statement under the Securities Act.

“Registrable Securities” means (a) any Common Shares owned by an Investor Party during the term of this Agreement and (b) any
equity securities issued or issuable directly or indirectly with respect to the securities referred to in the foregoing clause by way of
share dividend or share split or in connection with a combination of shares, recapitalization, reclassification, merger, amalgamation,
arrangement, consolidation or other reorganization; provided, however, that such securities will cease to be Registrable Securities (i)
when such securities have been sold or transferred pursuant to a Registration Statement, (ii) when such securities have been
transferred in compliance with Rule 144 under the Securities Act, or are transferable by a Person who is not an Affiliate of the
Company pursuant to Rule 144 without any restrictions thereunder, or (iii) on the date that the Investor Parties, in the aggregate,
beneficially own less than the Threshold Percentage and all of such securities held by the Investor Parties are eligible for sale by such
Investor Parties free of any restrictions under Rule 144.

“Registration” means registration under the Securities Act of the offer and sale of shares of Common Shares under a Registration
Statement. The terms “register”, “registered” and “registering” shall have correlative meanings.

“Registration Expenses” has the meaning set forth in Section 4.9.

“Registration Statement” means any registration statement of the Company filed with, or to be filed with, the Commission under the
Securities Act, including the related Prospectus, amendments and supplements to such registration statement, including pre- and post-
effective amendments, and all exhibits and all material incorporated by reference in such registration statement, other than a
registration statement (and related Prospectus) filed on Form F-4 or Form S-8 or any successor forms thereto.

“Securities Act” means the U.S. Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

“Shareholders” means the holders of Voting Securities as of the applicable time.

“Shelf Registration” means any Registration effected pursuant to Rule 415 under the Securities Act.

“Shelf Registration Request” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 4.1(a)(ii).

“Shelf Registration Statement” means a Registration Statement of the Company filed with the Commission on Form F-1 or Form F-3
(or any successor form under the Securities Act) providing for an offering to be made on a delayed or continuous basis pursuant to
Rule 415 under the Securities Act (or any similar rule that may be adopted by the SEC) covering the Registrable Securities, as
applicable.

“Shelf Takedown Notice” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 4.2(b).

“Shelf Takedown Request” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 4.2(a).

“Subsidiary” means, with respect to any Person, any corporation, partnership, trust, limited liability company or other non-corporate
business enterprise in which such Person (or another Subsidiary of such Person) holds stock or other ownership interests representing
(a) more than 50% of the voting power of all outstanding stock or ownership interests of such entity, (b) the right to receive more than
50% of the net assets of such entity available for distribution to the holders of outstanding stock or ownership interests upon a
liquidation or dissolution of such



Graphics
entity, or (c) a general or managing partnership interest in such entity; provided, however, that, notwithstanding the foregoing, for
purposes of this Agreement, the Company and its Subsidiaries will not be deemed to be Subsidiaries of any Investor Party.

“Suspension” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 4.1(f).

“Threshold Percentage” means 10.0% of the outstanding Common Shares of the Company.

“Underwriter” means a securities dealer who purchases any Registrable Securities as a principal in connection with a distribution of
such Registrable Securities and not as part of such dealer's market-making activities.

“Underwriter's Advice” has the meaning set forth in Section 4.4(e).

“Underwritten Offering” means an underwritten offering, including any bought deal or block sale to a financial institution conducted
as an Underwritten Offering.

“Underwritten Shelf Takedown” means an Underwritten Offering pursuant to an effective Shelf Registration Statement.

“Voting Securities” means any securities, including Common Shares, of the Company or its successor having the power generally to
vote for the election of members of the Board or the equivalent of its successor.

“WKSI” means any Securities Act registrant that is a well-known seasoned issuer as defined in Rule 405 under the Securities Act at
the most recent eligibility determination date specified in paragraph (2) of that definition.

2. Corporate Governance Rights.

2.1 Board Designees.

(a) Until (i) the date on which the Investor Parties cease to Beneficially Own at least 10% of the Outstanding Shares, the
Investor will be entitled to designate one designee to be nominated by the Company to serve as a director of the
Company and (ii) the date on which the Investor Parties cease to Beneficially Own at least 20% of the Outstanding
Shares, the Investor will be entitled to designate a total of two designees to be nominated by the Company to serve
as directors of the Company and (iii) the date on which the Investor Parties cease to Beneficially Own at least 30%
of the Outstanding Shares, the Investor will be entitled to designate a proportionate number of nominees to be
presented for election by the Company's shareholders, as follows: (A) when the total number of directors on the
Board is even, the Investor may designate a number of directors equal to one-half of the total number of directors
minus one, and (B) when the total number of directors on the Board is odd, the Investor may designate a number of
directors equal to the total number of directors minus one multiplied by 0.5 (for example if there are seven directors
the number of directors that the Investor may nominate shall be three: ((7-1) x 0.5))). The Investor agrees that,
without the consent of the Company, it will not nominate more than one Board Designee who is a United States
citizen or resident. The Company will take all actions necessary to provide the Investor with the representation on
the Board contemplated by this Section 2.1, including (A) causing the Board Designees to be included in the slate of
nominees recommended by the Board to the Shareholders for election as directors, (B) causing the election of such
Board Designees, including using its commercially reasonable efforts to cause officers of the Company who hold
proxies (unless otherwise directed by the Shareholder submitting such proxy) to vote such proxies in favor of the
election of such Board Designees, and (C) using the same commercially reasonable efforts to cause the Board
Designees to be elected to the Board as it uses to cause other nominees of the Board to be elected.



Graphics
(b) If any Board Designee ceases to serve as a director for any reason, the Company will use its commercially
reasonable efforts to cause any vacancy resulting thereby to be filled by another designee designated by the Investor.

(c) The Investor shall notify the Company of any proposed nominee in writing no later than the latest date on which
Shareholders may make nominations to the Board for the applicable election in accordance with the Bye-laws,
together with all information concerning such nominee required to be delivered to the Company by the Bye-laws
and such other information reasonably requested by the Company.

2.2 Confidentiality. The Investor agrees, and agrees to cause each Investor Party, to (a) keep confidential all proprietary or non-
public information of the Company and its Subsidiaries received by participation in the activities of the Board (whether from
a Board Designee or otherwise) or otherwise received by it from the Company, its Subsidiaries or their respective
representatives, (b) not disclose or reveal any such information to any Person without the prior written consent of the
Company other than to the Investor's and each relevant Investor Party's directors, officers, employees, attorneys, accountants
and financial advisors (the “Permitted Representatives”) whom the Investor determines in good faith need to know such
information for the purpose of evaluating, monitoring or taking any other action with respect to the investment by the
Investor and any applicable Investor Party in the Company, and (c) use commercially reasonable efforts to cause those
Permitted Representatives to observe the terms of this Section 2.2; provided however, that nothing herein will prevent any
Investor Party from disclosing any information that (i) is or becomes generally available to the public in accordance with
Law, other than (A) as a result of any action or inaction by the Investor Parties, the Permitted Representatives or Subsidiaries,
in violation of this Section 2.2, (B) in violation of any other confidentiality agreement between the Company and such Person
or Investor Party, or (C) in violation of any other contractual, legal or fiduciary duty of such Person or such Investor Party,
(ii) was within the Investor Party's possession or developed by such Person prior to being furnished with such information,
(iii) becomes available to the Investor Party on a non-confidential basis from a source other than the Company, or (iv) that
the Investor Party determines in good faith after consultation with counsel is required to be disclosed by Law (provided that
prior to such disclosure, the Investor Party will, unless prohibited by Law, make commercially reasonable efforts to notify the
Company of any such disclosure, use commercially reasonable efforts to limit the disclosure requirements of such Law and
maintain the confidentiality of such information to the maximum extent permitted by Law). For as long as any employee of,
or other person nominated by, the Investor is serving as a Board Designee, the Investor will, and will cause each Investor
Party to, endeavor in good faith to comply with the Company's policies applicable to transactions in Company securities by
officers and directors.

2.3 Rights Solely for the Investor Parties. The rights and obligations of the Investor Parties pursuant to this Article 2 will only
apply to the applicable Investor Party, and may not be transferred to any other Person; provided, however, that an Investor
Party may transfer such rights and obligations to (a) a controlled Affiliate of the Investor Party to whom such Investor Party
transfers its Common Shares and (b) with the consent of the Board, any Person to whom an Investor Party transfers a number
of Common Shares equal to or exceeding 10% of the Company's total issued Common Shares at the time of the transfer.

3. Certain Covenants and Other Agreements.

3.1. Limitation on Transfer of Voting Securities.

(a) Subject to Sections 3.1(b) and 4.11, an Investor Party may, at any time and from time-to-time, directly or indirectly
sell, transfer, pledge, encumber, assign, loan or otherwise dispose of any portion or interest of any Equity Securities
(“Transfer”) without the consent of the Company; provided, however, that any transferee that is an Affiliate of the
Investor Party shall agree in writing for the benefit of the Company (in form and substance reasonably satisfactory
to the Company) to be bound by the terms of this Agreement. Any purported Transfer that is not in accordance with
the terms and conditions of this Section 3.1 shall be, to the fullest extent



Graphics
permitted by law, null and void ab initio, and, in addition to other rights and remedies at law and in equity, the
Company shall be entitled to injunctive relief enjoining the prohibited action.

(b) The Investor agrees that it shall not, and shall cause any Investor Party not to, directly or indirectly, Transfer any
shares of Voting Securities without the prior written consent of the Company (which consent may be given or
withheld or made subject to such conditions as are determined by the Company in its sole discretion) to (i) any
Person or 13D Group in an amount constituting 15% or more of the Voting Securities then outstanding or (ii) any
Person or 13D Group that, immediately following such Transfer, and to the Investor's knowledge, would
beneficially own in the aggregate 15% or more of the Voting Securities then outstanding (it being agreed that the
Investor's knowledge shall be deemed to include all then-available Commission Reports filed by such Person or 13D
Group); provided that this Section 3.1(b) shall not restrict an Investor Party from directly or indirectly Transferring
Equity Securities in connection with a tender offer or exchange offer for Equity Securities (provided, further, that
the Board has not recommended to its Shareholders that such tender offer or exchange offer be rejected).

3.2 Legends; Securities Act Compliance.

(a) The Company may place appropriate legends on the shares of Voting Securities held by the Investor Parties setting
forth the restrictions referred to in Section 3.1 and any restrictions appropriate for compliance with U.S. federal
securities laws.

(b) Subject to Section 4.11, upon the request of an Investor Party and receipt by the Company of an opinion of counsel
reasonably satisfactory to the Company to the effect that such legend is no longer required under the Securities Act
or applicable state laws, as the case may be, the Company will promptly cause the legend to be removed from any
certificate or book-entry share for any Common Shares to be so transferred.

(c) Purported transfers of shares of Voting Securities that are not in compliance with this Article 3 shall be void.

3.3 Competitive Operations. The Company hereby acknowledges and agrees that, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable
law:

(a) Any Investor, any of its Affiliates and any of their respective directors, officers and employees, including any Board
Designee, are free to engage in (i) any investment or business opportunity or activity that may be competitive or
otherwise similar to the business of the Company or its Subsidiaries or (ii) a prospective economic or competitive
advantage in which the Company, any Subsidiary, any Director or any other Shareholder could have an interest or
expectancy, including as a result of any fiduciary duties applicable to such Board Designee (“Investor
Transactions”) and neither the Investor nor any of its Affiliates (including any Board Designees) will have any duty
(either fiduciary, contractual or otherwise) to the Company or its Subsidiaries, the other Shareholders, or any of their
respective Affiliates with respect to any such opportunity, including any obligation to communicate or present such
opportunity to the Company or its Subsidiaries; provided that if the Board or senior management of the Investor has
actual knowledge that the Company is considering the same Investor Transaction, the Investor will promptly notify
the Company of its interest in such Investor Transaction and cause each Board Designee to recuse himself or herself
from all Board discussions and activities relating to such Investor Transaction; provided, further that without
limiting the generality of the foregoing, the Company agrees and acknowledges that Investor and its affiliates may
have both passive and non-passive interests in Persons deemed competitors of the Company, and that the provisions
of the immediately preceding sentence shall be applicable to such competitors, their respective affiliates and any of
their respective directors, officers and employees in respect thereof.

(b) The Investor and its Affiliates (including any Board Designees) are not otherwise restricted from using any
knowledge acquired in connection with their access to information about the Company



Graphics
or in their capacity as a Shareholder (or in the case of any Board Designee, in their role as a director of the
Company) in making investment, voting, monitoring, governance or other decisions relating to the Company or any
other entities or securities; provided that the Investor and its Affiliates (including any Board Designees) shall
continue to be subject to any applicable insider trading regulations, laws and rules as well as any other applicable
regulations, rules and laws relating to the usage of confidential information.

4. Registration Rights. The Company shall perform and comply, and cause each of its subsidiaries to perform and comply, with
such of the following provisions as are applicable to them. The Investor shall perform and comply, and cause each
participating Investor Party to perform and comply, with such of the following provisions as are applicable to them.

4.1 Demand Registration.

(a) Request for Demand Registration.

(i) Following the Listing, subject to Section 4.4, any Investor Party shall have the right, for itself or together with one or
more other Investor Parties, to make a written request from time-to-time (a “Demand Registration Request”) to the
Company for Registration of all or part of the Registrable Securities held by such Investor Party (a “Demand
Registration”).

(ii) Each Demand Registration Request shall specify (x) the aggregate amount of Registrable Securities proposed to be
registered, (y) the intended method or methods of disposition thereof and (z) whether the Demand Registration
Request is for an Underwritten Offering or a Shelf Registration (a “Shelf Registration Request”).

(iii) Upon receipt of a Demand Registration Request, the Company shall prepare and file with the Commission a
Registration Statement registering the offer and sale of the number and type of Registrable Securities on the terms
and conditions specified in the Demand Registration Request in accordance with the intended timing and method or
methods of distribution thereof specified in the Demand Registration Request.

(iv) If a Demand Registration Request is for a Shelf Registration, and the Company is eligible to file a Registration
Statement on Form F-3, the Company shall promptly file with the Commission a Shelf Registration Statement on
Form F-3 pursuant to Rule 415 under the Securities Act relating to the offer and sale of Registrable Securities by the
initiating Investor Parties from time-to-time in accordance with the methods of distribution elected by such Investor
Parties, subject to all applicable provisions of this Agreement.

(v) If the Demand Registration Request is for a Shelf Registration and the Company is not eligible to file a Registration
Statement on Form F-3, the Company shall promptly file with the Commission a Shelf Registration Statement on
Form F-1 or any other form that the Company is then permitted to use pursuant to Rule 415 under the Securities Act
(or such other Registration Statement as the Board may determine to be appropriate) relating to the offer and sale of
Registrable Securities by the initiating Investor Parties from time-to-time in accordance with the methods of
distribution elected by such Investor Parties.

(vi) If on the date of the Shelf Registration Request the Company is a WKSI, then any Shelf Registration Statement may
(if the Board determines it to be appropriate to do so) include an unspecified amount of Registrable Securities to be
sold by unspecified Investor Parties; if on the date of the Shelf Registration Request the Company is not a WKSI,
then the Shelf Registration Request shall specify the aggregate amount of Registrable Securities to be registered.



Graphics
(b) Qualifying Registrations. A Registration will not count as a requested Demand Registration under this Section 4.1
until the Registration Statement relating to such Demand Registration has been declared effective by the
Commission and unless, subject to Section 4.7(d), each Investor Party was able to register all the Registrable
Securities requested by it to be included in such Demand Registration; provided that if, within the period ending on
the earlier to occur of (i) 90 days after the applicable Registration Statement has become effective and (ii) the date
on which the distribution of the securities covered thereby has been completed, the offering of securities pursuant to
such Registration Statement is interfered with by any stop order, injunction or other order or requirement of the
Commission or other governmental agency or court, such Registration Statement will be deemed not to have been
effected.

(c) Demand Withdrawal. Any Investor Party, after requesting the inclusion of Registrable Securities in a Registration
(other than a Registration in connection with a Public Offering) pursuant to Section 4.1(a) may withdraw all or any
portion of its Registrable Securities from that Registration at any time prior to the effectiveness of the applicable
Registration Statement by delivering written notice to the Company. Upon receipt of a notice or notices withdrawing
(i) all of the Registrable Securities included in that Registration Statement by such Investor Party or (ii) a number of
such Registrable Securities so as to cause the expected net proceeds to fall below the applicable threshold set forth in
Section 4.4(d), the Company shall cease all efforts to secure effectiveness of the applicable Registration Statement.
If an Investor Party, after exercising its right to request a Registration pursuant to this Section 4.1, withdraws from a
Registration so requested after the filing thereof, such Registration will be deemed to have been effective with
respect to such Investor Party in accordance with this Section 4.1.

(d) Effectiveness.

(i) The Company shall use commercially reasonable efforts to cause any Registration Statement filed by it pursuant
to this Agreement to become effective as promptly as practicable, subject to all applicable provisions of this
Agreement.

(ii) The Company shall use commercially reasonable efforts to keep any Shelf Registration Statement filed on Form
F-3 continuously effective under the Securities Act to permit the Prospectus forming a part of it to be usable by
Investor Parties until the earlier of: (A) the date as of which all Registrable Securities have been sold pursuant to
that Shelf Registration Statement or another Registration Statement filed under the Securities Act (but in no event
prior to the applicable period referred to in Section 4(a)(3) of the Securities Act and Rule 174 thereunder); (B)
the date as of which no Investor Party whose Registrable Securities are registered on such Form F-3 holds
Registrable Securities; (C) any date reasonably determined by the Board to be appropriate, excluding any date
that is fewer than two years after the effectiveness of the Registration Statement; and (D) the third anniversary of
the effectiveness of the Registration Statement.

(iii) If the Registration Statement filed is a Shelf Registration Statement on any form other than Form F-3 and such
Registration Statement was not filed in connection with an Underwritten Offering, the Company shall use
commercially reasonable efforts to keep the Registration Statement continuously effective under the Securities
Act until such time as the Company is eligible to file a Shelf Registration Statement on Form F-3 covering the
Registrable Securities thereon or such shorter period during which all Registrable Securities included in the
Registration Statement have actually been sold.

(iv) If the Registration Statement filed is a Shelf Registration Statement on any form other than Form F-3 and such
Registration Statement was filed in connection with an Underwritten Offering, the Company shall use
commercially reasonable efforts to keep the Registration Statement continuously effective under the Securities
Act, for a period of at least 180 days after the effective date thereof or such other period as the Underwriters for
any Underwritten Offering may determine to be appropriate, or such shorter period during which all Registrable



Graphics
Securities included in the Registration Statement have actually been sold; provided that such period shall be
extended for a period of time equal to the period the Investor Parties may be required to refrain from selling any
securities included in the Registration Statement at either the request of the Company or an Underwriter of the
Company pursuant to the provisions of this Agreement.

(e) Registration of Additional Securities. The Company will have the right to cause the Registration of additional
securities for sale for the account of any Person other than the Investor Parties (including the Company) in any
Registration requested pursuant to this Section 4.1 to the extent the managing Underwriter or other independent
marketing agent for such offering (if any) determines that, in its opinion, the additional securities proposed to be
sold will not materially and adversely affect the offering and sale of the Registrable Securities to be registered in
accordance with the intended method or methods of disposition then contemplated by such Registration requested
pursuant to this Section 4.1.

(f) Delay in Filing; Suspension of Registration. If compliance with the Company's registration obligations hereunder
would violate applicable Law or the filing, initial effectiveness or continued use of a Registration Statement at any
time would require the Company to make an Adverse Disclosure, the Company may, upon giving prompt written
notice of such action to the Investor Parties, delay the filing or initial effectiveness of, or suspend use of, the
Registration Statement (a “Suspension”); provided, however, that the Company shall use its commercially
reasonable efforts to avoid exercising a Suspension (i) for a period exceeding 60 days on any one occasion or (ii) for
an aggregate of more than 120 days in any 12-month period, exclusive of days covered by any lock-up agreement
executed by the Investor Parties in connection with any Underwritten Offering. The written notice of such
Suspension shall provide a good faith estimate as to the anticipated duration of such Suspension. In the case of a
Suspension, the Investor agrees, and agrees to cause the participating Investor Parties, to suspend use of the
applicable Prospectus in connection with any sale or purchase, or offer to sell or purchase, Registrable Securities,
upon receipt of the notice referred to above. The Company shall immediately notify the participating Investor Parties
in writing upon the termination of any Suspension. The Company shall, if necessary, amend or supplement the
Prospectus so it does not contain any untrue statement or omission and furnish to the such Investor Parties such
numbers of copies of the Prospectus as so amended or supplemented as such Investor Parties may reasonably
request. The Company shall, if necessary, supplement or amend the Registration Statement, if required by the
registration form used by the Company for the Registration Statement or by the instructions applicable to such
registration form or by the Securities Act or the rules or regulations promulgated thereunder or as may reasonably be
requested by the participating Investor Parties. During any Suspension, the Company shall not engage in any
transaction involving the offer, issuance, sale or purchase of Common Shares (whether for the benefit of the
Company or a third Person), except transactions involving the issuance or purchase of Common Shares as
contemplated (i) by Company 10b5-1 plans, employee benefit plans or employee or director arrangements and (ii)
the Company's entry into an agreement for any merger, acquisition or sale involving the proposed issuance of its
Common Shares following the Suspension.

(g) Participation in Underwritten Offerings. No Person may participate in any Underwritten Offering hereunder unless
that Person agrees to sell the Registrable Securities it desires to have covered by the applicable Registration
Statement on the basis provided in any underwriting arrangements in customary form and completes and executes
all questionnaires, powers of attorney, indemnities, underwriting agreements and other documents required under
the terms of the underwriting arrangements; provided that no Person shall be required to make representations and
warranties other than those related to title and ownership of their shares and as to the accuracy and completeness of
statements made in a Registration Statement, prospectus, offering circular, or other document in reliance upon and
conformity with written information furnished to the Company or the managing Underwriter by such Person.

4.2 Shelf Takedowns.



Graphics
(a) At any time the Company has an effective Shelf Registration Statement with respect to Registrable Securities, any
Investor Party, by notice to the Company specifying the intended method or methods of disposition thereof, may
make a written request (a “Shelf Takedown Request”) that the Company effect an Underwritten Shelf Takedown of
all or a portion of the Investor Party's Registrable Securities that are registered on such Shelf Registration Statement,
and as soon as practicable thereafter, the Company shall amend or supplement the Shelf Registration Statement as
necessary for such purpose, subject to all applicable provisions of this Agreement.

(b) Promptly upon receipt of a Shelf Takedown Request (but in no event more than two Business Days thereafter (or
such shorter period as may be reasonably requested in connection with an underwritten “block trade”)) for any
Underwritten Shelf Takedown, the Company shall deliver a notice (a “Shelf Takedown Notice”) to each other
Investor Party with Registrable Securities covered by the applicable Registration Statement, or to all other Investor
Parties if such Registration Statement is undesignated. The Shelf Takedown Notice shall offer the Investor Party the
opportunity to include in any Underwritten Shelf Takedown such number of Registrable Securities as such Investor
Party may request in writing. The Company shall include in the Underwritten Shelf Takedown all such Registrable
Securities with respect to which the Company has received written requests for inclusion therein within three
Business Days (or such shorter period as may be reasonably requested in connection with an underwritten “block
trade”) after the date that the Shelf Takedown Notice has been delivered. Any Investor Party shall have the right to
withdraw its request to participate in an Underwritten Shelf Takedown by giving written notice to the Company of
its request to withdraw; provided that such request must be made in writing prior to the execution of the
underwriting agreement; provided, further, that such Investor Party shall have no rights under this Agreement to
initiate an Underwritten Shelf Takedown for six months following the date of such written notice to the Company of
its withdrawal.

Notwithstanding the delivery of any Shelf Takedown Notice, all determinations as to whether to complete any Underwritten
Shelf Takedown and as to the timing, manner, price and other terms of any Underwritten ShelfTakedown contemplated by
this Section 4.2 shall be determined by the Investor.

4.3 Piggyback Registration.

(a) Notice. If the Company at any time proposes to file a Registration Statement under the Securities Act in connection
with a Public Offering (which may be an Underwritten Offering) with respect to any offering of its Equity Securities
for its own account or for the account of any other Persons (other than (i) a Registration under Sections 4.1 or 4.2,
(ii) a Registration on Form F-4 or Form S-8 or any successor form to such forms, (iii) a Registration of securities
solely relating to an offering and sale to employees or directors of the Company or its subsidiaries pursuant to any
employee stock plan, employee stock purchase plan or other employee benefit plan arrangement, (iv) a Registration
solely for the registration of securities issuable upon the conversion, exchange or exercise of any then-outstanding
security of the Company or (v) a Registration relating to a dividend reinvestment plan), then as soon as practicable
(but in no event less than 10 Business Days prior to the proposed date of filing of such Registration Statement or, in
the case of a Public Offering under a Shelf Registration Statement, the anticipated pricing or trade date), the
Company shall give written notice (a “Piggyback Notice”) of such proposed filing or Public Offering to all Investor
Parties, and such Piggyback Notice shall offer the Investor Parties the opportunity to register under such
Registration Statement, or to sell in such Public Offering, such number of Registrable Securities as each such
Investor Party may request in writing (a “Piggyback Registration”).

(b) Participation. Subject to Sections 4.4 and 4.7, the Company shall include in any Registration Statement used in
connection with a Public Offering for which a Piggyback Notice has been issued all such Registrable Securities that
any Investor Party requests to be included therein within five Business Days after the receipt of such Piggyback
Notice; provided, however, that if at any time after giving written notice of its intention to register or sell any
securities and prior to the effective date of the Registration Statement filed in connection with such Registration, or
the



Graphics
pricing or trade date of a Public Offering under a Shelf Registration Statement, the Company determines for any
reason not to register or sell or to delay Registration or the sale of such securities, the Company shall give written
notice of such determination to each Investor Party and, thereupon, in the case of a determination not to register or
sell, shall be relieved of its obligation to register or sell any Registrable Securities in connection with such
Registration or Public Offering (but not from its obligation to pay the Registration Expenses in connection
therewith), without prejudice, however, to the rights of any Investor Parties entitled to request that such Registration
or sale be effected as a Demand Registration under Section 4.1 or an Underwritten Shelf Takedown, as the case may
be. Any Investor Party shall have the right to withdraw all or part of its request for inclusion of its Registrable
Securities in a Piggyback Registration by giving written notice to the Company of its request to withdraw prior to
the pricing of such securities being registered in such Piggyback Registration.

(b) No Effect on Other Registrations. Subject to Section 4.4, no Registration of Registrable Securities effected pursuant
to a request under this Section 4.3 shall be deemed to have been effected pursuant to Section 4.1 or shall relieve the
Company of its obligations under Section 4.1.

4.4 Limitations on Registrations and Underwritten Offerings. Subject to the other limitations contained in this Agreement, in no
event shall the Company be obligated to take any action to effect any Demand Registration (including an Underwritten
Shelf Takedown) if:

(a) taking such action would cause the Company to effect more than two Demand Registrations or Underwritten
Offerings, which Underwritten Offerings include Registrable Securities, in any 12 month period.

(b) a Demand Registration or Piggyback Registration was declared effective or an Underwritten Offering (including an
Underwritten Shelf Takedown) was consummated by either the Company or the Investor Parties within the
preceding 90 days;

(c) the Company has filed another Registration Statement (other than on Form S-8 or Form F-4 or any successor
thereto) that has not yet become effective;

(d) with respect to a Demand Registration Request covering less than all of the Investor Parties' Registrable Securities,
the Registrable Securities of the Investor (and any Investor Party holding Registrable Securities) for which such
request has been made shall have a value (based on the average closing price per share of Common Shares for ten
Business Days preceding the delivery of the request) of less than $10,000,000, in the case of a Shelf Registration, or
in the case of an Underwritten Offering, of less than $20,000,000; provided, however, that any participating Investor
Party may change the approximate number of Registrable Securities if such change shall not materially adversely
affect the timing or success of the offering, so long as such change does not result in less than $10,000,000 of
Registrable Securities being included in the Shelf Registration or less than $20,000,000 of Registrable Securities
being included in the Underwritten Offering; or

(e) within five Business Days of receipt of a request for Demand Registration under Section 4.1, the participating
Investor Parties are advised in writing (the “Underwriter's Advice”) that the Company has in good faith commenced
the preparation of a Registration Statement for an underwritten Public Offering prior to receipt of such request and
the managing Underwriter of the proposed Public Offering has determined that in such firm's good faith opinion, a
Registration at the time and on the terms requested would materially and adversely affect such Public Offering, then
the Company will not be required to effect such requested Demand Registration pursuant to this Section 4.1 until the
earliest of:

(i) the abandonment of such Public Offering by the Company;



Graphics
(ii) 60 days after receipt of the Underwriter's Advice by such Investor Parties, unless the Registration Statement for
such offering has become effective and such Public Offering has commenced on or prior to such 60th day; and

(iii) if the Registration Statement for such Public Offering has become effective and such Public Offering has
commenced on or prior to such 60th day, the day on which the restrictions on the Investor Parties contained in
the related lock-up agreement lapse with respect to such offering;

provided that such Investor Parties may participate in such Public Offering in accordance with Sections 4.3 and 4.7.
Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Company will not be permitted to defer a Registration requested pursuant to
Section 4.1 in reliance on this Section 4.4(e) more than once in any 12 month period.

4.5 Registration Procedures. In connection with the Company's obligations under Sections 4.1 and 4.3, the Company shall use its
commercially reasonable efforts to effect such Registration and to permit the sale of such Registrable Securities in
accordance with the intended method or methods of distribution thereof as expeditiously as reasonably practicable, and in
connection therewith the Company shall use its commercially reasonable efforts to:

(a) as promptly as practicable, prepare the required Registration Statement, including all exhibits and financial
statements required under the Securities Act to be filed therewith and Prospectus, and, before filing a Registration
Statement or Prospectus or any amendments or supplements thereto, (x) furnish to the Underwriters, if any, and to
the Investor Parties holding the Registrable Securities covered by such Registration Statement, copies of all
documents prepared to be filed, which documents shall be subject to the review of such Underwriters and such
Investor Parties and their respective counsel, (y) make such changes in such documents concerning the Investor
Parties prior to the filing thereof as such Investor Parties, or their counsel, may reasonably request and (z) except in
the case of a Registration under Section 4.3, not file any Registration Statement or Prospectus or amendments or
supplements thereto to which the participating Investor Parties or the Underwriters, if any, shall reasonably object;

(b) prepare and file with the Commission such amendments and post-effective amendments to such Registration
Statement and supplements to the Prospectus as may be (x) reasonably requested by any participating Investor Party
with Registrable Securities covered by such Registration Statement, (y) reasonably requested by any participating
Investor Party (to the extent such request relates to information relating to such Investor Party) or (z) necessary to
keep such Registration Statement effective for the period of time required by this Agreement, and comply with
provisions of the applicable securities laws with respect to the sale or other disposition of all securities covered by
such Registration Statement during such period in accordance with the intended method or methods of disposition
by the sellers thereof set forth in such Registration Statement;

(c) notify the participating Investor Parties (i) when such Registration Statement or the Prospectus or any Prospectus
supplement or post-effective amendment has been filed and, with respect to such Registration Statement or any post-
effective amendment, when the same has become effective, (ii) of any request by the Commission or other
Governmental Entity for amendments or supplements to such Registration Statement or to amend or to supplement
such Prospectus or for additional information, and (iii) of the issuance by the Commission or other Governmental
Entity of any stop order suspending the effectiveness of such Registration Statement or the initiation of any
proceedings for any purpose;

(d) furnish to the participating Investor Parties such number of copies, without charge, of such Registration Statement,
each amendment and supplement thereto, including each preliminary Prospectus, final Prospectus, any other
Prospectus (including any Prospectus filed under Rule 424, Rule 430A or Rule 430B under the Securities Act and
any Issuer Free Writing Prospectus), all



Graphics
exhibits and other documents filed therewith and such other documents as such Investor Parties may reasonably
request including in order to facilitate the disposition of its Registrable Securities;

(e) register or qualify such Registrable Securities under such other securities or blue sky Laws of such jurisdictions as
the participating Investor Parties reasonably request and do any and all other acts and things that may be reasonably
necessary or reasonably advisable to enable such Investor Parties to consummate the disposition of the Registrable
Securities in such jurisdictions; provided that the Company will not be required to (i) qualify generally to do
business in any jurisdiction where it would not otherwise be required to qualify but for this subsection, (ii) subject
itself to taxation in any such jurisdiction, or (iii) consent to general service of process in any such jurisdiction;

(f) notify the participating Investor Parties at any time when a Prospectus relating to the Registrable Securities is
required to be delivered under the Securities Act, upon discovery that, or upon the discovery of the happening of any
event as a result of which, the Prospectus contains an untrue statement of a material fact or omits any fact necessary
to make the statements therein not misleading in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, and, as
soon as reasonably practicable, prepare and furnish to such Investor Parties a reasonable number of copies of a
supplement or amendment to such Prospectus so that, as thereafter delivered to the purchasers of such Registrable
Securities, such Prospectus will not contain an untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state any fact necessary
to make the statements therein not misleading in the light of the circumstances under which they were made;

(g) cause all such Registrable Securities to be listed on each securities exchange on which similar securities issued by
the Company are then listed, if applicable;

(h) provide a transfer agent and registrar for all such Registrable Securities not later than the effective date of such
Registration Statement;

(i) make available upon reasonable notice at reasonable times and for reasonable periods for inspection by any
underwriter participating in any disposition to be effected pursuant to such Registration Statement and by any
attorney, accountant or other agent retained by any such underwriter, all pertinent financial and other records and
pertinent corporate documents and properties of the Company, and cause all of the Company's officers, directors and
employees and the independent public accountants who have certified its financial statements to make themselves
available to discuss the business of the Company and to supply all information reasonably requested by any such
Person in connection with such Registration Statement;

(j) if requested by the Underwriters, obtain a “comfort” letter or letters from the Company's independent public
accountants in customary form and covering matters of the type customarily covered by “comfort” letters provided
to the Underwriters in connection with an Underwritten Offering;

(k) if requested by the Underwriters, obtain a legal opinion of the Company's outside counsel in customary form and
covering such matters of the type customarily covered by legal opinions of such nature and reasonably satisfactory
to the Underwriters, which opinion will be addressed to the Underwriters;

(l) if applicable, cooperate with the participating Investor Parties and each Underwriter or agent participating in the
disposition of such Registrable Securities and their respective counsel in connection with any filings required to be
made with the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority; and

(m) take no direct or indirect action prohibited by Regulation M under the Exchange Act.



Graphics
4.6 Conditions to Offerings. The obligations of the Company to take the actions contemplated by Article 4 with respect to an
offering of Registrable Securities shall be subject to the following conditions:

(a) the participating Investor Parties shall conform to all applicable requirements of the Securities Act and the Exchange
Act with respect to the offering and sale of securities;

(b) the participating Investor Parties shall advise each Underwriter through which any of the Registrable Securities are
offered that the Registrable Securities are part of a distribution that is subject to the prospectus delivery requirements
of the Securities Act; and

(c) the Company may require the participating Investor Parties to furnish the Company with such information regarding
such Investor Parties and pertinent to the disclosure requirements relating to the Registration and the distribution of
such securities as the Company may from time-to-time reasonably request in writing.

4.7 Underwritten Offerings.

(a) Demand Registrations. In connection with a Demand Registration under Section 4.1, if requested by the
Underwriters for any Underwritten Offering (including an Underwritten Shelf Takedown), the Company shall enter
into an underwriting agreement with such Underwriters, such agreement to be reasonably satisfactory in form and
substance to each of the Company, the participating Investor Parties and the Underwriters, and to contain such
representations and warranties by the parties thereto and such other terms and conditions as are generally prevailing
in agreements of that type, including indemnities no less favorable to the recipient thereof than those provided in
Section 4.10. Such participating Investor Parties shall cooperate with the Company in the negotiation of the
underwriting agreement and shall give consideration to the reasonable suggestions of the Company regarding the
form thereof, and such Investor Parties shall complete and execute all questionnaires, powers of attorney and other
documents reasonably requested by the Underwriters and required under the terms of such underwriting
arrangements. Any such Investor Party shall not be required to make any representations or warranties to or
agreements with the Company or the Underwriters other than representations, warranties or agreements regarding
such Investor Party, such Investor Party's title to the Registrable Securities, such Investor Party's intended method of
distribution and any other representations to be made by the Investor Party as are generally prevailing in agreements
of that type, and the aggregate amount of the liability of such Investor Party under such agreement shall not exceed
such Investor Party's proceeds from the sale of its Registrable Securities in the offering, net of underwriting
discounts and commissions but before expenses.

(b) Piggyback Registrations. If the Company proposes to register or sell any of its Common Shares under the Securities
Act and such securities are to be distributed through one or more Underwriters, the Company shall, if requested by
any Investor Party pursuant to its Piggyback Registration rights under Section 4.3, and subject to the provisions of
Sections 4.3(b) and 4.4, use its commercially reasonable efforts to arrange for such Underwriters to include all the
Registrable Securities requested to be offered and sold by such Investor Party on the same terms and conditions that
apply to the other sellers in such Registration. Such Investor Party shall be party to the underwriting agreement
between the Company and such Underwriters and shall complete and execute all questionnaires, powers of attorney
and other documents reasonably requested by the Underwriters and required under the terms of such underwriting
arrangements. Any such Investor Party shall not be required to make any representations or warranties to or
agreements with the Company or the Underwriters other than representations, warranties or agreements regarding
such Investor Party, such Investor Party's title to the Registrable Securities, such Investor Party's intended method of
distribution and any other representations to be made by the Investor Party as are generally prevailing in agreements
of that type, and the aggregate amount of the liability of such Investor Party shall not exceed such Investor Party's
proceeds from the sale of its Registrable Securities in the offering, net of underwriting discounts and commissions
but before expenses.



Graphics
(c) Selection of Underwriters. In the case of an Underwritten Offering under Sections 4.1 or 4.2, the managing
Underwriter or Underwriters to administer the offering shall be determined by the Investor; provided that such
Underwriter or Underwriters shall be reasonably acceptable to the Company.

(d) Reduction of Underwritten Offering. If the managing Underwriter or Underwriters of a proposed Underwritten
Offering advise the Company and the holders of the Registrable Securities to be included in such Underwritten
Offering that, in their judgment, the success of the offering would be materially and adversely affected by inclusion
of all of the Registrable Securities requested to be included (taking into account, in addition to any considerations
that the managing Underwriter or Underwriters deem relevant in its or their sole discretion, the timing and manner to
effect the offering), then the amount of Registrable Securities to be offered in the Underwritten Offering shall be
determined as follows:

(i) priority in the case of a Demand Request pursuant to Section 4.1 shall be (i) first, the Registrable Securities
requested to be included in the Registration Statement for the account of the initiating Investor Parties and
their permitted transferees, allocated among them as determined by such Investor Parties so that the total
number of Registrable Securities to be included in any such offering for the account of all such Persons will
not exceed the number recommended by such managing Underwriter, (ii) second, securities initially
proposed to be offered by the Company for its own account and (iii) third, pro rata among any other
securities of the Company requested to be registered by the holders other than any Investor Party thereof
pursuant to a contractual right of registration so that the total number of Registrable Securities to be
included in any such offering for the account of all such Persons will not exceed the number recommended
by such managing Underwriter;

(ii) priority in the case of a Piggyback Registration initiated by the Company for its own account pursuant to
Section 4.2 shall be (i) first, securities initially proposed to be offered by the Company for its own account,
(ii) second, the Registrable Securities requested to be included in the Registration Statement for the account
of the participating Investor Parties and their permitted transferees, allocated among them as determined by
such Investor Parties so that the total number of Registrable Securities to be included in any such offering
for the account of all such Persons will not exceed the number recommended by such managing
Underwriter, and (iii) third, pro rata among any other securities of the Company requested to be registered
pursuant to a contractual right of registration; and

(iii) priority with respect to inclusion of securities in a Registration Statement initiated by the Company for the
account of holders other than any Investor Party pursuant to demand registration rights afforded such
holders shall be (i) first, securities offered for the account of such holders so that the total number of
Registrable Securities to be included in any such offering for the account of all such Persons will not exceed
the number recommended by such managing Underwriter, (ii) second, securities offered by the Company
for its own account, (iii) third, the Registrable Securities offered for the account of the participating Investor
Parties and their permitted transferees and (iv) fourth, pro rata among any other securities of the Company
requested to be registered pursuant to a contractual right of registration.

4.8 No Inconsistent Agreements. Neither the Company nor any of its subsidiaries shall hereafter enter into, and neither the
Company nor any of its subsidiaries is currently a party to, any agreement with respect to its securities that is inconsistent
with the rights granted to the Investor Parties by this Agreement.

4.9 Registration Expenses. Except as otherwise provided in this Agreement, all expenses incidental to the Company's
performance of or compliance with this Agreement, including (a) all registration and filing fees, (b) fees and expenses of
compliance with securities or blue sky Laws, (c) word processing,



Graphics
duplicating and printing expenses, messenger and delivery expenses, and (d) fees and disbursements of counsel for the
Company and counsel (limited to one law firm) for the Investor Parties and all independent certified public accountants and
other Persons retained by the Company (all such expenses, “Registration Expenses”), will be borne by the Company. The
Company will, in any event, pay its internal expenses (including all salaries and expenses of its officers and employees
performing legal or accounting duties), the expenses of any annual audit or quarterly review, the expenses of any liability
insurance and, if applicable, the expenses and fees for listing the securities to be registered on each securities exchange on
which similar securities issued by the Company are then listed. The participating Investor Parties will pay all underwriting
discounts, selling commissions and transfer taxes applicable to the sale of its Registrable Securities hereunder, the fees and
expenses of counsel beyond the one law firm paid for by the Company and any other Registration Expenses required by Law
to be paid by such Investor Party pro rata on the basis of the amount of proceeds from the sale of its securities so registered.

4.10 Indemnification.

(a) Indemnification by the Company. The Company shall indemnify and hold harmless, to the full extent permitted by
law, each Investor Party, its partners, directors, members, officers and employees, and any Person who controls such
Investor Party within the meaning of either Section 15 of the Securities Act or Section 20 of the Exchange Act, and
the successors and assigns of all of the foregoing Persons, from and against any and all losses, penalties, judgments,
suits, costs, claims, damages, liabilities and expenses, joint or several (including reasonable costs of investigation
and legal expenses) (each, a “Loss” and collectively “Losses”) arising out of or based upon (i) any untrue or alleged
untrue statement of a material fact contained in any Registration Statement under which such Registrable Securities
are registered or sold under the Securities Act (including any final, preliminary or summary Prospectus contained
therein or any amendment thereof or supplement thereto or any documents incorporated by reference therein), or (ii)
any omission or alleged omission to state therein a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make
the statements therein (in the case of a Prospectus or preliminary Prospectus, in light of the circumstances under
which they were made) not misleading; provided that no participating Investor Party shall be entitled to
indemnification pursuant to this Section 4. IO(a) in respect of any untrue statement or omission contained in any
information relating to such Investor Party furnished in writing by such Investor Party to the Company specifically
for inclusion in a Registration Statement and used by the Company in conformity therewith (such information,
“Selling Stockholder Information”). This indemnity shall be in addition to any liability the Company may otherwise
have. Such indemnity shall remain in full force and effect regardless of any investigation made by or on behalf of
such Investor Party or any indemnified party and shall survive the Transfer of such securities by such Investor Party
and regardless of any indemnity agreed to in the underwriting agreement that is less favorable to the Investor Parties.
The Company shall also indemnify underwriters, selling brokers, dealer managers and similar securities industry
professionals participating in the distribution, their officers and directors and each Person who controls such Persons
(within the meaning of the Securities Act and the Exchange Act) to the same extent as provided above (with
appropriate modification) with respect to the indemnification of the indemnified parties.

(b) Indemnification by the Participating Investor Parties. Each participating Investor Party agrees to indemnify and hold
harmless, to the fullest extent permitted by law, the Company, its directors and officers and each Person who
controls the Company (within the meaning of the Securities Act or the Exchange Act) from and against any Losses
resulting from (i) any untrue statement of a material fact in any Registration Statement under which such Registrable
Securities were registered or sold under the Securities Act (including any final, preliminary or summary Prospectus
contained therein or any amendment thereof or supplement thereto or any documents incorporated by reference
therein) or (ii) any omission to state therein a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the
statements therein (in the case of a Prospectus or preliminary Prospectus, in light of the circumstances under which
they were made) not misleading, in each case to the extent, but only to the extent, that such untrue statement or
omission is contained in such Investor Party's Selling Stockholder Information. In no event shall



Graphics
the liability of any participating Investor Party hereunder be greater in amount than the dollar amount of the
proceeds from the sale of its Registrable Securities in the offering giving rise to such indemnification obligation, net
of underwriting discounts and commissions but before expenses, less any amounts paid by such Investor Party as a
result of liabilities incurred under the underwriting agreement, if any, related to such sale.

(c) Conduct of Indemnification Proceedings. Any Person entitled to indemnification hereunder shall (i) give prompt
written notice to the indemnifying party of any claim with respect to which it seeks indemnification (provided that
any delay or failure to so notify the indemnifying party shall relieve the indemnifying party of its obligations
hereunder only to the extent, if at all, that it is actually and materially prejudiced by reason of such delay or failure)
and (ii) permit such indemnifying party to assume the defense of such claim with counsel reasonably satisfactory to
the indemnified party; provided, however, that any Person entitled to indemnification hereunder shall have the right
to select and employ separate counsel and to participate in the defense of such claim, but the fees and expenses of
such counsel shall be at the expense of such Person unless (w) the indemnifying party has agreed in writing to pay
such fees or expenses, (x) the indemnifying party shall have failed to assume the defense of such claim within a
reasonable time after receipt of notice of such claim from the Person entitled to indemnification hereunder and
employ counsel reasonably satisfactory to such Person, (y) the indemnified party has reasonably concluded (based
upon advice of its counsel) that there may be legal defenses available to it or other indemnified parties that are
different from or in addition to those available to the indemnifying party, or (z) in the reasonable judgment of any
such Person (based upon advice of its counsel) a conflict of interest may exist between such Person and the
indemnifying party with respect to such claims (in which case, if the Person notifies the indemnifying party in
writing that such Person elects to employ separate counsel at the expense of the indemnifying party, the
indemnifying party shall not have the right to assume the defense of such claim on behalf of such Person). If the
indemnifying party assumes the defense, then no indemnifying party shall, without the written consent of the
indemnified party, effect the settlement or compromise of, or consent to the entry of any judgment with respect to,
any pending or threatened action or claim in respect of which indemnification or contribution may be sought
hereunder (whether or not the indemnified party is an actual or potential party to such action or claim) unless such
settlement, compromise or judgment (i) includes an unconditional release of the indemnified party from all liability
arising out of such action or claim and (ii) does not include a statement as to or an admission of fault, culpability or
a failure to act, by or on behalf of any indemnified party. If such defense is not assumed by the indemnifying party,
the indemnifying party shall not be subject to any liability for any settlement made without its prior written consent,
but such consent may not be unreasonably withheld. It is understood that the indemnifying party or parties shall not,
except as specifically set forth in this Section 4.10(c), in connection with any proceeding or related proceedings in
the same jurisdiction, be liable for the reasonable fees, disbursements or other charges of more than one separate
firm admitted to practice in such jurisdiction at any one time unless (x) the employment of more than one counsel
has been authorized in writing by the indemnifying party or parties, (y) an indemnified party has reasonably
concluded (based on the advice of counsel) that there may be legal defenses available to it that are different from or
in addition to those available to the other indemnified parties or (z) a conflict or potential conflict exists or may exist
(based upon advice of counsel to an indemnified party) between such indemnified party and the other indemnified
parties, in each of which cases the indemnifying party shall be obligated to pay the reasonable fees and expenses of
such additional counsel or counsels.

4.11 Rules 144 and 144A and Regulation S. To the extent it shall be required to do so under the Exchange Act, the Company shall
file the reports required to be filed by it under the Securities Act and the Exchange Act and the rules and regulations adopted
by the Commission thereunder (or, if the Company is not required to file such reports, it shall, upon the request of any
Investor Party, make publicly available such necessary information for so long as necessary to permit sales that would
otherwise be permitted by this Agreement pursuant to Rule 144, Rule 144A or Regulation S under the Securities Act, as such
rules may be amended from time-to-time or any similar rule or regulation hereafter adopted by the SEC), and it shall take
such further action as any Investor Party may reasonably request, all to the extent required to enable such



Graphics
Investor Party to sell Registrable Securities without Registration under the Securities Act in transactions that would otherwise
be permitted by this Agreement and within the limitation of the exemptions provided by (i) Rule 144, Rule 144A or
Regulation S under the Securities Act, as such rules may be amended from time to time, or (ii) any similar rule or regulation
hereafter adopted by the Commission. Upon the request of the any Investor Party, the Company shall deliver to such Investor
Party a written statement as to whether it has complied with such requirements and, if not, the specifics thereof. The
Company will not issue new certificates or enter any book-entry shares for Registrable Securities without a legend restricting
further transfer unless (i) such shares have been sold to the public pursuant to an effective Registration Statement under the
Securities Act or Rule 144, Rule 144A or Regulation S, or (ii) (x) otherwise permitted under the Securities Act, (y) the holder
of such shares has delivered to the Company an opinion of counsel, which opinion and counsel is reasonably satisfactory to
the Company, to such effect, and (z) the holder of such shares expressly requests the issuance of such certificates or book-
entry shares in writing.

4.12 Existing Registration Statements. Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary and subject to applicable law and
regulation, the Company may satisfy any obligation hereunder to file a Registration Statement or to have a Registration
Statement become effective by a specified date by designating, by notice to the Investor Parties, a Registration Statement that
previously has been filed with the Commission or become effective, as the case may be, as the relevant Registration
Statement for purposes of satisfying such obligation, and all references to any such obligation shall be construed accordingly;
provided that such previously filed Registration Statement may be, and is, amended or, subject to applicable securities laws,
supplemented to add the number of Registrable Securities, and, to the extent necessary, to identify as a selling stockholder
those Investor Parties demanding the filing of a Registration Statement pursuant to the terms of this Agreement. To the extent
this Agreement refers to the filing or effectiveness of other Registration Statements, by or at a specified time and the
Company has, in lieu of then filing such Registration Statements or having such Registration Statements become effective,
designated a previously filed or effective Registration Statement as the relevant Registration Statement for such purposes, in
accordance with the preceding sentence, such references shall be construed to refer to such designated Registration
Statement, as amended.

4.13 Holdback. In consideration for the Company agreeing to its obligations under this Agreement, the Investor agrees, and shall
cause the Investor Parties to agree, in connection with any Registration of the Company's securities (whether or not such
Person is participating in such Registration) upon the request of the Company and the Underwriters managing any
Underwritten Offering of the Company's securities, on the same terms as all directors, officers and greater than 5% holders
agree, not to effect (other than pursuant to such Registration) any public sale or distribution of Registrable Securities or make
any short sale of, loan, grant any option for the purchase of, or otherwise dispose of any Registrable Securities, any other
equity securities of the Company or any securities convertible into or exchangeable or exercisable for any equity securities of
the Company without the prior written consent of the Company or such Underwriters, as the case may be, during such period
as may be required by the managing Underwriter.

5. Miscellaneous.

5.1 Termination. This Agreement will terminate, except for the provisions of Sections 4.10 and 4.11 and as otherwise provided in
this Agreement, on the earlier of (a) the date that the Investor and the Investor Parties collectively Beneficially Own less than
10% of the total issued and outstanding Common Shares of the Company and are free to sell their Common Shares without
restriction under Rule 144 of the Securities Act and (b) upon the written consent of the Company and the Investor.

5.2 Expenses.

(a) Except as otherwise provided herein, all expenses incurred in connection with this Agreement and the transactions
contemplated hereby will be paid by the party incurring such expenses.



Graphics
(b) In the event that the Board or the chief executive officer of the Company requests that the Investor Parties consider
any action that would be reasonably likely to require a change or amendment to this Agreement or affect the rights
of the Investor Parties in any manner that is different than or in addition to the effect on shareholders generally, the
Company will pay on behalf of or reimburse the Investor Parties for all of their reasonable out-of-pocket costs and
expenses incident thereto, or incurred or to be incurred in connection therewith, including the actual and reasonable
fees of counsel, accountants and/or other consultants to the Investor Parties billed at standard hourly rates and
disbursements.

5.3 Notice. All notices, requests, demands and other communications made under or by reason of the provisions of this
Agreement must be in writing and be given by hand delivery, email or next Business Day courier to the affected party at the
addresses set forth below or at such other addresses or facsimile numbers as such party may have provided to the other
parties in accordance herewith. Such notices will be deemed given at the time personally delivered (if delivered by hand with
receipt acknowledged), upon issuance by the transmitting machine of confirmation that the number of pages constituting the
notice has been transmitted without error and confirmed telephonically (if sent by email), and the first Business Day after
timely delivery to the courier (if sent by next-Business Day courier specifying next-Business Day delivery).

(a) If to the Company, to:
BW LPG Limited

#17-01, 10 Pasir Panjang Road
Mapletree Business City,
Singapore 117438

Attention: Samantha Xu
Email: samantha.xu@bwlpg.com
(with copy to Nicholas Fell
Email: nick.fell@bw-group.com)

With a copy (which will not constitute notice) to:

Cleary Gottlieb Steen & Hamilton LLP
2 London Wall Place
London EC2Y 5AU, England

Attention: Sarah Lewis
Email: slewis@cgsh.com

(b) If to the Investor and any participating Investor Party:
BW Group Limited
#18-01, 10 Pasir Panjang Road
Singapore, 117438

Attention: General Counsel
Email: bwlegal@bw-group.com

With a copy (which will not constitute notice) to:

Attention: Head of Corporate Secretarial Department



Graphics
5.4 Interpretation. This Agreement has been freely and fairly negotiated among the parties. If an ambiguity or question of intent
or interpretation arises, this Agreement will be construed as if drafted jointly by the parties and no presumption or burden of
proof will arise favoring or disfavoring any party because of the authorship of any provision of this Agreement. When a
reference is made in this Agreement to an Article or Section, such reference will be to an Article or Section of this Agreement
unless otherwise indicated. The headings contained in this Agreement are for reference purposes only and will not affect in
any way the meaning or interpretation of this Agreement. Whenever the words “include,” “includes” or “including” are used
in this Agreement, they will be deemed to be followed by the words “without limitation.” “$” refers to U.S. dollars. Words
used in the singular form in this Agreement will be deemed to include the plural, and vice versa, as the context may require.
If the date upon or by which any party hereto is required to perform any covenant or obligation hereunder falls on a day that
is not a Business Day, then such date of performance will be automatically extended to the next Business Day thereafter. The
words “hereof,” “herein” and “hereunder” and words of similar import when used in this Agreement will refer to this
Agreement as a whole and not to any particular provision of this Agreement. Unless the context otherwise requires, (i) “or” is
disjunctive but not necessarily exclusive, (ii) the use in this Agreement of a pronoun in reference to a party hereto includes
the masculine, feminine or neuter, as the context may require, and (iii) unless otherwise defined herein, terms used herein
which are defined in GAAP have the meanings ascribed to them therein. All Exhibits hereto will be deemed part of this
Agreement and included in any reference to this Agreement. Any agreement, instrument or law defined or referred to herein
means such agreement, instrument or law as from time-to-time amended, modified or supplemented (and, in the case of any
law, the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder), including (in the case of agreements or instruments) by waiver or
consent and (in the case of laws) by succession of comparable successor laws.

5.5 Governing Law. This Agreement, any claims, causes of actions or disputes (whether in contract or tort) based upon, arising
out of or relating to this Agreement or the negotiation, execution or performance of this Agreement will be governed by and
construed in accordance with the laws applicable to contracts made and to be performed entirely in the State of New York,
United States of America, without regard to any applicable conflict of laws principles that would require the laws of a
jurisdiction other than the State of New York. The parties hereto agree that any action seeking to enforce any provision of, or
based on any matter arising out of or in connection with, this Agreement will only be brought in any United States District
Court located in New York County, New York so long as such court has subject matter jurisdiction over such action, or
alternatively in any New York State Court located in New York County, New York if the aforesaid United States District
Courts do not have subject matter jurisdiction, and that any cause of action arising out of this Agreement will be deemed to
have arisen from a transaction of business in the State of New York, and each of the parties hereby irrevocably consents to
the jurisdiction of such court (and of the appropriate appellate courts therefrom) in any such action and irrevocably waives
any objection that it may now or hereafter have to the laying of the venue of any such action in any such court or that any
such action which is brought in such court has been brought in an inconvenient forum. Process in any such action may be
served on any party anywhere in the world, whether within or without the jurisdiction of such court. Without limiting the
foregoing, each party agrees that service of process on such party as provided in Section 5.3 will be deemed effective service
of process on such party. In the event of litigation relating to this Agreement, the non-prevailing party will be liable and pay
to the prevailing party the reasonable costs and expenses (including attorney's fees) incurred by the prevailing party in
connection with such litigation, including any appeal therefrom.

5.6 Specific Performance. The parties agree that irreparable damage would occur in the event that any of the provisions of this
Agreement were not performed in accordance with their specific terms or were otherwise breached, that monetary damages
may be inadequate and that a party may have no adequate remedy at law. Notwithstanding Section 5.5, the parties
accordingly agree that the parties will be entitled to an injunction or injunctions to prevent breaches of this Agreement and to
enforce specifically the terms and provisions of this Agreement in action instituted in a United States District Court located in
New York County, New York, this being in addition to any other remedy to which such party is entitled at law or in equity.
In the event that a party seeks in equity to enforce the provisions of this Agreement, no party will allege, and each party
hereby waives the defense or counterclaim that, there is an adequate remedy at law.



Graphics
5.7 Successors and Assigns; Assignment. Except as otherwise expressly provided herein, the provisions hereof will inure to the
benefit of, and be binding upon, the successors, permitted assigns, heirs, executors and administrators of the parties hereto.
For the avoidance of doubt, the provisions hereof will inure to the benefit of, and be binding upon the Company following its
redomiciliation from Bermuda to Singapore. This Agreement may not be assigned by (a) the Company (other than by
operation of law, including in connection with a Change of Control), without the prior written consent of the Investor, or (b)
the Investor without the prior written consent of the Company, except that the Investor may assign its rights and obligations
without such consent in connection with a transfer of its Common Shares to a controlled Affiliate of the Investor, including
any Affiliated fund.

5.8 Amendment and Waiver. No amendment, waiver or other modification of, or consent under, any provision of this Agreement
will be effective against the Company, unless it is approved in writing by the Company, and no amendment, waiver or other
modification of, or consent under, any provision of this Agreement will be effective against the Investor, unless it is approved
in writing by the Investor; provided that the Investor may also waive any rights or provide consent with respect to itself. No
waiver of any breach of any agreement or provision herein contained will be deemed a waiver of any preceding or succeeding
breach thereof or of any other agreement or provision herein contained. The failure or delay of any of the parties to assert any
of its rights or remedies under this Agreement will not constitute a waiver of such rights nor will it preclude any other or
further exercise of the same or of any other right or remedy.

5.9 No Third-Party Beneficiaries. This Agreement is for the sole benefit of the parties and their permitted assigns and nothing
herein expressed or implied will give or be construed to give any Person, other than the parties and such assigns, any legal or
equitable rights hereunder.

5.10 Effectiveness. This Agreement shall become effective upon the date of the Listing.

5.11 Entire Agreement. This Agreement (including any exhibits hereto) constitutes the entire agreement among the parties hereto
with respect to the subject matter hereof and supersede all prior agreements, understandings, representations and
undertakings, both written and oral, among the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof and thereof, including any
confidentiality agreements previously entered into by the Company, on the one hand, and the Investor, on the other hand.

5.12 Severability. If any term or other provision of this Agreement is invalid, illegal or incapable of being enforced by any law or
public policy in any jurisdiction, all other terms and provisions of this Agreement will nevertheless remain in full force and
effect so long as the economic or legal substance of the transactions and the intention of the parties with respect to the
transactions contemplated hereby is not affected in any manner materially adverse to any of the parties. Upon such
determination that any term or other provision is invalid, illegal or incapable of being enforced, the parties will negotiate in
good faith to modify this Agreement so as to effect the original intent of the parties as closely as possible in an acceptable
manner in order that the transactions contemplated hereby are consummated as originally contemplated to the greatest extent
possible.

5.13 Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in two or more counterparts, each of which will be deemed an original, but
all of which will constitute one and the same agreement. This Agreement may be executed by any party hereto by means of a
facsimile, email or PDF transmission of an originally executed counterpart, the delivery of which facsimile, email or PDF
transmission will have the same force and effect, except as specified in any document executed and delivered pursuant to the
immediately preceding sentence, as the delivery of the originally executed counterpart.














[Remainder of Page Intentionally Left Blank.]



Graphics
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Agreement as of the date first set forth above.



BW LPG LIMITED
By:
/s/ Kristian Sørensen
Name:
Kristian Sørensen
Title:
Chief Executive Officer
INVESTOR:
BW GROUP LIMITED
By:
/s/ Nicholas Fell
Name:
Nicholas Fell
Title:
General Counsel & EVP
[
Signature Page to the Shareholder Rights Agreement]

Graphics
Exhibit 2.2
Description of Ordinary Shares Registered under Section 12 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (the “Exchange Act”)
This Exhibit contains a description of the rights of the holders of the Company’s ordinary shares (the “Shares”) and certain
material provisions of the Company’s Constitution. This description also summarises relevant provisions of the Singapore Companies
Act, in effect as of the date of the Company’s annual report on Form 20-F for the year ended 31 December 2024 (the “2024 20-F”),
insofar as they relate to the material terms of the Company’s Shares. The following summary does not purport to be complete and is
subject to, and is qualified in its entirety by reference to, the applicable provisions of Singapore law and the Company’s Constitution,
a copy of which is filed as Exhibit 1.1 to the 2024 20-F, of which this Exhibit 2.2 is a part. We encourage you to read the Company’s
Constitution and the applicable provisions of Singapore law for additional information.
Capitalised terms used but not defined herein have the meanings given to them in the 2024 20-F and cross-references included
herein are to the relevant Item of the 2024 20-F.
Objects of the Company
Under the Constitution, the objects of the Company are unrestricted, and the Company is capable of exercising all the functions of
a natural person of full capacity, as provided in Section 23 of the Singapore Companies Act.
Board of Directors
Under the Constitution, the Board of Directors shall consist of not less than three directors, or such number in excess thereof as
the shareholders may determine. The Board of Directors shall be elected or appointed, except in the case of a casual vacancy, at the
AGM of the shareholders or at any extraordinary general meeting of the shareholders called for that purpose. See also “Item 6.
Directors, Senior Management and Employees – C. Board Practices”.
Shareholder rights
Register of Members
Only persons who are registered in our register of members are recognized under Singapore law as shareholders of the Company
with legal standing to institute shareholder actions against us or otherwise seek to enforce their rights as shareholders. We will not,
except as required by applicable law, recognize any equitable, contingent, future or partial interest in any Share or other rights for any
Share other than the absolute right thereto of the registered holder of that Share. We may close our register of members for any time or
times, provided that our register of members may not be closed for more than 30 days in the aggregate in any calendar year. We
typically will close our register of members to determine shareholders’ entitlement to receive dividends and other distributions.
The Shares listed and traded on NYSE, are held through The Depository Trust Company (“DTC”). Accordingly, DTC or its
nominee, Cede & Co., will be the shareholder on record registered in our register of members. The holders of the Shares held in book-
entry interests through DTC or its nominee may become a registered shareholder by exchanging its interest in such Shares for
certificated Shares and being registered in our register of members in respect of such Shares. The procedures by which a holder of
book-entry interests held through the facilities of the DTC may exchange such interests for certificated Shares are determined by DTC
(including the broker, bank, nominee or other institution that holds the Shares within DTC). If (a) the name of any person is without
sufficient cause entered in or omitted from the register of members; or (b) default is made or there is unnecessary delay in entering in
the register of members the fact of any person having ceased to be a member of the Company, the person aggrieved or any member of
the Company or the Company itself, may apply to the Singapore courts for rectification of the register of members. The Singapore
courts may either refuse the application or order rectification of the register of members, and may direct the Company to pay any
damages sustained by any party to the application. The Singapore courts will not entertain any application for the rectification of a
register of members in respect of an entry which was made in the register of members more than 30 years before the date of the
application.
Transfer of Shares


Graphics
Subject to applicable securities laws in relevant jurisdictions and the Constitution, the Shares are freely transferable. Any
Shareholder may transfer all or any of his Shares by an instrument of transfer in the usual common form or in any other form which
the Board of Directors may approve. The Board of Directors may refuse to recognise any instrument of transfer unless it is
accompanied by the certificate in respect of the Shares (if one has been issued) to which it relates and by such other evidence as the
Board of Directors may reasonably require to prove the right of the transferor to make the transfer.
If any share certificate shall be proved to the satisfaction of the Board of Directors to have been worn out, lost, mislaid, or
destroyed, the Board of Directors may cause a new certificate to be issued and request an indemnity for the lost certificate if it sees fit.
Shareholders who hold the Shares electronically in book-entry form through the facilities of the DTC and that wish to become
registered shareholders must contact the broker, bank, nominee or other institution that holds their Shares and complete a transfer of
these Shares from DTC to themselves (by transferring such Shares to an account maintained by Equiniti Trust Company, LLC our
transfer agent and registrar) according to the procedures established by DTC, such broker, bank, nominee or other institution and
Equiniti Trust Company, LLC
Preference shares
Under the Singapore Companies Act, different classes of shares in a public company may be issued only if (a) the issue of the
class or classes of shares is provided for in the constitution of the public company and (b) the constitution of the public company sets
out in respect of each class of shares the rights attached to that class of shares. Subject to the Singapore Companies Act and obtaining
prior approval for the issuance of such Shares by special resolution of the shareholders in a general meeting, the Constitution provides
that the Board of Directors is authorized to provide for the issuance of one or more classes of preference shares in one or more series,
and to establish from time to time the number of Shares to be included in each such series, and to fix the terms, including designation,
powers, preferences, rights, qualifications, limitations, and restrictions of the Shares of each class. Such Shares may be issued as
redeemable preference shares that (at a determinable date or at the option of the Company or the shareholder) are liable to be
redeemed on such terms and in such manner of redemption as determined by the Board of Directors before the issue, provided that
prior approval for the issuance of such Shares is given by resolution at a general meeting of the shareholders.
Dividends and other distributions
The Company may by ordinary resolution in a general meeting declare final dividends, but no such dividend declared shall
exceed the amount recommended by the Board of Directors. Subject to the Singapore Companies Act, the Board of Directors may
from time to time pay to the shareholders such interim dividends as appear to the Board of Directors to be justified by the profits of
the Company. No dividends (final or interim) shall be paid to shareholders except out of the profits of the Company.
Except insofar as the rights attaching to, or the terms of issue of, any Share otherwise provides, (a) the Board of Directors may
declare dividends to be paid in proportion to the number of Shares held by the shareholders, and such dividend may be paid in cash or
wholly or partly in specie in which case the Board of Directors may fix the value for distribution in specie of any assets, (b) the
Company may pay dividends in proportion to the amount paid up on each Share where a larger amount is paid up on some shares than
on others, and (c) the Board of Directors may declare and make such other distributions (in cash or in specie) as may be lawfully made
out of the assets of the Company.
The Board of Directors may deduct from the dividends or distributions payable to any shareholder all moneys due from such
shareholder to the Company on account of calls or otherwise.
No unpaid dividend or distribution shall bear interest as against the Company.
Any dividend, interest or other moneys payable in cash in respect of the Shares may be paid through a depository system or any
other relevant system, by cheque or bank draft sent through the post directed to the shareholder at such shareholder’s address in the
register of members, or to such person and to such address as the shareholder may direct in writing, or by transfer to such account as
the shareholder may direct in writing. In the case of joint holders of Shares, any dividend, interest or other moneys payable in cash in
respect of Shares may be paid


Graphics
by cheque or bank draft sent through the post directed to the address of the holder first named in the register of members, or to such
person and to such address as the joint holders may direct in writing, or by transfer to such account as the joint holders may direct in
writing. If two or more persons are registered as joint holders of any Shares any one can give an effectual receipt for any dividend paid
in respect of such Shares.
Any dividend or other monies payable in respect of a Share which has remained unclaimed for six years from the date when such
dividend became due for payment shall, if the Board of Directors so resolves, be forfeited and cease to remain owing by the Company.
Variation of share rights
Subject to the Constitution, no regulation of the Constitution shall be rescinded, altered or amended and no new regulation shall
be made until the same has been approved by a resolution of the Board of Directors and by a special resolution of the shareholders,
meaning a resolution passed by a majority of not less than three-fourths of such shareholders as, being entitled to do so, vote in person
or, where proxies are allowed, by proxy present at a general meeting of which not less than 21 days’ written notice, specifying the
intention to propose the resolution as a special resolution has been duly given.
Subject to the Singapore Companies Act, if, at any time, the share capital is divided into different classes of Shares, the rights
attached to any class (unless otherwise provided by the terms of issue of the Shares of that class) may, whether or not the Company is
being wound-up, be varied with the consent in writing of the holders of three-fourths of the issued Shares of that class or with the
sanction of a resolution passed by a majority of the votes cast at a separate general meeting of the holders of the Shares of the class at
which meeting the necessary quorum shall be two persons at least holding or representing by proxy one-third of the issued Shares of
the class. The rights conferred upon the holders of the Shares of any class issued with preferred or other rights shall, unless otherwise
expressly provided by the terms of issue of the Shares of that class, be deemed to be varied by the creation or issue of further Shares
ranking pari passu therewith. Under the Singapore Companies Act, pursuant to such variation or abrogation, the rights attached to any
such class of Shares are at any time varied or abrogated, the holders of not less in the aggregate than 5% of the total number of issued
Shares of that class may apply to the Singapore courts to have the variation or abrogation cancelled, and, if such application is made,
the variation or abrogation does not have effect until confirmed by the Singapore courts.
Shareholder meetings
Subject to the Singapore Companies Act, an AGM shall be held in each year (other than the year of incorporation) at such time
and place as the president of the Company (if any) or the Chairman or the Board of Directors shall appoint. Such AGM must be held
within 6 months after the end of each financial year.
The president of the Company (if any) or the Chairman or the Board of Directors may convene an extraordinary general meeting
of the Company whenever in their judgment such a meeting is necessary.
Under the Singapore Companies Act, the Board of Directors must, on the requisition of shareholders holding at the date of the
deposit of the requisition not less than 10% of the total number of paid-up shares as at the date of the deposit carrying the right of
voting at general meetings, immediately proceed duly to convene an extraordinary general meeting of the Company to be held as soon
as practicable but in any case not later than 2 months after the receipt by the Company of the requisition. Any of the Company’s
paid-up Shares held as treasury shares)are to be disregarded. In any case, two or more shareholders, holding not less than 10% of the
total number of issued shares of the Company (excluding treasury shares) may call a meeting of the Company.
Under the Singapore Companies Act, the Company must provide to every shareholder:
• 14 days’ written notice of a general meeting to pass an ordinary resolution; and
• 21 days’ written notice of a general meeting to pass a special resolution.
The Constitution further provides that in computing the notice period, both the day on which the notice is served, or deemed to be
served, and the day of the meeting shall be excluded.


Graphics
Unless otherwise required by the Singapore Companies Act or the Constitution, any question proposed for the consideration of
the shareholders at any general meeting shall be decided by affirmative votes of a majority of the votes cast by the shareholder present
in person or represented by proxy at the meeting and entitled to vote on the resolution. An ordinary resolution suffices, for example,
for appointments of directors. A special resolution, requiring an affirmative vote of not less than three-fourths of the shareholders
present in person or represented by proxy at the meeting and entitled to vote on the resolution, is necessary for certain matters, for
example, an alteration of the Constitution.
Limitations on rights to hold or vote Shares
Except as discussed herein, there are no limitations imposed by the laws of Singapore or by the Constitution on the right of non-
resident shareholders to hold or exercise voting rights attached to the Shares.
Takeovers
The Singapore Take-overs Code regulates, among other things, the acquisition of voting rights of corporations and business trusts
with a primary listing in Singapore, public companies and registered business trusts with a primary listing overseas as well as unlisted
public companies and unlisted registered business trusts with more than 50 shareholders or unitholders (as the case may be) and net
tangible assets of S$5.0 million or more.
Any (i) person acquiring shares, whether by a series of transactions over a period of time or not, either on his own or together
with parties acting in concert (as defined in the Singapore Take-overs Code) with such person, in 30% or more of the voting rights of a
company, or (ii) person holding, either on his own or together with parties acting in concert with such person, not less than 30% but
not more than 50% of the voting rights of a company, and such person (or parties acting in concert with such person) acquires
additional shares carrying more than 1% of the voting rights of a company in any six-month period, each such person must, except
with the consent of the Securities Industry Council of Singapore, immediately extend a mandatory take-over offer for all the remaining
voting shares in accordance with the provisions of the Singapore Take-overs Code. The primary responsibility for ensuring
compliance with the Singapore Take-overs Code rests with parties (including company directors) to a take-over or merger and their
advisors.
Under the Singapore Take-overs Code, persons “acting in concert” comprise individuals or companies who, pursuant to an
agreement or understanding (whether formal or informal), cooperate, through the acquisition by any of them of shares in a company,
to obtain or consolidate effective control of that company. Certain individuals and companies are presumed to be acting in concert
with each other unless the contrary is established. They include:

• a company and its parent company, subsidiaries or fellow subsidiaries (together, the related companies), the associated
companies of any of the company and its related companies, companies whose associated companies include any of these
companies and any person who has provided financial assistance (other than a bank in the ordinary course of business) to any
of the foregoing for the purchase of voting rights;
• a company with any of its directors (together with their close relatives, related trusts and companies controlled by any of the
directors, their close relatives and related trusts);
• a company and its pension funds and employee share schemes;
• a person with any investment company, unit trust or other fund whose investment such person manages on a discretionary
basis but only in respect of the investment account which such person manages;
• a financial or other professional advisor, including a stockbroker, with its clients in respect of the shareholdings of the
advisor and persons controlling, controlled by or under the same control as the advisor;
• directors of a company (together with their close relatives, related trusts and companies controlled by any of such directors,
their close relatives and related trusts) which is subject to an offer or where the directors have reason to believe a bona fide
offer for the company may be imminent;


Graphics
• partners; and
• an individual and such person’s close relatives, related trusts, any person who is accustomed to act in accordance with such
person’s instructions and companies controlled by the individual, such person’s close relatives, related trusts or any person
who is accustomed to act in accordance with such person’s instructions and any person who has provided financial assistance
(other than a bank in the ordinary course of business) to any of the foregoing for the purchase of voting rights.
Subject to certain exceptions, a mandatory take-over offer must be in cash or be accompanied by a cash alternative at not less than
the highest price paid by the offeror or parties acting in concert with the offeror for the voting rights of an offeree company during the
offer period and within six months prior to its commencement.
Under the Singapore Take-overs Code, where effective control of a company is acquired or consolidated by a person, or persons
acting in concert, a general offer to all other shareholders is normally required. In the case where a company has more than one class
of equity share capital, a comparable offer must be made for each class in accordance with the Singapore Take-overs Code and the
Securities Industry Council of Singapore should be consulted in advance in such cases. In addition, an offeror must treat all
shareholders of the same class in an offeree company equally. A fundamental requirement is that shareholders in the company subject
to the take-over offer must be given sufficient information, advice and time to consider and decide on the offer. These legal
requirements may impede or delay a take-over of the company by a third party.
On 7 September 2023, the Securities Industry Council of Singapore waived application of the Singapore Take-overs Code to the
Company, subject to certain conditions.
Compulsory acquisition of Shares held by minority holders
The rights of minority shareholders of Singapore-incorporated companies are protected under Section 216 of the Singapore
Companies Act, which gives the Singapore courts a general power to make any order, upon application by any shareholder of the
Company, as they think fit to remedy situations where: (1) the affairs of the Company are being conducted or the powers of the Board
of Directors are being exercised in a manner oppressive to one or more of the shareholders or holders of debentures including the
applicant or in disregard of his, her or their interests as shareholders or holders of debentures of the Company; or (2) some act of the
company has been done or is threatened or that some resolution of the shareholders, holders of debentures or any class of them has
been passed or is proposed which unfairly discriminates against or is otherwise prejudicial to, one or more of the shareholders or
holders of debentures, including the applicant.
The Singapore courts have wide discretion as to the relief they may grant, including (a) directing or prohibiting any act or
cancelling or varying any transaction or resolution, (b) regulating the conduct of the affairs of the Company in the future, (c)
authorizing civil proceedings to be brought in the name of or on behalf of the Company by such person or persons and on such terms
as the Singapore courts may direct, (d) providing for the purchase of the Shares or debentures of the Company by other shareholders
or holders of debentures of the Company or by the Company itself, (e) in the case of a purchase of shares by the Company, providing
for a reduction accordingly of the Company’s share capital, or (f) providing that the Company be wound up.
Comparison of Shareholder Rights
Set forth below is a summary of significant differences between the corporate law of Singapore applicable to the Company and
the provisions of the Delaware General Corporation Law applicable to US companies organised under the laws of Delaware.
This discussion does not purport to be a complete statement of the rights of holders of the Shares under applicable law in
Singapore and the Constitution or the rights of holders of the common stock of a typical corporation under applicable Delaware law
and a typical certificate of incorporation and bylaws. This discussion is qualified by reference to the applicable laws in Singapore and
Delaware.


Graphics



Delaware

Singapore
Board of Directors
The board of directors must consist of at least one member. The
number of directors shall be fixed by, or in a manner provided in,
the bye-laws, unless the certificate of incorporation fixes the
number of directors, in which case a change in the number shall
be made only by amendment of the certificate of incorporation.

A typical constitution states the minimum and maximum (if any)
number of directors as well as provides that the number of
directors may be increased or reduced by ordinary resolution
passed at a general meeting, provided that the number of
directors following such increase or reduction is within the
maximum (if any) and minimum number of directors provided in
the constitution and the Singapore Companies Act, respectively.
The Board of Directors must also consist of at least one director
who is ordinarily resident in Singapore.
Our Constitution provides that the minimum number of directors
is three.
Limitation on Personal Liability of Directors
A corporation’s certificate of incorporation may provide for the
elimination of personal monetary liability of directors for breach
of fiduciary duty as a director, provided that such provision shall
not eliminate or limit the liability of a director: (i) For any breach
of the director’s duty of loyalty to the corporation or its
stockholders; (ii) for acts or omissions not in good faith or which
involve intentional misconduct or a knowing violation of law;
(iii) under Section 174 of the Delaware General Corporation
Law; or (iv) for any transaction from which the director derived
an improper personal benefit.

Under the Singapore Companies Act, any provision (whether
contained in a company’s constitution or in any contract with the
company or otherwise) that purports to exempt an officer of the
company (to any extent) from any liability that would otherwise
attach to him or her in connection with any negligence, default,
breach of duty or breach of trust in relation to a company is void.
However, a company is not prohibited from: (a) purchasing and
maintaining for any such officer insurance against any liability
attaching to him or her in connection with any negligence,
default, breach of duty or breach of trust in relation to the
company; or (b) indemnifying the officer against liability
incurred by him or her to a person other than the company except
when the indemnity is against any liability of the officer (i) to
pay a fine in criminal proceedings, or (ii) to pay a sum to a
regulatory authority by way of a penalty in respect of non-
compliance with any requirements of a regulatory nature
(howsoever arising) or when the indemnity is against any liability
incurred by the officer (i) in defending criminal proceedings in
which he or she is convicted, (ii) in defending civil proceedings
brought by the company or a related company in which judgment
is given against him or her, or (iii) in connection with an
application for relief under section 76A(13) or section 391 of the
Singapore Companies Act in which the relevant court refuses to
grant him or her relief. This is given effect in our Constitution.
Where proceedings are commenced against an officer of a
corporation for negligence, default, breach of



Graphics





Delaware

Singapore


duty or breach of trust and it appears to the court before which
the proceedings are taken that the officer acted honestly and
reasonably and that having regard to all the circumstances of the
case, including those connected with the officer’s appointment,
the officer ought fairly to be excused for the negligence, default
or breach, the relevant court may relieve the officer wholly or
partly from liability on such terms as the court thinks fit.
Our Constitution provides that subject to the provisions of the
Singapore Companies Act and any other applicable law, the
directors, company secretary, and other officers (such term to
include any person appointed to any committee by the Board of
Directors) acting in relation to any of the affairs of the Company
or any subsidiary thereof and the liquidator or trustees (if any)
acting in relation to any of the affairs of the Company or any
subsidiary thereof and every one of them (whether for the time
being or formerly), and their heirs, executors and administrators
(each of which an “indemnified party”), shall be indemnified and
secured harmless out of the assets of the Company from and
against all actions, costs, charges, losses, damages and expenses
which they or any of them, their heirs, executors or
administrators, shall or may incur or sustain by or by reason of
any act done, concurred in or omitted in or about the execution of
their duty, or supposed duty, or in their respective offices or
trusts, and no indemnified party shall be answerable for the acts,
receipts, neglects or defaults of the others of them or for joining
in any receipts for the sake of conformity, or for any bankers or
other persons with whom any moneys or effects belonging to the
Company shall or may be lodged or deposited for safe custody, or
for deficiency of title to any property acquired by order of the
Board of Directors for or on behalf of the Company, or for
insufficiency or deficiency of any security upon which any
moneys of or belonging to the Company shall be placed out on or
invested, or for any loss or damage arising from the bankruptcy,
insolvency or tortious act of any person with whom any monies,
securities or effects shall be deposited or left or for any other
loss, misfortune or damage which may happen in the execution of
their respective offices or trusts, or in relation thereto, provided
that this indemnity shall not extend to any matter in respect of
any negligence, default, breach of duty, breach of trust, fraud or
dishonesty in relation to the Company which may attach to any of
the indemnified parties.


Graphics





Delaware

Singapore


Our Constitution also provides that the Company may purchase
and maintain insurance for the benefit of any director or officer
against any liability incurred by him under the Singapore
Companies Act in his capacity as a director or officer or
indemnifying such director or officer in respect of any loss
arising or liability attaching to him by virtue of any rule of law in
respect of any negligence, default, breach of duty or breach of
trust of which the director or officer may be guilty, in relation to
the Company or any subsidiary thereof, except when the
indemnity is against any liability of such officer (1) to pay a fine
in criminal proceedings or a sum payable to a regulatory
authority by way of a penalty in respect of non-compliance with
any requirement of a regulatory nature (however arising); or (2)
(A) in defending criminal proceedings in which he or she is
convicted, (B) in defending civil proceedings brought by the
Company or any subsidiary in which judgment is given against
him or her, or (C) in connection with an application for relief
under specified sections of the Singapore Companies Act in
which the Singapore court refuses to grant him or her relief.
Our Constitution also provides that the Company may advance
moneys to a director or officer for the costs, charges and
expenses incurred by the director or officer in defending any civil
or criminal proceedings against him, on condition that the
director or officer shall repay the advance if any allegation of
fraud or dishonesty in relation to the Company is proved against
him.
Interested Shareholders
Section 203 of the Delaware General Corporation Law generally
prohibits a Delaware corporation from engaging in any business
combination with an “interested stockholder” for three years
following the time that the stockholder becomes an interested
stockholder. Subject to specified exceptions, an “interested
stockholder” is any person that (i) owns 15% or more of the
corporation’s outstanding voting stock or (ii) is an affiliate or
associate of the corporation and was the owner of 15% or more of
the outstanding voting stock at any time within the previous three
years, and the affiliates and associates of such person.
A Delaware corporation may elect to “opt out” of, and not be
governed by, the restrictions contained in Section 203 through a
provision in either its original certificate of incorporation, or an
amendment to its

There are no comparable provisions under the Singapore
Companies Act with respect to public companies which are not
listed on the Singapore Exchange Securities Trading Limited.

However, the Constitution includes an interested shareholder
provision that is based on section 203 of the Delaware General
Corporation Law.

Graphics
Delaware

Singapore
certificate of incorporation or bye-laws that was approved by the
affirmative vote of a majority of the outstanding stock entitled to
vote thereon, in addition to any other vote required by law.


Removal of Directors
Under Delaware law, any director or the entire board may be
removed, with or without cause, by the holders of a majority of
the shares then entitled to vote at an election of directors. Unless
the certificate of incorporation provides otherwise, in the case of
a corporation whose board is classified, stockholders may effect
such removal only for cause. In the case of a corporation having
cumulative voting, if less than the entire board is to be removed,
no director may be removed without cause if the votes cast
against such director’s removal would be sufficient to elect such
director if then cumulatively voted at an election of the entire
board of directors, or, if there be classes of directors, at an
election of the class of directors of which such director is a part.

Under the Singapore Companies Act, directors of a public
company may be removed before expiration of their term of
office, notwithstanding anything in its constitution or in any
agreement between the public company and such directors, by
ordinary resolution. Where any director removed in this manner
was appointed to represent the interests of any particular class of
shareholders or debenture holders, the resolution to remove such
director does not take effect until such director’s successor has
been appointed.
Notice of the intention to move a resolution to remove a director
must be given to the company not less than 28 days before the
meeting at which it is moved. The company shall then give its
shareholders notice of such resolution at the same time and in the
same manner as it gives notice of the meeting or, if that is not
practicable, must give them notice thereof, in any manner
allowed by the constitution, not less than 14 days before the
meeting, but if after notice of the intention to move such a
resolution has been given to the company, a meeting is called for
a date 28 days or less after the notice has been given, the notice,
although not given to the company within the time required by
this section, is deemed to be properly given.
Filling Vacancies on the Board of Directors
Any vacancy, whether arising through death, resignation,
retirement, disqualification, removal, an increase in the number
of directors or any other reason, shall be filled as the
corporation’s certificate of incorporation or bye-laws provide. In
the absence of such provision, the vacancy shall be filled by a
majority vote of the remaining directors, even if such directors
remaining in office constitute less than a quorum, or by the sole
remaining director. In the case of a corporation with a classified
board of directors, any directors elected due to an increase in the
authorised number of directors shall hold office until the next
election of the class for which such directors shall have been
chosen, and until their successors shall be elected and qualified.

A typical constitution provides that the shareholders by way of an
ordinary resolution or the directors have the power to appoint any
person to be a director, either to fill a vacancy or as an addition to
the existing directors, but so that the total number of directors
will not at any time exceed the maximum number (if any) fixed
by or in accordance with the constitution.
Our Constitution provides that the shareholders in general
meeting or the Board shall have the power, to appoint any person
as a director to fill a vacancy on the Board of Directors occurring
as a result of the death, disability disqualification or resignation
of any director or as a result of an increase in the size of the
Board of Directors and to appoint an alternate director to any
director so appointed, provided that any such director appointed
by the Board of


Graphics
Delaware

Singapore


Directors shall hold office only until the next AGM or until their
successors are elected or appointed or their office is otherwise
vacated.
Amendment of Governing Documents
Under the Delaware General Corporation Law, amendments to a
corporation’s certificate of incorporation require the approval of
stockholders holding a majority of the outstanding shares entitled
to vote on the amendment. If a class vote on the amendment is
required, a majority of the outstanding stock of the class is
required, unless a greater proportion is specified in the certificate
of incorporation or by other provisions of the Delaware General
Corporation Law.
The power to adopt, amend or repeal bye-laws shall be in the
stockholders entitled to vote. Notwithstanding the foregoing, any
corporation may, in its certificate of incorporation, confer the
power to adopt, amend or repeal bye-laws upon the board of
directors.

Under the Singapore Companies Act, the constitution of a
company may be altered or added to by special resolution.
An entrenching provision may be included in the constitution
with which a company is formed and at any time be inserted into
the constitution only if all the shareholders of the company agree.
An entrenching provision is a provision of the constitution to the
effect that other specified provisions of the constitution may not
be altered in the manner provided by the Singapore Companies
Act or may not be so altered except (i) by a resolution passed by
a specified majority greater than 75% (the minimum majority
required by the Singapore Companies Act for a special
resolution) or (ii) where other specified conditions are met. The
Singapore Companies Act provides that such entrenching
provision may be removed or altered only if all the shareholders
agree.
Our Constitution provides that no regulation of our Constitution
shall be rescinded, altered or amended and no new regulation
shall be made until the same has been approved by a resolution of
the Board of Directors and by a special resolution of the
shareholders. The Board of Directors has no power to amend the
Constitution unilaterally.
Meetings of Shareholders
Annual and Special Meetings
Meetings of stockholders may be held at such place, either within
or outside of Delaware, as may be designated by or in the manner
provided in the certificate of incorporation or bye-laws, or if not
so designated, as determined by the board of directors. Under the
Delaware General Corporation Law, special meetings of the
stockholders may be called by the board of directors or by such
person or persons as may be authorised by the certificate of
incorporation or by the bye-laws.
Quorum Requirements
Under the Delaware General Corporation Law, a corporation’s
certificate of incorporation or bye-laws may specify the number
of shares and/or the amount


Annual General Meetings
Subject to the Singapore Companies Act, all companies are
required to hold an annual general meeting after the end of each
financial year within either four months (in the case of a public
company that is listed) or six months (in the case of any other
company).
We are required to hold an AGM within 6 months after the end
of each financial year. Our first financial year after the
redomiciliation will end on 31 December 2024 and subsequent
financial years will end on the last day of a period of 12 months
after the end of the previous financial year.



Graphics
Delaware

Singapore
of other securities having voting power, the holders of which
shall be present or represented by proxy at any meeting in order
to constitute a quorum for, and the votes that shall be necessary
for, the transaction of any business, but in no event shall a
quorum consist of less than one third of the shares entitled to
vote at the meeting.
Notice Requirements
Written notice shall be given not less than 10 nor more than 60
days before the meeting.
Whenever shareholders are required to take any action at a
meeting, a written notice of the meeting shall be given which
shall state the place, if any, date and hour of the meeting, and the
means of remote communication, if any.

Extraordinary General Meetings
Any general meeting other than the AGM is called an
“extraordinary general meeting”. Under the Singapore
Companies Act, the directors of a company, despite anything in
its constitution, must on the requisition of shareholders holding at
the date of the deposit of the requisition not less than 10% of the
total number of paid‑up shares as at the date of the deposit carries
the right of voting at general meetings or, in the case of a
company not having a share capital, of shareholders representing
not less than 10% of the total voting rights of all shareholders
having at that date a right to vote at general meetings,
immediately proceed duly to convene an extraordinary general
meeting of the company to be held as soon as practicable but in
any case not later than 2 months after the receipt by the company
of the requisition.
If the directors do not within 21 days after the date of the deposit
of the requisition proceed to convene a meeting, the Singapore
Companies Act provides that the requisitionists, or any of them
representing more than 50% of the total voting rights of all of
them, may themselves, in the same manner as nearly as possible
as that in which meetings are to be convened by directors
convene a meeting, but any meeting so convened must not be
held after the expiration of 3 months from that date.
In addition, under the Singapore Companies Act, two or more
shareholders holding not less than 10% of our total number of
issued shares (excluding treasury shares) may call a meeting of
the company.
Our Constitution provides that the president of the Company (if
any) or the Chairman or the Board may convene an extraordinary
general meeting of the Company whenever in their judgment
such a meeting is necessary.
Quorum Requirements
Under the Singapore Companies Act unless the constitution
provides otherwise, two shareholders of a company personally
present form a quorum
Our Constitution provides that the quorum at any general meeting
shall be two or more persons present in person throughout the
meeting and representing in person or by proxy in excess of 33%
of the total



Graphics
Delaware

Singapore


issued and outstanding voting Shares in the Company.
If within half an hour from the time appointed for the meeting a
quorum is not present, then, in the case of a meeting convened on
a requisition, the meeting shall be deemed cancelled and, in any
other case, the meeting shall stand adjourned to the same day one
week later, at the same time and place or to such other day, time
or place as the company secretary may determine. Unless the
meeting is adjourned to a specific date, time and place announced
at the meeting being adjourned, fresh notice of the resumption of
the meeting shall be given to each shareholder entitled to attend
and vote thereat in accordance with the Constitution.
Shareholders’ Rights at Meetings
The Singapore Companies Act provides that every shareholder
has, despite any provision in the Constitution, have a right to
attend any general meeting of the company and to speak on any
resolution before the meeting.
In the case of a company limited by shares, the holder of a share
may vote on a resolution before a general meeting of the
company if, in accordance with the Singapore Companies Act,
the share confers on the holder a right to vote on that resolution.
Our Constitution provides that no shareholder shall be entitled to
vote at a general meeting unless such shareholder has paid all
calls or other sums personally payable on all Shares held by such
shareholder.
Shares in a public company may confer special, limited or
conditional voting rights or not confer voting rights. In this
regard, different classes of shares in a public company may be
issued only if the issue of the class or classes of shares is
provided for in the constitution of the public company and the
constitution of the public company sets out in respect of each
class of shares the rights attached to that class of shares. A public
company shall not undertake any issuance of shares that confer
special, limited or conditional voting rights or that confer no
voting rights unless it is approved by the shareholders of the
public company by special resolution.



Graphics



Delaware

Singapore


Circulation of Shareholders’ Resolutions
Under the Singapore Companies Act, a company must on the
requisition of (a) any number of shareholders representing not
less than 5% of the total voting rights of all the shareholders
having at the date of requisition a right to vote at a meeting to
which the requisition relates or (b) not less than 100 shareholders
holding shares on which there has been paid up an average sum,
per shareholder, of not less than S$500, and unless the company
otherwise resolves, at the expense of the requisitionists, (i) give
to shareholders of the company entitled to receive notice of the
next annual general meeting notice of any resolution which may
properly be moved and is intended to be moved at that meeting,
and (ii) circulate to shareholders entitled to receive notice of any
general meeting sent to them any statement of not more than
1,000 words with respect to the matter referred to in any
proposed resolution or the business to be dealt with at that
meeting.

Indemnification of Officers, Directors and Employees
Under the Delaware General Corporation Law, subject to
specified limitations in the case of derivative suits brought by a
corporation’s stockholders in its name, a corporation shall have
power to indemnify any person who was or is a party or is
threatened to be made a party to any threatened, pending or
completed action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal,
administrative or investigative (other than an action by or in the
right of the corporation) by reason of the fact that the person is or
was a director, officer, employee or agent of the corporation, or is
or was serving at the request of the corporation as a director,
officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership,
joint venture, trust or other enterprise, against expenses
(including attorneys’ fees), judgments, fines and amounts paid in
settlement actually and reasonably incurred by the person in
connection with such action, suit or proceeding if the person:
• acted in good faith and in a manner the person reasonably
believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the
corporation; and
• with respect to any criminal action or proceeding, had no
reasonable cause to believe the person’s conduct was
unlawful.


Under the Singapore Companies Act, any provision (whether
contained in a company’s constitution or in any contract with the
company or otherwise) that purports to exempt an officer of the
company (to any extent) from any liability that would otherwise
attach to him or her in connection with any negligence, default,
breach of duty or breach of trust in relation to a company is void.
However, a company is not prohibited from: (a) purchasing and
maintaining for any such officer insurance against any liability
attaching to him or her in connection with any negligence,
default, breach of duty or breach of trust in relation to the
company; or (b) indemnifying the officer against liability
incurred by him or her to a person other than the company except
when the indemnity is against any liability of the officer (i) to
pay a fine in criminal proceedings, or (ii) to pay a sum to a
regulatory authority by way of a penalty in respect of non-
compliance with any requirements of a regulatory nature
(howsoever arising) or when the indemnity is against any liability
incurred by the officer (i) in defending criminal proceedings in
which he or she is convicted, (ii) in defending civil proceedings
brought by the company or a related company in which judgment
is given against him or her, or (iii) in connection with an
application for relief under section 76A(13) or section 391 of the
Singapore Companies Act in which the relevant




Graphics



Delaware

Singapore
Delaware corporate law permits indemnification by a corporation
under similar circumstances for expenses (including attorneys’
fees) actually and reasonably incurred by the person in
connection with the defence or settlement of such action or suit if
the person acted in good faith and in a manner the person
reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests
of the corporation and except that no indemnification shall be
made in respect of any claim, issue or matter as to which such
person shall have been adjudged to be liable to the corporation
unless and only to the extent that the Court of Chancery or the
court in which such action or suit was brought shall determine
upon application that, despite the adjudication of liability but in
view of all the circumstances of the case, such person is fairly
and reasonably entitled to indemnity for such expenses which the
Court of Chancery or such other court shall deem proper.
To the extent that a present or former director or officer of a
corporation has been successful on the merits or otherwise in
defence of any such action, suit or proceeding referred to above,
or in defence of any claim, issue or matter therein, such person
shall be indemnified against expenses (including attorneys’ fees)
actually and reasonably incurred by such person in connection
therewith. Expenses (including attorneys’ fees) incurred by an
officer or director of the corporation in defending any civil,
criminal, administrative or investigative action, suit or
proceeding may be paid by the corporation in advance of the
final disposition of such action, suit or proceeding upon receipt
of an undertaking by or on behalf of such director or officer to
repay such amount if it shall ultimately be determined that such
person is not entitled to be indemnified by the corporation.

court refuses to grant him or her relief. This is given effect in our
Constitution.
Where proceedings are commenced against an officer of a
corporation for negligence, default, breach of duty or breach of
trust and it appears to the court before which the proceedings are
taken that the officer acted honestly and reasonably and that
having regard to all the circumstances of the case, including those
connection with the officer’s appointment, the officer ought fairly
to be excused for the negligence, default or breach, the relevant
court may relieve the officer wholly or partly from liability on
such terms as the court thinks fit.
Our Constitution provides that, subject to the provisions of the
Singapore Companies Act and any other applicable law, the
directors, company secretary, and other officers (such term to
include any person appointed to any committee by the Board of
Directors) acting in relation to any of the affairs of the Company
or any subsidiary thereof and the liquidator or trustees (if any)
acting in relation to any of the affairs of the Company or any
subsidiary thereof and every one of them (whether for the time
being or formerly), and their heirs, executors and administrators
(each of which an “indemnified party”), shall be indemnified and
secured harmless out of the assets of the Company from and
against all actions, costs, charges, losses, damages and expenses
which they or any of them, their heirs, executors or
administrators, shall or may incur or sustain by or by reason of
any act done, concurred in or omitted in or about the execution of
their duty, or supposed duty, or in their respective offices or
trusts, and no indemnified party shall be answerable for the acts,
receipts, neglects or defaults of the others of them or for joining
in any receipts for the sake of conformity, or for any bankers or
other persons with whom any moneys or effects belonging to the
Company shall or may be lodged or deposited for safe custody, or
for deficiency of title to any property acquired by order of the
Board of Directors for or on behalf of the Company, or for
insufficiency or deficiency of any security upon which any
moneys of or belonging to the Company shall be placed out on or
invested, or for any loss or damage arising from the bankruptcy,
insolvency or tortious act of any person with whom any monies,
securities or effects shall be deposited or




Graphics
Delaware

Singapore


left or for any other loss, misfortune or damage which may
happen in the execution of their respective offices or trusts, or in
relation thereto, provided that this indemnity shall not extend to
any matter in respect of any negligence, default, breach of duty,
breach of trust, fraud or dishonesty in relation to the Company
which may attach to any of the indemnified parties.
Our Constitution also provides that the Company may purchase
and maintain insurance for the benefit of any director or officer
against any liability incurred by him under the Singapore
Companies Act in his capacity as a director or officer or
indemnifying such director or officer in respect of any loss
arising or liability attaching to him by virtue of any rule of law in
respect of any negligence, default, breach of duty or breach of
trust of which the director or officer may be guilty, in relation to
the Company or any subsidiary thereof, except when the
indemnity is against any liability of such officer (1) to pay a fine
in criminal proceedings or a sum payable to a regulatory
authority by way of a penalty in respect of non-compliance with
any requirement of a regulatory nature (however arising); or (2)
(A) in defending criminal proceedings in which he or she is
convicted, (B) in defending civil proceedings brought by the
Company or any subsidiary in which judgment is given against
him or her, or (C) in connection with an application for relief
under specified sections of the Singapore Companies Act in
which the Singapore court refuses to grant him or her relief.
Our Constitution also provides that the Company may advance
moneys to a director or officer for the costs, charges and
expenses incurred by the director or officer in defending any civil
or criminal proceedings against him, on condition that the
director or officer shall repay the advance if any allegation of
fraud or dishonesty in relation to the Company is proved against
him.

Shareholder Approval of Issuances of Shares
Under Delaware law, the directors may, at any time and from
time to time, if all of the shares of capital stock which the
corporation is authorised by its certificate of incorporation to
issue have not been issued, subscribed for, or otherwise
committed to be issued, issue or take subscriptions for additional
shares of its capital stock up to the amount authorised in its
certificate of incorporation.

Under the Singapore Companies Act, notwithstanding anything
in a company’s constitution, the directors must not exercise any
power of the company to issue shares without prior approval of
the company in a general meeting. Such approval once obtained
continues in force until the conclusion of the annual general
meeting commencing next after the date on which the approval
was given, or the expiration of the period


Graphics
Delaware

Singapore


within which the next annual general meeting after that date is
required by law to be held, whichever is earlier, but any approval
may be revoked or varied by the company in a general meeting.
Shareholder Approval of Business Combinations
Generally, under the Delaware General Corporation Law,
completion of a merger, the consolidation, or the sale, lease or
exchange of substantially all of a corporation’s assets or
dissolution requires approval by the board of directors and by a
majority (unless the certificate of incorporation requires a higher
percentage) of outstanding stock of the corporation entitled to
vote.
The Delaware General Corporation Law also requires a vote of
stockholders at an annual or special meeting and not by written
consent by the affirmative vote of at least two-thirds of the
outstanding voting stock which is not owned by the “interested
stockholders” as defined in Section 203 of the Delaware General
Corporation Law in connection with a business combination with
an “interested stockholder.”

The Singapore Companies Act mandates that specified corporate
actions require approval by the company in a general meeting,
notably:
• notwithstanding anything in the company’s constitution,
directors must not carry into effect any proposals for
disposing of the whole or substantially the whole of the
company’s undertaking or property unless those proposals
have been approved by the company in a general meeting;
• subject to the constitution of each amalgamating company,
an amalgamation proposal must be approved by the
shareholders of each amalgamating company via special
resolution at a general meeting; and
•  notwithstanding anything in the company’s constitution, the
directors must not, without the prior approval of the
company in general meeting, issue shares.
Our Constitution provides that notwithstanding anything in our
Constitution, the Company shall not carry into effect any
proposals for disposing of the whole or substantially the whole of
the Company’s undertaking or property unless those proposals
have been approved by the shareholders at a general meeting via
the affirmative vote of at least 75% of the issued and outstanding
voting shares of the Company.
Shareholder Action Without a Meeting
Under the Delaware General Corporation Law, unless otherwise
provided in the certificate of incorporation, any action taken at
any annual or special meeting of stockholders of a corporation, or
any action which may be taken at any annual or special meeting
of such stockholders, may be taken without a meeting, without
prior notice and without a vote, if a consent or consents in
writing, setting forth the action so taken, shall be signed by the
holders of outstanding stock having not less than the minimum
number of votes that would be necessary to authorise or take such
action at a meeting at which all shares

There are no equivalent provisions under the Singapore
Companies Act in respect of public companies that are listed on a
securities exchange outside Singapore, like our Company.


Graphics
Delaware

Singapore
entitled to vote thereon were present and voted in the manner
required by Section 228 of the Delaware General Corporation
Law.


Shareholder Suits
Under the Delaware General Corporation Law, a stockholder
may bring a derivative action on behalf of the corporation to
enforce the rights of the corporation. An individual also may
commence a class action suit on behalf of himself or herself and
other similarly situated stockholders where the requirements for
maintaining a class action under the Delaware Court of Chancery
Rules have been met. A person may institute and maintain such a
derivative suit only if such person was a stockholder at the time
of the transaction which is the subject of the suit or his or her
shares thereafter devolved upon him or her by operation of law.
Additionally, under Delaware law, the plaintiff bringing a
derivative suit on behalf of a corporation generally must be a
stockholder not only at the time of the transaction which is the
subject of the suit, but also through the duration of the derivative
suit. Delaware law also requires that the derivative plaintiff make
a demand on the directors of the corporation to assert the
corporate claim before the suit may be prosecuted by the
derivative plaintiff, unless such demand would be futile.

Standing
Only persons who are registered in our share register are
recognized under Singapore law as shareholders of our company.
As a result, only registered shareholders have legal standing to
institute shareholder actions against us or otherwise seek to
enforce their rights as shareholders.
Personal remedies in cases of oppression of justice
A shareholder or holder of a debenture of a company may apply
to the Singapore courts for an order under section 216 of the
Singapore Companies Act to remedy situations where (i) the
affairs of the company are being conducted or the powers of the
directors are being exercised in a manner oppressive to one or
more of the shareholders or holders of debentures including the
applicant or in disregard of his, her or their interests as
shareholders or holders of debentures of the company; or (ii) that
some act of the company has been done or is threatened or that
some resolution of the shareholders, holders of debentures or any
class of them has been passed or is proposed which unfairly
discriminates against or is otherwise prejudicial to one or more of
the shareholders or holders of debentures (including the
applicant).
The Singapore courts has wide discretion as to the relief they
may grant, including (a) directing or prohibiting any act or
cancelling or varying any transaction or resolution, (b) regulating
the conduct of the affairs of the Company in the future, (c)
authorizing civil proceedings to be brought in the name of or on
behalf of the Company by such person or persons and on such
terms as the Singapore courts may direct, (d) providing for the
purchase of the Shares or debentures of the Company by other
shareholders or holders of debentures of the Company or by the
Company itself, (e) in the case of a purchase of shares by the
Company, providing for a reduction accordingly of the
Company’s share capital, or (f) providing that the Company be
wound up.
Derivative actions and arbitrations


Graphics



Delaware

Singapore


Section 216A of the Singapore Companies Act provides a
mechanism enabling, inter alia, any shareholder of a company to
apply to the Singapore courts for permission to bring an action or
arbitration in the name and on behalf of the company or intervene
in an action or arbitration to which the company is a party for the
purpose of prosecuting, defending or discontinuing the action or
arbitration on behalf of the company.
Prior to commencing a derivative action or arbitration, the
Singapore courts must be satisfied that (i) the shareholder has
given 14 days’ notice to the directors of the company of the
shareholder’s intention to make such an application if the
directors of the company do not bring, diligently prosecute or
defend or discontinue the action or arbitration, (ii) the
shareholder is acting in good faith and (iii) it appears to be prima
facie in the interests of the company that the action or arbitration
be brought, prosecuted, defended or discontinued.
Class actions
The concept of class action suits in the United States, which
allows individual shareholders to bring an action seeking to
represent the class or classes of shareholders, does not exist in the
same manner in Singapore. Under the Singapore Rules of Court
2021 where numerous persons have a common interest in any
proceedings, such persons may sue or be sued as a group with
one or more of them representing the group. Where a group of
persons is suing as a group, all persons in the group must give
their consent in writing to the representative to represent all of
them in action and they must be included in the list of claimants
attached to the originating application or claim.
Dividends or Other Distributions; Repurchases and Redemptions
The directors of every corporation, subject to any restrictions
contained in its certificate of incorporation, may declare and pay
dividends upon the shares of its capital stock either out of its
surplus in accordance with the Delaware General Corporation
Law or in case there shall be no such surplus, out of its net profits
for the fiscal year in which the dividend is declared and/or the
preceding fiscal year.
If the capital of the corporation computed in accordance with the
Delaware General Corporation Law shall have been diminished
by depreciation in


Dividends
The Singapore Companies Act provides that no dividends can be
paid to shareholders of any company except out of profits. The
Singapore Companies Act does not provide a definition on when
profits are deemed to be available for the purpose of paying
dividends and this is accordingly governed by case law.




Graphics
Delaware

Singapore
the value of its property, or by losses, or otherwise, to an amount
less than the aggregate amount of the capital represented by the
issued and outstanding stock of all classes having a preference
upon the distribution of assets, the directors of such corporation
shall not declare and pay out of such net profits any dividends
upon any shares of any classes of its capital stock until the
deficiency in the amount of capital represented by the issued and
outstanding stock of all classes having a preference upon the
distribution of assets shall have been repaired.
Under the Delaware General Corporation Law, every corporation
may purchase, redeem, receive, take or otherwise acquire, own
and hold, sell, lend, exchange, transfer or otherwise dispose of,
pledge, use and otherwise deal in and with its own shares;
provided, however, that no corporation shall purchase or redeem
its own shares of capital stock for cash or other property when
the capital of the corporation is impaired or when such purchase
or redemption would cause any impairment of the capital of the
corporation, except that a corporation other than a nonstock
corporation may purchase or redeem out of capital any of its own
shares which are entitled upon any distribution of its assets,
whether by dividend or in liquidation, to a preference over
another class or series of its stock, or, if no shares entitled to such
a preference are outstanding, any of its own shares, if such shares
will be retired upon their acquisition and the capital of the
corporation reduced.

Our Constitution provides that no dividend (final or interim) shall
be paid to shareholders except out of the profits of the Company.
Acquisition of a company’s own shares
The Singapore Companies Act provides that except as otherwise
expressly provided by the Singapore Companies Act, a company
must not directly or indirectly, in any way (i) acquire shares or
units of shares in the company or (ii) purport to acquire shares or
units of shares in a holding company or ultimate holding
company, as the case may be, of the company. Any contract or
transaction made or entered into in contravention of the
aforementioned provision is void.
However, subject to its constitution and the Singapore
Companies Act, a company may, generally:
•  redeem redeemable preference shares on such terms and
in such manner as is provided by its constitution.
Preference shares must not be redeemed unless they are
fully paid up and must not be redeemed out of the
capital of the company unless all the directors make a
solvency statement in relation to such redemption in
accordance with the Singapore Companies Act, and the
company lodges a copy of the statement with the
Accounting and Corporate Regulatory Authority of
Singapore;
• whether listed on an approved exchange in Singapore or
any securities exchange outside Singapore, make an off-
market purchase of its own shares in accordance with an
equal access scheme authorised in advance at a general
meeting;
• make a selective off-market purchase of its own shares
in accordance with an agreement authorised in advance
at a general meeting by a special resolution where
persons whose shares are to be acquired and their
associated persons have abstained from voting;
• whether listed on an approved exchange in Singapore or
any securities exchange outside Singapore, make an
acquisition of



Graphics
Delaware

Singapore


its own shares under a contingent purchase contract
which has been authorised in advance by a special
resolution of the company; and
•  where listed on a securities exchange, make an
acquisition of its own shares on the securities exchange,
unless the purchase or acquisition has been authorized in
advance by the company in general meeting.
A company may also be required to purchase or acquire its own
shares by an order of the Singapore courts.
The total number of ordinary shares and stocks in any class that
may be purchased or acquired by a company during the relevant
period must not exceed 20% (or such other prescribed
percentage) of the total number of ordinary shares and stocks of
the company in that class as of the date of the resolution passed
to authorise the purchase or acquisition of the shares, unless the
company has, at any time during the relevant period, reduced its
share capital by a special resolution or the Singapore Court has,
at any time during the relevant period, made an order approving
the reduction of share capital of the company. If such is the case,
the total number of ordinary shares and stocks of the company in
any class shall be taken to be the total number of ordinary shares
and stocks of the company in that class as altered by the special
resolution or the order of the Singapore Court approving the
capital reduction (as the case may be).
For these purposes, the term “relevant period” means the period
commencing from the date a relevant resolution is passed and
expiring on the date the next annual general meeting is or is
required by law to be held, whichever is the earlier.
Financial assistance for the acquisition of shares
Except as otherwise expressly provided by the Singapore
Companies Act, a public company or a company whose holding
company or ultimate holding company is a public company must
not, whether directly or indirectly, give any financial assistance
for the purpose of, or in connection with (a) the acquisition by
any person, whether before or at the same time as the giving of
financial assistance, of (i) shares or units of shares in the
company; or (ii)



Graphics
Delaware

Singapore


shares or units of shares in a holding company or ultimate
holding company (as the case may be) of the company; or (b) the
proposed acquisition by any person of (i) shares or units of shares
in the company; or (ii) shares or units of shares in a holding
company or ultimate holding company (as the case may be) of
the company.
Financial assistance may take the form of a loan, the giving of a
guarantee, the provision of security, the release of an obligation,
the release of a debt or otherwise.
However, the Singapore Companies Act provides for limited
circumstances in which a company may give financial assistance
for the purpose of, or in connection with, an acquisition or
proposed acquisition by a person of shares or units of shares in
the company or in a holding company or ultimate holding
company (as the case may be) of the company.
Our Constitution provides that the Company may purchase its
own shares for cancellation or acquire them as treasury shares in
accordance with the Singapore Companies Act on such terms as
the Board of Directors shall think fit. However, save to the extent
permitted by the Singapore Companies Act, none of the funds of
the Company or of any subsidiary thereof shall be directly or
indirectly employed in the purchase or subscription of or in loans
upon the security of the Company’s Shares.
Transactions with Officers and Directors
Under the Delaware General Corporation Law, no contract or
transaction between a corporation and one or more of its directors
or officers, or between a corporation and any other corporation,
partnership, association, or other organisation in which one or
more of its directors or officers, are directors or officers, or have
a financial interest, shall be void or voidable solely for this
reason, or solely because the director or officer is present at or
participates in the meeting of the board or committee which
authorises the contract or transaction, or solely because any such
director’s or officer’s votes are counted for such purpose, if:
(i) The material facts as to the director’s or officer’s
relationship or interest and as to the contract or transaction
are disclosed or are known to the board of directors or the
committee, and the board or committee in good


Under the Singapore Companies Act, directors and the chief
executive officer of a company are not prohibited from dealing
with the company, but where they have an interest, whether
directly or indirectly, in a transaction or proposed transaction
with the company, that interest must be disclosed as soon as
practicable after the relevant facts have come to his or her
knowledge, at a meeting of the directors of the company or by a
written notice sent to the company detailing the nature, character
and extent of his or her interest in the transaction or proposed
transaction with the company.
In addition, a director or chief executive officer who holds any
office or possesses any property whereby, whether directly or
indirectly, any duty or interest might be created in conflict with
their duties or interests as director or chief executive officer (as
the case may be) must declare the fact and the nature,



Graphics
Delaware

Singapore
faith authorises the contract or transaction by the
affirmative votes of a majority of the disinterested directors,
even though the disinterested directors be less than a
quorum; or
(ii) The material facts as to the director’s or officer’s
relationship or interest and as to the contract or transaction
are disclosed or are known to the stockholders entitled to
vote thereon, and the contract or transaction is specifically
approved in good faith by vote of the stockholders; or
(iii) The contract or transaction is fair as to the corporation as of
the time it is authorised, approved or ratified, by the board
of directors, a committee or the stockholders.
Common or interested directors may be counted in determining
the presence of a quorum at a meeting of the board of directors or
of a committee which authorises the contract or transaction.

character and extent of the conflict at a meeting of directors or
send a written notice to the company detailing the fact and the
nature, character and extent of the conflict.
The Singapore Companies Act extends an interest of a director or
chief executive officer (as the case may be) to include an interest
of a shareholder of the director’s or chief executive officer’s
family (as the case may be), which includes his or her spouse,
son, adopted son, stepson, daughter, adopted daughter and
stepdaughter.
However, there is no requirement for disclosure where the
interest of the director or chief executive officer consists only of
being a shareholder or creditor of a corporation which is
interested in the transaction or proposed transaction with the
company if the interest may properly be regarded as not being a
material interest.
Where the transaction or the proposed transaction relates to any
loan to the company, the director or chief executive officer (as
the case may be) is not deemed to be interested or to have been at
any time interested in any transaction or proposed transaction by
reason only that he or she has guaranteed or joined in
guaranteeing the repayment of such loan, unless the constitution
provides otherwise.
Further, where the transaction or the proposed transaction has
been or will be made with or for the benefit of a related
corporation as defined under the Singapore Companies Act, the
director or chief executive officer shall not be deemed to be
interested or at any time interested in such transaction or
proposed transaction by reason only that he is a director or chief
executive officer (as the case may be) of the related corporation,
unless the constitution provides otherwise.
Subject to specified exceptions, the Singapore Companies Act
restricts a company (other than an exempt private company)
from, among others, (i) making a loan or a quasi-loan to its
directors or to directors of a related corporation as defined under
the Singapore Companies Act (“relevant director”) or giving a
guarantee or security in connection with such a loan or quasi-
loan, (ii) entering into a credit transaction as creditor for the
benefit of a relevant director, or giving a guarantee or any
security in connection with such a credit transaction, (iii)
arranging an assignment to or assumption by the



Graphics
Delaware

Singapore


company of any rights, obligations or liabilities under a
transaction which, if it had been entered into by the company,
would have been a restricted transaction as defined under the
Singapore Companies Act and (iv) taking part in an arrangement
under which another person enters into a transaction which, if
entered into by the company, would have been a restricted
transaction as defined under the Singapore Companies Act and
such person obtains a benefit from the company or its related
company, as defined under the Singapore Companies Act.
Companies are also restricted from entering into any of the
aforementioned transactions with the spouse or children (whether
adopted or natural or step-children) of its directors.
Subject to specified exceptions, the Singapore Companies Act
prohibits a company (other than an exempt private company)
from, among others, making a loan or a quasi-loan to another
company, variable capital company or a limited liability
partnership or entering into any guarantee or providing any
security in connection with a loan or a quasi-loan made to
another company, variable capital company or a limited liability
partnership by a person other than the first-mentioned company,
entering into a credit transaction as a creditor for the benefit of
another company, variable capital company or a limited liability
partnership, or entering into any guarantee or providing any
security in connection with a credit transaction entered into by
any person for the benefit of another company, variable capital
company or a limited liability partnership if a director or
directors of the first-mentioned company is or together are
interested in 20% or more of the total voting power in the other
company, variable capital company or the limited liability
partnership (as the case may be), unless there is prior approval
by the company in general meeting for the making of, provision
for or entering into the loan, quasi‑loan, credit transaction,
guarantee or security (as the case may be) at which the interested
director or directors, and his, her or their family shareholders,
abstained from voting.
Such prohibition shall extend to apply to, among others, a loan or
quasi-loan made by a company (other than an exempt private
company) to another company or a limited liability partnership, a
credit transaction made by a company (other than an exempt
private company) for the benefit of another company or limited
liability partnership, and a guarantee entered into or security
provided by a



Graphics
Delaware

Singapore


company (other than an exempt private company) in connection
with a loan or quasi‑loan made to another company or a limited
liability partnership by a person other than the firstmentioned
company or with a credit transaction made for the benefit of
another company or a limited liability partnership entered into by
a person other than the firstmentioned company, where such
other company or limited liability partnership is incorporated or
formed (as the case may be) outside Singapore, if a director or
directors of the first-mentioned company (a) is or together are
interested in 20% or more of the total voting power in the other
company or limited liability partnership or (b) in a case where the
other company does not have a share capital, exercises or
together exercise control over the other company whether by
reason of having the power to appoint directors or otherwise.
For this purpose, the Singapore Companies Act provides that an
interest of a shareholder of a director’s family, including the
director’s spouse, son, adopted son, stepson, daughter, adopted
daughter and stepdaughter, is treated as the interest of the
director.
Dissenter’s Rights
Under the Delaware General Corporation Law, any stockholder
of a corporation who holds shares of stock on the date of the
making of a demand pursuant to the statute with respect to such
shares, who continuously holds such shares through the effective
date of the merger or consolidation, who has otherwise complied
with the requirements of the Delaware General Corporation Law
who has neither voted in favour of the merger or consolidation
nor consented thereto in writing shall be entitled to an appraisal
by the Delaware Court of Chancery of the fair value of the
stockholder’s shares of stock.

In the case where shareholders’ shares in a company are to be
acquired pursuant to a scheme of compromise or an arrangement,
the acquisition will need the sanction of the General Division of
the High Court of the Republic of Singapore. A dissenting
shareholder may object to the acquisition at the hearing of the
Court to sanction the scheme.
In the case where, a person, has within four months after the
making of an offer for all the shares of a company (the “acquiring
party”), obtained the approval of the holders of not less than 90%
of all the shares to which the offer relates, the acquiring party
may, at any time within two months beginning with the date on
which the approval was obtained, require by notice to any
dissenting shareholder to transfer its shares on the same terms as
the offer, dissenting shareholders will be compelled to sell their
shares unless the Singapore Court (on application made within
one month from the date of the acquiring party’s notice of its
intention to acquire such shares or 14 days after a statement
containing



Graphics



Delaware

Singapore


the names and addresses of all other dissenting shareholders as
shown in the register of shareholders is posted by the company to
the dissenting shareholder (whichever is later)) orders otherwise.
In the case of amalgamation proposals, the Singapore Court, only
if satisfied that giving effect to an amalgamation proposal would
unfairly prejudice a shareholder or creditor of an amalgamating
company, or to a person to whom an amalgamating company is
under an obligation, may, on the application of that person made
at any time before the date on which the amalgamation becomes
effective, make any order in relation to the amalgamation
proposal on such terms or conditions as the Singapore Court
thinks fit.
There are no equivalent provisions under the Singapore
Companies Act where a dissenting shareholder may apply to
court to require a fair value appraisal of the shares.
Cumulative Voting
Under the Delaware General Corporation Law, the certificate of
incorporation of any corporation may provide that at all elections
of directors of the corporation, or at elections held under
specified circumstances, each holder of stock or of any class or
classes or of a series or series thereof shall be entitled to as many
votes as shall equal the number of votes which (except for such
provision as to cumulative voting) such holder would be entitled
to cast for the election of directors with respect to such holder’s
shares of stock multiplied by the number of directors to be
elected by such holder, and that such holder may cast all of such
votes for a single director or may distribute them among the
number to be voted for, or for any two or more of them as such
holder may see fit.

There are no equivalent provisions in Singapore under the
Singapore Companies Act.
Anti-Takeover Measures
Under the Delaware General Corporation Law, the certificate of
incorporation of a corporation may give the board the right to
issue new classes of preferred stock with voting, conversion,
dividend distribution, and other rights to be determined by the
board at the time of issuance, which could prevent a takeover
attempt.
In addition, Delaware law does not prohibit a corporation from
adopting a stockholder rights plan,

Singapore law does not generally prohibit a company from
adopting “poison pill” arrangements which could prevent a
takeover attempt and also preclude shareholders from realizing a
potential premium over the market value of their shares.
However, the directors, in their discharge of their fiduciary
duties, are required to consider any possible transaction and act
in the best interests of the company.
Under the Singapore Code on Take-overs, if, in the course of an
offer, or even before the date of the offer announcement, the
board of the offeree




Graphics
Delaware

Singapore
or “poison pill,” which could prevent a takeover attempt.

company has reason to believe that a bona fide offer is imminent,
the board must not, except pursuant to a contract entered into
earlier, take any action, without the approval of shareholders at a
general meeting, on the affairs of the offeree company that could
effectively result in any bona fide offer being frustrated or the
shareholders being denied an opportunity to decide on its merits.
For further information on the Singapore Take-overs Code, see
“—Take-overs.”


Graphics
Exhibit 4.1




HEADS OF AGREEMENT
between
Avance Gas Holding Ltd
as Seller
and
BW LPG Limited
as Buyer










Schedules have been omitted pursuant to the Instructions as to Exhibits in Form 20-F and will be furnished on a supplemental basis to
the Securities and Exchange Commission upon request.





Advokatfirmaet Wiersholm AS
wiersholm.no


Graphics
Contents



1.
DEFINITIONS AND INTERPRETATION
3
2.
SALE AND PURCHASE OF VESSELS
5
3.
PURCHASE PRICE
5
4.
DELIVERY OF VESSELS
5
5.
DELIVERY OF S&L VESSELS
7
6.
COVENANTS
7
7.
REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES - BUYER
8
8.
REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES - SELLER
8
9.
SANCTIONS
9
10.
EFFECTIVENESS AND TERMINATION
10
11.
CONFIDENTIALITY
10
12.
MISCELLANEOUS
11
13.
GOVERNING LAW
12
14.
DISPUTE RESOLUTION
12
SCHEDULE 1 VESSELS
13
SCHEDULE 2 PURCHASE PRICE PER VESSEL
14



Graphics
THIS AGREEMENT (the “Agreement”) is dated 15 August 2024 and made between:
(1) AVANCE GAS HOLDING LTD, an exempted company limited by shares incorporated under the laws of Bermuda with
registration number 43939 and having its registered address at Par-la-Ville Place, 14 Par-la-Ville Road, Hamilton HM08,
Bermuda (the “Seller”); and
(2) BW LPG LIMITED, a public limited liability company incorporated under the laws of Singapore with registration number
202426186Z and having its registered address at Mapletree Business City, #17-02, 10 Pasir Panjang Road Singapore (the
“Buyer”),
(each a “Party” and together, the “Parties”).
WHEREAS:
(A) This Agreement sets forth the overarching and coordinating terms and conditions for the sale and purchase of twelve (12) very
large gas carriers between the Seller and the Buyer (the “Transaction”).
(B) The Seller (or its respective vessel owning Subsidiaries) and the Buyer (or one or more special purpose vehicles nominated and
guaranteed by the Buyer) shall on the date of this Agreement enter into a memorandum of agreement for each of the Owned
Vessels (each a “MOA” and together the “MOAs”). The provisions of the MOAs shall become effective on the Signing Date.
(C) Immediately upon the signing of this Agreement the Buyer and the Seller shall cooperate in good faith and expeditiously to
advance the S&L Arrangements in order to achieve delivery of the S&L Vessels to the Buyer (or one or more special purchase
vessels nominated by the Buyer).
(D) The total consideration payable by the Buyer under the Transaction is USD 1,050,000,000, which shall be settled by way of (i)
the transfer from Buyer to the Seller of 19,282,000 shares in the Buyer, and (ii) the payment of USD 717,385,500 in cash by
the Buyer to the Seller, subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement and the MOAs and the S&L Arrangements.
IT IS AGREED as follows:
1. DEFINITIONS AND INTERPRETATION
1.1 Definitions
In this Agreement:
“Affiliate” means, in relation to any person, a Subsidiary of that person or a Holding Company of that person or any other
Subsidiary of that Holding Company.
“Banking Days” is defined in each MOA.
“Bareboat Charters” means in the case of Avance Capella the bareboat charter dated 31 January 2024 made between Xiang
H124 International Ship Lease Co. Limited and Avance Capella Ltd., and in the case of Avance Polaris the bareboat charter
dated 31 January 2024 made between Xiang H123 International Ship Lease Co. Limited and Avance Polaris Ltd.
“Cancelling Date” is defined in each MOA.
“Cash Portion” means the cash portion of the Purchase Price for each Vessel as set out under the heading “Cash consideration”
in Schedule 2 (Purchase Price per Vessel).
“Consideration Shares” means the ordinary shares in the Buyer allocated as consideration shares to each Vessel as set out
under the heading “Consideration Shares” in Schedule 2 (Purchase Price per Vessel).
“Delivery Date” is defined in each MOA.


Graphics
“Deposit Holder” means DNB Bank ASA.
“Encumbrance” means any security interest, pledge, mortgage, lien, charge (whether fixed or floating), hypothecation,
assignment, trust arrangement or security interest or other encumbrance of any kind securing any obligation of any person or
any type of preferential arrangement (including without limitation title transfer and/or retention arrangements having a similar
effect).
“Existing Charterparties” means:
(a) the time charter party for the MV “Avance Pampero” dated 20 October 2020 (as amended and/or supplemented from
time to time) and made between Avance Pampero Ltd. as owners and Swisschemgas Ltd as charterers;
(b) the time charter party for the MV “Avance Polaris” dated 15 December 2021 (as amended and/or supplemented from
time to time) and made between Avance Polaris Ltd. as owners and Chartering and Shipping Services SA as charterers;
and
(c) the time charter party for the MV “Avance Chinook” dated 8 July 2022 (as amended and/or supplemented from time
to time) and made between Avance Chinook Ltd. as owners and Chartering and Shipping Services SA as charterers.
“Existing Financing” means the Seller’s existing financing of the Vessels.
“Governmental Authority” means:
(a) the government of any jurisdiction (or any political or administrative subdivision thereof), whether national, federal,
provincial, regional, state, country, municipal, local or foreign, and any subdivision department, ministry, agency,
instrumentality, court, central bank or other authority thereof, including any entity directly or indirectly owned or
controlled thereby;
(b) any public international organisation or supranational body (including the European Union and the European
Economic Area) and its institutions, departments, agencies and instrumentalities;
(c) any quasi-governmental or private body or agency lawfully exercising, or entitled to exercise, any administrative,
executive, judicial, legislative, regulatory, licensing, competition, foreign investment, tax or other governmental or
quasi-governmental or self-regulatory authority, including any stock exchange; and
(d) any tribunal or arbitrator(s) of competent jurisdiction.
“Holding Company” means, in relation to a person, any other person in respect of which it is a Subsidiary.
“Law” means any law, statute, rule, regulation, order or other binding requirement of a Governmental Authority.
“Longstop Date” means 31 December 2024.
“Owned Vessels” means the Vessels except for the S&L Vessels.
“Purchase Price” means the purchase price relating to each Vessel as set out in Schedule 2 (Purchase Price per Vessel) as of
the date of this Agreement.
“Share Price” means USD 17.25, being the price per Consideration Share.
“Signing Date” means the date of this Agreement.
“Subsidiary” means an entity of which a person has direct or indirect control or owns directly or indirectly more than 50% of
the voting capital or similar right of ownership, and “control” for this purpose means the power to direct the management and
the policies of the entity whether through the ownership of voting capital, by contract or otherwise.


Graphics
“S&L Arrangements” means the agreements to be made between the Parties and the S&L Lessor (if relevant) for the novation
or assignment of the Bareboat Charters relating to the S&L Vessels from Seller to Buyer and the delivery of the S&L Vessels
to the Buyer as further described in Clause 5.
“S&L Lessor” means Bank of Communications Financial Leasing Co., Ltd. together with its subsidiaries being the registered
owners of the S&L Vessels.
“S&L Vessels” means the vessels “Avance Polaris” and “Avance Capella”.
“Transaction Documents” means this Agreement and the MOAs and the S&L Arrangements.
“Vessel” means each of the Vessels listed in Schedule 1 (Vessels) and “Vessels” means all of them.
“Vessel Owner” means each of the vessel owning entities listed under the heading “Owner” in Schedule 1 (Vessels).
1.2 Interpretation
Capitalised words and expressions not defined herein shall have the same meaning as given to them in the MOAs and the S&L
Arrangements as appropriate.
2. SALE AND PURCHASE OF VESSELS
By entering into this Agreement, the MOAs and the S&L Arrangements the Seller and the Vessel Owners (as applicable)
commit to sell and Buyer commits to buy the Vessels.
3. PURCHASE PRICE
(a) The aggregate purchase price for the Vessels is USD 1,050,000,000.
(b) The Purchase Price for each Vessel as of the date of this Agreement is set out in Schedule 2 (Purchase Price per
Vessel).
4. DELIVERY OF VESSELS
4.1 Delivery Date
On or prior to the Delivery Date for a Vessel and subject to any agreed closing mechanics in accordance with Clause 4.7, the
Purchase Price for such Vessel shall be settled as follows:
(a) the Buyer shall pay the Cash Portion relating to that Vessel to the Seller; and
(b) the Buyer shall transfer the ownership to the Consideration Shares, having a value of the number of Consideration
Shares times the Share Price, to the Seller in accordance with Clause 4.2.
4.2 Transfer of Consideration Shares
(a) On each Delivery Date, the Buyer shall transfer the ownership of the Consideration Shares relating to the relevant
Vessel to the Seller free and clear of all Encumbrances.
(b) Any Consideration Shares shall be transferred to the Seller together with all rights attaching thereto, including (without
limitation), voting rights, the right to the full amount of dividends and other distributions that may be allocated to the
Consideration Shares and that are declared or paid after the relevant Delivery Date.
(c) The Seller agrees that, for a period of forty days following the Seller’s subscription for each tranche of Consideration
Shares relating to a Vessel, the Seller shall not, directly or indirectly, sell, transfer, assign, pledge, or otherwise dispose
of any of the Consideration Shares acquired in that tranche, nor shall the Seller enter into any agreement or
arrangement to do so.


Graphics
(d) The Seller will procure that neither it nor Hemen Holding Limited or any of its or their other Affiliates will request a
seat on the board of directors of the Buyer i) in connection with the Transaction, or ii) while it, Hemen Holding Limited
or its or their Affiliates beneficially own less than 15% of the outstanding shares of the Buyer, but limited to a period
of 12 months from Signing Date.
4.3 Existing Charterparties
(a) The Seller and the Buyer shall liaise in good faith, and the Seller will use best efforts, in respect of securing novations
of the Existing Charterparties in accordance with the terms of the respective MOAs with effect from the Delivery Date
of the respective Vessel. In the event that a Charterer is not willing to enter into a novation agreement within the
Longstop Date, the Parties shall exercise reasonable endeavours to agree on an alternative way to achieve the intended
commercial result, for example by selling on a mutually acceptable basis the shares in the shipowning entity instead
of the Vessel. If the Parties cannot agree on such alternative way, then the relevant Vessel shall be excluded from the
Transaction and the total Purchase Price shall be correspondingly reduced. All costs and fees associated with obtaining
the consent of the charterers to the novations of the Existing Charterparties will be borne by the Seller.
(b) Notwithstanding paragraph (a) above, if a Vessel is intended to be delivered while on an Existing Charterparty, the
Buyer and the Seller agree that delivery shall under no circumstance take place while cargo is on board.
4.4 Deposits
The Buyer shall pay a deposit of 10% of the Purchase Price related to each Owned Vessel to the Deposit Holder in accordance
with the terms of each MOA. Each Deposit will form part of the Cash Portion for the relevant Vessel.
4.5 Loss of Vessels
Should any Vessel become an actual, constructive or compromised total loss before it has been delivered to the Buyer, the
Vessel will be excluded from sale of the Vessels to the Buyer, and the total consideration payable by the Buyer under the
Transaction will be reduced by the corresponding consideration set out in Schedule 2.
4.6 Tax
If the intended location of a Delivery port, entails a risk of an adverse tax effect for the Buyer or the Seller as a result of the
transfer of title to a Vessel in any state or territory, the Seller and the Buyer shall postpone the transfer of title of the Vessel
until the Vessel is in a location that is reasonably acceptable from a tax point of view to both Buyer and Seller. The Seller and
the Buyer shall cooperate in this respect, including evaluating the possibility of a transfer of title of the Vessel in international
waters. The Cancelling Date shall be postponed with the number of days it takes to ballast the Vessel from the intended delivery
port to such alternative location, and any additional costs related thereto shall be reimbursed by the Buyer to the Seller in the
event that the Buyer has requested such relocation.
4.7 Closing mechanics
The Parties shall promptly after the date of this Agreement negotiate in good faith to agree on closing memorandums and
equivalent documentation governing the detailed closing procedure for each Vessel and the transfer of the relevant Cash Portion
and Consideration Shares.
4.8 Novation of Shipman agreements
The Buyers undertake to accept novation of the existing Shipman agreements for the technical management of the Vessels,
with effect from the respective Delivery Date. The Buyer and the Seller intend to enter into novation agreements with the
technical managers prior to the respective Delivery Date, but if the technical managers do not accept such novation this should
not have any consequences for the Transaction.


Graphics
5. DELIVERY OF S&L VESSELS
(a) Delivery of each S&L Vessel will take place as soon as reasonably practical after execution of i) a novation or
assignment of the relevant Bareboat Charter from Avance Polaris Ltd. or Advance Capella Ltd. to a nominee of the
Buyer and ii) ancillary documentation that may be required by each S&L Vessel’s owner. The Seller and the Buyer
shall use reasonable endeavours to achieve a novation or assignment of each Bareboat Charter on the basis that such
a novation or assignment will include amendments to each Bareboat Charter reasonably acceptable by the Buyer.
(b) If such novation or assignment does not occur by the Longstop Date, the relevant S&L Vessel shall be excluded from
the Transaction and the total Purchase Price shall be correspondingly reduced.
(c) All costs and fees associated with obtaining the consent of the owners of the S&L Vessels to the novations or
assignments will be borne by the Seller.
6. COVENANTS
6.1 Vessel covenants
The Seller shall (and shall procure that each Vessel Owner shall) between the date of this Agreement and until the Delivery
Date of each Vessel:
(a) maintain and operate each Vessel in the ordinary course of business for world-wide trading in accordance with all
applicable laws and regulations, including but not limited to the applicable rules and regulations of the Vessel’s
classification society and the flag state;
(b) maintain insurance coverage for each Vessel that is at least equivalent to the coverage in place as of the date of this
Agreement; and
(c) not change class, managers or trading certificates of any Vessel, unless as mutually agreed in writing between the
Parties (such agreement not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed), with the exception of any certificates that require
renewal or change.
6.2 Dividend restrictions
The Buyer undertakes and agrees that until the latest Delivery Date to occur, it shall not declare, pay out or resolve to pay out
any dividends to its shareholders that exceed its “net income from ordinary operations” in accordance with International
Financial Reporting Standards (IFRS). For the purpose of this clause, “net income from ordinary operations” shall exclude
gains from sale of assets. The determination of net income shall be based on the Buyer’s financial reporting for the applicable
period. This clause ensures that the dividend is in line with the Buyer’s normal earnings and excludes any extraordinary gains
from asset sales as part of the consideration to the Seller is shares in the Buyer at a fixed price.
6.3 Merger and change of business
Until 30 days after the expiry of any lock-up period the Buyer shall:
(a) not enter into any amalgamation, merger, demerger, consolidation or corporate restructuring (save for any internal
mergers, de-mergers or other corporate restructurings made on a solvent basis).
(b) not undertake any share split, reverse share split, recapitalisation or similar alteration of its capital structure that would
affect the value of the Consideration Shares compared to the value agreed on the date of this Agreement.
(c) procure that no substantial change is made to the general nature of its business taken as a whole from that carried on
at the date of this Agreement that would affect the value of the Consideration Shares compared to the value agreed on
the date of this Agreement.


Graphics
7. REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES - BUYER
The Buyer represents and warrants to the Seller that each of the representations set out in this Clause 7 are true, accurate and
not misleading on the date of this Agreement and on each Delivery Date.
7.1 Corporate existence
The Buyer is a company duly incorporated, registered and existing under the laws of its jurisdiction of organization or
incorporation.
7.2 Power and authority
(a) The Buyer has the requisite corporate power and authority to execute and deliver the Transaction Documents and to
perform its obligations under the Transaction Documents.
(b) The Transaction Documents has been duly authorised, executed and delivered by the Buyer and the Transaction
Documents constitutes valid and binding obligations of the Buyer.
(c) The Transaction Documents are enforceable against the Buyer in accordance with their terms.
7.3 No contravention
The execution and delivery of, and performance of the Buyer’s obligations under, the Transaction Documents and the
consummation of the transaction contemplated by the Transaction Documents do not and will not:
(a) violate any provisions of the memorandum and articles of association, by-laws or other constitutive documents of the
Buyer;
(b) violate any law, rule, regulation, judgement, injunction, order og decree applicable to the Buyer;
(c) require any consent or other action by any person under, or result in a beach of or constitute a default under, any
agreement or other instrument to which the Buyer is a party or by which it is bound;
(d) require on the part of the Buyer, any declaration, filing or registration with, or notice to or authorization, consent or
approval of any court, governmental or regulatory body or authority, other than as set forth in this Agreement; or
(e) result in the creation or imposition of any Encumbrance on any of the Consideration Shares.
7.4 The Consideration Shares
The Buyer is the sole and lawful owner of, and has full title to, all Consideration Shares, that will be transferred free from any
Encumbrance to the Seller in accordance with the terms of this Agreement.
8. REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES - SELLER
The Seller represents and warrants to the Buyer that each of the representations set out in this Clause 8 are true, accurate and
not misleading on the date of this Agreement and on each Delivery Date.
8.1 Corporate existence
The Seller is a company duly incorporated, registered and existing under the laws of its jurisdiction of organization or
incorporation.


Graphics
8.2 Power and authority
(a) The Seller has the requisite corporate power and authority to execute and deliver the Transaction Documents and to
perform its obligations under the Transaction Documents.
(b) The Transaction Documents has been duly authorised, executed and delivered by the Seller and the Transaction
Documents constitutes valid and binding obligations of the Seller.
(c) The Transaction Documents are enforceable against the Seller in accordance with their terms.
8.3 No contravention
The execution and delivery of, and performance of the Seller’s obligations under, the Transaction Documents and the
consummation of the transaction contemplated by the Transaction Documents do not and will not:
(a) violate any provisions of the memorandum and articles of association, by-laws or other constitutive documents of the
Seller;
(b) violate any law, rule, regulation, judgement, injunction, order or decree applicable to the Seller;
(c) require any consent or other action by any person under, or result in a beach of or constitute a default under, any
agreement or other instrument to which the Seller is a party or by which it is bound; or
(d) require on the part of the Seller, any declaration, filing or registration with, or notice to or authorization, consent or
approval of any court, governmental or regulatory body or authority, other than as set forth in this Agreement.
8.4 The Vessels
(a) The Seller or any of its Subsidiaries is the sole and lawful owner of, and has full title to, the relevant Vessel (except
for the S&L Vessels) which will be transferred to the Buyer free from any Encumbrance, maritime liens, and any other
debts or tax liabilities that may attach to the Vessels in accordance with the terms of this Agreement.
(b) The MOAs will provide for assignment of any outstanding rights pursuant to the settlement agreement entered into
with Hanwha Ocean Co., Ltd. and Hyosung Heavy Industries Corporation in relation to Avance Avior, Avance Rigel,
Advance Polaris and Avance Capella.
(c) Furthermore, Seller shall exercise best endeavours to assign with effect from the time of delivery any future rights
under the extended warranties from MAN for main engine LGIP parts to Buyer.
8.5 Consideration Shares
Seller represents, warrants and undertakes to Buyer that it is acquiring the Consideration Shares for its own account and not as
a nominee or agent, and not for and on behalf of any other party.
9. SANCTIONS
9.1 Definitions
In this Clause 9:
“Sanctioned Activity” means any activity, service, carriage, trade or voyage subject to sanctions imposed by a Sanctioning
Authority.


Graphics
“Sanctioning Authority” means the United Nations, the European Union, the United Kingdom, the United States of America
or other applicable competent authority or government.
“Sanctioned Party” means any persons, entities, bodies or vessels designated by a Sanctioning Authority.
9.2 Sanctions undertakings
(a) Each Party warrants to the other Party that, as the date of this Agreement and until the latest Delivery Date to occur,
it, or any of its Affiliates, are:
(i) not a Sanctioned Party; and
(ii) not acting as principal nor agent, trustee or nominee of any person who is a Sanctioned Party.
(b) The Seller warrants to the Buyer that, as at the date of this Agreement and continuing until the latest delivery date to
occur, the Vessels are not a Sanctioned Party and are not and will not be employed in any Sanctioned Activity.
(c) The Buyer warrants to the Seller that none of the funds used to purchase the Vessels are derived from any Sanctioned
Party or Sanctioned Activity, and that the Vessels will not be employed in any Sanctioned Activity after the Delivery
Date.
(d) A breach of this Clause 9.2 shall entitle the Party not in breach to terminate this Agreement.
10. EFFECTIVENESS AND TERMINATION
10.1 Effectiveness
This Agreement shall be effective and binding from the date of signing and shall, except for as provided in Clause 10.2 below,
continue to be effective and in force up until the date of completion of the Transaction. For this purpose, the date of completion
of the Transaction shall fall on the same date as the Delivery Date of the final Vessel.
10.2 Termination
The Parties explicitly and irrevocably waive (and procure, as applicable, that their Affiliates shall waive) to the fullest extent
permitted by law and all rights, remedies and causes of action it or any of its Affiliates may have in connection with this
Agreement, under any law, to seek the unilateral annulment, cancellation, dissolution or termination of this Agreement other
than as provided in this Agreement, the MOAs and the S&L Arrangements.
11. CONFIDENTIALITY
11.1 Confidential information
(a) Except as otherwise stated in this Agreement:
(i) each of the Parties shall treat as strictly confidential the existence and contents of this Agreement (and any
agreement entered into pursuant to this Agreement) and all information regarding the discussions and
negotiations between the Parties in connection with the Transaction Documents and the Transaction;
(ii) the Seller shall treat as strictly confidential information relating to the Buyer and the Buyer’s Affiliates which
it has received from the Buyer or any representative of the Buyer in connection with this Transaction
Documents or the Transaction; and
(iii) the Buyer shall treat as strictly confidential information relating to the Seller, the Seller’s Affiliates, the
Vessels, the Existing Financing and the Existing


Graphics
Charterparties which it has received from the Seller or any representative of the Seller in connection with
this Transaction Documents or the Transaction.
(b) The Party receiving confidential information shall treat, and shall cause its officers, board members, employees,
advisers and auditors to treat, such information as strictly confidential and shall not disclose such information to any
person other than its board members, employees, advisers, auditors, lenders and professional advisers who reasonably
require access to such confidential information for the purpose for which it was disclosed. Any disclosure permitted
by these provisions shall require appropriate measures to procure that the permitted recipients of confidential
information comply with the obligations set out above.
11.2 Exceptions
(a) The confidentiality obligations in this Clause 11 shall not apply to information:
(i) which is or comes into the public domain otherwise than through breach by the receiving Party of this
Agreement; or
(ii) which was disclosed to the receiving Party by a third party which is not acting in breach of any obligation of
confidentiality towards the other Party or any of its Affiliates.
(b) Confidential information may be disclosed when required by law, any Governmental Authority or the rules of any
stock exchange or regulated market, provided that, to the extent legally permissible, the disclosing Party shall consult
with the other Party as to such requirement with a view to providing the opportunity for the other Party to contest such
disclosure or otherwise to agree the timing and content of such disclosure.
12. MISCELLANEOUS
12.1 Relationship between this Agreement and the MOAs and the S&L Arrangements
(a) This Agreement does not replace the terms and conditions of the MOAs and the S&L Arrangements, except as
expressly provided herein.
(b) In the event of any conflict or inconsistency between this Agreement and (i) any MOA and/or (ii) the S&L
Arrangements, the provisions of this Agreement shall prevail to the extent of such conflict or inconsistency, unless
otherwise agreed by the Parties in writing.
(c) The Parties shall, and shall cause their Affiliates that are a party thereto to, perform their respective obligations under
the MOAs and the S&L Arrangements in accordance with their terms and conditions.
12.2 Further assurance
Each Party shall at its own cost, execute such documents and take such actions which the other Party may reasonably require
to give full effect to this Agreement.
12.3 Amendments and waivers
(a) Any amendment or waiver of this Agreement must be in writing and be signed on behalf of the relevant Party.
(b) No omission by a Party to exercise any right provided by Law or under this Agreement shall constitute a waiver of
that right. No single or partial exercise of any right provided by Law or under this Agreement shall preclude or impair
any other or further exercise of that or any other right provided by Law or under this Agreement. Any waiver of any
term or condition shall not be construed as a waiver of any subsequent breach or a subsequent waiver of the same term
or condition, or a waiver of any other term or condition, of this Agreement.


Graphics
12.4 No assignment
No Party may assign all or part of its rights and obligations under the Transaction Documents to any third party without the
prior written consent of the other Party.
12.5 Costs and expenses
Each Party shall bear all costs and expenses incurred or to be incurred by it or its Affiliates in connection with the negotiation,
execution and performance of this Agreement and the MOAs.
12.6 Third party rights
Except where stated otherwise in this Agreement, nothing in this Agreement is intended to create any rights for any person
other than Parties.
12.7 Counterparts
This Agreement may be executed in counterparts and shall be effective when each Party has executed a counterpart. Each
counterpart shall constitute an original of this Agreement.
13. GOVERNING LAW
This Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with Norwegian law.
14. DISPUTE RESOLUTION
14.1 Any dispute arising out of or in connection with this Agreement, including any disputes regarding the existence, breach,
termination or validity thereof, shall be finally settled by arbitration under the Nordic Offshore and Maritime Arbitration
Association’s (“NOMA”) Arbitration Rules in force at the time when such arbitration proceedings are commenced. The arbitral
tribunal shall be composed of three arbitrators unless otherwise agreed.
14.2 The place of arbitration shall be Oslo, Norway and the language of the arbitration shall be English.


Graphics
SIGNATURE PAGE
For and on behalf of

AVANCE GAS HOLDING LTD





By:
/s/ Øystein M. Kalleklev




Name:
Øystein M. Kalleklev



Title:
CEO & Director


For and on behalf of

BW LPG LIMITED





By:
/s/ Kristian Sørensen




Name:
Kristian Sørensen



Title:
CEO



Graphics
Exhibit 4.2
Confidential
Execution version
Dated 1 November 2024

BW LPG HOLDING PTE. LTD.
arranged by
BNP PARIBAS, OVERSEA-CHINESE BANKING CORPORATION LIMITED, DBS BANK LTD.,
UNITED OVERSEAS BANK LIMITED and MUFG BANK, LTD.,
SINGAPORE BRANCH
and guaranteed by
BW LPG LIMITED
with
BNP PARIBAS
as Agent
BNP PARIBAS
as Security Agent
and
THE BANKS & FINANCIAL INSTITUTIONS
listed herein as Lenders

FACILITY AGREEMENT
for US$460,000,000 revolving credit facility







Graphics
Contents



Clause
Page
Section 1 - Interpretation
1
1
Definitions and interpretation
1
Section 2 - The Facility
23
2
The Facility
23
3
Purpose
23
4
Conditions of Utilisation
24
Section 3 - Utilisation
25
5
Utilisation
25
Section 4 - Repayment, Prepayment and Cancellation
26
6
Repayment
26
7
Illegality, prepayment and cancellation
27
Section 5 - Costs of Utilisation
32
8
Interest
32
9
Interest Periods
33
10
Changes to the calculation of interest
34
11
Fees
35
Section 6 – Additional Payment Obligations
35
12
Tax gross-up and indemnities
35
13
Increased Costs
39
14
Other indemnities
40
15
Mitigation by the Lenders
43
16
Costs and expenses
43
Section 7 – Guarantee
45
17
Guarantee and indemnity
45
Section 8 – Representations, Undertakings and Events of Default
47
18
Representations
47
19
Information undertakings
52
20
Financial covenants
55
21
General undertakings
58



Graphics
22
Dealings with Ship
61
23
Condition and operation of Ship
63
24
Insurance
66
25
Minimum security value
71
26
Business restrictions
74
27
Events of Default
76
Section 9 - Changes to Parties
81
28
Changes to the Lenders
81
29
Changes to the Obligors
84
Section 10 - The Finance Parties
85
30
Roles of Agent, Security Agent and Arranger
85
31
Conduct of business by the Finance Parties
99
32
Sharing among the Finance Parties
101
Section 11 - Administration
102
33
Payment mechanics
102
34
Set-off
105
35
Notices
105
36
Calculations and certificates
107
37
Partial invalidity
107
38
Remedies and waivers
107
39
Amendments and waivers
107
40
Confidentiality
111
41
Confidentiality of Funding Rates
115
42
Contractual recognition of bail-in
116
43
Counterparts
116
Section 12 - Governing Law and Enforcement
116
44
Governing law
116
45
Enforcement
116
Schedule 1 The original parties
118
Schedule 2 Ship information
122
Schedule 3 Conditions precedent
126


Graphics
Part 1 Conditions precedent to signing
126
Part 2 Ship and security conditions precedent
128
Part 3 Conditions subsequent
130
Schedule 4 Utilisation Request
131
Schedule 5 Form of Transfer Certificate
132
Schedule 6 Form of Compliance Certificate
134
Schedule 7 Compounded Rate Terms
135
Schedule 8 Daily Non-Cumulative Compounded RFR Rate
139
Schedule 9 Cumulative Compounded RFR Rate
141
Schedule 10 Reduction Schedule
142


Graphics
1
THIS AGREEMENT is dated 1 November 2024 and made between:
(A) BW LPG HOLDING PTE. LTD. (the Borrower);
(B) BW LPG LIMITED (the Parent);
(C) BNP PARIBAS, OVERSEA-CHINESE BANKING CORPORATION LIMITED, DBS BANK LTD., UNITED
OVERSEAS BANK LIMITED and MUFG BANK, LTD., SINGAPORE BRANCH as mandated lead arrangers (whether
acting individually or together the Arrangers);
(D) BNP PARIBAS as agent of the other Finance Parties (the Agent);
(E) BNP PARIBAS as security agent of the Finance Parties (the Security Agent); and
(F) THE FINANCIAL INSTITUTIONS listed in Schedule 1 (The original parties) as lenders (the Original Lenders).
IT IS AGREED as follows:
Section 1 - Interpretation
1 Definitions and interpretation
Definitions
1.1 In this Agreement and (unless otherwise defined in the relevant Finance Document) the other Finance Documents:
Accounting Reference Date means 31 December or such other date as may be informed by the Borrower.
Affiliate means, in relation to any person, a Subsidiary of that person or a Holding Company of that person or any other
Subsidiary of that Holding Company.
Agent includes any person who may be appointed as such under the Finance Documents.
Annex VI means Annex VI of the Protocol of 1997 (as subsequently amended from time to time) to amend the International
Convention for the Prevention of Pollution from Ships 1973 (Marpol), as modified by the Protocol of 1978 relating thereto.
Anti-Corruption Laws means the Bribery Act 2010, the United States Foreign Corrupt Practices Act of 1977 and any similar
laws or regulations that are applicable to the Obligors, any other member of the Group or the Finance Parties relating to bribery,
corruption or any similar practices.
Approved Brokers means Braemar ACM Shipbroking, Clarksons, Drewry Shipping Consultants, EA Gibson Shipbroking,
Fearnleys, Poten & Partners, Simpson Spence & Young, STEEM1960 and such other brokers nominated by the Borrower and
approved in writing by the Agent (acting on the instructions of the Majority Lenders).
Approved Classification Society means Det Norske Veritas, American Bureau of Shipping, Lloyds Register, Bureau Veritas
and Nippon Kaiji Kyokai or such other classification society nominated by the Borrower and approved in writing by the Agent
(acting on the instructions of the Majority Lenders).
Approved Flag State means Hong Kong, Singapore, Norway (NIS), Marshall Islands, the Bahamas, Panama, Bermuda, Isle
of Man, the United Kingdom, Malta or such other jurisdiction as may be requested by the Borrower and approved in writing
by the Agent (acting on the instructions of all Lenders) from time to time.


Graphics
2
Approved Manager means BW LPG Fleet Management AS, Wilhelmsen Ship Management Ltd, Anglo-Eastern
Shipmanagement Pte. Ltd., V. Ships Asia Group Pte Ltd, MMS Co., Ltd., Synergy Marine Pte Ltd, BSM - Bernard Schulte
Ship Management, Northern Marine Management Limited or any other Subsidiary of BW Group or any other technical manager
nominated by the Borrower and approved in writing by the Agent (acting on the instructions of the Majority Lenders) as the
technical manager of each Ship.
Article 55 BRRD means Article 55 of Directive 2014/59/EU establishing a framework for the recovery and resolution of credit
institutions and investment firms.
Auditors means one of PWC, Ernst & Young, KPMG or Deloitte or another reputable firm of international chartered
accountants selected by the Borrower.
Bail-In Action mean the exercise of any Write-down and Conversion Powers.
Bail-In Legislation means:
(a) in relation to an EEA Member Country which has implemented, or which at any time implements, Article 55 BRRD,
the relevant implementing law or regulation as described in the EU Bail-In Legislation Schedule from time to time;
(b) in relation to any other state other than such an EEA Member Country and the United Kingdom, any analogous law
or regulation from time to time which requires contractual recognition of any Write-down and Conversion Powers
contained in that law or regulation; and
(c) in relation to the United Kingdom, the UK Bail-In Legislation.
Basel II Accord means the “International Convergence of Capital Measurement and Capital Standards, a Revised Framework”
published by the Basel Committee on Banking Supervision in June 2004 as updated prior to, and in the form existing on, the
date of this Agreement, excluding any amendment thereto arising out of the Basel III Accord.
Basel II Approach means, in relation to any Finance Party, either the Standardised Approach or the relevant Internal Ratings
Based Approach (each as defined in the Basel II Regulations applicable to such Finance Party) adopted by that Finance Party
(or any of its Affiliates) for the purposes of implementing or complying with the Basel II Accord.
Basel II Increased Cost means an Increased Cost which is attributable to the implementation or application of or compliance
with any Basel II Regulation in force as at the date hereof (whether such implementation, application or compliance is by a
government, regulator, Finance Party or any of its Affiliates).
Basel II Regulation means:
(a) any law or regulation in force as at the date hereof implementing the Basel II Accord (including the relevant provisions
of CRD IV and CRR) to the extent only that such law or regulation re-enacts and/or implements the requirements of
the Basel II Accord but excluding any provision of such law or regulation implementing the Basel III Accord; and
(b) any Basel II Approach adopted by a Finance Party or any of its Affiliates.
Basel III Accord means, together:
(a) the agreements on capital requirements, a leverage ratio and liquidity standards contained in “Basel III: A global
regulatory framework for more resilient banks and banking systems”, “Basel III: International framework for liquidity
risk measurement, standards and monitoring” and “Guidance for national authorities operating the countercyclical
capital


Graphics
3
buffer” published by the Basel Committee on Banking Supervision in December 2010, each as amended,
supplemented or restated;
(b) the rules for global systemically important banks contained in “Global systemically important banks: assessment
methodology and the additional loss absorbency requirement - Rules text” published by the Basel Committee on
Banking Supervision in November 2011, as amended, supplemented or restated; and
(c) any further guidance or standards published by the Basel Committee on Banking Supervision relating to “Basel III”.
Basel III Increased Cost means an Increased Cost which is attributable to the implementation or application of or compliance
with any Basel III Regulation (whether such implementation, application or compliance is by a government, regulator, Finance
Party or any of its Affiliates).
Basel III Regulation means any law or regulation implementing the Basel III Accord (including the relevant provisions of
CRD IV and CRR) save to the extent that such law or regulation re-enacts a Basel II Regulation.
Break Costs means any amount specified as such in the Compounded Rate Terms.
Business Day means a day (other than a Saturday or Sunday) on which banks are open for general business in Singapore and
New York (if any payment in dollars is to be made under a Finance Document on such day) and which is a RFR Banking Day.
Central Bank Rate has the meaning given to that term in the Compounded Rate Terms.
Central Bank Rate Adjustment has the meaning given to that term in the Compounded Rate Terms.
Change of Control Event means that:
(a) the interests of Mr Andreas Sohmen-Pao, his family (including siblings) and their respective heirs and successors,
including trusts or similar arrangements of which they are individual or collective beneficiaries (together, the Sohmen
Family Interests) cease to beneficially hold:
(i) more than 50% of the issued share capital of BW Group Limited (BW Group); or
(ii) such number of shares in the capital of BW Group as carry more than 50% of the voting rights normally
exercisable at a general meeting of BW Group; or
(b) BW Group ceases to beneficially hold (directly or indirectly):
(i) 20% or more of the issued or allotted share capital of the Parent; or
(ii) such number of shares in the capital of the Parent as carry 20% or more of the voting rights normally
exercisable at a general meeting of the Parent.
Charged Property means all of the assets of the Obligors which from time to time are, or are expressed or intended to be, the
subject of the Security Documents.
Classification means, in relation to a Ship or a Substitute Ship, the classification specified in respect of such Ship in the
classification certificate relevant to that Ship and to be provided pursuant to Schedule 3, Part 2, 3(b) (or, in respect of a
Substitute Ship, the classification of that Substitute Ship at the time of the relevant substitution in accordance with clause 25.16
(Substitution of a Mortgaged Ship)) with an Approved Classification Society as its classification or such other equivalent
classification of another Approved Classification Society if the Approved


Graphics
4
Classification Society for such Ship or Substitute Ship changes in accordance with the terms of this Agreement.
Code means the US Internal Revenue Code of 1986.
Commitment means:
(a) in relation to an Original Lender, the amount set out under its name under the heading “Commitment” in Schedule 1
(The original parties) and the amount of any other Commitment transferred to it under this Agreement; and
(b) in relation to any other Lender, the amount of any Commitment transferred to it under this Agreement,
to the extent not cancelled, reduced or transferred by it under this Agreement.
Companies Act means the Companies Act 1967 of Singapore.
Compliance Certificate means a certificate substantially in the form set out in Schedule 6 (Form of Compliance Certificate)
or otherwise approved.
Compounded Rate Supplement means a document which:
(a) is agreed in writing by the Borrower, the Agent (in its own capacity) and the Agent (acting on the instructions of the
Majority Lenders);
(b) specifies the relevant terms which are expressed in this Agreement to be determined by reference to Compounded
Rate Terms; and
(c) has been made available to the Borrower and each Finance Party.
Compounded Rate Terms means the terms set out in Schedule 7 (Compounded Rate Terms) or in any Compounded Rate
Supplement.
Compounded Reference Rate means, in relation to any RFR Banking Day during the Interest Period of a Loan, the percentage
rate per annum which is the Daily Non-Cumulative Compounded RFR Rate for that RFR Banking Day.
Compounding Methodology Supplement means, in relation to the Daily Non-Cumulative Compounded RFR Rate or the
Cumulative Compounded RFR Rate, a document which:
(a) is agreed in writing by the Borrower, the Agent (in its own capacity) and the Agent (acting on the instructions of the
Majority Lenders);
(b) specifies a calculation methodology for that rate; and
(c) has been made available to the Borrower and each Finance Party.
Confidential Information means all information relating to an Obligor, the Group, BW Group, the Finance Documents or the
Facility of which a Finance Party becomes aware in its capacity as, or for the purpose of becoming, a Finance Party or which
is received by a Finance Party in relation to, or for the purpose of becoming a Finance Party under, the Finance Documents or
the Facility from either:
(a) any member of the Group or any of its advisers or from BW Group; or
(b) another Finance Party, if the information was obtained by that Finance Party directly or indirectly from any member
of the Group or any of its advisers, in whatever form, and


Graphics
5
includes information given orally and any document, electronic file or any other way of representing or recording
information which contains or is derived or copied from such information but excludes:
(i) information that:
(A) is or becomes public information other than as a direct or indirect result of any breach by that
Finance Party of clause 40 (Confidentiality); or
(B) is identified in writing at the time of delivery as non-confidential by any member of the Group or
any of its advisers or BW Group; or
(C) is known by that Finance Party before the date the information is disclosed to it in accordance with
paragraphs (a) or (b) above or is lawfully obtained by that Finance Party after that date, from a
source which is, as far as that Finance Party is aware, unconnected with the Group and which, in
either case, as far as that Finance Party is aware, has not been obtained in breach of, and is not
otherwise subject to, any obligation of confidentiality; and
(ii) any Funding Rate.
Constitutional Documents means, in respect of an Obligor, such Obligor’s memorandum and articles of association, bye-laws
or other constitutional documents including as referred to in any certificate relating to an Obligor delivered pursuant to
Schedule 3 (Conditions precedent).
Cumulative Compounded RFR Rate means, in relation to an Interest Period for a Loan, the percentage rate per annum
determined by the Agent (or by any other Finance Party which agrees to determine that rate in place of the Agent) in accordance
with the methodology set out in Schedule 9 (Cumulative Compounded RFR Rate) or in any relevant Compounding
Methodology Supplement.
CRD IV means the directive 2013/36/EU of the European Union on access to the activity of credit institutions and the
prudential supervision of credit institutions and investment firms.
CRR means the regulation 575/2013 of the European Union on prudential requirements for credit institutions and investment
firms.
Daily Non-Cumulative Compounded RFR Rate means, in relation to any RFR Banking Day during an Interest Period for a
Loan, the percentage rate per annum determined by the Agent (or by any other Finance Party which agrees to determine that
rate in place of the Agent) in accordance with the methodology set out in Schedule 8 (Daily Non-Cumulative Compounded
RFR Rate) or in any relevant Compounding Methodology Supplement.
Daily Rate means the rate specified as such in the Compounded Rate Terms.
Deed of Covenant means, in relation to a Ship or Substitute Ship in respect of which the Mortgage is in account current form,
a first deed of covenant in respect of such Ship or Substitute Ship containing a first assignment of its interest in the Ship’s or
Substitute Ship’s Insurances, Earnings and Requisition Compensation by the relevant Owner in favour of the Security Agent
in the agreed form.
Default means an Event of Default or any event or circumstance specified in clause 27 (Events of Default) which would (with
the expiry of a grace period, the giving of notice, the making of any determination under the Finance Documents or any
combination of the foregoing) be an Event of Default.
Disposal Repayment Date means in relation to:
(a) a Total Loss of a Mortgaged Ship, the applicable Total Loss Repayment Date; and


Graphics
6
(b) a sale of a Mortgaged Ship by the relevant Owner, the date upon which such sale is completed by the transfer of title
to the purchaser in exchange for payment of all or part of the relevant purchase price.
Earnings means, in relation to a Ship or any Substitute Ship and a person, all money at any time payable to that person for or
in relation to the use or operation of such Ship or Substitute Ship including freight, hire and passage moneys, money payable
to that person for the provision of services by or from such Ship or Substitute Ship or under any charter commitment, requisition
for hire compensation, remuneration for salvage and towage services, demurrage and detention moneys and damages for breach
and payments for termination or variation of any charter commitment.
Environmental Approval means any and all consents, authorisations, licenses or approval of any Government Entity required
under any Environmental Laws applicable to any Ship or any part thereof or to the operation of, or the carriage of cargo and/or
passengers on, or the provision of goods and/or services from any Ship or any part thereof.
Environmental Claims means:
(a) enforcement, clean-up, removal or other governmental or regulatory action or orders or claims instituted or made
pursuant to any Environmental Laws or resulting from a Spill; or
(b) any claim made by any other person relating to a Spill.
Environmental Incident means any Spill from any vessel in circumstances where:
(a) any Mortgaged Ship or its owner, operator or manager may be liable for Environmental Claims arising from the Spill
(other than Environmental Claims arising and fully satisfied before the date of this Agreement); and/or
(b) any Mortgaged Ship may be arrested or attached in connection with any such Environmental Claim.
Environmental Laws means all laws, regulations and conventions concerning pollution or protection of human health or the
environment.
EU Bail-In Legislation Schedule means the document described as such and published by the Loan Market Association (or
any successor person) from time to time.
Event of Default means any event or circumstance specified as such in clause 27 (Events of Default).
Facility means the revolving credit facility made available by the Lenders under this Agreement as described in clause 2.1 (The
Facility).
Facility Office means:
(a) in respect of a Lender, the office or offices notified by that Lender to the Agent in writing on or before the date it
becomes a Lender (or, following that date, by not less than five (5) Business Days’ written notice) as the office through
which it will perform its obligations under this Agreement; and
(b) in respect of any other Finance Party, the office in the jurisdiction in which it is resident for tax purposes.
Facility Period means the period from and including the date of this Agreement to and including the date on which the Total
Commitments have reduced to zero and all indebtedness of the Obligors under the Finance Documents has been fully paid and
discharged.


Graphics
7
Fair Market Value means, in respect of any Ship, the average of the valuations (free of charter or other employment
commitment and on a willing buyer and seller basis), determined in accordance with clause 25 (Minimum security value) or,
for the purposes of clause 5.6 (Currency and amount), as required under clause 4 (Conditions of Utilisation).
FATCA means:
(a) sections 1471 to 1474 of the Code or any associated regulations;
(b) any treaty, law or regulation of any other jurisdiction, or relating to an intergovernmental agreement between the US
and any other jurisdiction, which (in either case) facilitates the implementation of any law or regulation referred to in
(a); or
(c) any agreement pursuant to the implementation of any treaty, law or regulation referred to in (a) or (b) with the US
Internal Revenue Service, the US government or any governmental or taxation authority in any other jurisdiction.
FATCA Application Date means:
(a) in relation to a “withholdable payment” described in section 1473(1)(A)(i) of the Code (which relates to payments of
interest and certain other payments from sources within the US), 1 July 2014; or
(b) in relation to a “pass thru payment” described in section 1471(d)(7) of the Code not falling within (a) above, the first
date from which a payment may become subject to a deduction or withholding required by FATCA.
FATCA Deduction means a deduction or withholding from a payment under a Finance Document required by FATCA.
FATCA Exempt Party means a Party that is entitled to receive payments free from any FATCA Deduction.
Fee Letter means any letter between the Arrangers or the Lenders and the Borrower (or the Agent and the Borrower) setting
out any of the fees referred to in clause 11 (Fees).
Final Repayment Date means, subject to clauses 33.12 and 33.13 (Business Days), the 7th anniversary of the first Utilisation
Date or, if earlier 28 November 2031.
Finance Documents means this Agreement, any Fee Letter, the Security Documents, any Compounded Rate Supplement, any
Compounding Methodology Supplement and any other document designated as such by the Agent and the Borrower.
Finance Party means the Agent, the Security Agent, an Arranger or a Lender and Finance Parties means each of them.
First Reduction Date mean, subject to clauses 33.12 and 33.13 (Business Days), the date which is 3 months after the first
Utilisation Date or, if earlier, 28 February 2025.
Financial Indebtedness means any indebtedness for or in respect of:
(a) moneys borrowed and debit balances at banks or other financial institutions;
(b) any acceptance under any acceptance credit or bill discounting facility (or dematerialised equivalent);
(c) any note purchase facility or the issue of bonds, notes, debentures, loan stock or any similar instrument;


Graphics
8
(d) the amount of any liability in respect of any lease or hire purchase contract which would, in accordance with GAAP
be treated as a finance or capital lease (other than any liability in respect of a lease or hire purchase contract which
would, in accordance with GAAP in force prior to 1 January 2019, have been treated as an operating lease);
(e) receivables sold or discounted (other than any receivables to the extent they are sold on a non-recourse basis and meet
any requirement for de-recognition under GAAP);
(f) any Treasury Transaction (and, when calculating the value of that Treasury Transaction, only the marked to market
value (or, if any actual amount is due as a result of the termination or close-out of that Treasury Transaction, that
amount) shall be taken into account);
(g) any counter-indemnity obligation in respect of a guarantee, indemnity, bond, standby or documentary letter of credit
or any other instrument issued by a bank or financial institution;
(h) any amount raised by the issue of redeemable shares which are redeemable (other than at the option of the issuer)
before the Final Repayment Date or are otherwise classified as borrowings under GAAP);
(i) any amount of any liability under an advance or deferred purchase agreement if (a) one of the primary reasons behind
entering into the agreement is to raise finance or to finance the acquisition or construction of the asset or service in
question or (b) the agreement is in respect of the supply of assets or services and payment is due more than one hundred
and eighty (180) days after the date of supply;
(j) any amount raised under any other transaction (including any forward sale or purchase, sale and sale back, sale and
leaseback agreement) having the commercial effect of a borrowing or otherwise classified as borrowings under GAAP;
and
(k) without double counting, the amount of any liability in respect of any guarantee or indemnity for any of the items
referred to in paragraphs (a) to (j) above.
Flag State means, in relation to a Ship or a Substitute Ship, the country specified in respect of such Ship in Schedule 2 (Ship
information) (or, in respect of a Substitute Ship, the Approved Flag State of that Substitute Ship at the time of the relevant
substitution in accordance with clause 25.16 (Substitution of a Mortgaged Ship)), being an Approved Flag State, or such other
state or territory as may be approved by the Lenders or as permitted by the terms of clause 22.3 (Ship’s name and registration),
at the request of the relevant Owner, as being the “Flag State” of such Ship for the purposes of the Finance Documents.
Funding Rate means any individual rate notified by a Lender to the Agent pursuant to clause 10.3(a)(ii) (Cost of funds).
GAAP means, up to and including 31 December 2023, generally accepted accounting principles in Singapore including IFRS
and, thereafter, generally accepted accounting principles in Singapore, including Financial Reporting Standards and Singapore
Financial Reporting Standards (International).
General Assignment means, in relation to a Ship or a Substitute Ship in respect of which the Mortgage is not in account current
form, a first general assignment in respect of such Ship or Substitute Ship containing a first assignment of its interest in the
Ship’s or Substitute Ship’s Insurances, Earnings and Requisition Compensation by the relevant Owner in favour of the Security
Agent in the agreed form.
Government Entity means and includes (whether having a distinct legal personality or not) any national or local government
authority, board, commission, department, division, organ, instrumentality, court or agency and any association, organisation
or institution of which any of


Graphics
9
the foregoing is a member or to whose jurisdiction any of the foregoing is subject or in whose activities any of the foregoing is
a participant.
Group means the Parent and its Subsidiaries for the time being (including the Borrower and each Owner) and, for the purposes
of clauses 19.3 to 19.5 (Financial statements) and clause 20 (Financial covenants), any other entity required to be treated as a
subsidiary in its consolidated accounts in accordance with GAAP and/or any applicable law.
Group Member means any Obligor and any other entity which is part of the Group.
Holding Company means, in relation to a person, any other person in respect of which it is a Subsidiary.
Hong Kong Convention means The Hong Kong International Convention for the Safe and Environmentally Sound Recycling
of Ships, 2009.
IFRS means international accounting standards within the meaning of the IAS Regulation 1606/2002 to the extent applicable
to the relevant financial statements.
Increased Costs has the meaning given to it in clause 13.2 (Increased Costs).
Indemnified Person means:
(a) each Finance Party and each Receiver and any attorney, agent or other person appointed by them under the Finance
Documents;
(b) each Affiliate of those persons; and
(c) any officers, directors, employees, advisers, representatives or agents of any of the above persons.
Insurance Notice means, in relation to a Ship or Substitute Ship, a notice of assignment in the form scheduled to the Ship’s or
Substitute Ship’s Deed of Covenant or General Assignment or in another approved form.
Insurance Undertakings means, in relation to a Ship or Substitute Ship, any undertaking to be provided by an approved person
in favour of the Security Agent in the agreed form in respect of such person’s interest in the Ship’s or Substitute Ship’s
Insurances, as required in accordance with clause 24.4 (Placing of cover).
Insurances means, in relation to a Ship or a Substitute Ship:
(a) all policies and contracts of insurance; and
(b) all entries in a protection and indemnity or war risks or other mutual insurance association or other approved war risks
insurers,
in the name of such Ship’s Owner or the joint names of its Owner and any other person in respect of or in connection with such
Ship or Substitute Ship and/or the relevant Owner’s Earnings from the Ship or Substitute Ship and includes all benefits thereof
(including the right to receive claims and to return of premiums).
Interest Payment means the aggregate amount of interest that:
(a) is, or is scheduled to become, payable under any Finance Document; and
(b) relates to a Loan.


Graphics
10
Interest Period means, in relation to a Loan, each period determined in accordance with clause 9 (Interest Periods) and, in
relation to an Unpaid Sum, each period determined in accordance with clauses 8.4 to 8.5 (Default interest).
Last Availability Date means the earlier of (a) date falling three (3) months prior to the Final Repayment Date and (b) 28
August 2031 (or such later date as may be requested by the Borrower and approved by the Lenders).
Legal Opinion means any legal opinion delivered to the Agent under clause 4 (Conditions of Utilisation).
Legal Reservations means:
(a) the principle that equitable remedies may be granted or refused at the discretion of a court and the limitation of
enforcement by laws relating to insolvency, reorganisation and other laws generally affecting the rights of creditors;
(b) the time barring of claims under the Limitation Act 1980 and the Foreign Limitation Periods Act 1984, the possibility
that an undertaking to assume liability for, or indemnify a person against, non-payment of UK stamp duty may be
void and defences of set-off or counterclaim; and
(c) similar principles, rights and defences under the laws of any Relevant Jurisdiction; and
(d) any other matters which are set out as qualifications or reservations as to matters of law of general application in the
Legal Opinions.
Lender means:
(a) each Original Lender; and
(b) any bank or financial institution or, if consent is obtained from the Borrower (such consent being in the absolute
discretion of the Borrower), any other entity, trust or fund which is regularly engaged in or established for the purpose
of making, purchasing or investing in loans, securities or other financial assets and which has become a Party as a
lender in accordance with clause 28 (Changes to the Lenders),
which in each case has not ceased to be a Party in accordance with the terms of this Agreement (together the Lenders).
Loan means a loan made or to be made under the Facility or the principal amount outstanding for the time being of that loan.
Lookback Period means the number of days specified as such in the Compounded Rate Terms.
Losses means any costs, expenses, payments, charges, losses, demands, liabilities, claims, actions, proceedings, penalties, fines,
damages, judgments, orders or other sanctions.
Loss Payable Clauses means, in relation to a Ship or Substitute Ship, the provisions concerning payment of claims under the
Ship’s or Substitute Ship’s Insurances in the form scheduled to the Ship’s or Substitute Ship’s Deed of Covenant or General
Assignment or in another approved form.
Major Casualty means any casualty to a Ship or Substitute Ship for which the total insurance claim against all insurers, before
adjustment for any relevant franchise or deductible, exceeds or may exceed the Major Casualty Amount.
Major Casualty Amount means, in relation to a Ship, the amount specified as such in Schedule 2 (Ship information) against
the name of such Ship or the equivalent in any other currency and, in


Graphics
11
relation to a Substitute Ship, US$10,000,000 unless another amount is agreed between the Lenders and the Borrower for that
Substitute Ship at the time of the relevant substitution in accordance with clause 25.16 (Substitution of a Mortgaged Ship).
Majority Lenders means a Lender or Lenders whose participation in the outstanding Loans and undrawn and uncancelled
Commitments aggregate more than 66⅔ per cent of the aggregate amount of the outstanding Loans and the undrawn and
uncancelled Total Commitments (or if the Total Commitments are zero and there are no Loans outstanding, a Lender or Lenders
whose Total Commitments aggregated more than 66⅔ per cent of the Total Commitments immediately prior to that reduction).
Manager’s Undertaking means, in relation to a Ship or Substitute Ship, an undertaking by any technical manager of the Ship
or Substitute Ship to the Security Agent in the agreed form pursuant to clause 22.6 (Manager).
Margin means 1.25% per annum.
Market Disruption Rate means the rate (if any) specified as such in the Compounded Rate Terms.
Material Adverse Effect means a material adverse effect on:
(a) the business, operations or financial condition of the Group taken as a whole; or
(b) the ability of an Obligor to perform its payment or other material obligations under the Finance Documents; or
(c) the legality, validity or enforceability of, or the effectiveness or ranking of any Security Interest granted or purporting
to be granted pursuant to any of, the Finance Documents or the rights or remedies of any Finance Party under any of
the Finance Documents.
Minimum Value means, at any time, the amount in dollars which is at that time 120 per cent of the aggregate of the Loans
outstanding and the undrawn and uncancelled Total Commitments and, in relation to any Mortgaged Ship which is being sold
or which has become a Total Loss but whose Disposal Repayment Date has not then occurred, minus the amount of the
mandatory prepayment/cancellation applied or to be applied under clause 7.16 (Sale or Total Loss) as a result of that sale or
Total Loss and, in the context of clause 25.13 (Security shortfall) only, minus the amount of any cash security then provided
and accepted under clause 25.13 (Security shortfall).
Mortgage means, in relation to a Ship or a Substitute Ship, a first mortgage of the Ship or Substitute Ship in the agreed form
by the relevant Owner in favour of the Security Agent.
Mortgage Period means, in relation to a Mortgaged Ship, the period from the date the Mortgage over that Ship or Substitute
Ship is executed and registered until the date the Mortgage for such Ship are released and discharged or, if earlier, its Total
Loss Date.
Mortgaged Ship means, at any relevant time, any Ship or Substitute Ship which is subject to a Mortgage and/or whose
Earnings, Insurances and Requisition Compensation are subject to a Security Interest under the Finance Documents.
Net Zero Banking Alliance means the UN-convened group of leading global banks committed to financing ambitious climate
action to transition the real economy to net-zero greenhouse gas emissions by 2050.
New Lender has the meaning given to that term in clause 28 (Changes to the Lenders).


Graphics
12
Non-obligor Security Documents means:
(a) any Manager’s Undertaking in relation to a Ship if required under clause 22.6 (Manager); and
(b) if applicable, any Insurance Undertaking in relation to a Ship if required under clause 24.4 (Placing of cover).
Obligors means the Borrower, the Parent, each Owner (only in so far as after the first Utilisation Date such Owner remain a
party to one or more Mortgages that have not been discharged) and any other person specified as an ‘Obligor’ in any Finance
Document and Obligor means any one of them.
Original Financial Statements means:
(a) the audited consolidated financial statements of the Parent for its financial year ended 2023; and
(b) the audited consolidated financial statements of the Borrower for its financial year ended 2023.
Original Jurisdiction means, in relation to an Obligor, Singapore or, in the case of any other Obligor, the jurisdiction under
whose laws that Obligor is incorporated as at the date on which that Obligor becomes an Obligor .
Original Security Documents means:
(a) the Shipowner Guarantees from the relevant Owner;
(b) the Mortgages over each of the Ships;
(c) the Deeds of Covenant in relation to the relevant Ships;
(d) the General Assignments in relation to the relevant Ships.
Owner means, in relation to a Ship, the person specified against the name of that Ship in Schedule 2 (Ship information) and,
in relation to a Substitute Ship, the Group Member that is the registered owner of that Substitute Ship at the time of the relevant
substitution in accordance with clause 25.16 (Substitution of a Mortgaged Ship) and Owners means all of them.
Parent means the company described as such in Schedule 1 (The original parties).
Participating Member State means any member state of the European Union that has the euro as its lawful currency in
accordance with legislation of the European Union relating to Economic and Monetary Union.
Party means a party to this Agreement.
Payment Disruption Event means either or both of:
(a) a material disruption to those payment or communications systems or to those financial markets which are, in each
case, required to operate in order for payments to be made in connection with the Facility (or otherwise in order for
the transactions contemplated by the Finance Documents to be carried out) which disruption is not caused by, and is
beyond the control of, any of the Parties; or


Graphics
13
(b) the occurrence of any other event which results in a disruption (of a technical or systems-related nature) to the treasury
or payments operations of a Party preventing that, or any other Party:
(i) from performing its payment obligations under the Finance Documents; or
(ii) from communicating with other Parties in accordance with the terms of the Finance Documents,
(and which (in either such case)) is not caused by, and is beyond the control of, the Party whose operations are disrupted.
Permitted Maritime Liens means, in relation to any Mortgaged Ship:
(a) any ship repairer’s or outfitter’s possessory lien in respect of the Ship permitted under clause 23.17 (Repairer’s Lien);
(b) any lien on the Ship for master’s, officer’s or crew’s wages and masters disbursements outstanding in the ordinary
course of its trading; and
(c) any lien on the Ship for salvage,
provided that in the case of the liens referred to above, such liens secure obligations which are not more than sixty (60) days
overdue (unless the overdue amount is being contested (or, in the case of salvage, negotiated) in good faith by appropriate steps
and in respect of the payment of which adequate reserves have been made and so long as the existence of any such proceedings
or the continued existence of any such lien does not involve any likelihood of the sale, forfeiture or loss of, or any interest in,
any Mortgaged Ship).
Permitted Security Interests means, in relation to any Charged Property, any Security Interest over it which is:
(a) granted by the Finance Documents; or
(b) a Permitted Maritime Lien; or
(c) is approved by the Majority Lenders.
Pollutant means and includes crude oil and its products, any other polluting, toxic or hazardous substance and any other
substance whose release into the environment is regulated or penalised by Environmental Laws.
Poseidon Principles means the financial industry framework for assessing and disclosing the climate alignment of ship finance
portfolios published on 18 June 2019 as the same may be amended or replaced (to reflect changes in applicable law or regulation
or the introduction of or changes to mandatory requirements of the International Maritime Organization) from time to time.
Receiver means a receiver or a receiver and manager or an administrative receiver appointed in relation to the whole or any
part of any Charged Property under any relevant Security Document.
Reduction Dates means (i) the First Reduction Date and (ii) subject to clauses 33.12 and 33.13 (Business Days), each of the
dates falling at intervals of three (3) months after the First Reduction Date up to and including the Final Repayment Date and
Reduction Date means any of them.
Registry means, in relation to each Ship, such registrar, commissioner or representative of the relevant Flag State who is duly
authorised and empowered to register the relevant Ship, the relevant Owner’s title to such Ship and the relevant Mortgage under
the laws of its Flag State.


Graphics
14
Relevant Jurisdiction means, in relation to an Obligor:
(a) its Original Jurisdiction;
(b) any jurisdiction where any Charged Property owned by it is situated;
(c) any jurisdiction where it conducts its business; and
(d) any jurisdiction whose laws govern the perfection of any of the Security Documents entered into by it.
Relevant Market means the market specified as such in the Compounded Rate Terms.
Relevant Person means:
(a) the Obligors; and
(b) each of its directors and officers, employees, agents and representatives.
Repeating Representations means each of the representations and warranties set out in clauses 18.2 to 18.3, 18.5 to 18.7,
18.10 to 18.18, 18.23, 18.25, 18.26, 18.29 to 18.34 and 18.43 (a) and (b).
Representative means any delegate, agent, manager, administrator, nominee, attorney, trustee or custodian.
Reporting Day means the day (if any) specified as such in the Compounded Rate Terms.
Reporting Time means the relevant time (if any) specified as such in the Compounded Rate Terms.
Requisition Compensation means, in relation to a Ship, any compensation paid or payable by a government entity for the
requisition for title, confiscation or compulsory acquisition of such Ship.
Resolution Authority means any body which has authority to exercise any Write-down and Conversion Powers.
Restricted Party means a person that is:
(a) listed on any Sanctions List (whether designated by name or by reason of being included in a class of person); or
(b) located in or incorporated under the laws of any country or territory that is, or whose government is, the target of
comprehensive, country- or territory-wide Sanctions; or
(c) 50% or more owned, or otherwise controlled, by a person or persons referred to in (a) and/or (b) above; or
(d) acting on behalf of any of the persons referred to in paragraphs (a), (b) or (c) above; or
(e) otherwise a subject of Sanctions; or
(f) a party with whom any relevant Finance Party is prohibited from (i) dealing or (ii) otherwise engaging in any
transactions pursuant to any Sanctions.
RFR means the rate specified as such in the Compounded Rate Terms.


Graphics
15
RFR Banking Day means any day specified as such in the Compounded Rate Terms.
Rollover Loan means a Loan:
(a) made or to be made on the same day that a maturing Loan is due to be repaid;
(b) the aggregate amount of which is equal to or less than the maturing Loan; and
(c) made or to be made for the purpose of refinancing the maturing Loan.
Sanctions means any trade, economic or financial sanctions or embargoes or other similar measures enacted, administered or
enforced by a Sanctions Authority from time to time.
Sanctions Authority means the United Nations, the European Union or any of its members, the United Kingdom, the US, the
Monetary Authority of Singapore, Japan and any government institutions, agencies and authorities of any of the foregoing or
acting on behalf of any of them in connection with Sanctions, including without limitation, the Office of Foreign Assets Control
of the US Department of Treasury (OFAC), the United States Department of State and His Majesty’s Treasury (HMT).
Sanctions List means any list of persons or entities published in connection with Sanctions by or on behalf of any Sanctions
Authority or any public announcement of a Sanctions designation made by any Sanctions Authority, in each case as amended
from time to time.
Security Agent includes any person as may be appointed as such under the Finance Documents.
Security Documents means:
(a) the Original Security Documents; and
(b) any other document as may be executed to guarantee and/or secure any amounts owing to the Finance Parties under
this Agreement or any other Finance Document (and, for the avoidance of doubt, not to include any Non-obligor
Security Document).
Security Interest means a mortgage, charge, pledge, lien, assignment, trust, hypothecation or other security interest of any
kind securing any obligation of any person or any other agreement or arrangement having a similar effect.
Security Value means, at any time, the amount in dollars which, at that time, is the aggregate of (a) the aggregate of the Fair
Market Values (or, if less in relation to an individual Ship, the maximum amount capable of being secured by the Mortgage of
the relevant Ship) of all of the Mortgaged Ships which have not then become a Total Loss and (b) the value of any additional
security then held by the Security Agent provided under clause 25 (Minimum security value) and excluding any cash security
which is provided and accepted under clause 25.13 (Security shortfall) and counted to reduce the Minimum Value, in each case
as most recently determined in accordance with this Agreement.
Ship A means the ship described as such in Schedule 2 (Ship information).
Ship B means the ship described as such in Schedule 2 (Ship information).
Ship C means the ship described as such in Schedule 2 (Ship information).
Ship D means the ship described as such in Schedule 2 (Ship information).
Ship E means the ship described as such in Schedule 2 (Ship information).
Ship F means the ship described as such in Schedule 2 (Ship information).

Graphics
16
Ship G means the ship described as such in Schedule 2 (Ship information).
Ship H means the ship described as such in Schedule 2 (Ship information).
Ship Recycling Regulations means the Ship Recycling Regulation adopted by the EU Parliament and the Council of the
European Union on 20 November 2013.
Ship Representations means each of the representations and warranties set out in clause 18.42 (Ship status).
Shipowner Guarantee means, in relation to the relevant Owner, a limited recourse guarantee by the relevant Owner in favour
of the Security Agent in the agreed form.
Ships means each of Ship A, Ship B, Ship C, Ship D, Ship E, Ship F, Ship G, Ship H and, where the context permits, any
Substitute Ship for so long as it is a Mortgaged Ship and Ship means any of them.
Spill means any actual or threatened spill, release or discharge of a Pollutant into the environment.
Statement of Compliance means a Statement of Compliance related to fuel oil consumption pursuant to regulations 6.6 and
6.7 of Annex VI.
Subsidiary of a person means any other person:
(a) directly or indirectly controlled by such person; or
(b) of whose dividends or distributions on ordinary voting share capital such person is beneficially entitled to receive
more than 50 per cent.
Substitute Ship has the meaning given to it in clause 25.16 (Substitution of a Mortgaged Ship).
Tax means any tax, levy, impost, duty or other charge or withholding of a similar nature (including any penalty or interest
payable in connection with any failure to pay or any delay in paying any of the same).
Total Commitments means, the aggregate of the Commitments, being US$460,000,000 as at the date of this Agreement, to
the extent not cancelled or reduced from time to time pursuant to the terms of this Agreement.
Total Loss means, in relation to a Ship, its:
(a) actual, constructive, compromised or arranged total loss; or
(b) requisition for title, confiscation or other compulsory acquisition by a government entity (together a “Compulsory
Acquisition”) (excluding a requisition for hire at market rates for a fixed period of 1 year without any right to an
extension) unless it is redelivered within one hundred and eighty (180) days to the full control of the relevant Owner
or operator; or
(c) hijacking, theft, condemnation, capture, seizure, arrest or detention unless it is redelivered within one hundred and
eighty (180) days to the full control of the relevant Owner or operator.
Total Loss Date means, in relation to the Total Loss of a Ship:
(a) in the case of an actual total loss, the date it happened or, if such date is not known, the date on which the vessel was
last reported;


Graphics
17
(b) in the case of a constructive total loss and where the Ship’s Insurances are subject to English law, the date notice of
abandonment of the Ship is given to its insurers or, if the insurers do not admit such a claim, the date later determined
by a competent court of law to have been the date on which the total loss happened;
(c) in the case of a compromised, agreed or arranged total loss, the date upon which a binding agreement as to such total
loss has been entered into by the Ship’s insurers;
(d) in the case of a requisition for title, confiscation or compulsory acquisition, the date one hundred and eighty (180)
days after the date upon which it happened; and
(e) in the case of hijacking, theft, condemnation, capture, seizure, arrest or detention, the date one hundred and eighty
(180) days after the date upon which it happened.
Total Loss Repayment Date means, where a Mortgaged Ship has become a Total Loss, the earlier of:
(a) the date ninety (90) days after its Total Loss Date; and
(b) the date upon which insurance proceeds or Requisition Compensation for such Total Loss are paid by insurers or the
relevant government entity.
Transfer Certificate means a certificate substantially in the form set out in Schedule 5 (Form of Transfer Certificate) or any
other form agreed between the Agent and the Borrower.
Transfer Date means, in relation to an assignment, the later of:
(a) the proposed Transfer Date specified in the Transfer Certificate; and
(b) the date on which the Agent executes the Transfer Certificate.
Treasury Transaction means any derivative transaction entered into in connection with protection against or benefit from
fluctuation in any rate or price.
Trust Property means, collectively:
(a) all moneys duly received by the Security Agent under or in respect of the Finance Documents;
(b) the Security Interests, guarantees, security, powers and rights given to the Security Agent under and pursuant to the
Finance Documents including, without limitation, the covenants given to the Security Agent in respect of all
obligations of any Obligor;
(c) all assets paid or transferred to or vested in the Security Agent or its agent or received or recovered by the Security
Agent or its agent in connection with any of the Finance Documents whether from any Obligor or any other person;
and
(d) all or any part of any rights, benefits, interests and other assets at any time representing or deriving from any of the
above, including all income and other sums at any time received or receivable by the Security Agent or its agent in
respect of the same (or any part thereof).
UK Bail-In Legislation means Part I of the United Kingdom Banking Act 2009 and any other law or regulation applicable in
the United Kingdom relating to the resolution of unsound or failing banks, investment firms or other financial institutions or
their affiliates (otherwise than through liquidation, administration or other insolvency proceedings).
Unpaid Sum means any sum due and payable but unpaid by an Obligor under the Finance Documents.


Graphics
18
US means the United States of America.
US Tax Obligor means:
(a) an Obligor which is resident for tax purposes in the US; or
(b) an Obligor some or all of whose payments under the Finance Documents are from sources within the US for US
federal income tax purposes.
Utilisation means the making of a Loan.
Utilisation Date means the date on which a Utilisation is made.
Utilisation Request means a notice substantially in the form set out in Schedule 4 (Utilisation Request).
VAT means:
(a) any tax imposed in compliance with the Council Directive of 28 November 2006 on the common system of value
added tax (EC Directive 2006/112); and
(b) any other tax of a similar nature, whether imposed in a member state of the European Union in substitution for, or
levied in addition to, such tax referred to in paragraph (a) above, or imposed elsewhere.
Write-down and Conversion Powers means:
(a) in relation to any Bail-In Legislation described in the EU Bail-In Legislation Schedule from time to time, the powers
described as such in relation to that Bail-In Legislation in the EU Bail-In Legislation Schedule; and
(b) in relation to any other applicable Bail-In Legislation other than the UK Bail-In Legislation:
(i) any powers under that Bail-In Legislation to cancel, transfer or dilute shares issued by a person that is a bank
or investment firm or other financial institution or affiliate of a bank, investment firm or other financial
institution, to cancel, reduce, modify or change the form of a liability of such a person or any contract or
instrument under which that liability arises, to convert all or part of that liability into shares, securities or
obligations of that person or any other person, to provide that any such contract or instrument is to have effect
as if a right had been exercised under it or to suspend any obligation in respect of that liability or any of the
powers under that Bail-In Legislation that are related to or ancillary to any of those powers; and
(ii) any similar or analogous powers under that Bail-In Legislation;
(c) in relation to the UK Bail-In Legislation any powers under that UK Bail-In Legislation to cancel, transfer or dilute
shares issued by a person that is a bank or investment firm or other financial institution or affiliate of a bank, investment
firm or other financial institution, to cancel, reduce, modify or change the form of a liability of such a person or any
contract or instrument under which that liability arises, to convert all or part of that liability into shares, securities or
obligations of that person or any other person, to provide that any such contract or instrument is to have effect as if a
right had been exercised under it or to suspend any obligation in respect of that liability or any of the powers under
that UK Bail-In Legislation that are related to or ancillary to any of those powers.


Graphics
19
Construction
1.2 Unless a contrary indication appears, any reference in any of the Finance Documents to:
(a) Sections, clauses and Schedules are to be construed as references to the Sections and clauses of, and the Schedules to,
the relevant Finance Document and references to a Finance Document include its Schedules;
(b) a Finance Document or any other agreement or instrument is a reference to that Finance Document or other agreement
or instrument as it may from time to time be amended, restated, novated or replaced, however fundamentally;
(c) words importing the plural shall include the singular and vice versa;
(d) a time of day are to Singapore time;
(e) any person includes its successors in title, permitted assignees or transferees;
(f) the knowledge, awareness and/or beliefs (and similar expressions) of any Obligor shall be construed so as to mean the
knowledge, awareness and beliefs of the director and officers of such Obligor, having made due and careful enquiry;
(g) agreed form means:
(i) where a Finance Document has already been executed by all of the relevant parties, such Finance Document
in its executed form;
(ii) prior to the execution of a Finance Document, the form of such Finance Document separately agreed in
writing between the Agent and the Borrower as the form in which that Finance Document is to be executed
or another form approved at the request of the Borrower;
(h) approved by the Majority Lenders or approved by the Lenders means approved in writing by the Agent acting on
the instructions of the Majority Lenders or, as the case may be, all of the Lenders (on such conditions as they may
respectively impose) and otherwise approved means approved in writing by the Agent (on such conditions as the
Agent may impose) and approval and approve shall be construed accordingly;
(i) assets includes present and future properties, revenues and rights of every description;
(j) an authorisation means any authorisation, consent, concession, approval, resolution, licence, exemption, filing,
notarisation or registration;
(k) charter commitment means, in relation to a vessel, any charter or contract for the use, employment or operation of
that vessel or the carriage of people and/or cargo or the provision of services by or from it and includes any agreement
for pooling or sharing income derived from any such charter or contract;
(l) control of an entity means:
(i) the power (whether by way of ownership of shares, proxy, contract, agency or otherwise) to:
(A) cast, or control the casting of, more than 50 per cent of the maximum number of votes that might be
cast at a general meeting of that entity; or
(B) appoint or remove all, or the majority, of the directors or other equivalent officers of that entity; or


Graphics
20
(C) give directions with respect to the operating and financial policies of that entity with which the
directors or other equivalent officers of that entity are obliged to comply; and/or
(ii) the holding beneficially of more than 50 per cent of the issued share capital of that entity (excluding any part
of that issued share capital that carries no right to participate beyond a specified amount in a distribution of
either profits or capital) (and, for this purpose, any Security Interest over share capital shall be disregarded
in determining the beneficial ownership of such share capital);
and controlled shall be construed accordingly;
(m) the term disposal or dispose means a sale, transfer or other disposal (including by way of lease or loan but not
including by way of loan of money) by a person of all or part of its assets, whether by one transaction or a series of
transactions and whether at the same time or over a period of time, but not the creation of a Security Interest;
(n) US$ and dollars denote the lawful currency of the United States of America;
(o) the equivalent of an amount specified in a particular currency (the specified currency amount) shall be construed as
a reference to the amount of the other relevant currency which can be purchased with the specified currency amount
in the London foreign exchange market at or about 11 a.m. on the date the calculation falls to be made for spot delivery,
as conclusively determined by the Agent (with the relevant exchange rate of any such purchase being the Agent’s
spot rate of exchange);
(p) a government entity means any government, state or agency of a state;
(q) a group of Lenders includes all the Lenders;
(r) a guarantee means any guarantee, letter of credit, bond, indemnity or similar assurance against loss, or any obligation,
direct or indirect, actual or contingent, to purchase or assume any indebtedness of any person or to make an investment
in or loan to any person or to purchase assets of any person where, in each case, such obligation is assumed in order
to maintain or assist the ability of such person to meet its indebtedness;
(s) indebtedness includes any obligation (whether incurred as principal or as surety) for the payment or repayment of
money, whether present or future, actual or contingent;
(t) month means a period starting on one day in a calendar month and ending on the numerically corresponding day in
the next calendar month or the calendar month in which it is to end, except that:
(i) other than where paragraph (ii) below applies:
(A) (subject to paragraph (C) below) if the numerically corresponding day is not a Business Day, that
period shall end on the next Business Day in that month (if there is one) or on the immediately
preceding Business Day (if there is not);
(B) if there is no numerically corresponding day in that month, that period shall end on the last Business
Day in that month; and
(C) if an Interest Period begins on the last Business Day of a calendar month, that Interest Period shall
end on the last Business Day in the calendar month in which that Interest Period is to end;
(ii) in relation to an Interest Period for a Loan (or any other period for the accrual of commission or fees), a
period starting on one day in a calendar month and ending on the numerically corresponding day in the next
calendar month, subject to


Graphics
21
adjustment in accordance with the rules specified as Business Day Conventions in the Compounded Rate
Terms.
The above rules will only apply to the last month of any period;
(u) an obligation means any duty, obligation or liability of any kind;
(v) something being in the ordinary course of business of a person means something that is in the ordinary course of
that person’s current day-to-day operational business (and not merely anything which that person is entitled to do
under its Constitutional Documents);
(w) pay or repay in clause 26 (Business restrictions) includes by way of set-off, combination of accounts or otherwise;
(x) a person includes any individual, firm, company, corporation, government entity or any association, trust, joint
venture, consortium, partnership or other entity (whether or not having separate legal personality);
(y) a regulation includes any regulation, rule, official directive, request or guideline (whether or not having the force of
law, but if not having the force of law which is generally complied with in the ordinary course of business of the
person concerned) of any governmental, intergovernmental or supranational body, agency, department or regulatory,
self-regulatory or other authority or organisation and includes (without limitation) any Basel II Regulation or Basel
III Regulation;
(z) right means any right, privilege, power or remedy, any proprietary interest in any asset and any other interest or
remedy of any kind, whether actual or contingent, present or future, arising under contract or law, or in equity;
(aa) trustee, fiduciary and fiduciary duty has in each case the meaning given to such term under applicable law;
(bb) (i) the liquidation, winding up, dissolution, or administration of person or (ii) a receiver or administrative
receiver or administrator in the context of insolvency proceedings or security enforcement actions in respect of a
person shall be construed so as to include any equivalent or analogous proceedings or any equivalent and analogous
person or appointee (respectively) under the law of the jurisdiction in which such person is established or incorporated
or any jurisdiction in which such person carries on business including (in respect of proceedings) the seeking or
occurrences of liquidation, winding-up, reorganisation, dissolution, administration, arrangement, adjustment,
protection or relief of debtors;
(cc) an entity is a “wholly-owned Subsidiary” of another entity if it has no members except that other and that other’s
wholly-owned Subsidiaries or persons acting on behalf of that other or its wholly-owned Subsidiaries; and
(dd) a provision of law is a reference to that provision as amended or re-enacted.
1.3 Where in this Agreement a provision includes a monetary reference level in one currency, unless a contrary indication appears,
such reference level is intended to apply equally to its equivalent in other currencies as of the relevant time for the purposes of
applying such reference level to any other currencies.
1.4 Section, clause and Schedule headings are for ease of reference only.
1.5 Unless a contrary indication appears, a term used in any other Finance Document or in any notice given under or in connection
with any Finance Document has the same meaning in that Finance Document or notice as in this Agreement.


Graphics
22
1.6 A Default (other than an Event of Default) is continuing if it has not been remedied or waived and an Event of Default is
continuing if it has not been remedied (prior to the Finance Parties taking any action under clause 27.42 (Acceleration)) or
waived.
1.7 Unless a contrary indication appears, in the event of any inconsistency between the terms of this Agreement and the terms of
any other Finance Document when dealing with the same or similar subject matter, the terms of this Agreement shall prevail.
Third party rights
1.8 Unless expressly provided to the contrary in a Finance Document for the benefit of a Finance Party or another Indemnified
Person, a person who is not a party to a Finance Document has no right under the Contracts (Rights of Third Parties) Act 1999
(the Third Parties Act) to enforce or enjoy the benefit of any term of the relevant Finance Document.
1.9 Any Finance Document may be rescinded or varied by the parties to it without the consent of any person who is not a party to
it (unless otherwise provided by this Agreement).
1.10 An Indemnified Person who is not a party to a Finance Document may only enforce its rights under that Finance Document
through a Finance Party and if and to the extent and in such manner as the Finance Party may determine.
Finance Documents
1.11 Where any other Finance Document provides that this clause 1.11 shall apply to that Finance Document, any other provision
of this Agreement which, by its terms, purports to apply to all or any of the Finance Documents and/or any Obligor shall apply
to that Finance Document as if set out in it but with all necessary changes.
Conflict of documents
1.12 The terms of the Finance Documents (other than as relates to the creation and/or perfection of security) are subject to the terms
of this Agreement and, in the event of any conflict between any provision of this Agreement and any provision of any Finance
Document (other than in relation to the creation and/or perfection of security) the provisions of this Agreement shall prevail.
1.13 A reference in this Agreement to a page or screen of an information service displaying a rate shall include:
(a) any replacement page of that information service which displays that rate; and
(b) the appropriate page of such other information service which displays that rate from time to time in place of that
information service,
and, if such page or service ceases to be available, shall include any other page or service displaying that rate specified by the
Agent after consultation with the Borrower.
1.14 A reference in this Agreement to a Central Bank Rate shall include any successor rate to, or replacement rate for, that rate.
1.15 A “Lender’s cost of funds” in relation to its participation in a Loan is a reference to the average cost (determined either on an
actual or a notional basis) which that Lender would incur if it were to fund, from whatever source(s) it may reasonably select,
an amount equal to the amount of that participation for a period equal in length to the relevant Interest Period.
1.16 Any Compounded Rate Supplement overrides anything in:
(a) Schedule 7 (Compounded Rate Terms); or


Graphics
23
(b) any earlier Compounded Rate Supplement.
1.17 A Compounding Methodology Supplement relating to the Daily Non-Cumulative Compounded RFR Rate or the Cumulative
Compounded RFR Rate overrides anything relating to that rate in:
(a) Schedule 8 (Daily Non-Cumulative Compounded RFR Rate) or Schedule 9 (Cumulative Compounded RFR Rate), as
the case may be, or
(b) any earlier Compounding Methodology Supplement.
Section 2- The Facility
2 The Facility
The Facility
2.1 Subject to the terms of this Agreement, the Lenders make available to the Borrower a reducing revolving credit facility in an
aggregate amount equal to the Total Commitments.
Finance Parties’ rights and obligations
2.2 The obligations of each Finance Party under the Finance Documents are several. Failure by a Finance Party to perform its
obligations under the Finance Documents does not affect the obligations of any other Party under the Finance Documents. No
Finance Party is responsible for the obligations of any other Finance Party under the Finance Documents.
2.3 The rights of each Finance Party under or in connection with the Finance Documents are separate and independent rights and
any debt arising under the Finance Documents to a Finance Party from an Obligor shall be a separate and independent debt in
respect of which a Finance Party shall be entitled to enforce its rights in accordance with clause 2.4. The rights of each Finance
Party include any debt owing to that Finance Party under the Finance Documents and, for the avoidance of doubt, any part of
a Loan or any other amount owed by an Obligor which relates to a Finance Party’s participation in the Facility or its role under
a Finance Document (including any such amount payable to the Agent on its behalf) is a debt owing to that Finance Party by
that Obligor.
2.4 A Finance Party may, except as otherwise stated in the Finance Documents (including clauses 30.77 and 30.78 (All enforcement
action through the Security Agent)) and clauses 31.2 and 31.3 (Finance Parties acting together), separately enforce its rights
under the Finance Documents.
3 Purpose
Purpose
3.1 The Borrower shall apply all amounts borrowed under the Facility in accordance with this clause 3.
Use of Commitments
3.2 The Facility may be used for (i) the acquisition of new vessels by any Subsidiary of the Borrower (including, where relevant,
the advance of shareholder loans to any Subsidiary for such purpose) and (ii) for the Group’s general corporate and working
capital purposes and to repay maturing Loans.
Monitoring
3.3 No Finance Party is bound to monitor or verify the application of any amount borrowed pursuant to this Agreement.


Graphics
24
4 Conditions of Utilisation
Initial conditions precedent
4.1 The Lenders will only be obliged to comply with clauses 5.7 to 5.10 (Lenders’ participation) in relation to the first Utilisation
if on or before the Utilisation Date for that Utilisation, the Agent, or its duly authorised representative, has received all of the
documents and other evidence listed in Part 1 of Schedule 3 (Conditions precedent to signing) in form and substance
satisfactory to the Agent.
Ship and security conditions precedent
4.2 The Total Commitments shall only become available for borrowing under this Agreement if the Agent, or its duly authorised
representative, has received on or before the first Utilisation Date all of the documents and evidence listed in Part 2 of
Schedule 3 (Ship and security conditions precedent) in relation to each Ship and each Owner in form and substance satisfactory
to the Agent.
4.3 The Agent, or its duly authorised representative, shall receive within the period set out therein, the documents and evidence
specified in Part 3 of Schedule 3 (Conditions subsequent) in form and substance satisfactory to the Agent, provided that in the
case of the legal opinions set out in Part 3 of Schedule 3 (Conditions subsequent) and the issued opinion from insurance
consultants set out in Part 3 of Schedule 3 (Conditions subsequent), the Agent and the Lenders acknowledge that delivery of
such opinions is not within the direct control of the Borrower and, subject always to the Obligors using all reasonable efforts
to assist the Agent to procure the delivery of the same by the deadline date specified therefor, the Lenders shall instruct the
Agent to, and upon receipt of such instructions, the Agent shall, extend such deadline date if required to avoid any Event of
Default.
Notice to Lenders
4.4 The Agent shall notify the Lenders and the Borrower promptly after receipt by it of the documents and evidence referred to in
this clause 4 in form and substance satisfactory to it. Other than to the extent that the Majority Lenders notify the Agent in
writing to the contrary before the Agent gives any such notification, the Lenders authorise (but do not require) the Agent to
give that notification. The Agent shall not be liable for any damages, costs or losses whatsoever as a result of giving any such
notification.
Further conditions precedent
4.5 The Lenders will only be obliged to comply with clauses 5.7 to 5.10 (Lenders’ participation) if on the date of the Utilisation
Request (except in relation to a Rollover Loan) and on the proposed Utilisation Date:
(a) in the case of a Rollover Loan, no Event of Default is continuing or would result from the proposed utilisation of the
relevant Loan;
(b) except for a Rollover Loan, on the date of the Utilisation Request and on the proposed Utilisation Date, no Default is
continuing or would result from the proposed Utilisation;
(c) on the date of the Utilisation Request and on the proposed Utilisation Date, the Repeating Representations are true in
all material respects and, in relation to the first Utilisation, all of the other representations set out in clause 18
(Representations) (except the Ship Representations) are true in all material respects; and
(d) where the proposed Utilisation Date is to be the first day of the Mortgage Period for a Ship, the Ship Representations
for such Ship are true in all material respects on the proposed Utilisation Date.


Graphics
25
Maximum number of Loans
4.6 The Borrower may not deliver a Utilisation Request if, as a result of the proposed Utilisation, an aggregate of more than ten
Loans would be outstanding.
Waiver of conditions precedent
4.7 The conditions in this clause 4 are inserted solely for the benefit of the Finance Parties and may be waived on their behalf in
whole or in part and with or without conditions by the Agent acting on the instructions of the Majority Lenders.
Section 3 - Utilisation
5 Utilisation
Delivery of a Utilisation Request
5.1 The Borrower may utilise the Facility (other than in respect of any Rollover Loan utilised pursuant to clauses 5.11 to 5.12
below (Rollover Loans)) by delivery to the Agent of a duly completed Utilisation Request not later than three (3) Business
Days before the proposed Utilisation Date or such shorter period as the Agent (on the instructions of all the Lenders) may
agree.
Completion of a Utilisation Request
5.2 A Utilisation Request is irrevocable and will not be regarded as having been duly completed unless:
(a) each Utilisation Date is a Business Day and shall fall on or before the Last Availability Date;
(b) the currency and amount of the Utilisation comply with clause 5.4 (Currency and amount);
(c) the proposed Interest Period complies with clause 9 (Interest Periods); and
(d) it identifies the purpose for the Utilisation and that purpose complies with clause 3 (Purpose).
5.3 Only one Loan may be requested in each Utilisation Request.
Currency and amount
5.4 The currency specified in a Utilisation Request must be dollars.
5.5 The amount of any proposed Loan must be a minimum of US$5,000,000 and in integral multiples of US$1,000,000 (or, if
lower, the available and undrawn Total Commitments).
5.6 The aggregate amount of (a) the proposed Loan(s) to be advanced on the first Utilisation Date and (b) any undrawn part of the
Facility immediately following the first Utilisation Date, shall not exceed the lesser of (i) the Total Commitments at the date
of this Agreement and (ii) the amount in dollars which is equal to 65% of the aggregate Fair Market Value of the Mortgaged
Ships (as determined from the valuations of the Ships delivered under Part 2 of Schedule 3 as a condition precedent to the first
Utilisation Date) (excluding any Ship that has become a Total Loss). For the avoidance of doubt, provided that the first
Utilisation Date occurs on or before 29 November 2024, valuations dated as of 30 September 2024 may be used for the purpose
of determining the maximum amount available to be drawn under this Agreement as of the first Utilisation Date.
If, by virtue of this clause 5.6, the Total Commitments available to be advanced on the first Utilisation Date is less than
US$460,000,000, the amount unavailable to be advanced shall be automatically cancelled on the first Utilisation Date.


Graphics
26
For the avoidance of doubt, any Utilisations to be made after the first Utilisation Date shall not be subject to any valuation
check.
Lenders’ participation
5.7 If the conditions set out in this Agreement have been met, each Lender shall make its participation in each Loan available by
the relevant Utilisation Date through its Facility Office.
5.8 The amount of each Lender’s participation in each Loan will be equal to the proportion borne by its Commitment to the Total
Commitments immediately prior to making the relevant Utilisation.
5.9 The Agent shall promptly notify each Lender of the amount of each Loan and the amount of its participation in each Loan, in
each case by 11:00 a.m. on two (2) Business Days prior to the Utilisation Date.
5.10 The Agent shall pay all amounts received by it in respect of each Loan (and its own participation in it, if any) to the Borrower
or for its account in accordance with the instructions contained in the Utilisation Request.
Rollover Loans
5.11 On the last day of the Interest Period for a maturing Loan which falls on or before the applicable Last Availability Date for the
Facility (a Rollover Date) (on which date such Loan is due to be repaid), the Lenders shall, unless (a) not less than three (3)
Business Days before such Rollover Date the Borrower notifies the Agent that no Rollover Loan should be advanced for the
relevant Loan or (b) an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing at such time, be deemed to advance to the Borrower a
Rollover Loan in an aggregate amount of which is equal to or, if the Borrower notifies the Agent of the same pursuant to
clause 6.1 (Repayment and reduction), less than the relevant maturing Loan or, if less, the balance of the available and undrawn
Total Commitments.
5.12 A Rollover Loan shall be made solely for the purpose of refinancing the maturing relevant Loan on the last day of its Interest
Period pursuant to clause 6.1 (Repayment and reduction).
5.13 For the avoidance of doubt, no Utilisation Request need be given by the Borrower in relation to the utilization of a Rollover
Loan made and applied pursuant to clauses 5.11 and 5.12.
Section 4 - Repayment, Prepayment and Cancellation
6 Repayment
Repayment and reduction
6.1 The Borrower shall repay each Loan on the last day of its respective Interest Period.
6.2 To the extent not previously reduced and cancelled pursuant to any other term of this Agreement, the Total Commitments shall
be reduced and cancelled on each Reduction Date by the amounts in accordance with Schedule 10 (Reduction Schedule) (as
may be reduced by Clause 6.5 (Adjustment of scheduled reductions). If, on any such Reduction Date, the aggregate of the Loans
under the Facility exceeds the Total Commitments (as reduced pursuant to this clause 6.2 and otherwise pursuant to this
Agreement), the Borrower shall repay or prepay the outstanding Loans (the Borrower being able to decide, at its discretion,
which Loan or Loans to repay or prepay) under the Facility on that Reduction Date in an amount equal to the applicable excess.
6.3 Without prejudice to the Borrower’s obligations under clauses 6.1 and 6.2 above, if a Loan is to be made available to the
Borrower (i) on the same day that a maturing Loan is due to be repaid by the Borrower; and (ii) in whole or in part for the
purposes of refinancing such maturing Loan and the proportion borne by each Lender’s participation in such maturing Loan to
the amount of


Graphics
27
that Loan immediately before the new Loan is made is the same as the proportion borne by that Lender’s participation in the
new Loan to the amount of the new Loan, the amount of the new Loan shall, unless the Borrower notifies the Agent to the
contrary in the relevant Utilisation Request (if a Utilisation Request is to be given in respect of such Loan) or otherwise
separately in writing (in the case of a Rollover Loan where the amount of the maturing Loan exceeds the amount of the Rollover
Loan), be treated as if applied in or towards repayment of such maturing Loan so that:
(i) if the amount of such maturing Loan exceeds the amount of the new Loan:
(A) the Borrower will only be required to make a payment under clause 33.1 (Payments to the Agent) in
an amount equal to that excess; and
(B) each Lender’s participation in the new Loan shall be treated as having been made available to and
applied by the Borrower in or towards repayment of that Lender’s participation in such maturing
Loan and that Lender will not be required to make a payment under clause 33.1 (Payments to the
Agent) in respect of its participation in the new Loan; and
(ii) if the amount of such maturing Loan is equal to or less than the amount of the new Loan:
(A) the Borrower will not be required to make a payment under clause 33.1 (Payments to the Agent);
and
(B) each Lender will be required to make a payment under clause 33.1 (Payments to the Agent) in
respect of its participation in the new Loan only to the extent that its participation in the new Loan
exceeds that Lender’s participation in such Loan and the remainder of that Lender’s participation in
the new Loan shall be treated as having been made available and applied by the Borrower in or
towards repayment of that Lender’s participation in such maturing Loan.
6.4 To the extent not previously prepaid or repaid, each Loan shall be repaid in full on the applicable Final Repayment Date.
Adjustment of scheduled reductions
6.5 If the Total Commitments have been partially reduced and cancelled under this Agreement otherwise that pursuant to Clause
6.2 (Repayment and reduction), then the amount of the remaining reductions by which the Total Commitments shall be reduced
and cancelled under Clause 6.2 (Repayment and reduction) on each remaining Reduction Date (as reduced and cancelled by
any earlier operation of this clause 6.5) shall be reduced pro rata to such reduction in the Total Commitments.
7 Illegality, prepayment and cancellation
Illegality
7.1 If, in any applicable jurisdiction, it becomes unlawful for any Lender to perform any of its obligations as contemplated by this
Agreement or to fund or maintain its participation in the Loans or it becomes unlawful for any Affiliate of a Lender for that
Lender to do so, or it becomes contrary to Sanctions to do so or it becomes contrary to Sanctions for an Affiliate of a Lender
for that Lender to do so:
(a) that Lender shall promptly notify the Agent upon becoming aware of that event;


Graphics
28
(b) upon the Agent notifying the Borrower and subject to the right to replace the Lender in accordance with clause 7.13,
the Commitment of that Lender will be immediately cancelled; and
(c) subject to clause 7.13, the Borrower shall repay that Lender’s participation in each Loan on the last day of each
applicable Interest Period occurring after the Agent has notified the Borrower or, if earlier, the date specified by the
Lender in the notice delivered to the Agent (being no earlier than the last day of any applicable grace period permitted
by law).
Change of control
7.2 The Borrower shall promptly notify the Agent in writing upon any Obligor becoming aware of a Change of Control Event (a
Borrower Notification) and such Borrower Notification shall set out all applicable details relating to such Change of Control
Event and the Borrower shall provide such further information thereafter as may be requested by the Agent (acting reasonably).
7.3 If a Change of Control Event occurs and is not rectified within seven (7) days of the Borrower Notification relevant to it, the
Agent (acting on the instructions of the Majority Lenders) may by notice to the Borrower (an Agent Notice), cancel the Total
Commitments with effect from a date specified in that Agent Notice which is at least thirty (30) days after the date of the Agent
Notice and declare that all or part of the Loans be payable within thirty (30) days after the date of the Agent Notice PROVIDED
ALWAYS that the Agent’s right to serve an Agent Notice in respect to a particular Change of Control Event shall only continue
for a period of one hundred and twenty (120) days from the date of the Borrower Notification in respect of that Change of
Control Event.
7.4 In addition, all amounts outstanding under the Facility shall be due and payable within sixty (60) days from the occurrence of
the relevant change of control event (and the Total Commitments shall be cancelled on the earlier of the date on which all
amounts outstanding under the Facility have been paid or on the last day of the aforesaid sixty (60) day period) if any person
or persons acting in concert or any entity other than BW Group (or any BW Group’s Subsidiaries):
(a) acquires legally and/or beneficially, and either directly or indirectly, more than 50% of the issued share capital of the
Parent; or
(b) has or acquires the right or the ability to control, either directly or indirectly, the affairs or composition of the majority
of the board of directors (or equivalent) of the Parent,
unless such acquisition has been approved in advance by the Agent (acting on the instructions of the Majority Lenders).
Voluntary cancellation
7.5 The Borrower may, if it gives the Agent not less than three (3) Business Day (or such shorter period as the Majority Lenders
may agree) prior written notice, cancel the whole or any part (being a minimum amount of US$5,000,000 and a multiple of
US$1,000,000 or such lessor amount or other multiple as the Majority Lenders may agree on the require of the Borrower) of
any part of the Facility which is undrawn at the proposed date of cancellation.
7.6 If, on the date on which any cancellation of the Total Commitments under clause 7.5 or any other term of this Agreement is
required, the aggregate of the Loans then outstanding under Facility exceeds the Total Commitments the Borrower shall make
a prepayment of the Loans under the Facility in an amount equal to such excess (the Borrower being able to decide, at its
discretion, which Loan or Loans to repay or prepay).
7.7 Upon any such cancellation the Total Commitments shall be reduced by the same amount.


Graphics
29
Voluntary prepayment
7.8 The Borrower may, if it gives the Agent not less than three (3) Business Days’ prior written notice, prepay the whole or part of
any Loan as determined by the Borrower (but if in part, being an amount that reduces the amount of that Loan by a minimum
amount of US$2,000,000) or such lessor minimum amount as the Majority Lenders may agree on the request of the Borrower,
on any date other than the last day of that Loan’s Interest Period). No penalty shall be applied to any voluntary prepayment
under this clause provided that, in respect of the Loans, the number of prepayments in any calendar year shall be limited to no
more than three (3) per calendar year. A prepayment fee of US$4,000 shall be paid to the Agent (for its own account) for each
additional voluntary prepayment that is not prepaid on the last day of an Interest Period for the Loans (being the fourth (4th)
and any subsequent voluntary prepayments) in any calendar year. For the avoidance of doubt, voluntary prepayment of whole
or part of the Loan may be effected without a cancellation in an equivalent amount of the Commitments and therefore shall be
available for re-utilisation.
Right of replacement or cancellation and prepayment in relation to a single Lender
7.9 If:
(a) any sum payable to any Lender by an Obligor is required to be increased under clause 12.5 (Tax gross-up);
(b) any Lender claims indemnification from the Borrower under clause 12.8 (Tax indemnity) or clause 13.1 (Increased
Costs); or
(c) any Lender becomes a Non-Consenting Lender (as defined in clause 7.15 below),
the Borrower may, whilst the circumstance giving rise to the requirement for that increase or indemnification continues or, as
the case may be, while a Lender continues to be a Non-Consenting Lender, give the Agent notice of cancellation of the
Commitment of that Lender and its intention to procure the repayment of that Lender’s participation in the Loans or give the
Agent notice of its intention to replace that Lender in accordance with clause 7.12.
7.10 On receipt of a notice referred to in clause 7.9 above, the Commitment of that Lender shall (unless the Commitment of the
relevant Lender are to be replaced in accordance with clause 7.12) immediately be reduced to zero and (unless the
Commitments of the relevant Lender are to be replaced in accordance with clause 7.12) the Total Commitments shall be reduced
by an amount equal to the Commitment of that Lender).
7.11 On the last day of each Interest Period for a Loan which ends after the Borrower has given notice under clause 7.9 above in
relation to a Lender (or, if earlier, the date specified by the Borrower in that notice), the Borrower shall repay that Lender’s
participation in each applicable Loan.
7.12 The Borrower may, in the circumstances set out in clauses 7.1 (Illegality) or 7.9 (Right of replacement or cancellation and
prepayment in relation to a single Lender), on ten (10) Business Days’ prior notice to the Agent and that Lender, replace that
Lender by requiring that Lender to assign (and, to the extent permitted by law, that Lender shall assign) pursuant to clause 28
(Changes to the Lenders) all (and not part only) of its rights under this Agreement to a Lender or other bank, financial institution,
trust, fund or other entity selected by the Borrower which confirms its willingness to undertake and does undertake all the
obligations of the assigning Lender in accordance with clause 28 (Changes to the Lenders) for a purchase price in cash or other
cash payment payable at the time of the assignment equal to the aggregate of:
(a) the outstanding principal amount of such Lender’s participation in the Loans;
(b) all accrued interest owing to such Lender;


Graphics
30
(c) the break costs which would have been payable to such Lender pursuant to clause 7.19 (Restrictions) had the Borrower
prepaid in full that Lender’s participation in the Loans on the date of the assignment; and
(d) all other amounts payable to that Lender under the Finance Documents on the date of the assignment.
7.13 The replacement of a Lender pursuant to clause 7.12 shall be subject to the following conditions:
(a) the Borrower shall have no right to replace the Agent;
(b) neither the Agent nor any Lender shall have any obligation to find a replacement Lender;
(c) in no event shall the Lender replaced under clause 7.12 be required to pay or surrender any of the fees received by
such Lender pursuant to the Finance Documents;
(d) the Lender shall only be obliged to assign its rights pursuant to clause 7.12 above once it is satisfied that it has complied
with all necessary “know your customer” or other similar checks under all applicable laws and regulations in relation
to that assignment; and
(e) on the performance by the Agent of all necessary “know your customer” or other similar checks under all applicable
laws and regulations relating to any person that it is required to carry out in relation to such assignment to a
replacement Lender.
7.14 A Lender shall perform the checks described in clause 7.13(d) above as soon as reasonably practicable following delivery of a
notice referred to in clause 7.12 above and shall notify the Agent and the Borrower when it is satisfied that it has complied with
those checks. The Agent shall perform the checks described in clause 7.13(e) above as soon as reasonably practicable following
delivery of a notice referred to in clause 7.12 above and shall notify the Borrower when it is satisfied that it has complied with
those checks.
7.15 In the event that:
(a) the Borrower or the Agent (at the request of the Borrower) has requested the Lenders to give a consent in relation to,
or to agree to a waiver or amendment of, any provisions of the Finance Documents;
(b) the consent, waiver or amendment in question requires the approval of all the Lenders; and
(c) the Majority Lenders have consented or agreed to such waiver or amendment,
then any Lender who does not and continues not to consent or agree to such waiver or amendment shall be deemed a Non-
Consenting Lender.
Sale or Total Loss
7.16 On a Mortgaged Ship’s Disposal Repayment Date, unless the Borrower has provided a Substitute Ship in accordance with
clause 25.16 (Substitution of a Mortgaged Ship):
(i) the available and undrawn Total Commitments shall be cancelled and/or the Borrower shall immediately
prepay the Loans (at the option of the Borrower and with the Borrower determining which Loan or Loans to
be prepaid) in such amount(s) as equals the Applicable Fraction of the aggregate of (i) the available and
undrawn Total Commitments and (ii) the aggregate of the Loans outstanding;
(ii) the available and undrawn Total Commitments shall be additionally cancelled and/or the Borrower shall
immediately prepay the Loans (at the option of the Borrower and with the Borrower determining which Loan
or Loans to be prepaid) by such additional


Graphics
31
amount(s) as may be required to comply with the security maintenance requirements of clause 25.13
(Security shortfall);
(iii) any cancellation of the Facility pursuant to paragraphs (i) or (ii) above shall reduce the scheduled reductions
of the Total Commitments in the manner set out in clause 6.5 (Adjustment of scheduled reductions);
(iv) any prepayment of any Loans pursuant to paragraph (i) and/or (ii) above shall also result in the relevant part
of the Total Commitments being automatically cancelled and reduced by the corresponding amount of such
prepayments; and
(v) in respect of a sale of a Ship or a Total Loss of a Ship, any excess sale or Total Loss proceeds remaining after
the cancellation and/or prepayments required pursuant to paragraphs (i) and (ii) above shall be returned or
released to the Borrower or to its order provided that no Default is then continuing and that all applications
of payments required to be made under clause 33.8 (Partial payments) and any other amount due at such
time under the Finance Documents has been paid.
For the purposes of this clause, ‘Applicable Fraction’ means, in relation to a Mortgaged Ship which has been sold or
become a Total Loss on any date, a fraction having a numerator equal to the Fair Market Value of such Mortgaged
Ship and a denominator equal to the aggregate Fair Market Values of all of the Mortgaged Ships (including such
Mortgaged Ship) (in each case as most recently determined in accordance with clause 25 (Minimum security value)).
Automatic cancellation
7.17 Any unutilised portion of the Total Commitments shall be automatically cancelled at close of business in Singapore on the Last
Availability Date.
Restrictions
7.18 Any notice of cancellation or prepayment given by any Party under this clause 7 shall be irrevocable and, unless a contrary
indication appears in this Agreement, shall specify the date or dates upon which the relevant cancellation or prepayment is to
be made and the amount of that cancellation or prepayment and shall, in the case of a prepayment, identify the Loan such
prepayment relates to.
7.19 Any prepayment under this Agreement shall be made together with accrued interest on the amount prepaid.
7.20 Unless a contrary indication appears in this Agreement, any part of a Loan which is repaid (or prepaid under clause 7.8
(Voluntary prepayment)) may be re-borrowed in accordance with the terms of this Agreement.
7.21 The Borrower shall not repay or prepay all or any part of the Loans or cancel all or any part of the Commitments except at the
times and in the manner expressly provided for in this Agreement.
7.22 No amount of the Total Commitments cancelled under this Agreement may be subsequently reinstated.
7.23 If the Agent receives a notice under this clause 7 it shall promptly forward a copy of that notice to either the Borrower or the
affected Lender, as appropriate.
7.24 If the Total Commitments are partially reduced under clause 7.1 (Illegality) or clauses 7.9 to 7.14 (Right of cancellation and
prepayment in relation to a single Lender), the Commitment of the relevant Lender shall be reduced to zero.


Graphics
32
7.25 If the Total Commitments are partially reduced under this Agreement otherwise than under clauses 7.1 (Illegality) or 7.9 to
7.14 (Right of replacement or cancellation and prepayment in relation to a single Lender), the Commitments of the Lenders
shall be reduced pro rata.
7.26 The Borrower shall only be entitled to voluntarily cancel the whole or any part of the Total Commitments which is then drawn
if the Borrower prepays such amount of the Loans (as selected by the Borrower) as may be necessary to ensure that the
outstanding Loans after the date of cancellation will not exceed the Total Commitments (as so reduced).
7.27 Any prepayment required under clause 7.1 (Illegality) or clauses 7.9 to 7.14 (Right of cancellation and prepayment in relation
to a single Lender) shall be applied in prepaying the relevant Lender’s participation in each of the Loans. Any prepayment of
a Loan required by any other terms this Agreement shall be applied in prepaying each Lender’s participation in that Loan pro-
rata.
Section 5 - Costs of Utilisation
8 Interest
Calculation of interest
8.1 The rate of interest on a Loan for any day during each Interest Period is the percentage rate per annum which is the aggregate
of the applicable:
(a) Margin; and
(b) the Compounded Reference Rate for that day.
8.2 If any day during an Interest Period for a Loan is not an RFR Banking Day, the rate of interest on that Loan for that day will
be the rate applicable to the immediately preceding RFR Banking Day.
Payment of interest
8.3 The Borrower shall pay accrued interest on each Loan for the account of the Lenders on the last day of each Interest Period for
each such Loan.
Default interest
8.4 If an Obligor fails to pay any amount payable by it under a Finance Document on its due date, interest shall accrue on the
Unpaid Sum from the due date up to the date of actual payment (both before and after judgment) at a rate which is two per cent
(2%) per annum higher than the rate which would have been payable if the Unpaid Sum had, during the period of non-payment,
constituted a Loan in the currency of the Unpaid Sum for successive Interest Periods, each of a duration selected by the Agent
(acting reasonably). Any interest accruing under this clause 8.4 shall be immediately payable by the Obligor on demand by the
Agent.
8.5 Default interest (if unpaid) arising on an Unpaid Sum will be compounded with the Unpaid Sum at the end of each Interest
Period applicable to that Unpaid Sum but will remain immediately due and payable.
Notification of rates of interest
8.6
(a) The Agent shall promptly upon an Interest Payment being determinable notify:
(i) the Borrower of that Interest Payment;


Graphics
33

(ii) each relevant Lender of the proportion of that Interest Payment which relates to that Lender’s participation
in each relevant Loan; and
(iii) the relevant Lenders and the Borrower of:
(A) each applicable rate of interest relating to the determination of that Interest Payment; and
(B) to the extent it is then determinable, the Market Disruption Rate (if any) relating to the relevant
Loan.
This clause 8.6(a) shall not apply to any Interest Payment determined pursuant to clause 10.3 (Cost of funds).
(b) The Agent shall promptly notify the Borrower of each Funding Rate relating to a Loan.
(c) The Agent shall promptly notify the relevant Lenders and the Borrower of the determination of a rate of interest
relating to a Loan to which clause 10.3 (Cost of funds) applies.
(d) This clause 8.6 shall not require the Agent to make any notification to any Party on a day which is not a Business Day.
(e) Notwithstanding clause 8.4 (Default interest), if the Agent is unable for any reason to provide a notification as required
in paragraph (a) above then the Borrower shall pay interest within two Business Days following the Agent’s
notification of the Interest Payment due and this shall be treated as the due date for such payment for the purposes of
clauses 27.2 to 27.3 (Non-payment).
9 Interest Periods
Interest Periods
9.1 Subject to this clause 9, the Borrower may select an Interest Period for each Loan of one (1), three (3) or six (6) months (or any
other period agreed between the Borrower and the Agent (acting on the instructions of all Lenders)). Subject to this clause 9,
if no selection is made for a Loan, the Interest Period for that Loan shall be three (3) months.
9.2 Subject to this clause 9, the Interest Period for each Rollover Loan shall be the same length as the Interest Period for the
maturing Loan which it is deemed to refinance unless, not less than three (3) Business Days before the relevant Rollover Date
(as defined in clause 5.11 (Rollover Loans)), the Borrower notifies the Agent of a different Interest Period for such Rollover
Loan, in which case the Interest Period for such Rollover Loan shall be as so notified to the Agent by the Borrower (subject to
this clause 9).
9.3 The Interest Period for a Loan shall start on the Utilisation Date of that Loan. Each Loan has one Interest Period only.
9.4 No Interest Period for any Loan shall extend beyond the applicable Final Repayment Date.
Interest Periods overrunning Reduction Dates
9.5 If at the time of selecting an Interest Period for a Loan, the available and undrawn Total Commitments (excluding those to be
drawn under the relevant Utilisation Request or to be rolled over as part of a Rollover Loan) are less than the scheduled
reduction to be made to the Total Commitments on the next applicable Reduction Date pursuant to clause 6.1 (Repayment and
reduction), the Borrower may not select an Interest Period for that Loan which would overrun that Reduction Date as applicable.
If the Borrower seeks to select such an Interest Period, the


Graphics
34
relevant Loan shall nevertheless be advanced but the Interest Period for that Loan shall run from its Utilisation Date until the
relevant Reduction Date.
Non-Business Days
9.6 Other than where clause 9.7 applies, if an Interest Period would otherwise end on a day which is not a Business Day, that
Interest Period will instead end on the next Business Day in that calendar month (if there is one) or the preceding Business Day
(if there is not).
9.7 If there are rules specified as “Business Day Conventions” in the Compounded Rate Terms, those rules shall apply to each
Interest Period for a Loan.
10 Changes to the calculation of interest
10.1 Interest calculation if no RFR or Central Bank Rate
If:
(a) there is no applicable RFR or Central Bank Rate for the purposes of calculating the Daily Non-Cumulative
Compounded RFR Rate for an RFR Banking Day during an Interest Period for a Loan; and
(b) “Cost of funds will apply as a fallback” is specified in the Compounded Rate Terms,
clause 10.3 (Cost of funds) shall apply to that Loan for that Interest Period.
10.2 Market disruption
If:
(a) a Market Disruption Rate is specified in the Compounded Rate Terms; and
(b) before the Reporting Time, the Agent receives notifications from a Lender or Lenders (whose participations in a Loan
equal or exceed fifty per cent. (50%) of that Loan) that the cost to it of funding its participation in that Loan from the
wholesale market for dollars would be in excess of that Market Disruption Rate,
then clause 10.3 (Cost of funds) shall apply to that Loan for the relevant Interest Period.
10.3 Cost of funds
(a) If this clause 10.3 (Cost of funds) applies to a Loan for an Interest Period, clause 8.1 (Calculation of interest) shall not
apply to that Loan for that Interest Period and the rate of interest on each Lender’s share of that Loan for that Interest
Period shall be the percentage rate per annum which is the sum of:
(i) the Margin; and
(ii) the rate notified to the Agent by that Lender as soon as practicable and in any event by the Reporting Time,
to be that which expresses as a percentage rate per annum the cost to the relevant Lender of funding its
participation in that Loan from whatever source it may reasonably select.
(b) If this clause 10.3 (Cost of funds) applies and the Agent or the Borrower so require and provided that no amendment
or waiver has been made during the relevant Interest Period pursuant to clause 39.8 (Change to reference rates), the
Agent and the Borrower shall enter into negotiations (for a period of not more than thirty (30) days) with a view to
agreeing a substitute basis for determining the rate of interest.


Graphics
35
(c) Any alternative basis agreed pursuant to paragraph (b) above shall, with the prior consent of all of the Lenders and the
Borrower, be binding on all Parties.
(d) If this clause 10.3 (Cost of funds) applies pursuant to clause 10.2 (Market disruption) and:
(i) a Lender’s Funding Rate is less than the relevant Market Disruption Rate; or
(ii) a Lender does not notify a rate to the Agent by the Reporting Time,
the cost to that Lender of funding its participation in a Loan for that Interest Period shall be deemed, for the purposes
of paragraph (a) above, to be the Market Disruption Rate for that Loan.
10.4 Notification to the Borrower
If clause 10.3 (Cost of funds) applies, the Agent shall, as soon as is practicable, notify the Borrower.
11 Fees
Commitment commission
11.1 The Borrower shall pay to the Agent (for the account of each Lender) a fee in dollars computed at the rate of 0.35 multiplied
by the Margin applicable to the Facility on the available but undrawn and uncancelled portion of that Lender’s Commitment
calculated on a daily basis from the date of this Agreement.
11.2 The Borrower shall pay the accrued commitment commission referred to in clause 11.1 on the last day of each successive
period of three (3) months commencing on the date of this Agreement, on the Last Availability Date for the Facility and, if
cancelled, on the cancelled amount of the relevant Lender’s Commitment at the date the cancellation is effective.
Upfront fees
11.3 The Borrower shall pay to the Agent (for the account of the Lenders) certain fees in the amounts, proportions and at the times
agreed in any Fee Letters.
Agency fee
11.4 The Borrower shall pay to the Agent (for its own account) an agency fee in the amount and at the times agreed in a Fee Letter.
Section 6 – Additional Payment Obligations
12 Tax gross-up and indemnities
Definitions
12.1 In this Agreement:
Protected Party means a Finance Party or, in relation to clauses 14.5 to 14.6 (Indemnity concerning security) and clause 14.9
(Interest) insofar as it relates to interest on any amount demanded by that Indemnified Person under clauses 14.5 to 14.6
(Indemnity concerning security), any Indemnified Person, which is or will be subject to any liability, or required to make any
payment, for or on account of Tax in relation to a sum received or receivable (or any sum deemed for the purposes of Tax to
be received or receivable) under a Finance Document.
Tax Credit means a credit against, relief or remission for, or repayment of any Tax.


Graphics
36
Tax Deduction means a deduction or withholding for or on account of Tax from a payment under a Finance Document, other
than a FATCA Deduction.
Tax Payment means the increase in a payment made by an Obligor to a Finance Party under clause 12.5 (Tax gross-up) or a
payment by an Obligor under clause 12.8 (Tax indemnity).
12.2 Unless a contrary indication appears, in this clause 12 a reference to determines or determined means a determination made in
the absolute discretion of the person making the determination.
Tax gross-up
12.3 Each Obligor shall make all payments to be made by it under any Finance Document without any Tax Deduction, unless a Tax
Deduction is required by law.
12.4 The Borrower shall, promptly upon becoming aware that an Obligor must make a Tax Deduction (or that there is any change
in the rate or the basis of a Tax Deduction), notify the Agent accordingly. Similarly, a Lender shall notify the Agent on
becoming so aware in respect of a payment payable to that Lender. If the Agent receives such notification from a Lender it
shall notify the Borrower and that Obligor.
12.5 If a Tax Deduction is required by law to be made by an Obligor, the amount of the payment due from that Obligor under the
relevant Finance Document shall be increased to an amount which (after making any Tax Deduction) leaves an amount equal
to the payment which would have been due if no Tax Deduction had been required.
12.6 If an Obligor is required to make a Tax Deduction, that Obligor shall make that Tax Deduction and any payment required in
connection with that Tax Deduction within the time allowed and in the minimum amount required by law.
12.7 Within thirty (30) days of making either a Tax Deduction or any payment required in connection with that Tax Deduction, the
Obligor making that Tax Deduction shall deliver to the Agent for the Finance Party entitled to the payment evidence reasonably
satisfactory to that Finance Party that the Tax Deduction has been made or (as applicable) any appropriate payment paid to the
relevant taxing authority.
Tax indemnity
12.8 The Borrower shall (within six (6) Business Days of demand by the Agent) pay to a Protected Party an amount equal to the
loss, liability or cost which that Protected Party determines will be or has been (directly or indirectly) suffered for or on account
of Tax by that Protected Party in respect of a Finance Document.
12.9 Clause 12.8 above shall not apply:
(a) with respect to any Tax assessed on a Finance Party:
(i) under the law of the jurisdiction in which that Finance Party is incorporated or, if different, the jurisdiction
(or jurisdictions) in which that Finance Party is treated as resident for tax purposes; or
(ii) under the law of the jurisdiction in which that Finance Party’s Facility Office is located in respect of amounts
received or receivable in that jurisdiction,
if that Tax is imposed on or calculated by reference to the net income received or receivable (but not any sum deemed
to be received or receivable) by that Finance Party; or
(b) to the extent a loss, liability or cost is compensated for by an increased payment under clause 12.5 (Tax gross-up); or


Graphics
37
(c) to the extent a loss, liability or cost relates to a FATCA Deduction required to be made by a Party.
12.10 A Protected Party making, or intending to make a claim under clause 12.8 above shall promptly notify the Agent of the event
which will give, or has given, rise to the claim, following which the Agent shall notify the Borrower.
12.11 A Protected Party shall, on receiving a payment from an Obligor under clause 12.8, notify the Agent.
Indemnities on after Tax basis
12.12 If and to the extent that any sum payable to any Protected Party by the Borrower under any Finance Document by way of
indemnity or reimbursement proves to be insufficient, by reason of any Tax suffered thereon, for that Protected Party to
discharge the corresponding liability to a third party, or to reimburse that Protected Party for the cost incurred by it in
discharging the corresponding liability to a third party, the Borrower shall pay that Protected Party such additional sum as (after
taking into account any Tax suffered by that Protected Party on such additional sum) shall be required to make up the relevant
deficit.
12.13 If and to the extent that any sum (the Indemnity Sum) constituting (directly or indirectly) an indemnity to any Protected Party
but paid by the Borrower to any person other than that Protected Party, shall be treated as taxable in the hands of the Protected
Party, the Borrower shall pay to that Protected Party such sum (the Compensating Sum) as (after taking into account any Tax
suffered by that Protected Party on the Compensating Sum) shall reimburse that Protected Party for any Tax suffered by it in
respect of the Indemnity Sum.
12.14 For the purposes of clauses 12.12 to 12.13 a sum shall be deemed to be taxable in the hands of a Protected Party if it falls to be
taken into account in computing the profits or gains of that Protected Party for the purposes of Tax and, if so, that Protected
Party shall be deemed to have suffered Tax on the relevant sum at the rate of Tax applicable to that Protected Party’s profits or
gains for the period in which the payment of the relevant sum falls to be taken into account for the purposes of such Tax.
Tax Credit
12.15 If an Obligor makes a Tax Payment and the relevant Finance Party determines that:
(a) a Tax Credit is attributable (A) to an increased payment of which that Tax Payment forms part, (B) to that Tax Payment
or (C) to a Tax Deduction in consequence of which that Tax Payment was required; and
(b) that Finance Party has obtained and utilised that Tax Credit,
the Finance Party shall pay an amount to the Obligor which that Finance Party determines will leave it (after that payment) in
the same after-Tax position as it would have been in had the Tax Payment not been required to be made by the Obligor.
Stamp taxes
12.16 The Borrower shall pay and, within six (6) Business Days of demand, indemnify each Finance Party against any documented
cost, loss or liability that Finance Party incurs in relation to all stamp duty, registration and other similar Taxes payable in
respect of any Finance Document.
Value added tax
12.17 All amounts expressed in a Finance Document to be payable by any party to a Finance Party which (in whole or in part)
constitute the consideration for any supply for VAT purposes are deemed to be exclusive of any VAT which is chargeable on
that supply, and accordingly, subject


Graphics
38
to clause 12.19 below, if VAT is or becomes chargeable on any supply made by any Finance Party to any party under a Finance
Document, and such Finance Party is required to account to the relevant tax authority for the VAT, that party must pay to such
Finance Party (in addition to and at the same time as paying any other consideration for such supply) an amount equal to the
amount of the VAT (and such Finance Party must promptly provide an appropriate VAT invoice to that party).
12.18 If VAT is or becomes chargeable on any supply made by any Finance Party (the Supplier) to any other Finance Party (the
Recipient) under a Finance Document, and any party to a Finance Document other than the Recipient (the Subject Party) is
required by the terms of any Finance Document to pay an amount equal to the consideration for such supply to the Supplier
(rather than being required to reimburse or indemnify the Recipient in respect of that consideration):
(a) (where the Supplier is the person required to account to the relevant tax authority for the VAT) the Subject Party must
also pay to the Supplier (at the same time as paying that amount) an additional amount equal to the amount of the
VAT. The Recipient must (where this paragraph (a) applies) promptly pay to the Subject Party an amount equal to
any credit or repayment the Recipient receives from the relevant tax authority which the Recipient reasonably
determines relates to the VAT chargeable on that supply; and
(b) (where the Recipient is the person required to account to the relevant tax authority for the VAT) the Subject Party
must promptly, following demand from the Recipient, pay to the Recipient an amount equal to the VAT chargeable
on that supply but only to the extent that the Recipient reasonably determines that it is not entitled to credit or
repayment from the relevant tax authority in respect of that VAT.
12.19 Where a Finance Document requires any party to it to reimburse or indemnify a Finance Party for any cost or expense, that
party shall reimburse or indemnify (as the case may be) such Finance Party for the full amount of such cost or expense, including
such part thereof as represents VAT save to the extent that such Finance Party reasonably determines that it is entitled to credit
or repayment of in respect of such VAT from the relevant tax authority.
12.20 Any reference in clauses 12.17 to 12.21 to any Party shall, at any time when such Party is treated as a member of a group for
VAT purposes, include (where appropriate and unless the context otherwise requires) a reference to the representative member
of such group at such time (the term “representative member” to have the same meaning as in the Value Added Tax Act 1994).
12.21 In relation to any supply made by a Finance Party to any party under a Finance Document, if reasonably requested by such
Finance Party, that party must promptly provide such Finance Party with details of that party’s VAT registration and such other
information as is reasonably requested in connection with such Finance Party’s VAT reporting requirements in relation to such
supply.
FATCA information
12.22 Subject to clause 12.24 below, each Party shall, within ten (10) Business Days of a reasonable request by another Party:
(a) confirm to that other Party whether it is:
(i) a FATCA Exempt Party; or
(ii) not a FATCA Exempt Party;
(b) supply to that other Party such forms, documentation and other information relating to its status under FATCA as that
other Party reasonably requests for the purposes of that other Party’s compliance with FATCA; and


Graphics
39
(c) supply to that other Party such forms, documentation and other information relating to its status as that other Party
reasonably requests for the purposes of that other Party’s compliance with any other law, regulation, or exchange of
information regime.
12.23 If a Party confirms to another Party pursuant to clause 12.22(a)(i) above that it is a FATCA Exempt Party and it subsequently
becomes aware that it is not or has ceased to be a FATCA Exempt Party, that Party shall notify that other Party reasonably
promptly.
12.24 Clause 12.22 above shall not oblige any Finance Party to do anything, and clause 12.22 shall not oblige any other Party to do
anything, which would or might in its reasonable opinion constitute a breach of:
(a) any law or regulation;
(b) any fiduciary duty; or
(c) any duty of confidentiality,
or to disclose any confidential information.
12.25 If a Party fails to confirm whether or not it is a FATCA Exempt Party or to supply forms, documentation or other information
requested in accordance with clause 12.22 above (including, for the avoidance of doubt, where clause 12.24 applies), then such
Party shall be treated for the purposes of the Finance Documents (and payments under them) as if it is not a FATCA Exempt
Party until such time as the Party in question provides the requested confirmation, forms, documentation or other information.
FATCA Deduction
12.26 Each Party may make any FATCA Deduction it is required to make by FATCA, and any payment required in connection with
that FATCA Deduction, and no Party shall be required to increase any payment in respect of which it makes such a FATCA
Deduction or otherwise compensate the recipient of the payment for that FATCA Deduction.
12.27 Each Party shall promptly, upon becoming aware that it must make a FATCA Deduction (or that there is any change in the rate
or the basis of such FATCA Deduction) notify the Party to whom it is making the payment and, in addition, shall notify the
Borrower and the Agent and the Agent shall notify the other Finance Parties.
13 Increased Costs
Increased Costs
13.1 Subject to clause 13.5 (Exceptions), the Borrower shall, within six (6) Business Days of a demand by the Agent, pay for the
account of a Finance Party the amount of any Increased Cost incurred by that Finance Party or any of its Affiliates which:
(a) arises as a result of (i) the introduction of or any change in (or in the interpretation, administration or application of)
any law or regulation or (ii) compliance with any law or regulation in either case made after the date of this Agreement;
and/or
(b) is a Basel III Increased Cost.
13.2 In this Agreement Increased Costs means:
(a) a reduction in the rate of return from the Facility or on a Finance Party’s (or its Affiliate’s) overall capital;


Graphics
40
(b) an additional or increased cost; or
(c) a reduction of any amount due and payable under any Finance Document,
which is incurred or suffered by a Finance Party or any of its Affiliates to the extent that it is attributable to that Finance Party
having entered into its Commitment or funding or performing its obligations under any Finance Document.
Increased Cost claims
13.3 A Finance Party intending to make a claim pursuant to clause 13.1 (Increased Costs) shall notify the Agent of the event giving
rise to the claim, following which the Agent shall promptly notify the Borrower.
13.4 Each Finance Party shall, as soon as practicable after a demand by the Agent, provide a certificate confirming the amount of
its Increased Costs and the basis of its calculation.
Exceptions
13.5 Clause 13.1 (Increased Costs) does not apply to the extent any Increased Cost is:
(a) attributable to a Tax Deduction required by law to be made by an Obligor;
(b) compensated for by clause 12.8 (Tax indemnity) (or would have been compensated for under clause 12.8 (Tax
indemnity) but was not so compensated solely because any of the exclusions in clause 12.9 applied);
(c) attributable to the wilful breach by the relevant Finance Party or its Affiliates of any law or regulation;
(d) attributable to a FATCA Deduction required to be made by a Party; or
(e) a Basel II Increased Cost
13.6 In clause 13.5, a reference to a Tax Deduction has the same meaning given to the term in clause 12.1 (Definitions).
14 Other indemnities
Currency indemnity
14.1 If any sum due from an Obligor under the Finance Documents (a Sum), or any order, judgment or award given or made in
relation to a Sum, has to be converted from the currency (the First Currency) in which that Sum is payable into another currency
(the Second Currency) for the purpose of:
(a) making or filing a claim or proof against that Obligor; and/or
(b) obtaining or enforcing an order, judgment or award in relation to any litigation or arbitration proceedings,
that Obligor shall, as an independent obligation, within six (6) Business Days of demand by a Finance Party, indemnify each
Finance Party to whom that Sum is due against any documented Losses arising out of or as a result of the conversion including
any discrepancy between (i) the rate of exchange used to convert that Sum from the First Currency into the Second Currency
and (ii) the rate or rates of exchange available to that person at the time of its receipt of that Sum.


Graphics
41
14.2 Each Obligor waives any right it may have in any jurisdiction to pay any amount under the Finance Documents in a currency
or currency unit other than that in which it is expressed to be payable.
Other indemnities
14.3 The Borrower shall (or shall procure that another Obligor will), within six (6) Business Days of demand by a Finance Party,
indemnify each Finance Party against any and all documented Losses incurred by that Finance Party as a result of:
(a) the occurrence of any Event of Default;
(b) a failure by an Obligor to pay any amount due under a Finance Document on its due date, including without limitation,
any and all Losses arising as a result of clause 32 (Sharing among the Finance Parties);
(c) funding, or making arrangements to fund, its participation in any Loan requested by the Borrower in a Utilisation
Request but not made by reason of the operation of any one or more of the provisions of this Agreement (other than
by reason of default or negligence by that Finance Party alone);
(d) a Loan (or part of any Loan) not being prepaid in accordance with a notice of prepayment given by the Borrower; or
(e) any claim, action, civil penalty or fine against, any settlement, and any other kind of loss or liability, and all reasonable
costs and expenses (including reasonable counsel fees and disbursements) incurred by the Agent or any Lender as a
result of conduct of any Obligor or any of their partners, directors, officers, employees, agents or advisors, that violates
any Sanctions.
Indemnity to the Agent and the Security Agent
14.4 The Borrower shall, within six (6) Business Days of demand by the Agent or the Security Agent, indemnify the Agent and the
Security Agent against:
(a) any and all documented Losses incurred by the Agent or the Security Agent (acting reasonably) as a result of:
(i) investigating any event which it reasonably believes is a Default;
(ii) acting or relying on any notice, request or instruction which it reasonably believes to be genuine, correct and
appropriately authorised;
(iii) instructing lawyers, accountants, tax advisers, surveyors or other professional advisers or experts as permitted
under this Agreement; or
(iv) any action taken by the Agent or the Security Agent or any of its or their representatives, agents or contractors
in connection with any powers conferred by any Security Document to remedy any breach of any Obligor’s
obligations under the Finance Documents, and
(b) any cost, loss or liability incurred by the Agent or the Security Agent (otherwise than by reason of the Agent’s or the
Security Agent’s gross negligence or wilful misconduct) in acting as Agent or the Security Agent under the Finance
Documents.


Graphics
42
Indemnity concerning security
14.5 The Borrower shall (or shall procure that another Obligor will) within six (6) Business Days of demand by the Agent or the
Security Agent indemnify each Indemnified Person against any and all documented Losses incurred by it in connection with:
(a) any failure by the Borrower to comply with clause 16 (Costs and expenses);
(b) acting or relying on any notice, request or instruction which it reasonably believes to be genuine, correct and
appropriately authorised;
(c) the taking, holding, protection or enforcement of the Security Documents;
(d) the exercise or purported exercise of any of the rights, powers, discretions, authorities and remedies vested in the
Security Agent and each Receiver by the Finance Documents or by law;
(e) any claim (whether relating to the environment or otherwise) made or asserted against the Indemnified Person which
would not have arisen but for the execution or enforcement of one or more Finance Documents (unless and to the
extent it is caused by the gross negligence or wilful misconduct of that Indemnified Person);
(f) any breach by any Obligor of the Finance Documents; or
(g) any claim arising or asserted under any law relating to safety at sea, the ISM Code, any Environmental Law or any
Sanctions and connected to an Obligor or a Mortgaged Ship or the Facility.
14.6 The Security Agent may, in priority to any payment to the other Finance Parties, indemnify itself out of the Trust Property in
respect of, and pay and retain, all sums necessary to give effect to the indemnity in clause 14.5 and shall have a lien on the
Security Documents and the proceeds of the enforcement of those Security Documents for all moneys payable to it.
Continuation of indemnities
14.7 The indemnities by the Borrower in favour of the Indemnified Persons contained in this Agreement shall continue in full force
and effect notwithstanding any breach by any Finance Party or the Borrower of the terms of this Agreement, the repayment or
prepayment of any Loan, the cancellation of the Total Commitments or the repudiation by the Agent or the Borrower of this
Agreement.
Third Parties Act
14.8 Each Indemnified Person may rely on the terms of clauses 14.5 and 14.6 (Indemnity concerning security) and clauses 12 (Tax
gross-up and indemnities) and 14.9 (Interest) insofar as it relates to interest on any amount demanded by that Indemnified
Person under clauses 14.5 and 14.6 (Indemnity concerning security), subject to clauses 1.8 to 1.10 (Third party rights) and the
provisions of the Third Parties Act.
Interest
14.9 Moneys becoming due by the Borrower to any Indemnified Person under the indemnities contained in this clause 14 (Other
indemnities) or elsewhere in this Agreement shall be paid within six (6) Business Days of demand made by such Indemnified
Person and shall be paid together with interest on the sum demanded from the due date therefor to the date of reimbursement
by the Borrower to such Indemnified Person (both before and after judgment) at the rate referred to in clauses 8.4 to 8.5 (Default
interest).


Graphics
43
Exclusion of liability
14.10 No Indemnified Person will be in any way liable or responsible to any Obligor (whether as mortgagee in possession or
otherwise) who is a Party or is a party to a Finance Document to which this clause applies for any loss or liability arising from
any act, default, omission or misconduct of that Indemnified Person, except to the extent caused by its own gross negligence
or wilful misconduct. Any Indemnified Person may rely on this clause 14.10 subject to clauses 1.8 to 1.10 (Third party rights)
and the provisions of the Third Parties Act.
Fax and email indemnity
14.11 The Borrower shall indemnify each Finance Party within six (6) Business Days of demand made by such Finance Party against
any and all documented Losses together with any VAT thereon which any of the Finance Parties may sustain or incur as a
consequence of any fax or email communication purporting to originate from the Borrower to the Agent or the Security Agent
being made or delivered fraudulently or without proper authorisation (unless such Losses are the direct result of the gross
negligence or wilful misconduct of the relevant Finance Party or the Agent or the Security Agent).
15 Mitigation by the Lenders
Mitigation
15.1 Each Finance Party shall, in consultation with the Borrower, take all reasonable steps to mitigate any circumstances which arise
and which would result in any amount becoming payable under or pursuant to, or cancelled pursuant to, any of clause 7.1
(Illegality), clause 12 (Tax gross-up and indemnities) or clause 13 (Increased Costs) including (but not limited to) assigning its
rights and obligations under the Finance Documents to another Affiliate or Facility Office.
15.2 Clause 15.1 does not in any way limit the obligations of any Obligor under the Finance Documents.
Limitation of liability
15.3 The Borrower shall indemnify each Finance Party within six (6) Business Days of demand made by that Finance Party for all
documented costs and expenses incurred by that Finance Party as a result of steps taken by it under clause 15.1 (Mitigation).
15.4 A Finance Party is not obliged to take any steps under clause 15.1 (Mitigation) if, in the opinion of that Finance Party (acting
reasonably), to do so might be prejudicial to it.
16 Costs and expenses
Transaction expenses
16.1 The Borrower shall within six (6) Business Days of demand pay the Agent, the Arrangers and the Security Agent the amount
of all documented costs and expenses (including fees, costs and expenses of legal advisers and insurance and other consultants
and advisers) reasonably incurred by any of them (and by any Receiver) in connection with the negotiation, preparation,
printing, execution, syndication, registration and perfection and any release, discharge or reassignment of:
(a) this Agreement and any other documents referred to in this Agreement and the Security Documents;
(b) any other Finance Documents (except for a Transfer Certificate) executed or proposed to be executed after the date of
this Agreement including any executed to provide additional security under clause 25 (Minimum security value); or


Graphics
44
(c) any Security Interest expressed or intended to be granted by a Finance Document.
Amendment costs
16.2 If:
(a) any Obligor requests an amendment, waiver or consent;
(b) any amendment or waiver is contemplated or agreed pursuant to clause 39.8 (Changes to reference rates); or
(c) an amendment is required pursuant to clauses 33.18 and 33.19 (Change of currency),
the Borrower shall, within six (6) Business Days of demand, reimburse the Agent and the Security Agent for the amount of all
documented costs and expenses (including legal fees) reasonably incurred by the Agent or the Security Agent in responding
to, evaluating, negotiating or complying with that request or requirement.
Enforcement, preservation and other costs
16.3 The Borrower shall, within six (6) Business Days of demand by a Finance Party, pay to each Finance Party the amount of all
documented costs and expenses (including fees, costs and expenses of legal advisers and insurance and other consultants,
brokers, surveyors and advisers) incurred by that Finance Party in connection with:
(a) the enforcement of, or the preservation of any rights under, any Finance Document and any proceedings initiated by
or against any Indemnified Person and as a consequence of holding the Charged Property or enforcing those rights
and any proceedings instituted by or against any Indemnified Person as a consequence of taking or holding the Security
Documents or enforcing those rights;
(b) any valuation carried out under clause 25 (Minimum security value); or
(c) any inspection carried out under clause 23.9 (Inspection and notice of dry-docking).
Double counting
16.4 For the avoidance of doubt, there shall be no double counting between any of the indemnity or costs provisions of this
Agreement on the one hand and the provisions of any other Finance Document on the other. Accordingly, if a payment is
received by way of indemnity or reimbursement of costs by any Finance Party under any of the Finance Documents which, but
for this provision, would also be due under this Agreement, the person making the payment (the payer) shall be relieved, pro
tanto, from any obligation to pay a corresponding amount under this Agreement provided that any settlement or discharge
between such Finance Party on the one hand and the payer on the other shall be conditional upon no security or payment
(whether by set-off or otherwise) to such Finance Party in relation to this Agreement or any other Finance Document being
avoided or reduced by virtue of any laws relating to bankruptcy, insolvency, liquidation or similar laws of general application
and, if any such security or payment is so avoided or reduced, such Finance Party shall be entitled to recover the value or
amount of such security or payment from the payer subsequently as if such settlement or discharge had not occurred.


Graphics
45
Section 7 – Guarantee
17 Guarantee and indemnity
Guarantee and indemnity
17.1 The Parent irrevocably and unconditionally:
(a) guarantees to the Security Agent (as trustee for the Finance Parties) and the other Finance Parties punctual performance
by each other Obligor of all such Obligor’s obligations under the Finance Documents;
(b) undertakes with the Security Agent (as trustee for the Finance Parties) and the other Finance Parties that whenever
another Obligor does not pay any amount when due under or in connection with any Finance Document, it shall
immediately on demand pay that amount as if it was the principal obligor; and
(c) agrees with the Security Agent (as trustee for the Finance Parties) and the other Finance Parties that if any obligation
guaranteed by it is or becomes unenforceable, invalid or illegal, it will, as an independent and primary obligation
indemnify that Finance Party immediately on demand against any cost, loss or liability it incurs as a result of the
Borrower not paying any amount which would, but for such unenforceability, invalidity or illegality, have been
payable by the Borrower under any Finance Document on the date when it would have been due. The amount payable
by the Parent under this indemnity will not exceed the amount it would have had to pay under this clause 17.1 if the
amount claimed had been recoverable on the basis of a guarantee.
Continuing guarantee
17.2 This guarantee is a continuing guarantee and will extend to the ultimate balance of sums payable by any Obligor under the
Finance Documents, regardless of any intermediate payment or discharge in whole or in part.
Reinstatement
17.3 If any discharge, release or arrangement (whether in respect of the obligations of any Obligor or any security for those
obligations or otherwise) is made by a Finance Party in whole or in part on the basis of any payment, security or other disposition
which is avoided or must be restored in insolvency, liquidation, administration or otherwise, without limitation, then the liability
of the Parent under this clause 17 will continue or be reinstated as if the discharge, release or arrangement had not occurred.
Waiver of defences
17.4 The obligations of the Parent under this clause 17 will not be affected by an act, omission, matter or thing (whether or not
known to it or any Finance Party) which, but for this clause, would reduce, release or prejudice any of its obligations under this
clause 17 including (without limitation):
(a) any time, waiver or consent granted to, or composition with, any Obligor or other person;
(b) the release of any other Obligor or any other person under the terms of any composition or arrangement with any
creditor of any other Obligor;
(c) the taking, variation, compromise, exchange, renewal or release of, or refusal or neglect to perfect, take up or enforce,
any rights against, or security over assets of, any Obligor or other person or any non-presentation or non-observance
of any formality or other requirement in respect of any instrument or any failure to realise the full value of any security;


Graphics
46
(d) any incapacity or lack of power, authority or legal personality of or dissolution or change in the members or status of
an Obligor or any other person;
(e) any amendment, novation, supplement, extension, restatement (however fundamental and whether or not more
onerous) or replacement of any Finance Document or any other document or security including without limitation any
change in the purpose of, any extension of or any increase in any facility or the addition of any new facility under any
Finance Document or other document or security;
(f) any unenforceability, illegality or invalidity of any obligation of any person under any Finance Document or any other
document or security; or
(g) any insolvency or similar proceedings.
Immediate recourse
17.5 The Parent waives any right it may have of first requiring any Finance Party (or any trustee or agent on its behalf) to proceed
against or enforce any other rights or security or claim payment from any person before claiming from the Parent under this
clause 17. This waiver applies irrespective of any law or any provision of a Finance Document to the contrary.
Appropriations
17.6 Until all amounts which may be or become payable by the Obligors under or in connection with the Finance Documents have
been irrevocably paid in full, each Finance Party (or any trustee or agent on its behalf) may:
(a) refrain from applying or enforcing any other moneys, security or rights held or received by that Finance Party (or any
trustee or agent on its behalf) in respect of those amounts, or apply and enforce the same in such manner and order as
it sees fit (whether against those amounts or otherwise) and the Parent shall not be entitled to the benefit of the same;
and
(b) hold in an interest-bearing suspense account any moneys received from the Parent or on account of the Parent’s
liability under this clause 17.
Deferral of Parent’s rights
17.7 Until all amounts which may be or become payable by the Obligors under or in connection with the Finance Documents have
been irrevocably paid in full and unless the Agent otherwise directs, the Parent will not exercise any rights which it may have
by reason of performance by it of its obligations under the Finance Documents or by reason of any amount being payable, or
liability arising, under this clause 17.1:
(a) to be indemnified by another Obligor;
(b) to claim any contribution from any other guarantor of any Obligor’s obligations under the Finance Documents;
(c) to take the benefit (in whole or in part and whether by way of subrogation or otherwise) of any rights of the Finance
Parties under the Finance Documents or of any other guarantee or security taken pursuant to, or in connection with,
the Finance Documents by any Finance Party;
(d) to bring legal or other proceedings for an order requiring any Obligor to make any payment, or perform any obligation,
in respect of which the Parent has given a guarantee, undertaking or indemnity under clause 17 (Guarantee and
indemnity);
(e) to exercise any right of set-off against any other Obligor; and/or


Graphics
47
(f) to claim or prove as a creditor of any other Obligor in competition with any Finance Party.
17.8 If the Parent receives any benefit, payment or distribution in relation to such rights it will promptly pay an equal amount to the
Agent for application in accordance with clause 33 (Payment mechanics). This only applies until all amounts which may be or
become payable by the Obligors under or in connection with the Finance Documents have been irrevocably paid in full.
Additional security
17.9 This guarantee is in addition to and is not in any way prejudiced by any other guarantee or security now or subsequently held
by any Finance Party.
Default Interest
17.10 There shall be no double counting of interest of the type referred to at clauses 8.4 to 8.5 (Default interest) on any amount unpaid
by the Parent under clause 17.1 (Guarantee and indemnity) such that, if default interest is already accruing on any amount
unpaid by any Obligor from the due date up to the date of actual payment pursuant to clauses 8.4 to 8.5 (such unpaid amount,
together with the accrued default interest thereon, the ‘guaranteed amount’), default interest shall not also accrue on the
guaranteed amount if such guaranteed amount is unpaid by the Parent under clause 17.1.
Section 8 – Representations, Undertakings and Events of Default
18 Representations
18.1 The Borrower and the Parent makes and repeats the representations and warranties set out in this clause 18 to each Finance
Party at the times specified in clauses 18.46 to 18.49 (Times when representations are made).
Status
18.2 Each Obligor is a limited liability company, duly incorporated and validly existing and in good standing under the law of its
Original Jurisdiction.
18.3 Each Obligor has capacity, power and authority to carry on its business as it is now being conducted and to own its property
and other assets.
Binding obligations
18.4 Subject to the Legal Reservations, the obligations expressed to be assumed by each Obligor in each Finance Document to which
it is, or is to be, a party are or, when entered into by it, will be legal, valid, binding and enforceable obligations and each Security
Document to which an Obligor is, or will be, a party, creates or will create the Security Interests which that Security Document
purports to create and those Security Interests are or will be valid and effective.
Power and authority
18.5 Each Obligor has power to enter into, perform and deliver and comply with its obligations under, and has taken all necessary
action to authorise its entry into, each Finance Document to which it is, or is to be, a party and each of the transactions
contemplated by those documents.
18.6 No limitation on any Obligor’s powers to borrow, create security or give guarantees will be exceeded as a result of any
transaction under, or the entry into of, any Finance Document to which such Obligor is, or is to be, a party.


Graphics
48
Non-conflict
18.7 The entry into and performance by each Obligor of, and the transactions contemplated by the Finance Documents and the
granting of the Security Interests purported to be created by the Security Documents do not and will not conflict with:
(a) any law or regulation applicable to any Obligor;
(b) the Constitutional Documents of any Obligor; or
(c) any agreement or other instrument binding upon any Obligor or its assets
or constitute a default or termination event (however described) under any such agreement or instrument or result in the creation
of any Security Interest (save for a Permitted Security Interest) on any of its assets, rights or revenues.
Validity and admissibility in evidence
18.8 All authorisations required:
(a) to enable each Obligor lawfully to enter into, exercise its rights and comply with its obligations under each Finance
Document to which it is a party;
(b) to make each Finance Document to which it is a party admissible in evidence in its Original Jurisdiction and in England
and Wales, the Isle of Man, Marshall Islands and Singapore; and
(c) to ensure that each of the Security Interests created under the Security Documents has the priority and ranking
contemplated by them,
have been obtained or effected and are in full force and effect except any authorisation or filing referred to in clause 18.23 (No
filing or stamp taxes), which authorisation or filing will be promptly obtained or effected within any applicable period.
18.9 All authorisations necessary for the conduct of the business, trade and ordinary activities of each Obligor have been obtained
or effected and are in full force and effect where failure to obtain or effect those authorisations would have or be reasonably
likely to have a Material Adverse Effect.
Governing law and enforcement
18.10 Subject to Legal Reservations, the choice of English law or any other applicable law as the governing law of any Finance
Document will be recognised and enforced in each Obligor’s Original Jurisdiction and in England and Wales, the Isle of Man,
Marshall Islands and Singapore.
18.11 Subject to Legal Reservations, any judgment obtained in England in relation to an Obligor will be recognised and enforced in
each Obligor’s Original Jurisdiction and in England and Wales, the Isle of Man, Marshall Islands and Singapore.
Information
18.12 Any Information is true and accurate in all material respects at the time it was given or made.
18.13 At the time the Information was given there are no facts or circumstances known to the Borrower or the Parent (having made
due enquiry) or any other information known to the Borrower or the Parent (having made due enquiry) which could make the
Information incomplete, untrue, inaccurate or misleading in any material respect.


Graphics
49
18.14 At the time the information is given, the Information does not omit anything known to the Borrower or the Parent (having made
due enquiry) which would result in the Information being incomplete, untrue, inaccurate or misleading in any material respect.
18.15 All opinions, projections, forecasts or expressions of intention contained in the Information and the assumptions on which they
are based have been arrived at after due and careful enquiry and consideration and were believed to be reasonable by the person
who provided that Information as at the date it was given or made.
18.16 For the purposes of clauses 18.12 to 18.15, Information means: any information provided by any Obligor or any other Group
Member to any of the Finance Parties in connection with the Finance Documents or the transactions referred to in them.
Original Financial Statements
18.17 The Original Financial Statements were prepared in accordance with GAAP consistently applied.
18.18 The audited Original Financial Statements fairly present of the financial condition and results of operations of the relevant
Obligors and the Group (consolidated in the case of the Group) during the relevant financial year.
18.19 There has been no material adverse change in its assets, business or financial condition (or the assets, business or consolidated
financial condition of the Group, in the case of the Parent) since the date of the Original Financial Statements.
Pari passu ranking
18.20 Each Obligor’s payment obligations under the Finance Documents to which it is, or is to be, a party rank at least pari passu
with all its other present and future unsecured and unsubordinated payment obligations, except for obligations mandatorily
preferred by law applying to companies generally.
Ranking and effectiveness of security
18.21 Subject to the Legal Reservations and any filing, registration or notice requirements which is referred to in any Legal Opinion,
the security created by the Security Documents has (or will have when the Security Documents have been executed) the priority
which it is expressed to have in the Security Documents, the Charged Property is not subject to any Security Interest other than
Permitted Security Interests and such security will constitute perfected security on the assets described in the Security
Documents.
No insolvency
18.22 No corporate action, legal proceeding or other procedure or step described in clause 27.20 (Insolvency proceedings) or
creditors’ process described in clauses 27.22 and 27.23 (Creditors’ process) has been taken or, to the knowledge of the
Borrower or the Parent, threatened in relation to an Obligor and none of the circumstances described in clauses 27.17 to 27.19
(Insolvency) applies to any Obligor.
No filing or stamp taxes
18.23 Under the laws of each Obligor’s Original Jurisdiction, England and Wales, the Isle of Man, Marshall Islands and Singapore it
is not necessary that any Finance Document to which it is, or is to be, party be filed, recorded or enrolled with any court or
other authority in those jurisdictions or that any stamp, registration, notarial or similar Taxes or fees be paid on or in relation
to any such Finance Document or the transactions contemplated by the Finance Documents except any filing, recording or
enrolling or any tax or fee payable in relation to any Finance Document which is referred to in any Legal Opinion (including,
without limitation, the filing of statements containing prescribed particulars of the relevant Security Documents with the
Accounting and Corporate


Graphics
50
Regulatory Authority of Singapore within 30 days of the date of the relevant Security Document) and which will be made or
paid promptly after the date of the relevant Finance Document.
Tax
18.24 No Obligor is required to make any deduction for or on account of Tax from any payment it may make under any Finance
Document to which it is, or is to be, a party.
No Event of Default
18.25 No Event of Default is continuing or might reasonably be expected to result from the making of any Utilisation or the entry
into, the performance of, or any transaction contemplated by, any Finance Document.
18.26 No other event or circumstance is outstanding which constitutes (or, with the expiry of a grace period, the giving of notice, the
making of any determination or any combination of any of the foregoing, would constitute) a default or termination event
(however described) under any other agreement or instrument which is binding on any Obligor or to which any Obligor’s assets
are subject which might reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.
No proceedings pending or threatened
18.27 No litigation, arbitration or administrative proceedings or investigations of, or before, any court, arbitral body or agency which,
if adversely determined, might reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect have (to the best of the Borrower’s
or the Parent’s knowledge and belief (having made due and careful enquiry)) been started or threatened against any Obligor.
No breach of laws
18.28 No Obligor has breached any law or regulation which breach might reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.
Environmental matters
18.29 No Environmental Law applicable to any Ship and/or any Obligor has been violated in a manner or circumstances which might
reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.
18.30 All consents, licences and approvals required under Environmental Laws for the Ships have been obtained and are currently in
force.
18.31 No Environmental Claim has been made or, to the best of the Borrower’s or the Parent’s knowledge and belief (having made
due and careful enquiry), is threatened or pending against any Obligor or any Ship or any other vessel owned, operated,
managed or crewed by any Group Member (each being a Fleet Vessel) where that claim might reasonably be expected to have
a Material Adverse Effect and there has been no Environmental Incident (or the equivalent in respect of a Fleet Vessel) which
has given, or might give, rise to such a claim.
Tax compliance
18.32 No claims or investigations are being, or are reasonably likely to be, made or conducted against any Obligor with respect to
Taxes such that a liability of, or claim against, any Obligor is reasonably likely to arise for an amount for which adequate
reserves have not been provided and which might reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.
Anti-Corruption Law
18.33 It has conducted its business in compliance with applicable Anti-Corruption Laws.


Graphics
51
18.34 It has instituted and maintains policies and procedures designed to promote and achieve compliance with such laws.
Security and Financial Indebtedness
18.35 No Security Interest exists over all or any of the present or future assets of any Obligor in breach of this Agreement.
18.36 No Obligor has any Financial Indebtedness outstanding in breach of this Agreement.
Legal and beneficial ownership
18.37 Each Obligor has a good, valid and marketable title to, or valid leases or licences of, and all appropriate Authorisations to use,
the Charged Property necessary to carry on its respective business as presently conducted.
18.38 Each Owner will have a good, valid and marketable title to the Ship it is expressed to own from the commencement of the
applicable Mortgage Period.
Accounting Reference Date
18.39 The financial year-end of each Obligor is the Accounting Reference Date.
Copies of documents
18.40 The Constitutional Documents of the Obligors delivered to the Agent under clause 4 (Conditions of Utilisation) will be true,
complete and accurate copies of such documents and include all amendments and supplements to them as at the time of such
delivery.
No immunity
18.41 No Obligor or any of its assets is immune to any legal action or proceeding.
Ship status
18.42 Each Ship will, on the first day of its Mortgage Period, be:
(a) registered in the name of the relevant Owner through the relevant Registry as a ship under the laws and flag of the
relevant Flag State;
(b) operationally seaworthy and in every way fit for service;
(c) classed with the relevant Classification free of all requirements and recommendations of the relevant Approved
Classification Society which are not overdue; and
(d) insured in the manner required by the Finance Documents.
Sanctions
18.43 None of the Obligors, nor any of their Subsidiaries nor any of their directors and officers or any other Relevant Person is:
(a) a Restricted Party;
(b) in breach of Sanctions; or
(c) subject to or involved in any complaint, claim, proceeding, formal notice, investigation or other action by any
Sanctions Authority concerning any Sanctions.

Graphics
52
FATCA
18.44 No Obligor is a US Tax Obligor.
No money laundering
18.45 Without prejudice to the generality of this clause 18 (Representations), in relation to the utilisation of the Facility and the
performance and discharge of its obligations and liabilities under, and the transactions and other arrangements contemplated
by, the Finance Documents to which it is a party, the Obligors are acting for their own account and none of the foregoing does
or will involve or lead to the contravention of any law, official requirement or other regulatory measure or procedure
implemented to combat “money laundering” (as defined in Article 1 of Directive 2005/60/EC of the European Parliament and
of the Council).
Times when representations are made
18.46 All of the representations and warranties set out in this clause 18 (other than Ship Representations) are deemed to be made on
the dates of:
(a) this Agreement;
(b) the first Utilisation Request; and
(c) the first Utilisation.
18.47 The Repeating Representations are deemed to be made on the dates of each subsequent Utilisation Request and the first day of
each Interest Period, save that that part of the representation and warranty set out at clause 18.31 (Environmental matters) that
relates to a Fleet Vessel shall not repeat.
18.48 All of the Ship Representations are deemed to be made on the first day of the Mortgage Period for the relevant Ship.
18.49 Each representation or warranty deemed to be made after the date of this Agreement shall be deemed to be made by reference
to the facts and circumstances then existing at the date the representation or warranty is deemed to be made.
19 Information undertakings
19.1 The Borrower undertakes that this clause 19 will be complied with throughout the Facility Period.
19.2 In this clause 19:
Annual Financial Statements means the financial statements for a financial year of the Borrower and the Parent delivered
pursuant to clause 19.3.
Quarterly Financial Statements means the financial statements for a financial quarter of the Borrower and the Parent
delivered pursuant to clause 19.4.
Financial statements
19.3 The Borrower shall supply to the Agent as soon as the same become available, but in any event within one hundred and eighty
(180) days after the end of each of its financial years, the audited consolidated financial statements for that financial year of
the Borrower and the Parent.
19.4 The Borrower shall supply to the Agent as soon as the same become available, but in any event within ninety (90) days after
the end of each of its first, second and third financial quarters, the


Graphics
53
Borrower’s and the Parent’s unaudited consolidated financial statements for that financial quarter of the Borrower and the
Parent.
19.5 The Borrower shall supply to the Agent as soon as the same become available, but in any event within one hundred and eighty
(180) days after the end of each of its financial years, consolidated three (3) year financial projections of the Group commencing
with the financial year in which such projections are delivered.
19.6 In respect of the Parent, the posting of its Annual Financial Statements and its Quarterly Financial Statements on its home page
(www.bwlpg.com) within the time frames required by clause 19.3 and 19.4 shall be deemed to satisfy the Borrower’s
obligations under those clauses in the context of the Annual Financial Statements and Quarterly Financial Statements of the
Parent provided that the Borrower or the Parent notify the Agent as soon as such financials have been posted on its home page
and provide the Agent with the direct link to such financials.
Provision and contents of Compliance Certificate
19.7 The Parent shall supply a Compliance Certificate to the Agent with each set of audited consolidated Annual Financial
Statements and each set of Quarterly Financial Statements for the Borrower and the Parent. Such Compliance Certificate shall
be promptly provided following the posting of the Parent’s Annual Financial Statements or, as the case may be, Quarterly
Financial Statements but in any event within the time periods required by clauses 19.3 and 19.4 (as applicable).
19.8 Each Compliance Certificate shall, amongst other things, set out (in reasonable detail) computations as to compliance with
clause 20 (Financial covenants).
19.9 Each Compliance Certificate shall be signed by the chief financial officer of the Parent or other authorised signatory of the
Parent.
Requirements as to financial statements
19.10 The Borrower shall procure that each set of Annual Financial Statements and Quarterly Financial Statements includes a profit
and loss account, a balance sheet and a cash flow statement (although it is agreed that no cash flow statement will be provided
with the Borrower’s Quarterly Financial Statements) and that, in addition, each set of Annual Financial Statements shall be
audited by the Auditors.
19.11 Each set of financial statements delivered pursuant to clauses 19.3 and 19.4 (Financial statements) shall:
(a) be prepared in accordance with GAAP; and
(b) fairly present (and, in respect of the financial statements of the Borrower only, be certified by the chief financial officer
or other authorised signatory of the Parent as fairly presenting), the financial condition and operations of the Group
or (as the case may be) the relevant Obligor as at the date as at which those financial statements were drawn up.
19.12 The Borrower shall procure that each set of financial statements delivered pursuant to clauses 19.3 and 19.4 (Financial
statements) shall be prepared using GAAP, accounting practices and financial reference periods consistent with those applied
in the preparation of the Original Financial Statements, unless, in relation to any set of financial statements, the Borrower
notifies the Agent that there has been a change in GAAP or the accounting practices, in which event, the Agent may request
the Borrower to provide clarifications and the Borrower shall deliver to the Agent sufficient information to enable the Agent
to determine whether clause 20 (Financial covenants) has been complied with.


Graphics
54
19.13 Any reference in this Agreement to any financial statements shall be construed as a reference to those financial statements as
adjusted to reflect the basis upon which the Original Financial Statements were prepared.
Year-end
19.14 The Borrower shall procure that each financial year-end of the Borrower and the Parent falls on the Accounting Reference
Date.
Information: miscellaneous
19.15 The Borrower shall deliver to the Agent:
(a) copies of all documents dispatched by the Parent and the Borrower to their creditors generally at the same time they
are dispatched;
(b) at the same time as they are dispatched, copies of all material documents, filings and disclosures dispatched by the
Parent to the Oslo Stock Exchange and the New York Stock Exchange;
(c) as soon as instituted or (to the best of the knowledge and belief of the Borrower) threatened, details of any material
litigation, arbitration or administrative proceedings current, pending or threatened which could affect the Borrower or
any Obligor and which might if adversely determined have a Material Adverse Effect;
(d) promptly, such information as the Agent may reasonably require about the Charged Property and compliance of the
Obligors with the terms of any Security Documents; and
(e) promptly, such other material information in the possession or control of the Borrower or any other Obligor regarding
the financial condition, business, operations and ownership of the Borrower and the Obligors as the Agent or any
Lender (through the Agent) may reasonably request, except to the extent that disclosure of such information would
breach any law, regulation or stock exchange requirement or listing rule;
(f) details of any change in the ownership of the shares in the Borrower or any Owner;
(g) details of any changes made to the Constitutional Documents of the Borrower or any Obligor if such change might
reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect;
(h) promptly upon becoming aware of them, the details of any inquiry, claim, action, suit, proceeding or investigation
pursuant to Sanctions against any Obligor, any Obligor’s direct or indirect owners, Subsidiaries, any of their joint
ventures or any of their respective directors, employees, officers or agents as well as information on what steps are
being taken with regards to answer or oppose to such inquiry, claim, action, suit proceeding or investigation; and
(i) promptly upon becoming aware of it, notification that any of an Obligor’s direct or indirect owners, Subsidiaries, any
of their joint ventures or any of their respective directors, employees, officers or agents has been designated as a
Restricted Party.
Notification of Default
19.16 The Borrower shall notify the Agent of any Default (and the steps, if any, being taken to remedy it) promptly upon any Obligor
becoming aware of its occurrence (unless that Obligor is aware that a notification has already been provided by another
Obligor).
19.17 Promptly upon a request by the Agent, the Borrower shall supply to the Agent a certificate signed by two authorized signatories
of the Parent on its behalf certifying that no Default is continuing (or if a Default is continuing, specifying the Default and the
steps, if any, being taken to remedy it).


Graphics
55
Sufficient copies
19.18 The Borrower, if so requested by the Agent, shall deliver sufficient copies of each document to be supplied under the Finance
Documents to the Agent to distribute to each of the Lenders and a document in electronic format shall be sufficient to satisfy
this requirement provided that a single certified hard copy is provided to the Agent if the relevant document is required to be
provided in certified form.
“Know your customer” checks
19.19 If:
(a) the introduction of or any change in (or in the interpretation, administration or application of) any law or regulation
made after the date of this Agreement;
(b) any change in the status of an Obligor or the composition of the shareholders of an Obligor after the date of this
Agreement (however, in the case of the Parent, only to the extent that a change in its shareholding results in a
shareholder who did not previously have a shareholding of 25% or more in the Parent having such a shareholding in
the Parent or if as a result of such change in its shareholding any of the circumstances described at clause 7.4 (Change
of control) prevail); or
(c) a proposed assignment by a Lender of any of its rights under this Agreement to a party that is not already a Lender
prior to such assignment; or
(d) a Lender’s annual “know your customer” review process,
obliges the Agent or any Lender (or, in the case of paragraph (c) above, any prospective new Lender) to comply with “know
your customer” or similar identification procedures in circumstances where the necessary information is not already available
to it, each Obligor shall promptly upon the request of the Agent or any Lender (and, in the case of a change in the shareholding
of the Parent only, where such request is reasonably made) supply, or procure the supply of, such documentation and other
evidence as is reasonably requested by the Agent (for itself or on behalf of any Lender) or any Lender (for itself or, in the case
of the event described in paragraph (c) above, on behalf of any prospective new Lender) in order for the Agent, such Lender
or, in the case of the event described in paragraph (c) above, any prospective new Lender to carry out and be satisfied it has
complied with all necessary “know your customer” or other similar checks under all applicable laws and regulations pursuant
to the transactions contemplated in the Finance Documents (provided that the breakdown of the Sohmen Family Interests need
not be provided unless the same is required by any applicable law or regulation).
19.20 Each Finance Party shall, promptly upon the request of the Agent or the Security Agent, supply, or procure the supply of, such
documentation and other evidence as is reasonably requested by the Agent or the Security Agent (for itself) in order for it to
carry out and be satisfied it has complied with all necessary “know your customer” or other similar checks under all applicable
laws and regulations pursuant to the transactions contemplated in the Finance Documents.
20 Financial covenants
20.1 The Parent undertakes that this clause 20 will be complied with throughout the Facility Period.
Financial definitions
20.2 In this clause 20:
Adjusted Equity means the total equity presented in the Parent’s most recent consolidated financial statements provided to the
Agent pursuant to clauses 19.3 to 19.6 (Financial statements) by adjusting the vessels’ book values (being the aggregate of
vessels, vessels under construction


Graphics
56
(to the extent paid for by any member of the Group) and periodic maintenance reserves) to their current market values.
Cash means, at any time:
(a) cash in hand legally and beneficially owned by a member of the Group; and
(b) cash deposits legally and beneficially owned by a member of the Group and which are deposited with (i) the Agent,
(ii) any Lender or (iii) any other deposit taking institution having a rating of at least A from Standard & Poor’s Ratings
Group or A3 from Moody’s Investor Services or A from Fitch Ratings (each, an Acceptable Bank),
which in each case:
(i) is free from any Security Interest, other than pursuant to the Security Documents;
(ii) is at the free and unrestricted disposal of the relevant member of the Group by which it is owned; and
(iii) in the case of cash in hand or cash deposits held by a member of the Group other than the Parent, is (in the
opinion of the Agent, upon such documents and evidence as the Agent may require the Parent to provide in
order to form the basis of such opinion) capable or, upon the occurrence of an Event of Default, would
become capable of being paid without restriction to the Parent within five (5) Business Days of its request or
demand therefore either by way of a dividend or by way of a repayment of principal (or the payment of
interest thereon) in respect of an intercompany loan from the Parent to that Subsidiary.
Cash Equivalents means, at any time:
(a) certificates of deposit maturing within one year after the relevant date of calculation and issued by an Acceptable Bank
(as defined under Cash);
(b) any investment in marketable debt obligations issued or guaranteed by the government of the United States of America
or any member state of the European Economic Area having a rating of at least AA from Standard & Poor’s Ratings
Group or AA2 from Moody’s Investors Service or AA from Fitch Ratings, or by an instrumentality or agency of any
of them having an equivalent credit rating, maturing within one year after the relevant date of calculation and not
convertible or exchangeable to any other security;
(c) commercial paper not convertible or exchangeable to any other security:
(i) for which a recognized trading market exists;
(ii) issued by an issuer incorporated in the United States of America or any member state of the European
Economic Area;
(iii) which matures within one year after the relevant date of calculation; and
(iv) which has a credit rating of at least A-1 or higher by Standard & Poor’s Ratings Group or F1 or higher by
Fitch Ratings Ltd or P-1 or higher by Mood’s Investors Service Limited, or, if no rating is available in respect
of the commercial paper, the issuer of which has, in respect of its long-term unsecured and non-credit
enhanced debt obligations, an equivalent rating;
(d) any investment in money market funds which (i) have a credit rating of either A-1 or higher by Standard & Poor’s
Ratings Group or F1 or higher by Fitch Ratings Ltd or P-1 or higher by Moody’s Investors Service Limited, (ii) which
invest substantially all their assets in


Graphics
57
securities of the types described in paragraphs (a) to (c) above and (iii) can be turned into cash on not more than five
(5) days’ notice; or
(e) any other debt security approved by the Agent (on behalf of the Majority Lenders),
in each case, to which any member of the Group is alone (or together with other members of the Group) beneficially entitled
at that time and which is not issued or guaranteed by any member of the Group or subject to any Security Interest (other than
under the Security Documents).
Current Liabilities means, on any day, all liabilities of the Parent and its Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis which would,
in accordance with GAAP consistently applied, be classified as current liabilities on that day.
Liabilities means, on any day, an amount equal to the aggregate of the Current Liabilities and the Long Term Liabilities.
Long Term Liabilities means, on any day, all liabilities of the Parent and its Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis which would,
in accordance with GAAP consistently applied, be classified as long term liabilities on that day (excluding for these purposes
“deferred taxes” (as such term is used in accordance with GAAP)).
Minimum Liquidity means, on any day, the aggregate of Cash and Cash Equivalents of each member of the Group and any
available credit lines of each member of the Group with a remaining tenor of at least six (6) months held with reputable
international banks.
Financial condition
20.3 The Parent shall ensure that:
(a) Adjusted Equity ratio: On a consolidated basis the Adjusted Equity shall at all times be no less than 25% of the sum
of the Liabilities and Adjusted Equity.
(b) Minimum Adjusted Equity: On a consolidated basis the Adjusted Equity on the last day of any fiscal quarter shall at
all times be no less than US$350,000,000.
(c) Minimum Liquidity: On a consolidated basis, Minimum Liquidity shall at all times be equal to or greater than
US$50,000,000 and the aggregate Cash and Cash Equivalents of each member of the Group shall at all times be equal
to or greater than US$20,000,000.
Calculations for the purposes of this clause 20 shall be on a consolidated basis and the applicable financial definitions set out
in clause 20.2 for use in this clause 20.3 shall be construed accordingly.
Financial testing
20.4 The financial covenants set out in clause 20.3 (Financial condition) shall be calculated in accordance with GAAP and tested
as of each financial quarter of the Parent and by reference to each of the financial statements delivered in respect of the Parent
pursuant to clauses 19.3 and 19.4 (Financial statements) and/or each Compliance Certificate delivered pursuant to clause 19.7
(Provision and contents of Compliance Certificate).
Change in GAAP
20.5 If there is any change in GAAP including (but not limited to) any change to the lease accounting standards which is expected
(in the reasonable opinion of the Agent) to change the calculations of and corresponding results of the financial covenants set
out in this clause 20, then the Agent shall notify the Borrower in writing. The Borrower and the Agent shall then negotiate in
good faith as to whether any changes are required to be made to the financial covenants set out in this clause 20 as a result of
such change to GAAP. If the Borrower and the Agent fail to agree on the


Graphics
58
requirement for such changes to the financial covenants set out in this clause 20, within sixty (60) Business Days of the
commencement of such negotiations, then the financial covenants set out in this clause 20 shall continue to be calculated by
reference to GAAP and accounting practices that applied on the date of this Agreement notwithstanding such change to GAAP.
If any changes to the financial covenants set out in this clause 20 are agreed as a result of such negotiations, then the Borrower
shall and shall procure that the Parent takes such action or agrees to make such amendments as may be required to this
Agreement to effect such changes.
21 General undertakings
21.1 The Borrower undertakes that this clause 21 will be complied with by and in respect of each Obligor throughout the Facility
Period.
Use of proceeds
21.2 No Obligor shall (and the Borrower shall ensure that no other Relevant Person will) use (directly or indirectly) any proceeds
of any Loan, or lend, contribute or otherwise make available such proceeds to any Subsidiary, joint venture partner or any other
Relevant Person, in a manner that:
(a) is a breach of Sanctions; and/or
(b) causes (or will cause) a breach of Sanctions by any Relevant Person or Finance Party.
Without limiting clause 21.4 (Compliance with laws) the Borrower shall procure that no Ship shall not be used directly or
indirectly in breach of Sanctions.
Authorisations
21.3 Each Obligor will promptly:
(a) obtain, comply with and do all that is necessary to maintain in full force and effect; and
(b) supply certified copies to the Agent of,
any authorisation required under any law or regulation of a Relevant Jurisdiction to:
(i) enable it to perform its obligations under the Finance Documents to which it is a party;
(ii) ensure the legality, validity, enforceability or admissibility in evidence of any Finance Document to which it
is a party; and
(iii) carry on its business where failure to do so has, or is reasonably likely to have, a Material Adverse Effect.
Compliance with laws
21.4 Each Obligor will:
(a) comply in all respects with all laws and regulations (including Environmental Laws):
(i) applicable to its business; and
(ii) applicable to each Ship, its ownership, employment, operation, management and registration,
including the ISM Code, the ISPS Code, all Environmental Laws and the laws of the Flag State, if failure so to comply
has or is reasonably likely to have a Material Adverse Effect;


Graphics
59
(b) obtain, comply with and do all that is necessary to maintain in full force and effect any Environmental Approvals, if
failure so to comply has or is reasonably likely to have a Material Adverse Effect; and
(c) without limiting paragraph (a) above, not employ any Ship nor allow its employment, operation or management in
any manner contrary to any applicable law or regulation including but not limited to the ISM Code, the ISPS Code
and all Environmental Laws to which it may be subject.
Anti-Corruption Law
21.5 No Obligor shall (and the Borrower shall ensure that no other member of the Group will) directly or indirectly use the proceeds
of the Facility for any purpose which would breach any Anti-Corruption Law.
21.6 Each Obligor shall (and the Borrower shall ensure that each other member of the Group will):
(a) conduct its businesses in compliance with Anti-Corruption Laws; and
(b) maintain policies and procedures designed to promote and achieve compliance with such laws.
Tax compliance
21.7 Each Obligor shall pay and discharge all Taxes imposed upon it or its assets within the time allowed by law without incurring
penalties unless and only to the extent that:
(a) such payment is being contested in good faith;
(b) adequate reserves are being maintained for those Taxes and the costs required to contest them; and
(c) such payment can be lawfully withheld or failure to pay such Taxes shall not have or is not reasonably likely to have
a Material Adverse Effect.
21.8 Except as approved by the Majority Lenders, each Obligor shall maintain its residence for Tax purposes in the jurisdiction in
which it is incorporated or re-domiciled pursuant to Part 10A of the Companies Act and ensure that it is not resident for Tax
purposes in any other jurisdiction.
Change of business
(a) (a) No Obligor shall make or threaten to make any change in its business which is or would be substantial in
relation to its business.
(b) No Obligor shall carry on any other business, which in relation to its business, would be a substantial change in relation
to its business.
This clause 21.9 shall not apply to any such change or new business made with the prior written consent of the Agent (acting
on the instructions of the Majority Lenders) or which relates to the storage or trading of gas or the business of shipping and
transportation.
Merger
21.10 The Borrower shall not, and the Borrower shall ensure that no Obligor shall enter into any amalgamation, demerger, merger or
corporate reconstruction (each a “merger”).


Graphics
60
21.11 Clause 21.10 above shall not apply to any merger or amalgamation:
(a) where the Obligor concerned is the surviving entity; or
(b) made with the prior written consent of the Agent.
Further assurance
21.12 Each Obligor shall promptly do all such acts or execute all such documents (including assignments, transfers, mortgages,
charges, notices and instructions) as the Agent may reasonably specify (and in such form as the Agent may reasonably require):
(a) to perfect the Security Interests created or intended to be created by that Obligor under or evidenced by the Security
Documents (which may include the execution of a mortgage, charge, assignment or other security over all or any of
the assets which are, or are intended to be, the subject of the Security Documents) or for the exercise of any rights,
powers and remedies of the Security Agent provided by or pursuant to the Finance Documents or by law;
(b) to confer on the Security Agent Security Interests over the Charged Property of that Obligor located in any jurisdiction
equivalent or similar to the Security Interest intended to be conferred by or pursuant to the Security Documents;
(c) to facilitate the realisation of the Charged Property which is, or is intended to be, the subject of the Security Documents
if at that time the Security Agent is entitled to realise such Charged Property pursuant to the terms of the relevant
Security Document; and/or
(d) to facilitate the accession by a New Lender to any Security Document following an assignment in accordance with
clause 28.1 (Assignments by the Lenders).
21.13 Each Obligor shall take all such action as is available to it (including making all filings and registrations) as may be necessary
for the purpose of the creation, perfection, protection or maintenance of any Security Interest conferred or intended to be
conferred on the Security Agent by or pursuant to the Finance Documents.
Negative pledge in respect of Charged Property
21.14 Except as approved by the Majority Lenders and for Permitted Security Interests, no Obligor will grant or allow to exist any
Security Interest over any Charged Property.
Environmental matters
21.15 The Agent will be notified as soon as reasonably practicable of any Environmental Claim being made against any Obligor or
any Mortgaged Ship which, if successful to any extent, might have a Material Adverse Effect and of any Environmental Incident
which may give rise to such a claim and will be kept regularly and promptly informed in reasonable detail of the nature of, and
response to, any such Environmental Incident and the defence to any such claim.
21.16 Environmental Laws (and any consents, licences or approvals obtained under them) applicable to any Mortgaged Ship will not
be violated in a way which might have a Material Adverse Effect.
Sanctions
21.17 No Obligor shall (and the Borrower shall ensure that no other Relevant Person will) take any action or make any omission that
results, or is likely to result, in it or any Finance Party becoming a Restricted Party.


Graphics
61
21.18 Each Obligor shall ensure that (i) no person that is a Restricted Party will have any legal or beneficial interest in any funds
repaid or remitted by any Obligor to any Finance Party in connection with the Facility and (ii) it shall not use any revenue or
benefit derived from any activity or dealing by an Obligor with a Restricted Party for the purpose of making any payments to
a Finance Party under or in connection with this Agreement in each case to the extent that this would cause any Obligor or any
Finance Party to breach Sanctions or be exposed to any risk of adverse measures pursuant to Sanctions, including but not
limited to becoming a Restricted Party.
21.19 Each Obligor shall comply in all respects with Sanctions.
21.20 Each Obligor shall (and the Borrower shall ensure that each other Relevant Person will) comply in all respects with all Sanctions
and in particular the Borrower and the Technical Manager shall not employ the Ship nor allow its employment, operation or
management in any transaction or activity involving any country or territory that is the target of comprehensive, country- or
territory-wide Sanctions or in any manner contrary to Sanctions.
Listing
21.21 The Borrower shall procure that the Parent shall at all times during the Facility Period maintain the listing of its shares on no
less than one of the Oslo Stock Exchange and the New York Stock Exchange (or any other exchange acceptable to the Lenders
with their prior written consent).
Pari passu ranking
21.22 The Borrower and each Obligor shall ensure that at all times any unsecured and unsubordinated claims of a Finance Party
against it under the Finance Documents rank at least pari passu with the claims of all its other unsecured and unsubordinated
creditors, except those creditors whose claims are mandatorily preferred by laws of general application to companies.
22 Dealings with Ship
22.1 The Borrower undertakes that this clause 22 will be complied with in relation to each Mortgaged Ship throughout the relevant
Ship’s Mortgage Period.
Ship’s name and registration
22.2 The Ship’s name shall only be changed after prior notice to the Agent and, each Owner shall promptly take all necessary steps
to update all applicable insurance, class and registration documents with such change of name.
22.3 The Ship shall be registered with the relevant Registry under the laws of its Flag State. Except with approval of all Lenders,
the Ship shall not be registered under any other flag or at any other port or fly any other flag (other than that of its Flag State),
provided that no such approval shall be required for the registration of a Ship under the flag of another Approved Flag State as
long as replacement Security Interests are granted in respect of that Ship (which provide recourse materially equivalent to those
in place prior to such registration) in favour of the Security Agent immediately following the registration of such ship under
the flag of that Approved Flag State. If that registration is for a limited period, it shall be renewed at least forty five (45) days
before the date it is due to expire and the Agent shall be notified of that renewal at least thirty (30) days before that date.
22.4 Nothing will be done and no action will be omitted if that might result in such registration being forfeited or imperilled or the
Ship being required to be registered under the laws of another state of registry other than an Approved Flag State.


Graphics
62
Sale or other disposal of Ship
22.5 Except with approval of all Lenders or in respect of any sale whereby the Borrower will satisfy in full its obligations under
clause 7.16 (Sale or Total Loss), each Owner will not sell, or agree to, transfer, abandon or otherwise dispose of the relevant
Ship or any share or interest in it.
Manager
22.6 A technical manager of the Ship shall not be appointed unless that technical manager is an Approved Manager and such
appointment of an Approved Manager should be made on the basis that such Approved Manager shall enter into a Manager’s
Undertaking prior to the commencement of its appointment. There shall be no material change to the terms of appointment of
an Approved Manager unless such change is also approved.
Copy of Mortgage on board
22.7 A properly certified copy of the relevant Mortgage shall be kept on board the Ship with its papers and shown to anyone having
business with the Ship which might create or imply any commitment or Security Interest over or in respect of the Ship (other
than a lien for crew’s wages and salvage) and to any representative of the Agent or the Security Agent.
Notice of Mortgage
22.8 A framed printed notice of the Ship’s Mortgage shall be prominently displayed in the navigation room and in the Master’s
cabin of the Ship. The notice must be in plain type and read as follows:
“NOTICE OF MORTGAGES
This Ship is subject to a first mortgage, in favour of BNP PARIBAS of 10 Collyer Quay, #34-01, Ocean Financial Centre,
Singapore 049315. Under the said mortgages and related documents, neither the Owner nor any charterer nor the Master of this
Ship has any right, power or authority to create, incur or permit to be imposed upon this Ship any commitments or encumbrances
whatsoever other than for crew’s wages and salvage”.
No-one will have any right, power or authority to create, incur or permit to be imposed upon the Ship any lien whatsoever other
than a Permitted Maritime Lien.
Conveyance on default
22.9 Where the Ship is (or is to be) sold in exercise of any power conferred by the Security Documents, each Owner shall, upon the
Agent’s request, immediately execute such form of transfer of title to the Ship as the Agent may require.
Chartering
22.10 The Borrower shall procure that each Owner shall:
(a) not let any Ship on demise charter for any period to anybody who is not a Group Member; and
(b) ensure that any time or consecutive voyage charter in respect of any Ship is entered into on bona fide arm’s length
terms unless entered into with a Group Member.
Lay up
22.11 Except with approval of the Majority Lenders, the Ship shall not be cold laid up or deactivated.


Graphics
63
Poseidon Principles / Net Zero Banking Alliance
22.12 The Borrower shall, upon the request of any Lender and at the cost of that Lenders, on or before 31 July in each calendar year
(each a Reporting Deadline Date), supply or procure the supply to the Agent and such Lender of all information necessary in
order for any Lender to comply with its obligations under the Poseidon Principles and/or its commitments in relation to the Net
Zero Banking Alliance in respect of the preceding year, including, without limitation, all ship fuel oil consumption data required
to be collected and reported in accordance with Regulation 22A of Annex VI and any Statement of Compliance, in each case
relating to the Vessel for the preceding calendar year. Notwithstanding the preceding provisions, each Lender shall use
reasonable endeavours to refrain from requesting for information substantially over and above that required to be provided to
a signatory of the Poseidon Principles in order for such signatory to comply with its obligations thereunder. For the avoidance
of doubt, such information shall be “Confidential Information” for the purposes of clause 23.11 (Confidential Information) but
the Borrower acknowledges that, with respect to and in accordance with the Poseidon Principles and the Net Zero Banking
Alliance such information will form part of the information published regarding the relevant Lender’s portfolio climate
alignment.
22.13 Further, no Default or Event of Default shall occur as a result of the Borrower failing to provide all or part of the information
set out in clause 22.12 (Poseidon Principles) by the relevant Reporting Deadline Date.
23 Condition and operation of Ship
23.1 The Borrower undertakes that this clause 23 will be complied with in relation to each Mortgaged Ship throughout the relevant
Ship’s Mortgage Period.
Defined terms
23.2 In this clause 23 and in Schedule 3 (Conditions precedent):
applicable code means any code or prescribed procedures required to be observed by the Ship or the persons responsible for
its operation under any applicable law (including but not limited to those currently known as the ISM Code and the ISPS Code).
applicable law means all laws and regulations applicable to vessels registered in the Ship’s Flag State or which for any other
reason apply to the Ship or to its condition or operation at any relevant time.
applicable operating certificate means any certificates or other document relating to the Ship or its condition or operation
required to be in force under any applicable law or any applicable code.
Repair
23.3 The Ship shall be kept in a good, safe and efficient state of repair. The quality of workmanship and materials used to repair the
Ship or replace any damaged, worn or lost parts or equipment shall be sufficient to ensure that the Ship’s value is not reduced.
Modification
23.4 Except with approval of the Majority Lenders, the structure, type or performance characteristics of the Ship shall not be
modified in a way which could or might materially alter the Ship or materially reduce its value. For the avoidance of doubt, the
provisions set out in this clause 23.4 shall not prevent any repairs, modifications, installations or maintenance work to the Ship
consistent with standard ownership and management practices or which improves the performance of the Ship or is required
by any relevant law and regulation and shall not prevent


Graphics
64
the Owner from modifying or installing anything that reduces greenhouse gas emissions from any Ship.
Removal of parts
23.5 Except with approval of the Majority Lenders, no material part of the Ship or any equipment shall be removed from the Ship
if to do so would materially reduce its value (unless at the same time it is replaced with equivalent parts or equipment owned
by the relevant Owner free of any Security Interest except under the Security Documents). For the avoidance of doubt, the
provisions set out in this clause 23.5 shall not prevent any maintenance work to the Ship consistent with standard ownership
and management practices or required by any applicable law or regulation.
Third party owned equipment
23.6 Except with approval, equipment owned by a third party shall not be installed on the Ship if it cannot be removed without risk
of causing damage to the structure or fabric of the Ship or incurring significant expense.
Maintenance of class; compliance with laws and codes
23.7 The Ship’s class shall be the relevant Classification which shall not have any materially overdue recommendations or materially
adverse notations. The Ship and every person who owns, operates or manages the Ship shall comply with all applicable laws
and the requirements of all applicable codes. There shall be kept in force and on board the Ship or in such person’s custody
any applicable operating certificates which are required by applicable laws or applicable codes to be carried on board the Ship
or to be in such person’s custody.
Surveys
23.8 The Ship shall be submitted to continuous surveys and any other surveys which are required for it to maintain the Classification
as its class. Copies of reports of those surveys shall be provided promptly to the Agent if it so requests.
Inspection and notice of dry-docking
23.9 The Agent and/or surveyors or other persons appointed by it for such purpose shall be allowed to board the Ship once per
calendar year (and any other time following an Event of Default which is continuing) to inspect it and given all proper facilities
needed for that purpose upon reasonable written notice, provided there is no interference with the usual daily operations of the
Ship and subject to all health and safety and insurance requirements relating to such visits. The Agent shall be given reasonable
advance notice of any intended dry-docking of the Ship (whatever the purpose of that dry-docking). The cost of any such
inspection by or on behalf of the Agent shall be for the account of the Lenders unless an Event of Default is continuing at the
time of the inspection.
Prevention of arrest
23.10 All debts, damages, liabilities and outgoings which have given, or may give, rise to maritime, statutory or possessory liens on,
or claims enforceable against, the Ship, its Earnings or Insurances shall be promptly paid and discharged.
Release from arrest or attachment
23.11 The Earnings and Insurances of a Ship shall promptly be released from any attachment or levy by whatever action is required
to achieve that release or discharge.
23.12 The Borrower and each Owner shall use their best endeavors to release a Ship from any arrest or detention and to discharge
any legal process against the Ship, by whatever action is required to achieve that release or discharge.


Graphics
65
Information about Ship
23.13 The Agent shall promptly be given any information which it may reasonably require about the Ship or its employment, position,
use or operation and copies of any applicable operating certificates.
Notification of certain events
23.14 The Agent shall promptly be notified of:
(a) any damage to the Ship where the cost of the resulting repairs is reasonably likely to exceed the Major Casualty
Amount for such Ship;
(b) any occurrence which is reasonably likely to result in the Ship becoming a Total Loss;
(c) any arrest or detention of any Ship, any exercise or purported exercise of any lien on that Ship or other claim on that
Ship or its Earnings or Insurances or any requisition of that Ship for hire;
(d) any withdrawal of any applicable operating certificate if the same would result in a Default;
(e) any claims for breach of the ISM Code, the ISPS Code or the MARPOL Protocol being made against any Owner, any
relevant Approved Manager or otherwise in connection with the Ship owned by it; and
(f) any requirement or recommendation made in relation to the Ship by any insurer or the Ship’s Approved Classification
Society or by any competent authority which is not, or cannot be, complied with in the manner or time required or
recommended.
Payment of outgoings
23.15 All tolls, dues and other outgoings whatsoever in respect of the Ship and its Earnings and Insurances shall be paid promptly.
Proper accounting records shall be kept of the Ship and its Earnings.
Evidence of payments
23.16 At any time when a Default is continuing, the Agent shall be allowed proper and reasonable access to those accounting records
when it requests it and, when it requires it, shall be given satisfactory evidence that:
(a) the wages and allotments and the insurance and pension contributions of the Ship’s crew are being promptly and
regularly paid;
(b) all deductions from its crew’s wages in respect of any applicable Tax liability are being properly accounted for; and
(c) the Ship’s master has no claim for disbursements other than those incurred by him in the ordinary course of trading
on the voyage then in progress.
Repairers’ liens
23.17 Except with approval of all Lenders, the Ship shall not be put into any other person’s possession for work to be done on the
Ship if the cost of that work will exceed or is likely to exceed the Major Casualty Amount for such Ship unless either (i) that
person gives the Security Agent a written undertaking in approved terms not to exercise any lien on the Ship or its Earnings for
any of the cost of such work or (ii) the Ship’s insurers have specifically confirmed that the cost of the work is covered by the
Ship’s insurances or (iii) the Borrower or the Parent provides evidence to the Agent that it has sufficient financial resources to
cover the cost of that work together with a


Graphics
66
declaration of solvency and full disclosure of any existing relationship between the repairer and the Group on terms satisfactory
to the Lenders. Each Finance Party approves each Ship that does not have a LPG propulsion system installed on it as of the
date of this Agreement being put, at the Borrower’s discretion, into the possession of a ship yard to install an LPG propulsion
system on that Ship without the Borrower needing to satisfy any further condition or requirement.
Lawful use
23.18 The Ship shall not be employed:
(a) in any way or in any activity which is unlawful under international law or the domestic laws of any relevant country;
(b) in carrying illicit or prohibited goods;
(c) in a way which may make it liable to be condemned by a prize court or destroyed, seized or confiscated; or
(d) if there are hostilities in any part of the world (whether war has been declared or not), in carrying contraband goods
and the persons responsible for the operation of the Ship shall take all necessary and proper precautions to ensure that this does
not happen, including participation in industry or other voluntary schemes available to the Ship and in which leading operators
of ships operating under the same flag or engaged in similar trades generally participate at the relevant time.
War zones
23.19 The Ship shall not enter or remain in any zone which has been declared a war zone by any government entity or the Ship’s war
risk insurers unless the requirements of the Ship’s insurers necessary to ensure that the Ship remains properly and fully insured
in accordance with the Finance Documents (including any requirement for the payment of extra insurance premiums or the
effecting of any special, additional or modified insurance cover which shall be necessary or customary for first class ship
owners trading or operating vessels within the territorial waters of such country at such time) have been complied with (and
the Borrower has provided evidence of such additional insurance cover to the Agent).
Responsible ship recycling standards
23.20 The Borrower shall procure that each Owner obtains and maintains an inventory of Hazardous Material (as defined in the Hong
Kong Convention and the Ship Recycling Regulation) in respect of the Ship(s) owned by it, by no later than the implementation
date(s) for the same under the Hong Kong Convention and the Ship Recycling Regulation and in any event, in respect of any
Ship, prior to its sale for recycling.
23.21 Each Obligor further undertakes if any vessel that is or was a Mortgaged Ship is to be scrapped during the Facility Period, such
vessel shall be recycled at a recycling yard which conducts its recycling business in a socially and environmentally responsible
manner, in accordance with the provisions of the Hong Kong Convention or, if applicable, the Ship Recycling Regulation, as
applicable.
24 Insurance
24.1 The Borrower undertakes that this clause 24 shall be complied with in relation to each Mortgaged Ship and its Insurances
throughout the relevant Ship’s Mortgage Period.


Graphics
67
Insurance terms
24.2 In this clause 24:
excess risks means, in relation to any Ship, the proportion (if any) of claims for general average, collisions liabilities salvage
and salvage charges not recoverable under the hull and machinery insurances of that Ship in consequence of its insured value
being less than the value at which that Ship is assessed for the purpose of such claims.
excess war risk P&I cover means cover for claims only in excess of amounts recoverable under the usual war risk cover
including (but not limited to) hull and machinery, crew and protection and indemnity risks.
hull cover means insurance cover against the risks identified in clause 24.3(a).
minimum hull cover means, in relation to a Mortgaged Ship, when aggregated with the amounts of marine cover of all other
Mortgaged Ships, an amount equal at the relevant time to 120 per cent. (120%) of the aggregate of the Loans outstanding and
the undrawn and uncancelled Total Commitments.
P&I risks means the usual risks (including liability for oil pollution, excess war risk P&I cover) covered by a protection and
indemnity association which is a member of the International Group of protection and indemnity associations (or, if the
International Group ceases to exist, any other leading protection and indemnity association or other leading provider of
protection and indemnity insurance) (including, without limitation, the proportion (if any) of any collision liability not covered
under the terms of the hull cover).
policy, in relation to any insurances, includes a slip, cover note, certificate of entry or other document evidencing insurance or
its terms.
war risks includes the risk of loss arising when a Ship is damaged through use of arms or other instruments of war for war
purposes and all war risks as covered on the latest version of the Nordic Marine Insurance Plan.
In this clause 24, a reference to “approved” means approved in writing by the Agent acting on the instructions of all Lenders
(acting reasonably).
For the purpose of this clause 24:
(a) Insurances, other than protection & indemnity insurances, placed on terms no less restrictive than those contained in
the latest version of the Nordic Marine Insurance Plan Full Conditions;
(b) Insurance companies and/or underwriters rated A- or higher by Standard & Poor’s Rating Group or Fitch Ratings or
A3 or higher by Moody’s Investor Services and registered Lloyd’s syndicates;
(c) Insurance companies and/or underwriters rated BBB- or higher (but below A-) by Standard & Poor’s Rating Group
or Fitch Ratings or Baa3 or higher (but below A3) by Moody’s Investor Services, provided that such insurance
companies and/or underwriters together may only insurer up to 5% of the total insurance coverage of a Ship;
(d) All accredited Loyd’s insurance broker, Howden AS, Filhet Allard,Cambiaso Risso, Lockton Norway, Lockton
Singapore, Marsh, Oneglobal, Willis Towers Watson, Latitude, Tigermar; and
(e) Any protection and indemnity association or clubs which is a member of the International Group of Protection and
Indemnity Associations,


Graphics
68
shall be deemed “approved”.
Coverage required
24.3 The Ship shall at all times be insured:
(a) against usual marine risks (including excess risks) and war risks (including war protection and indemnity risks and
terrorism, piracy and confiscation risks) on an agreed value basis, for its minimum hull cover;
(b) against P&I risks for the highest amount then available in the insurance market for vessels of similar age, size and
type as the Ship (but, in relation to liability for oil pollution, for an amount of not less than US$1,000,000,000) and a
freight, demurrage and defence cover;
(c) against such other risks and matters (except for loss of hire) which would be reasonable and expected in the
international insurance market for vessels similar to the Ship and performing operations and in regions similar to the
Ship which a prudent shipowner or operator would insure against at the time of that notice; and
(d) on terms which comply with the other provisions of this clause 24.
Placing of cover
24.4 The insurance coverage required by clause 24.3 (Coverage required) shall be:
(a) in the name of the Ship’s Owner and (in the case of the Ship’s hull cover) no other primary named assured (other than
the Security Agent if required by it) (unless such other person, if so required by the Agent, has duly executed and
delivered:
(i) in the case of any Owner, a first priority assignment of its interest in the Ship’s Insurances; and
(ii) in the case of any other company that is an Affiliate of the Owner, an Insurance Undertaking,
in each case to the Security Agent in an approved form and provided such supporting documents and opinions in
relation to that assignment as the Agent requires) (to the extent that there are co-assureds, only commercial managers,
beneficial owners or disponent owners who are co-assured shall be required to provide an Insurance Undertaking);
(b) if the Agent so requests, in the joint names of the Ship’s Owner and the Security Agent (and, to the extent reasonably
practicable in the insurance market, without liability on the part of the Security Agent for premiums or calls);
(c) in dollars or another approved currency;
(d) arranged through approved brokers or direct with approved insurers or protection and indemnity or war risks
associations; and
(e) on approved terms and with approved insurers or associations.
Deductibles
24.5 The aggregate amount of any excess or deductible under the Ship’s hull cover shall not exceed an approved amount which is
in line with international market standards.


Graphics
69
Mortgagee’s insurance
24.6 Any Lender or Lenders may (at its or their own cost) take out and keep in force in respect of the Ship and the other Mortgaged
Ships on approved terms, mortgagee interest insurance and mortgagee’s additional perils (pollution risks) cover for the benefit
of that Lenders or the Lenders for an aggregate amount up to 120 per cent of the Loans outstanding and the undrawn and
uncancelled Total Commitments. In no circumstances shall any Obligor be responsible for reimbursing any Lender or any other
Finance Party for any premium or cost associated to placing the insurance cover referred to in this clause.
Fleet liens, set off and cancellations
24.7 If the Ship’s hull cover also insures other vessels, the Security Agent shall either be given an undertaking in approved terms by
the brokers or (if such cover is not placed through brokers or the brokers do not, under any applicable laws or insurance terms,
have such rights of set off and cancellation) the relevant insurers that the brokers or (if relevant) the insurers will not:
(a) set off against any claims in respect of the Ship any premiums due in respect of any of such other vessels insured
(other than other Mortgaged Ships); or
(b) cancel that cover because of non-payment of premiums in respect of such other vessels,
(c) or the Borrower shall ensure that hull cover for the Ship and any other Mortgaged Ships is provided under a separate
policy from any other vessels.
Payment of premiums
24.8 All premiums, calls, contributions or other sums payable in respect of the Insurances shall be paid punctually and the Agent
shall be provided with all relevant receipts or other evidence of payment upon request.
Instructions for renewal
24.9 The Borrower shall ensure that the relevant Obligors shall:
(a) renew any insurance effected by it in respect of a Mortgaged Ship in approved terms before expiry of that insurance;
and
(b) promptly after the renewal notify the Agent in writing of the terms and conditions of the renewal.
Confirmation of renewal
24.10 The relevant Owner or the Borrower shall (or shall procure that any approved broker will), promptly after the renewal of a
Ship’s Insurances, provide the Agent with pro forma copies of all policies and/or cover notes relating to such Insurances which
such approved broker is to effect or renew.
P&I guarantees
24.11 Any guarantee or undertaking required by any protection and indemnity or war risks association or other approved war risks
insurers in relation to the Ship shall be provided when required by the association.
Insurance documents
24.12 The Agent shall be provided with pro forma copies of all insurance policies and other documentation issued by brokers, insurers
and associations in connection with the Ship’s


Graphics
70
Insurances as soon as they are available after they have been placed or renewed and all insurance policies and other documents
relating to the Ship’s Insurances shall be deposited with any approved brokers or (if not deposited with approved brokers) the
Agent or some other approved person.
Letters of undertaking
24.13 Unless otherwise approved where the Agent is satisfied that equivalent protection is afforded by the terms of the relevant
Insurances and/or any applicable law and/or a letter of undertaking provided by another person, on each placing or renewal of
the Insurances, the Agent shall be provided promptly with letters of undertaking in an approved form (having regard to general
insurance market practice and law at the time of issue of such letter of undertaking) from the relevant brokers (or lead insurers
where there are no brokers) and associations.
Insurance Notices and Loss Payable Clauses
24.14 The interest of the Security Agent as assignee of the Insurances shall be endorsed on all insurance policies and other documents
by the incorporation of a Loss Payable Clause and an Insurance Notice in respect of the Ship and its Insurances signed by its
Owner.
Insurance correspondence
24.15 If so required by the Agent, the Agent shall promptly be provided with copies of all material written communications between
the assureds and brokers, insurers and associations relating to any of the Ship’s Insurances as soon as they are available.
Qualifications and exclusions
24.16 All requirements applicable to the Ship’s Insurances shall be complied with and the Ship’s Insurances shall only be subject to
approved exclusions or qualifications.
Independent report
24.17 The Agent may obtain a detailed report from an approved independent firm of marine insurance brokers giving their opinion
on the adequacy of the Ship’s Insurances once annually at the Borrower’s cost (unless, an Event of Default is continuing at the
time the report is obtained, in which case, the cost of any additional report shall always be for the account of the Borrower)
and, if the approved independent firm of marine insurance brokers is to be a firm other than BankServe, the Agent shall provide
the Borrower with fifteen (15) days notice of their intention to appoint such alternative independent firm of marine insurance
brokers.
Collection of claims
24.18 All documents and other information and all assistance required by the Agent to assist it and/or the Security Agent in trying to
collect or recover any claims under the Ship’s Insurances shall be provided promptly.
Employment of Ship
24.19 The Ship shall only be employed or operated in conformity with the terms of the Ship’s Insurances (including any express or
implied warranties) and not in any other way (unless the insurers have consented and any additional requirements of the insurers
have been satisfied).
Declarations and returns
24.20 If any of the Ship’s Insurances are on terms that require a declaration, certificate or other document to be made or filed before
the Ship sails to, or operates within, an area, those terms shall be complied with within the time and in the manner required by
those Insurances.


Graphics
71
Application of recoveries
24.21 All sums paid under the Ship’s Insurances to anyone other than the Security Agent shall be applied in repairing the damage
and/or in discharging the liability in respect of which they have been paid except to the extent that the repairs have already
been paid for and/or the liability already discharged.
Settlement of claims
24.22 Any claim under the Ship’s Insurances for a Total Loss or Major Casualty shall only be settled, compromised or abandoned
with prior approval of all Lenders.
25 Minimum security value
25.1 The Borrower undertakes that this clause 25 will be complied with throughout any Mortgage Period.
Valuation of assets
25.2 For the purpose of the Finance Documents, the value at any time of any Mortgaged Ship or any other asset over which additional
security is provided under this clause 25 will be its value as most recently determined in accordance with this clause 25 or, in
respect of the first Utilisation, its value as determined by the valuations provided pursuant to clause 4 (Conditions of Utilisation)
and otherwise in accordance with this clause 25.
Valuation frequency
25.3 Valuations of each Mortgaged Ship measured and each such other asset in accordance with this clause 25 shall be (a) on a
semi-annual basis within thirty (30) days after the end of the second and fourth quarters of each year with such valuations
provided being no older than thirty (30) days, (b) upon any Mortgaged Ship’s Disposal Repayment Date (if the previous
valuations under this clause 25 were carried out more than 90 days before such Disposal Repayment Date), (c) upon the request
from the Borrower to substitute a Mortgaged Ship pursuant to clause 25.16 (Substitution of a Mortgaged Ship) and (d) where
there is an Event of Default which is continuing, at any time as may be required by the Agent. In addition, for the purposes of
clause 25.15 (Release of additional security) and clause 25.18 (Release of security over a Ship) only, the Borrower, at its own
cost, may check the valuations of any Mortgaged Ship at any time.
Expenses of valuation
25.4 The Borrower shall bear, and reimburse to the Agent where incurred by the Agent, all costs and expenses of providing such a
valuation.
Valuations procedure
25.5 The value of any Mortgaged Ship and any other ship provided as security for the Facility shall be determined by Approved
Brokers in accordance with this clause 25. Additional security provided under this clause 25 (save for any other ship provided
as security for the Facility) shall be valued in such a way, on such a basis and by such persons (including the Agent itself) as
may be approved by the Majority Lenders or as may be agreed in writing by the Borrower and the Agent (on the instructions
of the Majority Lenders).
Currency of valuation
25.6 Valuations shall be provided by Approved Brokers in dollars.


Graphics
72
Basis of valuation
25.7 Each valuation will be addressed to the Agent in its capacity as such and made:
(a) on a fleet basis without physical inspection;
(b) on the basis of a sale for prompt delivery for a price payable in full in cash on delivery at arm’s length on normal
commercial terms between a willing buyer and a willing seller;
(c) without taking into account the benefit or the burden of any charter or other employment commitment; and
(d) including the value of any LPG propulsion system installed in the relevant Ship at the time of such valuation.
Information required for valuation
25.8 The Borrower shall promptly provide to the Agent and any such Approved Broker any information which they reasonably
require for the purposes of providing such a valuation.
Approval of valuers
25.9 All valuers must be Approved Brokers for the purposes of this clause 25. The Agent shall respond promptly to any request by
the Borrower for approval of a broker nominated by the Borrower to be an Approved Broker.
Appointment of valuers
25.10 When a valuation is required for the purposes of this clause 25, the Borrower shall promptly appoint Approved Brokers to
provide such a valuation. If the Borrower fails to do so promptly, the Agent may appoint Approved Brokers to provide that
valuation.
Number of valuers
25.11 Each valuation shall be carried out by two (2) Approved Brokers nominated by the Borrower. If the Borrower fails promptly
to nominate two (2) Approved Brokers, then the Agent may nominate such Approved Brokers to carry out the valuation.
Differences in valuations
25.12 If valuations provided by individual Approved Brokers differ, the value of the relevant Ship for the purposes of the Finance
Documents will be the average of those valuations.
Security shortfall
25.13 If at any time following a valuation check permitted by clause 25.3 (Valuation frequency), the Security Value is less than the
Minimum Value, the Agent may, and shall, if so directed by the Majority Lenders, by notice to the Borrower require that such
deficiency be remedied. The Borrower shall then within sixty (60) days of receipt of such notice ensure that the Security Value
is no less than the Minimum Value. For this purpose, the Borrower may:
(a) provide additional security over other assets reasonably approved by the Majority Lenders in accordance with this
clause 25 (and , for this purpose, if any cash security is provided in a form acceptable to the Majority Lenders then,
for the purpose of this clause, 25.13, such cash security shall have the same effect as if it had instead been used to
prepay an amount of the Facility pursuant to paragraph (b) below); and/or


Graphics
73
(b) prepay the Facility under and in accordance with clause 7.8 (Voluntary prepayment) in an amount that remedies such
deficiency (no prepayment fee shall apply to such a prepayment and the minimum prepayment amount and prepayment
multiplies required by clause 7.8 (Voluntary prepayment) shall not apply); and/or
(c) cancel under and in accordance with clause 7.5 (Voluntary cancellation) an amount of the available and undrawn Total
Commitments that remedies the deficiency (the minimum cancellation amount and cancellation multiplies required
by clause 7.5 (Voluntary cancellation) shall not apply.
Any prepayment of any Loan pursuant to this clause 25.13 shall also result in the relevant part of the Total Commitments being
automatically cancelled and reduced by the corresponding amount of such prepayment.
If on the date on which any cancellation of the Total Commitments under this clause 25.13 is required, the aggregate of the
Loans then outstanding under the Facility exceeds the Total Commitments the Borrower shall make a prepayment of the Loans
(the Borrower being able to decide, at its discretion, which Loan or Loans to prepay) under the Facility in an amount equal to
such excess.
Creation of additional security
25.14 The value of any additional security which the Borrower offers to provide to remedy all or part of a shortfall in the amount of
the Security Value will only be taken into account for the purposes of determining the Security Value or the Minimum Value
if and when:
(a) that additional security, its value and (except in the case of any other ship) the method of its valuation have been
approved by the Majority Lenders;
(b) a Security Interest over that security has been constituted in favour of the Security Agent or (if appropriate) the Finance
Parties in an approved form and manner;
(c) this Agreement has been unconditionally amended in such manner as the Agent requires in consequence of that
additional security being provided; and
(d) the Agent, or its duly authorised representative, has received such documents and evidence it may require in relation
to that amendment and additional security including documents and evidence of the type referred to in Schedule 3
(Conditions precedent) in relation to that amendment and additional security and its execution and (if applicable)
registration.
Release of additional security
25.15 If at any time the Security Agent holds additional security provided under this clause 25 and the Security Value, disregarding
the value of that additional security, exceeds 125 per cent of the aggregate of the Loans outstanding and the undrawn and
uncancelled Total Commitments and the Security Value has been determined by reference to valuations provided no more than
forty-five (45) days previously, the Borrower may, by notice to the Agent, require the release and discharge of that additional
security. The Security Agent shall then promptly release and discharge that additional security if no Default is then continuing
or would result from such release and discharge and, upon such release and discharge and, if so required by the Security Agent,
the Borrower shall reimburse to the Security Agent any costs and expenses payable under clause 16.1 (Transaction expenses)
in relation to that release and discharge.
Substitution of a Mortgaged Ship
25.16 Subject to no Event of Default which is continuing, if at any time the Borrower requests the substitution of a Mortgaged Ship
with another LPG vessel (the Substitute Ship), the Agent (acting


Graphics
74
on the instructions of the Lenders) shall consent to the substitution of such Mortgaged Ship on the following conditions:
(a) the Substitute Ship is a very large gas carrier or large gas carrier not older than the Mortgaged Ship being substituted;
(b) the Substitute Ship is seaworthy and is in a satisfactory or similar condition to the Mortgaged Ship being substituted
and is classed with an Approved Classification Society and registered under an Approved Flag State;
(c) the Substitute Ship is managed by an Approved Manager;
(d) the Substitute Ship is wholly owned by a Group Member (subject to acceptable “know your customer” or other similar
documents or information on such Group Member) that is capable of granting a legal valid and binding mortgage over
the whole of the Substitute Ship in favour of the Security Agent as security for all amounts owing by the Borrower
under the Finance Documents;
(e) the Security Value after the proposed substitution, including the Fair Market Value of the Substitute Ship but not
including the Mortgaged Ship to be substituted, is or will be equal to or in excess of the Security Value at the time
immediately before such substitution where the Security Value has been determined by reference to the valuations
provided no more than thirty (30) days previously; and
(f) equivalent Security Interests are entered into in respect of the Substitute Ship on the date of substitution on
substantially the same terms or similar terms as the Security Interests which are in place for all other Ships and
appropriate amendments are made to this Agreement and the other Finance Documents to reflect the change in Security
Documents and the Substitute Ship (in each case to the reasonable satisfaction of the Lenders taking into account the
conditions for substitution set out in this clause 25.16).
25.17 If the conditions in clause 25.16 (Substitution of a Mortgaged Ship) are met to the Lenders’ satisfaction, the Security Agent
shall then promptly release and discharge such Security Documents in respect of such Mortgaged Ship being substituted on the
date of substitution if no Default is then continuing or will result from such release and discharge and, upon such release and
discharge and, if so required by the Agent, the Borrower shall reimburse to the Agent any costs and expenses payable under
clause 16.1 (Transaction expenses) in relation to that release and discharge and the entering into of new Security Documents
in respect of the Substitute Ship.
Release of security over a Ship
25.18 If at any time the aggregate Fair Market Value of the Mortgaged Ships (excluding the Ship proposed to be released) (as
determined by reference to valuations provided no more than 45 days previously) is 180% or more than the sum of the aggregate
of the Loans outstanding and the undrawn and uncancelled Total Commitments, the Borrower may, by notice to the Agent,
require the release and discharge of the applicable Security Documents in respect of a Ship. The Security Agent shall then
(acting on the instructions of all Lenders) promptly release and discharge such Security Documents in respect of such Ship if
no Default is then continuing or would result from such release and discharge and, upon such release and discharge and, if so
required by the Security Agent, the Borrower shall reimburse to the Security Agent any costs and expenses payable under
clause 16.1 (Transaction expenses) in relation to that release and discharge. If the Borrower satisfies the conditions of this
clause and provides a notice to the Agent under this clause, the Lenders shall provide the instructions required by the Agent to
release the applicable Security Documents.
26 Business restrictions
26.1 Except as otherwise approved by the Majority Lenders the Borrower undertakes that this clause 26 will be complied with
throughout the Facility Period.


Graphics
75
Guarantees
26.2 Each Owner shall not give or permit to exist, any guarantee by it in respect of indebtedness of any person or allow any of its
indebtedness to be guaranteed by anyone else except:
(a) guarantees entered into under the Finance Documents; and
(b) guarantees issued on behalf of another Group Member in the ordinary course of the Group’s business including,
without limitation, any guarantee to any (1) financier of any Group Member; (2) trade creditor to any Group Member;
(3) owner of a ship chartered-in by a Group Member; (4) charterer of a vessel chartered-out by a Group member; (5)
ship yard or ship owner in relation to any ship to be acquired by a Group Member; (6) ship yard relating to any repair,
retrofitting or enhancement works to a ship owned by any Group Member.
Loans and credit
26.3 Each Owner shall not make, grant or permit to exist any loans or any credit by it to anyone else other than:
(a) loans or credit to another Group Member; and
(b) trade credit granted by it to its customers on normal commercial terms in the ordinary course of its trading activities.
Disposals
26.4 Each Owner shall not enter into a single transaction or a series of transactions, whether related or not and whether voluntarily
or involuntarily, to dispose of any Charged Property except where the disposal is in connection with the sale of a Mortgaged
Ship permitted by clause 22.5 (Sale or other disposal of Ship).
Contracts and arrangements with Affiliates
26.5 Neither the Parent, the Borrower nor any Owner shall be party to any arrangement or contract with any of its Affiliates unless
(except where the relevant Affiliate is the Parent or a wholly owned Subsidiary of the Parent) such arrangement or contract is
on an arm’s length basis.
Restricted Payments
26.6 Neither the Borrower nor the Parent shall redeem or purchase or otherwise reduce any of its equity or any other share capital
or any warrants or any uncalled or unpaid liability in respect of any of them or reduce the amount (if any) for the time being
standing to the credit of its share premium account or capital redemption or other undistributable reserve in any manner or
make any other payment or distribution of a similar nature (each a Restricted Payment) if an Event of Default has occurred or
would occur as a consequence of such Restricted Payment.
Distributions and other payments
26.7 Upon the occurrence of an Event of Default which is continuing (or if an Event of Default would occur as a result therefrom
or if as a result therefrom the Parent would be in breach of clause 20 (Financial covenants)), neither the Borrower nor the
Parent shall:
(a) declare or pay (including by way of set-off, combination of accounts or otherwise) any dividend or redeem or make
any other distribution or payment (whether in cash or in specie), including any interest and/or unpaid dividends, in
respect of its equity or any other share capital or any warrants for the time being in issue; or


Graphics
76
(b) make any payment (including by way of set-off, combination of accounts or otherwise) by way of interest, or
repayment, redemption, purchase or other payment, in respect of any shareholder loan, loan stock or similar
instrument.
26.8 Upon the occurrence of an Event of Default which is continuing, no Owner shall make any payment (including by way of set-
off, combination of accounts or otherwise) by way of interest, or repayment, redemption, purchase or other payment, in respect
of any shareholder loan, loan stock or similar instrument, save that each Owner shall be permitted to service principal and
interest under any shareholder loans from the Borrower when an Event of Default is continuing.
27 Events of Default
27.1 Each of the events or circumstances set out in clauses 27.2 to 27.38 is an Event of Default.
Non-payment
27.2 An Obligor does not pay on the due date any amount payable pursuant to a Finance Document at the place at and in the currency
in which it is expressed to be payable, unless its failure to pay is caused by an administrative or technical error and payment is
made within three (3) Business Days of its originally applicable due date.
27.3 For the purposes of clause 28.2 and subject to the Agent’s right to demand interest under clauses 8.4 to 8.5 (Default interest),
payments expressed to be payable on demand without any identifiable grace period shall be treated as paid when due if paid
within three (3) Business Days of demand.
Financial covenants
27.4 The Parent does not comply with clause 20 (Financial covenants) save that no Event of Default shall be deemed to have
occurred if any breach of a financial covenant as at its quarterly test date has been remedied prior to the Compliance Certificate
notifying of the relevant breach being provided to the Agent in accordance with clause 19.7.
Value of security
27.5 The Borrower does not comply with clause 25.13 (Security shortfall).
Insurance
27.6 The Insurances of a Mortgaged Ship are not placed and kept in force in the manner required by clause 24 (Insurance).
27.7 Any insurer either:
(a) cancels any such Insurances; or
(b) disclaims liability under them by reason of any mis-statement or failure or default by any person unless the Agent
(acting reasonably) considers that such event is capable of remedy and is remedied within thirty (30) days of the date
the relevant insurer disclaims liability.
Other obligations
27.8 An Obligor does not comply with any provision of the Finance Documents (other than those referred to in clause 27.2 (Non-
payment), clause 27.4 (Financial covenants), clause 27.5 (Value of security) and clauses 27.6 to 27.7 (Insurance)).


Graphics
77
27.9 No Event of Default under clause 27.8 above will occur if the Agent (acting reasonably) considers that the failure to comply is
capable of remedy and the failure is remedied within thirty (30) days of the earlier of (A) the Agent giving notice to the
Borrower or relevant Owner and (B) the Borrower or relevant Owner becoming aware of the failure to comply.
Misrepresentation
27.10 Any representation or statement made or deemed to be made by an Obligor in the Finance Documents or any other document
delivered by or on behalf of any Obligor under or in connection with any Finance Document is or proves to have been incorrect
or misleading in any material respect when made or deemed to be made.
Cross default
27.11 Any Financial Indebtedness of any Obligor is not paid when due nor within any originally applicable grace period.
27.12 Any Financial Indebtedness of any Obligor is declared to be or otherwise becomes due and payable prior to its specified
maturity as a result of an event of default (however described).
27.13 Any commitment for any Financial Indebtedness of any Obligor is cancelled or suspended by a creditor of that Obligor as a
result of an event of default (however described).
27.14 The counterparty to a Treasury Transaction entered into by any Obligor terminates that Treasury Transaction by reason of an
event of default (however described but not including a “Termination Event” as defined in the 2002 ISDA Master Agreement
or equivalent events howsoever described).
27.15 Any creditor of any Obligor becomes entitled to declare any Financial Indebtedness of that Obligor due and payable prior to
its specified maturity as a result of an event of default (however described).
27.16 No Event of Default will occur under clauses 27.11 to 27.15 if the aggregate amount of Financial Indebtedness or commitment
for Financial Indebtedness falling within clauses 27.11 to 27.15 above is less than US$50,000,000 (or its equivalent in any
other currency or currencies).
Insolvency
27.17 An Obligor is unable or admits inability to pay its debts as they fall due, is deemed to, or is declared to, be unable to pay its
debts under applicable law, suspends making payments on any of its debts or, by reason of actual or anticipated financial
difficulties, commences negotiations with one or more of its creditors (excluding any Finance Party in its capacity as such)
with a view to rescheduling any of its indebtedness.
27.18 The value of the assets of any Obligor (except for the Owner) is less than its liabilities (taking into account contingent and
prospective liabilities).
27.19 A moratorium is declared in respect of any indebtedness of any Obligor. If a moratorium occurs, the ending of the moratorium
will not remedy any Event of Default caused by that moratorium.
Insolvency proceedings
27.20 Any corporate action, legal proceedings or other procedure or step is taken in relation to:
(a) the suspension of payments, a moratorium of any indebtedness, winding-up, dissolution, administration or
reorganisation (by way of voluntary arrangement, scheme of arrangement or otherwise) of any Obligor;


Graphics
78
(b) a composition, compromise, assignment or arrangement with any creditor of any Obligor;
(c) the appointment of a liquidator, receiver, administrator, administrative receiver, compulsory manager or other similar
officer in respect of any Obligor, any assets of any Owner or all or substantially all of the assets of any other Obligor
(including the directors of any Owner requesting a person to appoint any such officer in relation to it or any of its
assets or any other Obligor requesting a person to appoint any such officer in relation to it or all or substantially all of
its assets); or
(d) enforcement of any Security Interest over any assets of any Owner or enforcement of any Security Interest over all or
substantially all of the assets of any other Obligor,
or any analogous procedure or step is taken in any jurisdiction.
27.21 No Event of Default will occur under this clause 27.20 (Insolvency proceedings):
(a) in respect of any winding up petition (or analogous procedure) which is frivolous or vexatious and which is discharged,
stayed or dismissed within sixty (60) days of commencement;
(b) in respect of any enforcement of a Permitted Maritime Lien (other than by way of arrest) which is discharged and/or
dismissed within sixty (60) days of such enforcement; or
(c) solely by virtue of any Mortgaged Ship being arrested.
Creditors’ process
27.22 Any expropriation, attachment, sequestration, distress, execution or any other analogous process or enforcement action affects
any asset or assets (including enforcement by a landlord) of any Obligor and is not discharged within sixty (60) days.
27.23 Any judgment or order for an amount is made against any Obligor and is not stayed or complied with within sixty (60) days.
27.24 No Event of Default shall occur under clauses 27.22 to 27.23 if the aggregate amount of the relevant claim, judgment or order
falling within clauses 27.22 to 27.23 above is less than US$50,000,000 (or its equivalent in any other currency or currencies).
Unlawfulness and invalidity
27.25 Other than in connection with a sale of a Ship as permitted by, and in accordance with, clause 22.5 (Sale or other disposal of a
Ship) or a release of security as permitted by, and in accordance with, clause 25.15 (Release of additional security) or
clause 25.18 (Release of security over a Ship) or a substitution of a Ship permitted by, and in accordance with, clauses 25.16
and 25.17 (Substitution of a Mortgaged Ship):
27.26 It is or becomes unlawful for an Obligor to perform any of its obligations under the Finance Documents or any Security Interest
created or expressed to be created or evidenced by the Security Documents ceases to be effective.
27.27 Any obligation or obligations of any Obligor under any Finance Documents are not (subject to the Legal Reservations) or cease
to be legal, valid, binding or enforceable and the cessation individually or cumulatively materially and adversely affects the
interests of the Lenders under the Finance Documents.
27.28 Any Finance Document or any Security Interest created or expressed to be created or evidenced by the Security Documents
ceases to be in full force and effect or is alleged by a party to it (other than a Finance Party) to be ineffective for any reason.


Graphics
79
27.29 Any Security Document does not create legal, valid, binding and enforceable security over the assets charged under that
Security Document or the ranking or priority of such security is adversely affected.
Cessation of business
27.30 Any Obligor suspends or ceases to carry on (or threatens to suspend or cease to carry on) all or a material part of its business
and such suspension or cessation would have a Material Adverse Effect, save that no Event of Default shall occur under this
clause 27.30 as a result of a Total Loss of a Mortgaged Ship or any event or circumstance which would constitute a Total Loss
of a Mortgaged Ship after the expiry of a grace period or the lapse of time.
Ownership of the Obligors
27.31 An Obligor (other than the Parent) is not or ceases to be a wholly-owned Subsidiary of the Parent.
Expropriation
27.32 The authority or ability of any Obligor to conduct its business is wholly or substantially curtailed by any seizure, expropriation,
nationalisation, intervention, restriction or other action by or on behalf of any governmental, regulatory or other authority or
other person in relation to any Obligor or any of its assets, save that no Event of Default shall occur under this clause 27.32 as
a result of a Compulsory Acquisition of a Mortgaged Ship or any event or circumstance which would constitute a Compulsory
Acquisition after the expiry of a grace period or the lapse of time.
Repudiation and rescission of Finance Documents
27.33 An Obligor rescinds or purports to rescind or repudiates or purports to repudiate a Finance Document or evidences an intention
to rescind or repudiate a Finance Document.
Litigation
27.34 Any litigation, alternative dispute resolution, arbitration or administrative proceeding is taking place, or threatened against any
Obligor or any of its assets, rights or revenues which, if adversely determined, might reasonably be expected to have a Material
Adverse Effect.
Material Adverse Effect
27.35 Any Environmental Incident or other event or circumstance or series of events (including any change of law) occurs which the
Majority Lenders reasonably believe has, or is reasonably likely to have, a Material Adverse Effect.
Non-obligor Security Documents
27.36 Any breach arises under a Non-obligor Security Document which is capable of remedy and is not remedied within thirty (30)
days (or if the remedy involves the removal of an Approved Manager, such longer period as is required by that Approved
Manager’s terms of engagement to remove that Approved Manager) of the earlier of (A) the Agent giving notice to the Borrower
or relevant party to the applicable Non-obligor Security Document and (B) the Borrower or relevant party to the applicable
Non-obligor Security Document becoming aware of the failure to comply.
Ship registration
27.37 Except with approval of all Lenders or otherwise as permitted by the terms of this Agreement, the registration of any Mortgaged
Ship under the laws and flag of its Flag State is cancelled or terminated or, where applicable, not renewed or, if such Ship is
only provisionally registered on the date of its Mortgage, such Ship is not permanently registered under such laws within ninety
(90) days of such date.


Graphics
80
Political risk
27.38 The Flag State of any Mortgaged Ship or England or Singapore becomes involved in hostilities or civil war or there is a seizure
of power in the Flag State or in England or Singapore by unconstitutional means if, in any such case, such event or circumstance,
in the reasonable opinion of the Agent, has or is reasonably likely to have, a Material Adverse Effect and, within forty five (45)
days of notice from the Agent to do so, such action as the Agent may require to ensure that such event or circumstance will not
have such an effect has not been taken by the relevant Obligor.
Sanctions
27.39 Any Obligor or any of its respective directors, officers, employees, agents or representatives or any persons (with the knowledge
of any Obligor) acting on its behalf:
(a) is a Restricted Party; or
(b) is owned or controlled by a Restricted Party; or
(c) owns or controls a Restricted Party, to the extent that this would cause any Obligor or any Finance Party to breach
Sanctions or be exposed to any risk of adverse measures pursuant to Sanctions, including but not limited to becoming
a Restricted Party; or
(d) is acting directly or indirectly on behalf of or for the benefit of a Restricted Party, to the extent that this would cause
any Obligor or any Finance Party to breach Sanction or be exposed to any risk of adverse measures pursuant to
Sanctions, including but not limited to becoming a Restricted Party.
27.40 Any Obligor does not comply with Clauses 21.19 and 21.20 (Sanctions).
27.41 It appears to the Agent (acting reasonably) that the proceeds of any Loan have been made available, directly or indirectly, to
or for the benefit of a Restricted Party or that such proceeds have been directly or indirectly, applied in a manner or for a
purpose prohibited by Sanctions.
Acceleration
27.42 On and at any time after the occurrence of an Event of Default which is continuing the Agent may, and shall if so directed by
the Majority Lenders, by notice to the Borrower:
(a) cancel the Total Commitments at which time they shall immediately be cancelled; and/or
(b) declare that all or part of the Loan, together with accrued interest, and all other amounts accrued or outstanding under
the Finance Documents be immediately due and payable, at which time they shall become immediately due and
payable; and/or
(c) declare that all or part of the Loan be payable on demand, at which time it shall immediately become payable on
demand by the Agent on the instructions of the Majority Lenders; and/or
(d) exercise or direct the Security Agent and/or any other beneficiary of the Security Documents to exercise any or all of
its rights, remedies, powers or discretions under the Finance Documents.


Graphics
81
Section 9 - Changes to Parties
28 Changes to the Lenders
Assignments by the Lenders
28.1 Subject to this clause 28, a Lender (the Existing Lender) may assign any of its rights under this Agreement to another bank or
financial institution or, if consent is obtained from the Borrower (such consent being in the absolute discretion of the Borrower),
to any other entity, trust or fund which is regularly engaged in or established for the purpose of making, purchasing or investing
in loans, securities or other financial assets (the New Lender).
Conditions of assignment
28.2 The consent of the Borrower is required for an assignment by a Lender, unless the assignment is
(a) to another Lender or an Affiliate of a Lender; or
(b) to be made at a time when a Default has occurred and is continuing unremedied and unwaived.
28.3 The Borrower’s consent to an assignment to (a) bank or financial institution may not be unreasonably withheld or delayed and
will be deemed to have been given fifteen (15) Business Days after the Lender has requested consent unless consent is expressly
refused by the Borrower within that time or (b) any other entity, trust or fund which is regularly engaged in or established for
the purpose of making, purchasing or investing in loans, securities or other financial assets shall be in the absolute discretion
of the Borrower..
28.4 An assignment will only be effective:
(a) on receipt by the Agent of written confirmation from the New Lender (in form and substance satisfactory to the Agent)
that the New Lender will assume the same obligations to the Borrower and the other Finance Parties as it would have
been under if it was an Original Lender;
(b) on the New Lender entering into any documentation required for it to accede as a party to any Security Document to
which the Original Lender is a party in its capacity as a Lender and, in relation to such Security Documents, completing
any filing, registration or notice requirements;
(c) where the consent of the Borrower is required for the assignment, if the Commitment transferred shall be in an amount
not less than ten million dollars (US$10,000,000) (unless the assignment is of all an Existing Lender’s Commitment
and all of its participation in the Loans); and
(d) on the performance by the Agent of all necessary “know your customer” or other similar checks under all applicable
laws and regulations relating to any person that it is required to carry out in relation to such assignment to a New
Lender.
28.5 Each New Lender, by executing the relevant Transfer Certificate, confirms, for the avoidance of doubt, that the Agent has
authority to execute on its behalf any amendment or waiver that has been approved by or on behalf of the requisite Lender or
Lenders in accordance with the Finance Documents on or prior to the date on which the assignment becomes effective in
accordance with the Finance Documents and that it is bound by that decision to the same extent as the Existing Lender would
have been had it remained a Lender.


Graphics
82
28.6 If:
(a) a Lender assigns any of its rights under the Finance Documents or changes its Facility Office; and
(b) as a result of circumstances existing at the date the assignment or change occurs, the Borrower would be obliged to
make a payment to the New Lender or Lender acting through its new Facility Office under clause 12 (Tax Gross Up
and Indemnities) or clause 13 (Increased Costs),
then the New Lender or Lender acting through its new Facility Office is only entitled to receive payment under those clauses to
the same extent as the Existing Lender or Lender acting through its previous Facility Office would have been if the assignment
or change had not occurred, so that if no payment would be required to be made to the Existing Lender or Lender acting through
its previous Facility Office if the assignment or change had not occurred no payment shall be required to be made to the New
Lender or Lender acting through its new Facility Office.
Fee and expenses
28.7 The New Lender shall, on the date upon which an assignment takes effect, pay to the Agent (for its own account) a fee of
US$5,000. No Obligor shall be responsible for any costs and expenses associated with any transfer or assignment by a Lender
under this Agreement.
Limitation of responsibility of Existing Lender
28.8 Unless expressly agreed to the contrary, an Existing Lender makes no representation or warranty and assumes no responsibility
to a New Lender for:
(a) the legality, validity, effectiveness, adequacy or enforceability of the Finance Documents or any other documents;
(b) the financial condition of any Obligor;
(c) the performance and observance by any Obligor or any other person of its obligations under the Finance Documents
or any other documents;
(d) the application of any Basel II Regulation or Basel III Regulation to the transactions contemplated by the Finance
Documents; or
(e) the accuracy of any statements (whether written or oral) made in or in connection with any Finance Document or any
other document,
and any representations or warranties implied by law are excluded.
28.9 Each New Lender confirms to the Existing Lender and the other Finance Parties that it:
(a) has made (and shall continue to make) its own independent investigation and assessment of :
(i) the financial condition and affairs of the Obligors and their related entities in connection with its participation
in this Agreement; and
(ii) the application of any Basel II Regulation or Basel III Regulation to the transactions contemplated by the
Finance Documents;
and has not relied exclusively on any information provided to it by the Existing Lender or any other Finance Party in
connection with any Finance Document;


Graphics
83
(b) will continue to make its own independent appraisal of the application of any Basel II Regulation or Basel III
Regulation to the transactions contemplated by the Finance Documents; and
(c) will continue to make its own independent appraisal of the creditworthiness of each Obligor and its related entities
whilst any amount is or may be outstanding under the Finance Documents or any Commitment is in force.
28.10 Nothing in any Finance Document obliges an Existing Lender to:
(a) accept a re-assignment from a New Lender of any of the rights assigned under this clause 28 (Changes to the Lenders);
or
(b) support any losses directly or indirectly incurred by the New Lender by reason of the non-performance by any Obligor
of its obligations under the Finance Documents or by reason of the application of any Basel II Regulation to the
transactions contemplated by the Finance Documents or otherwise.
Procedure for assignment
28.11 Subject to the conditions set out in clauses 28.2 to 28.5 (Conditions of assignment) an assignment may be effected in accordance
with clause 28.14 below when (a) the Agent executes an otherwise duly completed Transfer Certificate and (b) the Agent
executes any document required under clause 28.4 which it may be necessary for it to execute in each case delivered to it by
the Existing Lender and the New Lender duly executed by them and, in the case of any such other document, any other relevant
person. The Agent shall, subject to clause 28.12, as soon as reasonably practicable after receipt by it of a Transfer Certificate
and any such other document each duly completed, appearing on its face to comply with the terms of this Agreement and
delivered in accordance with the terms of this Agreement, execute that Transfer Certificate and such other document.
28.12 The Agent shall only be obliged to execute a Transfer Certificate delivered to it by the Existing Lender no later than five (5)
Business Days before the proposed Transfer Date and the New Lender once it is satisfied it has complied with all necessary
“know your customer” or other similar checks under all applicable laws and regulations in relation to the assignment to such
New Lender.
28.13 Subject to the Borrower providing its consent under clause 28.2 (Conditions of assignment) if required, the Obligors and the
other Finance Parties irrevocably authorise the Agent to execute any Transfer Certificate on their behalf without any
consultations with them.
28.14 On the Transfer Date:
(a) the Existing Lender will assign absolutely to the New Lender the rights under the Finance Documents expressed to be
the subject of the assignment in the Transfer Certificate;
(b) the Existing Lender will be released by each Obligor and the other Finance Parties from the obligations owed by it
(the Relevant Obligations) and expressed to be the subject of the release in the Transfer Certificate (but the obligations
owed by the Obligors under the Finance Documents shall not be released); and
(c) the New Lender shall become a Party to the Finance Documents as a “Lender” for the purposes of all the Finance
Documents and will be bound by obligations equivalent to the Relevant Obligations.
28.15 Lenders may utilise procedures other than those set out in clauses 28.11 to 28.14 (Procedure for assignment) to assign their
rights under the Finance Documents (but not, without the consent of the relevant Obligor or unless in accordance with
clauses 28.11 to 28.14 (Procedure for assignment) to obtain a release by that Obligor from the obligations owed to that Obligor
by the


Graphics
84
Lenders nor the assumption of equivalent obligations by a New Lender) provided that they comply with the conditions set out
in clauses 28.2 to 28.5 (Conditions of assignment).
Copy of Transfer Certificate to Borrower
28.16 The Agent shall, as soon as reasonably practicable after it has executed a Transfer Certificate and any other document required
under clause 28.4, send a copy of that Transfer Certificate and such other documents to the Borrower.
Security over Lenders’ rights
28.17 In addition to the other rights provided to Lenders under this clause 28 (Changes to the Lenders), each Lender may without
consulting with or obtaining consent from an Obligor, at any time charge, assign or otherwise create a Security Interest in or
over (whether by way of collateral or otherwise) all or any of its rights under any Finance Document to secure obligations of
that Lender including, without limitation:
(a) any charge, assignment, pledge or other Security Interest to secure obligations to a federal reserve or central bank
(including, for the avoidance of doubt, the European Central Bank) including, without limitation, any assignment of
rights to a special purpose vehicle where Security over securities issued by such special purpose vehicle is to be created
in favour of a federal reserve or central bank (including, for the avoidance of doubt, the European Central Bank); and
(b) in the case of any Lender which is a fund, any charge, assignment, pledge or other Security Interest granted to any
holders (or trustee or representatives of holders) of obligations owed, or securities issued, by that Lender as security
for those obligations or securities, except that no such charge, assignment, pledge or Security Interest shall:
(i) release a Lender from any of its obligations under the Finance Documents or substitute the beneficiary of the
relevant charge, assignment, pledge or Security Interest for the Lender as a party to any of the Finance
Documents; or
(ii) require any payments to be made by an Obligor other than or in excess of, or grant to any person any more
extensive rights than, those required to be made or granted to the relevant Lender under the Finance
Documents.
(c) The limitations on assignments or transfers by a Lender set out in any Finance Document, and the provisions set out
in Clause 28.8 (Limitation of responsibility of Existing Lenders) shall not apply to the creation of a Security Interest
pursuant to paragraph (a) above.
(d) Any Lender may disclose such Confidential Information as that Lender shall consider appropriate to a federal reserve
or central bank (including, for the avoidance of doubt, the European Central Bank) to (or through) whom it creates a
Security Interest pursuant to paragraph (a) above. Any federal reserve or central bank (including, for the avoidance of
doubt, the European Central Bank) may disclose such Confidential Information to a third party to whom it assigns or
transfers (or may potentially assign or transfer) rights under the Finance Documents or the securities issued by the
special purpose vehicle in connection with the enforcement of such a Security Interest so long as the third party has
entered into a Confidentiality Undertaking except that there shall be no requirement for a Confidentiality Undertaking
if the recipient is a professional adviser and is subject to professional obligations to maintain the confidentiality of the
Confidential Information.
29 Changes to the Obligors
29.1 No Obligor may assign any of its rights or transfer any of its rights or obligations under the Finance Documents.


Graphics
85
Section 10- The Finance Parties
30 Roles of Agent, Security Agent and Arranger
Appointment of the Agent
30.1 Each other Finance Party (other than the Security Agent) appoints the Agent to act as its agent under and in connection with
the Finance Documents.
30.2 Each such other Finance Party authorises the Agent:
(a) to perform the duties, obligations and responsibilities and to exercise the rights, powers, authorities and discretions
specifically given to the Agent under or in connection with the Finance Documents together with any other incidental
rights, powers, authorities and discretions; and
(b) to execute each of the Security Documents and all other documents that may be approved by the Majority Lenders for
execution by it.
Instructions to Agent
30.3 The Agent shall:
(a) unless a contrary indication appears in a Finance Document, exercise or refrain from exercising any right, power,
authority or discretion vested in it as Agent in accordance with any instructions given to it by:
(i) all Lenders if the relevant Finance Document stipulates the matter is an all Lender decision; and
(ii) in all other cases, the Majority Lenders; and
(b) not be liable for any act (or omission) if it acts (or refrains from acting) in accordance with paragraph (a) above.
30.4 The Agent shall be entitled to request instructions, or clarification of any instruction, from the Majority Lenders (or, if the
relevant Finance Document stipulates the matter is a decision for any other Lender or group of Lenders, from that Lender or
group of Lenders) as to whether, and in what manner, it should exercise or refrain from exercising any right, power, authority
or discretion and the Agent may refrain from acting unless and until it receives those instructions or that clarification.
30.5 Save in the case of decisions stipulated to be a matter for any other Lender or group of Lenders under the relevant Finance
Document and unless a contrary indication appears in a Finance Document, any instructions given to the Agent by the Majority
Lenders shall override any conflicting instructions given by any other Parties and will be binding on all Finance Parties save
for the Security Agent.
30.6 The Agent may refrain from acting in accordance with any instructions of any Lender or group of Lenders until it has received
any indemnification and/or security that it may in its discretion require (which may be greater in extent than that contained in
the Finance Documents and which may include payment in advance) for any cost, loss or liability which it may incur in
complying with those instructions.
30.7 In the absence of instructions, the Agent may act (or refrain from acting) as it considers to be in the best interest of the Lenders.


Graphics
86
30.8 The Agent is not authorised to act on behalf of a Lender (without first obtaining that Lender’s consent) in any legal or arbitration
proceedings relating to any Finance Document. This clause 30.8 shall not apply to any legal or arbitration proceeding relating
to the perfection, preservation or protection of rights under the Security Documents or enforcement of the Security Documents.
Duties of the Agent
30.9 The Agent’s duties under the Finance Documents are solely mechanical and administrative in nature.
30.10 The Agent shall promptly forward to a Party the original or a copy of any document which is delivered to the Agent for that
Party by any other Party.
30.11 Without prejudice to clause 28.16 (Copy of Transfer Certificate to Borrower), clause 30.10 shall not apply to any Transfer
Certificate.
30.12 Except where a Finance Document specifically provides otherwise, the Agent is not obliged to review or check the adequacy,
accuracy or completeness of any document it forwards to another Party.
30.13 If the Agent receives notice from a Party referring to this Agreement, describing a Default and stating that the circumstance
described is a Default, it shall promptly notify the other Finance Parties.
30.14 If the Agent is aware of the non-payment of any principal, interest, commitment fee or other fee payable to a Finance Party
(other than the Agent or an Arranger or the Security Agent for their own account) under this Agreement it shall promptly notify
the other Finance Parties.
30.15 The Agent shall have only those duties, obligations and responsibilities expressly specified in the Finance Documents to which
it is expressed to be a party (and no others shall be implied).
Role of the Arrangers
30.16 Except as specifically provided in the Finance Documents, the Arrangers have no obligations of any kind to any other Party
under or in connection with any Finance Document or the transactions contemplated by the Finance Documents.
No fiduciary duties
30.17 Nothing in this Agreement constitutes the Agent or an Arranger as a trustee or fiduciary of any other person.
30.18 None of the Agent, the Security Agent or any Arranger shall be bound to account to any Lender for any sum or the profit
element of any sum received by it for its own account or have any obligations to the other Finance Parties beyond those
expressly stated in the Finance Documents.
Business with the Group
30.19 The Agent, the Security Agent and any Arranger may accept deposits from, lend money to and generally engage in any kind
of banking or other business with any Obligor or their Affiliates.
Rights and discretions of the Agent
30.20 The Agent may
(a) rely on any representation, communication, notice or document believed by it to be genuine, correct and appropriately
authorised;


Graphics
87
(b) assume that:
(i) any instructions received by it from the Majority Lenders, any Lenders or any group of Lenders are duly
given in accordance with the terms of the Finance Documents; and
(ii) unless it has received notice of revocation, that those instructions have not been revoked; and
(c) rely on a certificate from any person:
(i) as to any matter of fact or circumstance which might reasonably be expected to be within the knowledge of
that person; or
(ii) to the effect that such person approves of any particular dealing, transaction, step, action or thing,
as sufficient evidence that that is the case and, in the case of paragraph (i) above, may assume the truth and accuracy
of that certificate.
30.21 The Agent may assume (unless it has received notice to the contrary in its capacity as agent for the other Finance Parties) that:
(a) no Default has occurred (unless it has actual knowledge of a Default arising under clauses 27.2 (Non-payment));
(b) any right, power, authority or discretion vested in any Party or any group of Lenders has not been exercised; and
(c) any notice or request made by the Borrower (other than a Utilisation Request) is made on behalf of and with the
consent and knowledge of all the Obligors.
30.22 The Agent may engage and pay for the advice or services of any lawyers, accountants, tax advisers, surveyors or other
professional advisers or experts in the conduct of its obligations and responsibilities under the Finance Documents.
30.23 Without prejudice to the generality of clause 30.22 or clause 30.24, the Agent may at any time engage and pay for the services
of any lawyers to act as independent counsel to the Agent (and so separate from any lawyers instructed by the Lenders) if the
Agent in its reasonable opinion deems this to be desirable.
30.24 The Agent may rely on the advice or services of any lawyers, accountants, tax advisers, surveyors or other professional advisers
or experts (whether obtained by the Agent or by any other Party) and shall not be liable for any damages, costs or losses to any
person, any diminution in value or any liability whatsoever arising as a result of its so relying.
30.25 The Agent may act in relation to the Finance Documents through its officers, employees and agents and the Agent shall not:
(a) be liable for any error of judgment made by any such person; or
(b) be bound to supervise, or be in any way responsible for any loss incurred by reason of misconduct, omission or default
on the part, of any such person,
unless such error or such loss was directly caused by the Agent’s gross negligence or wilful misconduct.


Graphics
88
30.26 Unless a Finance Document expressly provides otherwise, the Agent may disclose to any other Party any information it
reasonably believes it has received as agent under this Agreement.
30.27 Notwithstanding any other provision of any Finance Document to the contrary, neither the Agent nor any Arranger is obliged
to do or omit to do anything if it would or might in its reasonable opinion constitute a breach of any law or regulation or a
breach of a fiduciary duty or duty of confidentiality. The Agent and any Arranger may do anything which in its opinion, is
necessary or desirable to comply with any law or regulation of any jurisdiction.
30.28 Notwithstanding any provision of any Finance Document to the contrary, the Agent is not obliged to expend or risk its own
funds or otherwise incur any financial liability in the performance of its duties, obligations or responsibilities or the exercise of
any right, power, authority or discretion if it has grounds for believing the repayment of such funds or adequate indemnity
against, or security for, such risk or liability is not reasonably assured to it.
30.29 Neither the Agent nor any Arranger shall be obliged to request any certificate, opinion or other information under clause 19
(Information undertakings) unless so required in writing by a Lender, in which case the Agent shall promptly make the
appropriate request of the Borrower if such request would be in accordance with the terms of this Agreement.
Responsibility for documentation and other matters
30.30 Neither the Agent nor any Arranger is responsible or liable for:
(a) the adequacy, accuracy and/or completeness of any information (whether oral or written) supplied by the Agent, any
Arranger, an Obligor or any other person given in or in connection with any Finance Document or the transactions
contemplated in the Finance Documents or any other agreement, arrangement or document entered into, made or
executed in anticipation of, under or in connection with any Finance Document or of any representations in any
Finance Document or of any copy of any document delivered under any Finance Document;
(b) the legality, validity, effectiveness, adequacy or enforceability of any Finance Document or any other agreement,
arrangement or document entered into, made or executed in anticipation of, under or in connection with any Finance
Document;
(c) the application of any Basel II Regulation or Basel III Regulation to the transactions contemplated by the Finance
Documents;
(d) any loss to the Trust Property arising in consequence of the failure, depreciation or loss of any Charged Property or
any investments made or retained in good faith or by reason of any other matter or thing;
(e) accounting to any person for any sum or the profit element of any sum received by it for its own account;
(f) the failure of any Obligor or any other party to perform its obligations under any Finance Document or the financial
condition of any such person;
(g) ascertaining whether all deeds and documents which should have been deposited with it (or the Security Agent) under
or pursuant to any of the Security Documents have been so deposited;
(h) investigating or making any enquiry into the title of any Obligor to any of the Charged Property or any of its other
property or assets;
(i) failing to register any of the Security Documents with the Registrar of Companies or any other public office;


Graphics
89
(j) failing to register any of the Security Documents in accordance with the provisions of the documents of title of any
Obligor to any of the Charged Property;
(k) failing to take or require any Obligor to take any steps to render any of the Security Documents effective as regards
property or assets outside England or Wales or to secure the creation of any ancillary charge under the laws of the
jurisdiction concerned;
(l) (unless it is the same entity as the Security Agent) the Security Agent and/or any other beneficiary of a Security
Document failing to perform or discharge any of its duties or obligations under the Security Documents; or
(m) any determination as to whether any information provided or to be provided to any Finance Party is non-public
information the use of which may be regulated or prohibited by any applicable law or regulation relating to insider
dealing or otherwise.
No duty to monitor
30.31 The Agent shall not be bound to enquire:
(a) whether or not any Default has occurred;
(b) as to the performance, default or any breach by any Party of its obligations under any Finance Document; or
(c) whether any other event specified in any Finance Document has occurred.
Exclusion of liability
30.32 Without limiting clause 30.33 (and without prejudice to any other provision of the Finance Documents excluding or limiting
the liability of the Agent) the Agent will not be liable (including, without limitation, for negligence or any other category of
liability whatsoever) for:
(a) any damages, costs or losses to any person, any diminution in value, or any liability whatsoever arising as a result of
taking or not taking any action under or in connection with any Finance Document or the Charged Property, unless
directly caused by its gross negligence or wilful misconduct;
(b) exercising, or not exercising, any right, power, authority or discretion given to it by, or in connection with, any Finance
Document, the Charged Property or any other agreement, arrangement or document entered into, made or executed in
anticipation of, under or in connection with, any Finance Document or the Charged Property; or
(c) without prejudice to the generality of paragraphs (a) and (b) above, any damages, costs or losses to any person, any
diminution in value or any liability whatsoever arising as a result of:
(i) any act, event or circumstance not reasonably within its control; or
(ii) the general risks of investment in, or the holding of assets in, any jurisdiction,
including (in each case and without limitation) such damages, costs, losses, diminution in value or liability arising as a
result of: nationalisation, expropriation or other governmental actions; any regulation, currency restriction, devaluation or
fluctuation; market conditions affecting the execution or settlement of transactions or the value of assets (including any
Payment Disruption Event); breakdown, failure or malfunction of any third party transport, telecommunications, computer
services or systems; natural disasters or acts of God; war, terrorism, insurrection or revolution; or strikes or industrial
action.


Graphics
90
30.33 No Party (other than the Agent) may take any proceedings against any officer, employee or agent of the Agent in respect of
any claim it might have against the Agent or in respect of any act or omission of any kind by that officer, employee or agent in
relation to any Finance Document and any officer, employee or agent of the Agent may rely on this clause subject to clauses 1.8
to 1.10 (Third party rights) and the provisions of the Third Parties Act.
30.34 The Agent will not be liable for any delay (or any related consequences) in crediting an account with an amount required under
the Finance Documents to be paid by the Agent if the Agent has taken all necessary steps as soon as reasonably practicable to
comply with the regulations or operating procedures of any recognised clearing or settlement system used by the Agent for that
purpose.
30.35 Nothing in this Agreement shall oblige the Agent or any Arranger to carry out
(a) any “know your customer” or other checks in relation to any person; or
(b) any check on the extent to which any transaction contemplated by this Agreement might be unlawful for any Lender,
on behalf of any Lender and each Lender confirms to the Agent and the Arrangers that it is solely responsible for any such
checks it is required to carry out and that it may not rely on any statement in relation to such checks made by the Agent or any
Arranger.
30.36 Without prejudice to any provision of any Finance Document excluding or limiting the Agent’s liability, any liability of the
Agent arising under or in connection with any Finance Document or the Charged Property shall be limited to the amount of
actual loss which has been finally judicially determined to have been suffered (as determined by reference to the date of default
of the Agent or, if later, the date on which the loss arises as a result of such default) but without reference to any special
conditions or circumstances known to the Agent at any time which increase the amount of that loss. In no event shall the Agent
be liable for any loss of profits, goodwill, reputation, business opportunity or anticipated saving, or for special, punitive, indirect
or consequential damages, whether or not the Agent has been advised of the possibility of such loss or damages.
Lenders’ indemnity to the Agent
30.37 Each Lender shall (in proportion (if no Loan is then outstanding) to its share of the Total Commitments or (at any other time)
to its participation in each Loan and any undrawn Commitments under the Facility) indemnify the Agent, within six (6)
Business Days of demand, against:
(a) any Losses for negligence or any other category of liability whatsoever incurred by such Lenders’ Representative in
the circumstances contemplated pursuant to clause 33.20 (Disruption to payment systems etc) notwithstanding the
Agent’s negligence, gross negligence, or any other category of liability whatsoever but not including any claim based
on the fraud of the Agent); and
(b) any other Losses (otherwise than by reason of the Agent’s gross negligence or wilful misconduct) including the costs
of any person engaged in accordance with clause 30.22 (Rights and discretions of the Agent) and any Receiver in
acting as its agent under the Finance Documents
in each case incurred by the Agent in acting as such under the Finance Documents (unless the Agent has been reimbursed by
an Obligor pursuant to a Finance Document or out of the Trust Property).
30.38 Subject to clause 30.39, the Borrower shall within six (6) Business Days of demand reimburse any Lender for any payment
that Lender makes to the Agent pursuant to clause 30.37.


Graphics
91
30.39 Clause 30.38 shall not apply to the extent that the indemnity payment in respect of which the Lender claims reimbursement
relates to a liability of the Agent to an Obligor.
Resignation of the Agent
30.40 The Agent may resign and appoint one of its Affiliates as successor by giving notice to the Lenders, the Security Agent and the
Borrower.
30.41 Alternatively the Agent may resign by giving thirty (30) days notice to the other Finance Parties and obtaining the prior consent
of the Borrower (such consent not being required if the successor Agent is the same legal entity as a Lender, will act out of
Singapore and is a FATCA Exempt Party or an Event of Default is continuing otherwise such consent not to be unreasonably
withheld or delayed), in which case the Majority Lenders (after consultation with the Borrower) may appoint a successor Agent.
30.42 If the Majority Lenders have not appointed a successor Agent in accordance with clause 30.41 above within twenty (20) days
after notice of resignation was given, the retiring Agent (after consultation with the Borrower and subject to the consent of the
Borrower if required by clause 30.41 ) may appoint a successor Agent.
30.43 If the Agent wishes to resign because (acting reasonably) it has concluded that it is no longer appropriate for it to remain as
agent and the Agent is entitled to appoint a successor Agent under clause 30.42, the Agent may (if it concludes (acting
reasonably) that it is necessary to do so in order to persuade the proposed successor Agent to become a party to this Agreement
as Agent) agree with the proposed successor Agent amendments to this clause 30 and any other term of this Agreement dealing
with the rights or obligations of the Agent consistent with then current market practice for the appointment and protection of
corporate trustees.
30.44 The retiring Agent shall, at its own cost, make available to the successor Agent such documents and records and provide such
assistance as the successor Agent may reasonably request for the purposes of performing its functions as Agent under the
Finance Documents.
30.45 The Agent’s resignation notice shall only take effect upon the appointment of a successor.
30.46 The appointment of the successor Agent shall take effect on the date specified in the notice from the Majority Lenders to the
retiring Agent. As from this date, the retiring Agent shall be discharged from any further obligation in respect of the Finance
Documents (other than its obligations under clause 30.44) but shall remain entitled to the benefit of clause 14.4 (Indemnity to
the Agent and the Security Agent) and this clause 30 (and any agency fees for the account of the retiring Agent shall cease to
accrue from (and shall be payable on) that date). Any successor and each of the other Parties shall have the same rights and
obligations amongst themselves as they would have had if such successor had been an original Party.
Replacement of the Agent
30.47 After obtaining the prior consent of the Borrower (such consent not being required if the successor Agent is the same legal
entity as a Lender, will act out of Singapore and is a FATCA Exempt Party or an Event of Default is continuing otherwise such
consent not to be unreasonably delayed or withheld), the Majority Lenders may, by giving thirty (30) days’ notice to the Agent
replace the Agent by appointing a successor Agent.
30.48 The retiring Agent shall make available to the successor Agent such documents and records and provide such assistance as the
successor Agent may reasonably request for the purposes of performing its functions as Agent under the Finance Documents.
30.49 The appointment of the successor Agent shall take effect on the date specified in the notice from the Majority Lenders to the
retiring Agent so long as, if required, the Borrower’s consent to the change has been obtained. As from this date, the retiring
Agent shall be discharged from any further obligation in respect of the Finance Documents (other than its obligations under


Graphics
92
clause 30.48) but shall remain entitled to the benefit of clause 14.4 (Indemnity to the Agent and the Security Agent) and this
clause 30 (and any agency fees for the account of the retiring Agent shall cease to accrue from (and shall be payable on) that
date).
30.50 Any successor Agent and each of the other Parties shall have the same rights and obligations amongst themselves as they would
have had if such successor had been an original Party.
30.51 The Agent shall resign in accordance with clause 30.47 above (and, to the extent applicable, shall use reasonable endeavours
to appoint a successor Agent pursuant to clause 30.47 above) if on or after the date which is three (3) months before the earliest
FATCA Application Date relating to any payment to the Agent under the Finance Documents, either:
(a) the Agent fails to respond to a request under clauses 12.22 to 12.25 (FATCA Information) and a Lender reasonably
believes that the Agent will not be (or will have ceased to be) a FATCA Exempt Party on or after that FATCA
Application Date;
(b) the information supplied by the Agent pursuant to clauses 12.22 to 12.25 (FATCA Information) indicates that the
Agent will not be (or will have ceased to be) a FATCA Exempt Party on or after that FATCA Application Date; or
(c) the Agent notifies the Borrower and the Lenders that the Agent will not be (or will have ceased to be) a FATCA
Exempt Party on or after that FATCA Application Date;
and (in each case) a Lender reasonably believes that a Party will be required to make a FATCA Deduction that would not be
required if the Agent were a FATCA Exempt Party, and that Lender, by notice to the Agent, requires it to resign.
Confidentiality
30.52 In acting as agent for the Finance Parties, the Agent shall be regarded as acting through its department, division or team directly
responsible for the management of the Finance Documents which shall be treated as a separate entity from any other of its
divisions, departments or teams.
30.53 If information is received by another division or department of the Agent, it may be treated as confidential to that division or
department and the Agent shall not be deemed to have notice of it.
30.54 Notwithstanding any other provision of any Finance Document to the contrary, neither the Agent nor any Arranger is obliged
to disclose to any other person (i) any confidential information or (ii) any other information if the disclosure would, or might
in its reasonable opinion, constitute a breach of any law or regulation or a breach of a fiduciary duty.
Relationship with the Lenders
30.55 The Agent may treat the person shown in its records as Lender at the opening of business (in the place of the Agent’s principal
office as notified to the Finance Parties from time to time) as the Lender acting through its Facility Office:
(a) entitled to or liable for any payment due under any Finance Document on that day; and
(b) entitled to receive and act upon any notice, request, document or communication or make any decision or
determination under any Finance Document made or delivered on that day,
unless it has received not less than five (5) Business Days prior notice from that Lender to the contrary in accordance with the
terms of this Agreement.
30.56 Any Lender may by notice to the Agent appoint a person to receive on its behalf all notices, communications, information and
documents to be made or despatched to that Lender under the Finance Documents. Such notice shall contain the address, fax
number and electronic mail address and/or any other information required to enable the sending and receipt of information


Graphics
93
by that means (and, in each case, the department or officer, if any, for whose attention communication is to be made) and be
treated as a notification of a substitute address, fax number, electronic mail address, department and officer by that Lender for
the purposes of clause 35.2 (Addresses) and the Agent shall be entitled to treat such person as the person entitled to receive all
such notices, communications, information and documents as though that person were that Lender.
30.57 Each Lender shall supply the Agent with any information that the Agent may reasonably specify as being necessary or desirable
to enable the Agent or the Security Agent to perform its functions as Agent or Security Agent.
30.58 Each Lender shall deal with the Security Agent exclusively through the Agent and shall not deal directly with the Security
Agent.
Credit appraisal by the Lenders
30.59 Without affecting the responsibility of any Obligor for information supplied by it or on its behalf in connection with any Finance
Document, each Lender confirms to each other Finance Party that it has been, and will continue to be, solely responsible for
making its own independent appraisal and investigation of all risks arising under or in connection with any Finance Document
including but not limited to:
(a) the financial condition, status and nature of each Obligor and other Group Member;
(b) the legality, validity, effectiveness, adequacy or enforceability of any Finance Document and any other agreement,
arrangement or document entered into, made or executed in anticipation of, under or in connection with any Finance
Document;
(c) the application of any Basel II Regulation or Basel III Regulation to the transactions contemplated by the Finance
Documents;
(d) whether any Finance Party has recourse, and the nature and extent of that recourse, against any Party or any of its
respective assets under or in connection with any Finance Document, the transactions contemplated by the Finance
Documents or any other agreement, arrangement or document entered into, made or executed in anticipation of, under
or in connection with any Finance Document or the Charged Property;
(e) the adequacy, accuracy and/or completeness of any information provided by the Agent, any Party or by any other
person under or in connection with any Finance Document, the transactions contemplated by the Finance Documents
or any other agreement, arrangement or document entered into, made or executed in anticipation of, under or in
connection with any Finance Document; and
(f) the right or title of any person in or to, or the value or sufficiency of, any part of the Charged Property, the priority of
the Security Documents or the existence of any Security Interest affecting the Charged Property.
Deduction from amounts payable by the Agent
30.60 If any Party owes an amount to the Agent under the Finance Documents the Agent may, after giving notice to that Party, deduct
an amount not exceeding that amount from any payment to that Party which the Agent would otherwise be obliged to make
under the Finance Documents and apply the amount deducted in or towards satisfaction of the amount owed. For the purposes
of the Finance Documents that Party shall be regarded as having received any amount so deducted.


Graphics
94
Common parties
30.61 Although the Agent and the Security Agent may from time to time be the same entity, that entity will have entered into the
Finance Documents (to which it is party) in its separate capacities as agent for the Finance Parties and (as appropriate) security
agent and trustee for the Finance Parties. Where any Finance Document provides for the Agent or Security Agent to
communicate with or provide instructions to the other, while they are the same entity, such communication or instructions will
not be necessary.
Security Agent
30.62 Each other Finance Party appoints the Security Agent to act as its agent and (to the extent permitted under any applicable law)
trustee under and in connection with the Security Documents and confirms that the Security Agent shall have a lien on the
Security Documents and the proceeds of the enforcement of those Security Documents for all moneys payable to the
beneficiaries of those Security Documents.
30.63 Each other Finance Party authorises the Security Agent:
(a) to perform the duties, obligations and responsibilities and to exercise the rights, powers, authorities and discretions
specifically given to the Security Agent under or in connection with the Finance Documents together with any other
incidental rights, powers, authorities and discretions; and
(b) to execute each of the Security Documents and all other documents that may be approved by the Agent and/or the
Majority Lenders for execution by it.
30.64 The Security Agent accepts its appointment under clause 30.62 (Security Agent) as trustee of the Trust Property with effect
from the date of this Agreement and declares that it holds the Trust Property on trust for itself, the other Finance Parties (for so
long as they are Finance Parties) on and subject to the terms set out in clauses 30.62 to 30.81 (inclusive) and the Security
Documents to which it is a party.
Application of certain clauses to Security Agent
30.65 Clauses 30.20 to 30.29 (Rights and discretions of the Agent), clause 30.30 (Responsibility for documentation and other matters),
clause 30.31 (No duty to monitor), clauses 30.32 to 30.36 (Exclusion of liability), clauses 30.37 to 30.39 (Lenders’ indemnity
to the Agent), clauses 30.40 to 30.46 (Resignation of the Agent), clauses 30.47 to 30.51 (Replacement of Agent) clauses 30.52
to 30.54 (Confidentiality), clauses 30.55 to 30.58 (Relationship with the Lenders), clause 30.59 (Credit appraisal by the
Lenders) and clause 30.60 (Deduction from amounts payable by the Agent) shall each extend so as to apply to the Security
Agent in its capacity as such and for that purpose each reference to the “Agent” in these clauses shall extend to include in
addition a reference to the “Security Agent” in its capacity as such and, in clauses 30.20 to 30.29 (Rights and discretions of the
Agent), references to the Lenders and a group of Lenders shall refer to the Agent.
30.66 In addition, clauses 30.40 to 30.46 (Resignation of the Agent) and clauses 30.47 to 30.51 (Replacement of Agent) shall, for the
purposes of their application to the Security Agent pursuant to clause 30.65, have the following additional clause inserted after
them:
At any time after the appointment of a successor, the retiring Security Agent shall do and execute all acts, deeds and documents
reasonably required by its successor to transfer to it (or its nominee, as it may direct) any property, assets and rights previously
vested in the retiring Security Agent pursuant to the Security Documents and which shall not have vested in its successor by
operation of law. All such acts, deeds and documents shall be done or, as the case may be, executed at the cost of the retiring
Security Agent (except where the Security Agent is retiring under clause 30.47 as extended to it by clause 30.65, in which case
such costs shall be borne by the Lenders (in proportion (if no Loan is then outstanding) to their shares of the Total


Graphics
95
Commitments or (at any other time) to their participations in the Loans and any undrawn Commitments under the Facility)).
Instructions to Security Agent
30.67 The Security Agent shall:
(a) unless a contrary indication appears in a Finance Document, exercise or refrain from exercising any right, power,
authority or discretion vested in it as Security Agent in accordance with any instructions given to it by the Agent; and
(b) not be liable for any act (or omission) if it acts (or refrains from acting) in accordance with paragraph (a) above.
30.68 The Security Agent shall be entitled to request instructions, or clarification of any instruction, from the Agent as to whether,
and in what manner, it should exercise or refrain from exercising any right, power, authority or discretion and the Security
Agent may refrain from acting unless and until it receives those instructions or that clarification.
30.69 Unless a contrary indication appears in a Finance Document, any instructions given to the Security Agent by the Agent shall
override any conflicting instructions given by any other Parties and will be binding on all Finance Parties.
30.70 The Security Agent may refrain from acting in accordance with any instructions of the Agent until it has received any
indemnification and/or security that it may in its discretion require (which may be greater in extent than that contained in the
Finance Documents and which may include payment in advance) for any cost, loss or liability which it may incur in complying
with those instructions.
30.71 In the absence of instructions, the Security Agent may act (or refrain from acting) as it considers to be in the best interest of the
Lenders.
30.72 The Security Agent is not authorised to act on behalf of a Lender (without first obtaining that Lender’s consent) in any legal or
arbitration proceedings relating to any Finance Document. This clause 30.72 shall not apply to any legal or arbitration
proceeding relating to the perfection, preservation or protection of rights under the Security Documents or enforcement of the
Security Documents.
Order of application
30.73 The Security Agent agrees to apply the Trust Property and each other beneficiary of the Security Documents agrees to apply
all moneys received by it in the exercise of its rights under the Security Documents in accordance with the following respective
claims:
(a) first, as to a sum equivalent to the amounts payable to the Security Agent under the Finance Documents (excluding
any amounts received by the Security Agent pursuant to clauses 30.37 to 30.39 (Lenders’ indemnity to the Agent) as
extended to the Security Agent pursuant to clause 30.65 (Application of certain clauses to Security Agent)), for the
Security Agent absolutely;
(b) secondly, as to a sum equivalent to the aggregate amount then due and owing to the other Finance Parties under the
Finance Documents, for those Finance Parties absolutely for application between them in accordance with clauses 33.8
to 33.10 (Partial payments);
(c) thirdly, until such time as the Security Agent is satisfied that all obligations owed to the Finance Parties have been
irrevocably and unconditionally discharged in full, held by the Security Agent on a suspense account for payment of
any further amounts owing to the Finance Parties under the Finance Documents and further application in accordance
with this clause 30.73 as and when any such amounts later fall due;


Graphics
96
(d) fourthly, to such other persons (if any) as are legally entitled thereto in priority to the Obligors; and
(e) fifthly, as to the balance (if any), for the Obligors by or from whom or from whose assets the relevant amounts were
paid, received or recovered or other person entitled to them.
30.74 The Security Agent and each other beneficiary of the Security Documents shall make each application as soon as is practicable
after the relevant moneys are received by, or otherwise become available to, it save that (without prejudice to any other
provision contained in any of the Security Documents) the Security Agent (acting on the instructions of the Agent) any other
beneficiary of the Security Documents or any receiver or administrator may credit any moneys received by it to a suspense
account for so long and in such manner as the Security Agent), any other beneficiary of the Security Documents or such receiver
or administrator may from time to time determine with a view to preserving the rights of the Finance Parties or any of them to
prove for the whole of their respective claims against the Borrower or any other person liable.
30.75 The Security Agent and/or any other beneficiary of the Security Documents shall obtain a good discharge in respect of the
amounts expressed to be due to the other Finance Parties as referred to in clauses 30.73 and 30.74 by paying such amounts to
the Agent for distribution in accordance with clause 33.1 (Payment mechanics).
Powers and duties of the Security Agent as trustee of the security
30.76 In its capacity as trustee in relation to the Trust Property, the Security Agent:
(a) shall, without prejudice to any of the powers, discretions and immunities conferred upon trustees by law (and to the
extent not inconsistent with the provisions of this Agreement or any of the Security Documents), have all the same
powers and discretions as a natural person acting as the beneficial owner of such property and/or as are conferred upon
the Security Agent by this Agreement and/or any Security Document but so that the Security Agent may only exercise
such powers and discretions to the extent that it is authorised to do so by the provisions of this Agreement;
(b) shall (subject to clause 30.73 (Order of application)) be entitled (in its own name or in the names of nominees) to
invest moneys from time to time forming part of the Trust Property or otherwise held by it as a consequence of any
enforcement of the security constituted by any Finance Document which, in the reasonable opinion of the Security
Agent, it would not be practicable to distribute immediately, by placing the same on deposit in the name or under the
control of the Security Agent as the Security Agent may think fit without being under any duty to diversify the same
and the Security Agent shall not be responsible for any loss due to interest rate or exchange rate fluctuations except
for any loss arising from the Security Agent’s gross negligence or wilful misconduct;
(c) may, in the conduct of its obligations under and in respect of the Security Documents (otherwise than in relation to its
right to make any declaration, determination or decision), instead of acting personally, employ and pay any agent
(whether being a lawyer or any other person) to transact or concur in transacting any business and to do or concur in
doing any acts required to be done by the Security Agent (including the receipt and payment of money) and on the
basis that (i) any such agent engaged in any profession or business shall be entitled to be paid all usual professional
and other charges for business transacted and acts done by him or any partner or employee of his or her in connection
with such employment and (ii) the Security Agent shall not be bound to supervise, or be responsible for any loss
incurred by reason of any act or omission of, any such agent if the Security Agent shall have exercised reasonable care
in the selection of such agent; and
(d) may place all deeds and other documents relating to the Trust Property which are from time to time deposited with it
pursuant to the Security Documents in any safe deposit, safe or receptacle selected by the Security Agent exercising
reasonable care or with any firm of solicitors or company whose business includes undertaking the safe custody of
documents


Graphics
97
selected by the Security Agent exercising reasonable care and may make any such arrangements as it thinks fit for
allowing Obligors access to, or its solicitors or auditors possession of, such documents when necessary or convenient
and the Security Agent shall not be responsible for any loss incurred in connection with any such deposit, access or
possession if it has exercised reasonable care in the selection of a safe deposit, safe, receptacle or firm of solicitors or
company (save that it shall take reasonable steps to pursue any person who may be liable to it in connection with such
loss).
All enforcement action through the Security Agent
30.77 None of the other Finance Parties shall have any independent power to enforce any of those Security Documents which are
executed in favour of the Security Agent only or to exercise any rights, discretions or powers or to grant any consents or releases
under or pursuant to such Security Documents or otherwise have direct recourse to the security and/or guarantees constituted
by such Security Documents except through the Security Agent.
30.78 None of the other Finance Parties shall have any independent power to enforce any of those Security Documents which are
executed in their favour or to exercise any rights, discretions or powers or to grant any consents or releases under or pursuant
to such Security Documents or otherwise have direct recourse to the security and/or guarantees constituted by such Security
Documents except through the Security Agent. If any Finance Party (other than the Security Agent) is a party to any Security
Document it shall promptly upon being requested by the Agent to do so grant a power of attorney or other sufficient authority
to the Security Agent to enable the Security Agent to exercise any rights, discretions or powers or to grant any consents or
releases under such Security Document.
Co-operation to achieve agreed priorities of application
30.79 The other Finance Parties shall co-operate with each other and with the Security Agent and any receiver or administrator under
the Security Documents in realising the property and assets subject to the Security Documents and in ensuring that the net
proceeds realised under the Security Documents after deduction of the expenses of realisation are applied in accordance with
clause 30.73 (Order of application).
Indemnity from Trust Property
30.80 In respect of all liabilities, costs or expenses for which the Obligors are liable under this Agreement, the Security Agent and
each Affiliate of the Security Agent and each officer or employee of the Security Agent or its Affiliate (each a Relevant Person)
shall be entitled to be indemnified out of the Trust Property in respect of all liabilities, damages, costs, claims, charges or
expenses whatsoever properly incurred or suffered by such Relevant Person:
(a) in the execution or exercise or bona fide purported execution or exercise of the trusts, rights, powers, authorities,
discretions and duties created or conferred by or pursuant to the Finance Documents;
(b) as a result of any breach by an Obligor of any of its obligations under any Finance Document;
(c) in respect of any Environmental Claim made or asserted against a Relevant Person which would not have arisen if the
Finance Documents had not been executed; and
(d) in respect of any matter or thing done or omitted in any way in accordance with the terms of the Finance Documents
relating to the Trust Property or the provisions of any of the Finance Documents.
30.81 The rights conferred by clause 30.80 are without prejudice to any right to indemnity by law given to trustees generally and to
any provision of the Finance Documents entitling the Security Agent or any other person to an indemnity in respect of, and/or
reimbursement of, any liabilities, costs


Graphics
98
or expenses incurred or suffered by it in connection with any of the Finance Documents or the performance of any duties under
any of the Finance Documents. Nothing contained in clause 30.80 shall entitle the Security Agent or any other person to be
indemnified in respect of any liabilities, damages, costs, claims, charges or expenses to the extent that the same arise from such
person’s own gross negligence or wilful misconduct.
Finance Parties to provide information
30.82 The other Finance Parties shall provide the Security Agent with such written information as it may reasonably require for the
purposes of carrying out its duties and obligations under the Security Documents and, in particular, with such necessary
directions in writing so as to enable the Security Agent to make the calculations and applications contemplated by clause 30.73
(Order of application) above and to apply amounts received under, and the proceeds of realisation of, the Security Documents
as contemplated by the Security Documents, clauses 33.8 to 33.10 (Partial payments) and clause 30.73 (Order of application).
Release to facilitate enforcement and realisation
30.83 Each Finance Party acknowledges that pursuant to any enforcement action by the Security Agent (or a Receiver) carried out
on the instructions of the Agent it may be desirable for the purpose of such enforcement and/or maximising the realisation of
the Charged Property being enforced against, that any rights or claims of or by the Security Agent (for the benefit of the Finance
Parties) and/or any Finance Parties against any Obligor and/or any Security Interest over any assets of any Obligor (in each
case) as contained in or created by any Finance Document, other than such rights or claims or security being enforced, be
released in order to facilitate such enforcement action and/or realisation and, notwithstanding any other provision of the Finance
Documents, each Finance Party hereby irrevocably authorises the Security Agent (acting on the instructions of the Agent) to
grant any such releases to the extent necessary to fully effect such enforcement action and realisation including, without
limitation, to the extent necessary for such purposes to execute release documents in the name of and on behalf of the Finance
Parties.
Undertaking to pay
30.84 Each Obligor which is a Party undertakes with the Security Agent on behalf of the Finance Parties that it will, within six (6)
Business Days of demand by the Security Agent, pay to the Security Agent all money from time to time owing, and discharge
all other obligations from time to time incurred, by it under or in connection with the Finance Documents.
Additional trustees
30.85 The Security Agent shall have power by notice in writing to the other Finance Parties and the Borrower to appoint any person
approved by the Borrower (such approval not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed) either to act as separate trustee or as co-
trustee jointly with the Security Agent:
(a) if the Security Agent reasonably considers such appointment to be in the best interests of the Finance Parties;
(b) for the purpose of conforming with any legal requirement, restriction or condition in any jurisdiction in which any
particular act is to be performed; or
(c) for the purpose of obtaining a judgment in any jurisdiction or the enforcement in any jurisdiction against any person
of a judgment already obtained,
and any person so appointed shall (subject to the provisions of this Agreement) have such rights (including as to reasonable
remuneration), powers, duties and obligations as shall be conferred or imposed by the instrument of appointment. The Security
Agent shall have power to remove any person so appointed. At the request of the Security Agent, the other parties to this
Agreement shall forthwith execute all such documents and do all such things as may be required to perfect


Graphics
99
such appointment or removal and each such party irrevocably authorises the Security Agent in its name and on its behalf to do
the same. Such a person shall accede to this Agreement as a Security Agent to the extent necessary to carry out their role on
terms satisfactory to the Security Agent and (subject always to the provisions of this Agreement) have such trusts, powers,
authorities, liabilities and discretions (not exceeding those conferred on the Security Agent by this Agreement and the other
Finance Documents) and such duties and obligations as shall be conferred or imposed by the instrument of appointment (being
no less onerous than would have applied to the Security Agent but for the appointment). The Security Agent shall not be bound
to supervise, or be responsible for any loss incurred by reason of any act or omission of, any such person if the Security Agent
shall have exercised reasonable care in the selection of such person.
Non-recognition of trust
30.86 It is agreed by all the parties to this Agreement that:
30.87 in relation to any jurisdiction the courts of which would not recognise or give effect to the trusts expressed to be constituted by
this clause 30, the relationship of the Security Agent and the other Finance Parties shall be construed as one of principal and
agent, but to the extent permissible under the laws of such jurisdiction, all the other provisions of this Agreement shall have
full force and effect between the parties to this Agreement; and
30.88 the provisions of this clause 30 insofar as they relate to the Security Agent in its capacity as trustee for the Finance Parties and
the relationship between themselves and the Security Agent as their trustee may be amended by agreement between the other
Finance Parties and the Security Agent. The Security Agent may amend all documents necessary to effect the alteration of the
relationship between the Security Agent and the other Finance Parties and each such other party irrevocably authorises the
Security Agent in its name and on its behalf to execute all documents necessary to effect such amendments.
31 Conduct of business by the Finance Parties
Finance Parties tax affairs
31.1 No provision of this Agreement will:
(a) interfere with the right of any Finance Party to arrange its affairs (tax or otherwise) in whatever manner it thinks fit;
(b) oblige any Finance Party to investigate or claim any credit, relief, remission or repayment available to it or the extent,
order and manner of any claim; or
(c) oblige any Finance Party to disclose any information relating to its affairs (tax or otherwise) or any computations in
respect of Tax.
Finance Parties acting together
31.2 Notwithstanding clauses 2.2 to 2.4 (Finance Parties’ rights and obligations), if the Agent makes a declaration under
clause 27.42 (Acceleration) the Agent shall, in the names of all the Finance Parties, take such action on behalf of the Finance
Parties and conduct such negotiations with the Borrower and any other Obligor and generally administer the Facility in
accordance with the wishes of the Majority Lenders. All the Finance Parties shall be bound by the provisions of this clause and
no Finance Party shall be entitled to take action independently against any Obligor or any of its assets without the prior consent
of the Majority Lenders.
31.3 Clause 31.2 shall not override clause 30 (Roles of Agent, Security Agent and Arranger) as it applies to the Security Agent.


Graphics
100
Majority Lenders
31.4 Where any Finance Document provides for any matter to be determined by reference to the opinion of, or to be subject to the
consent, approval or request of, the Majority Lenders or for any action to be taken on the instructions of the Majority Lenders
(a majority decision), such majority decision shall (as between the Lenders) only be regarded as having been validly given or
issued by the Majority Lenders if all the Lenders shall have received prior notice of the matter on which such majority decision
is required and the relevant majority of Lenders shall have given or issued such majority decision. However (as between any
Obligor and the Finance Parties) the relevant Obligor shall be entitled (and bound) to assume that such notice shall have been
duly received by each Lender and that the relevant majority shall have been obtained to constitute Majority Lenders when
notified to this effect by the Agent whether or not this is the case.
31.5 If, within ten (10) Business Days of the Agent despatching to each Lender a notice requesting instructions (or confirmation of
instructions) from the Lenders or the agreement of the Lenders to any amendment, modification, waiver, variation or excuse
of performance for the purposes of, or in relation to, any of the Finance Documents, the Agent has not received a reply
specifically giving or confirming or refusing to give or confirm the relevant instructions or, as the case may be, approving or
refusing to approve the proposed amendment, modification, waiver, variation or excuse of performance, then (irrespective of
whether such Lender responds at a later date) such Lender’s Commitment shall not be included for the purpose of calculating
the Total Commitments when ascertaining whether any relevant percentage (including, for the avoidance of doubt, unanimity)
of Total Commitments has been obtained to approve that request, its status as a Lender shall be disregarded for the purpose of
ascertaining whether the agreement of any specified group of Lenders has been obtained to approve that request and the Agent
shall treat any Lender which has not so responded as having indicated a desire to be bound by the wishes of sixty six and two
thirds per cent (66⅔) of those Lenders (measured in terms of the total Commitments of those Lenders) which have so responded.
31.6 For the purposes of clause 31.5, any Lender which notifies the Agent of a wish or intention to abstain on any particular issue
shall be treated as if it had not responded.
31.7 Clauses 31.5 and 31.6 shall not apply in relation to those matters referred to in, or the subject of, clauses 32.5 and 32.6
(Exceptions).
Conflicts
31.8 The Borrower acknowledges that any Arranger and its parent undertaking, subsidiary undertakings and fellow subsidiary
undertakings (together an Arranger Group) may be providing debt finance, equity capital or other services (including financial
advisory services) to other persons with which the Borrower may have conflicting interests in respect of the Facility or
otherwise.
31.9 No member of an Arranger Group shall use confidential information gained from any Obligor by virtue of the Facility or its
relationships with any Obligor in connection with their performance of services for other persons. This shall not, however,
affect any obligations that any member of an Arranger Group has as Agent in respect of the Finance Documents. The Borrower
also acknowledges that no member of an Arranger Group has any obligation to use or furnish to any Obligor information
obtained from other persons for their benefit.
31.10 The terms parent undertaking, subsidiary undertaking and fellow subsidiary undertaking when used in this clause have the
meaning given to them in sections 1161 and 1162 of the Companies Act 2006.


Graphics
101
32 Sharing among the Finance Parties
Payments to Finance Parties
32.1 If a Finance Party (a Recovering Finance Party) receives or recovers any amount from an Obligor other than in accordance
with clause 33 (Payment mechanics) (a Recovered Amount) and applies that amount to a payment due under the Finance
Documents then:
(a) the Recovering Finance Party shall, within three (3) Business Days, notify details of the receipt or recovery, to the
Agent;
(b) the Agent shall determine whether the receipt or recovery is in excess of the amount the Recovering Finance Party
would have been paid had the receipt or recovery been received or made by the Agent and distributed in accordance
with clause 33 (Payment mechanics), without taking account of any Tax which would be imposed on the Agent in
relation to the receipt, recovery or distribution; and
(c) the Recovering Finance Party shall, within three (3) Business Days of demand by the Agent, pay to the Agent an
amount (the Sharing Payment) equal to such receipt or recovery less any amount which the Agent determines may be
retained by the Recovering Finance Party as its share of any payment to be made, in accordance with clauses 33.8 to
33.10 (Partial payments).
Redistribution of payments
32.2 The Agent shall treat the Sharing Payment as if it had been paid by the relevant Obligor and distribute it between the Finance
Parties (other than the Recovering Finance Party) (the Sharing Finance Parties) in accordance with clauses 33.8(a) to 33.10
(Partial payments) towards the obligations of that Obligor to the Sharing Finance Parties.
Recovering Finance Party’s rights
32.3 On a distribution by the Agent under clause 32.2 (Redistribution of payments) of a payment received by a Recovering Finance
Party from an Obligor, as between the relevant Obligor and the Recovering Finance Party, an amount of the Recovered Amount
equal to the Sharing Payment will be treated as not having been paid by that Obligor.
Reversal of redistribution
32.4 If any part of the Sharing Payment received or recovered by a Recovering Finance Party becomes repayable and is repaid by
that Recovering Finance Party, then:
(a) each Sharing Finance Party shall, upon request of the Agent, pay to the Agent for the account of that Recovering
Finance Party an amount equal to the appropriate part of its share of the Sharing Payment (together with an amount
as is necessary to reimburse that Recovering Finance Party for its proportion of any interest on the Sharing Payment
which that Recovering Finance Party is required to pay) (the Redistributed Amount); and
(b) as between the relevant Obligor and each relevant Sharing Finance Party, an amount equal to the relevant Redistributed
Amount will be treated as not having been paid by that Obligor.
Exceptions
32.5 This clause 32 shall not apply to the extent that the Recovering Finance Party would not, after making any payment pursuant
to this clause, have a valid and enforceable claim against the relevant Obligor.


Graphics
102
32.6 A Recovering Finance Party is not obliged to share with any other Finance Party any amount which the Recovering Finance
Party has received or recovered as a result of taking legal or arbitration proceedings, if:
(a) it notified that other Finance Party of the legal or arbitration proceedings;
(b) the taking legal or arbitration proceedings was in accordance with the terms of this Agreement; and
(c) that other Finance Party had an opportunity to participate in those legal or arbitration proceedings but did not do so as
soon as reasonably practicable having received notice and did not take separate legal or arbitration proceedings.
Section 11 - Administration
33 Payment mechanics
Payments to the Agent
33.1 On each date on which an Obligor or a Lender is required to make a payment under a Finance Document, that Obligor or
Lender shall make the same available to the Agent (unless a contrary indication appears in a Finance Document) for value on
the due date at the time and in such funds specified by the Agent as being customary at the time for settlement of transactions
in the relevant currency in the place of payment.
33.2 Payment shall be made to such account in the principal financial centre of the country of that currency and with such bank as
the Agent, in each case, specifies.
Distributions by the Agent
33.3 Each payment received by the Agent under the Finance Documents for another Party shall, subject to clause 33.4 (Distributions
to an Obligor) and clauses 33.5 to 33.7 (Clawback and pre-funding) be made available by the Agent as soon as practicable
after receipt to the Party entitled to receive payment in accordance with this Agreement (in the case of a Lender, for the account
of its Facility Office), to such account as that Party may notify to the Agent by not less than five (5) Business Days’ notice with
a bank specified by that Party in the principal financial centre of the country of that currency.
Distributions to an Obligor
33.4 The Agent may (with the consent of the Obligor or in accordance with clause 34 (Set-off)) apply any amount received by it for
that Obligor in or towards payment (on the date and in the currency and funds of receipt) of any amount due from that Obligor
under the Finance Documents or in or towards purchase of any amount of any currency to be so applied.
Clawback and pre-funding
33.5 Where a sum is to be paid to the Agent under the Finance Documents for another Party, the Agent is not obliged to pay that
sum to that other Party (or to enter into or perform any related exchange contract) until it has been able to establish to its
satisfaction that it has actually received that sum.
33.6 Unless clause 33.7 applies, if the Agent pays an amount to another Party and it proves to be the case (in the sole determination
of the Agent) that: (i) the Agent had not actually received that amount; or (ii) such amount (or part thereof) was otherwise paid
in error (whether or not such error was known or ought to have been known to such other Party), then, without prejudice to its
other rights and remedies at law or in equity, the Agent may in each case determine in its sole discretion such amount (or part
thereof) to have been paid by mistake (a Mistaken Payment). The


Graphics
103
Party to whom that Mistaken Payment (or the proceeds of any related exchange contract) was paid by the Agent shall hold an
amount equal to the Mistaken Payment on trust or, to the extent not possible as a matter of law, for the account of the Agent
and shall on demand refund the same to the Agent together with interest on that amount from the date of payment of the
Mistaken Payment to the date of receipt by the Agent, calculated by the Agent to reflect its cost of funds. Without limiting the
above, no Mistaken Payment shall be deemed to pay, prepay, repay, discharge or otherwise satisfy any obligations owed by an
Obligor to the relevant Party or be deemed as a payment, prepayment, repayment, discharge or other means of discharge by the
Agent on behalf of, or instead of, any Obligor, to the relevant Party.
33.7 If the Agent is willing to make available amounts for the account of the Borrower before receiving funds from the Lenders then
if and to the extent that the Agent does so but it proves to be the case that it does not then receive funds from a Lender in respect
of a sum which it paid to the Borrower:
(a) the Borrower shall on demand refund it to the Agent; and
(b) the Lender by whom those funds should have been made available shall on demand pay to the Agent the amount (as
certified by the Agent) which will indemnify the Agent against any funding cost incurred by it as a result of paying
out that sum before receiving those funds from that Lender.
Partial payments
33.8 If the Agent receives a payment for application against amounts in respect of any Finance Documents that is insufficient to
discharge all the amounts then due and payable by an Obligor under those Finance Documents, the Agent shall apply that
payment towards the obligations of that Obligor under those Finance Documents in the following order:
(a) first, in or towards payment pro rata of any unpaid amount owing to the Agent, the Security Agent or the Arrangers
under those Finance Documents;
(b) secondly, in or towards payment to the Lenders pro rata of any amount owing to the Lenders under clause 30.38
(Lenders’ indemnity to the Agent) including any amount owing to the Lenders under clause 30.38 as a result of
clauses 30.37 to 30.39 being extended to the Security Agent by clause 30.65 (Application of certain clauses to Security
Agent);
(c) thirdly, in or towards payment pro rata of any accrued interest, fee or commission due but unpaid under those Finance
Documents;
(d) fourthly, in or towards payment pro rata of any principal which is due but unpaid under those Finance Documents;
and
(e) fifthly, in or towards payment pro rata of any other sum due but unpaid under the Finance Documents.
33.9 The Agent shall, if so directed by all the Lenders, vary the order set out in paragraphs (b) to (e) of clause 33.8.
33.10 Clauses 33.8 and 33.9 above will override any appropriation made by an Obligor.
No set-off by Obligors
33.11 All payments to be made by an Obligor under the Finance Documents shall be calculated and be made without (and free and
clear of any deduction for) set-off or counterclaim.


Graphics
104
Business Days
33.12 Any payment under the Finance Documents which is due to be made on a day that is not a Business Day shall be made on the
next Business Day in the same calendar month (if there is one) or the preceding Business Day (if there is not). In the case of
payments due on the Final Repayment Date, where that day is not a Business Day, the due date for that payment is the preceding
Business Day.
33.13 During any extension of the due date for payment of any principal or Unpaid Sum under this Agreement interest is payable on
the principal or Unpaid Sum at the rate payable on the original due date.
Currency of account
33.14 Subject to clauses 33.15 to 33.16, dollars is the currency of account and payment for any sum due from an Obligor under any
Finance Document.
33.15 A repayment of all or part of a Loan or an Unpaid Sum and each payment of interest shall be made in dollars on its due date.
33.16 Each payment in respect of the amount of any costs, expenses or Taxes or other losses shall be made in dollars and, if they
were incurred in a currency other than dollars, the amount payable under the Finance Documents shall be the equivalent in
dollars of the relevant amount in such other currency on the date on which it was incurred.
33.17 All moneys received or held by the Security Agent or by a Receiver under a Security Document in a currency other than dollars
may be sold for dollars and the Obligor which executed that Security Document shall indemnify the Security Agent against the
full cost in relation to the sale. Neither the Security Agent nor such Receiver will have any liability to that Obligor in respect
of any loss resulting from any fluctuation in exchange rates after the sale.
Change of currency
33.18 Unless otherwise prohibited by law, if more than one currency or currency unit are at the same time recognised by the central
bank of any country as the lawful currency of that country, then:
(a) any reference in the Finance Documents to, and any obligations arising under the Finance Documents in, the currency
of that country shall be translated into, or paid in, the currency or currency unit of that country designated by the Agent
(after consultation with the Borrower); and
(b) any translation from one currency or currency unit to another shall be at the official rate of exchange recognised by
the central bank for the conversion of that currency or currency unit into the other, rounded up or down by the Agent
(acting reasonably).
33.19 If a change in any currency of a country occurs, this Agreement will, to the extent the Agent (acting reasonably and after
consultation with the Borrower) specifies to be necessary, be amended to comply with any generally accepted conventions and
market practice in the Relevant Market and otherwise to reflect the change in currency.
Disruption to payment systems etc.
33.20 If either the Agent determines (in its discretion) that a Payment Disruption Event has occurred or the Agent is notified by the
Borrower that a Payment Disruption Event has occurred:
(a) the Agent may, and shall if requested to do so by the Borrower, consult with the Borrower with a view to agreeing
with the Borrower such changes to the operation or administration of the Facility as the Agent may deem necessary
in the circumstances;


Graphics
105
(b) the Agent shall not be obliged to consult with the Borrower in relation to any changes mentioned in paragraph (a)
above if, in its opinion, it is not practicable to do so in the circumstances and, in any event, shall have no obligation
to agree to such changes;
(c) the Agent may consult with the Finance Parties in relation to any changes mentioned in paragraph (a) above but shall
not be obliged to do so if, in its opinion, it is not practicable to do so in the circumstances;
(d) any such changes agreed upon by the Agent and the Borrower shall (whether or not it is finally determined that a
Payment Disruption Event has occurred) be binding upon the Parties as an amendment to (or, as the case may be,
waiver of) the terms of the Finance Documents notwithstanding the provisions of clause 39 (Amendments and
waivers);
(e) the Agent shall not be liable for any damages, costs or losses to any person, any diminution in value or any liability
whatsoever (including, without limitation for negligence, gross negligence or any other category of liability
whatsoever but not including any claim based on the fraud of the Agent) arising as a result of its taking, or failing to
take, any actions pursuant to or in connection with this clause 33.20; and
(f) the Agent shall notify the Finance Parties of all changes agreed pursuant to paragraph (d) above.
34 Set-off
34.1 A Finance Party may set off any matured obligation due from an Obligor under the Finance Documents (to the extent
beneficially owned by that Finance Party) against any matured obligation owed by that Finance Party to that Obligor, regardless
of the place of payment, booking branch or currency of either obligation. If the obligations are in different currencies, the
Finance Party may convert either obligation at a market rate of exchange in its usual course of business for the purpose of the
set-off.
35 Notices
Communications in writing
35.1 Any communication to be made under or in connection with the Finance Documents shall be made in writing and, unless
otherwise stated, may be made by email or letter.
Addresses
35.2 The address and e-mail address (and the department or officer, if any, for whose attention the communication is to be made) of
each Obligor or Finance Party for any communication or document to be made or delivered under or in connection with the
Finance Documents is:
(a) in the case of any Obligor which is a Party, that identified with its name in Schedule 1 (The original parties);
(b) in the case of any Obligor which is not a Party, that identified in any Finance Document to which it is a party;
(c) in the case of the Security Agent, the Agent and any other original Finance Party that identified with its name in
Schedule 1 (The original parties); and
(d) in the case of each Lender or other Finance Party, that notified in writing to the Agent on or prior to the date on which
it becomes a Party in the relevant capacity,


Graphics
106
or, in each case, any substitute address, e-mail address or department or officer as an Obligor or Finance Party may notify to
the Agent (or the Agent may notify to the other Parties, if a change is made by the Agent) by not less than five (5) Business
Days’ notice.
Delivery
35.3 Any communication or document made or delivered by one person to another under or in connection with the Finance
Documents will only be effective:
(a) if by way of e-mail, when received in legible form; or
(b) if by way of letter, when it has been left at the relevant address or five (5) Business Days after being deposited in the
post postage prepaid in an envelope addressed to it at that address;
and, if a particular department or officer is specified as part of its address details provided under clause 35.2 (Addresses), if
addressed to that department or officer.
35.4 Any communication or document to be made or delivered to the Agent or the Security Agent will be effective only when
actually received by the Agent or the Security Agent and then only if it is expressly marked for the attention of the department
or officer identified in Schedule 1 (The original parties) (or any substitute department or officer as the Agent or the Security
Agent shall specify for this purpose).
35.5 All notices from or to an Obligor shall be sent through the Agent.
35.6 Any communication or document made or delivered to the Borrower in accordance with this clause will be deemed to have
been made or delivered to each of the Obligors.
35.7 Any communication or document which becomes effective, in accordance with clauses 35.3 to 35.6 above, after 5:00pm in the
place of receipt shall be deemed only to become effective on the following day.
Notification of address and e-mail address
35.8 Promptly upon receipt of notification of an address or e-mail address or change of address or e-mail address pursuant to
clause 35.2 (Addresses) or changing its own address or e-mail address, the Agent shall notify the other Parties.
English language
35.9 Any notice given under or in connection with any Finance Document shall be in English.
35.10 All other documents provided under or in connection with any Finance Document shall be:
(a) in English; or
(b) if not in English, and if so required by the Agent, accompanied by a certified English translation and, in this case, the
English translation will prevail unless the document is a constitutional, statutory or other official document.
Intralinks and Debtdomain
35.11 All Lenders confirm that they have consented to the use of the Agent’s Intralinks or Debtdomain systems as an accepted method
of communication under or in connection with the Finance Documents and agree that the Intralinks or Debtdomain system will
be the primary method of communication between the Agent and the Lenders. The Lenders acknowledge that a


Graphics
107
communication via Intralinks or Debtdomain will be effective once the communication is posted to Intralinks or Debtdomain
by the Agent.
36 Calculations and certificates
Accounts
36.1 In any litigation or arbitration proceedings arising out of or in connection with a Finance Document, the entries made in the
accounts maintained by a Finance Party are prima facie evidence of the matters to which they relate.
Certificates and determinations
36.2 Any certification or determination by a Finance Party of a rate or amount under any Finance Document is, in the absence of
manifest error, conclusive evidence of the matters to which it relates.
Day count convention
36.3 Any interest, commission or fee accruing under a Finance Document will accrue from day to day and is calculated on the basis
of the actual number of days elapsed and a year of 360 days or, in any case where the practice in the Relevant Market differs,
in accordance with that market practice. The aggregate amount of any accrued interest, commission or fee which is, or becomes,
payable by an Obligor under a Finance Document shall be rounded to 2 decimal places.
37 Partial invalidity
If, at any time, any provision of a Finance Document is or becomes illegal, invalid or unenforceable in any respect under any
law of any jurisdiction, neither the legality, validity or enforceability of the remaining provisions nor the legality, validity or
enforceability of such provision under the law of any other jurisdiction will in any way be affected or impaired.
38 Remedies and waivers
No failure to exercise, nor any delay in exercising, on the part of any Finance Party, any right or remedy under a Finance
Document shall operate as a waiver of any such right or remedy or constitute an election to affirm any of the Finance
Documents. No election to affirm any of the Finance Documents on the part of any Finance Party shall be effective unless it is
in writing. No single or partial exercise of any right or remedy shall prevent any further or other exercise or the exercise of any
other right or remedy. The rights and remedies provided in the Finance Documents are cumulative and not exclusive of any
rights or remedies provided by law.
39 Amendments and waivers
Required consents
39.1 Subject to clause 39.4 (All Lender matters) and clauses 39.5 to 39.6 (Other exceptions), any term of the Finance Documents
may be amended or waived with the consent of the Agent (acting on the instructions of the Majority Lenders and, if it affects
the rights and obligations of the Agent or the Security Agent, the consent of the Agent or the Security Agent) and any such
amendment or waiver agreed or given by the Agent will be binding on all the Finance Parties.
39.2 The Agent may (or, in the case of the Security Documents, instruct the Security Agent to) effect, on behalf of any Finance
Party, any amendment or waiver permitted by this clause 39.
39.3 Without prejudice to the generality of Clauses 30.20 to 30.29 (Rights and discretions of the Agent), the Agent may, whenever
it deems appropriate, engage and rely on the advice of external legal counsel in determining the level of consent required in
respect of any amendment, waiver or

Graphics
108
consent under this Agreement. An Obligor shall only be responsible for reimbursing legal fees of any external legal counsel
engaged pursuant to this clause if reasonably incurred by the Agent.
All Lender matters
39.4 An amendment, waiver or discharge or release or a consent of, or in relation to, the terms of any Finance Document that has
the effect of changing or which relates to:
(a) the definition of “Majority Lenders” in clause 1.1 (Definitions);
(b) the definition of “Last Availability Date” in clause 1.1 (Definitions);
(c) the definition of “Restricted Party”, “Sanctions”, “Sanctions Authority”, “Sanctions List”, “Anti-Corruption Laws” or
any provision in this Agreement which relates to these provisions;
(d) an extension to the date of payment of any amount under the Finance Documents;
(e) a reduction in the Margin or a reduction in the amount of any payment of principal, interest, fees or commission
payable or the rate at which they are calculated;
(f) an increase in, or an extension of, any Commitment or any requirement that a cancellation of Commitments reduces
the Commitments of the Lenders rateably under the Facility;
(g) a change to the Borrower or any other Obligor (other than, in respect of an Owner, pursuant to a sale of a Ship as
permitted by, and in accordance with, clause 22.5 (Sale or other disposal of a Ship), a release of security permitted
by, and in accordance with, clause 25.15 (Release of additional security) or a substitution of a Ship permitted by, and
in accordance with, clause 25.16 (Substitution of a Mortgaged Ship) or a release of security permitted by, and in
accordance with, clause 25.18 (Release of security over a Ship);
(h) any provision which expressly requires the consent or approval of all the Lenders;
(i) clauses 2.2 to 2.4 (Finance Parties’ rights and obligations), clause 28 (Changes to the Lenders), clause 32.1
(Payments to Finance Parties), this clause 39, clause 44 (Governing law) or clauses 45.1 to 45.3 (Jurisdiction of
Singapore courts);
(j) the order of distribution under clauses 33.8 to 33.10 (Partial payments);
(k) the order of distribution under clause 30.73 (Order of application);
(l) the currency in which any amount is payable under any Finance Document;
(m) an increase in any Commitment or the Total Commitments, an extension of any period within which a Facility is
available for Utilisation or any requirement that a cancellation of Commitments reduces the Commitments ratably;
(n) the nature or scope of the Charged Property or the manner in which the proceeds of enforcement of the Security
Documents are distributed;
(o) the nature or scope of the guarantee and indemnity granted under clause 17 (Guarantee and indemnity); or
(p) the circumstances in which the security constituted by the Security Documents are permitted or required to be released
under any of the Finance Documents except where the same relates to (i) a sale of a Mortgaged Ship permitted by the
terms of this Agreement or (ii) a release required by clause 25.15 (Release of additional security), (iii) a substitution
of a Ship permitted by, and in accordance with, clause 25.16 (Substitution of a Mortgaged


Graphics
109
Ship) or (iv) or a release of security permitted by, and in accordance with, clause 25.18 (Release of security over a
Ship),
shall not be made, or given, without the prior consent of all the Lenders.
Other exceptions
39.5 An amendment or waiver which relates to the rights or obligations of the Agent, the Security Agent or the Arrangers in their
respective capacities as such (and not just as a Lender) may not be effected without the consent of the Agent, Security Agent
or the Arrangers (as the case may be).
39.6 Notwithstanding clauses 39.1 to 39.5 (inclusive), the Agent may make technical amendments to the Finance Documents arising
out of manifest errors on the face of the Finance Documents, where such amendments would not prejudice or otherwise be
adverse to the interests of any Finance Party without any reference or consent of the Finance Parties.
Releases
39.7 Except with the approval of the Lenders or for a release which is expressly permitted or required by the Finance Documents
(including, without limitation, as referred to in clause 39.4(p) (All lender matters)), the Agent shall not have authority to
authorise the Security Agent to release:
(a) any Charged Property from the security constituted by any Security Document; or
(b) any Obligor from any of its guarantee or other obligations under any Finance Document.
Changes to reference rates
39.8
(a) Subject to clauses 39.5 to 39.6, if an RFR Replacement Event has occurred, any amendment or waiver which relates
to:
(i) providing for the use of a Replacement Reference Rate in place of the RFR; and
(ii)
(A) aligning any provision of any Finance Document to the use of that Replacement Reference Rate;
(B) enabling that Replacement Reference Rate to be used for the calculation of interest under this
Agreement (including, without limitation, any consequential changes required to enable that
Replacement Reference Rate to be used for the purposes of this Agreement);
(C) implementing market conventions applicable to that Replacement Reference Rate;
(D) providing for appropriate fallback (and market disruption) provisions for that Replacement
Reference Rate; or
(E) adjusting the pricing to reduce or eliminate, to the extent reasonably practicable, any transfer of
economic value from one Party to another as a result of the application of that Replacement
Reference Rate (and if any adjustment or method for calculating any adjustment has been formally
designated, nominated or recommended by the Relevant Nominating Body, the adjustment shall be
determined on the basis of that designation, nomination or recommendation),


Graphics
110
may be made with the consent of the Agent (acting on the instructions of the Majority Lenders) and the
Obligors.
(b) An amendment or waiver that relates to, or has the effect of, aligning the means of calculation of interest on a Loan
under this Agreement to any recommendation of a Relevant Nominating Body which:
(i) relates to the use of the risk free reference rate on a compounded basis in the international or any relevant
domestic syndicated loan markets; and
(ii) is issued on or after the date of this Agreement,
may be made with the consent of the Agent (acting on the instructions of the Majority Lenders) and the Obligors.
(c) If any Lender fails to respond to a request for an amendment or waiver described in clause 39.8(a)(i) or clause 39.8(b)
within ten Business Days (or such longer time period in relation to any request which the Borrower and the Agent
may agree) of that request being made:
(i) its Commitment(s) shall not be included for the purpose of calculating the Total Commitments when
ascertaining whether any relevant percentage of Total Commitments has been obtained to approve that
request; and
(ii) its status as a Lender shall be disregarded for the purpose of ascertaining whether the agreement of any
specified group of Lenders has been obtained to approve that request.
(d) In this clause 40.7:
RFR Replacement Event means:
(a) the methodology, formula or other means of determining the RFR has, in the opinion of the Majority Lenders,
and the Obligors materially changed;
(b)
(i)
(A) the administrator of the RFR or its supervisor publicly announces that such administrator
is insolvent; or
(B) information is published in any order, decree, notice, petition or filing, however described,
of or filed with a court, tribunal, exchange, regulatory authority or similar administrative,
regulatory or judicial body which reasonably confirms that the administrator of the RFR is
insolvent,
provided that, in each case, at that time, there is no successor administrator to continue to provide
the RFR;
(ii) the administrator of the RFR publicly announces that it has ceased or will cease, to provide the RFR
permanently or indefinitely and, at that time, there is no successor administrator to continue to
provide the RFR;
(iii) the supervisor of the administrator of the RFR publicly announces that the RFR has been or will be
permanently or indefinitely discontinued;


Graphics
111
(iv) the administrator of the RFR or its supervisor announces that the RFR may no longer be used;
(c) the administrator of the RFR (or the administrator of an interest rate which is a constituent element of the
RFR) determines that the RFR should be calculated in accordance with its reduced submissions or other
contingency or fallback policies or arrangements and either:
(i) the circumstance(s) or event(s) leading to such determination are not (in the opinion of the Majority
Lenders and the Obligors) temporary; or
(ii) the RFR is calculated in accordance with any such policy or arrangement for a period no less than
the period specified as the “Rate Contingency Period” in the Compounded Rate Terms; or
(d) in the opinion of the Majority Lenders and the Obligors, the RFR is otherwise no longer appropriate for the
purposes of calculating interest under this Agreement.
Relevant Nominating Body means any applicable central bank, regulator or other supervisory authority or a group
of them, or any working group or committee sponsored or chaired by, or constituted at the request of, any of them or
the Financial Stability Board.
Replacement Reference Rate means a reference rate which is:
(a) formally designated, nominated or recommended as the replacement for the RFR by:
(i) the administrator of the RFR (provided that the market or economic reality that such reference rate
measures is the same as that measured by the RFR); or
(ii) any Relevant Nominating Body,
and if replacements have, at the relevant time, been formally designated, nominated or recommended under
both paragraphs, the “Replacement Reference Rate” will be the replacement under paragraph (ii) above;
(b) in the opinion of the Majority Lenders and the Obligors, generally accepted in the international or any
relevant domestic syndicated loan markets as the appropriate successor to the RFR; or
(c) in the opinion of the Majority Lenders and the Obligors, an appropriate successor to the RFR.
40 Confidentiality
Confidential Information
40.1 Each Finance Party agrees to keep all Confidential Information confidential and not to disclose it to anyone, save to the extent
permitted by clause 40.2 (Disclosure of Confidential Information), and to ensure that all Confidential Information is protected
with security measures and a degree of care that would apply to its own confidential information.
Disclosure of Confidential Information
40.2 Any Finance Party may disclose:
(a) to any of its Affiliates, its head office, its regional offices, any of its branches and all its other affiliated companies
and any of its or their officers, directors, employees, professional


Graphics
112
advisers, service providers, insurers, reinsurers, potential insurers, potential reinsurers, insurance brokers, auditors,
partners and representatives such Confidential Information as that Finance Party shall consider appropriate if any
person to whom the Confidential Information is to be given pursuant to this paragraph (a) is informed in writing of its
confidential nature and that some or all of such Confidential Information may be price-sensitive information except
that there shall be no such requirement to so inform if the recipient is subject to professional obligations to maintain
the confidentiality of the information or is otherwise bound by requirements of confidentiality in relation to the
Confidential Information;
(b) to any person:
(i) to (or through) whom it assigns or transfers (or may potentially assign or transfer) all or any of its rights
and/or obligations under one or more Finance Documents and to any of that person’s Affiliates, head office,
regional offices, branches, representatives and professional advisers, service providers (or their sub-
contractors), insurers, reinsurers, potential insurance, potential reinsurers and insurance brokers;
(ii) with (or through) whom it enters into (or may potentially enter into), whether directly or indirectly, any sub-
participation in relation to, or any other transaction under which payments are to be made or may be made
by reference to, one or more Finance Documents and/or one or more Obligors and to any of that person’s
Affiliates, head office, regional offices, branches, related funds, representatives and professional advisers,
service providers (or their sub-contractors), insurers, reinsurers, potential insurance, potential reinsurers and
insurance brokers;
(iii) appointed by any Finance Party or by a person to whom paragraph (b)(i) or (b)(ii) above applies to receive
communications, notices, information or documents delivered pursuant to the Finance Documents on its
behalf;
(iv) who invests in or otherwise finances (or may potentially invest in or otherwise finance), directly or indirectly,
any transaction referred to in paragraph (b)(i) or (b)(ii) above;
(v) to any trade repository or third party service provider used to transfer customer information to a trade
repository;
(vi) to whom information is required or requested to be disclosed by any court or tribunal of competent
jurisdiction or any governmental, quasi-governmental, banking, taxation or other regulatory, supervisory or
administrative authority or similar body, the rules of any relevant stock exchange or pursuant to any
applicable law or regulation or for the purposes of making a report or complaint under any applicable law
(including any action or proceeding initiated by a Finance Party);
(vii) to whom information is required to be disclosed in connection with, and for the purposes of, any litigation,
arbitration, administrative or other investigations, proceedings or disputes;
(viii) who is a Party;
(ix) with the consent of the Borrower; or
(x) to whom or for whose benefit that Finance Party charges, assigns or otherwise creates a Security Interest (or
may do so) pursuant to clause 28.17 (Security over Lenders’ rights),


Graphics
113
in each case, such Confidential Information as that Finance Party shall consider appropriate if:
(A) in relation to paragraphs (b)(i), (b)(ii) and (b)(iii) above, the person to whom the Confidential
Information is to be given has entered into a Confidentiality Undertaking except that there shall be
no requirement for a Confidentiality Undertaking if the recipient is a professional adviser and is
subject to professional obligations to maintain the confidentiality of the Confidential Information;
(B) in relation to paragraph (b)(iv) above, the person to whom the Confidential Information is to be
given has entered into a Confidentiality Undertaking or is otherwise bound by requirements of
confidentiality in relation to the Confidential Information they receive and is informed that some or
all of such Confidential Information may be price-sensitive information;
(C) in relation to paragraphs (b)(v), (b)(vi) and (b)(vii) above, the person to whom the Confidential
Information is to be given is informed of its confidential nature and that some or all of such
Confidential Information may be price-sensitive information except that there shall be no
requirement to so inform if, in the opinion of that Finance Party, it is not practicable so to do in the
circumstances;
(c) to any person appointed by that Finance Party or by a person to whom paragraph(b)(i) or (b)(ii) above applies to
provide administration or settlement services in respect of one or more of the Finance Documents including, without
limitation, in relation to the trading of participations in respect of the Finance Documents, such Confidential
Information as may be required to be disclosed to enable such service provider to provide any of the services referred
to in this paragraph (c) if the service provider to whom the Confidential Information is to be given has entered in to a
confidentiality agreement substantially in the form of the LMA Master Confidentiality Undertaking for Use With
Administration/Settlement Service Providers or such other form of confidentiality undertaking agreed between the
relevant Finance Party and the service provider; and
(d) to any rating agency (including its professional advisers) such Confidential Information as may be required to be
disclosed to enable such rating agency to carry out its normal rating activities in relation to the Finance Documents
and/or the Obligors if the rating agency to whom the Confidential Information is to be given is informed of its
confidential nature and that some or all of such Confidential Information may be price-sensitive information.
Entire agreement
40.3 This clause 40 (Confidentiality) constitutes the entire agreement between the Parties in relation to the obligations of the Finance
Parties under the Finance Documents regarding Confidential Information and supersedes any previous agreement, whether
express or implied, regarding Confidential Information.
Inside information
40.4 Each of the Finance Parties acknowledges that some or all of the Confidential Information is or may be price-sensitive
information and that the use of such information may be regulated or prohibited by applicable legislation including securities
law relating to insider dealing and market abuse and each of the Finance Parties undertakes not to use any Confidential
Information for any unlawful purpose.


Graphics
114
Notification of disclosure
40.5 Each of the Finance Parties agrees (to the extent permitted by law and regulation) to inform the Borrower:
(a) of the circumstances of any disclosure of Confidential Information made pursuant to clause 40.2(b)(vi) (Disclosure of
Confidential Information) except where such disclosure is made to any of the persons referred to in that clause during
the ordinary course of its supervisory or regulatory function; and
(b) upon becoming aware that Confidential Information has been disclosed in breach of this clause 40 (Confidentiality).
Continuing obligations
40.6 The obligations in this clause 40 (Confidentiality) are continuing and, in particular, shall survive and remain binding on each
Finance Party for a period of twelve (12) months from the earlier of:
(a) the date on which all amounts payable by the Obligors under or in connection with the Finance Documents have been
paid in full and all Commitments have been cancelled or otherwise cease to be available; and
(b) the date on which such Finance Party otherwise ceases to be a Finance Party.
40.7 Data protection
(a) If any Obligor provides any Finance Party with personal data of any individuals (including, where applicable, any
Obligor’s directors, officers, employees, shareholders, beneficial owners, representatives, agents and principals (if
acting on behalf of another)), that Obligor undertakes, represents and warrants to the Finance Parties that, to the extent
required by applicable law and regulations (including, without limitation, the Personal Data Protection Act 2012 of
Singapore):
(i) it has notified the relevant individual of the purposes for which data will be collected, processed, used or
disclosed;
(ii) it has provided the relevant individuals with the information about the collection, use, disclosure, transfer
and retention of personal data by the Finance Parties (and their respective affiliates) as required under
applicable data protection legislation;
(iii) it has obtained (and shall maintain) the consent from such individual; and
(iv) it is authorised to deliver such personal data to the Finance Parties for the collection, use, disclosure, transfer
and retention of personal data for such purposes as set out in the Finance Parties’ personal data protection
policy or as permitted by applicable laws or regulations. For the avoidance of doubt such authorization
includes authorizing the Agent to disseminate such personal data to the Lenders for purposes of the Finance
Documents.
(b) Each Obligor agrees and undertakes to notify the Agent promptly upon its becoming aware of the withdrawal by the
relevant individual of its consent to the collection, processing, use and/or disclosure by any Finance Party of any
personal data provided by that Obligor to any Finance Party. The Agent shall then promptly notify the relevant Finance
Party thereof.
(c) Any consent given pursuant to this Agreement in relation to personal data shall survive death, incapacity, bankruptcy
or insolvency of any such individual and the termination or expiration of this Agreement.


Graphics
115
41 Confidentiality of Funding Rates
41.1 Confidentiality and disclosure
(a) The Agent and each Obligor agree to keep each Funding Rate confidential and not to disclose it to anyone, save to the
extent permitted by clauses 41.1(b) and (c).
(b) The Agent may disclose:
(i) any Funding Rate to the Borrower pursuant to clause 8.6 (Notification of rates of interest); and
(ii) any Funding Rate to any person appointed by it to provide administration services in respect of one or more
of the Finance Documents to the extent necessary to enable such service provider to provide those services
if the service provider to whom that information is to be given has entered into a confidentiality agreement
substantially in the form of the LMA Master Confidentiality Undertaking for Use With
Administration/Settlement Service Providers or such other form of confidentiality undertaking agreed
between the Agent and the relevant Lender.
(c) The Agent and each Obligor may disclose any Funding Rate, to:
(i) any of its Affiliates and any of its or their officers, directors, employees, professional advisers, auditors,
partners and Representatives if any person to whom that Funding Rate is to be given pursuant to this
clause 41.1(c)(i) is informed in writing of its confidential nature and that it may be price-sensitive information
except that there shall be no such requirement to so inform if the recipient is subject to professional
obligations to maintain the confidentiality of that Funding Rate or is otherwise bound by requirements of
confidentiality in relation to it;
(ii) any person to whom information is required or requested to be disclosed by any court of competent
jurisdiction or any governmental, banking, taxation or other regulatory authority or similar body, the rules of
any relevant stock exchange or pursuant to any applicable law or regulation if the person to whom that
Funding Rate is to be given is informed in writing of its confidential nature and that it may be price-sensitive
information except that there shall be no requirement to so inform if, in the opinion of the Agent or the
relevant Obligor, as the case may be, it is not practicable to do so in the circumstances;
(iii) any person to whom information is required to be disclosed in connection with, and for the purposes of, any
litigation, arbitration, administrative or other investigations, proceedings or disputes if the person to whom
that Funding Rate is to be given is informed in writing of its confidential nature and that it may be price-
sensitive information except that there shall be no requirement to so inform if, in the opinion of the Agent or
the relevant Obligor, as the case may be, it is not practicable to do so in the circumstances; and
(iv) any person with the consent of the relevant Lender.
41.2 Related obligations
(a) The Agent and each Obligor acknowledge that each Funding Rate is or may be price-sensitive information and that
its use may be regulated or prohibited by applicable legislation including securities law relating to insider dealing and
market abuse and the Agent and each Obligor undertake not to use any Funding Rate for any unlawful purpose.


Graphics
116
(b) The Agent and each Obligor agree (to the extent permitted by law and regulation) to inform the relevant Lender:
(i) of the circumstances of any disclosure made pursuant to clause 41.1(c)(ii) (Confidentiality and disclosure)
except where such disclosure is made to any of the persons referred to in that clause during the ordinary
course of its supervisory or regulatory function; and
(ii) upon becoming aware that any information has been disclosed in breach of this clause 41.
41.3 No Event of Default
No Event of Default will occur under clause 27.8 (Other obligations) by reason only of an Obligor’s failure to comply with
this clause 41.
42 Contractual recognition of bail-in
Notwithstanding any other term of any Finance Document or any other agreement, arrangement or understanding between the
Parties, each Party acknowledges and accepts that any liability of any Party to any other Party under or in connection with the
Finance Documents may be subject to Bail-In Action by the relevant Resolution Authority and acknowledges and accepts to
be bound by the effect of:
(a) any Bail-In Action in relation to any such liability, including (without limitation):
(i) a reduction, in full or in part, in the principal amount, or outstanding amount due (including any accrued but
unpaid interest) in respect of any such liability;
(ii) a conversion of all, or part of, any such liability into shares or other instruments of ownership that may be
issued to, or conferred on, it; and
(iii) a cancellation of any such liability; and
(b) a variation of any term of any Finance Document to the extent necessary to give effect to any Bail-In Action in relation
to any such liability.
43 Counterparts
Each Finance Document may be executed in any number of counterparts, and this has the same effect as if the signatures on
the counterparts were on a single copy of the Finance Document.
Section 12 - Governing Law and Enforcement
44 Governing law
This Agreement and any non-contractual obligations connected with it are governed by English law.
45 Enforcement
Jurisdiction of Singapore courts
45.1 The courts of Singapore have exclusive jurisdiction to settle any dispute arising out of or in connection with this Agreement or
any non-contractual obligations connected with it (including a dispute regarding the existence, validity or termination of this
Agreement) (a Dispute).


Graphics
117
45.2 The Parties agree that the courts of Singapore are the most appropriate and convenient courts to settle Disputes and accordingly
no Party will argue to the contrary.
45.3 Clauses 45.1 and 45.2 are for the benefit of the Finance Parties only. As a result, no Finance Party shall be prevented from
taking proceedings relating to a Dispute in any other courts with jurisdiction. To the extent allowed by law, the Finance Parties
may take concurrent proceedings in any number of jurisdictions.
This Agreement has been entered into on the date stated at the beginning of this Agreement.


Graphics
118
Schedule 1
The original parties
Borrower
Name
BW LPG Holding Pte. Ltd.
Jurisdiction of registration
Singapore (transferred in accordance with Part 10A of the Companies Act)
Registration number
202326010G
Registered office
10 Pasir Panjang Road
Mapletree Business City #17-02
Singapore 117438
Address for service of notices
10 Pasir Panjang Road
Mapletree Business City #17-02
Singapore 117438
Attention: Treasury department
Fax: +65 6570 6056

Parent
Name
BW LPG Limited
Jurisdiction of registration
Singapore (transferred in accordance with Part 10A of the Companies Act, Singapore)
Registration number
202426186Z
Registered office
10 Pasir Panjang Road
Mapletree Business City #17-02
Singapore 117438)
Address for service of notices
c/o BW LPG Holding Pte. Ltd.
10 Pasir Panjang Road
Mapletree Business City #17-02
Singapore 117438
Attention: Treasury department
Fax: +65 6570 6056


Graphics
119
The Original Lenders


Name
BNP Paribas
Facility Office, address and attention
details for notices
Contact Persons: Benjamin Goh / Naina Machado / Wai Yee Kong / Queenie Wong / Matthew
Forrest / Marisa Dupuis / Chi Phung / Lori Liu
Tel No.: +65 6210 1506 (Naina Machado) / +65 6210 1520 (Marisa Dupuis) / +65 6210 1071
(Benjamin Goh) / +65 6210 1638 (Wai Yee Kong)
Address: 10 Collyer Quay, Ocean Financial Centre #34-01, Singapore 049315
E-mail Address:
benjamin.y.goh@asia.bnpparibas.com;
queenie.[email protected]ribas.com;
marisa.dupuis@asia.bnpparibas.com;
chi.phung@asia.bnpparibas.com;

Commitment (US$)
92,000,000




Name
Oversea-Chinese Banking Corporation Limited
Facility Office, address and attention
details for notices
Contact Persons: Tham Ru Jiun / Kum Ji Weon / Jonathan Marcus Chu Qiwei / Melvin Phang
/ Angeline Teo
Tel No.: +65 6318 7482 / +65 6890 3833 / +65 6722 2088 / +65 6530 6874 / +65 6530 8708
Address: 65 Chulia Street #10-00 OCBC Centre Singapore 049513
E-mail Address:
jiweonkum@ocbc.com;
JonathanChu@ocbc.com;
MelvinPhang@ocbc.com;
Commitment (US$)
92,000,000



Graphics
120


Name
DBS Bank Ltd.
Facility Office, address and attention
details for notices
Address: 12 Marina Boulevard, Level 46 MBFC Tower 3, Singapore 018982
Telephone: +65 68782058, +65 91885302
Facsimile: +65 6227 9183
Attn/Ref: Leong Mai Yee and Ken Zhong
Commitment (US$)
92,000,000


Name
United Overseas Bank Limited
Facility Office, address and attention
details for notices
Address:
1 Raffles Place #23-61 One Raffles Place Tower 2, Singapore 048616
Attention:
Esther Kwa, Quek Lee Keng, Andi Fadenan
Email:
Esther.KwaP[email protected] /
Quek.LeeKeng@UOBgroup.com /
Andi.Fadenan@UOBgroup.com
Commitment (US$)
92,000,000

Name
MUFG Bank, Ltd., Singapore Branch
Facility Office, address and attention
details for notices
7 Straits View #23-01 Marina One East Tower
Singapore 018936
Attention: Vincent Lim / Chen Junhong / Cheryl Pang / Tan Wei Ping
Email: lod_loa[email protected]ufg.jp
Commitment (US$)
92,000,000



Graphics
121
The Agent
Name
BNP Paribas.
Facility Office, address and attention
details for notices
Attention: Regional Agency, Singapore
Address: 10 Collyer Quay #34-01, Ocean Financial Centre, Singapore 049315
Email: agency.singapore@asia.bnpparibas.com

The Security Agent
Name
BNP Paribas
Facility Office, address and attention
details for notices
Attention: Regional Agency, Singapore
Address: 10 Collyer Quay #34-01, Ocean Financial Centre, Singapore 049315
Email: agency.singapore@asia.bnpparibas.com



Graphics
122
Schedule 2
Ship information
Ship A
Name:
“BW Aries”
Registration No.:
745639
Builder:
HD Hyundai Heavy Industries, Korea
Year build:
2014
Size:
51,600 dwt / 84,000 cbm
Type of Ship:
VLGC
Owner:
BW Constellation I Pte. Ltd.
Flag State:
Isle of Man
Approved Classification Society:
Det Norske Veritas
Major Casualty Amount:
US$10,000,000

Ship B
Name:
“BW Carina”
Registration No.:
745672
Builder:
HD Hyundai Heavy Industries, Korea
Year build:
2015
Size:
51,600 dwt / 84,000 cbm
Type of Ship:
VLGC
Owner:
BW Constellation I Pte. Ltd.
Flag State:
Isle of Man
Approved Classification Society:
Det Norske Veritas
Major Casualty Amount:
US$10,000,000



Graphics
123
Ship C
Name:
“BW Gemini”
Registration No.:
745673
Builder:
HD Hyundai Heavy Industries, Korea
Year build:
2015
Size:
51,600 dwt / 84,000 cbm
Type of Ship:
VLGC
Owner:
BW Constellation I Pte. Ltd.
Flag State:
Isle of Man
Approved Classification Society:
Det Norske Veritas
Major Casualty Amount:
US$10,000,000

Ship D
Name:
“BW Leo”
Registration No.:
745682
Builder:
HD Hyundai Heavy Industries, Korea
Year build:
2015
Size:
51,600 dwt / 84,000 cbm
Type of Ship:
VLGC
Owner:
BW Constellation I Pte. Ltd.
Flag State:
Isle of Man
Approved Classification Society:
Det Norske Veritas
Major Casualty Amount:
US$10,000,000



Graphics
124
Ship E
Name:
“BW Libra”
Registration No.:
745701
Builder:
HD Hyundai Heavy Industries, Korea
Year build:
2015
Size:
51,600 dwt / 84,000 cbm
Type of Ship:
VLGC
Owner:
BW Constellation I Pte. Ltd.
Flag State:
Isle of Man
Approved Classification Society:
Det Norske Veritas
Major Casualty Amount:
US$10,000,000

Ship F
Name:
“BW Orion”
Registration No.:
745722
Builder:
HD Hyundai Heavy Industries, Korea
Year build:
2015
Size:
51,600 dwt / 84,000 cbm
Type of Ship:
VLGC
Owner:
BW Constellation I Pte. Ltd.
Flag State:
Isle of Man
Approved Classification Society:
Det Norske Veritas
Major Casualty Amount:
US$10,000,000



Graphics
125
Ship G
Name:
“BW Tucana”
Registration No.:
745751
Builder:
HD Hyundai Heavy Industries, Korea
Year build:
2016
Size:
51,600 dwt / 84,000 cbm
Type of Ship:
VLGC
Owner:
BW Constellation I Pte. Ltd.
Flag State:
Isle of Man
Approved Classification Society:
Det Norske Veritas
Major Casualty Amount:
US$10,000,000

Ship H
Name:
“BW Njord”
Registration No.:
6840
Builder:
HD Hyundai Heavy Industries, Korea
Year build:
2016
Size:
51,600 dwt / 84,000 cbm
Type of Ship:
VLGC
Owner:
BW Constellation II Pte. Ltd.
Flag State:
Marshall Islands
Approved Classification Society:
Det Norske Veritas
Major Casualty Amount:
US$10,000,000


Graphics
126
Schedule 3
Conditions precedent
Part 1
Conditions precedent to signing
1 Obligors’ corporate documents
(a) A copy of the Constitutional Documents of each Obligor.
(b) A copy of a resolution of the board of directors of each Obligor (or, if applicable, any committee of such board
empowered to approve and authorise the following matters):
(i) approving the terms of, and the transactions contemplated by, the Finance Documents to which it is a party
(Relevant Documents) and resolving that it execute the Relevant Documents to which it is a party;
(ii) authorising a specified person or persons to execute the Relevant Documents to which it is a party on its
behalf; and
(iii) authorising a specified person or persons, on its behalf, to sign and/or despatch all documents and notices
(including, if relevant, any Utilisation Request) to be signed and/or despatched by it under or in connection
with the Relevant Documents to which it is a party.
(c) If applicable, a copy of a resolution of the board of directors of the relevant company, establishing any committee
referred to in paragraph (b) above and conferring authority on that committee.
(d) A specimen of the signature of each person authorised by the resolution referred to in paragraph (b) above in relation
to the Finance Documents and related documents.
(e) A certificate of the Parent (signed by a director, officer, manager or sole member or single manager (as the case may
be)) confirming that borrowing or guaranteeing or securing, as appropriate, the Total Commitments would not cause
any borrowing, guarantee, security or similar limit binding on any Obligor to be exceeded.
(f) A copy of any power of attorney under which any person is to execute any of the Relevant Documents on behalf of
any Obligor.
(g) A certificate of an authorised signatory of the relevant Obligor certifying that each copy document relating to it
specified in this Part of this Schedule is correct, complete and in full force and effect and has not been amended or
superseded as at a date no earlier than the date of this Agreement and that any such resolutions or power of attorney
have not been revoked.
2 Legal opinions
The following agreed form legal opinions, each addressed to the Agent, the Security Agent and the Original Lenders and
capable of being relied upon by any persons who become Lenders pursuant to the primary syndication of any Facility:
(a) A legal opinion of Norton Rose Fulbright (Asia) LLP on matters of English and Singapore law.
(b) A legal opinion of the legal advisers in each jurisdiction which is or is to be the Flag State of a Mortgaged Ship.


Graphics
127
3 Other documents and evidence
(a) A copy of any other authorisation or other document, opinion or assurance which the Agent considers to be necessary
(if it has notified the Borrower accordingly) in connection with the entry into and performance of the transactions
contemplated by any Finance Document or for the validity and enforceability of any Finance Document.
(b) The Original Financial Statements.
(c) Evidence that the fees, commissions, costs and expenses then due from the Borrower pursuant to clause 11 (Fees) and
clause 16 (Costs and expenses) have been paid or will be paid by the first Utilisation Date.
4 Group Structure
A copy of the group structure chart for the Group.
5 “Know your customer” information
Such documentation and information as any Finance Party may reasonably request through the Agent to comply with “know
your customer” or similar identification procedures under all laws and regulations applicable to that Finance Party.


Graphics
128
Part 2
Ship and security conditions precedent
1 Corporate documents
In the event that the first Utilisation occurs one (1) month or more following the provision of the corporate documents specified
in Part 1 of this Schedule, a certificate of an authorised signatory of each Obligor certifying that each copy document relating
to it specified in Part 1 of this Schedule remains correct, complete and in full force and effect as at a date no earlier than a date
approved for this purpose and that any resolutions or power of attorney referred to in Part 1 of this Schedule in relation to it
have not been revoked or amended.
2 Security
(a) The Mortgage (and the Deed of Covenant) or General Assignment in respect of each Ship duly executed by the relevant
Owner.
(b) The Shipowner Guarantee in respect of each Ship duly executed by the relevant Owner.
(c) Any Manager’s Undertaking in respect of each Ship required on the relevant Utilisation Date pursuant to the Finance
Documents duly executed by the relevant manager.
(d) If applicable, any Insurance Undertaking in respect of each Ship required on the relevant Utilisation Date pursuant to
the Finance Documents duly executed by the relevant person.
(e) Duly executed notices of assignment and, if relevant, acknowledgements of those notices as required by any of the
above Security Documents.
3 Delivery and registration of each Ship
Evidence that each Ship:
(a) is legally and beneficially owned by the relevant Owner and registered in the name of the relevant Owner through the
relevant Registry as a ship under the laws and flag of the relevant Flag State;
(b) is classed with the relevant Classification free of all requirements and recommendations of the relevant Approved
Classification Society, such evidence being the classification certificate for each Ship issued by the relevant Approved
Classification Society; and
(c) is insured in the manner required by the Finance Documents.
4 Mortgage registration
Evidence that the Mortgage in respect of each Ship has been registered against each Ship through the relevant Registry under
the laws and flag of the relevant Flag State.
5 Legal opinions
The following legal opinions issued in substantially the agreed forms approved by the Agent prior to signing this Agreement:
(a) A legal opinion of Norton Rose Fulbright (Asia) LLP on matters of English and Singapore law.
(b) A legal opinion of the legal advisers in each jurisdiction which is or is to be the Flag State of the Mortgaged Ships.


Graphics
129
6 Insurance
In relation to each Ship’s Insurances:
(a) an opinion from insurance consultants appointed by the Agent on such Insurances;
(b) evidence that such Insurances have been placed in accordance with clause 24 (Insurance); and
(c) evidence that approved brokers (or lead insurers where there are no brokers) and/or associations have issued or will
issue letters of undertaking in favour of the Security Agent in an approved form in relation to the Insurances.
7 ISM and ISPS Code
Copies of:
(a) the document of compliance issued in accordance with the ISM Code to the person who is the operator of each Ship
for the purposes of that code;
(b) the safety management certificate in respect of each Ship issued in accordance with the ISM Code;
(c) the international ship security certificate in respect of each Ship issued under the ISPS Code; and
(d) if so requested by the Agent with the Agent providing reasonable prior written notice prior to the first Utilisation Date,
any other certificates issued under any applicable code required to be observed by each Ship or in relation to its
operation under any applicable law.
8 Value of security
Valuations for all Ships obtained and prepared on a basis in accordance with clause 25 (Minimum security value). If the first
Utilisation Date is on or before 29 November 2024, valuations of the Ships dated as of 30 September 2024 shall be acceptable.
If the first Utilisation Date is after 29 November 2024, valuations of the Ships shall be dated no earlier than 30 days before the
first Utilisation Date.
9 Fees and expenses
Evidence that the fees, commissions, costs and expenses that are due from the Borrower pursuant to clause 11 (Fees) and
clause 16 (Costs and expenses) have been paid or will be paid by the first Utilisation Date.
10 Environmental matters
Evidence of each Ship’s certificate of financial responsibility issued pursuant to the United States law.
11 Management Agreement
Where a technical manager of a Ship has been approved in accordance with clause 22.6 (Manager), a copy, certified by an
approved person to be a true and complete copy, of the agreement between the relevant Owner and the relevant technical
manager relating to the appointment of the technical manager.


Graphics
130
Part 3
Conditions subsequent
1 Company registrations
Within thirty (30) days of the first Utilisation Date, evidence that all necessary company registrations in any Relevant
Jurisdiction have been effected.
2 Legal opinions
Within five (5) Business Days of the first Utilisation Date, issuance of the following legal opinions:
(a) A legal opinion of Norton Rose Fulbright (Asia) LLP addressed to the Agent on matters of English and Singapore
law, substantially in the form approved by the Agent in relation to Security Documents.
(b) A legal opinion of the legal advisers to the Agent in each jurisdiction which is or is to be the Flag State of the Ships,
addressed to the Agent substantially in the form approved by the Agent.
3 Insurances
Within twenty (20) Business Days of the first Utilisation Date, copies of:
(a) the issued opinion from insurance consultants appointed by the Agent on such Insurances; and
(b) the issued letters of undertaking in favour of the Security Agent in an approved form in relation to the Insurances.


Graphics
131
Schedule 4
Utilisation Request
From: BW LPG Holding Pte. Ltd.
To: BNP Paribas
Dated: [•]
Dear Sirs
US$460,000,000 facility agreement dated [•] 2024 (as amended from time to time) (the Agreement)
1 We refer to the Agreement. This is a Utilisation Request. Terms defined in the Agreement have the same meaning in this
Utilisation Request unless given a different meaning in this Utilisation Request.
2 We wish to borrow a Loan on the following terms:
Proposed Utilisation Date:
[•] (or, if that is not a Business Day, the next Business Day)
Amount:
US$[•]

3 We confirm that each condition specified in clause 4.5 (Further conditions precedent) is satisfied on the date of this Utilisation
Request.
4 The purpose of this Loan is as specified in clause 3 (Purpose) and its proceeds should be credited to [•].
5 We request that the Interest Period for the Loan be [1][3][6] months.
6 We confirm that we will use the proceeds of this Loan for our benefit and under our full responsibility and exclusively for the
purposes specified in the Agreement.
7 This Utilisation Request is irrevocable.
Yours faithfully

……………………………………
authorised signatory for
BW LPG Holding Pte. Ltd.


Graphics
132
Schedule 5
Form of Transfer Certificate
To: BNP Paribas as Agent
From: [The Existing Lender] (the Existing Lender) and [The New Lender] (the New Lender)
Dated:
US$460,000,000 facility agreement dated [•] 2024 (as amended from time to time) (the Agreement)
1 We refer to the Agreement. This is a Transfer Certificate. Terms defined in the Agreement have the same meaning in this
Transfer Certificate unless given a different meaning in this Transfer Certificate.
2 We refer to clauses 28.11 to 28.15 (Procedure for assignment) of the Agreement:
(a) The Existing Lender assigns absolutely to the New Lender all the rights of the Existing Lender under the Agreement
and the other Finance Documents which relate to that portion of the Existing Lender’s Commitment(s) and
participations in the Loan under the Agreement as specified in the Schedule.
(b) The Existing Lender is released from all the obligations of the Existing Lender which correspond to that portion of
the Existing Lender’s Commitment(s) and participations in the Loan under the Agreement specified in the Schedule.
(c) The New Lender becomes a Party as a Lender and is bound by obligations equivalent to those from which the Existing
Lender is released under paragraph (b) above.
(d) The proposed Transfer Date is [•].
(e) The Facility Office and address, fax number and attention details for notices of the New Lender for the purposes of
clause 35.2 (Addresses) of the Agreement are set out in the Schedule.
3 The New Lender expressly acknowledges the limitations on the Existing Lender’s obligations set out in clauses 28.8 to 28.10
(Limitation of responsibility of Existing Lenders) of the Agreement.
4 This Transfer Certificate may be executed in any number of counterparts and this has the same effect as if the signatures on the
counterparts were on a single copy of this Transfer Certificate.
5 This Transfer Certificate and any non-contractual obligations connected with it are governed by English law.
6 This Transfer Certificate has been entered into on the date stated at the beginning of this Transfer Certificate.
Note: The execution of this Transfer Certificate may not assign a proportionate share of the Existing Lender’s interest in the
Security Documents in all jurisdictions. It is the responsibility of the New Lender to ascertain whether any other documents or
other formalities are required to perfect an assignment of such a share in the Security Documents in any jurisdiction and, if so,
to arrange for execution of those documents and completion of those formalities.


Graphics
133
The Schedule
Rights to be assigned and obligations to be released and undertaken
[insert relevant details]
[Facility Office address, fax number and attention details for notices and account details for payments.]
[Existing Lender] [New Lender]
By: By:
This is accepted by the Agent as a Transfer Certificate and the Transfer Date is confirmed as [•].
Signature of this Transfer Certificate by the Agent constitutes confirmation by the Agent of receipt of notice of the assignment referred
to herein, which notice the Agent receives on behalf of each Finance Party.
[Agent]
By:


Graphics
134
Schedule 6
Form of Compliance Certificate
To: BNP Paribas as Agent
From: BW LPG Limited as Parent
Dated: [•]
Dear Sirs
US$460,000,000 facility agreement dated [•] 2024 (as amended from time to time) (the Agreement)
1 I/We refer to the Agreement. This is a Compliance Certificate. Terms defined in the Agreement have the same meaning when
used in this Compliance Certificate unless given a different meaning in this Compliance Certificate.
2 This Compliance Certificate covers the fiscal quarter to [•] 20[•].
3 I/We confirm that: [Insert details of covenants to be certified]
(i) on the last day of the above fiscal quarter, on a consolidated basis the Adjusted Equity was [•]% of the sum
of the Liabilities and Adjusted Equity;
(ii) on a consolidated basis the Adjusted Equity on the last day of the above fiscal quarter was US$[•]; and
(iii) on the last day of the above fiscal quarter, on a consolidated basis, Minimum Liquidity was US$[•] and the
aggregate Cash and Cash Equivalents of each member of the Group was US$[•].
4 [I/We confirm that no Default is continuing.] [If this statement cannot be made, the certificate should identify any Default that
is continuing and the steps, if any, being taken to remedy it.]
5 We attach the financial statements and accounts required to be provided pursuant to clause 19 (Information undertakings) of
the Agreement.
Signed by:

………………………………………….
[Authorised Signatory] [Chief Financial Officer]
BW LPG LIMITED



Graphics
135
Schedule 7
Compounded Rate Terms
Cost of funds as a fallback


Cost of funds will apply as a fallback.


Definitions


Break Costs:

None specified.
Business Day Conventions (definition of
“month” and clause 9.6 (Non-Business
Days)):

(a) If any period is expressed to accrue by reference to a month or any
number of months then, in respect of the last month of that period:


(i) subject to paragraph (iii) below, if the numerically
corresponding day is not a Business Day, that period shall
end on the next Business Day in that calendar month in
which that period is to end if there is one, or if there is not,
on the immediately preceding Business Day;
(ii) if there is no numerically corresponding day in the calendar
month in which that period is to end, that period shall end
on the last Business Day in that calendar month; and
(iii) if an Interest Period begins on the last Business Day of a
calendar month, that Interest Period shall end on the last
Business Day in the calendar month in which that Interest
Period is to end.


(b) If an Interest Period would otherwise end on a day which is not a
Business Day, that Interest Period will instead end on the next
Business Day in that calendar month (if there is one) or the preceding
Business Day (if there is not).


Graphics
136









Central Bank Rate:

(a) The short-term interest rate target set by the US Federal Open
Market Committee as published by the Federal Reserve Bank of
New York from time to time; or
(b) if that target is not a single figure, the arithmetic mean of:
(i) the upper bound of the short-
term interest rate target range
set by the US Federal Open Market Committee and
published by the Federal Reserve Bank of New York; and
(ii) the lower bound of that target range.
Central Bank Rate Adjustment:

In relation to the Central Bank Rate prevailing at close of business on any RFR
Banking Day, the mean (calculated by the Agent, or by any other Finance Party
which agrees to do so in place of the Agent) of the Central Bank Rate Spreads for
the five most immediately preceding RFR Banking Days for which the RFR is
available excluding the days with the highest (and, if there is more than one
highest spread, only one of those highest spreads) and lowest spreads (or, if there
is more than one lowest spread, only one of those lowest spreads) to the Central
Bank Rate.

For this purpose,
“Central Bank Rate Spread”
means in relation to any RFR
Banking Day, the difference (expressed as a percentage rate per annum)
calculated by the Agent (or by any other Finance Party which agrees to do so in
place of the Agent) of:

(a) the RFR for that RFR Banking Day; and

(b) the Central Bank Rate prevailing at close of business on that RFR Banking
Day.

Daily Rate:

The “Daily Rate” for any RFR Banking Day is:


(a) the RFR for that RFR Banking Day; or


(b) if the RFR is not available for that RFR Banking Day, the percentage
rate per annum which is the aggregate of:
(i) the Central Bank Rate for that RFR Banking Day; and
(ii) the applicable Central Bank Rate Adjustment,
(c)
if paragraph (b) above applies but the Central Bank Rate for that RFR
Banking Day is not





Graphics
137









available, the percentage rate per annum which is the aggregate of:
(i)
the most recent Central Bank Rate for a day which is no more
than 5 RFR Banking Days before that RFR Banking Day; and
(ii) the applicable Central Bank Rate Adjustment,
rounded, in either case, to five decimal places and if, that rate is less than zero,
the Daily Rate shall be deemed to be such a rate that is zero.

Lookback Period:

Five RFR Banking Days.
Market Disruption Rate:

The percentage rate per annum which is the Cumulative Compounded RFR Rate
for the Interest Period of the relevant Loan.

Relevant Market:

The market for overnight cash borrowing in US dollars collateralised by US
Government securities.

Reporting Day:

The Business Day which follows the day which is the Lookback Period prior
to the last day of the Interest Period.
RFR:

The secured overnight financing rate (SOFR) administered by the Federal
Reserve Bank of New
York (or any other person which takes over the
administration of that rate) published by the Federal Reserve Bank of New York
(or any other person which takes over the publication of that rate).
RFR Banking Day:

Any day other than:
(a) a Saturday or Sunday; and
(b)
a day on which the Securities Industry and Financial Markets
Association (or any successor organisation) recommends that the
fixed income departments of its members be closed for the entire day
for purposes of trading in US Government securities.
Rate Contingency Period:

30 days.
Reporting Times


Deadline for Lenders to report market disruption in
accordance with clause 10.2 (Market disruption)

Close of business in Singapore on the Reporting Day for the relevant Loan.
Deadline for Lenders to report their cost of funds
in accordance with clause 10.3 (Cost of funds)

Close of business in Singapore on the date falling 2 Business Days after the
Reporting Day for the relevant Loan (being the date falling 3 Business Days
before the



Graphics
138


the date on which interest is due to be paid in respect of the Interest Period for the
relevant Loan).



Graphics
139
Schedule 8
Daily Non-Cumulative Compounded RFR Rate
The “Daily Non-Cumulative Compounded RFR Rate” for any RFR Banking Day “i” during an Interest Period for a Loan is the
percentage rate per annum (without rounding, to the extent reasonably practicable for the Finance Party performing the calculation,
taking into account the capabilities of any software used for that purpose) calculated as set out below:

where:
UCCDR
i
means the Unannualised Cumulative Compounded Daily Rate for that RFR Banking Day “i”;
UCCDR
i-1
means, in relation to that RFR Banking Day “i”, the Unannualised Cumulative Compounded Daily Rate for the immediately
preceding RFR Banking Day (if any) during that Interest Period;
“dcc” means 360 or, in any case where market practice in the Relevant Market is to use a different number for quoting the number of
days in a year, that number;
“n
i
” means the number of calendar days from, and including, that RFR Banking Day “i” up to, but excluding, the following RFR Banking
Day; and
the “Unannualised Cumulative Compounded Daily Rate” for any RFR Banking Day (the “Cumulated RFR Banking Day”) during
that Interest Period is the result of the below calculation (without rounding, to the extent reasonably practicable for the Finance Party
performing the calculation, taking into account the capabilities of any software used for that purpose):

where:
“ACCDR” means the Annualised Cumulative Compounded Daily Rate for that Cumulated RFR Banking Day;
“tn
i
” means the number of calendar days from, and including, the first day of the Cumulation Period to, but excluding, the RFR
Banking Day which immediately follows the last day of the Cumulation Period;
“Cumulation Period” means the period from, and including, the first RFR Banking Day of that Interest Period to, and
including, that Cumulated RFR Banking Day;
“dcc” has the meaning given to that term above; and
the “Annualised Cumulative Compounded Daily Rate” for that Cumulated RFR Banking Day is the percentage rate per
annum (rounded to five decimal places) calculated as set out below:



Graphics
140
where:
“d
0
” means the number of RFR Banking Days in the Cumulation Period;
“Cumulation Period” has the meaning given to that term above;
“i” means a series of whole numbers from one to d
0
, each representing the relevant RFR Banking Day in chronological order
in the Cumulation Period;
“DailyRate
i-LP
” means, for any RFR Banking Day “i” in the Cumulation Period, the Daily Rate for the RFR Banking Day
which is the applicable Lookback Period prior to that RFR Banking Day “i”;
“n
i
” means, for any RFR Banking Day “i” in the Cumulation Period, the number of calendar days from, and including, that
RFR Banking Day “i” up to, but excluding, the following RFR Banking Day;
“dcc” has the meaning given to that term above; and
“tn
i
” has the meaning given to that term above.


Graphics
141
Schedule 9
Cumulative Compounded RFR Rate
The “Cumulative Compounded RFR Rate” for any Interest Period for a Loan is the percentage rate per annum (rounded to the same
number of decimal places as is specified in the definition of “Annualised Cumulative Compounded Daily Rate” in Schedule 8 (Daily
Non-Cumulative Compounded RFR Rate) calculated as set out below:

where:
“d
0
” means the number of RFR Banking Days during the Interest Period;
“i” means a series of whole numbers from one to d
0
, each representing the relevant RFR Banking Day in chronological order during the
Interest Period;
“DailyRate
i-LP
” means for any RFR Banking Day “i” during the Interest Period, the Daily Rate for the RFR Banking Day which is the
applicable Lookback Period prior to that RFR Banking Day “i”;
“n
i
” means, for any RFR Banking Day “i”, the number of calendar days from, and including, that RFR Banking Day “i” up to, but
excluding, the following RFR Banking Day;
“dcc” means 360 or, in any case where market practice in the Relevant Market is to use a different number for quoting the number of
days in a year, that number; and
“d” means the number of calendar days during that Interest Period.


Graphics
142
Schedule 10
Reduction Schedule
Reduction Date
Total Commitment
Reduction Amount
Available Commitment
0
460,000,000
0
460,000,000
1
460,000,000
5,657,000
454,343,000
2
454,343,000
5,657,000
448,686,000
3
448,686,000
5,657,000
443,029,000
4
443,029,000
5,657,000
437,372,000
5
437,372,000
5,657,000
431,715,000
6
431,715,000
5,657,000
426,058,000
7
426,058,000
5,657,000
420,401,000
8
420,401,000
5,657,000
414,744,000
9
414,744,000
8,485,500
406,258,500
10
406,258,500
8,485,500
397,773,000
11
397,773,000
8,485,500
389,287,500
12
389,287,500
8,485,500
380,802,000
13
380,802,000
8,485,500
372,316,500
14
372,316,500
8,485,500
363,831,000
15
363,831,000
8,485,500
355,345,500
16
355,345,500
8,485,500
346,860,000
17
346,860,000
11,314,000
335,546,000
18
335,546,000
11,314,000
324,232,000
19
324,232,000
11,314,000
312,918,000
20
312,918,000
11,314,000
301,604,000
21
301,604,000
11,314,000
290,290,000
22
290,290,000
11,314,000
278,976,000
23
278,976,000
11,314,000
267,662,000
24
267,662,000
11,314,000
256,348,000


Graphics
143
25
256,348,000
11,314,000
245,034,000
26
245,034,000
11,314,000
233,720,000
27
233,720,000
11,314,000
222,406,000
28
222,406,000
222,406,000
0


460,000,000




Graphics
144
SIGNATURES
THE BORROWER



BW LPG HOLDING PTE. LTD.



By: /s/ Samantha Wei Xu



Samantha Wei Xu


THE PARENT



BW LPG LIMITED



By: Samantha Wei Xu



Samantha Wei Xu


THE AGENT



BNP PARIBAS



By: /s/ Yvette Ong



Yvette Ong





By: /s/ Chen Weihui

Chen Weihui


THE SECURITY AGENT



BNP PARIBAS



By: /s/ Yvette Ong



Yvette Ong





By: /s/ Chen Weihui

Chen Weihui




Graphics
145
THE ARRANGERS



BNP PARIBAS



By: /s/ Marisa Dupuis



Marisa Dupuis



Director



By: /s/ Ishan Bhatla



Ishan Bhatla


OVERSEA-CHINESE BANKING CORPORATION
LIMITED



By: /s/ Angeline Teo



Angeline Teo


DBS BANK LTD.



By: /s/ Leong Mai Yee


UNITED OVERSEAS BANK LIMITED



By: /s/ Kwa Poh Geok



Kwa Poh Geok



Executive Director



Group Corporate Banking



MUFG BANK, LTD., SINGAPORE BRANCH



By: /s/ Loo Eng Seng



Loo Eng Seng



Managing Director



Head of Global Corporate Banking, Singapore



Global Corporate Banking Division, Asia




Graphics
146
THE LENDERS
BNP PARIBAS
By: /s/ Marisa Dupuis
Marisa Dupuis
Director
By: /s/ Ishan Bhatla
Ishan Bhatla
OVERSEA-CHINESE BANKING CORPORATION
LIMITED
By: /s/ Angeline Teo
Angeline Teo
DBS BANK LTD.
By: /s/ Leong Mai Yee
UNITED OVERSEAS BANK LIMITED
By: /s/ Kwa Poh Geok
Kwa Poh Geok
Executive Director
Group Corporate Banking
MUFG BANK, LTD., SINGAPORE BRANCH
By: /s/ Loo Eng Seng
Loo Eng Seng
Managing Director
Head of Global Corporate Banking, Singapore
Global Corporate Banking Division, Asia

Graphics
Exhibit 11.1

INSIDER TRADING POLICY
BW LPG LIMITED
(the “Company”)
Adopted by the Board of Directors on 13 May 2024









This Insider Trading Policy with appendices are adopted to secure, together with any other corporate governance documents, that BW
LPG LIMITED complies with the continuing obligations for companies with financial instruments listed at the Oslo Stock Exchange
and the New York Stock Exchange and other applicable rules, regulations and recommendations relating to inside information.
No term of this Insider Trading Policy shall be enforceable by any third party, but a breach of this Insider Trading Policy may
constitute an offence of applicable laws or regulations which may be sanctioned by penalties or other remedies.
This Insider Trading Policy is administered by the CFO’s office and General Counsel. For further information regarding insider
trading, or for notification of trades, please contact:


Nicholas Fell
Samantha Xu
General Counsel
CFO
Nick.fell@bw-group.com
Samantha.Xu@bwlpg.com



Graphics
2
CONTENTS




1
DEFINITIONS
3



2
INTRODUCTION
6

2.1
Purpose
6

2.2
The persons to whom this policy applies
6

2.3
Relevant legislation, rules and regulations
6




3
THE COMPANY’S DUTIES AND RESPONSIBILITIES
7

3.1
Public disclosure and delayed public disclosure of Inside Information
7

3.2
List of Insiders
8

3.3
Notice to and acknowledgment by Insiders
8

3.4
Project list
8

3.5
The Company’s list of its Primary Insiders and their Close Associates
8

3.6
Notification of obligations to Primary Insiders
9

3.7
Disclosure of Transactions by Primary Insiders and Close Associates
9




4
INSIDERS’ DUTIES AND RESPONSIBILITIES
9



5
PRIMARY INSIDERS’ AND CLOSE ASSOCIATES’ DUTIES AND RESPONSIBILITIES
10

5.1
Adequate investigation
10

5.2
Duty to notify any Transactions
10




6
SANCTIONS UNDER MAR
12



7
INSIDER TRADING BLACK-OUT PERIOD
12



8
U.S. INSIDER TRADING RULES CONSIDERATIONS
13

8.1
General Prohibition Against Insider Trading
13

8.2
Potential Criminal and Civil Liability and/or Disciplinary Action
14




Appendix 1 – Written record of delayed disclosure
15
Appendix 2 - Notification of transactions by Primary Insiders and Close Associates
16
Appendix 4 – Notification to Close Associates
20
Appendix 5 – Routines for secure handling of inside information
21
Appendix 6 – Criteria for trading in closed periods
22
Appendix 7 – Transactions to be notified by Primary Insiders and Close Associates
24



Graphics
3
1 DEFINITIONS
In this Insider Trading Policy, the following terms shall have the following meanings:



Board:

The board of directors of the Company.
Close Associates:

(a) The Primary Insider’s spouse or a person with whom the Insider cohabits in a
relationship akin to marriage;
(b)
The Primary Insider’s underage children and underage children of a person mentioned
in subsection (a);
(c)
a relative who has shared the same household as the Primary Insider for at least one
year on the date of the transaction concerned; And
(d)
An entity
(i)
the managerial responsibilities of which are discharged by a Primary Insider or by
a person referred to in (a)-(c) above;
(ii) which is directly or indirectly controlled by such person;
(iii) which is set up for the benefit of such person; or
(iv) which has economic interests substantially equivalent to those of such person.
The reference to “the managerial responsibilities of which are discharged”
should be
read to cover those cases where the natural person takes part in or influences the
decisions of another legal entity to carry out transactions in financial instruments of the
Company.
Company:

BW LPG Limited.
Company Person:

All officers, directors, employees, temporary employees, independent consultants and
contractors of the Company and its subsidiaries with whom the Company customarily signs
confidentiality agreements.

Exchange Act:

The U.S. Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.



Graphics
4



Financial Instruments or
Company Securities:


(a) Shares issued by the Company;
(b)
Debt instruments issued by the Company; and
(c)
Options, warrants, convertible loans, forward contracts and equivalent rights to the
shares referred to in sub- section (a) or (b).
Group:

The Company and its subsidiaries.
Inside Information:

Information of a precise nature (as defined below) which has not been made public, about
the Financial Instruments, the Company as the issuer of these or other circumstances
which, if it were made public, would be likely to have a
significant effect (as defined
below) on the price of the Financial
Instruments or related financial instruments, cf.
Article
7 of MAR.
Information of a precise nature:

Information indicating that one or more circumstances or incidents have occurred or by
reason might be expected to occur, and that are sufficiently precise to conclude on the
circumstances
” or incidents” possible effect on the price of the Financial Instruments or
related financial instruments, cf. Article 7 of MAR.

Information having a significant effect
on the price:


Information that a reasonable investor probably would use as a part of the basis on which
he or she makes his or her investment decisions, cf. Article 7 of MAR.

Insider:

The Primary Insiders and individuals or entities given access to Inside Information.
InsiderLog:

The insider tool for inter alia maintaining insider lists, provided as a service by Oslo Børs
and subscribed to by the Company.

Insider Trading Officer:

Chief Financial Officer / General Counsel, or an authorized designee empowered to take
the necessary actions to carry the purpose and intent of this policy

Insider Trading Policy:

This Insider Trading Policy adopted by the Board of Directors on 28 October 2013; last
updated on [date]

MAR:

Regulation (EU) No 596/2014 of the European Parliament and of the Council of 16 April
2014 on market abuse (market abuse regulation), as implemented in Norway in accordance
with section 3
-1 of the Securities Trading Act as of 1 March 2021 (as amended from time
to time)

MNPI:

Material Non-Public Information, which has the meaning as set forth in Section 8.
Norwegian FSA:

The Financial Supervisory Authority of Norway.



Graphics
5




Oslo Børs or Oslo Stock
Exchange:


Oslo Børs ASA, the operator of the regulated market places Oslo Børs (the Oslo Stock
Exchange) and Oslo Axess, including the information system NewsWeb. All references
made to Oslo Børs herein shall include each of Oslo Børs ASA and its regulated market
places, and Oslo Børs ASA and its regulated market places collectively.

Primary Insiders:

(a) Members, deputy members and observers to the Board and other administrative,
management or supervisory bodies of the Company; and
(b)
A senior executive who is not a member of the bodies referred to above, who has
regular access to inside information relating directly or indirectly to the Company and
power to take managerial decisions affecting the future developments and business
prospects of the Company.
SEC:

The U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission.
Securities Trading Act:

The Norwegian Securities Trading Act of 29 June 2007 no. 75 (as amended from time to
time). A copy of the latest Securities
Trading Act can be found on
https://www.finanstilsynet.no/en/laws
-and- regulations/securities-market/.
Tipping:

Tipping means disclosing MNPI or making recommendations or expressing opinions on
the basis of MNPI to a person who engages in transactions in a company’s securities.

Trade:

Selling, acquiring, subscribing to, exchanging or swapping, directly or indirectly on one’s
own account or on
another person’s account, any of the Financial Instruments, or
inducement to such transactions.

Transaction:

Any transaction, included but not limited to, the transactions listed in Appendix 7 and set
out in article 10 of Commission Delegated Regulation (EU) 2016/522, directly or indirectly
on one
’s own account or on another person’s account, any of the Financial Instruments, or
inducement to such transactions.




Graphics
6
2 INTRODUCTION
2.1 Purpose
The purpose of this Insider Trading Policy is to assist the Company and the Insiders in complying with applicable legislation regarding
insider trading and to prevent acts or omissions which may expose the Insiders or the Company to criticism or undermine the general
trust in the Company or the Financial Instruments.
The Insider Trading Policy establishes general rules and procedures but does not cover all the specific issues that may arise. In case of
doubt, the Insiders should consult with the Insider Trading Officer or professional advisers.
2.2 The persons to whom this policy applies
This Insider Trading Policy applies to:
(a) Employees of the Group that might be given access to Inside Information;
(b) Primary Insiders (as defined above);
(c) Close Associates (as defined above) to the persons included in items (a) and (b) above; and
(d) Temporary employees, independent consultants and contractors of the Company and its subsidiaries with whom the
Company customarily signs confidentiality agreements.
2.3 Relevant legislation, rules and regulations
The relevant legislation, rules and regulations regarding insider trading include:
• Prohibition against use of Inside Information: Article 18, cf. 14 of MAR.
• Duty of confidentiality, duty of due care when handling inside information and prohibition against giving advice: Article 10,
cf. 14 of MAR.
• List and notification of Primary Insiders and their Close Associates: Article 19 of MAR.
• Duty for Primary Insiders to notify the Company and the Norwegian FSA of Transactions: Article 19 of MAR.
• List of persons with access to inside information: Article 18 of MAR.
• Exchange Act Section 10(b) and Rule 10b-5 thereunder, including relevant case law in the United States.
• SEC Rule 10b5-1.
Disclosure requirements triggered by the acquisition or sale of listed shares or rights in such shares at certain thresholds pursuant to
Section 4-2 of the Securities Trading Act (Nw.: “flaggeplikten”) and Sections 13(d) and 13(g) of the Exchange Act, Rule 13d-1
thereunder, and Schedule 13D and Schedule 13G, fall outside the scope of this Insider Trading Policy.
This Insider Trading Policy is based on the legislation, rules and regulations in force in Norway and the United States as of the date of
this document. Anyone trading in the Financial Instruments is required to inform themselves of the legislation in force from time to
time.


Graphics
7
3 THE COMPANY’S DUTIES AND RESPONSIBILITIES
3.1 Public disclosure and delayed public disclosure of Inside Information
As a general rule, the Company shall publicly disclose Inside Information regarding the Company’s Financial Instruments through the
Oslo Stock Exchange’s Information System (NewsPoint) as soon as possible. The Company shall not combine the disclosure of inside
information to the public with the marketing of its activities. Once made public, all Inside Information must be available on the
Company’s website for at least five years from the same time as disclosure of Inside Information. The posts on the website shall clearly
indicate date and time of disclosure and that the information is organised in chronological order. Any material information announced
by the Company under Norwegian or Oslo Stock Exchange rules will also be required to be furnished on Form 6-K with the SEC.
However, in certain cases, under Norwegian rules, public disclosure may be delayed by the Company in order for it to not prejudice its
legitimate interests, as long as the delay of disclosure is not likely to mislead the public and the Company is able to ensure the
confidentiality of that information. If delayed disclosure of Inside Information is resolved:
a) the Oslo Stock Exchange shall immediately be informed on a confidential basis of the matter;
b) the Company must ensure that Inside Information is not given to unauthorized persons, and that the Inside Information is
only communicated or made available to another person where the disclosure is made in the normal exercise of the
employment, profession or duties of the person disclosing the information;
c) the Insider Trading Officer shall keep a list of persons in InsiderLog with access to the Inside Information;
d) the Insider Trading Officer shall make a written record of the dates and times when the Inside Information first existed within
the Company, the decision to delay the disclosure was made and when the Company is likely to disclose the Inside
Information by completing the applicable form for such written record in InsiderLog, or by making a written record of the
delayed disclosure in the format attached hereto as Appendix 1; and
e) where the confidentiality of the Inside Information is no longer ensured, the Company shall disclose that Inside Information
to the public as soon as possible, including situations where a rumor explicitly relates to Inside Information, where that
rumour is sufficiently accurate to indicate that the confidentiality of that information is no longer ensured.
Where the Company has delayed the disclosure of Inside Information, it shall immediately after the information is disclosed to the
public:
a) inform the Oslo Stock Exchange that disclosure of the information was delayed; and
b) upon request by the Norwegian FSA and/or to the Oslo Stock Exchange, provide a written explanation of how the conditions
for delayed disclosure were met.


Graphics
8
3.2 List of Insiders
The Company shall establish and update a list of all individuals who are given access to Inside Information and who are working for the
Company under a contract of employment, or otherwise performing tasks through which they have access to inside information, such
as advisers, accountants or credit rating agencies, such list being an “insider list”.
The insider list shall be established and maintained through InsiderLog.
A new insider lists shall be maintained upon the identification of new inside information. Each insider list shall only include details of
individuals having access to the inside information relevant to that insider list.
The Company shall include a contact person for each of its engaged advisor being aware of the insider information on the Company’s
own insider list.
The list shall be preserved for at least five years. The list shall be submitted to the Norwegian FSA and to the Norwegian FSA and/or
Oslo Børs upon request.
3.3 Notice to and acknowledgment by Insiders
An automatic message from InsiderLog shall be sent to the persons on the list informing them that they have been entered on the list of
insiders, as well as the duties and responsibilities that this entails, and the criminal liability that attaches to use or unwarranted use of
such information.
When included on an insider list, the Company shall take all reasonable steps to ensure that any person on the insider list acknowledges
in writing the legal and regulatory duties entailed and is aware of the sanctions applicable to insider dealing and unlawful disclosure of
inside information by acknowledging receipt of the automatic message from InsiderLog.
A new automatic message from InsiderLog shall be sent to the persons on the list informing them once the insider list is terminated and
the end of the prohibition to trade.
3.4 Project list
A list shall be maintained for each project which is of such a scope or of such a nature that it involves information which is particularly
sensitive and important for the Company and which may subsequently become inside information. The purpose of the project list is to
raise awareness of the duty of confidentiality and facilitate compliance with statutory listing requirements.
The project list shall be maintained from the date the project is started, even if there is reason to assume that there will be no inside
information until later. If an insider list is subsequently established for the project, the project list shall no longer be maintained.
The project list should be established and maintained through InsiderLog.
3.5 The Company’s list of its Primary Insiders and their Close Associates
The Company shall without undue delay submit an updated list of its Primary Insiders and their Close Associates to Oslo Børs. The
notice shall include the name of the Primary Insiders and their Close Associates and their national identity number or similar
identification, address, the Primary Insider’s position with the Company. The CFO office is responsible for establishing, maintaining
and submitting the list to Oslo Børs through NewsPoint. The list shall be submitted in the form prepared by Oslo Børs. Oslo Børs will
disclose the list of Primary Insiders, while the list of Close Associates will be kept confidential.


Graphics
9
3.6 Notification of obligations to Primary Insiders
The Company shall notify the Primary Insiders of their obligations as Primary Insiders pursuant to this Insider Trading Policy and
Article 19 of MAR in writing in the format attached hereto as Appendix 3, while Primary Insiders shall notify its Close Associates of
their obligations as Close Associates pursuant to this Insider Trading Policy and Article 19 of MAR in writing in the format attached
hereto as Appendix 4 and shall keep a copy of this notification.
3.7 Disclosure of Transactions by Primary Insiders and Close Associates
Upon receipt of the notifications of Transactions by the Primary Insider or Close Associate as further described in section 5.2 below,
the Company shall promptly and within two trading days disclose the Transaction in question through the Oslo Stock Exchange’s
applicable information system (NewsPoint) in the format attached hereto as Appendix 2.
4 INSIDERS’ DUTIES AND RESPONSIBILITIES
This Section applies to all persons that are given access to Inside Information.
Any person being in possession of Inside Information concerning the Financial Instruments will be subject to the following prohibition
and duties, breach of which are subject to criminal sanctions:
(a) Prohibition to Trade. No person being in possession of Inside Information may conduct any Trades in the Financial
Instruments or incite any third party to conduct or abstain from any such Trades (the above prohibition does not apply under
certain circumstances where the completion of a Trade does not constitute a use of the Inside Information). The use of inside
information by cancelling or amending an order concerning a financial instrument to which the information relates where the
order was placed before the person concerned possessed the inside information, is also considered as insider dealing.
(b) Prohibition against giving advice. Individuals who become privy to Inside Information, shall not give advice to any third
person regarding trading in the Financial Instruments. The prohibition applies also to advice on abstaining from a transaction.
(c) Duty of Confidentiality and due care in handling inside information. Individuals who become privy to Inside Information
shall not pass such information to any unauthorized party and only where the disclosure is made in the normal exercise of the
employment, profession or duties of the person disclosing the information, and shall exercise due care when handling Inside
Information to ensure that the Inside Information does not come into the possession of any unauthorized party or is misused.
Guidelines on routines for secure handling of inside information are enclosed as Appendix 5.
(d) Disclosure of Inside Information. Any person who communicates inside information, or makes such information available to
another person, has an independent responsibility for ensuring that the person who is given access to the relevant inside
information is simultaneously made aware of the duties and responsibilities entailed by the receipt of such information,
including the duty of confidentiality, the duty of proper handling of the information and the duty not to use it. The above applies
regardless of whether the recipient is an employee, elected officer, an external advisor and/or a business connection of the
Group.


Graphics
10
Handling of inside information
Company Persons must maintain the confidentiality of the Company’s non-public information. In the event a Company Person
receives any inquiry or request for information (particularly financial results and/or projections, and including to affirm or deny
information about the Company), from any person or entity outside the Company, such as a stock analyst, and it is not part of
such Company Person’s regular corporate duties to respond to such inquiry or request, the inquiry should be referred to the
Chief Financial Officer.
The duty of confidentiality is not meant to restrict the exchange of information to persons with a valid reason to know such
information. Inside information can be shared internally and externally, provided that this is necessary for the ordinary conduct
of business in the company and the disclosure is made in the normal exercise of the employment, profession or duties of the
person disclosing the information.
Who the right recipient of the information is, has to be assessed on an individual basis. It is necessary to be conscious and
critical when determining who shall be entitled to receive inside information and whether the disclosure is made in the normal
exercise of the employment, profession or duties of the person disclosing the information. Confidential information shall never
be disclosed to a greater extent than what the recipient has a natural and reasonable need for (applies both internally and
externally).
The Insider Trading Officer shall at all times, be informed on who has received inside information, so as to maintain a proper
record of inside information list.
This Section is not necessarily complete regarding the Insider’s duties and responsibilities. Each person being in possession of Inside
Information is obliged to keep him or herself updated as to the legislative framework concerning Inside Information from time to time.
5 PRIMARY INSIDERS’ AND CLOSE ASSOCIATES’ DUTIES AND RESPONSIBILITIES
This Section applies to Primary Insiders and their Close Associates only.
5.1 Adequate investigation
Despite not being a requirement pursuant to MAR of the Securities Trading Act, before a Primary Insider exercises or induces to Trade
in Financial Instruments, or Trade in options or forward contracts or equivalent rights connected to the Financial Instruments, he or she
should as a precaution investigate in an adequate manner whether there are Inside Information about the Financial Instruments or the
issuer of these. The investigation should include the review of any mail, faxes, e-mails, etc he or she has received and which may contain
Inside Information.
5.2 Duty to notify any Transactions
5.2.1 Notification of Transactions
Primary Insiders and Close Associates shall each, individually, notify both the Company in the format attached hereto as Appendix 2
and the Norwegian FSA through www.Altinn.no by using the link available on the website of the Norwegian FSA of any Transactions
in the Financial Instruments once the threshold of EUR 5,000 has been reached (see below). The obligation to submit notice applies also
to convertible bonds and bonds, and Trades in warrants, options and equivalent rights connected to the Financial Instruments.


Graphics
11
All Transactions above the threshold must be reported. The same applies to Transactions undertaken by persons professionally arranging
or executing transactions or by another person on behalf of a Primary Insider or a Closely Associated Person, including where discretion
is exercised.
The notification requirement applies to any subsequent Transaction once a total amount of EUR 5,000 has been reached within a calendar
year. The threshold of EUR 5,000 shall be calculated by adding without netting all transactions of the person obligated to notify the
Transaction. If transactions are carried out in a currency which is not EUR, the exchange rate to be used to determine if the threshold is
reached is the official daily spot foreign exchange rate which is applicable at the end of the business day when the transaction is
conducted. Where available, the daily euro foreign exchange reference rate published by the European Central Bank on its website
should be used.
When calculating whether the threshold, the Transaction carried out by a Primary Insider and by Closely Associated Persons to that
Primary Insider should not be aggregated. For the purpose of the price to consider for donations, gifts and inheritance, one should use
the last published price for the financial instrument concerned on the date of acceptance of the donation, gift or inheritance (i.e. the date
of the transaction), or where such price is not available that day, the last published price. As to the rules to calculate the price of options
granted for free to managers or employees, the options should be based on the economic value assigned to the options by the Company
when granting them. If such an economic value is not known, the price to consider should be based on an option pricing model that is
generally accepted in the reasonable opinion of the Primary Insider. However, when a notification has to be made, the price field for
options granted for free to managers or employees is expected to be populated with 0 (zero).
The Company shall, via the Insider Trading Officer, to the extent possible, assist the Primary Insiders and the Close Associates with the
submission of the notices to the Norwegian FSA and the Company, provided, however, that the Primary Insiders and the Close
Associates are ultimately responsible for complying with the notification requirements.
5.2.2 Requirements to the notice
The notices to be submitted to the Norwegian FSA and the Company shall be submitted promptly and no later than three business days
after the date of the Transaction. The notice to the Company shall be the form attached hereto as Appendix 2, while the notice to the
Norwegian FSA shall follow the format required by the Norwegian FSA.
Copies of the notices to the Norwegian FSA through www.Altinn.no shall be submitted to the Insider Trading Officer.
5.2.3 Primary Insider’s notifications of their Close Associates
All Primary Insiders shall acknowledge receipt of the notification from the Company attached hereto as Appendix 3 and return an
updated list of its Close Associate in the format included in the notice. All Primary Insiders shall inform the Company of all subsequent
changes to their Close Associates.
All Primary Insiders shall notify their Close Associates of their obligations as Close Associates pursuant to this Insider Tra
ding Policy
and Article 19 of MAR in writing in the format attached hereto as Appendix 4 and shall keep a copy of this notification.
5.2.4 Rationale for Notification Requirement
Primary insiders typically have greater knowledge of what is happening in a company and are therefore, in many cases, better able to
evaluate the future direction of the Company’s share price. Transactions


Graphics
12
carried out by such Primary Insiders therefore represent important information for the market and for the investors’ decisions about the
Company’s shares. This is the rationale for the notification requirement for primary insiders.
6 SANCTIONS UNDER MAR
Breach of MAR is subject to criminal sanctions. According to Section 21-15 of the Securities Trading Act, breach of the prohibition
against use of Inside Information and market manipulation may be punished with fines or imprisonment of up to six years, breach of the
duty of confidentiality may be punished with fines or imprisonment of up to four years, while breach of the Primary Insider’s notification
obligation may be punished with fines or imprisonment of up to one year.
Additionally, breach of these statutory provisions or this Insider Trading Policy may have consequences for the employment relationship
or other legal relationship between the Company and the Insider.
7 INSIDER TRADING BLACK-OUT PERIOD
The Company’s insider trading black-out period will commence as follows:


Earnings release for quarter ended
Insider trading black-out period starts
31 Mar (Q1)
30 calendar days before Q1 earnings release
30 Jun (Q2)
30 calendar days before Q2 earnings release
30 Sep (Q3)
30 calendar days before Q3 earnings release
31 Dec (Q4)
30 calendar days before Q4 earnings release
For trades from 1 Jan onwards till the start of the Q4 insider trading
black-
out period (ie. 30 calendar days before the Q4 earnings release),
approval will need to be sought by Primary Insiders from the Audit
Committee before trading can occur.

A Primary insider shall not conduct any transactions on its own account or for the account of a third party, directly or indirectly, relating
to the shares or debt instruments of the Company or to derivatives or other financial instruments linked to them during a black-out period
before the announcement of an interim financial report or a year-end report which the issuer makes public.
The Company may permit a Primary Insider to trade in a black-out period on a case-by-case basis due to, inter alia, the existence of
exceptional circumstances, such as severe financial difficulty, which require the immediate sale of shares or due to the characteristics
of the trading involved for transactions made under, or related to, an employee share or saving scheme, qualification or entitlement of
shares, or transactions where the beneficial interest in the relevant security does not change, always subject to the criteria set out in as
Appendix 6.
The trading restriction dates for each year will be posted on BW LPG”s intranet once the Company’s Earnings Release dates are posted
on Oslo Børs. No quarterly reminders will be sent out and it is every insider’s responsibility to ensure that they adhere to the Company’s
insider trading guidelines.


Graphics
13
8 U.S. INSIDER TRADING RULES CONSIDERATIONS
8.1 General Prohibition Against Insider Trading
8.1.1 No Trading while in possession of, or Tipping of, Material Non-Public Information
No Company Person may, while in possession of Material Non-Public Information about the Company:
• buy, sell or otherwise engage in any transactions, directly or indirectly, in any Company Securities, except as described under
Section 8.3 “Certain Exceptions”;
• make recommendations or express opinions about trading in Company Securities on the basis of such information;
• disclose such information to any third party, including family or household members; or
• assist anyone in the above activities.
The above restrictions also apply to transacting in the securities of another company (e.g., a customer, business partner or an
economically-linked company, such as a competitor or peer company) while in possession of Material Non-Public Information relating
to such other company (to the extent there is a reasonable likelihood that such information would be considered important to an investor
in making a decision to buy, hold, sell or vote securities of such other company), when that information is obtained in the course of
employment with, or other services performed by, on behalf of or for, the Company or any subsidiary of the Company.
Transactions that may be necessary or justifiable for independent reasons (such as the need to raise money for an emergency expenditure)
are not excepted from these restrictions. Federal securities laws do not recognize mitigating circumstances and, in any event, even the
appearance of an improper transaction must be avoided to preserve the Company’s reputation for adhering to the highest standards of
conduct.
8.1.2 Material Non-Public Information
Material Information
In general, information is considered “material” if there is a reasonable likelihood that it would be considered important to an investor
in making a decision to buy, hold or sell securities. Any information that could be expected to affect a company’s share price, whether
positive or negative, and whether the change is large or small, may be considered material.
While it may be difficult under this standard to determine whether particular information is material, there are various categories of
information that are particularly sensitive and generally would be considered material. Examples of such information include:
• Financial results;
• Projections of future revenues, earnings or losses;
• Announcement of a significant new product, service or business line, or timing thereof;
• News of a pending or proposed merger;
• News of the disposition or acquisition of significant assets or a subsidiary;
• Material impairments, write-offs or restructurings;
• Creation of a material direct or contingent financial obligation;
• Impending bankruptcy or financial liquidity problems;
• Significant cybersecurity incidents;
• The gain or loss of a substantial customer or supplier;
• Changes in dividend policy;
• Significant product or service defects or modifications;
• Significant pricing changes;
• Share splits;


Graphics
14
• New equity or debt offerings;
• Significant litigation or regulatory exposure due to actual or threatened litigation, investigation or enforcement activity, or
significant developments related thereto;
• Major changes in senior management;
• Entry into material agreements not in the ordinary course of business (or amendment or termination thereof); and
• Termination or reduction of business relationship with a customer that provides material revenue to the Company.
The CEO, the CFO or other members of senior management of the Company in consultation as appropriate with the General Counsel
or his or her designee, has the authority to determine whether any information constitutes MNPI.
It is not possible to define all categories of material information as the ultimate determination of materiality by enforcement authorities
will be based on an assessment of all of the facts and circumstances. Information that is material at one point in time may cease to be
material at another point in time, and vice versa.
Non-Public Information
Information is not considered public until it has been disclosed broadly to the marketplace (for example, included in a press release or a
filing with the SEC) and the investing public has had time to absorb the information fully. Information will be considered fully absorbed
(1) if the information is released prior to 9:30 a.m. U.S. Eastern Time, on a Trading Day, by 9:30 a.m. U.S. Eastern Time on the first
Trading Day after the information is released and (2) if the information is released on or after 9:30 a.m. U.S. Eastern Time, on a Trading
Day or on a day that is not a Trading Day, by 9:30 a.m. U.S. Eastern Time on the second Trading Day after the information is released.
If, for example, the Company were to make an announcement on Monday at 8:00 a.m., the information in the announcement would be
considered public (and trades could be made) starting at 9:30 a.m. U.S. Eastern Time on Tuesday (assuming all relevant days are Trading
Days). However, if the Company were to make an announcement on Monday at 5:00 p.m., the information in the announcement would
be considered public (and trades could be made) starting at 9:30 a.m. U.S. Eastern Time on Wednesday (assuming all relevant days are
Trading Days).
8.2 Potential Criminal and Civil Liability and/or Disciplinary Action
8.5.1 Criminal and Civil Liability
Pursuant to U.S. federal, state and foreign securities laws, persons engaging in transactions in a company’s securities at a time when
they have MNPI regarding the company, or that disclose MNPI or make recommendations or express opinions on the basis of MNPI
to a person who engages in transactions in that company’s securities, may be subject to significant monetary fines and imprisonment.
The Company and its supervisory personnel also face potential civil and criminal liability if they fail to take appropriate steps to
prevent illegal insider trading.
The SEC has imposed large penalties even when the disclosing person did not profit from the trading; there is no minimum amount of
profit required for prosecution.
8.5.2 Possible Disciplinary Action
Company Persons who violate this Insider Trading Policy will be subject to disciplinary action by the Company, which may include
ineligibility for future participation in the Company’s equity incentive plans or termination of employment.


Graphics
15
Appendix 1 – Written record of delayed disclosure
On [date] [month] [year] at [**]:[**] Oslo time, the undersigned made the following written record of BW LPG LIMITED (“BW
LPG”) decision to delay public disclosure of the inside information relating to [describe inside information], which BW LPG
considers to be inside information.



The date and time when the inside information first existed within BW
LPG:

The date and time when the decision to delay the disclosure was made:

The date and time when BW LPG is likely to disclose the Inside Information:

The identity of the persons responsible for making the decision to delay disclosure
and deciding on the start of the delay and its likely end, ensuring the ongoing
monitoring of the conditions for the delay, making the decision to publicly disclose
the inside information and providing the requested information about the delay and
the written explanation to the Oslo Stock Exchange and/or the Norwegian FSA:

Description of the evidence of the initial fulfilment of the conditions for
delayed disclosure:

Description of the information barriers which have been put in place internally and
with regard to third parties to prevent access to inside information by persons other
than those who require it for the normal exercise of their employment, profession or
duties within BW LPG:

Description of the internal and external information barriers and the
arrangements put in place to disclose the relevant inside information as soon as
possible where the confidentiality is no longer ensured:


This record was updated on at : Oslo time by the undersigned, to reflect the following
event which took place on at : Oslo time, which BW LPG considered as a change of
the reason of the initial fulfilment of the conditions for delayed disclosure as set out above:



Name and signature of the person making this written record:



Graphics
16
Appendix 2 - Notification of transactions by Primary Insiders and Close Associates





1
Details of the person discharging managerial responsibilities/person closely associated
a)
Name
[For natural persons: the first name and the last name(s).]
[For legal persons: full name including legal form as provided for in the register where
it is incorporated, if applicable.]
2
Reason for the notification
a)
Position/status
[For Primary Insider: the position occupied within BW LPG should be indicated, e.g.
CEO, CFO.]
[For Close Associates,
— An indication that the notification concerns a person closely associated with a
Primary Insider;
— Name and position of the relevant Primary Insider.]
b)
Initial
notification/Amendment
[Indication that this is an initial notification or an amendment to prior notifications. In
case of amendment, explain the error that this notification is amending.]
3
Details of issuer
a)
Name
BW LPG Limited
b)
LEI
5493006WBEME88YFDW23
4
Details of the transaction(s): section to be repeated for (i) each type of instrument; (ii) each type of transaction; (iii)
each date; and (iv) each place where transactions have been conducted
a)
Description of the financial
instrument, type of instrument
Identification code
[— Indication as to the nature of the instrument:
— a share, a debt instrument, a derivative or a financial instrument linked
to a share or a debt instrument;
— Instrument identification code as defined under Commission Delegated Regulation
supplementing Regulation (EU) No 600/2014 of the European Parliament and of the
Council with regard to regulatory technical standards for the reporting of transactions
to competent authorities adopted under Article 26 of Regulation (EU) No 600/2014.]
b)
Nature of the transaction
[Description of the transaction type using, where applicable, the type of transaction
identified in Article 10 of the Commission Delegated Regulation (EU) 2016/522
adopted under Article 19(14) of Regulation (EU) No 596/2014 or a specific example set
out in Article 19(7) of Regulation (EU) No 596/2014. Pursuant to Article 19(6)(e) of
Regulation (EU) No 596/2014, it shall be indicated whether the transaction is linked to
the exercise of a share option programme.]
c)
Price(s) and volume(s)







Price(s)
Volume(s)















[Where more than one transaction of the same nature (purchases, sales, lendings,
borrows, …) on the same financial instrument are executed on the same day and on the
same place of transaction, prices and volumes of these transactions shall be reported in
this field, in a two columns form as presented above, inserting as many lines as needed.
Using the data standards for price and quantity, including where applicable the price
currency and the quantity currency, as defined under Commission Delegated
Regulation supplementing Regulation (EU) No 600/2014 of the European Parliament
and of the Council with regard to regulatory technical standards for the reporting of
transactions to competent authorities adopted under Article 26 of Regulation (EU) No
600/2014.]



Graphics
17

















d)
Aggregated information
— Aggregated volume
— Price
[The volumes of multiple transactions are aggregated when these transactions:
— relate to the same financial instrument;
— are of the same nature;
— are executed on the same day; and
— are executed on the same place of transaction.
Using the data standard for quantity, including where applicable the quantity currency,
as defined under Commission Delegated Regulation supplementing Regulation (EU)
No 600/2014 of the European Parliament and of the Council with regard to regulatory
technical standards for the reporting of transactions to competent authorities adopted
under Article 26 of Regulation (EU) No 600/2014.]

[Price information:
— In case of a single transaction, the price of the single transaction;
— In case the volumes of multiple transactions are aggregated: the weighted average
price of the aggregated transactions.
Using the data standard for price, including where applicable the price currency, as
defined under Commission Delegated Regulation supplementing Regulation (EU) No
600/2014 of the European Parliament and of the Council with regard to regulatory
technical standards for the reporting of transactions to competent authorities adopted
under Article 26 of Regulation (EU) No 600/2014.]
e)
Date of the transaction
[Date of the particular day of execution of the notified transaction. Using the ISO 8601
date format: YYYY-MM-DD; UTC time.]
f)
Place of the transaction
[Name and code to identify the MiFID trading venue, the systematic internaliser or the
organised trading platform outside of the Union where the transaction was executed as
defined under Commission Delegated Regulation supplementing Regulation (EU) No
600/2014 of the European Parliament and of the Council with regard to regulatory
technical standards for the reporting of transactions to competent authorities adopted
under Article 26 of Regulation (EU) No 600/2014, or if the transaction was not
executed on any of the above mentioned venues, please mention ‘outside a trading
venue’.]




Graphics
18
Appendix 3 - Notification to Primary Insiders
Notification to Primary Insiders
You are considered to be a person discharging managerial responsibilities (Nw. primærinsider) (“Primary Insider”) as defined in
article 3(25) of EU regulation 596/2014 on market abuse (“MAR”) within BW LPG LIMITED (“BW LPG”). Pursuant to MAR,
Primary Insiders and their Close Associates are subject to certain obligations and prohibitions. This is to notify you in writing of your
obligations under article 19 of MAR as required by article 19(5) of MAR. In addition to reading the obligations set out below, we
strongly recommend that you familiarize yourself with the obligations imposed on Primary Insiders and Close Associates in article 19
of MAR as well as EU regulation 2016/522 and EU regulation 2016/523. Each of which may be accessed through
https://www.finanstilsynet.no/tema/markedsmisbruksforordningen-mar/ (Norwegian)
https://www.finanstilsynet.no/en/topics/market-abuse-regulation-mar-in-norway/ (English).
We hereby notify you of your obligations set out in MAR article 19 and BW LPG’S internal Instructions for Handling of Inside
Information:
(i) You must obtain clearance in writing from BW LPG’s CFO as set out in BW LPG’S internal Instructions for Handling
of Inside Information prior to entering into any transactions on your own account or for the account of a third party,
directly or indirectly, relating to the financial instruments issued by BW LPG or to derivatives or other financial
instruments linked to them.
1

(ii) You must not conduct any transactions on your own account or for the account of a third party, directly or indirectly,
relating to the instruments issued by BW LPG or to derivatives or other financial instruments linked to them during a
closed period of 30 calendar days before the announcement of an interim financial report or a year-end report which BW
LPG makes public, unless explicitly permitted to do so by the CFO of BW LPG.
(iii) You must notify your Close Associates (as defined in MAR article 3(26)) (the “Close Associates”) of their obligations
under MAR article 19 in writing and you must keep a copy of the said notification. Close Associates include (a) spouses
or partners considered to be equivalent to a spouse according to your national law, (b) dependent children according to
your national law, (c) relatives who have shared the same household with you for at least one year on the date of the
transaction concerned and any legal persons, trusts or partnerships, the managerial responsibilities of which are either
discharged by you or by a person referred to in point (a), (b) or (c), directly or indirectly controlled by such a person, set
up for the benefit of such a person, or the economic interests of which are substantially equivalent to those of such a
person. The reference to “the managerial responsibilities of which are discharged” should be read to cover those cases
where you or a person referred to in point (a), (b) or (c) takes part in or influences the decisions of the legal entity to
carry out transactions in financial instruments of BW LPG. In the case of mere cross board membership, where you
exercise executive or non-executive functions, without however taking part nor influencing the decisions of that legal
entity to carry out transactions in financial instruments of BW LPG, then you should not be considered discharging
managerial responsibilities within that legal entity.

















1
This is only relevant if an obligation for clearance is resolved.



Graphics
19
(iv) You must notify BW LPG and the Norwegian FSA of each transaction, including but not limited to, the transactions set
out in Article 19 of MAR and Section 10 of regulation 2016/522 and as further described in Appendix 7 to BW LPG’s
internal Instructions for Handling of Inside Information and attached hereto for ease of reference
2
(including, but not
limited to, acquisition, disposal, short sale, subscription, exchange, acceptance or exercise of a stock option, subscription
to a capital increase or debt instrument issuance, gifts and donations made or received, and inheritance received),
conducted on your own account relating to the instruments issued by BW LPG. The notification must be made promptly
and no later than three business days after the date of the transaction. The obligation applies to any subsequent
transaction once a total amount of EUR 5,000 has been reached within a calendar year. The notification to the
Norwegian FSA must be provided through the link available through
https://www.finanstilsynet.no/tema/markedsmisbruksforordningen-mar/ (Norwegian)
https://www.finanstilsynet.no/en/topics/market-abuse-regulation-mar-in-norway/ (English) and the notification to BW
LPG must be provided by using the format attached as Appendix 2 to BW LPG’S internal Instructions for Handling of
Inside Information and attached hereto for ease of reference. When calculating whether the threshold has been reached,
the transactions carried out by a primary insider and by Close Associates to that primary insider should not be
aggregated. If transactions are carried out in a currency which is not EUR, the daily euro foreign exchange reference rate
published by the European Central Bank on its website should be used. For the purpose of the price to consider for
donations, gifts and inheritance, one should use the last published price for the financial instrument concerned on the
date of acceptance of the donation, gift or inheritance (i.e. the date of the transaction), or where such price is not
available that day, the last published price. As to the rules to calculate the price of options granted for free to managers or
employees, the options should be based on the economic value assigned to the options by BW LPG when granting them.
(v) You must as soon as possible after receipt of this notification return the table below to BW LPG, duly completed with a
list of your Close Associates (as defined in item (ii) above) and inform BW LPG immediately upon any subsequent
change to your Close Associates. If you do not want to provide the details of your Close Associates per e-mail, please
reach out to the CFO and provide the details by phone or in a secure manner.
Name of Primary Insider: …………………………………………………………………………






Name and, if legal
entity, type of entity
ID number/business
reg. number
Address
E-mail
Relation to the
Primary Insider


























Date: [Insert date]
On behalf of BW LPG LIMITED















2
Appendix 7 should be included when sending this notice to the Primary Insider.


Graphics
20
Appendix 4 – Notification to Close Associates
Notification to Close Associates
You are considered to be a person closely associated (“Close Associate”) (Nw. nærstående) of me as a person discharging managerial
responsibilities (“Primary Insider”) (Nw. primærinsider) within BW LPG LIMITED (“BW LPG”) as defined in article 3(26) of the
EU regulation 596/2014 on market abuse (“MAR”).
Pursuant to MAR, Primary Insiders and their Close Associates are subject to certain obligations and prohibitions. This is to notify you
in writing of your obligations pursuant to article 19 of MAR as required by article 19(5) of MAR. I will keep a copy of this
notification.
In addition to reading the obligations set out below, we strongly recommend that you familiarize yourself with the obligations imposed
on Primary Insiders and Close Associates in MAR article 19 as well as EU regulation 2016/522 and EU regulation 2016/523. Each of
which may be accessed through https://www.finanstilsynet.no/tema/markedsmisbruksforordningen-mar/ (Norwegian)
https://www.finanstilsynet.no/en/topics/market-abuse-regulation-mar-in-norway/ (English).
I hereby notify you of your obligations set out in MAR article 19:
(i) You must notify BW LPG and the Norwegian FSA of each transaction, including but not limited to, the transactions set out
in Article 19 of MAR and Section 10 of regulation 2016/522 and as further described in an Appendix hereto for ease of
reference
3
(including, but not limited to, acquisition, disposal, short sale, subscription, exchange, acceptance or exercise of a
stock option, subscription to a capital increase or debt instrument issuance, gifts and donations made or received, and
inheritance received), conducted on your own account relating to the instruments issued by BW LPG. The notification must
be made promptly and no later than three business days after the date of the transaction. The obligation applies to any
subsequent transaction once a total amount of EUR 5,000 has been reached within a calendar year. The notification to the
Norwegian FSA must be provided through the link available through
https://www.finanstilsynet.no/tema/markedsmisbruksforordningen-mar/ (Norwegian)
https://www.finanstilsynet.no/en/topics/market-abuse-regulation-mar-in-norway/ (English) and the notification to BW LPG
must be provided by using the format attached as an Appendix hereto.
4
When calculating whether the threshold has been
reached, the transactions carried out by a primary insider and by Close Associates to that primary insider should not be
aggregated. If transactions are carried out in a currency which is not EUR, the daily euro foreign exchange reference rate
published by the European Central Bank on its website should be used. For the purpose of the price to consider for donations,
gifts and inheritance, one should use the last published price for the financial instrument concerned on the date of acceptance
of the donation, gift or inheritance (i.e. the date of the transaction), or where such price is not available that day, the last
published price. Further guidance on how to calculate the threshold may be found here:
https://www.esma.europa.eu/document/qa-market-abuse-regulation.
(ii) You should be cautious if you conduct any transactions on your own account or for the account of a third party, directly or
indirectly, relating to the instruments issued by BW LPG or to derivatives or other financial instruments linked to them
during a closed period of 30 calendar days before the announcement of an interim financial report or a year-end report which
BW LPG makes public, noting that Primary Insiders are not permitted to conduct any transactions in such periods unless
explicitly permitted to do so by BW LPG.
Date: [Insert date],
[Insert name of Primary Insider]











3
Appendix 7 should be included when sending this notice to the Primary Insider.
4
Appendix 2 should be included when sending this notice to the Primary Insider.


Graphics
21
Appendix 5 – Routines for secure handling of inside information
1 Technical devices
• Use password protection on PC, tablets, phones and other electronic devices that contain Inside Information. Change
password on a routinely basis.
• Do not store Inside Information locally in PC hard disks.
• Make sure you have solutions in place for remote disabling of phones/tablets that are synced with your email, in case of
loss/theft.
• Always log off devices with access to Inside Information before leaving them.
2 Document handling
• Protect documents. All documents with Inside Information should be sent via secure channels or be secured with password
protection.
• Be careful when distributing Inside Information. Do not distribute Inside Information directly by email, but put the
information in a password protected document (Word, PowerPoint, Excel, PDF, etc.)
• Limited access to files and documents. In certain events as decided by the chief financial officer/investor relation officer,
documents should be placed in restricted folders. In such cases, chief financial officer/investor relation officer is responsible
ensuring that no unauthorized person has access to such restricted folders and documents. User access can only be given by
requesting this by email to chief financial officer/investor relation officer.
• Consider carefully whether you need to keep Inside Information as printed documents. Each individual is responsible
for ensuring that confidential information kept as printed documents does not get in possession of unauthorized persons.
• Be careful when printing. Do not print documents through printers in common areas without picking up the print
immediately.
• Do not use memory sticks unless they are password protected. They can easily be lost.
• Secure physical documents: When leaving your work space: make sure to lock in documents. Documents should be
shredded once there is no need to keep them. Documents that are put away to be destroyed or shredded must be put in a
secure box, not through regular recycling.
3 Personal routines
• Be careful when mentioning anything related to Inside Information. Do not discuss Inside Information in front of others,
either by phone or through regular conversations.
• Communication channels. Consider if communication through written channel is secured, or if it should be done through
verbal channels.
• Clean desk. Especially when handling Inside Information kept through physical documents.
• “Clean room”. Make sure to never leave documents with Inside Information at meeting rooms or common areas. Also,
secure clean boards; remove flip-over-sheets and all other traces when leaving the room.
• Misplaced Inside Information. If you get access to or find documents that might be Inside Information, for instance at a
printer, in meeting rooms or other areas, make sure to inform the chief financial officer/investor relation officer and destroy
the documents immediately.


Graphics
22
Appendix 6 – Criteria for trading in closed periods
1. BW LPG may only allow a Primary Insider within it to trade on its own account or for the account of a third party during a
closed period if permitted pursuant to MAR and Commission Delegated Regulation (EU) 2016/522 supplementing MAR,
meaning, either:
(a) on a case-by-case basis due to the existence of exceptional circumstances, such as severe financial difficulty, which
require the immediate sale of shares; or
(b) due to the characteristics of the trading involved for transactions made under, or related to, an employee share or
saving scheme, qualification or entitlement of shares, or transactions where the beneficial interest in the relevant
security does not change; and
the Primary Insider is able to demonstrate that the particular transaction cannot be executed at another moment in time than
during the closed period.
2. In the circumstances set out in 1(a) above, prior to any trading during the closed period, a Primary Insider shall provide a
reasoned written request to BW LPG for obtaining BW LPG’S permission to proceed with immediate sale of shares of that
issuer during a closed period. The written request shall describe the envisaged transaction and provide an explanation of why
the sale of shares is the only reasonable alternative to obtain the necessary financing.
3. When deciding whether to grant permission to proceed with immediate sale of its shares during a closed period, an issuer
shall make a case-by-case assessment of a written request referred to above. BW LPG shall have the right to permit the
immediate sale of shares only when the circumstances for such transactions may be deemed exceptional. Such circumstances
shall be considered to be exceptional when they are extremely urgent, unforeseen and compelling and where their cause is
external to the Primary Insider and the Primary Insider has no control over them. When examining whether the circumstances
described in the written request are exceptional, BW LPG shall take into account, among other indicators, whether and to the
extent to which the Primary Insider:
(a) is at the moment of submitting its request facing a legally enforceable financial commitment or claim;
(b) has to fulfil or is in a situation entered into before the beginning of the closed period and requiring the payment of
sum to a third party, including tax liability, and cannot reasonably satisfy a financial commitment or claim by means
other than immediate sale of shares.
4. BW LPG shall have the right to permit the Primary Insider within BW LPG to trade on its own account or for the account of
a third party during a closed period, including but not limited to circumstances where that Primary Insider:
(a) had been awarded or granted financial instruments under an employee scheme, provided that the following
conditions are met:
a. the employee scheme and its terms have been previously approved by BW LPG in accordance with
national law and the terms of the employee scheme specify the timing of the award or the grant and the
amount of financial instruments awarded or granted, or the basis on which such an amount is calculated and
given that no discretion can be exercised;
b. the Primary Insider does not have any discretion as to the acceptance of the financial instruments awarded
or granted;
(b) had been awarded or granted financial instruments under an employee scheme that takes place in the closed period
provided that a pre-planned and organised approach is followed regarding the conditions, the periodicity, the time of
the award, the group of entitled persons to whom the financial instruments are granted and the amount of financial
instruments to be awarded, the


Graphics
23
award or grant of financial instruments takes place under a defined framework under which any inside information
cannot influence the award or grant of financial instruments;
(c) exercises options or warrants or conversion of convertible bonds assigned to him under an employee scheme when
the expiration date of such options, warrants or convertible bonds falls within a closed period, as well as sales of the
shares acquired pursuant to such exercise or conversion, provided that all of the following conditions are met:
a. the Primary Insider notifies BW LPG of its choice to exercise or convert at least four months before the
expiration date;
b. the decision of the Primary Insider is irrevocable;
c. the Primary Insider has received the authorisation from BW LPG prior to proceed;
(d) acquires BW LPG’S financial instruments under an employee saving scheme, provided that all of the following
conditions are met:
a. the Primary Insider has entered into the scheme before the closed period, except when it cannot enter into
the scheme at another time due to the date of commencement of employment;
b. the Primary Insider does not alter the conditions of his participation into the scheme or cancel his
participation into the scheme during the closed period;
c. the purchase operations are clearly organised under the scheme terms and that the Primary Insider has no
right or legal possibility to alter them during the closed period, or are planned under the scheme to
intervene at a fixed date which falls in the closed period;
(e) transfers or receives, directly or indirectly, financial instruments, provided that the financial instruments are
transferred between two accounts of the Primary Insider and that such a transfer does not result in a change in price
of financial instruments;
(f) acquires qualification or entitlement of shares of BW LPG and the final date for such an acquisition, under BW
LPG’S statute, bye-law or such other constitutional documents falls during the closed period, provided that the
Primary Insider submits evidence to BW LPG of the reasons for the acquisition not taking place at another time, and
BW LPG is satisfied with the provided explanation.


Graphics
24
Appendix 7 – Transactions to be notified by Primary Insiders and Close Associates
Subject to items 20 and 21 below, transactions conducted on their own account relating to the listed shares or debt instruments of BW
LPG or to derivatives or other financial instruments linked thereto must be notified by Primary Insiders and Close Associates,
including, but not limited to:
1. the pledging or lending of financial instruments by or on behalf of a Primary Insider or a Close Associate (but not if the
pledge, or a similar security interest, is done in connection with the depositing of the financial instruments in a custody
account, unless and until such time that such pledge or other security interest is designated to secure a specific credit facility);
2. transactions undertaken by persons professionally arranging or executing transactions or by another person on behalf of a
Primary Insider or a Close Associate, including where discretion is exercised;
3. transactions made under a life insurance policy, defined in accordance with Directive 2009/138/EC of the European
Parliament and of the Council (26), where
(a) the policyholder is a Primary Insider or a Close Associate,
(b) the investment risk is borne by the policyholder, and
(c) the policyholder has the power or discretion to make investment decisions regarding specific instruments in that life
insurance policy or to execute transactions regarding specific instruments for that life insurance policy.
4. acquisition, disposal, short sale, subscription or exchange;
5. acceptance or exercise of a stock option, including of a stock option granted to managers or employees as part of their
remuneration package, and the disposal of shares stemming from the exercise of a stock option;
6. entering into or exercise of equity swaps;
7. transactions in or related to derivatives, including cash-settled transaction;
8. entering into a contract for difference on a financial instrument of the concerned issuer;
9. acquisition, disposal or exercise of rights, including put and call options, and warrants;
10. subscription to a capital increase or debt instrument issuance;
11. transactions in derivatives and financial instruments linked to a debt instrument of the concerned issuer, including credit
default swaps;
12. conditional transactions upon the occurrence of the conditions and actual execution of the transactions;
13. automatic or non-automatic conversion of a financial instrument into another financial instrument, including the exchange of
convertible bonds to shares;
14. gifts and donations made or received, and inheritance received;
15. transactions executed in index-related products, baskets and derivatives;
16. transactions executed in shares or units of investment funds, including alternative investment funds (AIFs);
17. transactions executed by manager of an AIF in which a Primary Insider or a Close Associate has invested;
18. transactions executed by a third party under an individual portfolio or asset management mandate on behalf or for the benefit
of a Primary Insider or a Close Associate;
19. borrowing or lending of shares or debt instruments of the issuer or derivatives or other financial instruments linked thereto.


Graphics
25
The notification obligation does not apply to:
20. Transactions in financial instruments linked to shares or to debt instruments of the issuer referred to in that paragraph where
at the time of the transaction any of the following conditions is met:
(a) the financial instrument is a unit or share in a collective investment undertaking in which the exposure to the
issuer’s shares or debt instruments does not exceed 20 % of the assets held by the collective investment
undertaking;
(b) the financial instrument provides exposure to a portfolio of assets in which the exposure to the issuer’s shares or
debt instruments does not exceed 20 % of the portfolio’s assets;
(c) the financial instrument is a unit or share in a collective investment undertaking or provides exposure to a
portfolio of assets and the person discharging managerial responsibilities or a Close Associate does not know,
and could not know, the investment composition or exposure of such collective investment undertaking or
portfolio of assets in relation to the issuer’s shares or debt instruments, and furthermore there is no reason for that
person to believe that the issuer’s shares or debt instruments exceed the thresholds in point (a) or (b).
If information regarding the investment composition of the collective investment undertaking or exposure to the portfolio of
assets is available, then the Primary Insider or a Close Associate shall make all reasonable efforts to avail themselves of that
information.
21. Finally, transactions executed in shares or debt instruments of an issuer or derivatives or other financial instruments linked
thereto by managers of a collective investment undertaking in which the Primary Insider or Close Associate has invested do
not need to be notified where the manager of the collective investment undertaking operates with full discretion, which
excludes the manager receiving any instructions or suggestions on portfolio composition directly or indirectly from investors
in that collective investment undertaking.



Graphics
Exhibit 12.1
CERTIFICATION OF THE CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER
PURSUANT TO SECTION 302 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002
I, Kristian Sørensen, certify that:
1. I have reviewed this annual report on Form 20-F of BW LPG Limited;
2. Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact
necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading
with respect to the period covered by this report;
3. Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all
material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the company as of, and for, the periods
presented in this report;
4. The company’s other certifying officer(s) and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and
procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) for the company and have:
(a) Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed
under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the company, including its consolidated
subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report
is being prepared;
(b) Evaluated the effectiveness of the company’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our
conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by
this report based on such evaluation; and
(c) Disclosed in this report any change in the company’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during
the period covered by the annual report that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the
company’s internal control over financial reporting; and
5. The company’s other certifying officer(s) and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over
financial reporting, to the company’s auditors and the audit committee of the company’s board of directors (or persons performing
the equivalent functions):
(a) All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial
reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the company’s ability to record, process, summarize and
report financial information; and
(b) Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the
company’s internal control over financial reporting.
Date: 28 March 2025
/s/ Kristian Sørensen



Kristian Sørensen



Chief Executive Officer



BW LPG Limited



Graphics
Exhibit 12.2
CERTIFICATION OF THE CHIEF FINANCIAL OFFICER
PURSUANT TO SECTION 302 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002
I, Samantha Xu, certify that:
1. I have reviewed this annual report on Form 20-F of BW LPG Limited;
2. Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact
necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading
with respect to the period covered by this report;
3. Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all
material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the company as of, and for, the periods
presented in this report;
4. The company’s other certifying officer(s) and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and
procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) for the company and have:
(a) Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed
under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the company, including its consolidated
subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report
is being prepared;
(b) Evaluated the effectiveness of the company’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our
conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by
this report based on such evaluation; and
(c) Disclosed in this report any change in the company’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during
the period covered by the annual report that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the
company’s internal control over financial reporting; and
5. The company’s other certifying officer(s) and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over
financial reporting, to the company’s auditors and the audit committee of the company’s board of directors (or persons performing
the equivalent functions):
(a) All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial
reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the company’s ability to record, process, summarize and
report financial information; and
(b) Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the
company’s internal control over financial reporting.
Date: 28 March 2025
/s/ Samantha Xu



Samantha Xu



Chief Financial Officer



BW LPG Limited



Graphics
Exhibit 13.1
CERTIFICATION PURSUANT TO SECTION 906 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002
Pursuant to section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 (subsections (a) and (b) of Section 1350, Chapter 63 of Title 18, United
States Code), each undersigned officer of BW LPG Limited, a public limited company incorporated under the laws of Singapore
(“BW LPG”), hereby certifies, to such officer’s knowledge, that:
The Annual Report on Form 20-F for the year ended 31 December 2024 (the “Report”) of BW LPG fully complies with the
requirements of section 13(a) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 and information contained in the Report fairly presents, in all
material respects, the financial condition and results of operations of BW LPG.
Date: 28 March 2025


By:
/s/ Kristian Sørensen

Name:
Kristian Sørensen

Title:
Chief Executive Officer


BW LPG Limited



Date: 28 March 2025



By:
/s/ Samantha Xu

Name:
Samantha Xu

Title:
Chief Financial Officer


BW LPG Limited



Graphics
Exhibit 15.1
CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM
We consent to the incorporation by reference in the registration statement (No 333-280892) on Form S-8 of our report dated March
28, 2025, with respect to the consolidated financial statements of BW LPG Limited and subsidiaries.
/s/ KPMG LLP
Singapore
March 28, 2025



Graphics
Exhibit 97.1

BW LPG LIMITED
(the “Company”)
POLICY CONCERNING RECOVERY OF
ERRONEOUSLY AWARDED COMPENSATION
(Claw-back Policy)
Adopted by the Board of Directors on 8 April 2024
A. Introduction
The Board of Directors of the Company (the “Board”) believes that it is in the best interests of the Company and its shareholders to
create and maintain a culture that emphasizes integrity and accountability and that reinforces the Company’s pay-for-performance
compensation philosophy. The Board has therefore adopted this policy which provides for the recovery of erroneously awarded
incentive compensation in the event that the Company is required to prepare an accounting restatement due to material noncompliance
of the Company with any financial reporting requirements under the United States federal securities laws (the “Policy”). This Policy is
designed to comply with Section 10D of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”), the rules or
regulations of the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”) thereunder, and applicable standards of the New York
Stock Exchange (“NYSE” and such standards, the “Listing Standards”), including any official interpretive guidance.
B. Administration
This Policy shall be administered by the independent members of the Board or, if so designated by the Board, the Remuneration
Committee of the Board, in which case references herein to the Board shall be deemed references to the Remuneration Committee.
Any determinations made by the Board shall be final and binding on all affected individuals.
Subject to any limitation under applicable law, the Board or Remuneration Committee may authorize and empower any officer or
employee of the Company to take any and all actions necessary or appropriate to carry out the purpose and intent of this Policy (other
than with respect to any recovery under this Policy involving such officer or employee).
C. Covered Executives
This Policy applies to the Company’s current and former executive officers, as determined by the Board in accordance with the
definition in Section 10D of the Exchange Act and the Listing Standards, and such other executive officers who may from time to time
be deemed subject to the Policy by the Board (“Covered Executives”). For the avoidance of doubt, Covered Executives will include
at least the following Company officers: Chief Executive Officer, Chief Financial Officer and the Principal Accounting Officer.


Graphics
2
This Policy covers Incentive Compensation received by a person after beginning service as a Covered Executive and who served as a
Covered Executive at any time during the performance period for that Incentive Compensation.
D. Recovery; Accounting Restatement
In the event the Company is required to prepare an accounting restatement of its financial statements filed with the SEC due to the
Company’s material noncompliance with any financial reporting requirement under the securities laws, including any required
accounting restatement to correct an error in previously issued financial statements that is material to the previously issued financial
statements or that would result in a material misstatement if the error were corrected in the current period or left uncorrected in the
current period (an “Accounting Restatement”), the Company will recover reasonably promptly any excess Incentive Compensation
received by any Covered Executive during the three completed fiscal years immediately preceding the date on which the Company is
required to prepare an Accounting Restatement, including transition periods resulting from a change in the Company’s fiscal year as
provided in Rule 10D-1 of the Exchange Act. Incentive Compensation is deemed “received” in the Company’s fiscal period during
which the Financial Reporting Measure specified in the Incentive Compensation award is attained, even if the payment or grant of the
Incentive Compensation occurs after the end of that period.
The determination of the time when the Company is “required” to prepare an Accounting Restatement shall be made in accordance with
applicable SEC and national securities exchange rules and regulations.
An Accounting Restatement does not include situations in which financial statement changes did not result from material non-
compliance with financial reporting requirements, such as, but not limited to retrospective: (i) application of a change in accounting
principles; (ii) revision to reportable segment information due to a change in the structure of the Company’s internal organization; (iii)
reclassification due to a discontinued operation; (iv) application of a change in reporting entity, such as from a reorganization of entities
under common control; (v) adjustment to provision amounts in connection with a prior business combination; and (vi) revision for stock
splits, stock dividends, reverse stock splits or other changes in capital structure.
E. Incentive Compensation
For purposes of this Policy, “Incentive Compensation” means any compensation that is granted, earned, or vested based wholly or in
part upon the attainment of a Financial Reporting Measure, including, for example:
• bonuses or awards (equity and non-equity) under the Company’s short and long-term incentive plans that are earned based,
wholly or in part, on the satisfaction of a Financial Reporting Measure performance target;
• proceeds received upon the sale of shares acquired though an incentive plan that were granted or vested based, wholly or in part,
on the satisfaction of a Financial Reporting Measure performance target;
• grants and awards under the Company’s equity incentive plans that are earned based, wholly or in part, on the satisfaction of a
Financial Reporting Measure performance target;
• contributions of such bonuses or awards to the Company’s deferred compensation plans or other employee benefit plans that are
earned based, wholly or in part, on the satisfaction of a Financial Reporting Measure performance target;


Graphics
3
• Bonuses paid from a “bonus pool,” the size of which is determined, wholly or in part, based on satisfaction of a Financial
Reporting Measure performance target, and
• cash awards earned based, wholly or in part, on the satisfaction of a Financial Reporting Measure performance target.
Incentive Compensation for the purposes of this Policy does not include:
• awards (equity and non-equity) which are granted, earned and vested without regard to attainment of Financial Reporting
Measures, such as time-vesting awards, discretionary awards and awards based wholly on subjective standards, strategic measures
or operational measures;
• base salaries (except salary increase that are earned based, wholly or in part, on the satisfaction of a Financial Reporting Measure
performance target);
• awards (equity and non-equity) that vest solely based on the passage of time and/or the satisfaction of performance targets that are
not Financial Reporting Measures;
• Bonuses paid solely at the discretion of the Committee or Board that are not paid from a “bonus pool” that is determined by
satisfying a Financial Reporting Measure performance target, and
• proceeds received upon the sale of shares acquired though an incentive plan that were granted or vested without regard to
attainment of Financial Reporting Measures; such as vesting or granting based on time, discretionary judgment or other subjective
standards, strategic measures or operational measures.
“Financial Reporting Measures” are those that are determined and presented in accordance with the accounting principles used in
preparing the Company’s financial statements (including non-GAAP financial measures) and any measures derived wholly or in part
from such financial measures. A measure need not be presented within the financial statements or included in a filing with the SEC to
constitute a Financial Reporting Measure for purposes of this Policy. For the avoidance of doubt, Financial Reporting Measures include,
but are not limited to: stock price and total shareholder return.
F. Excess Incentive Compensation: Amount Subject to Recovery
The amount(s) to be recovered from the Covered Executive will be the amount(s) by which the Covered Executive’s Incentive
Compensation for the relevant period(s) exceeded the amount(s) that the Covered Executive otherwise would have received had such
Incentive Compensation been determined based on the restated amounts contained in the Accounting Restatement. All amounts shall be
computed without regard to taxes paid.
For Incentive Compensation based on Financial Reporting Measures such as stock price or total shareholder return, where the amount
of excess compensation is not subject to mathematical recalculation directly from the information in an Accounting Restatement, the
Board will calculate the amount to be reimbursed based on a reasonable estimate of the effect of the Accounting Restatement on such
Financial Reporting Measure upon which the Incentive Compensation was received. The Company will maintain documentation of that
reasonable estimate and will provide such documentation to the applicable national securities exchange.
G. Method of Recovery
The Board will determine, in its sole discretion, the method(s) for recovering reasonably promptly excess Incentive Compensation
hereunder. Such methods may include, without limitation:


Graphics
4
(i) requiring reimbursement of Incentive Compensation previously paid;
(ii) forfeiting any compensation contribution made under the Company’s deferred compensation plans, as well as any matching
amounts and earnings thereon;
(iii) seeking recovery of any gain realized on the vesting, exercise, settlement, sale, transfer, or other disposition of any equity-
based awards;
(iv) cancelling outstanding vested or unvested equity awards;
(v) offsetting the recovered amount from any compensation that the Covered Executive may earn or be awarded in the future
(including, for the avoidance of doubt, recovering amounts earned or awarded in the future to such individual equal to
compensation paid or deferred into tax-qualified plans or plans subject to the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of
1974 (collectively, “Exempt Plans”); provided that, no such recovery will be made from amounts held in any Exempt Plan of
the Company);
(vi) taking any other remedial and recovery action permitted by law, as determined by the Board; and/or
(vii) some combination of the foregoing.
H. Disclosure Requirements
The Company shall file all disclosures with respect to this Policy required by applicable SEC filings and rules.
I. No Indemnification or Advance
The Company shall not indemnify any Covered Executives against the loss of any incorrectly awarded Incentive Compensation.
J. Interpretation
The Board is authorized to interpret and construe this Policy and to make all determinations necessary, appropriate, or advisable for the
administration of this Policy. It is intended that this Policy be interpreted in a manner that is consistent with the requirements of Section
10D of the Exchange Act, any applicable rules or regulations adopted by the SEC, and the Listing Standards.
K. Effective Date
This Policy shall be effective as of the date it is adopted by the Board (the “Effective Date”) and shall apply to Incentive Compensation
that is received by Covered Executives on or after the date on which a registration statement that registers the Company’s securities
under the Exchange Act is declared effective (even if such Incentive Compensation was approved, awarded, or granted to Covered
Executives prior to such date) and that results from attainment of a Financial Reporting Measure based on or derived from financial
information for any fiscal period ending on or after the Effective Date. In addition, this Policy is intended to be and will be incorporated
as an essential term and condition of any Incentive Compensation agreement, plan or program that the Company establishes or maintains
on or after the Effective Date.


Graphics
5
L. Amendment; Termination
The Board may amend this Policy from time to time in its discretion and shall amend this Policy as it deems necessary to reflect final
regulations adopted or amended by the SEC under Section 10D of the Exchange Act and to comply with the Listing Standards and any
other rules or standards adopted by a national securities exchange on which the Company’s securities are listed. The Board may terminate
this Policy at any time.
M. Relationship to Other Plans and Agreements
The Board intends that this Policy will be applied to the fullest extent of the law. The Board may require that any employment agreement,
equity award agreement or similar agreement relating to Incentive Compensation received on or after the Effective Date shall, as a
condition to the grant of any benefit thereunder, require a Covered Executive to agree to abide by the terms of this Policy. Any right of
recovery under this Policy is in addition to, and not in lieu of, any (i) other remedies or rights of compensation recovery that may be
available to the Company pursuant to the terms of any similar policy in any employment agreement, or similar agreement relating to
Incentive Compensation, unless any such agreement expressly prohibits such right of recovery; provided that such additional right shall
not entitle the Company to recover Incentive Compensation in respect of an Accounting Restatement under both this Policy and any
similar policy or agreement; provided, further that in such event, the Company shall recover such Incentive Compensation under this
Policy; and (ii) any other legal remedies available to the Company. The provisions of this Policy are in addition to (and not in lieu of)
any rights to repayment the Company may have under Section 304 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 and other applicable laws.
However, this Policy shall not provide for recovery of Incentive Compensation that the Company has already recovered pursuant to
Section 304 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act or other recovery obligations.
N. Acknowledgment
Upon receipt of this Policy, each Covered Executive is required to complete the Receipt and Acknowledgement attached as Schedule A
to this Policy.
This Policy shall apply to, and be enforceable against any Covered Executive and his or her Successor (as specified in Section P of this
Policy) regardless of whether or not such Covered Executive properly signs and returns to the Company such Receipt and
Acknowledgement Form, and regardless of whether or not such Covered Executive is aware of his or her status as such.
O. Impracticability
The Company shall recover any excess Incentive Compensation in accordance with this Policy, except to the extent that any of
conditions(i), (ii) or (iii) below are met and a majority of independent directors serving on the Board has determined that such recovery
would be impracticable, all in accordance with Rule 10D-1 of the Exchange Act and the Listing Standards or any other securities
exchange on which the Company’s shares are listed in the future.
(i) the direct expense paid to a third party to assist in enforcing the Policy would exceed the amount to be recovered. Before
reaching this conclusion, the Company must make a reasonable attempt to recover the excess compensation, document the
reasonable attempt(s) taken to so recover, and provide that documentation to NYSE;


Graphics
6
(ii) recovery would violate the Company’s home country law where that law was adopted prior to November 28, 2022; before
reaching this conclusion, the Company must obtain an opinion of home country counsel, acceptable to NYSE, that recovery
would result in such a violation, and must provide such opinion to NYSE; or
(iii) recovery would likely cause an otherwise tax-qualified retirement plan, under which benefits are broadly available to employees
of the registrant, to fail to meet the requirements of 26 U.S.C. 401(a)(13) or 26 U.S.C. 411(a) and regulations thereunder.
P. Successors
This Policy shall be binding and enforceable against all Covered Executives and their beneficiaries, heirs, executors, administrators or
other legal representatives.


Graphics
7
Schedule A
INCENTIVE-BASED COMPENSATION CLAWBACK POLICY
RECEIPT AND ACKNOWLEDGEMENT
I, , hereby acknowledge that I have received and read a copy of the
Incentive Compensation Recovery Policy (the “Policy”). As a condition of my receipt of any Incentive Compensation as defined in the
Policy, I hereby agree to the terms of the Policy. I further agree that if recovery of excess Incentive Compensation is required pursuant
to the Policy, the Company (as defined in the Policy) shall, to the fullest extent permitted by governing laws, require such recovery from
me up to the amount by which the Incentive Compensation received by me, and amounts paid or payable pursuant or with respect
thereto, constituted excess Incentive Compensation. If any such reimbursement, reduction, cancelation, forfeiture, repurchase,
recoupment, offset against future grants or awards and/or other method of recovery does not fully satisfy the amount due, I agree to pay
the remaining unpaid balance to the Company.
Signature

Date
Name
Title

Graphics

KPMG LLP
12 Marina View #15-01
Asia Square Tower 2
Singapore 018961
Telephone +65 6213 3388
Fax +65 6225 0984
Internet kpmg.com.sg



Report on Other Legal and Regulatory Requirements

To the Shareholders and Board of Directors
BW LPG Limited:
Report on Compliance with Regulation on European Single Electronic Format (ESEF)

Opinion

As part of the audit of the financial statements of BW LPG Limited we have performed an assurance engagement
to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements included in the annual report, with the file
name “5493006WBEME88YFDW23-2024-12-31-0-en” (the “ESEF file”) , have been prepared, in all material
respects, in compliance with the requirements of the Commission Delegated Regulation (EU) 2019/815 on the
European Single Electronic Format (ESEF Regulation) and regulation pursuant to Section 5-5 of the Norwegian
Securities Trading Act, which includes requirements related to the preparation of the annual report in XHTML
format, and iXBRL tagging of the consolidated financial statements.

In our opinion, the financial statements, included in the annual report, have been prepared, in all material respects,
in compliance with the ESEF regulation.

Management’s Responsibilities

Management is responsible for the preparation of the annual report in compliance with the ESEF regulation. This
responsibility comprises an adequate process and such internal control as Management determines is necessary.

Auditors’ Responsibilities

Our responsibility, based on audit evidence obtained, is to express an opinion on whether, in all material respects,
the financial statements included in the annual report have been prepared in compliance with ESEF. We conduct
our work in compliance with the International Standard for Assurance Engagements (ISAE) 3000 – “Assurance
engagements other than audits or reviews of historical financial information”. The standard requires us to plan
and perform procedures to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements included in the
annual report have been prepared in compliance with the ESEF Regulation.

As part of our work, we have performed procedures to obtain an understanding of the Company’s processes for
preparing the financial statements in compliance with the ESEF Regulation. We examine whether the financial
statements are presented in XHTML-format. We evaluate the completeness and accuracy of the iXBRL tagging
of the consolidated financial statements and assess Management’s use of judgement. Our procedures include
reconciliation of the iXBRL tagged data with the audited financial statements in human-readable format. We
believe that the evidence we have obtained is sufficient and appropriate to provide a basis for our opinion.


/s/ KPMG LLP

Singapore
28 March 2025


Graphics
Shipping, trading, infrastructure
Cleaner energy for a changing world
BW LPG INTEGRATED ANNUAL REPORT 2024

Graphics
BUSINESS & STRATEGY
SUSTAINABILITY
GOVERNANCE
APPENDIX
CONTENTS SEARCH
BW LPG
INTEGRATED
ANNUAL REPORT 2024
2
A year of growth and positive change
Listed on
Oslo Stock Exchange
(BWLPG) since
November 2013
Listed on
New York Stock Exchange
(BWLP) since
April 2024
>74%
Paid out more than 74% of earnings as
dividends since the IPO in 2013
Return-focused company with a proven
track record through the cycles
~US$1.7BN
Market cap (as of 31.12.24)
Who we are
BW LPG is the world’s leading owner and
operator of LPG vessels, with a fleet of over
50 Very Large Gas Carriers (VLGCs) and a
total carrying capacity of over 4 million CBM.
We have diversified our offering upstream into
LPG trading and downstream into onshore
infrastructure and distribution.
What is LPG?
LPG is a cleaner burning fuel that plays an
important role in our transition to a
lower-carbon future. It is a by-product of the
oil and gas processing industry. It plays an
important role in improving lives across the
developing part of the world where it is often
used to replace coal, wood and other biomass
for heating and cooking. Because LPG has
lower sulphur and carbon dioxide emissions, is
cheap, and easy to transport and use, LPG can
be easily adopted for cooking and heating in
areas where access to more advanced
grid-scale energy solutions is not yet available.
Infrastructure
Stored in onshore
terminals
Local distribution
Distributed by pipelines and
trucks to end users
Shipping
Shipped in liquid form
around the world
Trading
Traded on international markets
Exploration and production
LPG is a natural by-product of
oil and natural gas
Refining
Consists of propane and
butane which are extracted
in refineries
Capturing value across the LPG value chain






Graphics
BUSINESS & STRATEGY
SUSTAINABILITY
GOVERNANCE
APPENDIX
CONTENTS SEARCH
BW LPG
INTEGRATED
ANNUAL REPORT 2024
3
Building on our past, looking to our future
1940
JANUARY
FEBRUARY
MARCH
APRIL
MAY
JUNE
JULY
AUGUST
SEPTEMBER
OCTOBER
NOVEMBER
DECEMBER
1960
1950
1970
1980
1990
2000
2010
2014
2013
2012
2011
2018
2017
2016
2015
2023
2022
2021
2019
2025
2024
Sigval Bergesen
establishes
Bergesen & Co.
in Norway
Sir Yue-Kong
Pao establishes
Worldwide
Shipping
in Singapore
Acquired
Maersk Tankers’
VLGC fleet
Established BW LPG India –
a joint venture between
BW LPG and Global
United Shipping
Acquired Vilma
Oil’s LPG trading
operations
Maas Capital
acquired a
42% stake in
BW LPG India
Ringing the bell on our
dual listing on NYSE
BW LPG agrees to acquire
12 VLGCs from Avance Gas
Worldwide Shipping
acquires Bergesen to
become BW Group
2024: Looking to our future with a year of transformation
A 90-year heritage in global shipping
Deal with Enterprise
Terminal to increase cargo
volume in the US Gulf
US$30 million investment
in Confidence Petroleum
in India
Redomiciled from
Bermuda to
Singapore
Successfully completed
the delivery of 12 VLGCs
from Avance Gas
BW LPG lists
on Oslo Børs
Acquired
Aurora LPG
All 15 LPG retrofitted
dual-fuel-powered
VLGCs on water
Launched Product
Services division






Graphics
BUSINESS & STRATEGY
SUSTAINABILITY
GOVERNANCE
APPENDIX
CONTENTS SEARCH
BW LPG
INTEGRATED
ANNUAL REPORT 2024
4
Beijing
Houston
Oslo
Manila
Singapore
Chennai
Dubai
Madrid
Mumbai
A leading global presence in three distinct inter-connected businesses
BW LPG operates in a global
market that never sleeps.
With a network of offices and
shipping routes across the world,
we provide 24/7 support for our
customers’ commercial and
operational needs.
Sources and delivers LPG directly
to a global network of buyers.
>5 MT
Physical volume of LPG trade in 2024
Product Services
Our trading arm
>50 VLGCs
Total carrying capacity of over 4 million CBM
World’s leading owner and operator of Very Large Gas Carriers

Shipping
Our core business
US$40M
Investment into downstream distribution
and ready for terminal investment
Growing our downstream terminal
infrastructure and LPG distribution presence.
Infrastructure
Our value chain assets
fi
fi
Major LPG trade routes






Graphics
BUSINESS & STRATEGY
SUSTAINABILITY
GOVERNANCE
APPENDIX
CONTENTS SEARCH
BW LPG
INTEGRATED
ANNUAL REPORT 2024
5
A clear strategy for growth
in an evolving market
7 CEO’S LETTER
Shipping, trading, infrastructure –
cleaner energy for a changing world
9 PURPOSE, VISION, VALUES
Delivering energy for a better world
10 SUSTAINABILITY OVERVIEW
11 BUSINESS MODEL
12 HIGHLIGHTS
14 SHARE PERFORMANCE
16 SHIPPING
20 TRADING
22 INFRASTRUCTURE
Safely delivering cleaner
fuels for a better world
26 SUMMARY OF KEY DATA AND INFORMATION
Cleaner fuels for a better world
28 MATERIAL TOPICS
Focusing on what matters most
30 STAKEHOLDER ENGAGEMENT
Collaboration for impactful change
32 ESG 2024 PERFORMANCE DASHBOARD
Tracking our ESG progress
35 PARTNERSHIPS
Memberships and associations
36 ENVIRONMENT
– Our roadmap to net zero
– Commitment to a clean economy
39 SOCIAL
– Putting safety first
– Building an inclusive workforce
– Enhancing communities & fostering
partnerships
43 GOVERNANCE
Living by our principles
Stewardship for long-term
value creation
45 CORPORATE GOVERNANCE REPORT
52 RISK MANAGEMENT

Resilient strategies for a changing world
55 LEADERSHIP
Robust leadership for sustainable growth
58 REMUNERATION REPORT
Further
information
63 ESG METRICS
– Environmental data
– Social data
– Governance data
66 ESG METRICS COMMENTS
– Environmental data comments
– Social data comments
– Governance data comments
69 ESG INDEXES
– Global Reporting Initiative (GRI)
– Sustainability Accounting Standards
Board (SASB)
– Task Force on Climate-related Financial
Disclosures (TCFD)
What’s in this report
BUSINESS & STRATEGY SUSTAINABILITY GOVERNANCE APPENDIX

























Graphics
BUSINESS & STRATEGY
CEO’S LETTER
PURPOSE, VISION, VALUES
SUSTAINABILITY OVERVIEW
BUSINESS MODEL
HIGHLIGHTS
SHARE PERFORMANCE
SHIPPING
TRADING
INFRASTRUCTURE
SUSTAINABILITY
GOVERNANCE
APPENDIX
CONTENTS SEARCH
BW LPG
INTEGRATED
ANNUAL REPORT 2024
6
A clear strategy for growth
in an evolving market
BUSINESS & STRATEGY















Graphics
BUSINESS & STRATEGY
CEO’S LETTER
PURPOSE, VISION, VALUES
SUSTAINABILITY OVERVIEW
BUSINESS MODEL
HIGHLIGHTS
SHARE PERFORMANCE
SHIPPING
TRADING
INFRASTRUCTURE
SUSTAINABILITY
GOVERNANCE
APPENDIX
CONTENTS SEARCH
BW LPG
INTEGRATED
ANNUAL REPORT 2024
7
CEO’s letter
Shipping, trading, infrastructure: Cleaner energy for a changing world
largest capital market, paving the way for
further business growth. The rationale
behind the dual listing was to increase
liquidity in our shares and attract a larger
and more diverse investor base, and more
than 50% of our daily traded volumes are
now in the US.
In August, we announced our acquisition
of 12 Very Large Gas Carriers (VLGCs) from
Avance Gas. All vessels were successfully
delivered before the year end. The acquired
fl
fi
our belief in our core shipping business
and our conviction in the future growth of
the LPG market. The US$1.05 billion deal
added immediate commercial scale and
operational leverage. It was important for us
to acquire ships that were already on the
water, contributing to revenue generation
fl
fl
fi
the world’s leading owner and operator of
VLGCs, with the largest number of LPG dual-
fuel powered VLGCs. (See Shipping, page 16.)
In the last 12 months, we have delivered

beyond our core shipping business. Today,
we are formally built around three distinct
but inter-connected units: Shipping, Product
Services (Trading) and onshore Infrastructure
and distribution, that enable us to capture
value across the entire LPG value chain.


model, page 11.)
In a world characterised by continued
geopolitical turbulence, commodity price
fl
our control, this long-planned strategic
evolution is crucial for our sustainable
growth. It’s an important step for reducing
our downside risk by providing additional
fi
in value creation across the LPG value chain.
fl
the VLGC rates and provides us with valuable
insights from across the market on which to
make better decisions.
In April, we rang the bell on the New York Stock
Exchange to mark our debut on the world’s
As I reflect on my first full year
as CEO, above all I am proud
of the extraordinary efforts of the
whole team across our network
of offices and out on the oceans.
It is their collective endeavour and
all-round excellence that helped
us achieve a truly transformational
year in 2024.
After having set the strategy for 2024 to 2027,
fi
business units across the LPG value chain,
adding LPG trading and infrastructure to our
shipping core business. We’ve also bolstered
our shareholder base and visibility by
listing on the New York Stock Exchange, and
demonstrated our long-term commitment
to our core shipping business through an
fl
Gas. These initiatives are a testament to the
team, our operational excellence and our
ongoing commitment to the communities in
which we operate, always underpinned by our
unshakable commitment to safety.
In the last 12 months, we have delivered on our clearly articulated strategy,
extending beyond our core shipping business to capture value across the
LPG supply chain.
A year of transformation and growth















Graphics
BUSINESS & STRATEGY
CEO’S LETTER
PURPOSE, VISION, VALUES
SUSTAINABILITY OVERVIEW
BUSINESS MODEL
HIGHLIGHTS
SHARE PERFORMANCE
SHIPPING
TRADING
INFRASTRUCTURE
SUSTAINABILITY
GOVERNANCE
APPENDIX
CONTENTS SEARCH
BW LPG
INTEGRATED
ANNUAL REPORT 2024
8
To inspire and to enable diverse talent for
our future, we continue to offer scholarships
to selected female cadets enrolled at the
Indian Maritime University (IMU) together
with our ship management partner Synergy
Marine Group. In a further commitment to
the Indian communities in which we operate,
we are proud to continue our partnership
with Akshaya Patra Foundation, an Indian
fi
participate in the mission to bring nutritious
meals to millions of children at school. (See
Corporate Social Responsibility, page 42.)
I am proud of the team’s achievements
in 2024, and as we look ahead, I am
fi
and resilience will continue to drive our
success. We remain focused on serving
the best interests of our shareholders and
stakeholders, fostering sustainable growth
and creating long-term value.
CEO’s letter
Shipping, trading, infrastructure: Cleaner energy for a changing world (continued)
fi
shipping business, BW Product Services
continues to grow strongly following the
acquisition of the LPG trading operations of
Vilma Oil in 2022. More recently, the trading
unit also announced a multi-year cargo
contract with Enterprise Product Partners,
which will support both our shipping and cargo
trading activities. The trading business has also
expanded its global footprint and increased
its presence in Houston. (See Trading, page
fi
infrastructure investment is progressing
as the work to construct an LPG terminal
outside Mumbai is materialising. We thank
our local partners, Ganesh Benzoplast Ltd.
fi
efforts and support in the project and driving
fi
Petroleum to support their growth plans in
their Indian LPG distribution operations, where
demand for LPG continues to soar.
In light of these developments, the company
has updated its purpose and vision to ‘Best
on water with cleaner energy’ and ‘Delivering
energy for a better world’ respectively. (See
Purpose, vision, values, page 9.) These changes
fl
long history in shipping to encompass adjacent
areas of the LPG market, and has expanded its
remit to potentially include transporting and
trading other transition fuels such as ammonia.
fi
BW LPG is actively progressing toward alignment
with the Corporate Sustainability Reporting
Directive (CSRD). We are laying the

Sustainability Reporting Standards (ESRS),
ensuring that we are well-prepared to meet the
enhanced expectations for transparency and
accountability. This marks another milestone in
our journey to create long-term value while
addressing the needs of our stakeholders.
We are putting in place the necessary steps to comply with the European
Sustainability Reporting Standards (ESRS), ensuring we are well-prepared to meet the
enhanced expectations for transparency and accountability.
Diversity and inclusion remain central to our
values, as we embrace the strength that
different perspectives bring to our teams.
Kristian Sørensen
fi
Deepening our commitment to sustainability and community
The global clean-energy transition starts with
our actions now. We are committed to
fi
operations and reducing greenhouse gas (GHG)
fi
Also waste and water management are critical
for us as they directly contribute to minimising
the environmental footprint of our operations.
On the social front, we continue to champion
a culture of Zero Harm, prioritising the health,
safety and well-being of our people. Diversity
and inclusion remain central to our values,
as we embrace the strength that different
perspectives bring to our teams. Together,
these commitments underline our vision of
driving progress responsibly and equitably

section from page 24.)
Our wider community engagement is focused
on two areas that are close to our hearts. We
believe that improving gender diversity is key
to the long-term success of our industry and
our business.




















Graphics
BUSINESS & STRATEGY
CEO’S LETTER
PURPOSE, VISION, VALUES
SUSTAINABILITY OVERVIEW
BUSINESS MODEL
HIGHLIGHTS
SHARE PERFORMANCE
SHIPPING
TRADING
INFRASTRUCTURE
SUSTAINABILITY
GOVERNANCE
APPENDIX
CONTENTS SEARCH
BW LPG
INTEGRATED
ANNUAL REPORT 2024
9
What matters to us: Purpose, vision, values
Delivering energy for a better world
Purpose
Delivering energy
for a better world
Vision
Best on water with
cleaner energy
Values
Our CARE values represent the behaviours we expect
from all our employees in their everyday activities
Collaborative
fi
solutions together
– We interact positively and constructively
with our colleagues
– We are open and authentic in everything
we do
C
Ambitious
fi
be responsive and excel in what we do
– We challenge our own performance and
goals, as individuals and as teams
– We give and we value honest and
respectful feedback
A
Reliable
– We deliver on our promises to customers
and colleagues
– We recognise that accountability and
reliability are essential for success
– We act with integrity and uphold high
ethical standards
R
Enduring
– We serve our customers with a long-term
perspective
– We persevere based on our commitment
to make a positive impact
– We are attuned to the changes around us,
and adapt to stay relevant
E
Sailing forward with fresh impetus behind a new purpose and vision that reflect our robust, diversified business model.




















Graphics
At BW LPG, sustainability is about
working with a long-term perspective
in mind.
fl
and being a responsible corporate citizen, by
collaborating with stakeholders to mitigate
operational impacts on the environment and
contributing to the communities we serve.
As the world’s leading owner and operator
fi
sustainability is at the core of our business
activities. We have the responsibility and ability
fl
Our sustainability commitment is anchored
upon three pillars – Environment, Social and
fi
pillar. These priorities have underlying material
topics determined through our double materiality
assessment to ensure an all-encompassing focus
on ESG issues that matter most to us.
Protect and advance the
interests of our
workforce
Commitment
Social
Uphold transparency
and integrity in all
business transactions
Commitment
Governance
Optimise our
environmental actions
as a responsible
maritime and energy
stakeholder
Commitment
Environment
Our three sustainability pillars
BUSINESS & STRATEGY
CEO’S LETTER
PURPOSE, VISION, VALUES
SUSTAINABILITY OVERVIEW
BUSINESS MODEL
HIGHLIGHTS
SHARE PERFORMANCE
SHIPPING
TRADING
INFRASTRUCTURE
SUSTAINABILITY
GOVERNANCE
APPENDIX
CONTENTS SEARCH
BW LPG
INTEGRATED
ANNUAL REPORT 2024
10
What matters to us: Sustainability overview
A long-term perspective















Graphics
BUSINESS & STRATEGY
CEO’S LETTER
PURPOSE, VISION, VALUES
SUSTAINABILITY OVERVIEW
BUSINESS MODEL
HIGHLIGHTS
SHARE PERFORMANCE
SHIPPING
TRADING
INFRASTRUCTURE
SUSTAINABILITY
GOVERNANCE
APPENDIX
CONTENTS SEARCH
BW LPG
INTEGRATED
ANNUAL REPORT 2024
11
Read about our businesses on page 16.
Business model
Capturing value across the LPG supply chain
BW LPG comprises three inter-connected businesses operating
across the LPG value chain in shipping, trading and infrastructure.
While LPG shipping remains at the heart of our business, we have evolved
our business model in recent years to diversify revenue streams and mitigate
the impact of volatile LPG pricing and the many other macro-economic
factors that are beyond our control. This has led to a strong balance sheet,
optimised fleet profile, successful corporate expansion, and continued
investor interest.
Input (capital) Value creation model Output
Product Services
Our trading arm
Infrastructure
Our value chain assets
Shipping
Our core business
Financial
fl
– Low leverage
fi
Physical
fl
fi
Intellectual
- Strong brand and history
- Pioneer in LPG propulsion
- Technological and operational
know-how
Human
- 1,400+ employees and crew
- 80+ years of maritime experience
Social and relationship
- Trusted partnerships with network
of stakeholders
Financial
– Strong returns to shareholders
- Investment in the sustainable future
of three business units
Physical
fl
- Development of onshore
infrastructure & downstream
distribution
Intellectual
- New expertise in trading and
infrastructure businesses
- Continued innovation in the future
of sustainable shipping
Human
- Strong safety record
- High employee satisfaction
Social and relationship
- Listing on NYSE
- Partnership with Akshaya Patra
Foundation to help improve
communities in which we operate















Graphics
BUSINESS & STRATEGY
CEO’S LETTER
PURPOSE, VISION, VALUES
SUSTAINABILITY OVERVIEW
BUSINESS MODEL
HIGHLIGHTS
SHARE PERFORMANCE
SHIPPING
TRADING
INFRASTRUCTURE
SUSTAINABILITY
GOVERNANCE
APPENDIX
CONTENTS SEARCH
BW LPG
INTEGRATED
ANNUAL REPORT 2024
12
Shipping performance
Fleet utilisation TCE income – calendar days TCE income – available days
96%
US$
47,400/ DAY US$48,300/DAY
Time charter income –
available days
Time charter coverage
Cost savings from using
LPG as a fuel
US$43,500/DAY
35%
US$
11M
Highlights
Financial performance
Earnings per share Return on equity Net profit after tax Net leverage ratio
US$2.64 22% US$395M 33%
Return to shareholders
Strengthening
our capital market
platform with
dual listing
2013 2024
Market
capitalisation
Annual returns to
investors since IPO
1
~US$1.7BN 24%
Since IPO in 2013
we have paid out
74% of our earnings
in dividends
Dividend yield
2
Dividend per share
Payout ratio
shipping NPAT
3
21% US$2.42 123%
People
Crew Crew TRCF Onshore Onshore diversity
1,310
Crew
0.51
≤1.2 target (2024)
119
Employees
21
Nationalities
Trading performance
Net asset value Gross profit Net profit
BW LPG VLGC
cargoes lifted
by BW PS
US$130M
US$
145M US$99M 10%
Decarbonisation
Scope 1 GHG emissions (whole fleet) Carbon Intensity Index (owned fleet)
11%

6.3
gCO
2
per Tonne-nautical mile
From 2019 baseline
4
7.0 CII 2024 target
1. Per 31.12.2024, assuming dividends are reinvested at spot price.
2. Based on share price as at 31.12.2024.
3. Calculated as profit attributable to equity holders of BW LPG less BW LPG's share of BW Product Services' NPAT.
4. The 2019 baseline has been adjusted to include the recently acquired Avance Gas vessels.















Graphics
BUSINESS & STRATEGY
CEO’S LETTER
PURPOSE, VISION, VALUES
SUSTAINABILITY OVERVIEW
BUSINESS MODEL
HIGHLIGHTS
SHARE PERFORMANCE
SHIPPING
TRADING
INFRASTRUCTURE
SUSTAINABILITY
GOVERNANCE
APPENDIX
CONTENTS SEARCH
BW LPG
INTEGRATED
ANNUAL REPORT 2024
13
Highlights (continued)
2024 2023
Financial results US$ M US$ M
Time charter equivalent income – Shipping 608 797
fi 145 26
fi 395 493
2024 2023
Share performance US$ US$
Earnings per share 2.64 3.53
Dividends per share 2.42 3.46
Balance sheet US$ M US$ M
Vessel net book value 2,382 1,457
Total assets 3,320 2,520
Total cash and cash equivalents 280 288
Total borrowings and lease liabilities 1,173 570
Shareholders’ equity 1,937 1,586
Per day costs US$ US$
Calendar days - owned (days) 10,287 10,085
OPEX per day 8,300 8,100
Cash flow US$ M US$ M
Operating 749 513
Investing (541) 69
Financing (138) (645)
fl 212 564
Available liquidity (including undrawn facility) 603 457
Ratios % %
Return on equity 22 31
Return on capital employed 17 24
Net leverage ratio 33 21
1. Only for owned and bareboat vessels.
Return on equity
Total dividends declared
since listing
Earnings per share
22% >US$1.7BN US$2.64















Graphics
BUSINESS & STRATEGY
CEO’S LETTER
PURPOSE, VISION, VALUES
SUSTAINABILITY OVERVIEW
BUSINESS MODEL
HIGHLIGHTS
SHARE PERFORMANCE
SHIPPING
TRADING
INFRASTRUCTURE
SUSTAINABILITY
GOVERNANCE
APPENDIX
CONTENTS SEARCH
BW LPG
INTEGRATED
ANNUAL REPORT 2024
14
Share performance
BW LPG is dual-listed on the Oslo
Stock Exchange with the ticker
code “BWLPG.OL”, and the New
York Stock Exchange with the
ticker code “BWLP”.
As of 31 December 2024, there were 159.3
million shares issued and 151.5 million shares
outstanding with 7.7 million shares held in
treasury. At the end of 2024, BW LPG’s market
capitalisation stood at US$1.7 billion. During
2024, an average of 421,000 BW LPG shares
were traded daily on Oslo Stock Exchange,
which is an increase of 19% compared to
2023 traded volumes. Since its US dual-listing
in April 2024, an average of 321,000 BW LP
shares have been traded daily on the New York
Stock Exchange.
60
90
120
150
Jan Feb Mar Apr May Jun Jul Aug Sep Oct Nov Dec
Market capitalisation
US$2.1B in 2023
US$1.7BN
Avg. shares traded daily
(2024)
355K in 2023
421K
Avg. value of traded shares per day (2024)
$4.1M in 2023
US$5.7M
$
Relative share price performance vs OSEBX and OBSHX using re-based figures
OBSHX (Oslo Børs Shipping Index) OSEBX (Oslo Børs Benchmark Index)BW LPG
Dividend policy
BW LPG provides a quarterly dividend payout.
The dividend payout is based on Shipping’s
fi
company leverage, adjusted for Product
Service’s performance and anticipated cash
and capital requirement. The company aims
for a payout ratio of 50% of Shipping NPAT,
which will be enhanced to 75% and 100%
of Shipping NPAT when net leverage is below
30% and 20% respectively.















Graphics
BUSINESS & STRATEGY
CEO’S LETTER
PURPOSE, VISION, VALUES
SUSTAINABILITY OVERVIEW
BUSINESS MODEL
HIGHLIGHTS
SHARE PERFORMANCE
SHIPPING
TRADING
INFRASTRUCTURE
SUSTAINABILITY
GOVERNANCE
APPENDIX
CONTENTS SEARCH
BW LPG
INTEGRATED
ANNUAL REPORT 2024
15
Share performance (continued)
Dividend information
Earnings per
share (US$)
Dividend per
share (US$)
Share price at
period end (US$)
1
Annualised
dividend yield
2
2024
$2.64 $2.42 $11.36 21%
2023
$3.53 $3.46 $14.96 23%
2022
$1.68 $1.28 $7.89 16%
2021
$1.33 $0.56 $5.74 10%
2020
$1.76 $0.84 $6.86 12%
2019
$1.97 $0.85 $8.41 10%
2018
($0.51) - $2.98 0%
2017
($0.30) - $4.71 0%
2016
$0.18 $0.09 $4.20 2%
2015
$2.43 $1.46 $8.30 18%
2014
$1.87 $1.91 $7.05 27%
2013
$0.92 $0.15 $9.51 3%
1. BW LPG was dual-listed on the NYSE on 29 April 2024. Amount shown for quarters before our dual-listing were converted using
the prevailing system exchange rate retrieved at quarter’s end.
2. Calculation based on share price at period end US$.
Top 20 shareholders
No. No. of shares % of shares
outstanding
Name
1 48,407,126 31.94% BW Group Limited
2 19,282,000 12.72% Avance Gas Holding Ltd
3 9,120,578 6.02% Folketrygdfondet
4 3,614,208 2.39% Alfred Berg Asset Management (Sweden) AB
5 3,470,197 2.29% Acadian Asset Management, LLC
6 3,201,550 2.11% Alfred Berg Kapitalforvaltning (Norway) AS
7 3,116,459 2.06% The Vanguard Group, Inc.
8 2,864,142 1.89% Dimensional Fund Advisors, L.P. (U.S.)
9 2,794,193 1.84% DNB Asset Management AS
10 1,861,166 1.23% Amundi Asset Management U.S., Inc.
11 1,813,984 1.20% Arrowstreet Capital, L.P.
12 1,761,666 1.16% Mirae Asset Global Investments Company, LTD
13 1,637,034 1.08% Storebrand Asset Management AS
14 1,580,292 1.04% Nordnet AB
15 1,552,087 1.02% J O Hambro Capital Management, LTD
16 1,535,689 1.01% Citigroup, Inc.
17 1,491,836 0.98% J.P. Morgan Private Bank
18 1,463,113 0.97% Allianz Global Investors GmbH
19 1,459,168 0.96% Barclays Capital Securities, LTD
20 1,445,964 0.95% KLP Kapitalforvaltning AS
As of 31 December 2024, there are 151,538,443 outstanding shares (159,282,000 issued shares - 7,743,557 treasury shares)

Analyst coverage
No. Company Analyst Email
1 ABG Sundal Collier Petter Haugen petter.haugen@abgsc.no
2 Arctic Securities Kristoffer Barth Skeie kristoffer.skeie@arctic.no
3 Clarksons Securities Frode Mørkedal frode.mørk[email protected]
4 DNB Markets Jørgen Lian jorg[email protected]
5 Fearnley Securities Fredrik Dybwad F.Dybwad@fearnleys.com
6 Kepler Cheuvreux Axel Styrman astyrman@keplercheuvreux.com
7 Pareto Securities Eirik Haavaldsen eirik.haavaldsen@paretosec.com
8 Skandinaviska Enskilda Banken (SEB) Jon Nikolai Skåland [email protected]















Graphics
BUSINESS & STRATEGY
CEO’S LETTER
PURPOSE, VISION, VALUES
SUSTAINABILITY OVERVIEW
BUSINESS MODEL
HIGHLIGHTS
SHARE PERFORMANCE
SHIPPING
TRADING
INFRASTRUCTURE
SUSTAINABILITY
GOVERNANCE
APPENDIX
CONTENTS SEARCH
BW LPG
INTEGRATED
ANNUAL REPORT 2024
16
Our businesses
Shipping
The VLGC market in 2024 experienced significant
fluctuations, driven by a combination of weather
events, geopolitical factors and normalised
Panama Canal transits.
The year began on a strong note, with spot rates for
the US Gulf – Far East route exceeding US$120,000
per day in January. However, a cold snap in the US
temporarily curtailed LPG production and exports,
causing spot rates to drop sharply to OPEX levels,
at the same time as Panama Canal transits started
to increase. From mid-February to June, earnings
rebounded as US LPG production improved, and
spot cargoes were again fixed at above
seasonal-average rates.















Graphics
BUSINESS & STRATEGY
CEO’S LETTER
PURPOSE, VISION, VALUES
SUSTAINABILITY OVERVIEW
BUSINESS MODEL
HIGHLIGHTS
SHARE PERFORMANCE
SHIPPING
TRADING
INFRASTRUCTURE
SUSTAINABILITY
GOVERNANCE
APPENDIX
CONTENTS SEARCH
BW LPG
INTEGRATED
ANNUAL REPORT 2024
17
Our businesses
Shipping (continued)
In early June, the Panama Canal Authority
announced an increase in maximum allowed
draft and additional slots for transits as water
levels in Lake Gatun normalised. This reduced
flfi
the longer route around the Cape of Good
Hope. Despite this, the market remained
robust, with export volumes on VLGCs out
of North America growing by 5.6% in 2024
compared to 2023.
July marked a turning point as Hurricane
Beryl caused widespread damage in Texas,
negatively impacting LPG cargo availability and
spot rates. While export volumes rebounded
in August, an unscheduled terminal closure
in September due to chilling capacity
issues further constrained VLGC loadings.

terminals were operating at full capacity,
fi
30
60
90
120
150
Jan Feb Mar Apr May Jun Jul Aug Sep Oct Nov Dec
VLGC spot rates 2024
US Gulf – Far EastMiddle East – Far East
US$ '000 per day
Source: Internal
North America LPG Export 2024 vs 2023 VLGC only
20242023
0.0
1.0
2.0
3.0
4.0
5.0
6.0
Jan Feb Mar Apr May Jun Jul Aug Sep Oct Nov Dec
Million tonnes
Source: Vortexa















Graphics
BUSINESS & STRATEGY
CEO’S LETTER
PURPOSE, VISION, VALUES
SUSTAINABILITY OVERVIEW
BUSINESS MODEL
HIGHLIGHTS
SHARE PERFORMANCE
SHIPPING
TRADING
INFRASTRUCTURE
SUSTAINABILITY
GOVERNANCE
APPENDIX
CONTENTS SEARCH
BW LPG
INTEGRATED
ANNUAL REPORT 2024
18
Our businesses
Shipping (continued)
fl
new VLGCs delivered in 2024, marking the
fl
13 more scheduled for delivery in 2025 and
established shipbuilders indicating that new
orders will not be delivered before 2027, the
fl
Nearly all VLGC newbuildings can carry
ammonia, often leading to their designation as
VLACs (Very Large Ammonia Carriers). However,
until the ammonia trade develops for VLGCs,
the new ships are all expected to be employed
in LPG.
Fleet overview
0
10
20
30
40
50
2010
2011
2012
2013
2014
2015
2016
2017
2018
2019
2020
2021
2022
2023
2024
2025
2026
2027
2028
9
141 141
143
156
164
199
241
260
265
282
303
321
338
378
400
413
439
484
497
3
2
8
35
44
21
10
17
21
18
17
40
22
13
26
45
13
Fleet summary
1313
VLGCs on orderbookDelivered VLGCs
Number of VLGCs
Source: Internal
VLGC count at year end
China LPG imports India LPG imports SE Asia LPG imports
2024
36
2025E
40
2026E
44
2027E
47
2024
21
2025E
22
2026E
22
2027E
23
2024
14
2025E
14
2026E
15
2027E
17
Million tonnes
Source: NGLS
Million tonnes Million tonnes
In the Middle East, export volumes were
less dynamic. OPEC+ production cuts and
maintenance activities led to zero year-on-
fi
with 1.9% growth compared to 2023. Despite
these challenges, new gas projects in Qatar
and the UAE are expected to drive mid-single-
digit export growth over the coming years.
Asia continues to grow, supporting demand
for long-haul shipping of LPG. Strong demand
from China, where PDH plants operated at high
run rates and LPG imports hit an all-time high
in June, contributed to a wide US–Far East
fi
demand is expected to grow further, supported
fi
plants by 2026. India is a retail-driven market,
with government initiatives and infrastructure
enhancements increasing access to LPG. India

export volumes, making the Far East more
reliant on US exports. There is solid support
for LPG imports in South-East Asia, with 29%
of these imports currently originating from the
US. Total imports are expected to grow by 23%
from 2024 to 2027.















Graphics
BUSINESS & STRATEGY
CEO’S LETTER
PURPOSE, VISION, VALUES
SUSTAINABILITY OVERVIEW
BUSINESS MODEL
HIGHLIGHTS
SHARE PERFORMANCE
SHIPPING
TRADING
INFRASTRUCTURE
SUSTAINABILITY
GOVERNANCE
APPENDIX
CONTENTS SEARCH
BW LPG
INTEGRATED
ANNUAL REPORT 2024
19
22 15 18
42%
fl
53 VLGCs
+2 LGCs
1. Bareboat vessels.
2. Large Gas Carrier (LGC) vessels.
Dual-fuel propulsion technology fi On compliant fuels
Our businesses
Fleet list as of 31 December 2024
Owned VLGCs
(100% ownership)
29
Vessel Year Shipyard
BW Avior 2023 DSME
BW Rigel 2023 DSME
BW Mindoro 2017 DSME
BW Malacca 2016 DSME
BW Magellan 2016 DSME
BW Frigg 2016 Hyundai H.I.
BW Freyja 2016 Hyundai H.I.
BW Volans 2016 Hyundai H.I.
BW Brage 2016 Hyundai H.I.
BW Tucana 2016 Hyundai H.I.
BW Var 2016 Hyundai H.I.
BW Njord 2016 Hyundai H.I.
BW Balder 2016 Hyundai H.I.
BW Orion 2015 Hyundai H.I.
BW Libra 2015 Hyundai H.I.
BW Leo 2015 Hyundai H.I.
BW Gemini 2015 Hyundai H.I.
BW Levant 2015 Jiangnan
BW Breeze 2015 Jiangnan
BW Sirocoo 2015 Jiangnan
BW Passat 2015 Jiangnan
BW Carina 2015 Hyundai H.I.
BW Mistral 2015 Jiangnan
BW Monsoon 2015 Jiangnan
BW Aries 2014 Hyundai H.I.
BW Messina 2017 DSME
BW Pampero 2015 Jiangnan
BW Chinook 2015 Jiangnan
BW Kyoto 2010 Mitsubishi H.I.
Operated
9
Vessel Year Shipyard Beneficiary
Gas Jupiter
2023 Jiangnan Sinogas Maritime
Kaede
2023 Hyundai H.I. Product Services
Gas Venus
2021 Jiangnan Sinogas Maritime
Gas Gabriela
2021 Hyundai H.I. Product Services
Reference Point
2020 Jiangnan Product Services
Clipper Wilma
2019 Hyundai H.I. Product Services
BW Tokyo
2009 Mitsubishi H.I. Exmar
Denver
2
2009 Hyundai H.I. Product Services
Helsinki
2
2009 Hyundai H.I. Product Services
Time charter /
bareboat in
9
Vessel Year Shipyard
BW Capella
1
2022 DSME
BW Polaris
1
2022 DSME
BW Yushi
2020 Mitsubishi H.I.
BW Kizoku
2019 Mitsubishi H.I.
Gas Zenith
2017 Hyundai H.I.
Oriental King
2017 Hyundai H.I.
Doraji Gas
2017 Mitsubishi H.I.
Berge Nantong
2006 Hyundai H.I.
Berge Ningbo
2006 Hyundai H.I.
VLGCs in
BW LPG India
(52% ownership)
8
Vessel Year Shipyard
BW Loyalty
2008 DSME
BW Pine
2011 Kawasaki S.C.
BW Lord
2008 DSME
BW Tyr
2008 Hyundai H.I.
BW Oak
2008 Hyundai H.I.
BW Elm
2007 Hyundai H.I.
BW Birch
2007 Hyundai H.I.
BW Cedar
2007 Hyundai H.I.















Graphics
BUSINESS & STRATEGY
CEO’S LETTER
PURPOSE, VISION, VALUES
SUSTAINABILITY OVERVIEW
BUSINESS MODEL
HIGHLIGHTS
SHARE PERFORMANCE
SHIPPING
TRADING
INFRASTRUCTURE
SUSTAINABILITY
GOVERNANCE
APPENDIX
CONTENTS SEARCH
BW LPG
INTEGRATED
ANNUAL REPORT 2024
20
Our businesses
Trading
BW Product Services was established in February
2019 with the ambition of creating an integrated
platform to capture profit across the LPG value
chain.
In August 2022, BW LPG announced the
acquisition of the LPG trading operations from
Vilma Oil, bringing a highly experienced team with
a strong track record to BW LPG.
Through many years of operating and trading
experience, BW Product Services has built a
strong network and deep understanding of the
LPG industry.
With offices in Singapore, Madrid, Oslo and
Houston, BW Product Services now provides
global coverage of majorLPG markets.















Graphics
BUSINESS & STRATEGY
CEO’S LETTER
PURPOSE, VISION, VALUES
SUSTAINABILITY OVERVIEW
BUSINESS MODEL
HIGHLIGHTS
SHARE PERFORMANCE
SHIPPING
TRADING
INFRASTRUCTURE
SUSTAINABILITY
GOVERNANCE
APPENDIX
CONTENTS SEARCH
BW LPG
INTEGRATED
ANNUAL REPORT 2024
21
Our businesses
Trading (continued)
The touch points within the LPG value
chain include export terminals (linked to
upstream pipelines and storage facilities)
and import terminals (linked to downstream
storage and transportation). LPG is usually
purchased by industrial users in bulk or in
cylinders by retail and domestic users. LPG is
transported to storage terminals by vessels,
trucks or pipelines before being delivered to
fi
intermediate storage areas.
The Far East remains the largest consumer
of LPG for both retail and petrochemical
demand, with China accounting for most of the
demand. The Middle East is a key growth area
for gas plant production as new projects come

region as a dominant LPG supply source for
India and Asia markets. LPG can also be traded
on the derivatives market with forward and
swap contracts.
LPG trading
In May, BW Product Services concluded a
multi-year contract with a key US producer.
This contract will enhance shipping and cargo
fl
cargo volume in the US Gulf.
fifi
core trading in the VLGC market, Product
Services expanded its segment coverage by
adding two LGC time charters to complement
existing MGC vessels. Combined with
employing additional trading resources to
focus on the non-VLGC segment, geographical
expansion into the Latin America markets
was achieved. Of the >5 million tonnes
shipped in 2024, close to 10% originated
from this category. The interaction with the
Infrastructure division was further enhanced
by arranging small ship supplies throughout
In 2024, BW Product Services generated a
fi
5 million tonnes of LPG.
The team continued to build on its solid
foundation, capturing improved year-on-
year results. This was achieved in a volatile
environment, with wide price arbitrage
between the US and Far East, wherein limited
spare export capacity and growing global
demand increased the FOB netback value.
Freight rates were stable with occasional
short-lived spikes, while Panama experienced
transit reductions due to drought issues until
Q1. Transits improved considerably from Q2
onward, reducing costs and improving margins.
Petrochemical margins remained under
pressure, but overall LPG demand proved
resilient.
2024 for the India operation. In the US, middle-
fi
commencing domestic physical trading.
During the year, the Product Services team
reinforced commercial and support staff to
match growth and ensure compliance with
statutory obligations, which have increased
since the BW LPG US listing. The business
continued investing in risk management and
market analytics to provide top-tier oversight
and governance.
A highly profitable year for the trading business
In addition to these core accomplishments,
close communication with colleagues in
shipping and infrastructure business units
led to more commercial opportunities and
fl
market experience and relationships with
LPG suppliers and consumers added another
dimension to BW LPG’s corporate evaluation of
the LPG market.
Complementing the shipping business
Trading portfolio business model
P
h
y
s
i
c
a
l

s
h
i
p
p
i
n
g
C
a
r
g
o
D
e
r
i
v
a
t
i
v
e
s
BW Product Services aim to
maintain a balanced portfolio
with an active hedging strategy
>5m tonnes physical LPG traded annually
Product Services















Graphics
BUSINESS & STRATEGY
CEO’S LETTER
PURPOSE, VISION, VALUES
SUSTAINABILITY OVERVIEW
BUSINESS MODEL
HIGHLIGHTS
SHARE PERFORMANCE
SHIPPING
TRADING
INFRASTRUCTURE
SUSTAINABILITY
GOVERNANCE
APPENDIX
CONTENTS SEARCH
BW LPG
INTEGRATED
ANNUAL REPORT 2024
22
Our businesses
Infrastructure
In 2017, anticipating increased demand for LPG
in one of the worlds most populous countries, BW
LPG established a local presence, BW LPG India,
in Chennai.
In 2023, we laid the foundation to transform our
presence in India from a pure-play LPG shipping
company to an integrated LPG player with
portfolios in LPG trading, shipping, onshore terminal
infrastructure and downstream distribution.















Graphics
BUSINESS & STRATEGY
CEO’S LETTER
PURPOSE, VISION, VALUES
SUSTAINABILITY OVERVIEW
BUSINESS MODEL
HIGHLIGHTS
SHARE PERFORMANCE
SHIPPING
TRADING
INFRASTRUCTURE
SUSTAINABILITY
GOVERNANCE
APPENDIX
CONTENTS SEARCH
BW LPG
INTEGRATED
ANNUAL REPORT 2024
23
Our businesses
Infrastructure (continued)
Our Infrastructure business is responsible
for developing onshore LPG terminals and
distributing LPG in India and other high-growth
economies. This division aims to enhance BW
LPG's value chain assets through strategic
development and investment in LPG terminal
infrastructure and distribution networks. By
partnering with public sector bodies, national
players, trading houses and other private
Our expansion into LPG import terminal
facilities in India reflects our belief in the
potential of the domestic LPG market.
To further boost our growth trajectory,
we invested US$30 million in Confidence
Petroleum through a preferential allotment of
equity shares.
In 2023, the Infrastructure team secured a
landmark deal to develop and operate a new
LPG onshore import terminal at Jawaharlal
Nehru Port Association (JNPA) Port in Navi
Mumbai, India. This achievement sets the
stage for future investments in fast-growing
economies around the world.
The planned terminal is designed to
fully offload the latest fourth-generation
VLGCs (93,000 CBM) in a single discharge
incorporating the latest technologies to
provide safe and efficient operations. On
completion, the facility will be the largest LPG
storage terminal serving Maharashtra, India’s
second-largest domestic LPG market. The
terminal development, which is scheduled
to be operational in 2028, is planned with an
eye to future growth and has the potential to
incorporate railway and pipeline connectivity,
as well as approval for two ~60,000 CBM
tanks to accommodate full VLGC parcels,
companies, the business helps support
the seamless flow of cleaner energy to
communities worldwide.
As an integrated value chain player, and being
part of the BW Group of companies, we can
leverage on deep experience across diverse
portfolios to provide our customers with the
convenience of end-to-end service.
These shares constitute 8.5% of the issued
and paid-up share capital of Confidence
Petroleum, and BW LPG has the option to
increase its shareholding. The investment
supports Confidence Petroleum as it
expands its capacity in LPG downstream
assets. Thistransaction was completed on
16February2024.
which will minimise port wait times and reduce
operational costs.
BW LPG Infrastructure's strategic investment
in the JNPT aligns with the company's
broader goal of delivering cleaner energy
and supporting community resilience and
infrastructure. Together with our shipping
division in India, our efforts include providing
local school kitchens with LPG-powered
equipment and funding scholarships for female
cadets to promote gender diversity in shipping.
Overall, BW LPG Infrastructure plays a crucial
role in BW LPG's mission to offer an integrated,
flexible and reliable service to customers along
the LPG value chain, contributing to a more
sustainable future by delivering cleaner energy
and supporting relevant community initiatives.
A further confidence boost
Jawaharlal Nehru Port Association Terminal (JNPT)
JNPA LPG
import terminal
Strategic investment
in downstream
A strong presence in India
US$30m investment – access
to distribution network of:
– 2,500+ LPG dealer network
– 287+ auto dispensing stations
– 68+ bottling & blending plants
2 x ~60,000 CBM fully
refrigerated largest cryogenic
LPG terminal in West Coast
India
No. 1 LPG shipping company
in India
– 8 India-flagged VLGCs
–>25% LPG import into India















Graphics
BUSINESS & STRATEGY
SUSTAINABILITY
SUMMARY
MATERIAL TOPICS
STAKEHOLDER ENGAGEMENT
PERFORMANCE DASHBOARD
PARTNERSHIPS
ENVIRONMENT
SOCIAL
GOVERNANCE
GOVERNANCE
APPENDIX
CONTENTS SEARCH
BW LPG
INTEGRATED
ANNUAL REPORT 2024
24
Safely delivering cleaner
fuels for a better world
SUSTAINABILITY














Graphics
25
BUSINESS & STRATEGY
SUSTAINABILITY
SUMMARY
MATERIAL TOPICS
STAKEHOLDER ENGAGEMENT
PERFORMANCE DASHBOARD
PARTNERSHIPS
ENVIRONMENT
SOCIAL
GOVERNANCE
GOVERNANCE
APPENDIX
CONTENTS SEARCH
BW LPG
INTEGRATED
ANNUAL REPORT 2024
We believe in the future of LPG and its
potential to improve the lives of people
around the world. We want to take the lead
in transitioning towards cleaner energy –
and in the process, be a trusted, transparent
and reliable partner for our stakeholders.
Our ESG and overall business strategy is centred around
creating shared value, in line with the United Nations
Sustainability Development Goals (UN SDGs).














Graphics

BUSINESS & STRATEGY
SUSTAINABILITY
SUMMARY
MATERIAL TOPICS
STAKEHOLDER ENGAGEMENT
PERFORMANCE DASHBOARD
PARTNERSHIPS
ENVIRONMENT
SOCIAL
GOVERNANCE
GOVERNANCE
APPENDIX
CONTENTS SEARCH
BW LPG
INTEGRATED
ANNUAL REPORT 2024
26
Summary of key data and information
Cleaner fuels for a better world
Scope 1 GHG emissions (whole fleet)
11%
From 2019 baseline
1
Carbon intensity index (owned)
6.3gCO
2
/ Tonne-nautical mile
7.0 CII 2024 target
Vessel energy consumption
3%
Compared to 2023
Total Recordable Case Frequency (TRCF)
0.51
Target ≤1.2
Workforce diversity
Nationalities
represented
21
41%
59%

Female
Male
<2%
>98%

Female
Male
Governance statistics
0
• Whistle-blowing report
• Bribery and corruption cases
2023 2024 2025 2026
5% 7% 9% 11%
7.16
Target
6.50
Actual
7.01
Target
6.85
Target
6.70
Target
6.33
Actual
Short-term emission targets – Carbon Intensity Indicator (CII)*
Crew Employees Employees
*Aligned with IMO GHG CII targets against 2019 baseline
1. The 2019 baseline has been adjusted to include the recently acquired Avance Gas vessels














Graphics

Talent management
Material topic
– Our people
Material topic
– Health and safety
Conducive workplace
Social
Protect and advance
the interests of our
workforce
Commitment
– Invest in training, upgrading and
upskilling programmes
– Have interns/trainees in our industry expo-
sure programme
– Develop opportunities to work
between offices
– Diversity of nationalities, with ±15% variance
in employee gender
– Zero cases of discrimination and
harassment
– Zero crew, employee and contractor
fatalities while at work
– Whole fleet LTIF ≤0.5, TRCF ≤1.5
Governance
Corporate stewardship
Material topics
– Corporate governance
– Operational excellence
Uphold transparency
and integrity in all
business transactions
Commitment
– Actively promote awareness at sea and in
offices for zero tolerance to bribery,
facilitation payments and corruption
– Host online and onsite campaigns to
promote Anti-Bribery and Anti-Corruption
(ABAC) awareness
– Reinforce compliance with all applicable
regulatory frameworks
– Full compliance with international maritime
regulations, as well as international and
regional laws
– Deliver new data management platform and
select strategic projects
– Expand internal IT standards, and enhance
data protection and handling capacity
– In collaboration with BW Group and BW
affiliates, we will make a combined effort to
contract an ESG provider platform for
auditing of all suppliers
– Conduct an ESG compliance and effort
review of BW LPG's suppliers
Environment
Optimise our
environmental actions
as a responsible
maritime and energy
stakeholder
Commitment
– 100% compliance with the Ballast Water
Management convention
– 100% compliance with all MARPOL
conventions
– Zero spills of oil at sea
Material topic
– Emissions and energy
Responsible transition
Material topic
– Waste management
– Water management
Environmental impact
management
– Working towards BW LPG fleet reaching net
zero carbon emissions by 2050
– All owned vessels to attain “C” or better rating
under CII
– Achieve overall net positive savings in fuel
from weather routing
Key 2024 targets
BUSINESS & STRATEGY
SUSTAINABILITY
SUMMARY
MATERIAL TOPICS
STAKEHOLDER ENGAGEMENT
PERFORMANCE DASHBOARD
PARTNERSHIPS
ENVIRONMENT
SOCIAL
GOVERNANCE
GOVERNANCE
APPENDIX
CONTENTS SEARCH
BW LPG
INTEGRATED
ANNUAL REPORT 2024
27
Summary of key data and information
Cleaner fuels for a better world (continued)














Graphics
BUSINESS & STRATEGY
SUSTAINABILITY
SUMMARY
MATERIAL TOPICS
STAKEHOLDER ENGAGEMENT
PERFORMANCE DASHBOARD
PARTNERSHIPS
ENVIRONMENT
SOCIAL
GOVERNANCE
GOVERNANCE
APPENDIX
CONTENTS SEARCH
BW LPG
INTEGRATED
ANNUAL REPORT 2024
28
Material topics
Focusing on what matters most
At BW LPG, we deliver energy
for a changing world, safely and
sustainably. In order to do so, we
must ensure that we focus on ESG
issues that matter most to our
stakeholders and us.
We conduct materiality assessments on
a periodic basis to identify ESG issues or
material topics. These material topics guide
how we operationalise our strategy, the
initiatives we organise throughout the year
andthe targets we set for ourselves.
We assess the materiality of each ESG topic
from two dimensions: our impact on the
environment and society, and the financial
impacts on the business. This double
materiality assessment (“DMA”) forms the
cornerstone of the Company’s ESG strategy,
priorities and baseline for reporting.
1
Input
Stakeholder survey and engagement + enterprise risk assessment
2
Assessment
Environmental and social impact Business (financial) impact
Feedback from key stakeholders was collected to
further understand the impact of ESG topics:
– Investors
– Lenders
– Customers
– Crew and employees
– Suppliers
– Regulators
ESG risks and opportunities were assessed by all
business units to understand the short, medium and
long-term implications.
The annual enterprise risk management process
and the stakeholder materiality assessment were
combined to ensure that business goals and ESG
considerations are aligned.
3
Validation
Results were cross referenced against industry
and market trends, regulations, ESG ratings and
recognised frameworks/standards.
Validation by BW LPG Executive Management
Validation by external consultants
4
Results – identification of material issues to prioritise
Importance to stakeholders
Environmental and social impact
Importance to business – financial impact
High
Low High
Emissions and energy
Waste management
Water management
Health and safety
Our people
Community engagement and impact
Mid materialityHigh materiality Low materialityEnvironment Social Governance
Operational excellence
Corporate governance














Graphics
Material topics
How we’re preparing for CSRD compliance
BUSINESS & STRATEGY
SUSTAINABILITY
SUMMARY
MATERIAL TOPICS
STAKEHOLDER ENGAGEMENT
PERFORMANCE DASHBOARD
PARTNERSHIPS
ENVIRONMENT
SOCIAL
GOVERNANCE
GOVERNANCE
APPENDIX
CONTENTS SEARCH
BW LPG
INTEGRATED
ANNUAL REPORT 2024
29
We identified the following material topics in our most recent materiality assessment and mapped to the relevant ESRS topics for disclosure.
Material topics Topic description ESRS topic ESRS description
Corporate governance
High standards of reporting and governance structures ESRS 2: General disclosures – Disclose governance structures and sustainability integration
– Report on material impacts, risks and opportunities
– Share policies, metrics and targets for sustainability
Emissions and energy
Manage energy efficiency and fuel consumption,
greenhouse gas and toxic emissions
ESRS E1: Climate change – Report on emissions and energy transition efforts
– Disclose climate adaptation, resilience strategies and impact of products
and services on climate
– Outline climate governance and accountability
Waste management
Reduce, reuse and responsibly dispose of waste to
minimise environmental impact
ESRS E2: Pollution – Disclosure of policies, targets and measures to minimise pollution
– Management of pollutants
– Transparency on environmental and health impacts
Water management
Sustainable use and preservation of water resources ESRS E3: Water and marine resources – Report water consumption, withdrawal and efforts to reduce water stress
– Efforts to minimise harm to aquatic ecosystems
– Disclosure of water-related risks
Health and safety
Health, safety and welfare assurance for onshore staff,
crew and contractors
ESRS S1: Own workforce – Share workforce composition and working conditions
– Report on equality, diversity and inclusion efforts
– Highlight training and development initiatives
Our people
Provide growth opportunities, training and fair workplace
packages
Operational excellence
Continuous improvement in processes and systems to
maximise efficiency, quality and organisational resilience
ESRS G1: Business conduct – Disclose anti-bribery, compliance, and ethics policies
– Report governance roles for business conduct
– Outline third-party and supply chain risk management
– BW LPG is actively preparing for compliance
with the Corporate Sustainability Reporting
Directive (CSRD) and the European
Sustainability Reporting Standards (ESRS).
– This transition marks a critical step in
aligning our reporting practices with the
European Union’s enhanced requirements for
transparency and accountability.
– To meet these obligations, we have initiated
cross-functional efforts to strengthen data
collection, refine management systems
and embed ESG considerations across our
operations.
– By gearing up for this compliance, we aim
to deliver comprehensive, high-quality
disclosures that provide stakeholders with
clear insights into our environmental, social
and governance impacts and progress toward
long-term sustainability goals.
Gearing up for CSRD compliance.














Graphics
BUSINESS & STRATEGY
SUSTAINABILITY
SUMMARY
MATERIAL TOPICS
STAKEHOLDER ENGAGEMENT
PERFORMANCE DASHBOARD
PARTNERSHIPS
ENVIRONMENT
SOCIAL
GOVERNANCE
GOVERNANCE
APPENDIX
CONTENTS SEARCH
BW LPG
INTEGRATED
ANNUAL REPORT 2024
30
Stakeholder engagement
Collaboration for impactful change
This engagement takes many forms,
including workshops and townhalls for crew
and employees, industry events and seminars
for customers, presentations for investors
and lenders, and online seminars for
regulatory bodies.
Through maintaining open communications,
we aim to understand and meet all our
stakeholders’ key expectations.
We actively engaged with a wide range of stakeholders and involved them
in discussions about the management, performance and disclosure
of significant ESG matters.
Key expectations Engagements in 2024
Crew
– Occupational safety
– Career development and training
– Fair compensation
– Supportive, diverse and inclusive culture
– Work-life balance
– Organised annual Senior Officers Conferences to promote knowledge sharing and best-practice
– Trained crew on LPG propulsion engine operations
– Continued engagement with BW@Work, our internal communications platform, to keep crew
informed about updated guidelines and new initiatives
Employees
– Occupational safety
– Career development and training
– Fair compensation
– Supportive, diverse and inclusive culture
– Work-life balance
– Developed Personal Development Plans for individual employees
– Organised various initiatives to enhance employee engagement, foster team cohesion, and
promote a healthy work-life balance
– Encouraged talent mobility and opportunities through university outreach and an improved
career page on our website, specifically for the Singapore office
Customers
– Operational excellence
– Competitive rates
– Flexible and good customer service
– Integrated service offering
– Low carbon footprint
– 24-hour customer service via our chartering and trading desks
– In-person sessions on fleet developments, performance, and services
– Enhanced offerings with BW Product Services and BW LPG India














Graphics
Key expectations Engagements in 2024
Suppliers
– Sustainable supply chain
– Prompt payment
– Equal opportunities and clear communication of
deliverables
– Increased the weighing factor of ESG in tender
– Monitored ESG reports of suppliers
– Selection of green shipyards in China for BW LPG's dry dockings
– Timely payments to suppliers in accordance with contractually agreed terms
– ABAC policy letters signed and enforced on new and active suppliers
– Communication and meetings with new and active suppliers on ESG and the Supplier Code of
Ethics for all purchase orders and contracts
Investors
– Financial performance
– Liquidity and capital market platform
– Strategic investments across the value chain
– Efficient capital allocation strategy
– Quarterly dividend distribution
– ESG topics and performance
– BW LPG’s key management actively engaged in direct dialogue with analysts, as well as existing
and potential investors, through both physical and virtual meetings
– Issued press releases and communicated with stakeholders at conferences and seminars, and
via social media platforms
– Accurate disclosure of our annual report, quarterly interim financial reports and presentations
were provided in a timely manner, in accordance with our financial calendar
– Distributed dividend and evaluated additional dividend or share buybacks
– Increased liquidity and strengthened our capital market platform with the US dual listing on the
NYSE
Lenders
– Timely and reliable reporting
– Compliance with loan covenants
– Explore sustainability-linked financing to align
with the sustainability strategy
– Maintain regular in-person and online contact with lenders
– Annual Q&A session with banking relationships to share business updates
– Update lenders with clear communication on strategic and ESG covenants
Regulators
– Safe and reliable shipping
– Collaborate and innovate
– Abide by regulatory requirements
– Develop superior management policies
– Enhanced industry visibility and knowledge-sharing by participating at industry events
– Worked in partnership with BW Group affiliates to improve industry standards
– Adapted to changing regulations and expectations by updating internal policies and processes
– Held training session for directors, executive management and employees to raise awareness
on regulatory requirements
BUSINESS & STRATEGY
SUSTAINABILITY
SUMMARY
MATERIAL TOPICS
STAKEHOLDER ENGAGEMENT
PERFORMANCE DASHBOARD
PARTNERSHIPS
ENVIRONMENT
SOCIAL
GOVERNANCE
GOVERNANCE
APPENDIX
CONTENTS SEARCH
BW LPG
INTEGRATED
ANNUAL REPORT 2024
31
Stakeholder engagement
Collaboration for impactful change (continued)














Graphics
BUSINESS & STRATEGY
SUSTAINABILITY
SUMMARY
MATERIAL TOPICS
STAKEHOLDER ENGAGEMENT
PERFORMANCE DASHBOARD
PARTNERSHIPS
ENVIRONMENT
SOCIAL
GOVERNANCE
GOVERNANCE
APPENDIX
CONTENTS SEARCH
BW LPG
INTEGRATED
ANNUAL REPORT 2024
32
ESG 2024 performance dashboard
Tracking our ESG progress
Environmental 2024 performance dashboard
Sustainability priority Emissions and energy Waste and water management
Commitment
Sustainably embedding decarbonisation initiatives
across our operations is a key priority. We are following a
clear, long-term roadmap that protects the interests of
our shareholders, and positions us to seize opportunities
from the global clean energy transition.
By managing waste and water responsibly, we minimise
our environmental footprint and promote resource
efficiency. We adopt best practices to reduce waste
generation, enhance recycling efforts and ensure
the sustainable use of water across our operations,
supporting a healthier marine ecosystem and a cleaner
planet.
2024 targets
– All owned vessels to attain "C" or better rating under CII
– Average LPG dual fuel uptime above 85%
– Achieve overall net positive savings in fuel from weather
routing
– BW LPG fleet to reach net zero carbon emissions by
2050
– Zero spills of oil at sea
– 100% compliance with all MARPOL conventions
– 100% compliance with the Ballast Water Management
convention
– 100% of all ship recycling projects to be done with
shipyards certified to ISO 30000 and Hong Kong
Convention
2024 progress
– All owned vessels attained “C” rating under CII
– Achieved overall net positive savings in fuel from weather
routing
– Continued to explore sustainable investments in
technology and alternative fuels to drive innovation and
accelerate our transition toward net-zero emissions in
LPG shipping
– Zero oil spills
– Zero non-compliance with the Ballast Water
Management Convention and MARPOL conventions
– No vessels were recycled in 2024
UNSDG goal














Graphics
BUSINESS & STRATEGY
SUSTAINABILITY
SUMMARY
MATERIAL TOPICS
STAKEHOLDER ENGAGEMENT
PERFORMANCE DASHBOARD
PARTNERSHIPS
ENVIRONMENT
SOCIAL
GOVERNANCE
GOVERNANCE
APPENDIX
CONTENTS SEARCH
BW LPG
INTEGRATED
ANNUAL REPORT 2024
33
ESG 2024 performance dashboard
Tracking our ESG progress (continued)
Social 2024 performance dashboard
Sustainability priority Health and safety Our people
Commitment
We uphold a steadfast commitment to Zero Harm,
ensuring a safe and healthy workplace for all
employees. Through continuous safety training, rigorous
maintenance protocols, and a culture of proactive
risk management, we strive to eliminate incidents and
protect the well-being of our team members.
At BW LPG, we foster an inclusive and diverse workplace
where every employee is valued and empowered
to thrive. Through continuous learning, leadership
development, and career advancement opportunities,
we invest in our people to drive innovation and long-
term success.
2024 targets
– Zero crew and contractor fatalities at sea and on shore
while at work
– Lost Time Injury Frequency (LTIF) ≤ 0.3
– Total Recordable Case Frequency (TRCF) ≤ 1.2
– Investment in training, upgrading and upskilling
programmes
– Have interns/trainees in our industry exposure
programme to encourage and groom maritime talent
– Diversity of nationalities with ± 15% variance in gender
– Develop opportunities to work between offices and
enhance collaboration
– Zero cases of discrimination and harassment
2024 progress
– Zero crew and employee fatalities
– LTIF: 0.51, TRCF: 0.51
– Continued HiLo analyses, trainings, audits, safety
briefings anddrills
– Continued collaboration with BW Group through the
Working Environment Committee to assess work
environments
– No reported cases of discrimination and harassment
– Conducted and invested in training programmes
– Hosted interns and trainees as part of our industry
exposure programme
– Achieved zero cases of discrimination and harassment
– Employed a diversity of nationalities with a gender
variance close to the target
UNSDG goal














Graphics
BUSINESS & STRATEGY
SUSTAINABILITY
SUMMARY
MATERIAL TOPICS
STAKEHOLDER ENGAGEMENT
PERFORMANCE DASHBOARD
PARTNERSHIPS
ENVIRONMENT
SOCIAL
GOVERNANCE
GOVERNANCE
APPENDIX
CONTENTS SEARCH
BW LPG
INTEGRATED
ANNUAL REPORT 2024
34
ESG 2024 performance dashboard
Tracking our ESG progress (continued)
Governance 2024 performance dashboard
Sustainability priority Corporate governance Operational excellence
Commitment
Through strong corporate governance, we uphold the
highest standards of integrity, accountability, and ethical
leadership. We ensure robust oversight, transparent
decision-making, and compliance with global regulations,
fostering trust among stakeholders and supporting
sustainable, long-term value creation.
By embedding sustainability into our strategy and
operations, we will not only achieve good financial
results but also ensure long-term sustainability. We are
a member of the Maritime Anti-Corruption Network, a
global initiative to eliminate bribery and corruption in
shipping.
2024 targets
– Zero non-compliance with laws and regulations
– Actively promote awareness at sea and in offices for
zero tolerance to bribery, facilitation and corruption
– Host online and onsite campaigns to promote ABAC
awareness
– Zero detentions
– Increase collaboration with industry bodies
– Maintain ISO certifications
– On-time and on-budget project execution
– Expand internal IT standards, and enhance data
protection and handling capacity
– Reinforce compliance with all applicable regulatory
frameworks
– 100% of top suppliers audited on ESG practices
2024 progress
– 100% compliance with all laws and regulations
– No facilitation payments made and no monetary loss
due to legal proceedings
– No cases of misconduct reported in 2024
– No political contributions made in the past four years
– The Group was not involved in any legal proceedings
related to anti-competition practices and had no
reported cases of misconduct in 2024
– Enhanced ABAC communication to all crew and
employees through updated trainings
– No detentions in the last four years
– Internal IT capabilities enhanced with three new
permanent employees and a restructuring of data and
reporting solutions
– No major cybersecurity incidents or data breaches
reported in 2024
– ISO certifications maintained
– Projects executed within timelines and budget
– In collaboration with BW Group, planning a combined
effort to contract an ESG provider platform for auditing
all suppliers
UNSDG goal














Graphics
BUSINESS & STRATEGY
SUSTAINABILITY
SUMMARY
MATERIAL TOPICS
STAKEHOLDER ENGAGEMENT
PERFORMANCE DASHBOARD
PARTNERSHIPS
ENVIRONMENT
SOCIAL
GOVERNANCE
GOVERNANCE
APPENDIX
CONTENTS SEARCH
BW LPG
INTEGRATED
ANNUAL REPORT 2024
35
We play an active role in industry associations, sharing our expertise on the maritime industry to help drive improved
standards for everyone. We also support local initiatives that have a positive impact on the communities in which we
operate, helping to foster cohesiveness in challenging times.
BW LPG is a member of, or partners with, the following associations and organisations
Partnerships
Memberships and associations














Graphics
BUSINESS & STRATEGY
SUSTAINABILITY
SUMMARY
MATERIAL TOPICS
STAKEHOLDER ENGAGEMENT
PERFORMANCE DASHBOARD
PARTNERSHIPS
ENVIRONMENT
SOCIAL
GOVERNANCE
GOVERNANCE
APPENDIX
CONTENTS SEARCH
BW LPG
INTEGRATED
ANNUAL REPORT 2024
36
Environment: Emissions and energy
Our roadmap to net zero
The global clean-energy transition
starts with our actions now.
We are committed to improving
the energy efficiency of our
operations and reducing
greenhouse gas (GHG) emissions in
a safe and cost-efficient manner.
Emissions reduction and energy management
are interlinked in our operational framework. We
are committed to minimising and reducing
energy consumption across our existing assets.
To this end, we have adopted measures to
optimise our operational processes and have
implemented industry-leading fuel
consumption management practices.
By jointly addressing these aspects, we can
streamline our efforts and implement measures
that contribute significantly to our environmental
goals and overall sustainability objectives.
Efficiency measures: How BW LPG vessels are decarbonising operations
Human element
A dedicated team working on energy
management with the crew, overseeing all
aspects of the vessel’s voyage.
LPG propulsion engine
Over 60% of our owned fleet is fitted with
dual-fuel LPG propulsion, limiting emissions
compared with traditional marine fuels.
Performance monitoring
A monitoring system installed on
vessels,enabling the programming and
planning of voyages for optimum efficiency.
Total fuel oil consumption system
Also known as TFTC. Algorithms
automatically calculate and calibrate
equipment, optimising vessel routing
and speed under local sea and
weather conditions.
LED Lights
Replacement of lights with LEDs to
reduce energy consumption. Renewal of
conventional lights are being replaced with
LED type when worn out.
In-house system
This monitors hull and propeller resistance
to avoid increased drag which can build
up over time and result in increased fuel
consumption.
Fins on propellers
The installation of propeller boss cap fins
and Mewis ducts has improved efficiency in
propeller performance.
Anti-fouling paint technology
Super-slippery paint to prevent the
accumulation of bio-organisms on the hull
and propellers, reducing resistance as
vessels move through water.
Vessel trim optimisation
Use of fluid dynamic calculation software
to determine the optimal hydrodynamic
performance in relation to sea conditions
and vessel speed, reducing fuel
consumption and emissions.
2024 annual emissions data
Scope 1 emissions
(CO
2
e Tonnes '000)
1,368.81
Scope 2 emissions
(CO
2
e Tonnes '000)
0.03
Carbon Intensity Index
(gCO
2
/tonne.nm)
6.33
Further environmental data can be found in the
appendix.














Graphics
BUSINESS & STRATEGY
SUSTAINABILITY
SUMMARY
MATERIAL TOPICS
STAKEHOLDER ENGAGEMENT
PERFORMANCE DASHBOARD
PARTNERSHIPS
ENVIRONMENT
SOCIAL
GOVERNANCE
GOVERNANCE
APPENDIX
CONTENTS SEARCH
BW LPG
INTEGRATED
ANNUAL REPORT 2024
37
Environment: Emissions and energy
Our roadmap to net zero (continued)
Our environmental goals are aligned with the
GHG reduction strategy of the International
Maritime Organization (IMO) - a 20% reduction
in emissions by 2030 (baseline 2008), with the
ultimate target of net zero by 2050.
– All owned vessels will attain a “C” or better
rating in the Carbon Intensity Indicator (CII)
– We will achieve an average LPG dual-fuel
uptime above 85%
– We will achieve overall net positive savings in
fuel from weather routing
– TheBWLPGfleetisaimingfornetzero
carbon emissions by 2050.
0
2020 2025 2030 2035 2040 2045 2050
Expansion
of LGIP fleet
Evaluate low emission
propulsion technology
solutions
BW LPG
Towards net zero
Net CO
2e
emissions
(existing fleet)
Net CO
2e
emissions
(low emission propulsion)
Refining
operational excellence
Upgraded fleet
to LGIP propulsion
Net CO
2e
emissions
Decarbonisation roadmap
2025 targets Performance














Graphics
BUSINESS & STRATEGY
SUSTAINABILITY
SUMMARY
MATERIAL TOPICS
STAKEHOLDER ENGAGEMENT
PERFORMANCE DASHBOARD
PARTNERSHIPS
ENVIRONMENT
SOCIAL
GOVERNANCE
GOVERNANCE
APPENDIX
CONTENTS SEARCH
BW LPG
INTEGRATED
ANNUAL REPORT 2024
38
Environment: Waste and water management
Commitment to a clean economy
Waste and water management are critical for BW LPG as they directly
contribute to minimising the environmental footprint of our operations.
This not only ensures compliance with international environmental
regulations but also aligns with our broader commitment to sustainable
and responsible business practices.
At BW LPG, we enact robust policies and procedures concerning
hazardous spills, waste, ship recycling, effluents, and ballast water
operations. We uphold responsible fleet operations by ensuring full
compliance with all relevant international regulations.
We recognise the potential impact of the
waste we generate on biodiversity – especially
in marine protected areas. We focus on the
reduction, recycling and treatment of waste.
Effective management of hazardous materials
– both in use and disposal – is a priority,
and is conducted according to responsible
environmental practices. Additionally, BW LPG
is dedicated to responsible ship recycling
processes, optimising the use of waste
materials and components.
Our waste management policy requires
separation, collection, storage and disposal
of vessels’ waste. Bilge water, grey water and
sewage are treated with systems onboard
before disposal. Vessels maintain a Garbage
Management Plan and a Garbage Record Book.
Since 2020, we have pledged our support
for the IMPA SAVE Council for Maritime
Supply Chain Sustainability, reducing the use
of single-use plastics onboard our vessels.
As a company we ensure compliance with
all environmental regulations. Our onboard
initiatives have proved effective, reducing the
amount of waste disposed ashore on our owned
vessels between 2021 and 2024.
Waste management
Waste landed ashore (m3)
2023
1,002
Total
1,044
Total
1,003
Total
20242022
The impact on water bodies resulting from
operations is a key consideration for BW
LPG, encompassing concerns such as noise
pollution and the protection of marine areas.
We focus on effective management of ballast
water and effluent discharge to mitigate
adverse effects. We have implemented
measures for incident pollution management,
ensuring a comprehensive approach to
safeguarding water ecosystems and minimising
the environmental footprint of our activities.
Water management
2025 targets
– Full compliance with the Ballast Water Management Convention
– Full compliance with all MARPOL conventions
– No spills of oil at sea
– All ship recycling projects to be done with shipyards certified to ISO 30000 and Hong Kong Convention
– Encourage waste reduction
– Reduce single-use plastics on board ships














Graphics
BUSINESS & STRATEGY
SUSTAINABILITY
SUMMARY
MATERIAL TOPICS
STAKEHOLDER ENGAGEMENT
PERFORMANCE DASHBOARD
PARTNERSHIPS
ENVIRONMENT
SOCIAL
GOVERNANCE
GOVERNANCE
APPENDIX
CONTENTS SEARCH
BW LPG
INTEGRATED
ANNUAL REPORT 2024
39
Social: Health and safety
Putting safety first
At BW LPG, the health and safety
of our employees and crew are
non-negotiable. Zero Harm is
our organisation-wide safety
campaign, with the goal of ensuring
that safety remains the top priority
across all our operations.
We apply our competence and experience
in commercial management and operations
to bring energy safely to the world markets.
As we continue to provide the best-value
services in our industry through outstanding
operating efficiency, we will always keep
safety at the top of our agenda.
Zero Harm
Our safety culture
Operational resilience
Ability to bounce back in unexpected situations
Visible leadership
A work environment committee that addresses
health and safety concerns. Employees
can contact this committee for any work
environment-related issues.
–

Management commitment to Zero Harm
–

Ship engagement from Executive
Management
–

Sharing best practices/safety culture
Learning from incidents
Crew feedback is gathered through an annual
shipboard management review. All seafarers
have access to our SMS and policies and
receive training in basic and advanced safety
according to STCW regulations.
–

Safety campaigns/reflective learning
–

Root cause analysis (by BSCAT™)
–

Training tailored to workplace
Zero Harm
Our Zero Harm policy guides all of our activities
in crewing. Our Safety Management System
(SMS) enforces strict safety compliance
policies without exception. We prioritise safety
in all interactions with personnel, including
meetings with vessels and conferences.
–

Crew assessment strategy
–

Risk management
–

Work/rest hour management
C A
R
E
Collaborative Ambitious Reliable Enduring
2025 targets
– Zero cases of discrimination and harassment
– Zero crew, employee and contractor
fatalities while at work
– Whole fleet LTIF ≤ 0.3, TRCF ≤ 1.2














Graphics
BUSINESS & STRATEGY
SUSTAINABILITY
SUMMARY
MATERIAL TOPICS
STAKEHOLDER ENGAGEMENT
PERFORMANCE DASHBOARD
PARTNERSHIPS
ENVIRONMENT
SOCIAL
GOVERNANCE
GOVERNANCE
APPENDIX
CONTENTS SEARCH
BW LPG
INTEGRATED
ANNUAL REPORT 2024
40
Social: Health and safety
Our safety initiatives
Workplace incidents
We have a robust system to identify hazards and derive corrective
and preventive measures. Our 'Stop Work' requirements, Crisis
Management Plan and Emergency Response Procedure provide
guidance on handling incidents. Drills reinforce our learning and
test our procedures.
An established crisis management plan ensures a disciplined
reaction to different emergency scenarios. The plan is available
on the company intranet and drills are held regularly. Crisis
management for our vessels is managed through our Emergency
Response (ER) programme.
During an emergency, vessels can contact a designated person
ashore who can make a trained assessment and decide on the
need to activate the relevant procedures and 24-hour ER team. If
activated, appropriate communications will be implemented with
all stakeholders.
Health insurance coverage
We provide health insurance for all employees. BW LPG new
joiners are introduced to health insurance coverage as part of the
induction programme, and information remains easily accessible
to all employees. To ensure employees stay informed, we engage
our insurance provider to conduct regular refresher sessions on
coverage and benefits.
Health on the waves
We offer fitness programmes, dietary advice and stress-reducing
initiatives for all crew members. We have partnered with 'Well at
Sea' for years, to help promote exercise regimes onboard as well
as looking out for mental health issues among the crew. ISWAN
is available as an anonymous mental helpline. Marine Benefits
insurance covers all crew, spouses and children, and P&I insurance
is applicable when onboard.
Metrics and performance
Mental well-being
Wellness of mind is as important as wellness of body. We inspire
conversations on well-being through the Our Whole Self initiative.
Using speakers, discussions, team activities and self-reflection
exercises helps our employees take better care of themselves and
others.
Training and feedback
We constantly reinforce our Zero Harm approach. Crew and
subcontractors must complete a safety training programme, and
safety meetings are held before maintenance or ad hoc work
begins. We provide extensive safety training, and regular drills
reinforce our learning and stress-test our procedures at sea and
on shore.
Safer Together
We have launched the Safer Together campaign to reinforce
our commitment to Zero Harm — to help ensure the safety of
our people, the environment, and our vessels. As part of this
ongoing initiative, we regularly maintain vessel machinery, conduct
training sessions, perform emergency drills, and carry out audits
throughout the year to uphold the highest safety standards.
SIRE (Ship Inspection Report Programme)
2.7
Target: ≤3
Crew TRCF (Total Recordable Case Frequency)
0.51
Target: ≤1.2














Graphics
BUSINESS & STRATEGY
SUSTAINABILITY
SUMMARY
MATERIAL TOPICS
STAKEHOLDER ENGAGEMENT
PERFORMANCE DASHBOARD
PARTNERSHIPS
ENVIRONMENT
SOCIAL
GOVERNANCE
GOVERNANCE
APPENDIX
CONTENTS SEARCH
BW LPG
INTEGRATED
ANNUAL REPORT 2024
41
Social: Our people
Building an inclusive workforce
At BW LPG, we value diversity
in all its forms and are committed
to fostering a culture of diversity
and inclusion – both at sea and
on shore.
Our sum of different skills, knowledge and
experience not only forms part of our culture,
but also allows us to better understand and
meet customer needs. It helps us create a
workplace environment where employees can
perform to their fullest potential, ultimately
driving better financial performance.
Employee diversity
nationalities
represented
21
41%
59%

Female
Male
Crew:
Employees: Employees:
<2%
>98%

Female
Male
We work with external institutions to nurture
the talent pipeline on behalf of the industry,
and also participate in recruitment events,
offer scholarships and provide work placement
opportunities to ensure that BW LPG attracts
the best available people.
We invest in the growth and development
of our employees by providing on-the-
job training, professional development and
clear pathways for career progression. We
encourage employees to embrace change,
acquire new skills, and seek to continually
improve their performance.
Shipping is historically a male-dominated
industry. According to the International
Maritime Organisation (IMO), women make up
about 1.2% of the global seafarer workforce.
To support gender diversity, BW LPG provides
scholarships at the Indian Maritime University.
We now offer up to 50 such opportunities to
deserving female cadets.
BW LPG aims to provide a supportive work
environment for our female seafarers. We want
everyone on our vessels to feel they belong, are
free to be themselves and, above all, are safe.
BW LPG offers numerous learning and
development opportunities for all employees
to enhance their knowledge and performance.
These initiatives encompass on-the-job
training, workshops, mentoring, coaching and
self-paced learning.
We also have initiatives and programmes to
promote employee work-life balance, health
and mental well-being. By taking care of
our employees, we can ensure continuity
of expertise and safeguard the company’s
long-term success and growth.
As part of BW Group, we rolled out a series
of initiatives and policies to promote respect
and belonging for colleagues at sea –
highlighting our Anti-Harassment, Anti-Bullying
and Diversity, Inclusion and Belonging (DIB)
Guidelines.
We review our policies on a regular basis to
ensure they remain relevant as expectations
evolve. Since 2023, BW LPG has implemented
maternity leave policy to reinforce our
commitment to the well-being and support of
our seafarers and their families.
Recruitment and development onshore
A commitment to equality at sea
2025 targets
– Investment in training, upgrading and upskilling programmes
– Have interns/trainees in our industry exposure programme to encourage and groom maritime talent
– Develop opportunities to work between offices and enhance collaboration














Graphics
BUSINESS & STRATEGY
SUSTAINABILITY
SUMMARY
MATERIAL TOPICS
STAKEHOLDER ENGAGEMENT
PERFORMANCE DASHBOARD
PARTNERSHIPS
ENVIRONMENT
SOCIAL
GOVERNANCE
GOVERNANCE
APPENDIX
CONTENTS SEARCH
BW LPG
INTEGRATED
ANNUAL REPORT 2024
42
Social: Corporate social responsibility
Enhancing communities and fostering partnerships
At BW LPG, we recognise the importance of
extending care to the broader community.
We aim to support projects that have a
lasting environmental and social impact in the
localities where we operate.
We partner the Akshaya Patra Foundation,
an Indian nonprofit providing children with
nutritious meals in school, helping to keep
them in education. As energy partner for 13
centralised kitchens in the Indian states of
Andhra Pradesh and Uttar Pradesh, BW LPG
India has supported the cooking of around 43
million meals for children from 2,700 schools.
In India, indoor pollution from cooking with
biomass is estimated to cause about 1.1 million
deaths per year. BW LPG India has ramped up
LPG imports into the country, supporting a
government programme to bring cleaner LPG
energy to 80 million households below the
poverty line.
In a traditionally male-dominated industry,
improving gender diversity has become a
pillar of our business. We offer scholarships to
selected female cadets at the Indian Maritime
University (IMU), lowering the financial burden
on them and their families. The scheme has
helped almost 60 young women start a career
in shipping.
Caring for the community Fuelling hungry mindsEliminating kitchen pollution Promoting diversity at sea














Graphics
BUSINESS & STRATEGY
SUSTAINABILITY
SUMMARY
MATERIAL TOPICS
STAKEHOLDER ENGAGEMENT
PERFORMANCE DASHBOARD
PARTNERSHIPS
ENVIRONMENT
SOCIAL
GOVERNANCE
GOVERNANCE
APPENDIX
CONTENTS SEARCH
BW LPG
INTEGRATED
ANNUAL REPORT 2024
43
Governance: Corporate governance and operational excellence
Living by our principles
We commit to uphold high standards of governance practices and to maintain open
channels of communication. We conduct annual reviews of relevant legislation, guidelines,
best practices and risk management.
Actions 2025 targets
Corporate governance
and operational excellence
– Actively promote awareness at sea and
in offices for zero tolerance to bribery,
facilitation and corruption
– Host online and onsite campaigns to promote
ABAC awareness
– Full compliance with international maritime
regulations, as well as international and
regional laws
At BW LPG, we guard the trust given to us by our stakeholders
through our corporate governance structure, which monitors
our procedures and practices. Beyond compliance, we ensure
strict internal governance and follow established gatekeeping
procedures when we debate strategic business decisions.
As a global enterprise, BW LPG is committed
to fostering responsible conduct across our
operations and throughout our value chain.
This means advocating accountability through
established policies, maintaining a strict
stance against fraud and corruption, upholding
We aspire to eradicate corruption wherever
we operate. Through our Anti-Bribery and
Anti-Corruption (ABAC) framework, we
implement robust controls and policies
to ensure compliance with the highest
international standards. In collaboration with
various stakeholders, we strengthen our
BW LPG has an external whistle-blowing
channel, providing a safe and confidential
avenue for employees and crew to report
suspected misconduct. Employees and
crew reporting in good faith will never suffer
retaliation or detriment. The hotline is available
on our intranet 24/7, in multiple languages.
a culture of respect, honesty and fairness,
and actively contributing to transparency.
We consider responsible business conduct
to be essential in building trust among our
stakeholders, and integral to our overall success.
operations by embedding ABAC principles,
sanctions compliance, and export controls
into our business practices. Our ambition is to
be a best-in-class entity, upholding integrity,
transparency, and ethical conduct, especially in
jurisdictions challenged by corruption risks.
Employees and external stakeholders can also
make anonymous reports via EthicsPoint, a
third-party hosted platform that relays reports
directly to the Chairperson of the Audit
Committee. We keep records of grievance
cases that are addressed by departmental
heads and the Head of HR. In cases where
mediation is required, the Executive
Management may be involved to ensure fair
resolution of concerns.
Corporate governance
Operational excellence Open communication and whistle-blowing














Graphics
BUSINESS & STRATEGY
SUSTAINABILITY
GOVERNANCE
CORPORATE GOVERNANCE
RISK MANAGEMENT
LEADERSHIP
REMUNERATION REPORT
APPENDIX
CONTENTS SEARCH
BW LPG
INTEGRATED
ANNUAL REPORT 2024
44
Stewardship for
long-term value creation
GOVERNANCE










Graphics
BUSINESS & STRATEGY
SUSTAINABILITY
GOVERNANCE
CORPORATE GOVERNANCE
RISK MANAGEMENT
LEADERSHIP
REMUNERATION REPORT
APPENDIX
CONTENTS SEARCH
BW LPG
INTEGRATED
ANNUAL REPORT 2024
45
Corporate governance report
Stewardship for long-term value creation
Introduction
BW LPG Limited (“BW LPG” or the “Company”) was a company incorporated in Bermuda
limitedby shares until 1 July 2024 when the Company was registered in Singapore as a public
companylimited by shares following its redomiciliation from Bermuda to Singapore (the
“Redomiciliation”). The Company is listed on the Oslo Børs (the Oslo Stock Exchange) and the
NewYork Stock Exchange.
BW LPG was primarily governed by the Bermuda Companies Act, its Memorandum of Association
and its Bye-law, and following the Redomiciliation, the Companies Act 1967 of Singapore (“Singapore
Companies Act”) and the constitution of the Company (“Constitution”). In addition, the Company
is required to comply with certain aspects of the Norwegian Securities Trading Act, the Norwegian
Accounting Act and the continuing obligations for companies listed on the Oslo Stock Exchange.
This report (the "Report") is prepared by the Company pursuant to section 4.4 of the Euronext Oslo
Rule book II – Issuer Rules and section 2-9 of the Norwegian Accounting Act. Part 2 of the Report
provides an overall overview of the Company’s Corporate Governance practices with specific
reference to the Norwegian Code of Practice for Corporate Governance (the “Code”) dated 14
October 2021 issued by the Norwegian Corporate Governance Board. Each individual point of the
Code is reviewed and if the Company deviates from the Code, explanations are provided. The Code
is available at www.nues.no. Part 3 of the Report provides a description of the Company's guidelines
and policies regarding equality and diversity and their impact during the financial year 2024.
Corporate Governance Report
Comply or Explain Overview with reference to the Norwegian Code of Practice for Corporate
Governance
Section of the Code Deviations
01 Implementation and reporting on
corporate governance
None
02 Business Before the Redomiciliation - The Company’s objectives
are wider and more extensive
After the Redomiciliation - The Company’s objectives are
not stated in the Constitution
03 Equity and dividends Before the Redomiciliation - The Company’s issuance
and purchase of its own shares are neither limited to a
specific purpose nor to a specified period
After the Redomiciliation - None
04 Equal treatment of shareholders None
05 Shares and negotiability The Company may decline to register the transfer of
any share if the transfer results in the Company being
deemed a “Controlled Foreign Company” in Norway
06 General meetings The chairman of the Board also acts as the chair of the
general meetings
07 Nomination committee None
08 Board of Directors: composition and
independence
None
09 The work of the Board of Directors One of the two members of the Remuneration Committee
is not independent of the Company’s largest shareholder
10 Risk management and internal control None
11 Remuneration of the Board of Directors None
12 Remuneration of the Executive
Management
Performance-related remuneration to Executive
Management is not subject to an absolute limit
13 Information and communications None
14 Take-overs None
15 Auditor None
Table 1: Overview of deviations from the Code










Graphics
BUSINESS & STRATEGY
SUSTAINABILITY
GOVERNANCE
CORPORATE GOVERNANCE
RISK MANAGEMENT
LEADERSHIP
REMUNERATION REPORT
APPENDIX
CONTENTS SEARCH
BW LPG
INTEGRATED
ANNUAL REPORT 2024
46
Corporate governance report (continued)
The Board of Directors (the “Board”) believes
that the interests of the Company and its
shareholders are best served by the adoption
of business policies and practices which are
legal, compliant, ethical, and open in relation to
all dealings with customers, potential customers
and other third parties. These policies are
designed to be fair and in accordance with
leading market practices on stakeholder
relationships and are also sensitive to
reasonable expectations of public interest.
The Company’s Corporate Governance policy
takes into account the Code and as such,
includes self-regulatory corporate governance
practices. The Company has developed
its internal policies and practices, where
appropriate, to meet the requirements and
recommendations of the Code.
The Corporate Governance of the Company is
subject to review by the Board at least annually,
and the Company’s governance documents
are reviewed annually to ensure continued
relevance and accuracy.
The Company does not deviate from Section 1
of the Code.
Section 01 Implementing and reporting on corporate governance
Prior to the Redomiciliation, the Company’s
Memorandum of Association described the
nature of the Company’s business and the
objectives of the Company. In accordance with
common practice for Bermuda companies,
the description of the Company’s objectives is
wider and more extensive than recommended
in the Code. This represents a deviation from
Section 2 of the Code.
In connection with the Redomiciliation the
Company's Memorandum of Association and
Bye-law was replaced with the Constitution.
Under the Singapore Companies Act,
companies are not required to include a clause
specifying the company’s principal activities
and the purposes for which the company
was formed in its constitution. Pursuant to
common practice for Singapore companies,
the Company has not included such provisions
in its Constitution as the Company, under the
Singapore Companies Act, has full capacity to
carry on or undertake any business or activity,
do any act or enter into any transaction and,
for the foregoing purposes, full rights, powers
and privileges. Accordingly, this represents a
deviation from Section 2 of the Code.
The Board leads the Company’s strategic
planning, makes decisions and defines clear
objectives, strategies and risk profiles that
form the basis for the Company’s Executive
Management to prepare and carry out
investments and structural measures to create
value for the shareholders in a sustainable way.
During this work, the Board takes into account
economic, social and environmental conditions
to ensure value creation for a sustainable
business. The Company’s strategies, objectives,
business activities and risk profiles are
evaluated at least annually and are described
in the annual report on Form 20-F (the "Form
Section 02 Business
20-F"). The Company has implemented
corporate values, ethical guidelines and
guidelines for corporate social responsibility.
These values and guidelines are described
in the Company’s Code of Ethics, Business
Conduct and internal policies.
The Board regularly evaluates the Company’s
capital requirements to ensure that the
Company has a capital structure which is
appropriate for its objectives, strategy and risk
profile.
The Board has decided on a dividend policy for
the Company to provide a degree of
predictability and transparency on the
determination of dividend payouts to
shareholders. Details on the dividend policy
can be found on the Company’s website.
In addition to cash dividends, the Company
may buy back shares as part of its total
distribution of capital to shareholders.
Under the Bermuda Bye-laws of the Company,
the Board may declare dividends and
distributions without the approval of the
shareholders in general meetings. Under the
Constitution, no dividend (final or interim) shall
be paid to shareholders except out of the
profits of the Company. Furthermore, the
Company may by ordinary resolution in a
general meeting declare final dividends, but no
such dividend shall exceed the amount
recommended by the Board. The Board may
from time to time pay to the shareholders such
interim dividends as appear to the Board to be
justified by the profits of the Company.
Dividend payouts which are approved at the
board meetings or general meetings of the
Company are made in accordance with the
dividend policy.
Pursuant to Bermuda law and in accordance
with common practice for Bermuda
incorporated companies, the Board has
authority to issue any authorised unissued
shares in the Company on such terms and
conditions as it may decide and may exercise
all powers of the Company to purchase the
Company’s own shares. The powers of the
Board to issue and purchase shares are neither
limited to specific purposes nor to a specified
period as recommended in the Code. This
represents a deviation from Section 3 of the
Code for the period before the Redomiciliation.
The Singapore Companies Act provides that
notwithstanding anything in the Constitution,
the Board may only be authorised to issue new
shares or acquire the Company’s own shares
by the prior approval of the shareholders in a
general meeting. The general meeting can
specify one or several mandates to limit a
board authorisation to issue new shares or
acquire own shares to a defined purpose. Both
such board authorisations will be effective
from the date of the general meeting or such
date as the general meeting resolve and be
valid until the next annual general meeting or
the latest date the annual general meeting is
required by law to be held. In connection with
the Redomiciliation, the general meeting
resolved to authorise the Board of Directors to
issue new shares and acquire own shares
within certain limits.
The Company does not deviate from Section 3
of the Code following the Redomiciliation.
Section 03 Equity and dividends










Graphics
BUSINESS & STRATEGY
SUSTAINABILITY
GOVERNANCE
CORPORATE GOVERNANCE
RISK MANAGEMENT
LEADERSHIP
REMUNERATION REPORT
APPENDIX
CONTENTS SEARCH
BW LPG
INTEGRATED
ANNUAL REPORT 2024
47
Corporate governance report (continued)
The Company has one class of shares. Each
share in the Company carries one vote, and all
shares carry equal rights, including the right to
participate in general meetings. All shareholders
will be treated on an equal basis, unless there is
just cause for treating them differently.
Pursuant to Bermuda and Singapore laws and
based on the rights of shareholders outlined in
the Bermuda Bye-laws and the Constitution, the
shareholders of the Company do not have
pre-emption rights in share issues unless
otherwise resolved by the Company. Any
decision to issue shares without pre-emption
rights for existing shareholders will be justified in
the common interest of the Company and the
shareholders. In the event that the Company
carries out a share issue without pre-emption
rights for existing shareholders, then the
justification will be publicly disclosed in a stock
exchange announcement issued in connection
with the share issue.
Any transactions the Company carries out in its
own shares will be carried out either through
the Oslo Stock Exchange and/or New York Stock
Exchange in accordance with applicable
regulations or with reference to prevailing stock
exchange prices if carried out in another way. If
there is limited liquidity in the Company’s
shares, the Company will consider other ways to
ensure equal treatment of shareholders.
The Company does not deviate from Section 4
of the Code.
Section 04 Equal treatment of shareholders
In general, the shares in the Company are freely
transferable.
However, the Board may decline to register the
transfer of any share, where such transfer
would, in the opinion of the Board, likely result in
50% or more of the aggregate issued and
outstanding share capital of the Company
being held or owned directly or indirectly by
individuals or legal persons resident for tax
purposes in Norway, or alternatively, such
shares being effectively connected to a
Norwegian business activity, or the Company
otherwise being deemed a “Controlled Foreign
Company” as such term is defined pursuant to
Norwegian tax legislation. The purpose of this
provision is to avoid the Company being
deemed a "Controlled Foreign Company"
pursuant to Norwegian tax rules. This
represents a deviation from Section 5 of the
Code.
Section 05 Shares and negotiability
The annual general meeting of the Company will
normally take place on or before 31 May each
year. The Company encourages all shareholders
to participate in and to vote at general meetings.
In order to facilitate shareholder participation,
the Board ensures that:
– the resolutions and supporting
documentation, if any, will be sufficiently
detailed, comprehensive and specific to
allow shareholders to understand and form a
view on matters that are to be considered at
the general meeting;
– the registration deadline, if any, for
shareholders to participate at the general
meeting will be set as closely to the date of
the general meeting as practically possible
and permissible under the provision in the
Bermuda Bye-laws and the Constitution (as
applicable);
– the shareholders will have the opportunity
to vote on each individual matter, including
on each candidate nominated for election
to the Company’s Board and Committees (if
applicable); and
– the members of the Board, the chairman of
the nomination committee and the auditor
(where attendance is regarded as essential)
will have the opportunity to participate at
the general meeting.
Shareholders who cannot be present at the
general meeting will be given the opportunity to
vote by proxy or to participate by using
electronic means. The Company will in this
respect:
– provide information on the procedure for
attending by proxy in the notice;
– nominate a person who will be available
to vote on behalf of shareholders as their
proxy; and
– prepare a proxy form which will, insofar
as this is possible, be formulated in such
a manner that the shareholder can vote
on each item that is to be addressed and
vote for each of the candidates that are
nominated for election.
Pursuant to the Company’s Bermuda Bye-laws
and the Constitution (as applicable), the
chairman of the Board shall act as chairman of
the meeting at all general meetings at which
such person is present. Notwithstanding the
above, the Chairman may appoint a person to
act as chairman of the general meeting. In the
absence of the Chairman and a person
appointed to act as chairman of the meeting by
the chairman of the Board, the chairman of the
general meeting shall be appointed or elected
by those present at the meeting and entitled to
vote. In this respect, the Company deviates from
Section 6 of the Code. However, there will be
routines to ensure that an independent person
is available to chair the general meeting or a
particular agenda with regard to any matters
related to the chairman of the Board.
The Company endeavours to publish the
minutes of the annual general meeting on the
Company’s website no later than 15 days after
the date of the meeting, and a printed version
can be made available upon request.
Section 06 General meetings










Graphics
BUSINESS & STRATEGY
SUSTAINABILITY
GOVERNANCE
CORPORATE GOVERNANCE
RISK MANAGEMENT
LEADERSHIP
REMUNERATION REPORT
APPENDIX
CONTENTS SEARCH
BW LPG
INTEGRATED
ANNUAL REPORT 2024
48
Corporate governance report (continued)
Section 07 Nomination Committee
The Company has a Nomination Committee
appointed by the general meeting with a
chairman elected by the general meeting.
The Nomination Committee is laid down in
the Company’s Bermuda Bye-laws and the
Constitution (as applicable) with guidelines
approved at the annual general meeting. The
Nomination Committee guidelines are made
available on the Company website.
The Nomination Committee is responsible
for proposing candidates for election to
the Board and the Nomination Committee,
and proposing remuneration to be paid to
members of these bodies. As part of its work
in proposing candidates for election to the
Board and the Nomination Committee, the
Nomination Committee is available for contact
with shareholders and maintains contact
with the Board and the Company’s Executive
Management. The Nomination Committee
will justify its recommendations for each
candidate separately and strive to consult with
relevant shareholders concerning proposals for
appointment of candidates.
The members of the Nomination Committee
have been selected to take into account
a broad range of shareholder interests. In
accordance with the recommendations
of the Code, the Nomination Committee
is independent and does not include any
Executive Management or any member of the
Company’s Board of Directors.
An up-to-date composition of the Nomination
Committee is available on the Company’s
website and the Company will provide
shareholders with any deadlines for submitting
proposals for candidates to the Nomination
Committee.
The Company does not deviate from Section 7
of the Code.
The composition of the Board represents
a broad cross-section of the Company’s
shareholders, which ensures that they can
meet the Company’s need for expertise,
capacity, diversity and independence.
The Board consists of six members, who
continue to work together as a team
to exercise proper supervision on the
management of the Company. The majority
(five of the six members) are independent
of the Company’s largest shareholder, the
Executive Management, and material business
connections of the Company. The Board does
not include any Executive Management. The
general meeting elects the chairman of the
Board.
Members of the Board would be re-evaluated
before being considered for re-election
annually. The value of continuity will be
balanced against the need for renewal and
independence. Where a member of the Board
has served for a prolonged continuous period,
Section 08 Board of Directors: Composition and independence
consideration will be given as to whether the
individual Board member in question is still
considered independent of the Company’s
Executive Management.
The information of the Board, the expertise of
the Board members and the members who
are considered independent is available on the
Company’s website and in the Annual Report.
Members of the Board are welcome to own
shares in the Company.
The Company does not deviate from Section 8
of the Code.
The Board is ultimately responsible for
the management of the Company and for
supervising its day-to-day management. The
duties and tasks of the Board are detailed
in the Company’s Bermuda Bye-laws and
Singapore Constitution (as applicable). The
Board has issued instructions for its own work
as well as for the Executive Management with
particular emphasis on clear internal allocation of
responsibilities and duties. This Report and the
instructions issued by the Board are based on
the view that all decisions of unusual character
or major importance rest with the Board, and the
authority given to the CEO and other Executive
Management is not considered to be of unusual
character or major importance by the Company.
The Company and Board have put in place
guidelines on the handling of agreements with
related parties which require the Directors
and Officers of the Company and Executive
Management to notify the Board if they directly
or indirectly have a material interest in any
transaction carried out by the Company.
Members of the Board of Directors and
Executive Management cannot consider items
in which they have a special and prominent
interest so that such items can be considered
in an unbiased and satisfactory way. In cases
of transactions between the Company and a
shareholder, a shareholder’s parent company,
Director, Officer or Executive Management of
the Company or persons closely related to any
such parties, or with another company in the
same group, which are not immaterial for either
the Company or the close associate involved,
the Board will normally obtain a valuation from
an independent third party, unless the Board is
confident based on other relevant information
such as benchmarking studies that it is
unnecessary to obtain such valuation to ensure
that values are not being transferred from the
Company to related parties. Agreements with
related parties are given account for in the
Company’s consolidated financial statements.
In order to conduct its work, the Board each
year fixes in advance a number of regularly
scheduled meetings for the following calendar
year, although additional meetings may be
called by the chairman of the Board. The
directors will normally meet in person but if
so allowed by the chairman, may participate
in the meeting by means of electronic
communications. Minutes regarding the
board meetings were kept by the Company
Section 09 The work of the Board of Directors










Graphics
BUSINESS & STRATEGY
SUSTAINABILITY
GOVERNANCE
CORPORATE GOVERNANCE
RISK MANAGEMENT
LEADERSHIP
REMUNERATION REPORT
APPENDIX
CONTENTS SEARCH
BW LPG
INTEGRATED
ANNUAL REPORT 2024
49
Corporate governance report (continued)
risk management system is central to the
Company’s internal controls and ensures that
the guidelines for integrating considerations
related to stakeholders into its creation of value
are known and adhered to.
The Board carries out an annual review of the
Company’s most important areas of exposure
to risk and its internal control arrangements.
A description of the annual risk review and
the risks identified are disclosed in the Annual
Report.
An annual supervisory plan for internal audit
work is approved by the Audit Committee.
Section 10 Risk management and internal control
The Board ensures that the Company has
sound internal control procedures and systems
to manage its exposure to risks related to the
conduct of the Company’s business, to support
the quality of its financial and non-financial
reporting, and to ensure compliance with laws
and regulations. Such procedures and systems
will contribute to securing shareholders’
investment and the Company’s assets and
creating value for stakeholders.
Management and internal control are based on
Company-wide policies and internal guidelines
in addition to implementation and follow–up
of a risk assessment process. The Company’s
in Bermuda prior to the Redomiciliation and
the Company keeps the minutes in Singapore
following the Redomiciliation.
The Board has established an Audit Committee
as a preparatory and advisory committee
for the Board, consisting of two members,
both of which are also members of the Board.
Both members of the Audit Committee are
independent. The work and responsibility of the
Audit Committee includes but is not limited to
overseeing internal controls, risk management,
internal audit and external audit activities;
assessing the performance of the external
auditors; and management of the Company’s
Environmental, Social and Governance (“ESG”)
material topics.
The Board has also established a Remuneration
Committee to ensure thorough and
independent preparation of matters relating
to compensation paid to the Executive
Management. The Remuneration Committee
consists of two members, both of which are
also members of the Board, and one of the two
members is not independent of the Company’s
largest shareholder. This represents a deviation
from Section 9 of the Code.
The Board carries out an annual self-evaluation
of its performance and expertise. The various
Board Committees are also reviewed for their
effectiveness in executing their responsibilities.
This evaluation aims to appraise the Board's
performance over the year and serve as a
foundation for improving its functions. The
Nomination Committee takes into consideration
the results of the annual self-evaluation when
reviewing the composition of the Board.
Details on the various board committees and
their respective guidelines adopted at the
Company’s annual general meeting are available
on the Company’s website.
This audit plan includes an audit for internal
controls in processes for functions at both
group and subsidiary level. The internal auditor
is independent from the Executive Management
and reports directly to the Audit Committee.
The Audit Committee follows up on internal
controls and risk management in connection
with quarterly reviews of the Group’s financial
reporting.
In connection with the preparation for
compliance with Section 404 of the
Sarbanes-Oxley Act, the Company has
identified material weakness in the Company’s
internal control over financial reporting
relating to not having a sufficient number of
personnel with an appropriate level of U.S.
Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”)
reporting knowledge, experience and training
in internal controls over financial reporting,
resulting in inadequate resources to operate
the period-end financial reporting controls, and
material weakness with respect to sufficiency
of information technology controls and
documentation, even though the Company
is of the view that it has had sufficient
internal control over financial reporting to
satisfy applicable requirements under its
current reporting regime and has satisfied
itsobligations as a Oslo Stock Exchange
listedcompany.
The Company is committed to improving its
financial organisation and to having effective
internal control over financial reporting in
accordance with the requirements under
Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act and
the Company has implemented the following
plan to address the material weaknesses
identified, including (i) establishing and
initiating a formal process to evaluate the
design and implementation of our internal
controls over financial reporting, (ii) designing
and implementing controls based on that
evaluation, and (iii) performing a resource and
skills gap analysis within our existing finance
organisation and recruiting more qualified
personnel equipped with relevant experience
and qualifications to strengthen the financial
reporting function. When fully implemented
and operational, we believe these measures will
remediate the material weaknesses we have
identified and strengthen our internal control
over financial reporting.
The Company does not deviate from Section 10
of the Code.










Graphics
BUSINESS & STRATEGY
SUSTAINABILITY
GOVERNANCE
CORPORATE GOVERNANCE
RISK MANAGEMENT
LEADERSHIP
REMUNERATION REPORT
APPENDIX
CONTENTS SEARCH
BW LPG
INTEGRATED
ANNUAL REPORT 2024
50
Corporate governance report (continued)
The shareholders of the Company decide
the remuneration of the Board at the annual
general meeting. The remuneration of the
directors reflects their competence, level of
activity, responsibility, use of resources and the
complexity of the business activities.
The remuneration of the directors is not
linked to the Company’s performance and
the directors do not receive profit-related
remuneration, share options or retirement
benefits from the Company.
The Board has established guidelines that set
out the main principles applied in determining
the salary and other remuneration of the
Executive Management. The Guidelines
for Executive Remuneration are clear and
understandable, and contribute to the
Company’s business strategy, long-term
interests and financial sustainability. Any
change in these guidelines will be formally
communicated at the annual general meeting
and updated on the website. Since the
Guidelines for Executive Remuneration is not
a requirement under Bermuda and Singapore
laws (as applicable), the annual general
meeting has not voted over the guidelines.
The remuneration of the Executive
Management is reviewed annually
and approved by the Board based on
recommendations by the Remuneration
Directors and/or companies with whom
Directors are associated shall not normally
undertake special tasks for the Company in
addition to the directorship. However, if they
do so, the entire Board shall be informed, and
the fee will be approved by the Board.
Details of normal directors’ fees are disclosed
in the minutes of the annual general meeting.
Any additional remuneration and benefits are
disclosed in the Annual Report.
The Company does not deviate from Section 11
of the Code.
Committee. The Remuneration Committee
considers the performance of the Executive
Management and gathers information from
comparable companies before recommending
it to the Board. Such a recommendation
aims to ensure convergence of the financial
interests of the Executive Management
and the shareholders and is made easily
understandable.
Performance-related remuneration is
awarded in relation to annual performance
against pre-determined performance targets,
which includes sustainability objectives. The
aggregate bonus pool available for payment
is determined with close reference to the
Company’s profitability and shareholder value
creation. Performance-related remuneration
to Executive Management is not subject to an
absolute limit. This represents a deviation from
Section 12 of the Code.
Section 11 Remuneration of Board of Directors
Section 12 Remuneration of Executive Management
The Company is committed to providing
information in a manner that contributes to
establishing and maintaining confidence with
important interest groups and stakeholders.
The information shall be based upon openness
and equal treatment of all shareholders. A
precondition for the share value to reflect the
underlying values in the Company is that all
relevant information is disclosed to the market.
Based on this and subject to applicable
laws and regulations, the Company will keep
the shareholders informed about profit
developments, prospects and other relevant
factors for their analysis of the Company’s
position and value.
The Company publishes an updated financial
calendar with dates for important events such
as the annual general meeting, publishing
of interim reports, public presentations and
payment of dividends (if applicable) on the
Company’s website.
Public investor presentations are arranged
in connection with the submission of annual
and quarterly results for the Company.
The presentations are also available on the
Company’s website. Furthermore, continuous
dialogue is held with, and presentations are
given to analysts and investors, ensuring that
at all times, existing and prospective investors
have symmetrical access to share-price
sensitive information.
Shareholders may contact the
Company’s investor relations contact at
investor.relations@bwlpg.com.
The Company does not deviate from Section
13 of the Code.
Section 13 Information and communications
Section 14 Take-overs
In the event of a take-over process, which
shall be decided by the general meeting, the
Board will act in accordance with the following
principles:
– the Board will ensure that the offer is made
to all shareholders, and on the same terms;
– the Board will ensure that the shareholders
have sufficient information and time to
assess the offer;
– the Board will not undertake any actions
intended to give any shareholder or others
an unreasonable advantage at the expense
of other shareholders or the Company;
– the Board will strive to be completely open
about the take-over situation;
– the Board will not attempt to prevent
or impede the take-over bid unless this
has been decided by the shareholders
in a general meeting in accordance with
applicable law;
– the Board will not institute measures which
have the intention of protecting the personal
interests of its members at the expense of
the interests of the shareholders;
– the Board will ensure that the values and
interests of all shareholders are safeguarded
and that the Company’s activities are not
unnecessarily interrupted.










Graphics
Corporate governance report (continued)
BUSINESS & STRATEGY
SUSTAINABILITY
GOVERNANCE
CORPORATE GOVERNANCE
RISK MANAGEMENT
LEADERSHIP
REMUNERATION REPORT
APPENDIX
CONTENTS SEARCH
BW LPG
INTEGRATED
ANNUAL REPORT 2024
51
Section 15 Auditor
The Company’s auditor (the "Auditor") is
appointed by the annual general meeting of
the Company and is responsible for the audit
of the consolidated financial statements of the
Company.
The Auditor participates in the Audit
Committee’s review and discussion of the
annual accounts and quarterly interim
accounts. In these meetings, the Audit
Committee is informed of the annual and
quarterly accounts and issues of special
interest. Further, the Auditor reviews key
aspects of the audit, any material changes
in the Company’s accounting principles,
comments on any material estimated
accounting figures and reports on all material
matters on which there has been disagreement
between the Auditor and the Executive
Management of the Company.
The Board and the Audit Committee will
at least once a year review the Company’s
internal control procedures relating to
its financial reporting process, including
weaknesses identified by the Auditor and
proposals for improvement, together with the
Auditor.
The Board holds a meeting with the Auditor at
least once a year at which no representative
of the Executive Management is present.
The Board also determines the right of the
Executive Management to use the Auditor for
purposes other than auditing.
The Auditor confirms their independence in
writing to the Audit Committee annually.
The Company does not deviate from Section
15 of the Code.
If an offer is made for the Company’s shares,
the Board will issue a statement evaluating
the offer and making a recommendation as
to whether shareholders should or should
not accept the offer. If the Board finds itself
unable to give a recommendation to the
shareholders on whether to accept the offer,
it will explain the reasons for this. The Board’s
statement on a bid will make it clear whether
the views expressed are unanimous, and if this
is not the case, it will explain the reasons why
specific members of the Board have excluded
themselves from the statement.
The Board will consider whether to arrange a
valuation from an independent expert. If any
director, or close associates of such director,
or anyone who has recently held a position
but has ceased to hold such a position as a
director, is either the bidder or has a particular
personal interest in the bid, the Board will
arrange an independent valuation. This will also
apply if the bidder is a major shareholder. Any
such valuation will either be enclosed with the
Board’s statement, reproduced or referred to in
the statement.
The Company does not deviate from Section
14 of the Code.
Guidelines and policies regarding equality and diversity
The Company's guidelines and policies regarding equality and diversity are set out in its Diversity,
Inclusion & Non-Discrimination and Anti-Harassment Policy, which applies to all employees of the
Group, including the Executive Management, the Board and committees. Details on the diversity
policy can be found on the Company’s website.
The objectives of the diversity policy are to ensure equality without discrimination or any form
of harassment based on race, colour, religion, sex, sexual orientation, age, disability, marital
status, national origin or any other characteristic protected by law. The diversity policy has been
implemented towards employees and other stakeholders as a part of the Company's training
programmes. Violation of the diversity policy may lead to disciplinary action, up to and including
dismissal, for all employees, including Executive Management.
In the financial year 2024 the Company's Executive Management consists of six individuals, with
a diversity consisting of 33% female and 66% male representing two different nationalities. The
Company aims to retain its Executive Management going forward to ensure continuity of expertise
and the Company's long-term success and growth.
During the financial year 2024, an additional member was elected to the Board and to the Audit
Committee of the Company. The same diversity split between female and male as for the Executive
Management applies to the Board, which also consist of six individuals. The Board is elected yearly
by the shareholders at the annual general meeting, and the Company aims to continue to have a
Board consisting of experienced, effective and diverse leadership where the current members may
be evaluated for re-election in 2025. In 2024, the Company's Nomination Committee consists of a
split of one male and two female members and is responsible for recommending candidates for the
Board and the Nomination Committee. In addition, to ensure the availability of suitable expertise,
the Nomination Committee is requested to pay attention to factors such as the balance of age and
gender pursuant to the guidelines for the Nomination Committee adopted at the annual general
meeting on 15 May 2023.
In addition, the Company aims to provide a workplace that is inclusive, safe and respectful of
the diverse backgrounds and talents for its workforce. For the financial year 2023, the Company
had zero cases of discrimination and harassment and a shore employee diversity consisting of
41% female and 59% male representing 17 different nationalities, and the targets for 2024 were
to achieve a diversity of nationalities, with ±15% variance in employee gender. The Company has
through the financial year 2024 continued with the measures made to implement the diversity
policy, which resulted in a shore employee diversity consisting of 41% female and 59% male
representing 21 different nationalities.










Graphics
BUSINESS & STRATEGY
SUSTAINABILITY
GOVERNANCE
CORPORATE GOVERNANCE
RISK MANAGEMENT
LEADERSHIP
REMUNERATION REPORT
APPENDIX
CONTENTS SEARCH
BW LPG
INTEGRATED
ANNUAL REPORT 2024
52
Risk management
Resilient strategies for a changing world
Risk management is fundamental to our decision-making. It determines how we plan for and react
to risks related to our corporate strategy, material topics, preventable incidents from operations
and unexpected events. We follow a six-part process to inform our risk management strategy.
01 Identification: Risks are identified during operations and added to our risk universe
02 Assessment: Risks are assessed to understand
probability of occurrence and business impact
Each year, a comprehensive risk assessment exercise
looks at key risks that could impact our strategic
objectives. These risks are assessed based on their
potential financial impact, likelihood of occurrence, and
the effectiveness of controls in place to mitigate them.
03 Recording: Risks are documented, prioritised and
assigned to impacted departments
The findings are used to identify the top risks for
the Company, which are analysed with the Executive
Management. Some will have a direct or indirect
correlation with our significant ESG (Environmental,
Social, and Governance) topics.
04 Mitigation: Mitigation plans are prepared,
translated into strategic priorities and
implemented
The adequacy of current mitigating actions are
evaluated by the various business units. Gaps that
are identified are closed by improving measures or
implementing new measures.
05 Monitoring: Risks are monitored in the course of
business and operations
On top of this annual process, risks are regularly
identified via sharing of best practices on our internal
communications platforms for crew and employees.
06 Reporting: A review of risks takes place, reporting
to the Board of Directors
The results of the assessment are presented to the Board
as a component of the annual strategy development
process. The Group’s risk profile is reviewed, and
guidance is provided on mitigation plans to ensure
sufficiency of risk management actions and controls.
Boundary
Management
Responsibility
Strategic and external
Risks associated with global markets and economy,
geopolitical stability, climate, decarbonisation,
cyber and data security.
Commercial and operational
Risks related to events occurring during planning and
execution of business operations. This includes but is not
limited to cargo and asset loss or damage, counterparty
default, crew injury or environmental damage.
Regulatory compliance
Risks associated with i) ethical behaviour of employees
and third parties; ii) security of sensitive information;
and iii) laws and regulations, including climate-related
regulations, sanctions and anti-bribery laws.
Financial
Risks relating to volatility of financial markets, including
increase in interest rates, financial stress, counterparty
risks and tax exposure.
Strategic and external
The Executive Management reviews assessment of risks
to ensure that the intended and actual business direction
are reflected in corporate strategic planning, which
is presented and endorsed by the Board of Directors.
Commercial and operational
Incidents and near misses are reviewed by business
units and management to ensure that root causes are
comprehensively analysed. Suitable corrective actions
are planned and implemented.
Regulatory compliance
Internal audit and compliance teams assess and update a
quarterly compliance and internal audit report for
presentation to the Audit Committee.
Financial
The Executive Management actively manages risks with
guidance and input from the Board of Directors.
Strategic and external
Addressed by business strategies managed
through company’s annual strategy review.
Commercial and operational
Control measures are incorporated in operations
and insurance planning, with ongoing monitoring
during execution.
Regulatory compliance
Regular monitoring and mandatory awareness training,
compliance reviews, legal due diligence and internal audits.
Financial
Hedging exposures with financial instruments
such as forex forward contracts, freight derivatives,
interest rate and bunker swaps.
Lorem ipsum










Graphics
BUSINESS & STRATEGY
SUSTAINABILITY
GOVERNANCE
CORPORATE GOVERNANCE
RISK MANAGEMENT
LEADERSHIP
REMUNERATION REPORT
APPENDIX
CONTENTS SEARCH
BW LPG
INTEGRATED
ANNUAL REPORT 2024
53
2024 top five risks
Identifying key risk areas and mitigating strategies
Top risks identified as having a potential to substantively influence our
business and operations.
Category Risk area Climate-related
considerations
Key mitigating
strategies
Market and
country
– Risks from geopolitical
actions can impact trade
and supply chains
– Downward impact
on vessels’ valuation,
coupled with longer
periods of depressed
freight rates may cause
liquidity issues
– Global clean energy
transition may impact
LPG supply chain and
LPG demand
– Global VLGC fleet size
can fluctuate due to
climate-related regulatory
changes, shipping
inefficiencies and
newbuild orders
– Unprecedented
weather changes
such as unusually long
droughts can add market
volatility and increase
counterparty exposures
– Closely monitor market
development
– Expand value chain to
ensure a natural hedge
and access to market
information
– Maintain a robust balance
sheet and prepare
for stressed liquidity
scenarios
– Derisk strategies, for
example, by entering into
long-term time-charter
contracts and Freight
Forward Agreements
Qualified crew
– Availability of qualified
and competent seafarers
as new gas vessels are
being delivered over the
next five-year period
– Ability to retain
competent seafarers in
the event of poaching
– Sub-optimal operations
due to the lack of
qualified seafarers
and onshore staff
with competencies in
technical and shipping
operations could have
knock-on effects such as
spills and collision
– We need qualified
staff with specialised
competencies as
shipping technologies
evolve to cope with
climate changes
– Extreme weather is
a safety concern for
crew. Failure to address
concerns can impact
operations and our
licence to operate
– Attract and retain talent
by cultivating a positive
working environment
(e.g. diversity and
inclusion initiatives)
and benchmarking with
competitive remuneration
and benefits
– Introduce retention
schemes for key positions
onboard
– Encourage crew
collaboration between
BW affiliates to reduce
impact from external
competitors
Category Risk area Climate-related
considerations
Key mitigating
strategies
Project planning
and execution
(business
expansion)
– Business expansion
into new markets and
segments requires more
thorough pre-planning
and due diligence with
regard to local partners
and local regulatory
landscape
– Business expansion of
Product Services division
in increased trading
volumes and in new
segments
– Risk of not achieving
intended investment
returns, delay in project
implementation and local
non-compliance risk
– Inadequate resourcing
to address the risks and
compliance obligations
arising from the new
business activities and
over-dependence on
local partners
– Entering new markets
may involve stricter
or evolving climate
regulations (e.g., carbon
pricing, emissions
caps) that necessitate
additional due diligence
– Investors, customers and
partners may demand
stronger climate-related
commitments (e.g.,
emissions reduction
targets), influencing
investment returns and
project feasibility
– Expanding operations
could expose the
business to extreme
weather events (storms,
floods, heatwaves) that
disrupt supply chains or
project timelines
– Instill project
management and
approach
– Obtain relevant approvals
as per governance
requirement
– Have comprehensive
SOPs and checklists in
place when evaluating
proposed transactions










Graphics
BUSINESS & STRATEGY
SUSTAINABILITY
GOVERNANCE
CORPORATE GOVERNANCE
RISK MANAGEMENT
LEADERSHIP
REMUNERATION REPORT
APPENDIX
CONTENTS SEARCH
BW LPG
INTEGRATED
ANNUAL REPORT 2024
54
2024 top five risks
Identifying key risk areas and mitigating strategies (continued)
Category Risk area Climate-related
considerations
Key mitigating
strategies
Potential
non-compliance
with rules and
regulations
– Increasing industry-
related compliances and
other business regulatory
requirements
– Additional compliance
requirements from
change in regulations,
expansion of business
and entering of new
markets
– Impact from new global
ESG regulations
– Onerous emissions
reporting requirements
– Additional climate-related
clauses in charter-hire
agreements
– Increased costs from
using fossil-based
bunkers due to levies and
limitations
– Reduced service capacity
due to slow steaming
– Early retirement of older
inefficient assets
– Increase in charter-hire
charges to cover rising
operational costs
and investments in
technology
– Set up processes and
build internal capabilities
(staff training and IT
systems) to cope with
regulatory changes
– Engage external expertise
to assist with immediate
requirements where
needed
– Identification of critical
roles and functions to
ensure back-ups and
succession plans are in
place
Cybersecurity
– Changing technological
landscape with
increased use of artificial
intelligence (AI) can
pose a potential security
and cyber risk on
safeguarding of data
– Extreme weather events
can damage physical
infrastructure like data
centers and critical
IT systems, leaving
them vulnerable to
cyberattacks due to
disruptions in power,
network connectivity,
and physical security
measures, creating a
window of opportunity
for malicious actors to
exploit damaged systems
– Regular IT governance
control and testing
according to the SOX IT
annual wheel
– Proactive implementation
of cybersecurity counter
measures, including
employee training and
awareness of IT policies
and cybersecurity
For a comprehensive list of risk factors, please refer to our Form 20-F.










Graphics
Leadership
Robust leadership for sustainable growth
BUSINESS & STRATEGY
SUSTAINABILITY
GOVERNANCE
CORPORATE GOVERNANCE
RISK MANAGEMENT
LEADERSHIP
REMUNERATION REPORT
APPENDIX
CONTENTS SEARCH
BW LPG
INTEGRATED
ANNUAL REPORT 2024
55
BW LPG’s ESG (Environmental,
Social, and Governance) governance
structure is embedded in our wider
corporate governance structure,
ensuring that our organisation
operates in a responsible and
sustainable manner.
The Audit Committee assesses and monitors
the Company’s ESG strategy, supervising our
initiatives and their impact on the business,
environment and society. The Executive
Management is directly accountable for our
sustainability programmes. The Board of Directors
is the main responsible body, and the highest
authority to oversee and approve the work on the
material topics defined in our sustainability
strategy.
Our ESG stewardship is underpinned by industry
guidelines and our own corporate policies.
These are integrated into our everyday operations,
and apply to all crew and employees, contractors
and operating assets.
Board of Directors
1
Main responsible body
Audit Committee
2
Assess and monitor
BW LPG Company
4
With in-house multi-disciplinary ESG team
Executive Management
3

Environment Social
2. Monitors strategy and reviews
ESG material topics and
initiatives at least annually
1. Oversees and approves
strategies, risks, initiatives and
reporting
3. Oversight of strategic
priorities, trends, regulations
and identified risks to
mitigate and secure
opportunities that support
our ESG priorities
4. Develops and executes
ESG strategy, providing
periodic progress reports to
management on ESG material
topics
Governance
Nomination
Committee
Remuneration
Committee
Material topics
- Emissions and energy
- Waste management
- Water management
Material topics
- Health and safety
- Our people
Material topics
- Corporate governance
- Operational excellence










Graphics
Leadership
Board of Directors
BUSINESS & STRATEGY
SUSTAINABILITY
GOVERNANCE
CORPORATE GOVERNANCE
RISK MANAGEMENT
LEADERSHIP
REMUNERATION REPORT
APPENDIX
CONTENTS SEARCH
BW LPG
INTEGRATED
ANNUAL REPORT 2024
56
Anne Grethe Dalane
Non-executive director
Independent
Appointed
2013
Anne is a veteran executive with
over 40 years of experience in
business and finance. She has
held senior leadership roles at
Yara International and Norsk
Hydro, specialising in human
resources, corporate strategy,
and finance. Her expertise
includes corporate governance,
risk management, and
organisational development.
During her long and varied
career she has served on
numerous boards, helping to
drive business growth and
transformation.
Committee
Audit Committee Chair
Sonali Chandmal
Non-executive director
Independent
Appointed
2020
Sonali is a highly experienced
executive with expertise in
management consulting,
investment banking, and
corporate governance. She has
held leadership roles at Bain &
Company and serves on the
boards of Ackermans & Van
Haaren SA/NV, Medicover AB,
Ageas Portugal Holding SGPS
S.A., and Ageas SA/NV. Her
competencies include strategic
development, sustainability,
financial management, and
private equity advisory.

Committee
Audit Committee
Member
Andrew E. Wolff
Non-executive director
Independent
Appointed
2020
Andrew is a seasoned executive
with extensive experience in
private equity and corporate
governance. He served as
Global Co-Head of the
Merchant Banking Division and
Global Co-Head of Private
Equity at Goldman Sachs.
He is currently a Director at
Goldman Sachs MB Services
Ltd. Competencies include
corporate strategy, financial
management, and investment
advisory, with a focus on
driving business growth and
transformation.
Luc Gillet
Non-executive director
Independent
Appointed
2023
Luc is an industry expert with
over 30 years’ experience in the
shipping industry. He has held
senior roles at Bureau Veritas
and TotalEnergies. He has also
led industry organisations like
SIGTTO and OCIMF. Currently,
he serves as an independent
director at Orion Global
Transport France, focusing
on LNG vessel operations.
His expertise spans strategic
shipping operations, fleet
management, risk assessment,
and business development
within the maritime sector.
Committee
Remuneration Committee
Member
Sanjiv Misra
Non-executive director
Independent
Appointed
2024
Sanjiv is an experienced leader
with expertise in investment
banking and corporate
governance. With leadership
experience at Citigroup and
Goldman Sachs, he specialises
in corporate strategy, financial
management, and principal
investing. He currently serves
as Chairman of Clifford
Capital Holdings and Bayfront
Infrastructure Management
and is a member of the BW
Group Supervisory Board.
Competencies include risk
management, strategic advisory,
and investment strategies.
Committee
Audit Committee
Member
Andreas Sohmen-Pao
Non-executive director
Chairman
Appointed
2013
Andreas is a respected
international industry leader
in the maritime and energy
sectors. He serves as Chairman
of BW Group and its listed
affiliates, including BW Offshore,
Hafnia, BW Energy, and Cadeler.
He is also Chairman of the
Global Centre for Maritime
Decarbonisation and a trustee of
the Lloyd’s Register Foundation.
Core competencies include
corporate governance, strategic
development, and sustainability,
with a focus on advancing
maritime decarbonisation.

Committee
Remuneration Committee
Chair










Graphics
Leadership
Executive Management
BUSINESS & STRATEGY
SUSTAINABILITY
GOVERNANCE
CORPORATE GOVERNANCE
RISK MANAGEMENT
LEADERSHIP
REMUNERATION REPORT
APPENDIX
CONTENTS SEARCH
BW LPG
INTEGRATED
ANNUAL REPORT 2024
57
Kristian Sørensen
Chief Executive Officer &
Head of Commercial
Kristian has more than 20 years’
experience in the LPG shipping
industry. During his long and
varied career, he has held senior
roles at a range of leading
maritime companies including
as CEO of Fearnleys shipbrokers
and Avance Gas, where he
honed his expertise in strategic
leadership and commercial
and operational management.
As CEO of BW LPG, he is
responsible for steering the
company's strategic direction,
overseeing its global operations,
and driving growth in the LPG
shipping industry.


Education
Norwegian School of Economics
Prodyut Banerjee
Vice President &
Head of Operations
Prodyut is a maritime
professional with 18+ years in
global fleet operations. Prior to
joining BW Group in 2005, he
worked for 15+ years in a range
of roles at ExxonMobil. At BW, he
has held a range of leadership
positions including his current
role as Vice President and
Head of Operations at BW LPG.
Prodyut’s core competencies
include strategic leadership,
operational management,
and risk assessment. He is
responsible for overseeing the
company's global operations.



Education
National University of Singapore
Leona Leo
Vice President &
Head of Human Resources
Leona is a seasoned human
resources professional with
18+ years in the oil and energy
industry. During her wide and
varied career she has worked
in a range of international HR
leadership positions at blue-
chip companies including
Chevron, Shell and Maxeon.
Leona's core competencies
include organisational
change management, talent
development, and strategic
human resources planning. As
Vice President and Head of
Human Resources at BW LPG,
she is responsible for overseeing
the company's HR strategies and
high-performance culture.
Education
Nanyang Technological University
Samantha Xu
Chief Financial Officer
Samantha is a finance
executive who has worked
in the shipping and energy
sectors for 20+ years. During
her wide-ranging career she
has held senior positions at
leading companies including
A.P. Moller-Maersk, Odfjell, J.
Lauritzen, and Royal Vopak,
where she was Finance Director
prior to joining BW LPG. She
brings a wealth of expertise in
financial and risk management,
project management, board
governance, and mergers and
acquisitions.



Education
University of Liverpool, INSEAD
Knut-Helge Knutsen
Vice President &
Head of Technical
Knut-Helge is a seasoned
maritime professional with 30+
years in the shipping industry.
Prior to joining BW LPG in
2013, he held a range of senior
international operational roles
at Veritas Petroleum Services
and DNV. Knut-Helge's core
competencies include technical
management, fleet operations,
and safety compliance. As Vice
President and Head of Technical
at BW LPG, he oversees
technical operations and the
safe and efficient management
of the fleet.



Education
Norwegian University of Science
and Technology, IMD Business
School
Iver Baatvik
Vice President & Head of
Corporate Development
Iver is a seasoned finance
professional with over a
decade of investment banking
experience at ABN AMRO and
Sissener. His core skills include
strategic financial management,
investment analysis, and
infrastructure development
within the energy sector. As
Vice President and Head of
Corporate Development, he
is responsible for identifying
and executing opportunities
to expand the company's
infrastructure presence in
emerging markets.



Education
University of Oslo, Pacific
Lutheran University










Graphics
Remuneration report
BUSINESS & STRATEGY
SUSTAINABILITY
GOVERNANCE
CORPORATE GOVERNANCE
RISK MANAGEMENT
LEADERSHIP
REMUNERATION REPORT
APPENDIX
CONTENTS SEARCH
BW LPG
INTEGRATED
ANNUAL REPORT 2024
58
Anne Grethe Dalane
Board Member
Audit Committee
Chair
US$105,000
The overall objective of the remuneration structure is to attract,
motivate and retain skilled members of the Board of Directors
and the Executive Management. This stems from the recognition
that the Company's future growth and success are linked to
the performance of its leadership. The Company’s executive
remuneration approach aims to encourage a strong and
sustainable performance-based culture, which supports growth
in shareholder value and delivery of the Company’s strategy.
The members of the Board of Directors are
remunerated for their role and responsibilities
on the board. The remuneration of the
directors is not linked to the Company’s
performance and the directors do not receive
profit-related remuneration, share options or
retirement benefits from the Company. The
fees are reviewed each year and approved at
the annual general meeting.
Remuneration of the Board of Directors
Sonali Chandmal
Board Member
Audit Committee
Member
US$100,000
Andrew E. Wolff
Board Member

US$90,000
Luc Gillet
Board Member
Remuneration Committee
Member
US$95,000
Sanjiv Misra
Board Member
Audit Committee
Member
US$100,000
Andreas Sohmen-Pao
Board Chairman
Remuneration Committee
Chair
US$110,000










Graphics
Remuneration report (continued)
Remuneration of the Executive Management
The remuneration for Executive Management is determined in accordance with the Guidelines on
Executive Remuneration, which is set out by the Board and communicated at the annual general
meeting. Remuneration of the Executive Management is reviewed annually and approved by the
Board based on recommendations by the Remuneration Committee.
2024 2023
CEO US$’000 US$’000
Fixed remuneration
- Base salary and allowances 588 766
- Pension contribution 20 20
Variable remuneration
- Annual performance bonus 537 699
Total remuneration 1,145 1,485
BUSINESS & STRATEGY
SUSTAINABILITY
GOVERNANCE
CORPORATE GOVERNANCE
RISK MANAGEMENT
LEADERSHIP
REMUNERATION REPORT
APPENDIX
CONTENTS SEARCH
BW LPG
INTEGRATED
ANNUAL REPORT 2024
59
2024 2023
Rest of Executive Management (excluding CEO) US$’000 US$’000
Fixed remuneration
- Base salary and allowances 1,432 1,399
- Pension contribution 53 66
Variable remuneration
- Annual performance bonus 943 470
Total remuneration 2,428 1,935
The above remuneration does not include the long-term incentive share-based compensation.
Please refer to Section 2b of this remuneration report.
1. Fixed remuneration
a) Base salaries and allowances
Base salaries are designed to compensate employees for the roles, responsibilities that they
undertake, and the required competencies. Base salaries are normally reviewed once a year. Fixed
allowances designed to cover housing and transportation costs are paid to eligible members of the
Executive Management.
b) Pension contribution
Pension contributions commensurate with local practice and laws in the location of employment on
standard terms. No additional pension contributions are provided.










Graphics
2. Variable remuneration
a) Annual performance bonus
Performance targets for Executive Management are determined and reviewed by the Remuneration
Committee in consultation with the full Board of Directors. Performance targets include both
financial and non-financial KPIs, which are aligned with the Company’s strategic objectives and
approved by the Board of Directors.
The 2024 Company strategic objectives and KPIs are as follows:
Targets Weightage KPIs Rationale
Financial
performance
50% TCE (US$/day) Part of our strategy to secure long-term
value for our stakeholders involves making
significant investments to maximise returns
on our current assets and to enable savings.
Achieving this requires successful execution
of our commercial and finance strategy.
ROE
G&A
Strategic
milestones
20% US Listing We recognise the importance of key strategic
initiatives in driving long-term value creation
and organisational resilience. These initiatives
enable us to strengthen our market position,
diversify revenue streams and capitalise on
emerging opportunities. Delivering on our
strategic milestones is crucial for enhancing
operational capabilities, fostering innovation
and maintaining competitiveness in an
evolving industry landscape.
Growth of BW
Infrastructure
Growth of
BW Product
Services
BUSINESS & STRATEGY
SUSTAINABILITY
GOVERNANCE
CORPORATE GOVERNANCE
RISK MANAGEMENT
LEADERSHIP
REMUNERATION REPORT
APPENDIX
CONTENTS SEARCH
60
Fleet
performance
20% Vessel OPEX We continuously strive for operational
excellence and an energy-efficient fleet
as we transition and prepare for our
next-generation VLGCs. Compliance with
long-term emissions regulations must be
business-sustainable as we optimise our
vessel performance in a safe manner.
Speed and
consumption
Emission
reduction
LTIF and TRCF
Sustainability 10% ESG ratings Sustainability is incorporated into our
corporate strategy. We must engage in
sustainable initiatives by assessing both the
internal and external ESG priorities, concerns
and drivers of multiple stakeholders; identify
where critical risk areas and opportunities
require attention; and ascertain industry
position and alignment within broader market
frameworks.
b) Long-Term Incentive Plan (LTIP)
The Board of Directors has established an equity-settled, share-based compensation plan for the
Executive Management and other key leading employees. The purpose of the LTIP is to attract and
retain a strong team, and to align the interests of the team with the shareholders.
The Executive Management is entitled to share options, awarded each year in connection with the
publication of the quarterly report for Q4 of the preceding year. The strike price for the options
shall be equal to the sum of (i) the volume weighted average share price quoted on the Oslo Stock
Exchange in the first five trading days following the announcement of such quarterly report (VWAP),
and (ii) 16% of the VWAP.
The options will have a vesting period of three years from being awarded and may then be
exercised in a period of three additional years.
The options are non-tradable and conditional upon the option holder being employed by the
Company or its subsidiaries and not having resigned or having been terminated for cause prior to
the vesting date.
Remuneration report (continued)
BW LPG
INTEGRATED
ANNUAL REPORT 2024










Graphics
The following options granted to the Executive Management pursuant to the share-based
compensation plans and exercised during the year 2024 are set out in the following table.
Executive
Management
Award date Exercise date
No. of share
options
exercised
Strike price
per share
(NOK)
Market value
per share at
exercise date
(NOK)
Prodyut
Banerjee
01.03.2022 29.08.2024
1
24,840 0.7457 161.0
01.03.2021 01.03.2024 22,720 0.1000 108.5
Knut-Helge
Knutsen
01.03.2022 29.08.2024
1
24,840 0.7457 161.0
01.03.2021 01.03.2024 22,720 0.1000 108.5
Iver Baatvik 01.03.2022 29.08.2024
1
24,840 0.7457 161.0
1. Accelerated vesting of options – please refer to press release dated 15 July 2024
As of 31 December 2024, the number of options granted to the Executive Management pursuant to
the share-based compensation plans, and not yet exercised is set out in the following table.
Executive Management Award date Vesting date
No. of share
options
awarded
No. of shares
held
Kristian Sørensen 29.02.2024 01.03.2027 220,647 7,000
28.02.2023 28.02.2026 120,647
01.10.2023 28.02.2026 100,000
Samantha Xu 29.02.2024 01.03.2027 85,000 2,000
Prodyut Banerjee 29.02.2024 01.03.2027 50,812 -
28.02.2023 28.02.2026 50,812
BUSINESS & STRATEGY
SUSTAINABILITY
GOVERNANCE
CORPORATE GOVERNANCE
RISK MANAGEMENT
LEADERSHIP
REMUNERATION REPORT
APPENDIX
CONTENTS SEARCH
61
Executive Management Award date Vesting date
No. of share
options
awarded
No. of shares
held
Knut-Helge Knutsen 29.02.2024 01.03.2027 50,812 -
28.02.2023 28.02.2026 50,812
Iver Baatvik 29.02.2024 01.03.2027 50,812 24,840
28.02.2023 28.02.2026 24,840
Grants made under the LTIP are subject to the Company’s policy concerning recovery of
erroneously awarded compensation (Clawback Policy). In addition, the Company may request a
recoupment of the full amount awarded or paid if, within two years from the grant or payment date
of such incentive, the option holder is found to have engaged in fraudulent, intentional or gross
negligent misconduct.
No grants have been reclaimed for the financial year 2024.
3. Other benefits
The Executive Management are offered customary employee benefits such as mobile phone,
internet, parking, medical and business travel insurance. These benefits are not significant in
relation to their remuneration.
The Executive Management are also protected by Directors’ and Officers’ insurance in relation to
their roles and their service on the subsidiary boards of the BW LPG Group.
4. Termination
Members of the Executive Management are employed on individual contracts which are generally
entered into on an indefinite term with a mutual right of termination. There are no enhanced
termination payment provisions except for payments that are required to be paid in accordance
with local laws and regulations. Severance payments will deviate by position on a case-by-case
basis.
Remuneration report (continued)
BW LPG
INTEGRATED
ANNUAL REPORT 2024










Graphics
BW LPG
INTEGRATED
ANNUAL REPORT 2024
62
Further information
APPENDIX
BUSINESS & STRATEGY
SUSTAINABILITY
GOVERNANCE
APPENDIX
ESG METRICSESG METRICS
ESG METRICS COMMENTS
ESG INDEXES
CONTENTS SEARCH









Graphics
BUSINESS & STRATEGY
SUSTAINABILITY
GOVERNANCE
APPENDIX
ESG METRICSESG METRICS
ESG METRICS COMMENTS
ESG INDEXES
CONTENTS SEARCH
63
BW LPG
INTEGRATED
ANNUAL REPORT 2024
ESG metrics
Environmental data
2024 2023 2022 Units
GHG emissions (Scope 1 emissions)
Total Scope 1 1,368.81 1,420.06 1,265.45 CO
2
e Tonnes
('000)
Total carbon dioxide (CO
2
) emitted 1,358.07 1,409.00 1,255.97 CO
2
Tonnes
('000)
Total methane (CH4) 0.37 0.40 0.37 CO
2
eTonnes
('000)
Total nitrous oxide (N
2
O) 10.37 10.66 9.11 CO
2
eTonnes
('000)
GHG emissions (Scope 2 emissions)
Total carbon dioxide (CO
2
) emitted 0.04 0.04 0.07 CO
2
Tonnes
('000)
Other emissions
Total nitrogen oxide (NOx) 32.80 34.19 29.21 Tonnes ('000)
Total sulphur oxide (SOx) 6.69 7.71 5.78 Tonnes ('000)
Total particulate matter (PM10) 2.02 2.2 1.88 Tonnes ('000)
Carbon intensity index
Energy Efficiency Design Index (EEDI) 5.39 5.50 N/A gCO
2
/(Tonne.
nm)
Energy Efficiency Operation Index (EEOI) 14.27 16.23 17.40 gCO
2
/(Tonne.
nm)
Annual Efficiency Ratio (AER) 6.44 6.66 7.20 gCO
2
/(Tonne.
nm)
Carbon Intensity Index (CII) 6.33 6.54 N/A gCO
2
/(Tonne.
nm)
Energy
High sulphur fuel oil (HSFO) 99.13 117.31 70.00 Tonnes ('000)
Very low sulphur fuel oil (VLSFO) 252.92 246.33 264.50 Tonnes ('000)
Low sulphur marine gas oil (LSMGO) 25.20 28.74 28.00 Tonnes ('000)
Liquified petroleum gas (LPG) 72.64 64.44 41.90 Tonnes ('000)
Percentage (%) heavy fuel oil (HFO) 52% 59% 53% Percentage (%)
2024 2023 2022 Units
Energy consumption
Energy consumption for vessels 18,241.37 18,765.07 16,532.70 Terajoules
Non-renewable fuel consumption 18,241.37 18,765.07 16,532.70 Terajoules
Total office energy consumption 0.50 0.40 0.50 Terajoules
Spills
Number of spills 0 0 0 Number
Aggregated volume 0 0 0 m
3
Waste landed onshore
Waste 1002.7 1002.4 1,044.3 m
3
Percentage of fleet implementing ballast water
(1) Exchange 100% 100% 100% Percentage (%)
(2) Treatment 100% 100% 86% Percentage (%)
Activity metrics
Number of vessels 55 47 43 Number
Total distance travelled by vessels 4,000 3,872 3,219 Nautical miles
('000)
Available days 12,593 12,657 13,341 Days
Deadweight tonnage 3,012 2,529 2,305 Deadweight
tonnes ('000)
Number of vessel port calls 1,167 1,153 976 Number










Graphics
BUSINESS & STRATEGY
SUSTAINABILITY
GOVERNANCE
APPENDIX
ESG METRICSESG METRICS
ESG METRICS COMMENTS
ESG INDEXES
CONTENTS SEARCH
64
BW LPG
INTEGRATED
ANNUAL REPORT 2024
ESG metrics
Social data
2024 2023 2022 Units
Health and Safety
Crew
Number of fatalities as a result of work-related
injury
0 0 0 Number
Lost-Time Injury (LTI) 3 1 0 Number
Total Recordable Case (TRC) 3 1 1 Case
Number of hours worked 5,882 6,218 6,311 Hours (‘000)
Rate of fatalities as a result of work-related
injuries
0% 0% 0% Percentage (%)
Lost-Time Injury Frequency (LTIF) 0.51 0.16 0.00 Frequency
Total Recordable Case Frequency (TRCF) 0.51 0.16 0.16 Frequency
Onshore staff
Number of fatalities as a result of work-related
injury
0 0 0 Number
Number of high-consequence work-related
injuries (excluding fatalities)
0 0 0 Number
Number of recordable work-related injuries 0 0 0 Number
Rate of fatalities as a result of work-related
injuries
0% 0% 0% Percentage (%)
Rate of high-consequence work-related injury 0% 0% 0% Percentage (%)
Rate of recordable work-related injury 0% 0% 0% Percentage (%)
Accident & safety management
Marine Casualties
Number of marine casualties 0 0 0 Number
Percentage classified as very serious 0% 0% 0% Percentage (%)
Number of Port State Control
(1) Deficiencies 0.4 0.52 0.04 Number
(2) Detentions 0 0 0 Number
Training
Crew
Total training hours 11,560 14,157 13,880 Hours
Average training hours 8.8 9.8 9.2 Hours
2024 2023 2022 Units
Onshore staff
Total training hours 1,529 142 996 Hours
Average training hours 12.9 1.4 10.6 Hours
Permanent staff
Crew
Total 1,310 1,444 1,507 Number
Male 1,289 1,419 1,494 Number
Female 21 25 13 Number
Onshore staff
Total 119 101 94 Number
Male 70 59 56 Number
Female 49 42 38 Number
< 30 years old 8% 10% 7% Percentage (%)
30 – 50 years old 68% 67% 68% Percentage (%)
> 50 years old 24% 23% 25% Percentage (%)
Temporary staff
Onshore staff
Total 0 1 0 Number
Male 0 1 0 Number
Female 0 0 0 Number
Employee Diversity (Onshore)
Senior-level employees
Total number of employees 11 17 18 Number
Male 82% 77% 83% Percentage (%)
Female 18% 24% 17% Percentage (%)
Mid-level employees
Total number of employees 92 53 48 Number
Male 64% 69% 67% Percentage (%)
Female 36% 32% 33% Percentage (%)
Entry-level employee
Total number of employees 16 32 28 Number
Male 19% 32% 32% Percentage (%)
Female 81% 66% 68% Percentage (%)









Graphics
BUSINESS & STRATEGY
SUSTAINABILITY
GOVERNANCE
APPENDIX
ESG METRICSESG METRICS
ESG METRICS COMMENTS
ESG INDEXES
CONTENTS SEARCH
65
BW LPG
INTEGRATED
ANNUAL REPORT 2024
ESG metrics
Governance data
2024 2023 2022 Units
Board diversity
Male
Number of individuals 4 3 2 Number
Percentage of individuals within the
organisation’s governance bodies
67% 60% 40% Percentage (%)
Female
Number of individuals 2 2 3 Number
Percentage of individuals within the
organisation’s governance bodies
33% 40% 60% Percentage (%)
Supply chain
Supply chain spending
Europe 62% 62% 77% Percentage (%)
Far East Asia 14% 25% 12% Percentage (%)
North America 1% 2% 3% Percentage (%)
Middle East 0% 0% 0% Percentage (%)
Others 23% 11% 8% Percentage (%)
Number of vendors
Total 284 293 285 Number
Europe 136 140 125 Number
Far East Asia 61 56 56 Number
North America 27 31 30 Number
Middle East 4 4 7 Number
Others 56 62 67 Number
Anti-corruption risks and incidents
Africa
Total number of port calls 25 23 55 Number
Total port calls assessed for corruption related
risks
100% 100% 100% Percentage (%)
2024 2023 2022 Units
Asia (including India and China)
Total number of port calls 580 351 275 Number
Total port calls assessed for corruption related
risks
100% 100% 100% Percentage (%)
South America
Total number of port calls 147 100 73 Number
Total port calls assessed for corruption related
risks
100% 100% 100% Percentage (%)
Corruption index
Number of calls at ports in countries that
have the 20 lowest rankings in Transparency
International's Corruption Perception Index
0 0 1 Number
Corruption
Total amount of monetary losses as a result of
legal proceedings associated with bribery or
corruption
0 0 0 US$’000
Economic performance and contributions
Total revenue 3,563,747 2,947,340 1,558,124 US$’000
Total expenses 2,951,561 2,246,426 1,151,847 US$’000
Staff compensation 43,902 27,541 17,647 US$’000
Manning cost 45,350 42,883 46,878 US$’000
Other expenses 2,862,309 2,176,002 1,087,322 US$’000
Political contributions 0 0 0 US$’000









Graphics
BUSINESS & STRATEGY
SUSTAINABILITY
GOVERNANCE
APPENDIX
ESG METRICSESG METRICS
ESG METRICS COMMENTS
ESG INDEXES
CONTENTS SEARCH
66
BW LPG
INTEGRATED
ANNUAL REPORT 2024
ESG metrics comments
Environment data comments
Fleet
Owned fleet Vessels fully owned and managed by BW LPG (including vessels under BW LPG
India) during the reporting period.
TC-in fleet Vessels chartered in and operated by BW LPG throughout the reporting period.
Emissions
GHG scope 1 emissions Emissions generated directly from the operation of our owned and TC-in
vessels. These are calculated using fuel consumption data with conversion
and emission factors based on IMO’s 3rd and 4th GHG studies and the US
EPA. Thescope includes vessels under BW LPG Group’s technical and/or
operational management during the reporting year.
GHG scope 2 emissions Emissions from the indirect consumption of purchased energy for office
operations in Singapore, Norway, and Spain, are reported under the GHG
Protocol’s location-based methodology. Calculations reference the GHG
Protocol, using Singapore, Norway and Spain’s latest grid emission factor.
Nitrogen Oxide (NOx) Emissions directly produced from the operation of our owned, and
TC-in vessels. Calculations are based on conversion and emission factors
recommended by the IMO’s 3rd and 4th GHG studies.
Sulphur Oxide (SOx) Emissions directly resulting from the operation of our owned and TC-in
vessels. These are calculated using data on fuel oil consumption and
recordedsulphur content by fuel type, with emission factors derived from
vessel performance data and IMO’s 3rd and 4th GHG studies.
Particulate Matter (PM10) Direct emissions from the operation of our owned and TC-in vessels. Emission
calculations use conversion factors from IMO’s 3rd and 4th GHG studies,
the US EPA, and the European Environment Agency’s air pollutant emission
inventory guidebook (2019), with reference to ENTEC (2007).
Carbon intensities
Annual Efficiency Ratio
(AER)
AER estimates cargo carried using the vessel’s designed deadweight capacity
instead of actual cargo and assumes continuous cargo operations. It is
calculated by dividing the total CO
2
emissions of all owned vessels by the
product of their total deadweight tonnage and distance travelled.
Energy Efficiency
Operational Index (EEOI)
EEOI approximates cargo carried using the vessel’s designed deadweight
capacity and assumes vessels are always carrying cargo. It is calculated by
dividing the total CO
2
emissions from all owned vessels by the product of total
cargo tonnage and distance travelled.
Energy Efficiency Design
Index (EEDI)
The average EEDI reflects the energy efficiency of ship designs based on IMO
measures to promote the use of energy-efficient equipment and engines. This
disclosure aligns with the SASB Marine Transportation standard (TR-T-110a.4).
Energy
Fleet fuel consumption Represents the total fuel oil consumed by the fleet, measured in tonnes,
covering all fuel types used—Heavy Sulphur Fuel Oil (HSFO), Very Low
Sulphur Fuel Oil (VLSFO), Low Sulphur Marine Gas Oil (LSMGO), and Liquefied
Petroleum Gas (LPG).
Fleet energy
consumption
The total energy used by the fleet, calculated from bunker fuel consumption
for main engines, auxiliary engines, boilers, and tank conditioning.
Measurements are in metric tonnes, following guidelines from third-party
bunker management providers and IMO MEPC 70/18/Add.1 Annex 9.
Office energy
consumption
The total energy consumed by key onshore offices in Singapore, Norway,
and Madrid, calculated based on electricity usage in kWh and converted to
terajoules (TJ) using a standard kWh-to-TJ conversion factor.
Percentage (%) heavy
fuel oil
Disclosure, as required under the Sustainability Accounting Standards Board
(SASB) - Marine Transportation (TR-MT-110a.3).
Ship Recycling and ecological impacts
Spill and releases Refers to oil spills as defined under MARPOL Annex I regulations.
Waste landed ashore Waste generated by owned vessels that are disposed of at onshore facilities.
Percentage of fleet
implementing ballast
water treatment
The proportion of owned vessels equipped with ballast water treatment
systems, calculated as the number of vessels with installed systems divided by
the total fleet.
Shipping duration in
marine protected areas
Required disclosure under the SASB Marine Transportation standard (TR-MT-
160a.1). This data is currently not reported due to unavailability.
Activity metrics
Number of vessels The total count of vessels in the fleet as of the end of the reporting year.
Number of available
days
The total number of calendar days vessels were operational, excluding days
when vessels were off-hire.
Number of port calls The total number of instances a vessel enters a port for activities such as
loading, discharging, ship-to-ship transfers, bunkering, dry docking, or crew
changes.









Graphics
BUSINESS & STRATEGY
SUSTAINABILITY
GOVERNANCE
APPENDIX
ESG METRICSESG METRICS
ESG METRICS COMMENTS
ESG INDEXES
CONTENTS SEARCH
67
BW LPG
INTEGRATED
ANNUAL REPORT 2024
ESG metrics comments
Social data comments
Health and safety
Fatalities The total number of work-related incidents that resulted in the death of an
employee, crew member, or contractor.
Lost-Time Injury (LTI)
/ Lost-Time Injury
Frequency (LTIF)
LTI refers to incidents resulting in lost workdays, permanent partial or total
disabilities, or fatalities due to workplace injuries. LTIF measures the frequency
of such injuries per 1 million hours worked.
Total Recordable Case
(TRC) / Total Recordable
Case Frequency (TRCF)
TRC accounts for all work-related incidents, including lost-time injuries,
restricted work injuries, medical treatment cases, first aid incidents, and
fatalities. TRCF represents the number of total recordable cases per 1 million
hours worked.
Marine casualties Defined based on regulations established by the flag state of each vessel.
Crew and employee
Employee Refers to office staff. Permanent employees have full-time contracts without a
set end date, while temporary employees work part-time under contracts with
defined durations.
Training Training includes topics on diversity and inclusion, business ethics,
sustainability, cybersecurity, health and safety, upgrading and upskilling training
hours.
Number of crew Includes crew from owned and TC-in vessels.
Management level Entry-level refers to employees who execute the day-to-day operations of
the company (Assistants and Executives) Mid-level refers to employees who
plan and supervise the day-to-day operations of the company (Assistant
Manager, Manager, Senior Manager, and General Manager) Senior-level refers to
employees who have a high level of experience, knowledge and responsibility
within the company (Executive Management).









Graphics
BUSINESS & STRATEGY
SUSTAINABILITY
GOVERNANCE
APPENDIX
ESG METRICSESG METRICS
ESG METRICS COMMENTS
ESG INDEXES
CONTENTS SEARCH
68
BW LPG
INTEGRATED
ANNUAL REPORT 2024
ESG metrics comments
Governance data comments
Supply chain
Number of vendors and
spending
Refers to suppliers that provide goods and services to vessels managed
internally.
Anti-Bribery and Anti-Corruption
% of port calls assessed
for corruption related
risks
All ports visited have undergone assessments to identify potential corruption-
related risks.
Transparency
International Corruption
Perception Index
Reflects data derived from the most recent Corruption Perception Index
published by Transparency International.
Economic performance
Revenue Includes total earnings from spot and time charter voyages, with certain
comparative figures adjusted to align with the current reporting format.
Expenses Represents total costs related to voyages, charter hire, vessel operations, and
general administrative activities, with some comparative figures reclassified for
consistency with current reporting standards.
Manning costs Covers expenses related to crew members working onboard vessels.
Staff compensation Refers to salaries and benefits provided to office-based employees.
Political contributions Encompasses any financial support given to political parties, including
donations, sponsorships, loans, and contributions to organisations linked to
political activities. No such contributions were made during the reporting year.









Graphics
BUSINESS & STRATEGY
SUSTAINABILITY
GOVERNANCE
APPENDIX
ESG METRICSESG METRICS
ESG METRICS COMMENTS
ESG INDEXES
CONTENTS SEARCH
69
BW LPG
INTEGRATED
ANNUAL REPORT 2024
ESG indexes
Global Reporting Initiative (GRI)
GRI standard Topic GRI no. Details Page reference
The
organisation
and its
reporting
practices
2-1 Organisational details 2, 3, and 4
2-2 Entities included in the organisation's
sustainability reporting
11
2-3 Reporting period, frequency and contact point Refer to Form
20-F
2-4 Restatements of information Not applicable
2-5 External assurance Not applicable
Activities and
workers
2-6 Activities, value chain and other business
relationships
11
2-7 Employees 64
2-8 Workers who are not employees 64
GRI 2: General
disclosures
Governance
2-9 Governance structure and composition 55
2-10 Nomination and selection of the highest
governance body
55
2-11 Chair of the highest governance body 56
2-12 Role of the highest governance body in
overseeing the management of impacts
55
2-13 Delegation of responsibility for managing
impacts
55
2-14 Role of the highest governance body in
sustainability reporting
55
2-15 Conflicts of interest 48 and 49
2-16 Communication of critical concerns 55
2-17 Collective knowledge of the highest
governance body
48, 49 and 55
2-18 Evaluation of the performance of the highest
governance body
50 and 58
2-19 Remuneration policies 50, 58, 59, 60
and 61
2-20 Process to determine remuneration 50 and 59
2-21 Annual total compensation ratio Not reported
GRI standard Topic GRI no. Details Page reference
GRI 2: General
disclosures
Strategy,
policies and
practices
2-22 Statement on sustainable development
strategy
8
2-23 Policy commitments 46
2-24 Embedding policy commitments 55
2-25 Processes to remediate negative impacts 53 and 54
2-26 Mechanisms for seeking advice and raising
concerns
43
2-27 Compliance with laws and regulations 34
2-28 Membership associations 35
Stakeholder
engagement
2-29 Approach to stakeholder engagement 30 and 31
2-30 Collective bargaining agreements Not applicable
GRI 3: Material
topics 2021
Material
topics
3-1 Process to determine material topics 28
3-2 List of material topics 28 and 29
3-3 Management of material topics 29, 32, 33, 34,
53 and 54
GRI 305:
Emissions
Emissions
305-1 Scope 1 63
305-2 Scope 2 63
305-4 GHG emissions intensity 63
305–5 Reduction of GHG emissions 26
305-7 NO
X
SO
X
and other significant air emissions 63
GRI 302:
Energy
Energy
302-1 Energy consumption within the organisation 63
GRI 307:
Environmental
compliance
Energy
307-1 Non-compliance with environmental laws and
regulations
32 and 34









Graphics
BUSINESS & STRATEGY
SUSTAINABILITY
GOVERNANCE
APPENDIX
ESG METRICSESG METRICS
ESG METRICS COMMENTS
ESG INDEXES
CONTENTS SEARCH
70
BW LPG
INTEGRATED
ANNUAL REPORT 2024
ESG indexes
Global Reporting Initiative (GRI) (continued)
GRI standard Topic GRI no. Details Page reference
GRI 401:
Employment
Human capital
management
and employee
relations
401-1 New employees hired and employee turnover Not reported
401-2 Benefits provided to full-time employees that
are not provided to temporary or part-time
employees
Not applicable
GRI 404:
Training and
education
Training and
development
404-1 Average hours of training per year per
employee
64
404-2 Programmes for upgrading employee skills and
transition assistance programmes
33, 34, 40 and
41
404-3 Percentage of employees receiving regular
performance and career development reviews
33
GRI 403:
Occupational
health and
safety
Occupational
health and
safety
403-1 OHS management system 33, 39, and 40
403-2 Hazard identification, risk assessment and
incident investigation
39 and 40
403-3 Occupational health services 39 and 40
403-4 Worker participation, consultation and
communication on occupational health and
safety
39 and 40
403-5 Worker training on OHS 40
403-6 Promotion of worker health 39 and 40
403-7 Prevention and mitigation of OHS impacts
directly linked by business relationships
39 and 40
403-8 Workers covered by an occupational health
and safety management system
33 and 39
403-9 Work-related Injuries 64
403-10 Work-related ill health 64
GRI standard Topic GRI no. Details Page reference
GRI 405:
Diversity
and equal
opportunity
Diversity and
inclusion
405-1 Diversity of governance bodies and employees 51 and 64
GRI 406: Non-
discrimination
406-1 Incidents of discrimination and corrective
actions taken
27, 33 and 51
GRI 201:
Economic
performance
Economic
performance
201-1 Direct economic value generated and
distributed
65
201-2 Financial implications and other risks and
opportunities due to climate change
53, 43 and 72
GRI 205: Anti-
corruption
Anti-
corruption,
anti-bribery
and anti-
competitive
behaviour
205-1 Operations assessed for risks related to
corruption
65
205-2 Communication and training about
anti-corruption policies and procedures
33, 39 and 40
205-3 Confirmed incidents of corruption and actions
taken
34 and 65
GRI 414:
Supplier social
assessment
Supply chain
and supplier
governance
414-1 New suppliers that were screened using social
criteria
34
414-2 Negative social impacts in the supply chain
and actions taken
34
GRI 415: Public
policy
Public policy
415-1 Political contributions 65









Graphics
BUSINESS & STRATEGY
SUSTAINABILITY
GOVERNANCE
APPENDIX
ESG METRICSESG METRICS
ESG METRICS COMMENTS
ESG INDEXES
CONTENTS SEARCH
71
BW LPG
INTEGRATED
ANNUAL REPORT 2024
ESG indexes
Sustainability Accounting Standards Board (SASB)
Topic Account metric SASB code Mapping data to
pages
GHG
emissions
Gross global Scope 1 emissions TR-MT-110a.1 63
Discussion of long-term and short-term
strategy or plan to manage Scope 1 emissions,
emissions reduction targets, and an analysis of
performance against those targets
TR-MT-110a.2
32 and 37
(1) Total energy consumed TR-MT-110a.3 63
(2) Percentage heavy fuel oil TR-MT-110a.4 63
(3) Percentage renewable TR-MT-110a.5 63
Average Energy Efficiency Design Index (EEDI)
for new ships
TR-MT-110a.6
63
Air quality
(1) NOx (excluding N2O)
TR-MT-120a.1
63
(2) SOx 63
(3) Particulate matter (PM10) 63
Ecological
impacts
Shipping duration in marine protected areas or
areas of protected conservation status
TR-MT-160a.1
Not reported
Percentage of fleet implementing ballast water
TR-MT-160a.2 (1) Exchange 63
(2) Treatment 63
Spills and releases to the environment
TR-MT-160a.3 (1) Number 63
(2) Aggregate volume 63
Topic Account metric SASB code Mapping data to
pages
Employee health
and safety
Lost time incident rate (LTIR) TR-MT-320a.1 64
Business ethics
Number of calls at ports in countries that have
the 20 lowest rankings in the Transparency
International’s Corruption Perception Index
TR-MT-510a.1
65
Total amount of monetary losses as a result of
legal proceedings associated with bribery or
corruption
TR-MT-510a.2
65
Accident
and safety
management
(1) Number of marine casualties TR-MT-540a.1 64
(2) Percentage classified as very serious
number of Conditions of Class or
Recommendations
TR-MT-540a.2
64
Number of port state control
(1) Deficiencies
(2) Detentions
TR-MT-540a.3
64
Accounting
metric
Number of shipboard employees TR-MT-000.A 64
Total distance travelled by vessels TR-MT-000.B 63
Available days TR-MT-000.C 63
Deadweight tonnage TR-MT-000.D 63
Number of vessels in total shipping fleet TR-MT-000.E 63
Number of vessel port calls TR-MT-000.F 65
Twenty-foot equivalent unit (TEU) capacity TR-MT-000.G Not applicable









Graphics
BUSINESS & STRATEGY
SUSTAINABILITY
GOVERNANCE
APPENDIX
ESG METRICSESG METRICS
ESG METRICS COMMENTS
ESG INDEXES
CONTENTS SEARCH
72
BW LPG
INTEGRATED
ANNUAL REPORT 2024
ESG indexes
Task Force on Climate-related Financial Disclosures (TCFD)
Governance
Describe the board’s oversight
of climate-related risks and
opportunities.
Board's oversight
See page 55 for information on the board's oversight on climate-related risks and opportunity
Describe management’s role
in assessing and managing
climate-related risks and
opportunities.
Management's role
See page 55 for information on the management's role in assessing and managing climate-related risks and opportunity
Strategy
Describe the climate-related
risks and opportunities the
organisation has identified over
the short, medium, and long term.
We recognise that climate change presents both risks and opportunities that may impact our business operations and long-term resilience. To ensure a structured
approach to climate risk management, we define short-term as 0–2 years, medium-term as 3–5 years, and long-term as beyond 5 years, in alignment with our
enterprise risk management (ERM) framework.
We have identified a range of physical and transition risks that may affect our business under different time horizons:
1. Physical risks
Acute risks (short to medium term): The increasing frequency and severity of extreme weather events pose operational challenges. Disruptions to shipping routes
due to storms or hurricanes could lead to delays and potential damage to vessels. Furthermore, extreme weather conditions may impact port infrastructure, affecting
loading and unloading operations, resulting in higher operational costs and efficiency losses.
Chronic risks (long term): A prolonged increase in global temperatures could impact vessel performance and the well-being of offshore employees. Higher temperatures
may lead to reduced fuel efficiency and increased maintenance requirements.
2. Transition risks
Policy and regulatory risks (short to long term): Regulatory developments continue to shape the shipping industry's decarbonisation agenda. BW LPG faces increasing
pressure from stricter emissions regulations under the International Maritime Organization (IMO), as well as regional carbon pricing mechanisms such as the EU
Emissions Trading System (EU ETS) and potential carbon taxation in other jurisdictions. These evolving regulatory requirements could lead to higher compliance costs,
increased reporting obligations, and potential restrictions on vessel operations.
Market and reputational risks (medium to long term): Institutional investors, customers, and other stakeholders are placing a stronger emphasis on ESG performance,
decarbonisation commitments, and transparency. Companies with inadequate climate transition strategies may face higher financing costs, reduced market access,
and potential reputational risks. Maintaining a robust ESG strategy and aligning with industry best practices will be critical to sustaining long-term competitiveness.
Describe the impact of
climate-related risks and
opportunities on the
organisation's businesses,
strategy and financial planning.
Climate change and the transition to a low-carbon economy present both risks and opportunities for BW LPG. These factors influence our business operations,
strategic decision-making, and financial planning over the short, medium, and long term.
Acute physical risks resulting in the increasing frequency and severity of extreme weather events could disrupt global shipping operations, leading to delays, rerouting,
or potential damage to vessels. These disruptions may result in higher operational costs, reduced service reliability, and increased insurance premiums.
Regulatory compliance costs resulting in stricter environmental regulations, such as the IMO Carbon Intensity Indicator (CII) and Energy Efficiency Existing Ship Index
(EEXI), may require BW LPG to invest in vessel retrofits, adopt new energy-efficient technologies, or transition to alternative fuels. Compliance with these evolving
regulations will increase capital and operational expenditures.
While regulatory compliance and sustainability investments will increase costs in the short to medium term, they also present opportunities for long-term cost
optimisation through improved fuel efficiency, reduced carbon pricing exposure, and enhanced operational performance.
The transition to low-carbon shipping will require substantial investments in fleet modernization, retrofits, and alternative fuels infrastructure. These expenditures are
necessary to maintain compliance with regulations and position BW LPG for long-term resilience.









Graphics
BUSINESS & STRATEGY
SUSTAINABILITY
GOVERNANCE
APPENDIX
ESG METRICSESG METRICS
ESG METRICS COMMENTS
ESG INDEXES
CONTENTS SEARCH
73
BW LPG
INTEGRATED
ANNUAL REPORT 2024
ESG indexes
Task Force on Climate-related Financial Disclosures (TCFD) (continued)
Strategy
(continued)
Describe the resilience of the
organisation's strategy, taking
into consideration different
climate-related scenarios,
including a 2°C
or lower scenario.
BW LPG is committed to enhancing the resilience of our business strategy by assessing how different climate-related scenarios, including a 2°C or lower scenario, could
impact our operations, financial performance, and long-term sustainability. To deepen our understanding of climate-related risks and opportunities, BW LPG will conduct
a climate scenario analysis in FY2025. This analysis will explore multiple climate trajectories over varying time horizons, considering potential regulatory changes, market
dynamics, physical climate risks, and technological advancements in the maritime industry.
Risk
management
Describe the organisation's
processes for identifying and
assessing climate-related risks.
Risk identification and assessing process
See page 52 for information on BW LPG's Risk Management (or Form 20-F's risk management)
Describe the organisation's
processes for managing
climate-related risks.
Process to manage climate-related risks including process to decide and prioritise
See pages 53 and 54 for information on BW LPG's Risk Management (or Form 20-F's risk management)
Describe how processes for
identifying, assessing and
managing climate-related
risks are integrated into the
organisation's overall risk
management.
Processes for identifying, assessing, and managing climate-related risks are integrated into their overall risk management
See page 52 for information on BW LPG's Risk Management (or Form 20-F's risk management)
Metrics and
targets
Disclose the metrics used by
the organisation to assess
climate-related risks and
opportunities in line with its
strategy and risk management
process.
Key metrics used to measure and manage climate-related risks and opportunities
See page 66 for information on emissions and energy
Disclose Scope 1, Scope 2 and, if
appropriate, Scope 3 greenhouse
gas (GHG) emissions, and the
related risks.
Emissions disclosure
See page 63 for information on Scope 1 and 2 data
Describe the targets used by the
organisation to manage climate-
related risks and opportunities
and performance against targets.
Target and goals
See page 32 for information on emissions and energy targets









Graphics
Headquarters Singapore
10 Pasir Panjang Road #17-02
Mapletree Business City
Singapore 117438
Tel: +65 6705 5588
Email: communications@bwlpg.com
bwlpg.com
BW LPG INTEGRATED ANNUAL REPORT 2024